[opensuse-translation-commit] r97319 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-04-25 13:15:19 +0000 (Tue, 25 Apr 2017) New Revision: 97319 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ncurses-pkg.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt-pkg.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,442 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "Skapare för tilläggsprodukter" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "Skapa och bygg en ny tilläggsprodukt." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "Skapa och bygg en ny tilläggsprodukt baserat på en befintlig." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "Signera osignerad tilläggsprodukt" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "Visa tillgängliga konfigurationer för tilläggsprodukter." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "Bygg en tilläggsprodukt från den valda konfigurationen." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "Ta bort den valda konfigurationen för tilläggsprodukter." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "Sökväg till paketkatalog" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "Sökväg till innehållsfil" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med befintlig tilläggsprodukt" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "Generera nya paketbeskrivningar (kopiera inte)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med paketbeskrivningar" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med mönsterdefinitioner" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Sökväg till utmatningskatalog" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "Skapa ISO-avbildningen" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Namn på skapad ISO-avbildning" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "Sökväg till utmatningskatalog för ISO-avbildning" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "Signera inte produkten" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "GPG-nyckel-ID som används för att signera produkter" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "Lösenfras för att låsa upp GPG-nyckel" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "Sökväg till filen med lösenfrasen för GPG-nyckel" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Omsignera alla paket med den valda nyckeln." -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "Sökväg till arbetsflödesfil (installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "Sökväg till arkiv med arbetsflödesdialogrutor (y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med de YaST-paket som arbetsflödet baseras på" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" msgstr "Sökväg till fil med licenstext (license.zip eller license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "Sökväg till fil med info-text (media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "Sökväg till fil med ytterligare beroenden (EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med tilläggsprodukt" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "Bygg inte produkten, spara bara den nya konfigurationen." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." msgstr "Det valda tilläggets nummer (se kommandot list för produktnummer)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "Generera en ändringslogg." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "Generera inte versionspaketet." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "Sökväg till fil med produktbeskrivningen (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Filen %1 finns inte." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "Katalogen %1 finns inte." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "Lösenfras för nyckel %1:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Sökväg till utmatningskatalog saknas." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip finns inte" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "Sökväg till paketkatalog saknas." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "Sökväg till innehållsfil saknas." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "Sökväg till befintligt tillägg saknas." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med tillägg saknas." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) Produktnamn: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tVersion: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\tIndatakatalog: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\tUtdatakatalog: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tMönster: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Det finns ingen konfiguration för tilläggsprodukter. Skapa en ny med hjälp " -"av kommandot create eller clone." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Det finns ingen konfiguration för tilläggsprodukter. Skapa en ny med hjälp av kommandot create eller clone." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "Ange tilläggsprodukten som ska byggas." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "Det finns ingen konfiguration för tilläggsprodukter." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "Ange vilken konfiguration för tilläggsprodukter som ska tas bort." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Översikt över konfiguration av Tilläggsskaparen" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" msgstr "Indatakatalog: %1<br>" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" msgstr "Utdatakatalog: %1<br>" -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "Mönster: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Skapa en ny tilläggskonfiguration genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Skapa en ny tilläggskonfiguration genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra den valda konfigurationen för " -"tilläggsprodukter.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra den valda konfigurationen för tilläggsprodukter.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ta bort den valda konfigurationen genom att klicka på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ta bort den valda konfigurationen genom att klicka på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"<b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bygg den nya tilläggsprodukten baserat på den valda konfigurationen med " -"<b>Bygg</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bygg den nya tilläggsprodukten baserat på den valda konfigurationen med <b>Bygg</b>.</p>" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "Produktnamn" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "&Bygg" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort konfigurationen %1?" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "Skapare av tilläggsprodukter" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "Skapa ett tillägg &från början" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "Skapa ett tillägg baserat på ett &befintligt tillägg" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "&Sökväg till katalogen för den befintliga tilläggsprodukten" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "&Generera paketbeskrivningar" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "&Etikett för tilläggsprodukt" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Version" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "Obligatorisk produkt" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Övriga" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "&Sökväg till katalog med tilläggspaket" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog med &obligatoriska produktpaket" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "Katalogen %1 är inte åtkomlig." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -457,126 +442,126 @@ "Värdet för NAME får endast innehålla\n" "bokstäver, siffror och tecknen .~_-." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "Etikett" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "Sp&råkkod" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Värde" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "Produktdefinition" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "Innehållsfil" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "Im&portera" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "Visa &endast obligatoriska nyckelord" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "Generera versionspaket" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "Produktfil" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "I&mportera" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "Välj den befintliga innehållsfilen" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "Välj den befintliga produktfilen" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -584,121 +569,121 @@ "Ange värden för dessa objekt:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "Värde för \"%1\"" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "Flagga" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "Lika med" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "Större än" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "Mindre än" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "Utgåva" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "Smak" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "Programfixnivå" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Paket" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera &alla" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "Välj filen som innehåller den text som ska importeras." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "Paketbeskrivningar" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "&Språkkod för beskrivningsfilen" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "Lä&gg till språk" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paket" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Attribut" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "Sökväg till filen med ytterligare beroen&den" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "Välj beskrivningsfil för det nya paketet" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -706,13 +691,13 @@ "Paketets beskrivningsfil har ett felaktigt namn.\n" "Välj ett annat namn." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "Välj sökvägen till filen EXTRA_PROV" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -720,60 +705,60 @@ "Filen %1 finns inte.\n" "Välj en annan." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "Nyckeltyp" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "&DSA" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "&RSA" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "Nyckel&storlek" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "&Utgångsdatum" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "Kommen&tar" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "&E-postadress" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "L&ösenfras" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "Ny GPG-nyckel" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" @@ -781,13 +766,13 @@ "Värdena för namn, kommentar och e-postadress är tomma.\n" "Du måste ange minst ett av dem så att användaren kan identifieras.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "Primärt nyckelpar skapas" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -795,103 +780,103 @@ "Om det tar för lång tid kan du utföra andra uppgifter så att\n" "operativsystemet får en chans att samla in mer entropi.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "Tilläggsprodukten signeras" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "GPG-&nyckel-ID" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "&Skapa..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "&Lösenfrasverifiering" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Om&signera alla paket med den angivna nyckeln." -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens. Försök igen." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för utdata" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "S&ökväg till utdatakatalog" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "Skapa &ISO-avbild" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "Avbildningsfilnamn" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "&Generera ändringslogg" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "&Ställ in arbetsflöde..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "&Valfria filer..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "Ange sökvägen till katalogen med tillägget." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Översikt" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Mönster" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "Inmatningskatalog" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Utmatningskatalog" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "Skapar en ISO-avbildning i utdatakatalogen" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -899,154 +884,154 @@ "Det finns redan en fil med det här namnet.\n" "Ange ett annat namn." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "Filen &info.txt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "&Licensfiler" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "Viktigt-filer" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "&Namn på den nya Viktigt-filen" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "Välj den nya Viktigt-filen" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "&Språk för den nya licensfilen" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "Välj den nya licensfilen" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "Expertinställningar, del 2" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "©ING Files" msgstr "©ING-filer" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "COPY&RIGHT-filer" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "&Språk för den nya COPYRIGHT-filen" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "Välj den nya COPYRIGHT-filen" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "&Språk för den nya COPYING-filen" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "Välj den nya COPYING-filen" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "Expertinställningar, del 3" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "produkter" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "programfixar" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importera" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "media" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "Inställning för arbetsflöde" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "&Sökväg till filen med arbetsflödesbeskrivningen" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "&Inga ytterligare YaST-moduler" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "&Sökväg till y2update.tgz" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bläddra" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "&Importera paketen" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaST-modulpaket" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "Välj installation.xml-filen" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "Ange sökvägen till filen y2update.tgz " -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "Välj YaST-modulpaketet" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1054,8 +1039,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Tillägget skapas</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1063,381 +1048,227 @@ "<p>Skriva tilläggskonfigurationerna<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Modulen hjälper dig att skapa en tilläggsprodukt.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange hur du vill skapa den nya tilläggsprodukten. Du kan skapa den från " -"början eller basera den på en befintlig produkt.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange hur du vill skapa den nya tilläggsprodukten. Du kan skapa den från början eller basera den på en befintlig produkt.</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När du baserar den nya produkten på en befintlig produkt markerar du " -"<b>Generera paketbeskrivningar</b> så att du genererar nya beskrivningar av " -"paketen i den befintliga produkten.</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När du baserar den nya produkten på en befintlig produkt markerar du <b>Generera paketbeskrivningar</b> så att du genererar nya beskrivningar av paketen i den befintliga produkten.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Namn och Version</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange namnet och versionen för tilläggsprodukten.</p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Obligatorisk produkt</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj produkten som den nya tilläggsprodukten kan användas med. Det här " -"valet utgör värdet <b>REQUIRES</b> i <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj produkten som den nya tilläggsprodukten kan användas med. Det här valet utgör värdet <b>REQUIRES</b> i <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Tilläggspaket</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange sökvägen till katalogen med RPM-paketen som utgör din " -"tilläggsprodukt.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange sökvägen till katalogen med RPM-paketen som utgör din tilläggsprodukt.</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Obligatoriska produktpaket</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill kan du ange sökvägen till katalogen som innehåller RPM-paketen " -"från produkten som tilläggsprodukten är baserad på. Dessa paket ingår inte i " -"tilläggsprodukten, men de kan användas till att skapa mönstren senare i " -"arbetsflödet.</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill kan du ange sökvägen till katalogen som innehåller RPM-paketen från produkten som tilläggsprodukten är baserad på. Dessa paket ingår inte i tilläggsprodukten, men de kan användas till att skapa mönstren senare i arbetsflödet.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här redigerar du värdena i <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange informationen som krävs för att tilläggsprodukten ska kunna " -"identifieras. Avmarkera <b>Visa endast obligatoriska nyckelord</b> om du " -"vill se alla attribut för <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange informationen som krävs för att tilläggsprodukten ska kunna identifieras. Avmarkera <b>Visa endast obligatoriska nyckelord</b> om du vill se alla attribut för <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Importera</b> kan du importera en befintlig <tt>innehållsfil</tt>." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Importera</b> kan du importera en befintlig <tt>innehållsfil</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang files) here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Redigera de språkspecifika beskrivningarna av paketen (<tt>packages.lang-filer) här.</p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Redigera de språkspecifika beskrivningarna av paketen (<tt>packages.lang</tt>-filer) här.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Lägg till språk</b> kan du lägga till en beskrivningsfil för ett " -"nytt språk. Listan över tillgängliga språk läses från värdet <b>LINGUAS</b> " -"i <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>. Med <b>Importera</b> kan du importera en " -"befintlig fil med paketbeskrivningar. Ta bort beskrivningsfilen med <b>Ta " -"bort</b>.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Lägg till språk</b> kan du lägga till en beskrivningsfil för ett nytt språk. Listan över tillgängliga språk läses från värdet <b>LINGUAS</b> i <tt>innehållsfilen</tt>. Med <b>Importera</b> kan du importera en befintlig fil med paketbeskrivningar. Ta bort beskrivningsfilen med <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Lägg till</b> och <b>Redigera</b> i den andra tabellen kan du " -"ändra beskrivningsposter för det markerade paketet.</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Lägg till</b> och <b>Redigera</b> i den andra tabellen kan du ändra beskrivningsposter för det markerade paketet.</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alternativt väljer du sökvägen för filen och <b>Ytterligare " -"paketberoenden</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Alternativt väljer du sökvägen för filen och <b>Ytterligare paketberoenden</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Skapa och redigera mönstren för tilläggsprodukten här.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Nytt</b> om du vill skapa ett nytt mönster eller <b>Importera om du vill importera ett befintligt mönster.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Använd <b>Nytt</b> om du vill skapa ett nytt mönster eller <b>Importera</b> om du vill importera ett befintligt mönster.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Lägg till</b> och <b>Redigera</b> i den andra tabellen kan du " -"ändra mönsterattribut.</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Lägg till</b> och <b>Redigera</b> i den andra tabellen kan du ändra mönsterattribut.</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Obligatoriskt mönster</b> för att markera det valda mönstret " -"som obligatoriskt för \n" -"tilläggsprodukten. Ett sådant mönster väljs automatiskt när installationen " -"av tilläggsprodukten startas.</p>" +"<p>Markera <b>Obligatoriskt mönster</b> för att markera det valda mönstret som obligatoriskt för \n" +"tilläggsprodukten. Ett sådant mönster väljs automatiskt när installationen av tilläggsprodukten startas.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange sökvägen till katalogen som tilläggsprodukten ska skapas i. Markera " -"<b>Skapa ISO-avbildning</b> om du vill skapa en ISO-avbildning av produkten " -"i utdatakatalogen.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange sökvägen till katalogen som tilläggsprodukten ska skapas i. Markera <b>Skapa ISO-avbildning</b> om du vill skapa en ISO-avbildning av produkten i utdatakatalogen.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Generera ändringslogg</b> om du vill generera en " -"ändringsloggfil med alla ändringar av paket i tilläggsprodukten som gjorts " -"de senaste två åren.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Använd <b>Generera ändringslogg</b> om du vill generera en ändringsloggfil med alla ändringar av paket i tilläggsprodukten som gjorts de senaste två åren.</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ändra arbetsflödet för tilläggsprodukten med <b>Ställ in arbetsflöde</b>. " -"Med <b>Valfria filer</b> kan du ange texten i <tt>Viktigt</tt>-filer, " -"licenser och andra valfria värden.</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ändra arbetsflödet för tilläggsprodukten med <b>Ställ in arbetsflöde</b>. Med <b>Valfria filer</b> kan du ange texten i <tt>Viktigt</tt>-filer, licenser och andra valfria värden.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du ange filerna som krävs för att anpassa arbetsflödet för din " -"tilläggsprodukt.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du ange filerna som krävs för att anpassa arbetsflödet för din tilläggsprodukt.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange sökvägen till filen med beskrivningen av arbetsflödet. Filen är ett " -"alternativ till <tt>control.xml</tt> och sparas som <tt>installation.xml i tilläggsproduktens baskatalog.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange sökvägen till filen med beskrivningen av arbetsflödet. Filen är ett alternativ till <tt>control.xml</tt> och sparas som <tt>installation.xml</tt> i tilläggsproduktens baskatalog.</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill använda anpassade YaST-moduler när tilläggsprodukten " -"installeras anger du sökvägen till arkivet <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> där de här " -"modulerna lagras eller så konfigurerar du innehållet i <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"genom att ange YaST RPM-paketen i <b>Importera paketen</b>.</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda anpassade YaST-moduler när tilläggsprodukten installeras anger du sökvägen till arkivet <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> där de här modulerna lagras eller så konfigurerar du innehållet i <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> genom att ange YaST RPM-paketen i <b>Importera paketen</b>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den valfria filen <tt>info.txt</tt> ger dig information om " -"tilläggsprodukten och visas som ett fönster med en <b>OK</b>-knapp.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den valfria filen <tt>info.txt</tt> ger dig information om tilläggsprodukten och visas som ett fönster med en <b>OK</b>-knapp.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " -"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Licenstexten visas i ett fönster med knapparna <b>Accepterar</b> och " -"<b>Accepterar inte</b> innan installationen startas. Filerna med " -"licenstexter på olika språk är komprimerade i arkivet <tt>license.zip</tt> " -"och lagras i katalogen <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Licenstexten visas i ett fönster med knapparna <b>Accepterar</b> och <b>Accepterar inte</b> innan installationen startas. Filerna med licenstexter på olika språk är komprimerade i arkivet <tt>license.zip</tt> och lagras i katalogen <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Filerna <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> och <tt>COPYING</tt> kan ha olika " -"språkmodifieringar och lagras i tilläggsproduktens rotkatalog.</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Filerna <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> och <tt>COPYING</tt> kan ha olika språkmodifieringar och lagras i tilläggsproduktens rotkatalog.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du konfigurera tilläggsproduktens signering. Välj en hemlig " -"nyckel från listan med tillgängliga nycklar eller skapa en ny nyckel med " -"<b>Skapa</b>.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du konfigurera tilläggsproduktens signering. Välj en hemlig nyckel från listan med tillgängliga nycklar eller skapa en ny nyckel med <b>Skapa</b>.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" msgstr "<p>Lås upp den hemliga nyckeln genom att ange lösenfrasen.</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj om du vill <b>signera alla paket</b> för tilläggsprodukten med den " -"valda nyckeln. Alla tidigare paketsignaturer tas bort.</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj om du vill <b>signera alla paket</b> för tilläggsprodukten med den valda nyckeln. Alla tidigare paketsignaturer tas bort.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange värdena som krävs för att generera det nya primära nyckelparet.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange värdena som krävs för att generera det nya primära nyckelparet.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Standardstorleken för en DSA-nyckel är 1 024 bitar. RSA-nycklar kan vara " -"mellan 1 024 och 4 096 bitar långa.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Standardstorleken för en DSA-nyckel är 1 024 bitar. RSA-nycklar kan vara mellan 1 024 och 4 096 bitar långa.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Som <b>Förfallodatum</b> anger du antal dagar innan nyckeln upphör att " -"gälla. Om numret följs av <tt>w</tt>, <tt>m</tt> eller <tt>y</tt>, anger det " -"antalet veckor, månader eller år. Lämna posten tom om nyckeln aldrig ska " -"upphöra att gälla.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Som <b>Förfallodatum</b> anger du antal dagar innan nyckeln upphör att gälla. Om numret följs av <tt>w</tt>, <tt>m</tt> eller <tt>y</tt>, anger det antalet veckor, månader eller år. Lämna posten tom om nyckeln aldrig ska upphöra att gälla.</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Namn</b>, <b>Kommentar</b> och <b>E-postadress</b> kan du ange den " -"användaridentifiering som den nya nyckeln ska associeras med.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Namn</b>, <b>Kommentar</b> och <b>E-postadress</b> kan du ange den användaridentifiering som den nya nyckeln ska associeras med.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du se en översikt över data som används för att skapa " -"tilläggsprodukten.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du se en översikt över data som används för att skapa tilläggsprodukten.</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tryck på <b>Slutför</b> när du vill skapa tilläggsprodukten i " -"utdatakatalogen.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tryck på <b>Slutför</b> när du vill skapa tilläggsprodukten i utdatakatalogen.</p>" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "&Namn på det nya mönstret" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arkitektur" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "&Version" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1445,25 +1276,25 @@ "Mönstret finns redan.\n" "Välj ett annat namn eller en annan arkitektur.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "Bes&krivning" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "&Sammanfattning" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "Ka&tegori" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "&Språkkod" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1471,33 +1302,33 @@ "Det finns redan en nyckel med det här namnet.\n" "Ange ett annat namn." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "Redigerare för mönster" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "Namn på mönstret" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Fullständigt namn" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "O&bligatoriskt mönster" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "Befintligt mönster" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1505,371 +1336,315 @@ "Mönstret finns redan.\n" "Välj en annan arkitektur.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "Produkten importeras..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "Innehållsfilens format" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "Måste vara den första taggen i innehållsfilen." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "Produktnamn" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." msgstr "För intern användning. Samma begränsningar som för paketnamn gäller." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "Produktarkitekturer" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Blankstegsavgränsad lista med produktarkitekturer. Överensstämmer med " -"tillgängliga arkitekturer i produktversionspaketen. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Blankstegsavgränsad lista med produktarkitekturer. Överensstämmer med tillgängliga arkitekturer i produktversionspaketen. " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "Produktversion och utgåva" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "Produktversion och utgåva som i RPM <tt>större.mindre-utgåva</tt>." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "Versionsnummer" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "Distributionsnamn" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"En sträng som betecknar distributionen. Samma sträng används troligen i RPM-" -"filerna för att beteckna distributionen. Normalt en sammansättning av namn, " -"version och arkitektur." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "En sträng som betecknar distributionen. Samma sträng används troligen i RPM-filerna för att beteckna distributionen. Normalt en sammansättning av namn, version och arkitektur." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "Paketbeskrivningskatalog" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "Paketbeskrivningskatalog (relativt produktkatalogen)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "Paketdatakatalog" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "Paketdatakatalog (relativt produktkatalogen)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikett" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8-kodad etikett. Standardetikett om <b>LINGUAS</b> saknas eller om det " -"inte går att avgöra vilket språk som är standard." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8-kodad etikett. Standardetikett om <b>LINGUAS</b> saknas eller om det inte går att avgöra vilket språk som är standard." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Utvecklingsspråk" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "ISO-språkkod eller språkkod_landskod." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "Förvalt språk" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "Förvald språkkod." -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "Förvalda mönster" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "Lista med förvalda paket för produkten." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "Tillverkarnamn" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "Återförsäljarnamn (fritt format)." -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "URL-adress för versionsinformation" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "URL-adress som versionsinformationen ska hämtas från." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "URL-adress för uppdatering" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "Uppdateringskällans URL-adress." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "Språkspecifik etikett" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8-kodad <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> har samma syntax som värdena i " -"<b>LINGUAS</b>. För varje språk i <b>LINGUAS</b> förväntas ett matchande " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b>." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8-kodad <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> har samma syntax som värdena i <b>LINGUAS</b>. För varje språk i <b>LINGUAS</b> förväntas ett matchande <b>LABEL.lang</b>." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "Etikett på en rad på standardspråket" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "Språkspecifik etikett på en rad." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "Beskrivning på flera rader på standardspråket" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "Beskrivning på flera rader, språkspecifik." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "Kategori" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Kategori på en rad på standardspråket, används för mönstergruppering. " -"Kategorier är avsedda för användaren och kan anges fritt." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Kategori på en rad på standardspråket, används för mönstergruppering. Kategorier är avsedda för användaren och kan anges fritt." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "Språkspecifik version av kategorin." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "Synlighet" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "Ange om mönstret ska vara synligt i användargränssnittet." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "Lista över paket som ska installeras." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "Rekommenderade paket" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Dessa paket har installerats som standard men kan tas bort utan klagomål." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Dessa paket har installerats som standard men kan tas bort utan klagomål." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "Föreslagna paket" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Dessa är endast tips för ett program och hanteras inte vid lösning av " -"beroende." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Dessa är endast tips för ett program och hanteras inte vid lösning av beroende." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "Ikonfilnamn" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Om detta inte anges används mönsternamnet \n" -" i stället (mellanslag i namnet ersätts med understreck). Om filnamnet inte " -"innehåller ett .png- eller .jpg-tillägg läggs .png till. Om ingen sökväg har " -"angetts genomsöks temaikonsökvägen efter ikoner (först /usr/share/YaST2/" -"theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ och därefter /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absoluta och relativa sökvägar (till temasökvägen /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) är tillåtna." +" i stället (mellanslag i namnet ersätts med understreck). Om filnamnet inte innehåller ett .png- eller .jpg-tillägg läggs .png till. Om ingen sökväg har angetts genomsöks temaikonsökvägen efter ikoner (först /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ och därefter /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absoluta och relativa sökvägar (till temasökvägen /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) är tillåtna." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "Mönsterordning" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Detta tresiffriga heltalsvärde anger mönsterordningen när flera mönster " -"visas i användargränssnittet." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Detta tresiffriga heltalsvärde anger mönsterordningen när flera mönster visas i användargränssnittet." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "Obligatoriska mönster" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "Mönster som måste installeras tillsammans med det här mönstret." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "Tillhandahållna mönster" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Funktioner i det här mönstret. De kan användas till att matcha <b>REQUIRES från andra. Alla resurser har en standardfunktion - det egna namnet och " -"versionen. Exempelvis har paketet <i>bar-1.42-1</i> funktionen <tt>bar = " -"1.42-1</tt>." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Funktioner i det här mönstret. De kan användas till att matcha <b>REQUIRES</b> från andra. Alla resurser har en standardfunktion - det egna namnet och versionen. Exempelvis har paketet <i>bar-1.42-1</i> funktionen <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "Mönster i konflikt" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att installera det här mönstret om den angivna resursen eller " -"en som tillhandahåller funktionen har installerats." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Det går inte att installera det här mönstret om den angivna resursen eller en som tillhandahåller funktionen har installerats." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "Mönster som har blivit inaktuella" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1877,329 +1652,274 @@ "När det här mönstret installeras avinstalleras alla\n" "andra mönster som har markerats som inaktuella här." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "Rekommenderade mönster" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"En svag version av REQUIRES. Om det inte går att installera rekommenderade " -"mönster visas inget fel." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "En svag version av REQUIRES. Om det inte går att installera rekommenderade mönster visas inget fel." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "Kompletterande mönster" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"En omvänd <b>Rec</b>. Mönstret installeras om den angivna funktionen " -"tillhandahålls av en installerad resurs. Den installeras av " -"beroenderesursen. Avinstallation av den accepteras utan meddelande." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "En omvänd <b>Rec</b>. Mönstret installeras om den angivna funktionen tillhandahålls av en installerad resurs. Den installeras av beroenderesursen. Avinstallation av den accepteras utan meddelande." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "Förslag på mönster" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "Fräscha upp" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Det aktuella mönstret installeras endast om mönstret som anges här har " -"installerats." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Det aktuella mönstret installeras endast om mönstret som anges här har installerats." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "Utökar" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "Omfattar" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "Optimerade mönster" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "Paket i konflikt" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "Föråldrade paket" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "Uppdaterade paket" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "Kompletterande paket" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "Optimerade paket" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "Paketbeskrivning på flera rader." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "Paketsammanfattningen (etikett), en beskrivning av paketet på en rad." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "Installationsmeddelande" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Ett informellt meddelande som visas för användaren om paketet har markerats, " -"till exempel en testversionsvarning eller en kommersiell licens." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Ett informellt meddelande som visas för användaren om paketet har markerats, till exempel en testversionsvarning eller en kommersiell licens." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "Meddelande om borttagning" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Ett informellt meddelande som visas för användaren om paketet har markerats " -"för borttagning, till exempel en varning om att systemet är instabilt utan " -"paketet." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Ett informellt meddelande som visas för användaren om paketet har markerats för borttagning, till exempel en varning om att systemet är instabilt utan paketet." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "EULA" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Text i EULA. Den här texten visas innan paketet installeras. Om användaren " -"inte accepterar EULA-avtalet installeras inte paketet." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Text i EULA. Den här texten visas innan paketet installeras. Om användaren inte accepterar EULA-avtalet installeras inte paketet." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "Produkter som måste installeras" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Resurser som måste installeras på systemet för att produktkraven ska " -"uppfyllas.</p>" +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Resurser som måste installeras på systemet för att produktkraven ska uppfyllas.</p>" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "Produkter som tillhandahålls" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires from others." -msgstr "" -"Funktioner som den här produkten tillhandahåller. De kan användas för att " -"matcha <b>REQUIRES</b> från andra." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "Funktioner som den här produkten tillhandahåller. De kan användas för att matcha <b>REQUIRES</b> från andra." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "Produkter i konflikt" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att installera den här namnöversättaren om den angivna " -"namnöversättaren eller en som tillhandahåller funktionen, har installerats." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Det går inte att installera den här namnöversättaren om den angivna namnöversättaren eller en som tillhandahåller funktionen, har installerats." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "Produkter som har blivit inaktuella" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"När den här resursen installeras, avinstalleras alla andra resurser vars " -"namn matchar det här nyckelordet." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "När den här resursen installeras, avinstalleras alla andra resurser vars namn matchar det här nyckelordet." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "Rekommenderade produkter" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"En svag version av <b>REQUIRES</b>. Ett försök görs att uppfylla " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, men de ignoreras utan meddelande om ingen matchning är " -"möjlig." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "En svag version av <b>REQUIRES</b>. Ett försök görs att uppfylla <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, men de ignoreras utan meddelande om ingen matchning är möjlig." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "Föreslagna produkter" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "URL för versionsinformations-RPM" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "Produktbeskrivning:" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "Produktsammanfattning" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "Produktserie" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Kortnamn för produkten, som inte ändras mellan service pack och versioner." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Kortnamn för produkten, som inte ändras mellan service pack och versioner." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "Uppdatera arkivnyckel" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "Medietyp" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Medietyp som kommer att användas för målprodukten. Giltiga värden är: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Medietyp som kommer att användas för målprodukten. Giltiga värden är: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "Produktsmak" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" msgstr "Beskrivning av produktsmak eller produktvariant, t ex DVD, FTP, Live" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "Genererar produktdata" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "Sök efter paketkataloger" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "Söker efter paketkataloger..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "Kontrollera paketarkitekturer" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "Generera standardvärden för innehållsfil" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "Kontrollerar paketarkitekturer..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "Genererar standardvärden för innehållsfil..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "Generera paketbeskrivningar" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" msgstr "<b>Vänta medan data genereras för tillägget...</b><br/>\n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2207,8 +1927,8 @@ "Det gick inte att installera paketet obs-productconverter.\n" "Versionspaketet kommer inte att genereras." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -2216,18 +1936,18 @@ "Det gick inte att skapa versionspaketet med\n" "%1." -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att signera produkten." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "Försök igen med en annan lösenfras" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2235,102 +1955,102 @@ "Ange lösenfras för GPG-nyckeln %1\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "Tillägget skapas" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "Skriva innehållsfilen" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "Skapa tilläggets struktur" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "Skriva mönstren" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "Kopiera paketen" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "Generera versionspaketet" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "Skapa MD5-summa" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "Signera resulterande produkt" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "Innehållsfilen skrivs..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "Tilläggets struktur skapas..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "Mönstren skrivs..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "Paketen kopieras..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "Generera versionspaketet..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "MD5-summor skapas..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "Signerar resulterande produkt..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "Skapa ISO-avbild" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "ISO-avbildning skapas..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva innehållsfilen." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa strukturen för utmatningskatalogen." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ "Hjälp för tilläggsmodul\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny tilläggsprodukt via kommandoraden använder du " -"följande syntax:\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny tilläggsprodukt via kommandoraden använder du följande syntax:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL är sökvägen till tilläggskällan.\n" "\n" @@ -50,108 +49,102 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "" -"Målfilnamn (\"xmlfile\"-flagga) saknas. Använd kommandoradsflaggan " -"xmlfile=." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "Målfilnamn (\"xmlfile\"-flagga) saknas. Använd kommandoradsflaggan xmlfile=." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Tilläggsprodukter" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>Tilläggsprodukter initieras...</p>" -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>Media: %1, Sökväg: %2, Produkt: %3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "Gör tillägget %1 tillgängligt via %2." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till tilläggsprodukten." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "Ingen tilläggsprodukt har valts för installation" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "Till&äggsprodukter" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "Installationen av språkutökning har slutförts." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installation av tilläggsprodukt" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "Välj &språkutökning att installera" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj de språktillägg du vill installera och klicka sedan på <b>OK</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj de språktillägg du vill installera och klicka sedan på <b>OK</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vill du avbryta installationen av tilläggsprodukter?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -159,32 +152,32 @@ "Inga språk har angetts för installation.\n" "Vill du avbryta installationen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "Språk %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finns inget användargränssnitt för den här modulen." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "Tillverkarens drivrutin-cd" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "Lägg i tillverkarens cd-skiva" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -192,8 +185,8 @@ "Det gick inte att hitta drivrutinsdata på cd-skivan.\n" "Åtgärden avbryts." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -201,13 +194,13 @@ "Data på cd-skivan motsvarar inte Linux-systemet som används.\n" "Åtgärden avbryts.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "Drivrutinen installeras..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -215,13 +208,13 @@ "Installationen misslyckades.\n" "Kontakta adressen på cd-skivan.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "%1 drivrutin(er) har installerats från cd-skivan" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -229,51 +222,51 @@ "Det gick inte att hitta drivrutinsdata på cd-skivan.\n" "Åtgärden avbryts." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Ingen produkt hittades i lagringsplatsen." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta något programvaruarkiv på mediet." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Ny källa initieras..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Katalog: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Val av programvaruarkiv" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -283,45 +276,45 @@ "Flera arkiv hittades på mediet.\n" "Välj vilket arkiv du vill använda.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Arkiv &hittades" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vill du avbryta produktinstallationen?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Välj ett arkiv." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Det går inte att uppfylla tilläggsproduktens beroenden." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Produktval" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Tillgängliga produkter" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -331,13 +324,13 @@ "Flera produkter hittades i arkivet. Välj de produkter\n" "som ska installeras.</p>\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Det går inte att uppfylla de angivna tilläggsprodukternas beroenden." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -346,111 +339,106 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Installation av tilläggsprodukter</b></big><br/>\n" "Här visas alla tilläggsprodukter som valts för installation.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny produkt klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>. Om du " -"vill ta bort en redan tillagd produkt \n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny produkt klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>. Om du vill ta bort en redan tillagd produkt \n" "markerar du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, katalog: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Ange en produkt som ska tas bort." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Tar bort det valda tillägget..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Installerade tilläggsprodukter" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Tilläggsprodukt" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "Webbadress" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Kör &Programvaruhanteraren..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alla tilläggsprodukter installerade i systemet visas.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " -"an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till en ny tilläggsprodukt " -"eller <b>Ta bort</b> om du vill ta bort en tilläggsprodukt som används.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till en ny tilläggsprodukt eller <b>Ta bort</b> om du vill ta bort en tilläggsprodukt som används.</p>" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Leverantör:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Okänd tillverkare" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Okänd version" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Arkivets URL:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Okänd arkiv-URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Arkivets alias:</b> %1<br>" -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Okänd produkt" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Okänd URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -462,18 +450,18 @@ "\n" "Vill ta bort den?" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Tar bort produktberoenden..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "Varning: Det finns inte tillräckligt med minne." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" @@ -481,14 +469,12 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Det verkar inte som om det finns tillräckligt med minne för att det ska gå " -"att\n" -"använda tilläggsprodukter under installation. Du kan aktivera " -"tilläggsprodukter senare\n" +"Det verkar inte som om det finns tillräckligt med minne för att det ska gå att\n" +"använda tilläggsprodukter under installation. Du kan aktivera tilläggsprodukter senare\n" "när systemet körs.\n" "\n" "Vill du låta bli att använda tilläggsprodukter?" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Language Installation" msgstr "Installation av språk" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,168 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Konfiguration av LAF (Linux Audit Framework)" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "Visa information om granskningsinställningar" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "Ställ in det angivna alternativet" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "Visa loggfilsinställningar" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "Visa inställningar för diskutrymme" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "Visa sändarinställningar" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "Loggfilens namn (hela sökvägens namn)" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "Loggformat" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "Så skriver du data till disk" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "Så många poster kan skrivas innan de töms till disk" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "Maximal storlek (i MB) för loggfilen" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "Åtgärd om max_log_file nås" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "Antal loggfiler som ska behållas" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "Format för datornamn" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "Datornamn (används om formatet är inställt till ANVÄNDARE)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Utrymme kvar på loggpartition (i MB) när systemet börjar få låg kapacitet" +msgstr "Utrymme kvar på loggpartition (i MB) när systemet börjar få låg kapacitet" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "Åtgärd om space_left nås" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "Skript att köra (hela sökvägens namn) om space_left nås" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" msgstr "Utrymme kvar på loggpartition (i MB) när systemet har låg kapacitet" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "Åtgärd om admin_space_left nås" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "Skript att köra (hela sökvägens namn) om admin_space_left nås" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"E-post skickas till detta konto (om space_left_action ställs in till E-POST)" +msgstr "E-post skickas till detta konto (om space_left_action ställs in till E-POST)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "Åtgärd om disken är full" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "Skript att köra (hela sökvägens namn) om disken är full" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "Åtgärd vid diskfel" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "Skript att köra (hela sökvägens namn) vid diskfel" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "Så sker kommunikationen mellan sändaren och granskningsdemonen" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "Sändarprogram (hela sökvägens namn)" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "&AuditLaf" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "Välj loggfilen" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -185,35 +183,35 @@ "Format för datornamn är inställt på USER.\n" "Formatet är inställt på NONE (standard)." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "Välj sändarprogram" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "Värdet för %1 ändras inte." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 finns inte.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1 är inte en vanlig fil.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 ägs inte av root.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "Filskyddet för %1 är INTE satt till -rwxr-x---.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -225,18 +223,18 @@ "Om du vill låsa upp reglerna ställer du in flaggan Aktiverad och\n" "avslutar konfigurationen. Efteråt måste du starta om systemet." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "Reglerna har återställts" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "Reglerna kan inte återställas. Kontrollera /etc/audit/audit.rules." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -248,7 +246,7 @@ "Ett test är omöjligt eftersom sändning av nya regler\n" "skulle orsaka ett fel.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -260,25 +258,25 @@ "Det gör ingen nytta att fortsätta eftersom reglerna kommer att\n" "vara låsta till nästa omstart.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "Lyckades" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa en tmp-fil för regler." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "Välj ett exempel" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "Inställningen är låst" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -288,209 +286,206 @@ msgstr "" "Granskningskonfigurationen är låst (alternativ -e 2).\n" "Det innebär att reglerna är låsta till nästa omstart.\n" -"Om du verkligen vill detta kontrollerar du att -e 2 är den sista " -"inmatningen\n" +"Om du verkligen vill detta kontrollerar du att -e 2 är den sista inmatningen\n" "i regelfilen. Annars antingen aktiverar eller inaktiverar du granskning.\n" -"Om du vill kontrollera eller ändra reglerna återgår du till " -"redigeringsverktyget för regler.\n" +"Om du vill kontrollera eller ändra reglerna återgår du till redigeringsverktyget för regler.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna inställningar" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "&Loggfil" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Välj fi&l" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatera" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "Tö&m" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "Fre&kvens (antal poster)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "Storlek och åtgärd" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "Ma&ximal filstorlek (MB)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "Åtgärd vid m&aximal filstorlek" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "&Antal loggfiler" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "Datornamn" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "&Format för datornamn" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "Användardefinierat namn" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "Sändarinställningar" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "Sändarprogram" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "K&ommunikation" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "Värde och åtgärd om utrymmet börjar ta slut" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "&Utrymme kvar på disken (MB)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "&Åtgärd" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "Sökväg till skript" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "Värde och åtgärd om utrymmet håller på att ta slut" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "&Administratörsutrymme kvar (MB) " -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "Åt&gärd" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "E-postkonto för åtgärd" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "Åtgärd vid fel eller när disken är full" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "Åtgärd när disken är &full" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "Åtgärd vid disk&fel" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "&Ange flaggan Aktiverad" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "Granskning är aktiverad" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "Granskning är inaktiverad" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "Reglerna är låsta (tills nästa start)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "Redigera reglerna för delsystemet för granskning här:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "&Kontrollera syntax" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "&Återställ audit.rules" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "Å&terställ och ångra" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "&Läs in" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initiera konfigurationen av Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -498,8 +493,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -507,8 +502,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Spara auditd-konfiguration och -regler</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -517,43 +512,30 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" -"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " -"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av auditd-loggfilen</big></b><br>\n" -"Granskningsdemonen i Linux Auditing System loggar alla relevanta " -"granskningshändelser i loggfilen <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> " -"(standard).\n" -"Händelserna kan komma från kärnmodulen <i>apparmor</i>, från program som " -"använder <i>libaudit</i> (t ex PAM) eller incidenter som orsakats av regler " -"(t ex filövervakningar).</p>" +"Granskningsdemonen i Linux Auditing System loggar alla relevanta granskningshändelser i loggfilen <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (standard).\n" +"Händelserna kan komma från kärnmodulen <i>apparmor</i>, från program som använder <i>libaudit</i> (t ex PAM) eller incidenter som orsakats av regler (t ex filövervakningar).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>I dialogrutan <b>Regler för auditctl</b> finns mer information om regler " -"och om att lägga till regler.\n" -"Detaljerad information om loggfilsinställningarna finns på den manuella " -"sidan (man auditd.conf).</p>" +"<p>I dialogrutan <b>Regler för auditctl</b> finns mer information om regler och om att lägga till regler.\n" +"Detaljerad information om loggfilsinställningarna finns på den manuella sidan (man auditd.conf).</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" @@ -561,145 +543,113 @@ "<p><b>Loggfil</b>: Ange hela sökvägen till loggfilen\n" "(eller använd <b>Välj fil</b>.)</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>I <b>Format</b> anger du <i>RAW</i> om du vill logga alla data (i exakt " -"samma format som\n" -"de skickas från kärnan) eller <i>NOLOG</i> om du vill ta bort all " -"granskningsinformation (påverkar inte data\n" +"<p>I <b>Format</b> anger du <i>RAW</i> om du vill logga alla data (i exakt samma format som\n" +"de skickas från kärnan) eller <i>NOLOG</i> om du vill ta bort all granskningsinformation (påverkar inte data\n" "som har skickats till sändaren).</p> " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tömning</b>: beskriver hur du skriver data till en disk. Om " -"alternativet är inställt till <i>INKREMENTELL</i> anger parametern\n" -"<b>Frekvens</b> hur många poster som kan skrivas innan dessa töms till " -"disk.\n" -"<i>INGEN</i> innebär: ingen särskild åtgärd vidtas för att tömma data, " -"<i>DATA</i>: håll datadelen synkad,\n" +"<p><b>Tömning</b>: beskriver hur du skriver data till en disk. Om alternativet är inställt till <i>INKREMENTELL</i> anger parametern\n" +"<b>Frekvens</b> hur många poster som kan skrivas innan dessa töms till disk.\n" +"<i>INGEN</i> innebär: ingen särskild åtgärd vidtas för att tömma data, <i>DATA</i>: håll datadelen synkad,\n" "<i>SYNKA</i>: håll data och metadata helt synkade.</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurera den maximala loggfilsstorleken (i MB) och vilken åtgärd som " -"ska vidtas när\n" +"<p>Konfigurera den maximala loggfilsstorleken (i MB) och vilken åtgärd som ska vidtas när\n" "värdet nås via <b>Storlek och åtgärd</b>.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om åtgärden ställs in till <i>ROTERA</i> anger <b>Antal loggfiler</b> " -"antalet\n" -"ofiler som ska behållas. Om den ställs in till <i>SYSLOG</i> skriver " -"granskningsdemonen en varning\n" +"<p>Om åtgärden ställs in till <i>ROTERA</i> anger <b>Antal loggfiler</b> antalet\n" +"ofiler som ska behållas. Om den ställs in till <i>SYSLOG</i> skriver granskningsdemonen en varning\n" "i /var/log/messages. Med <i>SKJUT UPP</i> slutar demonen att skriva till\n" "disk. <i>IGNORERA</i> innebär att inget görs, <i>BEHÅLL_LOGGAR</i> liknar\n" "to ROTERA, men loggfilerna skrivs inte över.</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Format för datornamn</b> beskriver hur du skriver datornamnet till\n" "loggfilen. Om <i>ANVÄNDARE</i> ställs in \n" -"används <b>Användardefinierat namn</b>. <i>INGET</i> innebär att inget " -"datornamn infogas. <i>VÄRDNAMN</i> använder det\n" -"namn som returneras av gethostname-syscall. <i>FQD</i> använder hela det " -"kvalificerade\n" +"används <b>Användardefinierat namn</b>. <i>INGET</i> innebär att inget datornamn infogas. <i>VÄRDNAMN</i> använder det\n" +"namn som returneras av gethostname-syscall. <i>FQD</i> använder hela det kvalificerade\n" "domännamnet.</p>\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration för auditd-sändare</big></b><br>\n" "Detaljerad information om sändarinställningarna finns på den manuella sidan\n" "(man auditd.conf).</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sändare</b>: Sändarprogrammet startas av granskningsdemonen och\n" "får alla granskningshändelser på stdin.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>I <b>Kommunikation</b> kontrolleras kommunikationen mellan demonen och " -"sändarprogrammet.\n" -"Är kommunikationen <i>förstörande</i> innebär det att händelser som skickas " -"till sändaren kastas bort\n" -"om kön (128 kB buffert) är full. Välj <i>förlustfri</i> om du vill blockera/" -"undvika förstörande\n" +"<p>I <b>Kommunikation</b> kontrolleras kommunikationen mellan demonen och sändarprogrammet.\n" +"Är kommunikationen <i>förstörande</i> innebär det att händelser som skickas till sändaren kastas bort\n" +"om kön (128 kB buffert) är full. Välj <i>förlustfri</i> om du vill blockera/undvika förstörande\n" "kommunikation.</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sändaren audispd är en multiplexor för granskningshändelser.\n" -"Mer information finns på de manuella sidorna (man audispd och man audispd." -"conf).</p>" +"Mer information finns på de manuella sidorna (man audispd och man audispd.conf).</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" @@ -707,8 +657,8 @@ "<p><b>Obs!</b> Sändarprogrammet måste ägas av root, ha 0750-\n" "filbehörighet och hela sökvägens namn måste anges.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" @@ -718,138 +668,106 @@ "De inställningar som görs här avser diskutrymmet i loggpartitionen.\n" "Utförlig information hittar du på handbokssidan (man auditd.conf).</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>I <b>Utrymme kvar</b> (megabyte) anges när granskningsdemonen måste " -"utföra en <b>Åtgärd</b> på grund av\n" +"<p>I <b>Utrymme kvar</b> (megabyte) anges när granskningsdemonen måste utföra en <b>Åtgärd</b> på grund av\n" "att utrymmet börjar ta slut i systemet.</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -"system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Värdet för <b>Administratörsutrymme kvar</b> bör vara lägre än ovan. " -"Utrymmet börjar <b>ta slut</b>\n" +"<p>Värdet för <b>Administratörsutrymme kvar</b> bör vara lägre än ovan. Utrymmet börjar <b>ta slut</b>\n" "när värdet har uppnåtts. Då utförs den angivna <b>Åtgärden</b>.</p>" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -"means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" "system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om en åtgärd ställs in till <i>E-POST</i> skickas ett varningsmeddelande " -"till \n" -"kontot angivet i <b>E-postkonto för åtgärd</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> innebär " -"att\n" -"diskutrymmesvarningen skrivs till /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORERA</i> innebär " -"att\n" +"<p>Om en åtgärd ställs in till <i>E-POST</i> skickas ett varningsmeddelande till \n" +"kontot angivet i <b>E-postkonto för åtgärd</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> innebär att\n" +"diskutrymmesvarningen skrivs till /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORERA</i> innebär att\n" "inget görs. <i>KÖR</i> kör skriptet angivet i <b>Sökväg till \n" -"skript</b>. <i>SKJUT UPP</i> stoppar skrivningen av poster till disk. " -"<i>ENSKILD</i>\n" +"skript</b>. <i>SKJUT UPP</i> stoppar skrivningen av poster till disk. <i>ENSKILD</i>\n" "sförsätter systemet i läget för enskild användare. <i>STOPPA</i> stänger av\n" "systemet.</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan också ange en <b>Åtgärd när disken är full</b> (disken är redan " -"full) och\n" -"en <b>Åtgärd vid diskfel</b> (används om fel inträffar när du skriver till " -"disken).\n" +"<p>Du kan också ange en <b>Åtgärd när disken är full</b> (disken är redan full) och\n" +"en <b>Åtgärd vid diskfel</b> (används om fel inträffar när du skriver till disken).\n" "De tillgängliga åtgärderna är samma som ovan (förutom <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Obs!</b> Alla skript med alternativet <i>KÖR</i> måste ägas\n" "av root, ha 0750-filbehörigheter och hela sökvägens namn måste anges.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules." +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Regler för auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "Med den här dialogrutan kan du aktivera eller inaktivera syscall-\n" "granskning samt låsa granskningskonfigurationen.\n" -"Den valda flaggan från <b>Ställ in Aktiv-flagga</b> kommer att läggas till i " -"reglerna.</p>" +"Den valda flaggan från <b>Ställ in Aktiv-flagga</b> kommer att läggas till i reglerna.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Obs!</b><br>Om reglerna låsas kan de inte ändras förrän vid nästa " -"omstart.</p>" +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Obs!</b><br>Om reglerna låsas kan de inte ändras förrän vid nästa omstart.</p>" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Om granskning aktiveras utan ytterligare regler börjar de\n" -" program som använder <i>libaudit</i>, exempelvis PAM, att logga till /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (standard).</p> " +" program som använder <i>libaudit</i>, exempelvis PAM, att logga till /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).</p> " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan även redigera reglerna manuellt, vilket dock endast rekommenderas " -"för avancerade användare.<br>\n" +"<p>Du kan även redigera reglerna manuellt, vilket dock endast rekommenderas för avancerade användare.<br>\n" "För mer information om alla alternativ, se man auditctl.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kontrollera syntax</b> skickar reglerna via <i>auditctl</i> till " -"granskningsdelsystemet och kontrollerar syntaxen.<br><b>Återställ</b> " -"återställer inställningarna från /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Kontrollera syntax</b> skickar reglerna via <i>auditctl</i> till granskningsdelsystemet och kontrollerar syntaxen.<br><b>Återställ</b> återställer inställningarna från /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" @@ -857,53 +775,47 @@ "an example rules file.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Klicka på <b>Återställ</b> för att återställa reglerna och\n" -"ändringarna (från föregående syntaxkontroller) genom att anropa <i>auditctl.<br>\n" -"Klicka på <b>Läs in</b> för att öppna en dialogruta för filval där du kan " -"läsa in \n" +"ändringarna (från föregående syntaxkontroller) genom att anropa <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" +"Klicka på <b>Läs in</b> för att öppna en dialogruta för filval där du kan läsa in \n" "en exempelregelfil.</p>\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "&Sändare" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "Disk&utrymme" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "&Regler för auditctl" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "Reglerna för auditctl är låsta." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " -"must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill fortsätta konfigurera Linux Auditing måste paketet <b>%1</b> " -"installeras.</p>" +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill fortsätta konfigurera Linux Auditing måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera det nu?</p>" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -915,77 +827,76 @@ "Du kan använda modulen Systemlogg i gruppen\n" "Övrigt i inställningscentralen YaST." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "Initierar granskningsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "Sök efter installerade paket" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "Läs auditd-konfigurationen" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "Läs regelfilen" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "Kontrollera status för auditd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "Söker efter paket..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Läser inställningar..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "Läser regelfilen..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "Kontrollerar status..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa auditd.conf." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa audit.rules. " -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" msgstr "" "Vill du starta bakgrundsprogrammet och ange\n" -" att det ska startas varje gång systemet startas, eller vill du bara starta " -"själva bakgrundsprogrammet den här gången?" +" att det ska startas varje gång systemet startas, eller vill du bara starta själva bakgrundsprogrammet den här gången?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "Demonen auditd körs inte.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -995,29 +906,29 @@ "Kärnan använder ett granskningsbakgrundsprogram\n" "för att logga granskningshändelser i /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Start av granskningsdemonen" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "Starta och aktiv&era" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starta" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "Starta &inte" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Det går inte att starta granskningsdemonen." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -1029,37 +940,37 @@ "Aktiv-flaggan, men för att aktivera ändringen\n" "a krävs en omstart efteråt.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Sparar granskningsinställningarna" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Skriv reglerna" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Skriver reglerna..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Reglerna är redan låsta." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -1069,27 +980,27 @@ "Om du svarar ja skrivs de nya reglerna till /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "Starta om systemet efteråt för att verkställa ändringen.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Granskningsdemonen kunde inte startas om." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva inställningarna till auditd.conf." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Starta yast2-audit-laf igen och kontrollera reglerna." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva inställningar till auditd.rules." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Loggfil" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,292 +14,254 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Enable and start the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " -"to diagnose." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att starta tjänsten %s. Använd systemjournalen (journalctl -n -" -"u %s) för diagnos." +#. Enable and start the service. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 +msgid "Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "Det gick inte att starta tjänsten %s. Använd systemjournalen (journalctl -n -u %s) för diagnos." -#. Disable and stop the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 -msgid "" -"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " -"to diagnose." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att stoppa tjänsten %s. Använd systemjournalen (journalctl -n -" -"u %s) för diagnos." +#. Disable and stop the service. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 +msgid "Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "Det gick inte att stoppa tjänsten %s. Använd systemjournalen (journalctl -n -u %s) för diagnos." -#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 +#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for running SSSD." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att installera de programpaket som krävs för att köra SSSD." +msgstr "Det gick inte att installera de programpaket som krävs för att köra SSSD." -#. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 +#. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for LDAP." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera de programpaket som krävs för LDAP." -#. Calculate package requirements -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 +#. Calculate package requirements +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for Kerberos." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera de programpaket som krävs för Kerberos." -#. Install required packages -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 +#. Install required packages +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 msgid "Failed to install software packages required by autofs/nscd daemons." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att installera de programpaket som krävs av autofs/nscd " -"daemons." +msgstr "Det gick inte att installera de programpaket som krävs av autofs/nscd daemons." -#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att installera Samba och Kerberos, som krävs för Active " -"Directory-åtgärder." +#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 +msgid "Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." +msgstr "Det gick inte att installera Samba och Kerberos, som krävs för Active Directory-åtgärder." -#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. -#. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. -#. Kerberos configuration will be written. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 +#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. +#. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. +#. Kerberos configuration will be written. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 msgid "Nothing is done because AD is not configured" msgstr "Ingenting görs eftersom AD inte har konfigurerats" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 msgid "Failed to install Samba" msgstr "Det gick inte att installera Samba" -#. Configure Kerberos -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 +#. Configure Kerberos +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot locate Active Directory's Kerberos via DNS lookup.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" "Det går inte att lokalisera Active Directorys Kerberos via DNS-sökning.\n" "Konfigurera nätverksmiljön för att använda AD-servern som namnöversättare." -#. Local only -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 +#. Local only +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 msgid "Only use local authentication" msgstr "Använd endast lokal autentisering" -#. SSSD is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 +#. SSSD is configured +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 msgid "(daemon is inactive)" msgstr "(daemon är inaktiv)" -#. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 +#. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 msgid "LDAP is enabled but the setup is incomplete" msgstr "LDAP har aktiverats, men konfigurationen är ofullständig" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 msgid "via LDAP on %s" msgstr "via LDAP på %s" -#. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 +#. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 msgid " and " msgstr " och " -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 msgid "via Kerberos" msgstr "via Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 msgid "via Kerberos on %s" msgstr "via Kerberos på %s" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "Namn på sfär" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Mappa domännamn till sfär (exempel.se -> EXEMPEL.SE)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Mappa jokerdomännamn till sfär (*.exempel.se -> EXEMPEL.SE)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "Värdnamn på administrationsserver (frivilligt)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "Värdnamn på server för huvudnyckelsdistribution (frivilligt)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "" -"Nyckeldistributionscenter (frivilligt om autoupptäckt via DNS är aktiverat)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "Nyckeldistributionscenter (frivilligt om autoupptäckt via DNS är aktiverat)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "Anpassade mappningar av huvudnamn till användarnamn" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "Huvudnamn" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "Anpassade regler för mappning av huvudnamn till användarnamn" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "Skriv in värdnamnet på nyckeldistributionscenter:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "Skriv in regeln autentisera_till_lokal:" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"Skriv in huvudnamn och användarnamn i formatet \"huvudnamn = användarnamn\":" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "Skriv in huvudnamn och användarnamn i formatet \"huvudnamn = användarnamn\":" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "Ange ett sfärnamn." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Standardplats för filen Nyckelflik" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "Krypteringstyper för TGS (åtskilda med mellanslag)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "Krypteringstyper för biljett (åtskilda med mellanslag)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "Krypteringstyper för sessioner (åtskilda med mellanslag)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "Ytterligare adresser att sätta in i biljett (åtskilda med kommatecken)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "Återställ" -#. The user cannot possibly understand the implication of 0 in search timeout if the user uses YaST -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:49 +#. The user cannot possibly understand the implication of 0 in search timeout if the user uses YaST +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Tidsgräns för bindningsåtgärder i sekunder" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Tidsgräns för sökåtgärder i sekunder" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "Använd en katalog som identitetsleverantör (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "Autentisering via Kerberos" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Den här datorn använder för närvarande SSSD för att autentisera användare.\n" -"Innan du kan använda äldre LDAP-autentisering (pam_ldap) måste du inaktivera " -"SSSD från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"" +"Innan du kan använda äldre LDAP-autentisering (pam_ldap) måste du inaktivera SSSD från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande användardatabas från SSSD-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda LDAP-användardatabas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-" -"användardatabas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande användardatabas från SSSD-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda LDAP-användardatabas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-användardatabas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande gruppdatabas från SSSD-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda LDAP-gruppdatabas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-" -"gruppdatabas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande gruppdatabas från SSSD-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda LDAP-gruppdatabas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-gruppdatabas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande sudo-databas från SSSD-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda LDAP-sudo-databas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-" -"sudo-databas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande sudo-databas från SSSD-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda LDAP-sudo-databas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-sudo-databas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande autostartsdatabas från SSSD-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda LDAP-autostartsdatabas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera " -"SSSD-autostartsdatabas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande autostartsdatabas från SSSD-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda LDAP-autostartsdatabas (nss_ldap) bör du inaktivera SSSD-autostartsdatabas från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "Ange server-URL." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "Ange katalognummer för sökbas." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "LDAP-server har kontaktats på URL %s!" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -309,12 +271,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "LDAP-servern har kontaktats på värd %s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -324,513 +286,476 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" "Namntjänstecachen bör endast användas med äldre LDAP-identitetsleverantör,\n" -"men systemet har för närvarande autentiseringsdomän aktiverad, vilket inte " -"är kompatibelt med cachen.\n" +"men systemet har för närvarande autentiseringsdomän aktiverad, vilket inte är kompatibelt med cachen.\n" "\n" "Vill du fortfarande aktivera cachen?" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Den här datorn använder för närvarande SSSD för att autentisera användare.\n" -"Innan du kan använda Kerberos-autentisering (pam_krb5) måste du inaktivera " -"SSSD från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." +"Innan du kan använda Kerberos-autentisering (pam_krb5) måste du inaktivera SSSD från \"Hantering av användarinloggning\"." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(odefinierad)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort sfären %s?" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "Låt LDAP-användare autentisera (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "Cacha LDAP-poster för snabbare respons (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "Skapa hemkatalog automatiskt" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "Läs följande objekt från LDAP-datakälla:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "Användare" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupper" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "Superanvändarkommandon (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "Nätverksdisksplatser (autostart)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "" -"Ange LDAP-serverplatser (åtskilda med mellanslag) i något av följande format:" +msgstr "Ange LDAP-serverplatser (åtskilda med mellanslag) i något av följande format:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- Värdnamn eller IP- och portnummer (ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "Katalognummer på sökbas (t.ex. dc=exempel,dc=se)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "Katalognummer på bindningsanvändare (lämna tomt för anonym bindning)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "Bindningsanvändarens lösenord (lämna tomt för anonym bindning)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "Identifiera gruppmedlemmar efter deras katalognummer (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "Lämna LDAP-anslutningar öppna för fortlöpande förfrågningar" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "Säker LDAP-kommunikation" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "Använd inte säkerhet" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "Säker kommunikation via TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "Säker kommunikation via StartTLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "Testa anslutning" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "Utökade alternativ" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "Låt Kerberos-användare autentisera (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "Standardsfär för användarinloggning:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "Alla autentiseringssfärer" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "Lägg till sfär" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "Redigera sfär" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "Radera sfär" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "Upptäck sfärer genom att använda DNS TXT-register" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "Upptäck KDC-servrar genom att använda DNS SVC-register" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "Tillåt osäker kryptering (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "Låt KDC på andra nätverk utfärda autentiseringsbiljetter" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" msgstr "Låt Kerberos-aktiverade tjänster ta emot en användares identitet" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "Utfärda adresslösa biljetter för datorer bakom NAT" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAP- och Kerberos-klient" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "Hantering av användarinloggning" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "Ändra inställningar" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av användarinloggning" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "LDAP-/Kerberos-konfiguration" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "Datornamn" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "Fullständigt datornamn" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(Namnet kan inte lösas)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "Nätverksdomän" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adresser" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "Identitetsdomäner" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "Utökade alternativ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Namnfilter:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Inga." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Obligatoriska parametrar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Valfria parametrar" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Slutför alla följande obligatoriska parametrar:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globala alternativ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "Namnväxling" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentisering" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "Autostart" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "Allmänna SSH-nycklar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "Privilegiekontocertifikat (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "Hantera inloggning av domänanvändare" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "Daemon-status: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "Körs" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Stoppad" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "Tillåt domänanvändarinloggning" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Skapa hemkatalog" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "Aktivera domändatakälla:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "Mappa nätverksdrivrutiner (autostart)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "Anslut till domän" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "Lämna domän" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "Rensa domäncache" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Tjänstalternativ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "Domänalternativ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "Välj globala alternativ, en tjänst eller en domän att anpassa." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "Använd den här domänen" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "Registrera i Active Directory" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Alternativ – %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "Välj en domän ur listan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen radera konfigurationen för domänen %s?" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn använder för närvarande äldre LDAP- eller Kerberos-metod för " -"att autentisera användare.\n" -"Innan du kan använda SSSD för att autentisera användare måste du inaktivera " -"LDAP- och Kerberos-autentisering från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." +"Den här datorn använder för närvarande äldre LDAP- eller Kerberos-metod för att autentisera användare.\n" +"Innan du kan använda SSSD för att autentisera användare måste du inaktivera LDAP- och Kerberos-autentisering från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande användardatabas från LDAP-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda SSSD-användardatabas bör du inaktivera LDAP-" -"användardatabas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande användardatabas från LDAP-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda SSSD-användardatabas bör du inaktivera LDAP-användardatabas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande gruppdatabas från LDAP-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda SSSD-gruppdatabas bör du inaktivera LDAP-gruppdatabas " -"från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande gruppdatabas från LDAP-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda SSSD-gruppdatabas bör du inaktivera LDAP-gruppdatabas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande sudo-databas från LDAP-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda SSSD-sudo-användar-databas bör du inaktivera LDAP-sudo-" -"databas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande sudo-databas från LDAP-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda SSSD-sudo-användar-databas bör du inaktivera LDAP-sudo-databas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "Sudo-datakälla har aktiverats globalt.\n" -"Kom ihåg att även anpassa parametern \"sudo-leverantör\" i Utökade " -"alternativ för varje enskild domän som ger sudo-data." +"Kom ihåg att även anpassa parametern \"sudo-leverantör\" i Utökade alternativ för varje enskild domän som ger sudo-data." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Den här datorn läser för närvarande autostartsdatabas från LDAP-" -"identitetsleverantör.\n" -"Innan du kan använda SSSD-autostartsdatabas bör du inaktivera LDAP-" -"autostartsdatabas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." +"Den här datorn läser för närvarande autostartsdatabas från LDAP-identitetsleverantör.\n" +"Innan du kan använda SSSD-autostartsdatabas bör du inaktivera LDAP-autostartsdatabas från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "Autostartsdatakälla har aktiverats globalt.\n" -"Kom ihåg att även anpassa parametern \"autofs-leverantör\" i Utökade " -"alternativ för varje enskild domän som tillhandahåller autostartsdata." +"Kom ihåg att även anpassa parametern \"autofs-leverantör\" i Utökade alternativ för varje enskild domän som tillhandahåller autostartsdata." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "MS-PAC-datakälla har aktiverats globalt.\n" -"Det här alternativet beror på funktionerna i din Microsoft Active Directory-" -"domän.\n" -"SSSD kanske inte startar om Active Directory-domänen saknar stöd, och då bör " -"du stänga av den här funktionen." +"Det här alternativet beror på funktionerna i din Microsoft Active Directory-domän.\n" +"SSSD kanske inte startar om Active Directory-domänen saknar stöd, och då bör du stänga av den här funktionen." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Den här parametern är obligatorisk och får inte tas bort." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning av parametern: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" @@ -838,119 +763,104 @@ "Konsultera SSSD-manualen innan du fortsätter.\n" "Vill du ändå ta bort parametern?" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "No domain" msgstr "Ingen domän" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"Du har inte konfigurerat någon autentiseringsdomän, men du har valt att " -"aktivera domänautentisering.\n" -"SSSD kan inte starta, och endast lokal autentisering kommer att vara " -"tillgänglig.\n" +"Du har inte konfigurerat någon autentiseringsdomän, men du har valt att aktivera domänautentisering.\n" +"SSSD kan inte starta, och endast lokal autentisering kommer att vara tillgänglig.\n" "Vill du fortsätta ändå?" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "Alla cachade data har raderats." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"Registrera eller registrera om den här datorn genom att ange AD-användares " -"inloggningsuppgifter (t.ex. Administratör):" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "Registrera eller registrera om den här datorn genom att ange AD-användares inloggningsuppgifter (t.ex. Administratör):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Update AD's DNS records as well" msgstr "Uppdatera också AD:s DNS-poster" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "Frivillig organisationsenhet som \"Högkvarter/HR/ByggnadA\"" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "Arbeta med denna AD genom att skriva över Samba-konfiguration" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(Inte tillämplig i redigeringsverktyget AutoYast)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (Autoupptäckt via DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(DNS-fel)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -"Namnupplösningstjänsten på den här datorn uppfyller inte AD-" -"registreringskraven.\n" -"Använd AD-servern med samma namn som på lösningen genom att konfigurera " -"nätverksmiljön." +"Namnupplösningstjänsten på den här datorn uppfyller inte AD-registreringskraven.\n" +"Använd AD-servern med samma namn som på lösningen genom att konfigurera nätverksmiljön." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "Redan registrerad" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "Inte registrerad än" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Active Directory-registrering" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Current status" msgstr "Aktuell status" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "Samlar in status..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Ange både användarnamn och lösenord." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"AD-registreringsuppgifter har sparats för AutoYast. Kom ihåg att AD-" -"användares lösenord sparas i vanlig text." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "AD-registreringsuppgifter har sparats för AutoYast. Kom ihåg att AD-användares lösenord sparas i vanlig text." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -961,8 +871,8 @@ "Begär utgående:\n" "\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -973,1513 +883,959 @@ "Begär utgående:\n" "\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "Delegera till tredje parts programbibliotek (proxy_bibl_namn)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "Lokal SSSD-fildatabas" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "Allmän katalogtjänst (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "Allmän Kerberos-tjänst" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "Den här domänen har ingen autentiseringstjänst" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "Domännamn (t.ex. exempel.se):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" -msgstr "" -"Vilken tjänst tillhandahåller identitetsuppgifter som användarnamn och " -"gruppmedlemskap?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "Vilken tjänst tillhandahåller identitetsuppgifter som användarnamn och gruppmedlemskap?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "Vilken tjänst hanterar användarautentisering?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "Aktivera domänen" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "Ange domännamnet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." -msgstr "" -"Domännamnet kolliderar med ett reserverat nyckelord. Välj ett annat namn." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "Domännamnet kolliderar med ett reserverat nyckelord. Välj ett annat namn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "Domännamnet används redan." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "Version av konfigurationsfilssyntax (1 eller 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Anger hur många gånger tjänster ska försöka återansluta om en dataprovider " -"kraschar eller startar om" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Anger hur många gånger tjänster ska försöka återansluta om en dataprovider kraschar eller startar om" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" -msgstr "" -"Det vanliga uttrycket bryter ned användarnamn och domännamn till komponenter" +msgstr "Det vanliga uttrycket bryter ned användarnamn och domännamn till komponenter" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"Förvalt Printf(3)-kompatibelt format som beskriver hur en tuppel för namn/" -"domän ska översättas till FQDN." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "Förvalt Printf(3)-kompatibelt format som beskriver hur en tuppel för namn/domän ska översättas till FQDN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" -"Huruvida aviseringsmekanism för bevakning av lösn.conf bör användas för att " -"uppdatera intern DNS-lösning" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "Huruvida aviseringsmekanism för bevakning av lösn.conf bör användas för att uppdatera intern DNS-lösning" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"Katalog i filsystemet där SSSD bör lagra Kerberos-repetitionscachefiler." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "Katalog i filsystemet där SSSD bör lagra Kerberos-repetitionscachefiler." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "Ett standarddomännamn för alla namn utan domännamnskomponent" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"Detaljnivåer för loggning. Kan vara numerisk (0-9) eller en stor mask som " -"0x0010 (lägsta nivån) eller 0xFFF (högsta nivån)" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "Detaljnivåer för loggning. Kan vara numerisk (0-9) eller en stor mask som 0x0010 (lägsta nivån) eller 0xFFF (högsta nivån)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Lägg till en tidsstämpel i felsökningsmeddelandena" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Lägg till mikrosekunder i tidsstämpeln i felsökningsmeddelanden" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "Tidsgräns i sekunder mellan pulsslag för den här tjänsten" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" -msgstr "" -"Högsta antalet filbeskrivningar som kan öppnas samtidigt av den här SSSD-" -"processen" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +msgstr "Högsta antalet filbeskrivningar som kan öppnas samtidigt av den här SSSD-processen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" -msgstr "" -"Antal sekunder som en klient i en SSSD-process kan hålla fast en " -"filbeskrivning utan att kommunicera med den" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +msgstr "Antal sekunder som en klient i en SSSD-process kan hålla fast en filbeskrivning utan att kommunicera med den" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"Tjänsten kommer att få SIGTERM efter det här antalet sekunder av misslyckade " -"ping-kontroller i följd" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "Tjänsten kommer att få SIGTERM efter det här antalet sekunder av misslyckade ping-kontroller i följd" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"I hur många sekunder ska nss_sss-uppräkningar (förfrågningar om information " -"om alla användare) cachelagras?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "I hur många sekunder ska nss_sss-uppräkningar (förfrågningar om information om alla användare) cachelagras?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Cacheminnet kan konfigureras att automatiskt uppdatera poster i bakgrunden " -"om begäran överskrider en viss procent av entry_cache_timeout-värdet för " -"domänen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Cacheminnet kan konfigureras att automatiskt uppdatera poster i bakgrunden om begäran överskrider en viss procent av entry_cache_timeout-värdet för domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder nss_sss ska cachelagra negativa cacheträffar (d.v." -"s. frågor efter ogiltiga databasposter, t.ex. poster som inte finns) innan " -"motorn frågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder nss_sss ska cachelagra negativa cacheträffar (d.v.s. frågor efter ogiltiga databasposter, t.ex. poster som inte finns) innan motorn frågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Exkludera vissa användare från att hämtas av SSS-backend" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Exkludera vissa grupper från att hämtas av SSS-backend" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill att filtrerade användare fortfarande ska vara gruppmedlemmar " -"ställer du in detta alternativ på falskt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Om du vill att filtrerade användare fortfarande ska vara gruppmedlemmar ställer du in detta alternativ på falskt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Åsidosätt användarens hemkatalog. Du kan antingen ange ett absolut värde " -"eller en mall." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Åsidosätt användarens hemkatalog. Du kan antingen ange ett absolut värde eller en mall." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Ange en standardmall för en användares hemkatalog om domänens dataprovider " -"inte uttryckligen har angett en." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Ange en standardmall för en användares hemkatalog om domänens dataprovider inte uttryckligen har angett en." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Åsidosätt inloggningsskalet för alla användare." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Begränsa användarskalet till något av de angivna värdena." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Ersätt valfri instans av dessa skal med shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"Standardskalet som ska användas om ett tillåtet skal inte är installerat på " -"datorn." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "Standardskalet som ska användas om ett tillåtet skal inte är installerat på datorn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"Standardskalet som ska användas om providern inte returnerar något under " -"sökningen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "Standardskalet som ska användas om providern inte returnerar något under sökningen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder som listan med underdomäner ska betraktas som " -"giltig." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder som listan med underdomäner ska betraktas som giltig." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Anger antalet sekunder som poster i cacheminnet kommer att vara giltiga." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Anger antalet sekunder som poster i cacheminnet kommer att vara giltiga." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Om autentiseringsleverantören är offline, hur länge vi ska tillåta " -"cachelagrade inloggningar (räknat i antal dagar sedan senaste online-" -"inloggning)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Om autentiseringsleverantören är offline, hur länge vi ska tillåta cachelagrade inloggningar (räknat i antal dagar sedan senaste online-inloggning)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"Anger efter hur många minuter som ett nytt inloggningsförsök kan göras när " -"gränsen för högsta antalet inloggningsförsök (offline_failed_login_attempts) " -"har nåtts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "Anger efter hur många minuter som ett nytt inloggningsförsök kan göras när gränsen för högsta antalet inloggningsförsök (offline_failed_login_attempts) har nåtts." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Styr vilken typ av meddelanden som visas för användaren under " -"autentiseringen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Styr vilken typ av meddelanden som visas för användaren under autentiseringen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"För alla PAM-förfrågningar som görs när SSSD är online kommer SSSD att " -"genast försöka uppdatera användarens cachelagrade identitetsinformation för " -"att säkerställa att autentiseringen utförs med den senaste informationen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "För alla PAM-förfrågningar som görs när SSSD är online kommer SSSD att genast försöka uppdatera användarens cachelagrade identitetsinformation för att säkerställa att autentiseringen utförs med den senaste informationen." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Visa en varning N dagar innan lösenordet upphör att gälla." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Anger om attributen sudoNotBefore och sudoNotAfter som implementerar " -"tidsberoende sudoers-poster ska utvärderas." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Anger om attributen sudoNotBefore och sudoNotAfter som implementerar tidsberoende sudoers-poster ska utvärderas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder autofs-respondern ska cachelagra negativa träffar " -"innan motorn tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder autofs-respondern ska cachelagra negativa träffar innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Anger om hash-värden ska genereras för värddatornamn och värddatoradresser i " -"den hanterade filen known_hosts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Anger om hash-värden ska genereras för värddatornamn och värddatoradresser i den hanterade filen known_hosts." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder som en värddator ska bevaras i den hanterade " -"filen known_hosts efter att värddatorns nycklar begärts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder som en värddator ska bevaras i den hanterade filen known_hosts efter att värddatorns nycklar begärts." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"UID- och GID-gränser för domänen. Om en domän innehåller en post som ligger " -"utanför dessa gränser ignoreras den." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "UID- och GID-gränser för domänen. Om en domän innehåller en post som ligger utanför dessa gränser ignoreras den." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "Läs alla entiteter från backend-databasen (ökar serverbelastningen)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Om tjänsten inte avslutas efter force_timeout-sekunder kommer övervakaren " -"att tvinga den att avslutas genom att sända en SIGKILL-signal." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Om tjänsten inte avslutas efter force_timeout-sekunder kommer övervakaren att tvinga den att avslutas genom att sända en SIGKILL-signal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma inmatningar som giltiga innan motorn " -"tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma inmatningar som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma användarinmatningar som giltiga innan " -"motorn tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma användarinmatningar som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma gruppinmatningar som giltiga innan " -"motorn tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma gruppinmatningar som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma netgroup-inmatningar som giltiga innan " -"motorn tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma netgroup-inmatningar som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma tjänstinmatningar som giltiga innan " -"motorn tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder nss_sss ska bedöma tjänstinmatningar som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder sudo ska bedöma regler som giltiga innan motorn " -"tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder sudo ska bedöma regler som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Hur många sekunder autofs-tjänsten ska bedöma automonteringsmappningar som " -"giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Hur många sekunder autofs-tjänsten ska bedöma automonteringsmappningar som giltiga innan motorn tillfrågas igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Identifieringsuppgifter för offline-användning av cache" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många dagar poster finns kvar i cacheminnet efter den senaste " -"lyckade inloggningen innan de tas bort i samband med en rensnings av " -"cacheminnet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Anger i hur många dagar poster finns kvar i cacheminnet efter den senaste lyckade inloggningen innan de tas bort i samband med en rensnings av cacheminnet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Identifikationsprovidern som används för domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Använd det fullständiga namnet och domänen (enligt domänens " -"\"full_name_format\"-format) som användarens inloggningsnamn, som skickas " -"till NSS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Använd det fullständiga namnet och domänen (enligt domänens \"full_name_format\"-format) som användarens inloggningsnamn, som skickas till NSS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "Autentiseringsprovidern som används för domänen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "Åtkomstkontrollprovidern som används för domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "Providern som ska hantera lösenordsändringar för domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "SUDO-providern som används för domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "Providern som ska hantera inläsningen av selinux-inställningar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "Providern som ska hantera hämtningen av underdomäner." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "Autofs-providern som används för domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." -msgstr "" -"Providern som används för att hämta identitetsinformation om värddatorn." +msgstr "Providern som används för att hämta identitetsinformation om värddatorn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Reguljärt uttryck för den här domänen som beskriver hur strängen som " -"innehåller användarnamnet och domänen ska tolkas i dessa komponenter." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Reguljärt uttryck för den här domänen som beskriver hur strängen som innehåller användarnamnet och domänen ska tolkas i dessa komponenter." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Ett printf(3)-kompatibelt format som beskriver hur en tuppel (namn, domän) " -"för domänen ska översättas till ett fullständigt namn." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Ett printf(3)-kompatibelt format som beskriver hur en tuppel (namn, domän) för domänen ska översättas till ett fullständigt namn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Gör det möjligt att välja vilken adressfamilj som ska användas i första hand " -"vid DNS-sökningar." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Gör det möjligt att välja vilken adressfamilj som ska användas i första hand vid DNS-sökningar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Anger hur lång tid (i sekunder) som systemet ska vänta på svar från DNS-" -"matcharen innan det antas att den inte kan nås." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Anger hur lång tid (i sekunder) som systemet ska vänta på svar från DNS-matcharen innan det antas att den inte kan nås." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Anger domändelen av DNS-frågan för tjänstidentifiering om identifiering av " -"tjänster används i motorn." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Anger domändelen av DNS-frågan för tjänstidentifiering om identifiering av tjänster används i motorn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Åsidosätt det primära GID-värdet med det angivna värdet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Behandla användar- och gruppnamn som skiftlägeskänsliga." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"När en sökning körs mot en användare eller grupp baserat på namn i " -"proxyprovidern, körs en andra sökning baserat på ID för att \"kanonisera\" " -"namnet i den händelse det begärda namnet var ett alias." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "När en sökning körs mot en användare eller grupp baserat på namn i proxyprovidern, körs en andra sökning baserat på ID för att \"kanonisera\" namnet i den händelse det begärda namnet var ett alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Använd den här hemkatalogen som standardvärde för alla underdomäner i den " -"här domänen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Använd den här hemkatalogen som standardvärde för alla underdomäner i den här domänen." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Kommaavgränsad lista med användare som har tillåtelse att logga in." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Kommaavgränsad lista med grupper som har tillåtelse att logga in. Detta " -"gäller endast grupper i den här SSSD-domänen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Kommaavgränsad lista med grupper som har tillåtelse att logga in. Detta gäller endast grupper i den här SSSD-domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Kommaavgränsad lista med grupper som uttryckligen nekas åtkomst. Detta " -"gäller endast grupper i den här SSSD-domänen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Kommaavgränsad lista med grupper som uttryckligen nekas åtkomst. Detta gäller endast grupper i den här SSSD-domänen." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Verktygen lägger till inloggningsnamnet till base_directory och använder den " -"som hemkatalogen." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Verktygen lägger till inloggningsnamnet till base_directory och använder den som hemkatalogen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Ange om en hemkatalog ska skapas som standard för nya användare." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Ange om en hemkatalog ska tas bort som standard för borttagna användare." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Ange om en hemkatalog ska tas bort som standard för borttagna användare." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Används av sss_useradd(8) för att ange standardbehörigheterna för en " -"nyskapad hemkatalog." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Används av sss_useradd(8) för att ange standardbehörigheterna för en nyskapad hemkatalog." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"Mallkatalogen, som innehåller filer och kataloger som ska kopieras i " -"användarens hemkatalog, om hemkatalogen skapas med sss_useradd(8)" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "Mallkatalogen, som innehåller filer och kataloger som ska kopieras i användarens hemkatalog, om hemkatalogen skapas med sss_useradd(8)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "Katalogen för e-postbuffertar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Kommandot som körs när en användare har tagits bort." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "" -"(Active Directory-specifik) Använd tokengruppsattribut om det är tillgängligt" +msgstr "(Active Directory-specifik) Använd tokengruppsattribut om det är tillgängligt" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI:er (ldap://) för LDAP-servrar (kommaavgränsade)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Ett valfritt bas-DN som begränsar LDAP-sökningar med sudo-regler. " -"Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN som begränsar LDAP-sökningar med sudo-regler. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med URI:er för LDAP-servrarna som SSSD ska " -"ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med URI:er för LDAP-servrarna som SSSD ska ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med URI:er för LDAP-servrarna som SSSD ska " -"ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning för att ändra en användares " -"lösenord." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med URI:er för LDAP-servrarna som SSSD ska ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning för att ändra en användares lösenord." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "Bas-DN för LDAP-sökning" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP-schematyp" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "" -"Det bindnings-DN som ska användas som standard för att utföra LDAP-åtgärder." +msgstr "Det bindnings-DN som ska användas som standard för att utföra LDAP-åtgärder." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." -msgstr "" -"Typen för autentiseringstoken för det bindnings-DN som används som standard." +msgstr "Typen för autentiseringstoken för det bindnings-DN som används som standard." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Autentiseringstoken för det bindnings-DN som används som standard." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Objektklassen för en användarpost i LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens inloggningsnamn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens ID." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens primära grupp-ID." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens gecos-fält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnet på användarens hemkatalog." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller sökvägen till användarens standardskal." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller sökvägen till användarens standardskal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-användarobjekt." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-användarobjekt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller objectSID för ett LDAP-användarobjekt." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller objectSID för ett LDAP-användarobjekt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller tidsstämpeln för den senaste ändringen av " -"det överordnade objektet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller tidsstämpeln för den senaste ändringen av det överordnade objektet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på " -"ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (datumet för den " -"senaste lösenordsändringen)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (datumet för den senaste lösenordsändringen)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på " -"ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (minsta " -"lösenordsålder)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (minsta lösenordsålder)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på " -"ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (högsta " -"lösenordsålder)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (högsta lösenordsålder)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på " -"ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (perioden för " -"lösenordsvarning)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (perioden för lösenordsvarning)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på " -"ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (perioden för " -"lösenordsinaktivitet)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (perioden för lösenordsinaktivitet)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow eller ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow används " -"innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess " -"shadow(5)-motsvarighet (kontots förfallodatum)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow eller ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (kontots förfallodatum)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos används innehåller den här parametern namnet " -"på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar datumet och tiden för den senaste " -"lösenordsändringen i kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar datumet och tiden för den senaste lösenordsändringen i kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos används innehåller den här parametern namnet " -"på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar datumet och tiden då det aktuella lösenordet " -"upphör att gälla." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar datumet och tiden då det aktuella lösenordet upphör att gälla." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_account_expire_policy=ad används innehåller den här parametern " -"namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar förfallotiden för kontot." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=ad används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar förfallotiden för kontot." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_account_expire_policy=ad används innehåller den här parametern " -"namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar bitfältet för användarkontokontroll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=ad används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar bitfältet för användarkontokontroll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds eller något likvärdigt används anger den " -"här parametern om åtkomst tillåts eller inte." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds eller något likvärdigt används anger den här parametern om åtkomst tillåts eller inte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet om " -"åtkomst tillåts eller inte." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet om åtkomst tillåts eller inte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet fram till " -"vilket datum som åtkomst beviljas." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet fram till vilket datum som åtkomst beviljas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet vilka " -"timmar under en dag i en vecka då åtkomst beviljas." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet vilka timmar under en dag i en vecka då åtkomst beviljas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller användarens Kerberos-UPN (User Principal " -"Name)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller användarens Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller användarens offentliga SSH-nycklar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Vissa katalogservrar, t.ex. Active Directory, kan skicka områdesdelen av UPN-" -"namnet i gemener, vilket kan leda till att autentiseringen misslyckas." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Vissa katalogservrar, t.ex. Active Directory, kan skicka områdesdelen av UPN-namnet i gemener, vilket kan leda till att autentiseringen misslyckas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Ange det här alternativet till sant om du vill använda ett område i versaler." +msgstr "Ange det här alternativet till sant om du vill använda ett område i versaler." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder som SSSD måste vänta innan dess cacheminne med " -"uppräknade poster uppdateras." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder som SSSD måste vänta innan dess cacheminne med uppräknade poster uppdateras." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Ange hur ofta cacheminnet ska genomsökas efter inaktiva poster (t.ex. " -"grupper utan medlemmar och användare som aldrig har loggat in) och ta bort " -"dem för att spara utrymme." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Ange hur ofta cacheminnet ska genomsökas efter inaktiva poster (t.ex. grupper utan medlemmar och användare som aldrig har loggat in) och ta bort dem för att spara utrymme." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens fullständiga namn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som visar användarens gruppmedlemskap." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Om access_provider=ldap och ldap_access_order=authorized_service används, " -"använder SSSD attributet authorizedService i användarens LDAP-post för att " -"kontrollera åtkomstbehörigheter." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Om access_provider=ldap och ldap_access_order=authorized_service används, använder SSSD attributet authorizedService i användarens LDAP-post för att kontrollera åtkomstbehörigheter." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Om access_provider=ldap och ldap_access_order=host används, använder SSSD " -"värddatorattributet i användarens LDAP-post för att kontrollera " -"åtkomstbehörigheter." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Om access_provider=ldap och ldap_access_order=host används, använder SSSD värddatorattributet i användarens LDAP-post för att kontrollera åtkomstbehörigheter." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Objektklassen för en gruppost i LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar gruppnamnet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar gruppens ID." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnen på gruppens medlemmar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-gruppobjekt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller objectSID för ett LDAP-gruppobjekt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller tidsstämpeln för den senaste ändringen av " -"det överordnade objektet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller tidsstämpeln för den senaste ändringen av det överordnade objektet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Om ett schemaformat som stöder kapslade grupper (t.ex. RFC2307bis) används " -"för ldap_schema avgör det här alternativet hur många nivåers kapsling som " -"SSSD följer." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Om ett schemaformat som stöder kapslade grupper (t.ex. RFC2307bis) används för ldap_schema avgör det här alternativet hur många nivåers kapsling som SSSD följer." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Det här alternativet beordrar SSSD att använda en Active Directory-specifik " -"funktion som kan snabba upp gruppsökningar i distributioner med komplexa " -"eller djupt kapslade grupper." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Det här alternativet beordrar SSSD att använda en Active Directory-specifik funktion som kan snabba upp gruppsökningar i distributioner med komplexa eller djupt kapslade grupper." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Det här alternativet beordrar SSSD att använda en Active Directory-specifik " -"funktion som kan snabba upp initgroups-åtgärder (framför allt i samband med " -"komplexa eller djupt kapslade grupper)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Det här alternativet beordrar SSSD att använda en Active Directory-specifik funktion som kan snabba upp initgroups-åtgärder (framför allt i samband med komplexa eller djupt kapslade grupper)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Objektklassen för en nätgruppspost i LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar nätgruppens namn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnen på nätgruppens medlemmar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller nätgruppens tripplar (värddator, användare, " -"domän)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller nätgruppens tripplar (värddator, användare, domän)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-nätgruppsobjekt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-nätgruppsobjekt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Objektklassen för en tjänstpost i LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnet på tjänstattribut och deras alias." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnet på tjänstattribut och deras alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller porten som hanteras av den här tjänsten." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller porten som hanteras av den här tjänsten." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "" -"Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller protokollen som den här tjänsten förstår." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller protokollen som den här tjänsten förstår." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar " -"av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" Anger i hur många sekunder ldap-sökningar tillåts att köra innan de avbryts " -"och cachelagrade resultat returneras (och offlineläge aktiveras)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " Anger i hur många sekunder ldap-sökningar tillåts att köra innan de avbryts och cachelagrade resultat returneras (och offlineläge aktiveras)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder ldap-sökningar efter användar- och " -"gruppuppräkningar tillåts att köra innan de avbryts och cachelagrade " -"resultat returneras (och offlineläge aktiveras)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder ldap-sökningar efter användar- och gruppuppräkningar tillåts att köra innan de avbryts och cachelagrade resultat returneras (och offlineläge aktiveras)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Anger efter hur många sekunder en poll(2)/select(2) som följer en connect(2) " -"returnerar cachelagrade resultat om ingen aktivitet observeras." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Anger efter hur många sekunder en poll(2)/select(2) som följer en connect(2) returnerar cachelagrade resultat om ingen aktivitet observeras." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Anger efter hur många sekunder anrop till synkrona LDAP-API:er avbryts om " -"inget svar mottas." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Anger efter hur många sekunder anrop till synkrona LDAP-API:er avbryts om inget svar mottas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Anger i hur många sekunder anslutningen till en LDAP-server upprätthålls." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder anslutningen till en LDAP-server upprätthålls." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Ange hur många poster som ska hämtas från LDAP i samma begäran. Vissa LDAP-" -"servrar kräver en högsta gräns per begäran." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Ange hur många poster som ska hämtas från LDAP i samma begäran. Vissa LDAP-servrar kräver en högsta gräns per begäran." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Inaktivera LDAP-växlingskontroll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Ange den minsta säkerhetsnivån som krävs för att upprätta en anslutning vid " -"kommunikation med en LDAP-server." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Ange den minsta säkerhetsnivån som krävs för att upprätta en anslutning vid kommunikation med en LDAP-server." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Ange hur många gruppmedlemmar som måste saknas i det interna cacheminnet för " -"att en avrefereringssökning ska utlösas." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Ange hur många gruppmedlemmar som måste saknas i det interna cacheminnet för att en avrefereringssökning ska utlösas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Validera servercertifiering i LDAP TLS-session" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Anger filen som innehåller certifikat för alla certifikatutfärdare som sssd " -"känner igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Anger filen som innehåller certifikat för alla certifikatutfärdare som sssd känner igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Anger sökvägen för en katalog som innehåller CA-certifikat i separata, " -"enskilda filer." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Anger sökvägen för en katalog som innehåller CA-certifikat i separata, enskilda filer." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Anger filen som innehåller certifikatet för klientens nyckel." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Anger filen som innehåller klientens nyckel." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Anger godtagbara chifferserier." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Anger att id_provider-anslutningen även måste skydda kanalen genom att " -"använda tls." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Anger att id_provider-anslutningen även måste skydda kanalen genom att använda tls." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Anger att SSSD ska försöka mappa användar- och grupp-ID:n från attributen " -"ldap_user_objectsid och ldap_group_objectsid i stället för att använda " -"ldap_user_uid_number och ldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Anger att SSSD ska försöka mappa användar- och grupp-ID:n från attributen ldap_user_objectsid och ldap_group_objectsid i stället för att använda ldap_user_uid_number och ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Ange vilken SASL-mekanism som ska användas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Ange vilket SASL-auktoriserings-ID som ska användas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Ange vilket SASL-område som ska användas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Om värdet är sant utför LDAP-biblioteket en omvänd sökning för att " -"kanonisera värddatornamnet under en SASL-bindning." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Om värdet är sant utför LDAP-biblioteket en omvänd sökning för att kanonisera värddatornamnet under en SASL-bindning." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Ange vilken keytab som ska användas när SASL/GSSAPI används." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Anger att id_provider ska initiera Kerberos-uppgifter (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." -msgstr "" -"Anger livslängden i sekunder för den biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) om " -"GSSAPI används." +msgstr "Anger livslängden i sekunder för den biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) om GSSAPI används." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Välj vilken princip som ska användas för att utvärdera förfallodatumet för " -"lösenord på klientsidan." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Välj vilken princip som ska användas för att utvärdera förfallodatumet för lösenord på klientsidan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Anger om automatisk referensspårning ska aktiveras." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Anger vilket tjänstnamn som ska användas när tjänstidentifiering är " -"aktiverat." +msgstr "Anger vilket tjänstnamn som ska användas när tjänstidentifiering är aktiverat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Anger vilket tjänstnamn som ska användas för att söka efter en LDAP-server " -"som tillåter lösenordsändringar när tjänstidentifiering är aktiverat." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Anger vilket tjänstnamn som ska användas för att söka efter en LDAP-server som tillåter lösenordsändringar när tjänstidentifiering är aktiverat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Anger om attributet ldap_user_shadow_last_change ska uppdateras med antalet " -"dagar sedan den senaste lösenordsändringen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Anger om attributet ldap_user_shadow_last_change ska uppdateras med antalet dagar sedan den senaste lösenordsändringen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Vid användning av access_provider = ldap och ldap_access_order = filter " -"(standard) är detta alternativ obligatoriskt. Det anger ett LDAP-" -"sökfiltervillkor som måste uppfyllas för att användaren ska få åtkomst till " -"denna värddator." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Vid användning av access_provider = ldap och ldap_access_order = filter (standard) är detta alternativ obligatoriskt. Det anger ett LDAP-sökfiltervillkor som måste uppfyllas för att användaren ska få åtkomst till denna värddator." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" Med det här alternativet kan du aktivera en utvärdering av attribut för " -"åtkomstkontroll på klientsidan." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " Med det här alternativet kan du aktivera en utvärdering av attribut för åtkomstkontroll på klientsidan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Kommaavgränsad lista med alternativ för åtkomstkontroll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Anger hur avreferering av alias utförs när en sökning körs." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Gör det möjligt att behålla lokala användare som medlemmar i en LDAP-grupp " -"för servrar som använder RFC2307-schemat." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Gör det möjligt att behålla lokala användare som medlemmar i en LDAP-grupp för servrar som använder RFC2307-schemat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-autofs-" -"sökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-autofs-sökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-" -"gruppsökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är " -"ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-gruppsökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-" -"nätgruppssökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är " -"ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-nätgruppssökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-" -"användarsökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är " -"ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-användarsökningar av den här typen av attribut. Standardvärdet är ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "Objektklassen för en gruppost i LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "Namn på en mappningspost för automontering i LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." -msgstr "" -"Namn på en mappningspost för automontering i LDAP. Posten motsvarar ofta en " -"monteringspunkt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "Namn på en mappningspost för automontering i LDAP. Posten motsvarar ofta en monteringspunkt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-adress eller värdnamn för Kerberos-servrar (kommaavgränsade)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med IP-adresser eller värddatornamn för de " -"Kerberos-servrar som SSSD ska ansluta till, i angiven prioritetsordning." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med IP-adresser eller värddatornamn för de Kerberos-servrar som SSSD ska ansluta till, i angiven prioritetsordning." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos-sfär (t.ex. EXEMPEL.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Om tjänsten för lösenordsändring inte körs på KDC kan du ange alternativa " -"servrar här." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Om tjänsten för lösenordsändring inte körs på KDC kan du ange alternativa servrar här." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Katalog för cachelagring av inloggningsuppgifter." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Platsen för användarens cacheminne för användaruppgifter." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" Anger efter hur många sekunder en begäran om autentisering online eller en " -"begäran om lösenordsändring avbryts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " Anger efter hur många sekunder en begäran om autentisering online eller en begäran om lösenordsändring avbryts." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Använd krb5_keytab och verifiera att den erhållna biljettbeviljande " -"biljetten (TGT) inte har förfalskats." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Använd krb5_keytab och verifiera att den erhållna biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) inte har förfalskats." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"Platsen för den keytab som ska användas för att verifiera uppgifter som " -"erhålls från KDC:er." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "Platsen för den keytab som ska användas för att verifiera uppgifter som erhålls från KDC:er." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Lagra lösenordet för användaren om providern är offline och använd det för " -"att begära en biljettbeviljande biljett (TGT) när providern är online igen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Lagra lösenordet för användaren om providern är offline och använd det för att begära en biljettbeviljande biljett (TGT) när providern är online igen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Begär en förnybar biljett med en total livslängd, uttryckt som ett heltal " -"följt av en tidsenhet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Begär en förnybar biljett med en total livslängd, uttryckt som ett heltal följt av en tidsenhet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Begär en biljett med en livslängd, som anges som ett heltal direkt följt av " -"en tidsenhet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Begär en biljett med en livslängd, som anges som ett heltal direkt följt av en tidsenhet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" -"Tiden i antal sekunder mellan två kontroller om den biljettbeviljande " -"biljetten (TGT) ska förnyas." +msgstr "Tiden i antal sekunder mellan två kontroller om den biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) ska förnyas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Aktiverar FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) för Kerberos-" -"förautentisering." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Aktiverar FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) för Kerberos-förautentisering." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Anger vilket serversäkerhetsobjekt som ska användas för FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"Anger om säkerhetsobjektet för värddatorer och användare ska kanoniseras." +msgstr "Anger om säkerhetsobjektet för värddatorer och användare ska kanoniseras." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Anger namnet på Active Directory-domänen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "Host names of AD servers (comma separated)." msgstr "Värdnamn för AD-servrar (kommaavgränsade)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "Host names of backup AD servers (comma separated)." msgstr "Värdnamn för AD-servrar för säkerhetskopiering (kommaavgränsade)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"AD-värdnamn (frivilligt) – kan anges om värdnamn(5) inte återspeglar FQDN " -"som används av AD för att identifiera den här värden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "AD-värdnamn (frivilligt) – kan anges om värdnamn(5) inte återspeglar FQDN som används av AD för att identifiera den här värden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Åsidosätt användarens hemkatalog." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Anger den lägsta gränsen för intervallet med POSIX-ID:n som ska användas " -"för att mappa användar- och grupp-SID:n i Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Anger den lägsta gränsen för intervallet med POSIX-ID:n som ska användas för att mappa användar- och grupp-SID:n i Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Anger den övre gränsen för intervallet med POSIX-ID:n som ska användas för " -"att mappa användar- och grupp-SID:n i Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Anger den övre gränsen för intervallet med POSIX-ID:n som ska användas för att mappa användar- och grupp-SID:n i Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Anger hur många ID:n som är tillgängliga för varje sektor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Ange standarddomänens domän-SID." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Ange standarddomänens namn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Ändrar ID-mappningsalgoritmens beteende så att den beter sig mer som " -"winbinds \"idmap_autorid\"-algoritm." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Ändrar ID-mappningsalgoritmens beteende så att den beter sig mer som winbinds \"idmap_autorid\"-algoritm." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Anger IPA-domänens namn." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-adresser eller värdnamn för IPA-servrar (kommaavgränsade)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"IPA-värdnamn (frivilligt) – kan anges om värdnamn(5) inte återspeglar FQDN " -"som används av IPA för att identifiera den här värden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "IPA-värdnamn (frivilligt) – kan anges om värdnamn(5) inte återspeglar FQDN som används av IPA för att identifiera den här värden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Platsen för den automatiska monterare som IPA-klienten ska använda." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Detta alternativ anger att SSSD automatiskt ska uppdatera DNS-servern som är " -"inbyggd i FreeIPA v2 med IP-adressen för denna klient." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Detta alternativ anger att SSSD automatiskt ska uppdatera DNS-servern som är inbyggd i FreeIPA v2 med IP-adressen för denna klient." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Den TTL som ska tillämpas på klientens DNS-post när den uppdateras." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Välj det gränssnitt vars IP-adress ska användas för dynamiska DNS-" -"uppdateringar." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Välj det gränssnitt vars IP-adress ska användas för dynamiska DNS-uppdateringar." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,181 +14,173 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" msgstr "Autentiseringsserverns konfiguration" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" msgstr "Aktivera/inaktivera tjänsten" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" msgstr "Lägg till en ny databas" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" msgstr "Visa en lista med tillgängliga databaser" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" msgstr "Visa en lista med konfigurerade scheman" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" msgstr "Lägg till ett schema i listan" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Aktivera tjänsten" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Inaktivera tjänsten" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" msgstr "Databastyp (hdb eller bdb)" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" msgstr "Bas-DN för databasen" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" msgstr "DN för administratörsinloggning" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" msgstr "Administratörslösenord" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" msgstr "Katalog för databasen" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" msgstr "Fil" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" msgstr "Position" -#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); -#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); -#. -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 +#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); +#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); +#. +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" msgstr "Inget bas-DN har angetts\n" -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" msgstr "Databasen kan inte skapas när tjänsten inte aktiverats" -#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); -#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 +#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när databasen skulle läggas till" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"LDAP-databasen har redan skapats. Du kan ändra inställningarna senare i det " -"installerade systemet." +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "LDAP-databasen har redan skapats. Du kan ändra inställningarna senare i det installerade systemet." -#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 +#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[root-lösenord]" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[manuell inställning]" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att hämta systemets root-lösenord. Du måste ange ett LDAP-" -"serverlösenord för att kunna fortsätta." +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta systemets root-lösenord. Du måste ange ett LDAP-serverlösenord för att kunna fortsätta." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" msgstr "Installera LDAP-huvudservern:" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "Installera en fristående LDAP-server:" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " msgstr "Bas-DN: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " msgstr "Root-DN: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " msgstr "LDAP-lösenord: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" msgstr "Installera OpenLDAP-slavservern" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " msgstr "Leverantör:" -#. all known interfaces for testing -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 +#. all known interfaces for testing +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Öppna port i brandvägg" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Brandvägg är inaktiverad" -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " msgstr "Registrera hos SLP-demonen: " -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " msgstr "Starta LDAP-server: " -#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 +#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server" -#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 +#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" msgstr "Open&LDAP-server" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 msgid "" "The package '%1' is not available.\n" "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" @@ -198,10 +190,10 @@ "Det går inte att fortsätta med inställningen\n" "om inte det här paketet installeras." -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 msgid "" "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -209,15 +201,11 @@ "Det går inte att fortsätta med inställningarna\n" "om inte paketen som krävs installeras." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP-replikeringsinstallationen misslyckades. Konfigurera " -"inställningarna igen när installationen har slutförts." +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "OpenLDAP-replikeringsinstallationen misslyckades. Konfigurera inställningarna igen när installationen har slutförts." -#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." @@ -225,45 +213,42 @@ "OpenLDAP-servern: Det finns inget gemensamt servercertifikat.\n" "StartTLS har inaktiverats." -#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module -#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "Konfiguration av OpenLDAP-MirrorMode-replikering" -#. Start new config wizward -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." msgstr "En befintlig konfiguration har upptäckts." -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "Det finns en befintlig konfiguration, men LDAP-servern körs inte just nu.\n" -"Vill du starta servern nu och läsa in den befintliga " -"konfigurationsinformationen eller \n" +"Vill du starta servern nu och läsa in den befintliga konfigurationsinformationen eller \n" "vill du skapa en helt ny konfiguration från början?" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" msgstr "Starta om" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" msgstr "Ny konfiguration" -#. Start new config wizward -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" msgstr "Migrera befintlig konfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" "/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n" @@ -271,105 +256,97 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" "Systemet är konfigurerat att använda konfigurationsfilen\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST stöder endast den dynamiska " -"konfigurationsdatabasen\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST stöder endast den dynamiska konfigurationsdatabasen\n" "OpenLDAP (back-config). Vill du migrera den befintliga\n" "konfigurationen till konfigurationsdatabasen?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" msgstr "Migrera befintlig konfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" msgstr "Skapa en ny konfiguration från grunden" -#. LdapServer summary dialog caption -#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 +#. LdapServer summary dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning av autentiseringsserverns konfiguration" -#. heading for all dialogs -#. FIXME: adapt to your needs -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 +#. heading for all dialogs +#. FIXME: adapt to your needs +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Autentiseringsserverns konfiguration" -#. ********************* -#. * dialog functions ** -#. ******************** -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 +#. ********************* +#. * dialog functions ** +#. ******************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna inställningar" -#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database -#. dialogs -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 +#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database +#. dialogs +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" msgstr "&Starta LDAP-server" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" msgstr "Registrera hos en &SLP-demon" -#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Brandväggsinställningar" -#. create new item -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#. create new item +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." msgstr "LDAP-servern körs inte." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Vill du starta den nu så att dess konfigurationsinformation kan läsas in på " -"nytt eller vill du skapa en helt ny konfiguration från början?" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Vill du starta den nu så att dess konfigurationsinformation kan läsas in på nytt eller vill du skapa en helt ny konfiguration från början?" -#. get helps page -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 +#. get helps page +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item <b>" msgstr "Hjälpavsnittet för <b>" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "</b> not available" msgstr "</b> är inte tillgängligt" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" msgstr "Servertyp" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Stand-alone server" msgstr "Fristående server" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Master server in a replication setup" msgstr "Huvudserver i en replikeringskonfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Replica (slave) server.\n" msgstr "Replikeringsserver (slavserver).\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." msgstr "Alla data, inklusive konfigurationen, replikeras från en fjärrserver." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" @@ -377,37 +354,36 @@ "YaST kunde inte fastställa datorns\n" "fullständiga värddatornamn. \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att konfigurera någon huvudserver för replikering just nu." +msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera någon huvudserver för replikering just nu." -#. Button text -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 +#. Button text +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" msgstr "&Avancerade inställningar" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "Kerberos-autentisering" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "&Aktivera Kerberos-autentisering" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" msgstr "Grundinställningar för Kerberos" -#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. -#. Please think twice please before you translate this, -#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 +#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. +#. Please think twice please before you translate this, +#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" msgstr "&Område" -#. abort? -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 +#. abort? +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 msgid "" "The package '%1' is not available.\n" "YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n" @@ -417,153 +393,149 @@ "Paketet måste installeras för att\n" "YaST2 ska kunna aktivera Kerberos." -#. caption -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 +#. caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar för Kerberos" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" msgstr "Avan&cerade alternativ" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Aktuellt val: " -#. tree widget headline -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 +#. tree widget headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Inställning:" -#. ############## input handler ################ -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 +#. ############## input handler ################ +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" msgstr "LDAP-autentiseringen misslyckades. Vill du försöka igen?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " msgstr "Felmeddelande: " -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" msgstr "Skapa ett nytt konto i den första databasen" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" msgstr "Användar-ID" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" msgstr "Behållarobjekt" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bläddra" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" msgstr "Skapa ett slumpmässigt lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Use the \"cn=config\" Account for Replication" msgstr "Använd \"cn=config\"-kontot för replikering" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "Konfigurera ett replikeringskonto" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "är inte ett giltigt LDAP-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" msgstr "Validera lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Ange ett lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "De angivna lösenorden matchar inte varandra. Försök igen." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "Information om providern" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Leverantörsvärdnamn" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Använd StartTLS" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" msgstr "Administratörslösenord för databasen \"cn=config\"" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" msgstr "C&A-certifikatfil (PEM-format)" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" msgstr "Välj en CA-certifikatfil" -#. **************************** -#. * tls handlers -#. *************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 +#. **************************** +#. * tls handlers +#. *************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File" msgstr "Välj en giltig CA-certifikatfil" -#. Doing these checks during installation will -#. most probably fail -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att öppna anslutningen till \"cn=config\"-databasen på " -"providerservern.\n" +#. Doing these checks during installation will +#. most probably fail +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Det gick inte att öppna anslutningen till \"cn=config\"-databasen på providerservern.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" @@ -571,29 +543,29 @@ "Kontrollera att providerservern tillåter fjärranslutningar till \n" "\"cn=config\"-databasen och att du har angett rätt lösenord.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" msgstr "Följande felmeddelanden returnerades:" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "Det gick inte att verifiera TLS/SSL-konfigurationen." -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" msgstr "Vill du importera ett annat CA/servercertifikat?" -#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 +#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" msgstr "Replikeringskonfigurationen på providerservern saknas.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." msgstr "Klicka på Fortsätt om du vill skapa den nu." -#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 +#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n" "it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" @@ -601,126 +573,107 @@ "Replikeringskonfigurationen på huvudservern\n" "fungerar redan som en replikeringskonsument.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera överlappande replikering av cn=config." -#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att kontrollera autentiseringsuppgifterna i " -"replikeringskonfigurationen på providerservern.\n" +#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Det gick inte att kontrollera autentiseringsuppgifterna i replikeringskonfigurationen på providerservern.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "Testet returnerade följande felmeddelanden:" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." msgstr "Åtgärda detta genom att klicka på Fortsätt." -#. ReplicatonSummary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 +#. ReplicatonSummary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 msgid "Replication Master setup" msgstr "Inställningar för huvudreplik" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 msgid "" "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"För att fungera som en huvudserver för replikering måste " -"konfigurationsdatabasen\n" -"kunna nås via en fjärranslutning. Ange ett lösenord för " -"konfigurationsdatabasen.\n" +"För att fungera som en huvudserver för replikering måste konfigurationsdatabasen\n" +"kunna nås via en fjärranslutning. Ange ett lösenord för konfigurationsdatabasen.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" "(Fjärråtkomst till konfigurationsdatabasen är begränsat till krypterade\n" "LDAP-anslutningar.)\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" msgstr "Ange nytt &lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "&Validera lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" msgstr "Förbered MirrorMode-replikering (genererar serverId-attributet)" -#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 +#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Startkonfiguration</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Starta LDAP-servern</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Välj <b>Ja</b> om LDAP-servern ska startas automatiskt som \n" -"en del av startprocessen. Välj <b>Nej</b> om LDAP-servern inte ska startas. " -"Obs!\n" +"en del av startprocessen. Välj <b>Nej</b> om LDAP-servern inte ska startas. Obs!\n" "När du har valt <b>Nej</b> kan du inte ändra OpenLDAP-konfigurationen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Protokollyssnare</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aktivera och inaktivera de olika protokollyssnarna i OpenLDAP.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> är standardgränssnittet för LDAP på port 389. Kommunikationen " -"kan göras säker \n" -"med TLS/SSL med hjälp av åtgärden StartTLS när ett servercertifikat har " -"konfigurerats.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> är standardgränssnittet för LDAP på port 389. Kommunikationen kan göras säker \n" +"med TLS/SSL med hjälp av åtgärden StartTLS när ett servercertifikat har konfigurerats.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> aktiverar gränssnittet LDAP över SSL (ldaps) för SSL-" -"skyddade\n" -"anslutningar på port 636. Det här fungerar bara om du har ett konfigurerat " -"servercertifikat (se Globala inställningar/TLS-inställningar).\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> aktiverar gränssnittet LDAP över SSL (ldaps) för SSL-skyddade\n" +"anslutningar på port 636. Det här fungerar bara om du har ett konfigurerat servercertifikat (se Globala inställningar/TLS-inställningar).\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" @@ -730,11 +683,11 @@ "LDAP-servern via en Unix-domänsocket. Inaktivera inte LDAPI-gränssnittet \n" "eftersom det används av YaST för att kommunicera med servern.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Brandväggsinställningar</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.</p>\n" @@ -742,37 +695,30 @@ "<p>Välj om SuSEFirewall ska tillåta åtkomst via de LDAP-relaterade\n" "nätverksportarna eller inte.</p>\n" -#. First part of the Add Database Widget -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 +#. First part of the Add Database Widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grundläggande databasinställningar</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. " -"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Välj <b>Databas</b> från <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> och <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb är en\n" +"<p>Välj <b>Databas</b> från <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> och <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> är en\n" "variant av <b>bdb</b>-motorn som använder en hierarkisk databaslayout och\n" "tillåter att underträd döps om. Annars är den identisk med <b>bdb</b>. En\n" "<b>hdb</b>-databas behöver en större <b>idlcachesize</b> än en\n" "<b>bdb</b>-databas för goda sökprestanda.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-databasen använder OpenLDAP:s LMDB-bibliotek (Lightning Memory-" -"Mapped DB) för att lagra data.\n" -"Den liknar <b>hdb</b>-motorn men är mer effektiv både i utnyttjande av " -"utrymme och vid körning.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-databasen använder OpenLDAP:s LMDB-bibliotek (Lightning Memory-Mapped DB) för att lagra data.\n" +"Den liknar <b>hdb</b>-motorn men är mer effektiv både i utnyttjande av utrymme och vid körning.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created.</p>" @@ -780,45 +726,33 @@ "<p>Med alternativet <b>Bas-DN</b> anges namnet på root-posten för \n" "den databas som håller på att skapas.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>Administratörs-DN</b> anger tillsammans med <b>LDAP-" -"administratörslösenord</b> \n" -"en superanvändaridentitet för databasen som går förbi alla ACL:er och " -"andra \n" -"administrativa begränsningar. Om du markerar <b>Lägg till bas-DN</b> läggs " -"det \n" -"<b>Bas-DN</b> till som angavs ovan. Bas-DN-namnet <tt>dc=exempel,dc=com\n" -"ger då tillsammans med administratörs-DN <tt>c=Admin</tt> det fullständiga " -"administratörs-DN-värdet\n" +"<p><b>Administratörs-DN</b> anger tillsammans med <b>LDAP-administratörslösenord</b> \n" +"en superanvändaridentitet för databasen som går förbi alla ACL:er och andra \n" +"administrativa begränsningar. Om du markerar <b>Lägg till bas-DN</b> läggs det \n" +"<b>Bas-DN</b> till som angavs ovan. Bas-DN-namnet <tt>dc=exempel,dc=com</tt>\n" +"ger då tillsammans med administratörs-DN <tt>c=Admin</tt> det fullständiga administratörs-DN-värdet\n" "<tt>c=Admin,dc=exempel,dc=com</tt>.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Om den här guiden startades under installationen\n" -"anges <b>LDAP-administratörslösenord</b> ursprungligen till systemets root-" -"lösenord,\n" +"anges <b>LDAP-administratörslösenord</b> ursprungligen till systemets root-lösenord,\n" "vilket angavs tidigare i installationsprocessen.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -827,17 +761,14 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill använda den här databasen som standard för OpenLDAP-" -"klientverktygen \n" -"(t.ex. ldapsearch) markerar du <b>Använd den här databasen som standard för " -"OpenLDAP-\n" +"<p>Om du vill använda den här databasen som standard för OpenLDAP-klientverktygen \n" +"(t.ex. ldapsearch) markerar du <b>Använd den här databasen som standard för OpenLDAP-\n" "klienter</b>. Om du gör det skrivs värddatornamnet \"localhost\" och ovan \n" "angivet <b>base-DN</b> till OpenLDAP-klientkonfigurationsfilen \n" -"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Den här kryssrutan är markerad som " -"standard\n" +"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Den här kryssrutan är markerad som standard\n" "när du skapar den första databasen på en server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" @@ -845,107 +776,83 @@ "YaST stöder inte den här databasen för närvarande. Du kan inte \n" "ändra några konfigurationsinställningar här.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera klartextautentisering (enkel LDAP-" -"bindning)\n" -"för konfigurationsdatabasen klickar du på motsvarande kryssruta. " -"Klartextautentisering \n" +"<p>Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera klartextautentisering (enkel LDAP-bindning)\n" +"för konfigurationsdatabasen klickar du på motsvarande kryssruta. Klartextautentisering \n" "för konfigurationsdatabasen tillåts bara med \n" "tillräckligt skyddade (t.ex. SSL/TLS-krypterade) anslutningar används.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill ändra administrationslösenordet för konfigurationsdatabasen \n" "klickar du på <b>Ändra lösenord</b>. \n" -"Ett popup-fönster öppnas där du uppmanas att ange det nya lösenordet och att " -"välja \n" +"Ett popup-fönster öppnas där du uppmanas att ange det nya lösenordet och att välja \n" "<b>Lösenordskryptering</b>. \n" "Lösenordsfälten är tomma även om ett lösenord redan har \n" "skapats i konfigurationen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Redigera BDB-databas</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ändra grundinställningar för BDB- och HDB-databaser.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange ett fullständigt DN eller ange bara den första delen och lägg " -"automatiskt till bas-DN\n" +"<p>Ange ett fullständigt DN eller ange bara den första delen och lägg automatiskt till bas-DN\n" "med <b>Lägg till bas-DN</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ändra lösenordet för administratörskontot klickar du på " -"<b>Ändra lösenord</b>.\n" -"Ett popup-fönster öppnas där du uppmanas att ange det nya lösenordet och att " -"välja <b>Lösenordskryptering</b>.\n" -"Lösenordsfälten här är tomma även om ett lösenord redan har skapats i " -"konfigurationen.</p>\n" +"<p>Om du vill ändra lösenordet för administratörskontot klickar du på <b>Ändra lösenord</b>.\n" +"Ett popup-fönster öppnas där du uppmanas att ange det nya lösenordet och att välja <b>Lösenordskryptering</b>.\n" +"Lösenordsfälten här är tomma även om ett lösenord redan har skapats i konfigurationen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med alternativen <b>Inmatningscache</b> och <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> " -"kan du \n" -"justera storleken på de interna cache-minnena i OpenLDAP. I " -"<b>Inmatningscache</b> definieras \n" -"det antal poster som lagras i inmatningscacheminnet för OpenLDAP. Om det är " -"möjligt (tillräckligt med RAM-minne)\n" -"bör det här numret vara stort nog för att lagra hela databasen i minnet. " -"Alternativet <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> \n" -"används för att snabba upp sökningar bland indexerade attribut. Särskilt HDB-" -"databaser \n" -"kräver ofta en stor IDL-cache för att uppnå goda sökprestanda (tumregeln " -"är \n" +"<p>Med alternativen <b>Inmatningscache</b> och <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> kan du \n" +"justera storleken på de interna cache-minnena i OpenLDAP. I <b>Inmatningscache</b> definieras \n" +"det antal poster som lagras i inmatningscacheminnet för OpenLDAP. Om det är möjligt (tillräckligt med RAM-minne)\n" +"bör det här numret vara stort nog för att lagra hela databasen i minnet. Alternativet <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> \n" +"används för att snabba upp sökningar bland indexerade attribut. Särskilt HDB-databaser \n" +"kräver ofta en stor IDL-cache för att uppnå goda sökprestanda (tumregeln är \n" "tre gånger storleken på inmatningscacheminnet).</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Inställningar för lösenordsprincip</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" @@ -953,29 +860,21 @@ "<p>Om du vill använda lösenordsprinciper för den här databasen markerar du \n" "<b>Principer för lösenordsåldrande</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Hash-koda lösenord i klartext</b> om du vill ange att OpenLDAP-" -"servern\n" -"ska kryptera de lösenord i klartext som finns i en add- eller modify-begäran " -"innan de lagras\n" -"i databasen. Observera att detta strider mot informationsmodellen X.500/" -"LDAP, men kan \n" -"behövas för att kompensera för LDAP-klienter som inte använder den utökade " -"modify-funktionen för ändring av lösenord \n" +"<p>Markera <b>Hash-koda lösenord i klartext</b> om du vill ange att OpenLDAP-servern\n" +"ska kryptera de lösenord i klartext som finns i en add- eller modify-begäran innan de lagras\n" +"i databasen. Observera att detta strider mot informationsmodellen X.500/LDAP, men kan \n" +"behövas för att kompensera för LDAP-klienter som inte använder den utökade modify-funktionen för ändring av lösenord \n" ".</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -983,56 +882,43 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om <b>Meddela \"Kontot är låst\"-status</b> är aktiverat får användare " -"som\n" +"<p>Om <b>Meddela \"Kontot är låst\"-status</b> är aktiverat får användare som\n" "försöker autentisera ett låst konto ett meddelande om att deras konto är\n" "låst. Det här meddelandet kan innehålla användbar information för en\n" -"inkräktare. Det här alternativet bör inte aktiveras för webbplatser som är " -"känsliga för\n" +"inkräktare. Det här alternativet bör inte aktiveras för webbplatser som är känsliga för\n" "säkerhetshot.</p> \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange namnet på standardprincipobjektet i <b>Standardprincipobjektets " -"namn</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange namnet på standardprincipobjektet i <b>Standardprincipobjektets namn</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill skapa eller ändra standardprincipen klickar du på <b>Redigera " -"princip</b>. Du kan\n" +"<p>Om du vill skapa eller ändra standardprincipen klickar du på <b>Redigera princip</b>. Du kan\n" "uppmanas att ange LDAP-administratörslösenordet efteråt för att tillåta\n" "läsning av principobjektet från servern.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Indexkonfiguration</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ändra indexeringsalternativen för hdb för bdb-databasen.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tabellen innehåller en lista med attribut som har ett definierat index." +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tabellen innehåller en lista med attribut som har ett definierat index.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Index används av OpenLDAP för att förbättra sökprestanda i särskilda\n" @@ -1040,72 +926,61 @@ "vanligaste sökningarna i en databas. Du kan skapa tre typer av index\n" "i YaST.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Närvaro</b>: Den här typen av index används för sökningar med " -"närvarofilter\n" +"<p><b>Närvaro</b>: Den här typen av index används för sökningar med närvarofilter\n" "(d.v.s. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Närvaroindex bör endast konfigureras\n" "för attribut som förekommer sällan i databasen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Likhet</b>: Den här typen av index används för sökningar med " -"likhetsfilter \n" -"(d.v.s. (<tt>(attributeType=<exakta värden>)</tt>). <b>Likhetsindex \n" +"<p><b>Likhet</b>: Den här typen av index används för sökningar med likhetsfilter \n" +"(d.v.s. (<tt>(attributeType=<exakta värden>)</tt>). <b>Likhetsindex</b> \n" "bör alltid konfigureras med attributet <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Delsträng</b>: Den här typen av index används för sökningar med " -"delsträngsfilter\n" +"<p><b>Delsträng</b>: Den här typen av index används för sökningar med delsträngsfilter\n" "(d.v.s. <tt>(attributeType=<delsträng>*)</tt>)</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill definiera indexeringsalternativ för " -"ett nytt attribut,\n" -"<b>Ta bort</b> om du vill ta bort ett befintligt index och <b>Redigera</b> " -"om du vill ändra\n" +"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill definiera indexeringsalternativ för ett nytt attribut,\n" +"<b>Ta bort</b> om du vill ta bort ett befintligt index och <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra\n" "indexeringsalternativen för ett redan indexerat attribut.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Obs! Beroende på databasens storlek kan det ta en stund innan nyligen " -"tillagda\n" +"<p>Obs! Beroende på databasens storlek kan det ta en stund innan nyligen tillagda\n" "index blir aktiva i en databas. När konfigurationen har\n" "skrivits till servern startar en bakrundsaktivitet för att generera\n" "indexeringsinformationen för databasen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration av åtkomstkontroll</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" @@ -1113,79 +988,65 @@ "<p>Den här tabellen ger en översikt över alla åtkomstkontrollregler som\n" "är konfigurerade för den valda databasen</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>För varje regel kan du se vilka målobjekt den matchar. Om du vill visa\n" -"mer detaljerad information om en regel eller om du vill ändra en regel, " -"markerar du regeln i tabellen och\n" +"mer detaljerad information om en regel eller om du vill ändra en regel, markerar du regeln i tabellen och\n" "klickar på <b>Redigera</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" "delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill skapa nya åtkomstkontrollregler och " -"<b>Ta bort</b> om\n" +"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill skapa nya åtkomstkontrollregler och <b>Ta bort</b> om\n" "du vill ta bort en åtkomstkontrollregel.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Utvärderingen av åtkomstkontroller i OpenLDAP stoppas vid den första " -"regel vars\n" +"<p>Utvärderingen av åtkomstkontroller i OpenLDAP stoppas vid den första regel vars\n" "måldefinition (DN, filter och attribut) matchar posten som\n" "öppnas. Därför bör du ordna reglerna som det passar dig med hjälp av\n" " <b>upp-</b> och <b>nedknapparna</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Inställningar för replikeringsleverantör</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Markera kryssrutan \"<b>Aktivera ldapsync-leverantör för databasen</b>\" " -"om du vill kunna\n" +"<p>Markera kryssrutan \"<b>Aktivera ldapsync-leverantör för databasen</b>\" om du vill kunna\n" "replikera den valda databasen till en annan server.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Kontrollpunktsinställningar</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Här kan du ange hur ofta indikatorn för synkroniseringsstatus (lagras\n" -"i attributet \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") ska skrivas till databasen. Den " -"synkroniseras\n" +"i attributet \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") ska skrivas till databasen. Den synkroniseras\n" "med databasen efter det antal <i>skrivaktiviteter</i> som du anger eller\n" "efter angivet antal <i>minuter</i> sedan indikatorn\n" "senast skrevs. Som standard (båda värdena är 0) skrivs statusindikatorn\n" @@ -1193,74 +1054,63 @@ "snabbare starttid efter en felaktig avstängning, men prestanda kan\n" "påverkas något i miljöer med många LDAP-skrivaktiviteter.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Sessionslogg</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan konfigurera en sessionslogg, i minnet, som sparar information om " -"skrivåtgärder\n" -"i databasen. Du kan ange hur många skrivåtgärder som ska sparas i " -"sessionsloggen.\n" -"Du behöver endast konfigurera en sessionslogg om \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\"-" -"replikering används. Då kan\n" +"<p>Du kan konfigurera en sessionslogg, i minnet, som sparar information om skrivåtgärder\n" +"i databasen. Du kan ange hur många skrivåtgärder som ska sparas i sessionsloggen.\n" +"Du behöver endast konfigurera en sessionslogg om \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\"-replikering används. Då kan\n" "den öka replikeringshastigheten och minska belastningen på huvudservern.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Inställningar för replikeringskonsument</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Välj <b>Den här databasen är en replikeringskonsument</b> om du vill att\n" "databasen ska vara en replikering av en databas på en annan server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Leverantör</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Ange anslutningsinformationen för replikeringsanslutningen till\n" -"huvudservern här. Välj vilket protokoll som ska användas (<b>ldap</b> eller " -"<b>ldaps</b>) och\n" +"huvudservern här. Välj vilket protokoll som ska användas (<b>ldap</b> eller <b>ldaps</b>) och\n" "ange huvudserverns fullständiga värddatornamn. Det är viktigt att\n" -"det fullständiga värddatornamnet används för att verifiera huvudserverns TLS/" -"SSL-certifikat\n" +"det fullständiga värddatornamnet används för att verifiera huvudserverns TLS/SSL-certifikat\n" ". Ändra portnumret om huvudservern använder andra portar än\n" "ldap-standardportar.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Replikeringstyp</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>" msgstr "<p>Replikering kan ske i olika lägen med OpenLDAP:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -1272,7 +1122,7 @@ "konfigurera hur ofta synkroniseringen ska köras med inställningen \n" "<b>Replikeringsintervall</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" @@ -1282,50 +1132,42 @@ "anslutning till huvudservern för synkronisering. Uppdaterade poster på\n" "huvudservern skickas genast till slaven via den här anslutningen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Autentisering</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange ett DN och lösenord som slavservern ska använda för autentisering " -"mot huvudservern.\n" -"Det angivna domännamnet måste ha läsbehörighet till alla poster i den " -"replikerade databasen på huvudservern.</p>\n" +"<p>Ange ett DN och lösenord som slavservern ska använda för autentisering mot huvudservern.\n" +"Det angivna domännamnet måste ha läsbehörighet till alla poster i den replikerade databasen på huvudservern.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Uppdateringshänvisning</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Eftersom slavdatabasen är skrivskyddad svarar slavservern på \n" "skrivaktiviteter med en LDAP-hänvisning. \n" -"Som standard hänvisar den här referensen klienten till huvudservern. Du kan " -"konfigurera en annan uppdateringshänvisning här.\n" -"Detta är exempelvis användbart i en överlappande replikeringskonfiguration " -"där slavserverns\n" +"Som standard hänvisar den här referensen klienten till huvudservern. Du kan konfigurera en annan uppdateringshänvisning här.\n" +"Detta är exempelvis användbart i en överlappande replikeringskonfiguration där slavserverns\n" "provider också är en slavserver. </p>\n" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>LDAP-serverkonfigurationen initieras</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -1333,57 +1175,46 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n" msgstr "<p><b><big>LDAP-serverkonfigurationen sparas</big></b></p> \n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n" "informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryta sparåtgärden:</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill avbryta sparåtgärden trycker du på <b>Avbryt</b>. En ny " -"dialogruta\n" +"Om du vill avbryta sparåtgärden trycker du på <b>Avbryt</b>. En ny dialogruta\n" "öppnas och anger om det är säkert att avbryta åtgärden.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Sammanfattning av LDAP-serverkonfigurationen</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" "Server module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Den här dialogrutan innehåller en kort sammanfattning av konfigurationen " -"som du\n" -"har skapat. Klicka på <b>Slutför</b> om du vill spara konfigurationen och " -"lämna\n" +"<p>Den här dialogrutan innehåller en kort sammanfattning av konfigurationen som du\n" +"har skapat. Klicka på <b>Slutför</b> om du vill spara konfigurationen och lämna\n" "LDAP-servermodulen.</p>\n" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Starta LDAP-servern Ja eller Nej</b> kan du starta eller stoppa " -"LDAP-servern.</p> " +#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Starta LDAP-servern Ja eller Nej</b> kan du starta eller stoppa LDAP-servern.</p> " -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du väljer <b>Ja</b> startar du konfigurationsguiden genom att klicka " -"på <b>Nästa</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du väljer <b>Ja</b> startar du konfigurationsguiden genom att klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n" @@ -1391,211 +1222,171 @@ "<p>Om brandväggen är aktiverad öppnar du nödvändiga nätverksportar\n" "för OpenLDAP genom att markera motsvarande kryssrutor.</p>\n" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj den typ av LDAP-server som du vill konfigurera. Du kan välja mellan " -"följande scenarier:</p>" +#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj den typ av LDAP-server som du vill konfigurera. Du kan välja mellan följande scenarier:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Fristående server</b>: Konfigurera en enda fristående OpenLDAP-server\n" "utan att förbereda för replikering.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Huvudserver i en replikeringskonfiguration</b>: Skapa en OpenLDAP-" -"konfiguration\n" -"som är förberedd att fungera som en huvudserver (provider) i en " -"replikeringskonfiguration.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Huvudserver i en replikeringskonfiguration</b>: Skapa en OpenLDAP-konfiguration\n" +"som är förberedd att fungera som en huvudserver (provider) i en replikeringskonfiguration.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Replikeringsslavserver</b>: Skapa en OpenLDAP-slavserver som " -"replikerar alla data,\n" +"<p><b>Replikeringsslavserver</b>: Skapa en OpenLDAP-slavserver som replikerar alla data,\n" "inklusive konfiguration, från en huvudserver.</p>" -#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 +#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>TLS-inställningar</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Grundläggande inställningar</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill aktivera kryptering via TLS/SSL markerar du kryssrutan " -"<b>Aktivera TLS</b>.\n" +"<p>Om du vill aktivera kryptering via TLS/SSL markerar du kryssrutan <b>Aktivera TLS</b>.\n" "Du måste också konfigurera ett certifikat som ska användas \n" "av servern.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Aktivera gränssnittet LDAP över SSL (ldaps)</b> om du vill att " -"servern\n" -"ska acceptera LDAPS-anslutningar via port 636. Om du inte markerar " -"kryssrutan stöds bara\n" +"<p>Markera <b>Aktivera gränssnittet LDAP över SSL (ldaps)</b> om du vill att servern\n" +"ska acceptera LDAPS-anslutningar via port 636. Om du inte markerar kryssrutan stöds bara\n" "TLS-krypterade anslutningar via den utökade StartTLS-aktiviteten.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du redan har ett gemensamt servercertifikat som har installerats med\n" -"relevant YaST-modul markerar du <b>Använd gemensamt servercertifikat</b> så " -"att\n" +"relevant YaST-modul markerar du <b>Använd gemensamt servercertifikat</b> så att\n" "OpenLDAP-servern använder det här certifikatet.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Importera certifikat</h4>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du inte har något gemensamt servercertifikat eller om du vill att " -"OpenLDAP ska använda ett\n" +"<p>Om du inte har något gemensamt servercertifikat eller om du vill att OpenLDAP ska använda ett\n" "annat certifikat anger du filnamnen för <b>CA-certifikatfilen</b>,\n" "<b>certifikatfilen</b> och <b>certifikatnyckelfilen</b> i motsvarande\n" "textfält.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill skapa ett nytt certifikat eller en ny CA startar du CA-" -"hanteringsmodulen genom att\n" +"<p>Om du vill skapa ett nytt certifikat eller en ny CA startar du CA-hanteringsmodulen genom att\n" "klicka på <b>Starta CA-hanteringsmodulen</b>.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Nedanför det här objektet kan du konfigurera några globala parametrar.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Nedanför det här objektet kan du konfigurera några globala parametrar.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 +#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Lägg till schemafilerna i den här dialogrutan. Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> " -"så öppnas en fildialogruta \n" -"där du kan välja ett nytt schema. Obs! OpenLDAP (tillsammans med back-" -"config) stöder för närvarande \n" +"<p>Lägg till schemafilerna i den här dialogrutan. Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> så öppnas en fildialogruta \n" +"där du kan välja ett nytt schema. Obs! OpenLDAP (tillsammans med back-config) stöder för närvarande \n" "inte borttagning av schemainformation</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 +#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Välj de undersystem som ska logga felsökningsinformation och statistik\n" "till syslog.</p>" -#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj vilka särskilda funktioner OpenLDAP-servern ska tillåta eller inte:" +#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj vilka särskilda funktioner OpenLDAP-servern ska tillåta eller inte:</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Välj Tillåt-flaggor</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2-bindningsbegäranden</b>: Om du vill att servern ska acceptera " -"LDAPv2-bindningsbegäranden.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2-bindningsbegäranden</b>: Om du vill att servern ska acceptera LDAPv2-bindningsbegäranden.\n" "Observera att LDAPv2 inte är helt implementerat i OpenLDAP.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anonym bindning när inloggningsuppgifterna inte är tomma</b>: Tillåter " -"anonym bindning när \n" -"inloggningsuppgifterna inte är tomma (t ex ett lösenord har angetts men " -"inget bindnings-DN). </p>" +"<p><b>Anonym bindning när inloggningsuppgifterna inte är tomma</b>: Tillåter anonym bindning när \n" +"inloggningsuppgifterna inte är tomma (t ex ett lösenord har angetts men inget bindnings-DN). </p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Oautentiserad bindning när DN inte är tomt</b>: Tillåter " -"oautentiserade (anonyma) \n" +"<p><b>Oautentiserad bindning när DN inte är tomt</b>: Tillåter oautentiserade (anonyma) \n" "bindningar när DN inte är tomt.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Oautentiserade uppdateringsåtgärder att bearbeta</b>: Om du vill " -"tillåta att oautentiserade\n" -"(anonyma) uppdateringsaktiviteter bearbetas. Åtkomstkontroller körs och " -"andra\n" +"<p><b>Oautentiserade uppdateringsåtgärder att bearbeta</b>: Om du vill tillåta att oautentiserade\n" +"(anonyma) uppdateringsaktiviteter bearbetas. Åtkomstkontroller körs och andra\n" "administrativa gränser gäller även för dessa aktiviteter.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Välj Tillåt inte-flaggor</h3>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" @@ -1605,30 +1396,25 @@ "accepterar inte anonyma bindningsbegäranden. Observera att detta inte\n" "förhindrar anonym katalogåtkomst.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inaktivera enkel bindningsautentisering</b>: Inaktivera enkel " -"bindningsautentisering\n" +"<p><b>Inaktivera enkel bindningsautentisering</b>: Inaktivera enkel bindningsautentisering\n" "helt och hållet</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inaktivera framtvingande av anonym status för sessionen då åtgärden " -"StartTLS\n" -"tas emot</b>: Servern framtvingar inte längre en autentiserad anslutning " -"tillbaka\n" +"<p><b>Inaktivera framtvingande av anonym status för sessionen då åtgärden StartTLS\n" +"tas emot</b>: Servern framtvingar inte längre en autentiserad anslutning tillbaka\n" "till det anonyma tillståndet när åtgärden StartTLS tas emot.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1638,1423 +1424,1230 @@ "Servern tillåter inte åtgärden StartTLS för redan autentiserade\n" "anslutningar.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Här visas alla konfigurerade databaser. Databaserna med typen\n" -"\"frontend\" och \"config\" representerar särskilda interna databaser. " -"\"Frontend\"-databasen\n" -"används för att konfigurera begränsningar för global åtkomstkontroll och " -"överlagringar\n" -"som gäller för alla databaser. \"Config\"-databasen lagrar konfigurationen " -"för\n" +"\"frontend\" och \"config\" representerar särskilda interna databaser. \"Frontend\"-databasen\n" +"används för att konfigurera begränsningar för global åtkomstkontroll och överlagringar\n" +"som gäller för alla databaser. \"Config\"-databasen lagrar konfigurationen för\n" "själva LDAP-servern.</p>\n" -#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny databas trycker du på <b>Lägg till databas..." -"</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny databas trycker du på <b>Lägg till databas...</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ta bort en databas markerar du databasen i listan och trycker " -"på <b>Ta bort databas</b>.\n" +"<p>Om du vill ta bort en databas markerar du databasen i listan och trycker på <b>Ta bort databas</b>.\n" "Du kan inte ta bort \"config\"- och \"frontend\"-databaserna.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Här anger du ett lösenord för konfigurationsdatabasen (\"<i>cn=config</i>" -"\"). Detta är nödvändigt för\n" +"<p>Här anger du ett lösenord för konfigurationsdatabasen (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Detta är nödvändigt för\n" "att konfigurationsdatabasen ska fungera med fjärråtkomst.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om servern ska ingå i en MirrorMode-konfiguration markerar du kryssrutan " -"<b>Förbered MirrorMode-replikering</b>.\n" -" Detta säkerställer att attributet serverId genereras när det behövs för " -"MirrorMode-replikeringen.</p>\n" +"<p>Om servern ska ingå i en MirrorMode-konfiguration markerar du kryssrutan <b>Förbered MirrorMode-replikering</b>.\n" +" Detta säkerställer att attributet serverId genereras när det behövs för MirrorMode-replikeringen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Vid installation av slavservern krävs viss information om huvudservern. " -"Ange huvudserverns\n" -"värdnamn, ange protokollet (antingen \"<i>ldap</i>\" eller \"<i>ldaps</i>\") " -"och portnumret. Och ange lösenordet för huvudserverns\n" +"<p>Vid installation av slavservern krävs viss information om huvudservern. Ange huvudserverns\n" +"värdnamn, ange protokollet (antingen \"<i>ldap</i>\" eller \"<i>ldaps</i>\") och portnumret. Och ange lösenordet för huvudserverns\n" "konfigurationsdatabas (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" -#. ########## kerberos -#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <big>området</big> och <big>huvudlösenordet</big> för Kerberos-" -"servern.</p>" +#. ########## kerberos +#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange <big>området</big> och <big>huvudlösenordet</big> för Kerberos-servern.</p>" -#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Även om Kerberos-området kan anges med vilken ASCII-sträng som helst är " -"den vanliga konventionen att använda versaler precis som i domännamnet.</p>\n" +#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Även om Kerberos-området kan anges med vilken ASCII-sträng som helst är den vanliga konventionen att använda versaler precis som i domännamnet.</p>\n" -#. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här strängen anger platsen för Kerberos-databasen för det här området." -"</p>" +#. advanced item help: database_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här strängen anger platsen för Kerberos-databasen för det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här strängen anger platsen för åtkomstkontrollistan som kadmin " -"använder för att fastställa säkerhetsobjektens behörigheter för databasen." +#. advanced item help: acl_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här strängen anger platsen för åtkomstkontrollistan som kadmin använder för att fastställa säkerhetsobjektens behörigheter för databasen.</p>" -#. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här strängen anger platsen för den keytab-fil som kadmin använder för " -"autentisering till databasen.</p>" +#. advanced item help: admin_keytab +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här strängen anger platsen för den keytab-fil som kadmin använder för autentisering till databasen.</p>" -#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här absoluta tidsangivelsen anger standardslutdatum för de " -"säkerhetsobjekt som skapas i det här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här absoluta tidsangivelsen anger standardslutdatum för de säkerhetsobjekt som skapas i det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De här flaggorna anger standardattribut för det säkerhetsobjekt som " -"skapats i det här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De här flaggorna anger standardattribut för det säkerhetsobjekt som skapats i det här området.</p>" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "Tillåt postdatering" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar " -"postdaterade biljetter." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar postdaterade biljetter." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "Tillåt vidarebefordran" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar " -"vidarebefordrade biljetter." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar vidarebefordrade biljetter." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "Tillåt förnybara" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar förnybara " -"biljetter." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar förnybara biljetter." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "Tillåt proxybara" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar biljetter " -"som vidarebefordrats via en proxyserver." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts att säkerhetsobjektet hämtar biljetter som vidarebefordrats via en proxyserver." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Aktivera autentisering användare-till-användare" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras kan säkerhetsobjektet hämta en sessionsnyckel " -"för en annan användare, vilket tillåter autentisering användare-till-" -"användare för det här objektet." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras kan säkerhetsobjektet hämta en sessionsnyckel för en annan användare, vilket tillåter autentisering användare-till-användare för det här objektet." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "Kräver förautentisering" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras för ett klientsäkerhetsobjekt, måste objektet " -"förautentiseras hos KDC innan det kan ta emot några biljetter. Om du " -"aktiverar den här flaggan för ett tjänstsäkerhetsobjekt kommer objektets " -"tjänstbiljetter endast att utfärdas till klienter med en biljettbeviljande " -"biljett (TGT) som innehåller den förautentiserade biljettuppsättningen." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras för ett klientsäkerhetsobjekt, måste objektet förautentiseras hos KDC innan det kan ta emot några biljetter. Om du aktiverar den här flaggan för ett tjänstsäkerhetsobjekt kommer objektets tjänstbiljetter endast att utfärdas till klienter med en biljettbeviljande biljett (TGT) som innehåller den förautentiserade biljettuppsättningen." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "Kräver maskinvaruaut." -#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras måste säkerhetsobjektet förautentiseras med " -"hjälp av en maskinvaruenhet innan det kan ta emot några biljetter." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras måste säkerhetsobjektet förautentiseras med hjälp av en maskinvaruenhet innan det kan ta emot några biljetter." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "Tillåt tjänster" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts KDC att utfärda tjänstbiljetter för det " -"här säkerhetsobjektet." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts KDC att utfärda tjänstbiljetter för det här säkerhetsobjektet." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "Tillåt TGS-begäran" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts ett säkerhetsobjekt att hämta biljetter " -"baserat på en biljettbeviljande biljett (TGT) i stället för att repetera den " -"autentiseringsprocess som användes för att hämta den biljettbeviljande " -"biljetten." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras tillåts ett säkerhetsobjekt att hämta biljetter baserat på en biljettbeviljande biljett (TGT) i stället för att repetera den autentiseringsprocess som användes för att hämta den biljettbeviljande biljetten." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "Tillåt biljetter" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras kommer KDC att utfärda biljetter för det här " -"säkerhetsobjektet. Om flaggan inaktiveras kommer säkerhetsobjektet i " -"praktiken att inaktiveras för det här området." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras kommer KDC att utfärda biljetter för det här säkerhetsobjektet. Om flaggan inaktiveras kommer säkerhetsobjektet i praktiken att inaktiveras för det här området." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "Ändring behövs" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 +#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras kommer en lösenordsändring att krävas för det " -"här säkerhetsobjektet." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras kommer en lösenordsändring att krävas för det här säkerhetsobjektet." -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "Tjänst för lösenordsändring" -#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Om den här flaggan aktiveras markeras det här säkerhetsobjektet som en " -"lösenordsändringstjänst. Detta används bara under speciella omständigheter. " -"Om en användares lösenord till exempel har upphört att gälla måste " -"användaren få biljetter för säkerhetsobjektet för att kunna byta lösenord " -"utan att genomgå den normala lösenordsautentiseringen." +#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Om den här flaggan aktiveras markeras det här säkerhetsobjektet som en lösenordsändringstjänst. Detta används bara under speciella omständigheter. Om en användares lösenord till exempel har upphört att gälla måste användaren få biljetter för säkerhetsobjektet för att kunna byta lösenord utan att genomgå den normala lösenordsautentiseringen." -#. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Platsen i strängen för ordlistefilen med de strängar som inte är tillåtna " -"som lösenord. Om den här taggen inte har angetts, eller om säkerhetsobjektet " -"inte tilldelats någon princip, utförs ingen kontroll.</p>" +#. advanced item help : dict_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Platsen i strängen för ordlistefilen med de strängar som inte är tillåtna som lösenord. Om den här taggen inte har angetts, eller om säkerhetsobjektet inte tilldelats någon princip, utförs ingen kontroll.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kadmind_port -#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det här portnumret anger den port där demonen kadmind lyssnar för det här " -"området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kadmind_port +#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det här portnumret anger den port där demonen kadmind lyssnar för det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här strängen anger den plats där huvudnyckeln har lagrats med " -"kdb5_stash.</p>" +#. advanced item help : key_stash_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här strängen anger den plats där huvudnyckeln har lagrats med kdb5_stash.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här strängen anger den lista över portar som KDC lyssnar på för det " -"här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdc_ports +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här strängen anger den lista över portar som KDC lyssnar på för det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här strängen anger namnet på det säkerhetsobjekt som kopplats till " -"huvudnyckeln. Standardvärdet är K/M.</p>" +#. advanced item help : master_key_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här strängen anger namnet på det säkerhetsobjekt som kopplats till huvudnyckeln. Standardvärdet är K/M.</p>" -#. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 +#. advanced item help : master_key_type +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här nyckeltypssträngen representerar huvudnyckelns nyckeltyp.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här nyckeltypssträngen representerar huvudnyckelns nyckeltyp.</p>" -#. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här tidsvärdet anger den längsta tidsperiod under vilken en biljett " -"kan vara giltig i det här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : max_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här tidsvärdet anger den längsta tidsperiod under vilken en biljett kan vara giltig i det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här tidsvärdet anger den längsta tidsperiod för vilken en biljett kan " -"förnyas i det här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : max_renew_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här tidsvärdet anger den längsta tidsperiod för vilken en biljett kan förnyas i det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En lista med nyckel-/saltsträngar som anger standardkombinationerna av " -"nyckel/salt för säkerhetsobjekten i det här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>En lista med nyckel-/saltsträngar som anger standardkombinationerna av nyckel/salt för säkerhetsobjekten i det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anger tillåtna kombinationer av nyckel/salt för säkerhetsobjekten i det " -"här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anger tillåtna kombinationer av nyckel/salt för säkerhetsobjekten i det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anger om listan med överförda områden för flerområdesbiljetter bör " -"kontrolleras mot den överföringssökväg som beräknats med hjälp av " -"områdesnamnen och avsnittet [capaths] i filen krb5.conf.</p>" +#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anger om listan med överförda områden för flerområdesbiljetter bör kontrolleras mot den överföringssökväg som beräknats med hjälp av områdesnamnen och avsnittet [capaths] i filen krb5.conf.</p>" -#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här LDAP-specifika taggen anger det antal anslutningar som ska " -"upprätthållas via LDAP-servern.</p>" +#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här LDAP-specifika taggen anger det antal anslutningar som ska upprätthållas via LDAP-servern.</p>" -#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här LDAP-specifika taggen anger stash-filen för lösenorden för de " -"objekt som används för att starta Kerberos-servrarna.</p>" +#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här LDAP-specifika taggen anger stash-filen för lösenorden för de objekt som används för att starta Kerberos-servrarna.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).<p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anger den lista med underträd där områdets säkerhetsobjekt finns. Listan " -"innehåller de unika namnen för underträdens objekt separerade med kolon (:)." -"</p><p>Sökområdet anger i vilket område av i underträdet säkerhetsobjekten " -"ska sökas igenom.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anger den lista med underträd där områdets säkerhetsobjekt finns. Listan innehåller de unika namnen för underträdens objekt separerade med kolon (:).</p><p>Sökområdet anger i vilket område av i underträdet säkerhetsobjekten ska sökas igenom.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anger det unika namnet för det behållarobjekt där områdets " -"säkerhetsobjekt kommer att skapas. Om behållarreferensen inte konfigurerats " -"för ett område, kommer säkerhetsobjekten att skapas i områdets behållare.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anger det unika namnet för det behållarobjekt där områdets säkerhetsobjekt kommer att skapas. Om behållarreferensen inte konfigurerats för ett område, kommer säkerhetsobjekten att skapas i områdets behållare.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anger den maximala biljettlivslängden för säkerhetsobjekt i det här " -"området.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anger den maximala biljettlivslängden för säkerhetsobjekt i det här området.</p>" -#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anger den maximala förnyade biljettlivslängden för säkerhetsobjekt i det " -"här området.</p>" +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anger den maximala förnyade biljettlivslängden för säkerhetsobjekt i det här området.</p>" -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. ################################################################################# -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" msgstr "Databassökväg" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" msgstr "&Databassökväg" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" msgstr "ACL-fil" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" msgstr "ACL-&fil" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" msgstr "Administratörs-Keytab" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" msgstr "Slutdatum för standardsäkerhetsobjekt" -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#. checkbox text -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" msgstr "&Tillgänglig" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" msgstr "&Datum" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" msgstr "&Tid" -#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", -#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 +#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", +#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" msgstr "Flaggor för standardsäkerhetsobjekt" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" msgstr "Tillåt p&ostdaterad" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" msgstr "Kan &vidarebefordras" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" msgstr "Kan &förnyas" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" msgstr "Kan vidarebefordras via pro&xy" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" msgstr "Aktivera autentisering &användare-till-användare" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" msgstr "Kräver &förautentisering" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" msgstr "Kräver &maskinvaruaut." -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" msgstr "Tillåt &tjänsten" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" msgstr "Tillåt &TGS-begäran" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" msgstr "Tillåt &biljetter" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" msgstr "Behöver &ändras" -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" msgstr "Tjänst för &lösenordsändring" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" msgstr "Ordlistefil" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" msgstr "Kadmin-demonport" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" msgstr "Kpasswd-demonport" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" msgstr "Nyckel-stash-fil" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" msgstr "KDC-port" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" msgstr "Huvudnyckelns namn" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" msgstr "Huvudnyckelns typ" -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" msgstr "Maxlivslängd för biljetter" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" msgstr "&Dagar" -#. Treeview list item -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" msgstr "Längsta förnyelsetid för biljetter" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" msgstr "Standardkrypteringstyper" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" msgstr "Krypteringstyper som stöds av KDC" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" msgstr "Avvisa felaktig överföring" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" msgstr "Antal LDAP-anslutningar" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" msgstr "Fil för LDAP-lösenordet" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" msgstr "Sök i underträd" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" msgstr "Sökområde" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" msgstr "&underträdssökning" -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" msgstr "&en nivå" -#. Treeview list item -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" msgstr "Behållare för säkerhetsobjekt" -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); -#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" msgstr "Avancerade LDAP-inställningar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Andreas Bauer -#. Ralf Haferkamp -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Andreas Bauer +#. Ralf Haferkamp +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration för OpenLDAP-speglingsläge" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "MirrorMode-nodlista" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 msgid "Server ID" msgstr "Server-ID" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 msgid "Server URI" msgstr "Server-URI" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Den här servern är inte konfigurerad som en MirrorMode-nod. Klicka på Nästa " -"för att starta standardguiden för OpenLDAP-konfiguration." +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Den här servern är inte konfigurerad som en MirrorMode-nod. Klicka på Nästa för att starta standardguiden för OpenLDAP-konfiguration." -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Översikt över OpenLDAP MirrorMode" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ta bort värddatorn som den här YaST-modulen startades på.\n" +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort värddatorn som den här YaST-modulen startades på.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." msgstr "Starta yast2 openldap-mirrormode på en annan MirrorMode-server." -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" msgstr "Vill du ta bort \"%1\" från MirrorMode-konfigurationen?\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "Ändringarna kommer att träda i kraft direkt efter att du klickat på Ja" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. **************************************** -#. * tree structure definition ** -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 +#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. **************************************** +#. * tree structure definition ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" msgstr "Startkonfiguration" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" msgstr "Schemafiler" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" msgstr "Loggnivåinställningar" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" msgstr "Tillåt/tillåt inte funktioner" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" msgstr "TLS-inställningar" -#. Tree item -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" msgstr "Databaser" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" msgstr "Suffix-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" msgstr "Databastyp" -#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 +#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." msgstr "TLS/SSL-konfigurationen verkar vara ofullständig." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" msgstr "Vill du aktivera protokollyssnaren ldaps?" -#. add a new file to the list -#. file dialog heading -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 +#. add a new file to the list +#. file dialog heading +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" msgstr "Välj en ny schemafil" -#. error popup -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 +#. error popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." msgstr "Schemafilen finns redan i listan." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" msgstr "Välj en giltig certifikatfil" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 msgid "Select a valid Certificate Key File" msgstr "Välj en giltig certifikatnyckelfil" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "Det finns inget gemensamt servercertifikat." -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" msgstr "Välj certifikatfil" -#. file selection headline -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" msgstr "Välj certifikatnyckelfil" -#. **************************************** -#. * handlers for database parent widget -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 +#. **************************************** +#. * handlers for database parent widget +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 msgid "Cannot delete Frontend database" msgstr "Det går inte att skapa Frontend-databasen" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort Config-databasen" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" msgstr "Är det säkert att du vill ta bort databasen?" -#. Error Popup -#. Error Popup -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 +#. Error Popup +#. Error Popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva inställningarna för den aktuella databasen." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa inställningarna för den aktuella databasen." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "Nytt administrat&örslösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Lös&enordskryptering" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Ändra administratörslösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 +#. skip attribute that already have an index defined +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "Flera replikeringskonsumenter stöds inte för närvarande" -#. **************************************** -#. tree generation functions ** -#. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 +#. **************************************** +#. tree generation functions ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "Indexkonfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av lösenordsprincip" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av åtkomstkontroll" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Replikeringsleverantör" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Replikeringskonsument" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "&Starta Kerberos-servern" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" msgstr "Protokollyssnare" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" msgstr "LDAP över SSL (ldaps)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" msgstr "Inkluderade &schemafiler" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" msgstr "Välj &loggnivåflaggor:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" msgstr "Spåra funktionsanrop" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" msgstr "Felsök pakethantering" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" msgstr "Tung spårningsfelsökning (funktionsargument)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" msgstr "Anslutningshantering" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" msgstr "Skickade och mottagna utskriftspaket" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" msgstr "Sökfilterbearbetning" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" msgstr "Bearbetning av konfigurationsfilen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" msgstr "Bearbetning av ACL" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" msgstr "Logga anslutningar, åtgärder och resultat" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" msgstr "Logga skickade poster" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" msgstr "Skriv ut kommunikationen med skal-backend-moduler" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" msgstr "Parsar inmatning" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" msgstr "LDAPSync-replikering" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" msgstr "Välj &Tillåt-flaggor:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" msgstr "LDAPv2-bindningsbegäranden" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" msgstr "Anonym bindning när inloggningsuppgifterna inte är tomma" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" msgstr "Oautentiserad bindning när DN inte är tomt" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" msgstr "Oautentiserade uppdateringsåtgärder att bearbeta" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" msgstr "Välj &Tillåt inte-flaggor:" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Inaktivera acceptans av anonym bindningsbegäran (förhindrar inte anonym " -"katalogåtkomst)" +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Inaktivera acceptans av anonym bindningsbegäran (förhindrar inte anonym katalogåtkomst)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Inaktivera enkel bindningsautentisering" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Inaktivera framtvingande av anonym status för sessionen då åtgärden StartTLS " -"tas emot" +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Inaktivera framtvingande av anonym status för sessionen då åtgärden StartTLS tas emot" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" msgstr "Tillåt inte åtgärden StartTLS för autentiserade anslutningar" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" msgstr "Grundläggande inställningar" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" msgstr "Aktivera TLS" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" msgstr "Aktivera gränssnittet LDAP över SSL (ldaps)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" msgstr "Använd gemensamt servercertifikat" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" msgstr "Importera certifikat" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" msgstr "&Certifikatfil (PEM-format)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "B&läddra..." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" msgstr "Certifikat&nyckelfil (PEM-format - okrypterad)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" msgstr "Starta CA-hanteringsmodulen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" msgstr "&Bas-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "Administrations-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" msgstr "&Lägg till bas-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" msgstr "Ändra lösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" msgstr "Redigera BDB-databasen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" msgstr "Inmatningscache" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "Indexcache (IDL-cache)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "Kontrollpunktsinställningar" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" msgstr "kilobyte" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minuter" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" msgstr "Ändra inställningarna för konfigurationsdatabasen" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " msgstr "Tillåt klartextautentisering (enkel bindning) för databasen. " -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" msgstr "(Fjärranslutningar måste krypteras)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" msgstr "Redigera databas" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." msgstr "Databastypen stöds inte för närvarande." -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" msgstr "Indexeringskonfiguration" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Attribut" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "Närvaro" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Likhet" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" msgstr "Delsträng" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "Byt administratörslösenord" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" msgstr "Uppdatera Kerberos-stash" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "Lägg till index" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för lösenordsprinciper" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" msgstr "Aktivera lösenordsprinciper" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" msgstr "Hash-koda lösenord i klartext" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" msgstr "Meddela \"Kontot är låst\"-status" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" msgstr "Standardprincipobjektets namn" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" msgstr "Redigera princip" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" msgstr "Alla poster" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" msgstr "Alla poster i underträdet" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" msgstr "DN-posten" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" msgstr "Alla" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgstr "Autentiserade klienter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" msgstr "Anonyma klienter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" msgstr "Den använda posten (själv)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" msgstr "DN-användaren" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" msgstr "Alla poster i underträdet" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" msgstr "Alla medlemmar i gruppen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" msgstr "<tom>" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" msgstr "Ingen åtkomst" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" msgstr "Ingen åtkomst (men meddela information om fel)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" msgstr "Autentisera" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" msgstr "Jämför" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" msgstr "Läs" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" msgstr "Skriv" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" msgstr "Hantera (fullständig behörighet)" -#. don't count frontend and Config DB -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 +#. don't count frontend and Config DB +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" msgstr "Ny databas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" msgstr "Grundläggande databasinställningar" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" msgstr "&Administratörs-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" msgstr "L&ägg till bas-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" msgstr "LDAP-administrat&örslösenord" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" msgstr "&Datbaskatalog" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" msgstr "Använd den här databasen som standard för OpenLDAP-klienter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" msgstr "Välj en databaskatalog" -#. check values -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 +#. check values +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." msgstr "Bas-DN måste anges." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." msgstr "Det finns redan en databas med detta bas-DN." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." msgstr "Rot-DN måste anges om ett lösenord ska användas." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." msgstr "Lösenordsvalideringen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" "The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n" "%2" @@ -3062,154 +2655,154 @@ "Basobjektet \"%1\" kan inte skapas automatiskt av YaST:\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." msgstr "En katalog måste anges." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Katalogen finns inte. Vill du skapa den?" -#. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 +#. try to read the ppolicy from the server +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "Autentiseringen misslyckades. Lösenordet är antagligen felaktigt.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "Felmeddelandet var: " -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Vill du försöka igen?" -#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original -#. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 +#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original +#. Entry, try to merge them here +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "Tillgängliga attributtyper" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "Valda attributtyper" -#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 +#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "Vem ska den här regeln gälla" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "Postens DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "Välj" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "Definiera åtkomstnivån" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "Stoppa utvärderingen av åtkomstkontroller här (standardinställning)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "Fortsätt med nästa åtkomstkontrollregel (\"break\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "Fortsätt utvärdera regeln (\"fortsätt\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "Ange ett DN i textfältet" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "Underträdets DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "Grupp-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "Redigera åtkomstkontrollregel" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "Målobjekt" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "Matchande filtret:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "LDAP-filter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "Tillämpa bara den här regeln på attributet i listan" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Attribut" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "Åtkomstnivå" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "Vem" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "Domän (DN)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "Flödeskontroll" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "Uppåt" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "Inte tillgänglig" -#. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 +#. FIXME: Validate attribute types +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" msgstr "Ange en lista med giltiga attribut i textfältet <b>Attribut</b>" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "Ange ett giltigt LDAP-filter i textfältet" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "Du måste lägga till minst ett objekt i listan Åtkomstnivå." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "Mål" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" @@ -3217,110 +2810,109 @@ "Den markerade databasen innehåller åtkomstkontrollregler som för närvarande\n" "inte stöds av YaST. Dialogrutan för åtkomstkontroll inaktiveras.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "Den här databasen är en replikeringskonsument." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Leverantörsnamn" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Replikeringstyp" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "Replikeringsintervall" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagar" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Tim" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Min" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sek" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "DN-autentisering" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "Hänvisning för anpassad uppdatering" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "Målvärd" -#. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 +#. no updateref +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "Ett ogiltigt replikeringsintervall har angetts" -#. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 +#. test connection +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att kontrollera LDAP-anslutningarna till providern." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "Vill du fortsätta?" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att kontrollera providerns LDAPsync-funktioner." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "Kontrollera att målservern är aktiverad som LDAPsync-leverantör" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "Aktivera ldapsync-leverantörer för databasen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Åtgärder" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "Sessionslogg" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "Aktivera sessionslogg" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "Replikeringsinställningar" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" msgstr "Läser startkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" msgstr "Läser backendkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" msgstr "Läser inställningsdata" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Autentiseringsserverns konfiguration initieras" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 msgid "" "Error while initializing configuration.\n" "Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" @@ -3328,405 +2920,385 @@ "Det uppstod ett fel när konfigurationen skulle initieras.\n" "Är LDAP-lyssnaren aktiverad?\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAP-sökningen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." msgstr "Ogiltigt LDAP-URI-schema." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att initiera LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att binda LDAP." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att initiera LDAP-schemat." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa LDAP-schemat." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "Kerberos-schemat känns inte igen av LDAP-servern." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Det går inte att köra kdb5_ldap_util." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra i kerberos-databasen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." msgstr "LDAP modify misslyckades." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." msgstr "Ofullständiga data." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." msgstr "Databastypen stöds inte." -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" msgstr "Aktiverar LDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" msgstr "Startar LDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Aktiverar OpenLDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Startar om OpenLDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-servern aktiveras" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 msgid "Starting Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-servern startas" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-servern aktiveras" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" msgstr "Skriver startkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" msgstr "Rensar config-katalogen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" msgstr "Skapar konfiguration" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Startar OpenLDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" msgstr "Skapar basobjekt" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos-konfigurationen sparas" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration" msgstr "Autentiseringsserverns konfiguration skrivs" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." msgstr "Växlingen från slapd.conf till config-backend misslyckades." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." msgstr "Aktivering av LDAPI-protokollyssnaren misslyckades." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." msgstr "Rensning av config-katalogen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Det uppstod ett fel när konfigurationsdatabasen skulle populeras med slapadd." +msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när konfigurationsdatabasen skulle populeras med slapadd." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." msgstr "Aktivering av LDAP-tjänsten misslyckades." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att starta LDAP-tjänsten." -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" msgstr "Stoppar LDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" msgstr "Inaktiverar LDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Inaktiverar OpenLDAP-servern" -#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service -#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 msgid "Stopping Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-servern stoppas" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 msgid "Disabling Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-servern inaktiveras" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "Kerberos-servern avaktiveras" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" msgstr "Skriver till Sysconfig-filerna" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" msgstr "Verkställer ändringar i konfigurationsdatabasen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" msgstr "Verkställer ändringar i /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" msgstr "Skapar basobjekt för nyskapade databaser" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" msgstr "Uppdaterar standardlösenordsprincipobjekt" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Väntar på att OpenLDAP-bakgrundsindexeringsuppgifter ska slutföras (det kan " -"ta flera minuter)" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Väntar på att OpenLDAP-bakgrundsindexeringsuppgifter ska slutföras (det kan ta flera minuter)" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" msgstr "Startar om OpenLDAP-servern om det behövs" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "Autentiseringsserverns konfiguration skrivs" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa basobjekt" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa lösenordsprincipobjekt" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Det uppstod ett fel när systemet väntade på att databasindexeraren i " -"OpenLDAP skulle slutföras.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när systemet väntade på att databasindexeraren i OpenLDAP skulle slutföras.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "Starta om OpenLDAP manuellt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " msgstr "Registrera hos SLP-tjänsten: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " msgstr "Starta Kerberos-servern: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" msgstr "Skapa följande databaser:" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " msgstr "Databassuffix: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " msgstr "Databastyp: " -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Inte inställd ännu." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "CA-certifikatfilen finns inte." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" msgstr "Certifikatfilen finns inte" -#. error message -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 +#. error message +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgstr "Certifikatnyckelfilen finns inte." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ange en åtkomstkontrollista för filsystemet för den privata " -"nyckeln." +msgstr "Det går inte att ange en åtkomstkontrollista för filsystemet för den privata nyckeln." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" msgstr "Är stödet för åtkomstkontrollistor för filsystemet inaktiverat?" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" msgstr "Rensar katalogen för konfigurationsdatabasen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" msgstr "Konverterar slapd.conf till konfigurationsdatabas" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" msgstr "Växlar startkonfiguration så att konfigurationsdatabasen används" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" msgstr "Startar om LDAP-servern" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" msgstr "Migrerar LDAP-serverkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" msgstr "Resultat av slaptest:\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att migrera den befintliga konfigurationen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att aktivera LDAPI-lyssnaren." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "Det finns inget gemensamt servercertifikat. StartTLS har inaktiverats." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa databaskatalogen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra ägarskapet för databaskatalogen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa det egna fullständiga värddatornamnet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"En huvudserver för replikering fungerar inte korrekt om den inte känner till " -"sitt eget fullständiga värddatornamn." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "En huvudserver för replikering fungerar inte korrekt om den inte känner till sitt eget fullständiga värddatornamn." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva till krb5.conf." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa Kerberos-databasen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva till lösenordsfilen." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "är inte ett giltigt LDAP DN" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "har RDN med flera värden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "Ogiltigt LDAP-domännamn: \"%s\" kan inte extrahera RDN-värden" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"\"c\"-attributets värde måste innehålla en giltig ISO-3166-landskod (två " -"bokstäver)." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "\"c\"-attributets värde måste innehålla en giltig ISO-3166-landskod (två bokstäver)." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "Första delen av suffixet måste vara c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Bas-DN \"%s\" är inte ett giltigt LDAP-domännamn." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Bas-DN \"%s\" har RDN med flera värden (stöds inte av YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Root-DN \"%s\" är inte ett giltigt LDAP-domännamn." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Rot-DN \"%s\" har RDN med flera värden (stöds inte av YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "Rot-DN måste vara ett underordnat objekt till bas-DN-objektet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Kunde inte skapa katalog." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "CA-certifikatfil: \"%s\" finns inte." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att verifiera providerserverns servercertifikat.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3735,168 +3307,166 @@ "Kontrollera att \"%s\" innehåller rätt\n" "CA-fil för att verifiera fjärrservercertifikatet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certifikatfil: \"%s\" finns inte." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certifikatnyckelfil: \"%s\" finns inte." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva till krb5." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva till kdc.conf." -#. error at paramter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 +#. error at paramter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." msgstr "Databastypen %s stöds inte. Tillåtna typer är bdb och hdb." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" -"Värdet för countryName måste vara en landskod på två bokstäver enligt " -"ISO-3166." +msgstr "Värdet för countryName måste vara en landskod på två bokstäver enligt ISO-3166." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." msgstr "Ogiltigt rootdn." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." msgstr "rootdn måste anges under suffixet." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." msgstr "Innan du anger ett lösenord måste du definiera rootdn." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." msgstr "Definiera rootpw." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." msgstr "Krypteringsmetoden %s stöds inte." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." msgstr "Definiera directory." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." msgstr "Katalogen finns inte." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." msgstr "Ogiltig cachestorlek." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." msgstr "Ogiltigt kontrollpunktsvärde." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." msgstr "Definiera passwd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." msgstr "Databasredigeringen misslyckades." -#. error message at parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 +#. error message at parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." msgstr "Parametern suffix saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." msgstr "Det går inte att starta om tjänsten." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." msgstr "Det går inte att stoppa tjänsten." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." msgstr "CA-certifikatfilen finns inte." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." msgstr "CA-certifikatsökvägen finns inte." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "Certifikatfilen finns inte." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för TLSVerifyClient." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." msgstr "Skrivningen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." msgstr "Parametern ServerCertificateFile saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa certifikatfilen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." msgstr "Parametern ServerCertificateData saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Felaktiga PEM-data." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." msgstr "Parametern ServerKeyFile saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa nyckelfilen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." msgstr "Parametern ServerKeyData saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa CA-certifikatfilen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva till certifikatfilen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." msgstr "Det fick inte att skriva till nyckelfilen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva till CA-certifikatfilen" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -15,47 +15,47 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. progress step title -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." msgstr "Kör automatiska installationsskript i installationsmiljön..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 msgid "Reading configuration data..." msgstr "Läser inställningsdata..." -#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Detta kommer att ta en stund" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp -#. Summary: Main file for client call -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 msgid "Error while reading configuration data." msgstr "Fel vid läsning av inställningsdata." -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 msgid "AutoYaST" msgstr "AutoYaST" -#. command line options -#. Init variables -#. unique id -#. Backup -#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 +#. command line options +#. Init variables +#. unique id +#. Backup +#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -65,151 +65,141 @@ "Se loggfilerna för mer information eller\n" "korrigera kontrollfilen och försök igen.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Läser inställningsdata" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. * File: -#. * Package: Auto-installation -#. * Author: Uwe Gansert -#. * Summary: -#. * -#. * Changes: * initial -#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit -#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> -#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature -#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" -#. feature of 10.3 -#. * Version: 0.5 -#. * $Id$ -#. -#. this client can be called from a running system, -#. to do the autoyast configuration. -#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will -#. configure your system like in the profile. -#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. -#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. * File: +#. * Package: Auto-installation +#. * Author: Uwe Gansert +#. * Summary: +#. * +#. * Changes: * initial +#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit +#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> +#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature +#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" +#. feature of 10.3 +#. * Version: 0.5 +#. * $Id$ +#. +#. this client can be called from a running system, +#. to do the autoyast configuration. +#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will +#. configure your system like in the profile. +#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. +#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system" msgstr "Klient för AutoYaST-konfigurationen i systemet som körs" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Konfigurera systemet med den givna AutoYaST-profilen" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Sökväg till AutoYaST-profilen" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "aktivera/inaktivera all pakethantering" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Töm parameterlista" -#. the following is needed since 10.3 -#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 +#. the following is needed since 10.3 +#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "AutoYaST-profilens sökväg måste anges." -#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Klient för att skapa en AutoYaST-profil baserad på systemet som körs just nu" +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Klient för att skapa en AutoYaST-profil baserad på systemet som körs just nu" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "kända moduler: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "kommaseparerad lista över moduler att klona" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "Filen %s finns redan! Vill du skriva över den?" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Klonar systemet..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Den resulterande autoyast-profilen finns i %s." -#. help 1/2 -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med hjälp av den här dialogrutan kopierar du innehållet i filen och anger " -"den slutliga\n" -"sökvägen i det installerade systemet. YaST kopierar filen till den angivna " -"platsen.</p>" +"<p>Med hjälp av den här dialogrutan kopierar du innehållet i filen och anger den slutliga\n" +"sökvägen i det installerade systemet. YaST kopierar filen till den angivna platsen.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>För att skydda kopierade filer, ange ägaren och behörigheterna på " -"filerna.\n" -"Ange ägaren genom att använda syntaxen <i>userid.groupid</i>. Behörigheter " -"kan\n" -"vara en symbolisk representation av ändringar som ska göras eller ett oktalt " -"nummer\n" +"<p>För att skydda kopierade filer, ange ägaren och behörigheterna på filerna.\n" +"Ange ägaren genom att använda syntaxen <i>userid.groupid</i>. Behörigheter kan\n" +"vara en symbolisk representation av ändringar som ska göras eller ett oktalt nummer\n" "som representerar bitmönstret för de nya behörigheterna.</p>" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 msgid "Configuration File Editor" msgstr "Inställningsfileditor" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 msgid "&File Path" msgstr "&Filsökväg" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 msgid "&Owner" msgstr "&Ägare" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 msgid "&Permissions" msgstr "Beh&örighet" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 msgid "&Retrieve from" msgstr "&Hämta från" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 msgid "File So&urce" msgstr "Filk&älla" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 msgid "&Load new contents" msgstr "&Ladda nytt innehåll" -#. why? -#. if (mode == `edit) -#. { -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); -#. } -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 +#. why? +#. if (mode == `edit) +#. { +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); +#. } +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 msgid "" "Provide at least the file\n" "name and the contents of the file.\n" @@ -217,40 +207,38 @@ "Du måste åtminstone tillhandahålla\n" "filnamnet och innehållet i filen.\n" -#. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 +#. OPEN +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Välj en fil att ladda." -#. Summary of configuration -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 +#. Summary of configuration +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 msgid "Available Files" msgstr "Tillgängliga filer" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "File Path" msgstr "Filsökväg" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "Owner" msgstr "Ägare" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Behörigheter" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" msgstr "Lägg till fullständiga inställningsfiler" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>För många program och tjänster kan du ha förberett en\n" @@ -258,12 +246,12 @@ "systemet. Detta är till exempel fallet om du installerar en webbserver\n" "och har förberett en httpd.conf-inställningsfil.</p>" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." msgstr "Välj en fil från tabellen först." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -273,77 +261,69 @@ "Vänta medan systemet ställs in.\n" "</p>" -#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 +#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Förlopp" -#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 +#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Ställer in systemet enligt inställningar för automatisk installation" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unknown sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:" -"<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not " -"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." -msgstr "" -"De här sektionerna av AutoYaST-profilen kan inte bearbetas på det här " -"systemet:<br><br>%s<br><br>Det kan bero på att de är felstavade eller på att " -"din profil inte omfattar alla YaST-paket som behövs i <software/>-sektionen." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "De här sektionerna av AutoYaST-profilen kan inte bearbetas på det här systemet:<br><br>%s<br><br>Det kan bero på att de är felstavade eller på att din profil inte omfattar alla YaST-paket som behövs i <software/>-sektionen." -#. determine name of client, if not use default name -#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 +#. determine name of client, if not use default name +#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Ställer in %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "Ställer inte in %1" -#. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 +#. online update +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Kör förskript" -#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services -#. bnc#955260 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Alla tjänster som körs startas om" -#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Aktiverar systemd-standardmål" -#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Slutför inställningar" -#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Resurs %1 behandlas" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: Imaging -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: Imaging +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n" @@ -351,32 +331,32 @@ "<p>\n" "Vänta medan avbilden hämtas.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Retrieve Image File" msgstr "Hämta avbildsfil" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Install image file" msgstr "Installera avbildsfil" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 msgid "Retrieving image file..." msgstr "Hämtar avbildsfil..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 msgid "Installing image file..." msgstr "Installerar avbildsfil..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 msgid "Installing image into system..." msgstr "Installerar avbilden på systemet..." -#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) -#. { -#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); -#. return `abort; -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 +#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) +#. { +#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); +#. return `abort; +#. } +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 msgid "" "fetching image-script failed:\n" "%1" @@ -384,7 +364,7 @@ "Det gick inte att hämta image-script:\n" "%1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 msgid "" "running image-script failed:\n" "%1" @@ -392,23 +372,23 @@ "Det gick inte att köra image-script:\n" "%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures -#. the system as described in the profile file. -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures +#. the system as described in the profile file. +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" @@ -416,204 +396,197 @@ "<p>\n" "Vänta medan systemet förbereds för automatisk installation.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Identifiera hårdvara" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Hämta och läs kontrollfil" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Tyd kontrollfil" -#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Initial inställning" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "Förbereder systemet för automatisk installation" -#. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Föridentifieringsnivå" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Identifierar hårdvara..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>" -"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change " -"the configuration." -msgstr "" -"De här sektionerna av AutoYaST-profilen går inte längre att använda:<br><br>" -"%s<br><br>Använd <scripts/> eller <files/> liknande om du vill ändra " -"konfigurationen." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "De här sektionerna av AutoYaST-profilen går inte längre att använda:<br><br>%s<br><br>Använd <scripts/> eller <files/> liknande om du vill ändra konfigurationen." -#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 +#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Tyder kontrollfil" -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Installera paket som krävs" -#. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 msgid "Checking for required packages..." msgstr "Kontrollerar paket som krävs..." -#. Add all found packages -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 +#. Add all found packages +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 msgid "Adding found packages..." msgstr "Lägger till hittade paket..." -#. Finish -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 +#. Finish +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..." msgstr "Kontrollerar paket som krävs för %1..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. Uwe Gansert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. Uwe Gansert -#. -#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "<p>Vänta medan systemet förbereds för automatisk installation.</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Kör förinstallationsskript" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Ställ in allmänna alternativ " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Ställ in språk" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Skapa partitionsplaner" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Ställ in starthanterare" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrering" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Ställ in programval" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Konfigurera systemd-standardmål" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "Konfigurera användare och grupper" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" msgstr "Importera SSH-nycklar/inställningar" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 msgid "Confirm License" msgstr "Bekräfta licens" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Kör förinstallationsskript..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Ställer in allmänna inställningar..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Språk ställs in..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Skapar partitionsplaner..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Ställer in starthanterare..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Systemet registreras..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Ställer in programval..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Systemd-standardmål konfigureras..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "Importera konfiguration av användare och grupper..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." msgstr "Importerar SSH-nycklar/-inställningar..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 msgid "Confirming License..." msgstr "Bekräftar licens..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Förbereder systemet för automatisk installation" -#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a -#. network configuration is available. So this will be written -#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the -#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc -#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Tilläggsprodukter hanteras..." -#. Set it in the Language module. -#. -#. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 +#. Set it in the Language module. +#. +#. Set it in the Language module. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Ställer in språk..." -#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 +#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -621,9 +594,9 @@ "Fel vid inställning av partitioner.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving -#. package dependencies. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -631,67 +604,65 @@ "Fel vid inställning av programval.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. ReportingDialog() -#. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#. ReportingDialog() +#. @return sumbol +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meddelanden" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "&Visa meddelanden" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Log&gmeddelanden" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Timeout (i sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Varningar" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Visa varnin&gar" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Loggva&rningar" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Timeout (i s&ek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fel" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Vi&sa fel" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&Loggfel" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Timeo&ut (i sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Beroende på din erfarenhet kan du hoppa över, logga och visa (med " -"timeout)\n" +"<p>Beroende på din erfarenhet kan du hoppa över, logga och visa (med timeout)\n" "installationsmeddelanden.</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -699,21 +670,20 @@ "<p>Du rekommenderas att visa alla <b>meddelanden</b> med timeout.\n" "Varningar kan på vissa platser hoppas över men bör inte ignoreras.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Meddelanden och loggning" -#. Select packages -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#. Select packages +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Programval" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -722,158 +692,149 @@ "lägga till fler <b>tillägsval</b> och paket.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); -#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; -#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 +#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); +#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; +#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Plats för installationskälla (som http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "Systemets inst-källa (du kan inte skapa bilder om du väljer detta)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "användningen av installationskällan misslyckades" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Läser paketdatabas..." -#. is result copy of part? -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 +#. is result copy of part? +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montera i /etc/fstab genom:</b>\n" "\tNormalt sett identifieras ett filsystem som ska monteras i /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmed enhetsnamnet. Identifieringen kan ändras så att det går att hitta " -"filsystemet\n" -"\tsom ska monteras genom att söka efter ett UUID eller en volymetikett. Det " -"går inte att\n" -"\tmontera alla filsystem med UUID eller en volymetikett. Om ett alternativ " -"har inaktiverats är det inte möjligt.\n" +"\tmed enhetsnamnet. Identifieringen kan ändras så att det går att hitta filsystemet\n" +"\tsom ska monteras genom att söka efter ett UUID eller en volymetikett. Det går inte att\n" +"\tmontera alla filsystem med UUID eller en volymetikett. Om ett alternativ har inaktiverats är det inte möjligt.\n" "\t" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "<p><b>Volymetikett:</b>\n" -"\t Namnet som anges i det här fältet används som volymetikett. Detta är " -"vanligtvis endast \n" +"\t Namnet som anges i det här fältet används som volymetikett. Detta är vanligtvis endast \n" "\t användbart om du aktiverar alternativet för montering med volymetikett.\n" "\t En volymetikett får inte innehålla tecknet / eller blanksteg.\n" "\t" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Kryptering" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 msgid "Encryption is not available for physical volumes" msgstr "Det går inte att kryptera fysiska volymer" -#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 +#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 msgid "Advanced Partition Settings" msgstr "Avancerade partitionsinställningar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 msgid "Fstab options" msgstr "Fstab-alternativ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montera genom" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 msgid "Device name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 msgid "Device id" msgstr "Enhets-ID" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 msgid "Volume label" msgstr "Volymetikett" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 msgid "Device path" msgstr "Enhetssökväg" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. INTERNAL STUFF -#. local copy of current device the user wants to -#. edit using this dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 msgid "Edit Drive" msgstr "Redigera enhet" -#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "Enh&et" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 msgid "&Intialize drive" msgstr "&Initiera enhet" -#. initially selected -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 +#. initially selected +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 msgid "Re&use" msgstr "&Återanvänd" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&Type" msgstr "&Typ" -#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 +#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 msgid "Apply" msgstr "Verkställ" -#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 +#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 msgid "<none>" msgstr "<ingen>" -#. LV -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 +#. LV +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 msgid "Provide a logical volume name." msgstr "Ange ett namn på en logisk volym." -#. MB, GB -> M, B -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 +#. MB, GB -> M, B +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 msgid "" "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" @@ -881,134 +842,132 @@ "Du valde att skapa partitionen, men valde inte ett giltigt \n" "filsystem. Välj ett giltigt filsystem för att fortsätta.\n" -#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we -#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we -#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should -#. be fixed. -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 +#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we +#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we +#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should +#. be fixed. +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 msgid "Store unsaved changes to partition?" msgstr "Vill du spara ändringarna på partitionen?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 msgid "Volgroup" msgstr "Volgroup" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 msgid "Logical volume name" msgstr "Namn på logisk volym" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 msgid "Edit partition" msgstr "Redigera partition" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 msgid "&Mount point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 msgid "File sys&tem" msgstr "Filsys&tem" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Storlek" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 msgid "Partiti&on number" msgstr "Partiti&onsnummer" -#. VBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 +#. VBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 msgid "Reuse e&xisting partition" msgstr "Åte&ranvänd befintlig partition" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 msgid "Res&ize existing partition" msgstr "Än&dra storlek på befintlig partition" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 msgid "Activate Striping" msgstr "Aktivera striping" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 msgid "Number of Stripes" msgstr "Antal stripes" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 msgid "Stripe size" msgstr "Storlek på stripes" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 msgid "Advan&ced" msgstr "A&vancerat" -#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Storlek auto är endast giltig om monteringspunkt /boot eller swap väljs." +#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Storlek auto är endast giltig om monteringspunkt /boot eller swap väljs." -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "Storleken auto kan inte användas för fysiska volymer." -#. Displayed when tree is empty -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 +#. Displayed when tree is empty +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 msgid "Nothing selected" msgstr "Inget val har gjorts" -#. Main Partitioning Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 +#. Main Partitioning Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 msgid "Partition p&lan" msgstr "Partitionsp&lan" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 msgid "Add D&rive" msgstr "Lägg till e&nhet" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 msgid "Add &Partition" msgstr "Lägg till &partition" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 msgid "Add &Volume Group" msgstr "Lägg till &volymgrupp" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. INTERNAL STUFF -#. local copy of current device the user wants to -#. edit using this dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 msgid "Edit Volume Group" msgstr "Redigera volymgrupp" -#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 msgid "Store unsaved changes to volume group?" msgstr "Vill du spara ändringarna i volymgruppen?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Volgroup-enhetsnamn" -#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? -#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." msgstr "Ett användardefinierat skript körs. Det kan ta en stund." -#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found -#. @param [String] original Original value -#. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 +#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found +#. @param [String] original Original value +#. @return [String] new value +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1026,32 +985,32 @@ "använder regel- eller datornamnkontrollfiler måste du starta om\n" "installationsprocessen och se till så att filerna kan kommas åt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Plats för systemprofil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profilplats:" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Välj hårddisk" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Hittade inga diskar." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1063,81 +1022,79 @@ "visas här. Välj vilken hårddisk &product; ska installeras på.\n" "</p>" -#. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 +#. force help text width +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Välj hårddisk" -#. there is a selection from that one option has to be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 +#. there is a selection from that one option has to be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Välj ett alternativ för att fortsätta." -#. class_dialog_contents() -#. @return [Yast::Term] -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#. class_dialog_contents() +#. @return [Yast::Term] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Class Name" msgstr "Klassnamn" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Order" msgstr "Ordning" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 msgid "Class Description" msgstr "Klassbeskrivning" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "N&y" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. AddEditClasses() -#. Add or Edit a class -#. @param [Symbol] mode -#. @param symbol -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 +#. AddEditClasses() +#. Add or Edit a class +#. @param [Symbol] mode +#. @param symbol +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 msgid "Edit or Create Classes" msgstr "Redigera eller skapa klasser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Na&mn" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 msgid "Or&der:" msgstr "Or&dning:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 msgid "Descri&ption:" msgstr "&Beskrivning:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." msgstr "Namnet används redan. Välj ett annat namn." -#. Manage Classes -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 +#. Manage Classes +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 msgid "Classes" msgstr "Klasser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Använd det här gränssnittet för att definiera klasser för kontrollfiler.\n" +msgstr "<p>Använd det här gränssnittet för att definiera klasser för kontrollfiler.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n" @@ -1145,7 +1102,7 @@ "<p>Du kan till exempel definiera en klassgrupp för\n" "en specifik avdelning, grupp eller plats i din företagsmiljö.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" @@ -1154,11 +1111,11 @@ "<p>Ordningen (prioriteten) definierar hierarkin för en klass\n" "och när den ska sammanfogas när en kontrollfil skapas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 msgid "No Description" msgstr "Ingen beskrivning" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 msgid "" "Select at least one class\n" "to edit.\n" @@ -1166,7 +1123,7 @@ "Välj åtminstone en klass\n" "att redigera.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 msgid "" "Select at least one class\n" "to delete.\n" @@ -1174,8 +1131,8 @@ "Välj åtminstone en klass\n" "att ta bort.\n" -#. The merge operation -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 +#. The merge operation +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 msgid "" "Merge failed:\n" " %1" @@ -1183,34 +1140,34 @@ "Sammanfogning misslyckades:\n" " %1" -#. Merge Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 +#. Merge Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 msgid "Merge Classes" msgstr "Sammanfoga klasser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 msgid "No control files defined" msgstr "Inga kontrollfiler definierade" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 msgid "&Merge with Empty Control File" msgstr "Sa&mmanfoga med tom kontrollfil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 msgid "Merge with &Currently-Loaded Control File" msgstr "Sammanfoga med den f&ör tillfället laddade kontrollfilen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 msgid "Merge Cla&sses" msgstr "&Sammanfoga klasser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>If you have defined and created <b>\n" "classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" @@ -1219,14 +1176,12 @@ "creating the classes.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du har definierat och skapat <b>\n" -"klasser</b> kommer du att kunna sammanfoga dem med det här gränssnittet för " -"att\n" -"skapa en ny <i>profil</i>. Den kommer att innehålla information från varje " -"klass\n" +"klasser</b> kommer du att kunna sammanfoga dem med det här gränssnittet för att\n" +"skapa en ny <i>profil</i>. Den kommer att innehålla information från varje klass\n" "beroende på prioriteten (ordningen) du ställde in när\n" "du skapade klasserna.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 msgid "" "<P>To merge the classes, an <b>XSLT</b>\n" "script is used.</P>\n" @@ -1234,7 +1189,7 @@ "<P>För att sammanfoga klasserna används ett <b>XSLT</b>-\n" "skript.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 msgid "" "Select at least %1 configurations\n" "to perform a merge.\n" @@ -1242,244 +1197,238 @@ "Välj åtminstone %1 inställningar\n" "för att göra en sammanfogning.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 msgid "Class Configuration" msgstr "Klassinställningar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 msgid "" "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Välj en eller flera av de listade klasserna till vilken den aktuella " -"kontrollfilen\n" +"<p>Välj en eller flera av de listade klasserna till vilken den aktuella kontrollfilen\n" "ska tillhöra.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" msgstr "Inga profiler i den här klassen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n" msgstr "Du måste välja åtminstone en klassinställning.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp -#. Summary: Main file for client call -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för automatisk installation" -#. SAVE -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +#. SAVE +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Spara som..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "Filen %1 sparades." -#. Profile::checkProfile(); -#. Profile::checkProfile(); -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när filen sparades." -#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 +#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupper" -#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "Det finns inga tillgängliga moduler" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Moduler" -#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column -#. -#. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 +#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column +#. +#. @return The `HBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "&Klona" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "&Tillämpa på system" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "Ren&sa" -#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. -#. -#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. -#. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 +#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. +#. +#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. +#. @return The `VBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" -#. Configure module -#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure -#. @return [Object] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 +#. Configure module +#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 msgid "The module returned invalid data." msgstr "Modulen returnerade ogiltig data." -#. Sets the menus in the wizard. -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 +#. Sets the menus in the wizard. +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 msgid "&File" msgstr "Ar&kiv" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Visa" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 msgid "&Classes" msgstr "&Klasser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 msgid "&Tools" msgstr "Verk&tyg" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 msgid "&New" msgstr "&Ny" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Öppna" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 msgid "&Save" msgstr "Sp&ara" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 msgid "Save &As" msgstr "Sp&ara som" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "Im&portera" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 msgid "Import &Kickstart File" msgstr "Importera &kickstart-fil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 msgid "Settin&gs" msgstr "Inställnin&gar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 msgid "Change to Decrypted" msgstr "Ändra till avkrypterat" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 msgid "Change to Encrypted" msgstr "Ändra till krypterat" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 msgid "Apply Profile to this System" msgstr "Använd profilen på den här datorn" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 msgid "E&xit" msgstr "Avsl&uta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 msgid "Configu&ration Tree" msgstr "Inställningst&räd" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 msgid "So&urce" msgstr "K&älla" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 msgid "Cla&sses" msgstr "Kla&sser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 msgid "Me&rge Classes" msgstr "Sammanf&oga klasser" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 msgid "Create Reference Pro&file" msgstr "Skapa referenspro&fil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 msgid "Check &Validity of Profile" msgstr "Kontrollera profil&giltighet" -#. Show Source -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 +#. Show Source +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 msgid "Source" msgstr "Källa" -#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. -#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Vill du använda inställningarna i modulen %1 för det aktuella systemet?" +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Vill du använda inställningarna i modulen %1 för det aktuella systemet?" -#. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 +#. opening/parsing the xml file failed +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade när XML-filen öppnades/analyserades." -#. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 +#. NEW +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Tillgängliga moduler" -#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Vill du använda inställningarna i profilen för det aktuella systemet?" -#. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 +#. EXIT +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Kontrollfilen har ändrats." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Spara ändringar till %1?" -#. Preferences Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 +#. Preferences Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Profile Repository:" msgstr "&Profillagringsutrymme:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "V&älj katalog" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "&Class directory:" msgstr "&Klasskatalog:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "V&älj katalog" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\n" @@ -1489,7 +1438,7 @@ "Ange katalogen där alla <em>kontrollfiler</em> ska lagras i\n" "fältet <b>Lagringsutrymme</b>.</P>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "" "<P>If you are using the classes feature\n" "of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" @@ -1499,19 +1448,19 @@ "Autoyast, bör du också ange klasskatalogen. Där kommer alla\n" "klassfiler att lagras.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Välj katalog" -#. Return a message about invalid file names -#. @param - -#. @return message -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Return a message about invalid file names +#. @param - +#. @return message +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "" "Invalid file name.\n" "Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" @@ -1523,61 +1472,61 @@ "Det måste börja med en bokstav och måste vara\n" "127 tecken långt eller kortare.\n" -#. title -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 +#. title +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Create a Reference Control File" msgstr "Skapa en referenskontrollfil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Select Additional Resources:" msgstr "Välj ytterligare resurser:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Collecting system data..." msgstr "Samlar in systemdata..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Detta kommer att ta en stund..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgstr "Importerar kickstart-fil..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 -#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. progress stage -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 +#. progress stage +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Read Kickstart file" msgstr "Läs kickstart-fil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Import data" msgstr "Importera data" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "Reading Kickstart file..." msgstr "Läser kickstart-fil..." -#. progress step -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Importing data..." msgstr "Importerar data..." -#. progress step -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 msgid "Select a kickstart file." msgstr "Välj en kickstart-fil." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "" "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" "file and try again." @@ -1585,129 +1534,127 @@ "Fel uppstod när kickstart-filen skulle laddas.\n" "Kontrollera syntaxen i filen och försök igen." -#. Set resource name, if not using default value -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 +#. Set resource name, if not using default value +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart-filen importerades.\n" -"Kontrollera den importerade syntaxen och se till så att paketvalet och " -"partitioneringen\n" +"Kontrollera den importerade syntaxen och se till så att paketvalet och partitioneringen\n" "blev korrekt importerade." -#. Validate Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 +#. Validate Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Check profile validity" msgstr "Kontrollera profilgiltighet" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. [ -#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), -#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", -#. ], -#. [ -#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), -#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" -#. ], -#. this function is a replacement for this code: -#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; -#. m[ l ] = v; -#. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", +#. ], +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" +#. ], +#. this function is a replacement for this code: +#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; +#. m[ l ] = v; +#. @return [Hash] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Kontrollerar XML med RNG-validering..." -#. section wise validation -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 +#. section wise validation +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Section %1: " msgstr "Sektion %1: " -#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Kontrollerar XML med RNC-validering..." -#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing -#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 +#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing +#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Logic" msgstr "Logik" -#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured -#. and can warn the user if it is missing -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 +#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured +#. and can warn the user if it is missing +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "No root password configured" msgstr "Ingen root-lösenord angett" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Con&firm installation?" msgstr "Bekrä&fta installation?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 msgid "AutoYaST Second Stage" msgstr "Autoyast, andra steget" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage" msgstr "Stäng av datorn efter det första steget" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Turn off the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "Stäng av maskinen efter den andra fasen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "Starta om datorn efter det andra steget" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Signaturhantering" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 msgid "Accept &Unsigned Files" msgstr "Acceptera &osignerade filer" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Accept Files without a &Checksum" msgstr "Acceptera filer utan &checksumma" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Accept Failed &Verifications" msgstr "Acceptera misslyckade &verifieringar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Accept Unknown &GPG Keys" msgstr "Acceptera okända &GPG-nycklar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Accept Non Trusted GPG Keys" msgstr "Acceptera icke-pålitliga GPG-nycklar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Import &New GPG Keys" msgstr "Importera &nya GPG-nycklar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<P>\n" "The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" @@ -1715,45 +1662,40 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Alternativen i den här dialogrutan används för att kontrollera AutoYaST " -"uppträdande under\n" +"Alternativen i den här dialogrutan används för att kontrollera AutoYaST uppträdande under\n" "den automatiska installationen.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 msgid "" "<P>\n" "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" "Installationsbekräftelsealternativet väljs som standard för att\n" "undvika oönskad installation. Det stoppar systemet\n" "under installationen och visar en sammanfattning över begärda operationer i\n" -"den vanliga förslagsskärmen. Avmarkera det här alternativet för att " -"installera\n" +"den vanliga förslagsskärmen. Avmarkera det här alternativet för att installera\n" "automatiskt utan avbrott.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Om du stänger av andra nivån i Autoyast, kommer installationen att fortsätta " -"i manuellt läge\n" +"Om du stänger av andra nivån i Autoyast, kommer installationen att fortsätta i manuellt läge\n" "efter den första omstarten (efter paketinstallationen).\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 msgid "" "<P>\n" "For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" @@ -1763,147 +1705,144 @@ "Läs dokumentationen för AutoYaST om du vill veta mer om signaturhantering.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Andra alternativ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Frametitle" msgstr "Ramrubrik" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "Question" msgstr "Fråga" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "Timeout (zero means no timeout)" msgstr "Tidsgräns (noll innebär ingen tidsgräns)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Password" msgstr "LÖSENORD" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" msgstr "Sökvägslista för svar (flera sökvägar separeras med blanksteg)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" msgstr "Lagra svaret i den här filen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'" msgstr "Markeringslista för typ Symbol" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikett" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 msgid "<P></P>" msgstr "<P></P>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 msgid "1st Stage" msgstr "Första nivån" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 msgid "2nd Stage" msgstr "Andra nivån" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Dialog Title" msgstr "Dialogrubrik" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Helptext" msgstr "Hjälptext" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 msgid "Add to Dialog List" msgstr "Lägg till i dialogrutelistan" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 msgid "Apply changes to dialog" msgstr "Tillämpa ändringarna i dialogrutan" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Title" msgstr "Rubrik" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 msgid "Delete Dialog" msgstr "Ta bort dialogruta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Dialog up" msgstr "Flytta upp dialog" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 msgid "Dialog down" msgstr "Flytta ner dialog" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 msgid "Questions in dialog" msgstr "Frågor i dialogruta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Add Question" msgstr "Lägg till fråga" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 msgid "Edit Question" msgstr "Redigera fråga" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 msgid "Delete Question" msgstr "Ta bort fråga" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 msgid "Question up" msgstr "Flytta upp fråga" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Question down" msgstr "Flytta ner fråga" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 msgid "ASK Options" msgstr "Frågealternativ" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna inställningar" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 msgid "<p><b><big>Profile Validation</big></b><br>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Profilvalidering</big></b><br>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Det här verktyget använder <em>xmllint</em> för att validera profilen mot " -"DTD:n\n" -"och det letar efter saknad data. Viss saknad data är OK och alla " -"rapporterade fel\n" +"<p>Det här verktyget använder <em>xmllint</em> för att validera profilen mot DTD:n\n" +"och det letar efter saknad data. Viss saknad data är OK och alla rapporterade fel\n" "kan ignoreras, t ex vid skapande av klasser.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" "is validated.</p>\n" @@ -1911,54 +1850,47 @@ "<p>Ladda en profil först, annars kommer en tom fil\n" "att valideras.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 msgid "<p><b><big>Importing Kickstart Files</big></b><br>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Importerar kickstart-filer</big></b><br>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 msgid "" "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>För att importera en kickstart-fil behöver du endast ange sökvägen till " -"inställningsfilen. \n" -"Det importerade datat kommer att laddas in i " -"inställningshanteringssystemet \n" +"<p>För att importera en kickstart-fil behöver du endast ange sökvägen till inställningsfilen. \n" +"Det importerade datat kommer att laddas in i inställningshanteringssystemet \n" "för att lägga till fler inställningsalternativ tillgängliga för SuSE.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det här verktyget skapar en referensprofil genom\n" -"att läsa information från det här systemet. Välj resurserna som ska läsas " -"från\n" -"det här systemet förutom standardresurser som partitionering och paketval.\n" +"att läsa information från det här systemet. Välj resurserna som ska läsas från\n" +"det här systemet förutom standardresurser som partitionering och paketval.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" msgstr "<p> Partitionera hårddiskar... </p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Tabellen till höger visar partitionerna som kommer att skapas på " -"målsystemet.\n" +"<p>Tabellen till höger visar partitionerna som kommer att skapas på målsystemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Hårddiskarna</b> får följande beteckningar:</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" @@ -1968,15 +1900,15 @@ "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>Andra EIDE-hårddisk\n" "<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>Tredje EIDE-hårddisk" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p>etc.</p>" msgstr "<p>etc.</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 msgid "<p>- or - </p>" msgstr "<p>- eller - </p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" @@ -1986,18 +1918,17 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>Andra SCSI-hårddisk\n" "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>Tredje SCSI-hårddisk</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Om inga partitioner definieras och den specificerade enheten också\n" "är enheten där rotpartitionen ska placeras, skapas följande partitioner\n" "automatiskt:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 msgid "" " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" @@ -2005,70 +1936,56 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> och en rotpartition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Storleken räknas ut automatiskt.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Avancerade alternativ</b></p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Som standard skapar AutoYaST en utökad partition och lägger till alla nya " -"partitioner som logiska enheter. Det går dock att instruera AutoYaST att " -"skapa en viss partition som en primär partition eller en utökad partition. " -"Det går dessutom att ange storleken på en partition genom att använda " -"sektorer istället för storlek i MB." +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Som standard skapar AutoYaST en utökad partition och lägger till alla nya partitioner som logiska enheter. Det går dock att instruera AutoYaST att skapa en viss partition som en primär partition eller en utökad partition. Det går dessutom att ange storleken på en partition genom att använda sektorer istället för storlek i MB." -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Dessa alternativ och övriga avancerade alternativ kan inte ställas in med " -"det här\n" +"Dessa alternativ och övriga avancerade alternativ kan inte ställas in med det här\n" "gränssnittet. Du måste lägga till dem manuellt till kontrollfilen.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Se dokumentationen för LVM- och RAID-inställningar och lägg till " -"inställningarna\n" -"till en befintlig kontrollfil. Du kan endast skapa oformaterade LVM- och " -"RAID-partitioner i\n" +"Se dokumentationen för LVM- och RAID-inställningar och lägg till inställningarna\n" +"till en befintlig kontrollfil. Du kan endast skapa oformaterade LVM- och RAID-partitioner i\n" "förberedande syfte.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Script Configuration -#. @return script configuration dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 +#. Script Configuration +#. @return script configuration dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "Available Scripts" msgstr "Tillgängliga skript" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Script Name" msgstr "Skriptnamn" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Interpreter" msgstr "Tolk" -#. help 1/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 +#. help 1/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" @@ -2076,36 +1993,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Förinstallationsskript</h3>\n" -"<P>Lägg till kommandon som ska köras på systemet innan installationen " -"startar. </P>\n" +"<P>Lägg till kommandon som ska köras på systemet innan installationen startar. </P>\n" -#. help 2/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 +#. help 2/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Efterinstallationsskript</h3>\n" -"<P>Du kan också lägga till kommandon som ska köras på systemet när " -"installationen\n" +"<P>Du kan också lägga till kommandon som ska köras på systemet när installationen\n" "är klar. Dessa skript körs utanför chroot-miljön.\n" "</P>" -#. help 3/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 +#. help 3/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2114,30 +2027,27 @@ "<P>Om du vill att ditt efterinstallationsskript ska köras i en chroot-\n" "miljö, välj alternativet <i>Chroot-skript</i>. Skripten körs\n" "innan systemet strtar om för första gången. Som standard körs Chroot- \n" -"skripten i installationssystemet. För att komma åt filer i det " -"installerade \n" +"skripten i installationssystemet. För att komma åt filer i det installerade \n" "systemet måste du alltid använda monteringspunkten \"/mnt\" i dina skript.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help 4/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 +#. help 4/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Det är möjligt att köra Chroot-skripten i ett senare skede och efter\n" -"det att starthanteraren har blivit inställd med den speciella boolean-taggen " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"det att starthanteraren har blivit inställd med den speciella boolean-taggen \"chrooted\".\n" "Detta kommer få skripten att köras direkt i det installerade systemet. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help 5/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 +#. help 5/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" @@ -2157,35 +2067,30 @@ "och efter det att nätverket har initierats.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help 6/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 +#. help 6/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " -"or \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Tolk:</H3>\n" -"<P>Förinstallationsskript kan endast vara skalskript. Använd inte <i>Perl eller \n" +"<P>Förinstallationsskript kan endast vara skalskript. Använd inte <i>Perl</i> eller \n" "<i>Python</i> för förinstallationsskript.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2193,103 +2098,97 @@ "<P>När efterinstallationsskripten körs inaktiveras nätverket och\n" "kräver initiering i skripten för att göra nätverket åtkomligt. Ett\n" "alternativ till efterskript med nätverksåtkomst är att använda init-skript\n" -"vilket garanterar ett fullständigt inställt system när skripten körs. Om du " -"gjorde\n" -"installationen över ett nätverk kan du använda alternativet <b>Nätverk</b> " -"för efterskriptet.\n" +"vilket garanterar ett fullständigt inställt system när skripten körs. Om du gjorde\n" +"installationen över ett nätverk kan du använda alternativet <b>Nätverk</b> för efterskriptet.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Återkoppling och felsökning:</H3>\n" -"<P>Alla skript förutom init-skripten kan visa STDOUT+STDERR i ett popupp-" -"fönster som återkoppling.\n" -"Om du aktiverar felsökning får du mer utmatning i återkopplingsdialogrutan " -"som kanske\n" +"<P>Alla skript förutom init-skripten kan visa STDOUT+STDERR i ett popupp-fönster som återkoppling.\n" +"Om du aktiverar felsökning får du mer utmatning i återkopplingsdialogrutan som kanske\n" "kan hjälpa dig att felsöka skripten.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Script Editor" msgstr "Skripteditor" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "&Filnamn" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 msgid "&Interpreter" msgstr "&Tolk" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 msgid "Perl" msgstr "Perl" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Skal" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 msgid "Python" msgstr "Python" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 msgid "&Feedback" msgstr "&Återkoppling" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Felsök" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 msgid "&Chrooted" msgstr "&Begränsad åtkomst" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Nätverk" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 msgid "&Feedback Type" msgstr "&Återkopplingstyp" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 msgid "none" msgstr "ingen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "Message" msgstr "Meddelande" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Text of the notification popup" msgstr "Text i meddelanderutan" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Script Location" msgstr "Skriptplats" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 msgid "S&cript Source" msgstr "S&kriptkälla" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 msgid "&Load new source" msgstr "&Ladda ny källa" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 msgid "" "Provide at least the script\n" "name and the location or content of the script.\n" @@ -2297,55 +2196,48 @@ "Ange minst ett skriptnamn\n" "och skriptets plats eller innehåll.\n" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Genom att lägga till skript till den automatiska installationsprocessen kan " -"du anpassa installationen\n" -"så att den passar dina behov. Du kan också ta kontrollen i olika steg under " -"installationen.</p>\n" +"Genom att lägga till skript till den automatiska installationsprocessen kan du anpassa installationen\n" +"så att den passar dina behov. Du kan också ta kontrollen i olika steg under installationen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" msgstr "Hantering av användarskript" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Select a script first." msgstr "Välj ett skript först." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 msgid "Autoinstall Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för automatisk installation" -#. Read rules file -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +#. Read rules file +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Misslyckades med att tyda regler. XML-behandlaren rapporterar:\n" -#. Merge Rule results -#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML-behandlaren rapporterade ett fel när den skulle tyda autoyast-profilen. " -"Felmeddelandet är:\n" +#. Merge Rule results +#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML-behandlaren rapporterade ett fel när den skulle tyda autoyast-profilen. Felmeddelandet är:\n" -#. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 +#. backdoor for merging problems. +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2359,19 +2251,19 @@ "nätverket eller lokalt. Systemet kan inte installeras med den ursprungliga\n" "kontrollfilen utan klasser.\n" -#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes -#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 +#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes +#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Välj profil" -#. Nothing returned by SLP query -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." msgstr "Det går inte att hitta någon AutoYaST-leverantör via SLP." -#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 msgid "" "Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" "%{url}" @@ -2379,51 +2271,51 @@ "Ogiltig URL till AutoYaST-profil\n" "%{url}" -#. SetProtocolMessage () -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 +#. SetProtocolMessage () +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil från diskett." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från TFTP-server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från NFS-server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från HTTP-server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från FTP-server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Kopierar kontrollfil från fil: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Kopierar kontrollfil från enhet: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Kopierar kontrollfil från standardplats." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Okänd källa." -#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface -#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI -#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) -#. { -#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); -#. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 +#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface +#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI +#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) +#. { +#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); +#. } +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2433,232 +2325,226 @@ "<p>Nästan alla kontrollfilsresurser kan\n" "ställas in med inställningshanteringssystemet.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De flesta moduler som används för att skapa konfigurationen är identiska " -"med dem som är tillgängliga\n" -"genom inställningscentralen YaST. Istället för att konfigurera det här " -"systemet samlas angivna\n" +"<p>De flesta moduler som används för att skapa konfigurationen är identiska med dem som är tillgängliga\n" +"genom inställningscentralen YaST. Istället för att konfigurera det här systemet samlas angivna\n" "data in och exporteras till kontrollfilen som kan användas för att\n" "installera ett annat system med hjälp av AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Förutom de befintliga och välkända modulerna\n" -"har nya gränssnitt skapas för speciella och komplexa inställningar. Till " -"exempel för\n" +"har nya gränssnitt skapas för speciella och komplexa inställningar. Till exempel för\n" "partitionering, allmänna alternativ och mjukvara.</p>\n" -#. Construct node name for display in tree. -#. -#. Constructed names are of the form: -#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} -#. -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for -#. -#. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#. Construct node name for display in tree. +#. +#. Constructed names are of the form: +#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} +#. +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for +#. +#. @return the newly created node name +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Enhet" -#. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#. volume group +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Volymgrupp" -#. Settings Summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 +#. Settings Summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 msgid "Configured Files:" msgstr "Inställda filer:" -#. string language_name = ""; -#. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 +#. string language_name = ""; +#. string keyboard_name = ""; +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Bekräfta installation?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Andra steget i Autoyast" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Stänger av datorn efter första steget" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Stänger av datorn efter andra steget" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Starta om datorn efter andra steget" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Osignerade filer accepteras" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Osignerade filer accepteras inte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Filer utan checksumma accepteras" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Filer utan checksumma accepteras inte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Misslyckade verifieringar accepteras" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Misslyckade verifieringar accepteras inte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Okända GPG-nycklar accepteras" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Okända GPG-nycklar accepteras inte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Nya GPG-nycklar importeras" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Nya GPG-nycklar importeras inte" -#. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "Synkroniserar tid..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "Synkroniserar tid med %s." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Tid kunde inte synkroniseras." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "Kan inte uppdatera systemtiden." -#. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#. look for VGs to reuse +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "Det går inte att återanvända volymgruppen %1. Volymgruppen finns inte." -#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group -#. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 +#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group +#. the next instructions taints result +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "Volymgruppen %1 måste ha minst en fysisk volym. Ange en." -#. PUBLIC INTERFACE -#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE -#. Return summary of configuration -#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#. return Summary of configuration -#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#. PUBLIC INTERFACE +#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE +#. Return summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#. return Summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Enheter" -#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s enhet totalt" msgstr[1] "%s enheter totalt" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Kloning ännu inte genomförd." -#. Return Summary -#. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 +#. Return Summary +#. @return [String] summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Förinstallationsskript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Efterinstallationsskript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot-skript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init-skript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Skript för postpartitionering" -#. return type of script as formatted string -#. @param script type -#. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 +#. return type of script as formatted string +#. @param script type +#. @return [String] type as translated string +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Före" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Efter" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Postpartitionering" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 +#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2666,59 +2552,50 @@ "Det gick inte att hitta följande paket i programvaruarkiven:\n" "%1" -#. 4 means "already exists" -#. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 +#. 4 means "already exists" +#. Add add-ons +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till repo %1" -#. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Bilden kunde inte skapas när mönstret installerades. Kontrollera /tmp/" -"ay_image.log" +#. Install +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Bilden kunde inte skapas när mönstret installerades. Kontrollera /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Bild skapas - paket installeras" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Bilden kunde inte skapas när paketet installerades. Kontrollera /tmp/" -"ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Bilden kunde inte skapas när paketet installerades. Kontrollera /tmp/ay_image.log" -#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 +#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Lagra bild till..." -#. Compress image: -#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 +#. Compress image: +#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Nu kan du göra ändringar i bilden i %1/\n" "Om du trycker på OK komprimeras bilden och kan inte längre ändras." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Bildkomprimeringen misslyckades i %1. Kontrollera /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Bilden har skapats" -#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 +#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2726,117 +2603,107 @@ "kan inte hämta directory.yast-filen i %1.\n" "Du kan skapa filen med \"ls -F > directory.yast\" om den saknas." -#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "kan inte läsa %1. Vill du försöka igen?" -#. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 +#. copy a file +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "kan inte läsa %1. ISO kunde inte skapas" -#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 +#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO-filstruktur förbereds..." -#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 +#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "startkonfiguration för DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Nu kan du göra ändringar i ISO i %1, exempelvis lägga till en helt " -"annorlunda AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n" +"Nu kan du göra ändringar i ISO i %1, exempelvis lägga till en helt annorlunda AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n" "Om du trycker på OK skapas ISO." -#. create the actual ISO file -#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 +#. create the actual ISO file +#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Lagra ISO-bild till..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO-filen skapas..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO skapades i %1" -#. Summary -#. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 +#. Summary +#. @return Html formatted configuration summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Valda mönster" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individuellt valda paket" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Paket att ta bort" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Tvinga kärnpaket" -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att inte ange mönster: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Paketmatchningen misslyckades. Kontrollera programvarusektionen i autoyast-" -"profilen." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Paketmatchningen misslyckades. Kontrollera programvarusektionen i autoyast-profilen." -#. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Partitionsplanen som är konfigurerad i din XML-profil ryms inte på " -"hårddisken. %1 MB saknas." +#. 1 cyl buffer per partition +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Partitionsplanen som är konfigurerad i din XML-profil ryms inte på hårddisken. %1 MB saknas." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "Totalt %1 enhet" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Ingen specifik enhet inställd" -#. Handle /etc/fstab usage -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 +#. Handle /etc/fstab usage +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Utvärderar rotpartition. Vänta..." -#. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 +#. a popup +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Hittade ingen Linux-rotpartition." -#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting -#. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 +#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting +#. is inevitable. +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2844,49 +2711,49 @@ "Flera rotpartitioner hittades. Du har inte ställt in vilken\n" "rotpartition som ska användas. Automatisk installation är inte möjlig.\n" -#. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 +#. return list of available devices +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "enheten %1 hittades inte av lagringsmotorn" -#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 +#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Samlar in inställningsdata..." -#. Save YCP data into XML -#. @param path to file -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#. Save YCP data into XML +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Krypterad AutoYaST-profil. Ange lösenordet två gånger." -#. Save sections of current profile to separate files -#. -#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in -#. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#. Save sections of current profile to separate files +#. +#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in +#. @return - list of filenames +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva avsnittet %1 till filen %2." -#. Read XML into YCP data -#. @param path to file -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#. Read XML into YCP data +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Krypterad AutoYaST-profil. Ange rätt lösenord." -#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 +#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile" msgstr "etiketten hittades inte under sökningen efter autoyast-profil" -#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 +#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när profilen skulle hämtas:\n" -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,135 +27,130 @@ "av Chef senare.\n" "Vill du fortsätta konfigurationen med YaST?" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Visa hjälpen för den här modulen" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Visa en lång version av hjälpen för den här modulen" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Visa en lång version av hjälpen för den här modulen i XML-format" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Starta interaktivt skal för att kontrollera modulen" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Avsluta interaktivt skal och spara ändringar" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Avsluta interaktivt läge utan att spara ändringar" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Visa hjälpen för det här kommandot" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Visa förloppsinformation" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Var XML-utmatningen ska lagras" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Den här YaST2-modulen stödjer inte kommandoradsgränssnitt." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Använd \"help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga kommandon." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Använd \"yast2 %1 help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga " -"kommandon." +msgstr "Använd \"yast2 %1 help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga kommandon." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Okänt kommando: %1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Alternativ \"%1\" saknar ett värde." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Okänt alternativ för kommando \"%1\": %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för alternativ \"%1\": %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för alternativet \"%1\" - förväntade \"%2\", fick %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Alternativet \"%1\" kan inte ha ett värde. Angivet värde: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Använd \"%1 %2 help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga alternativ." +msgstr "Använd \"%1 %2 help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga alternativ." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Använd \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga " -"alternativ." +msgstr "Använd \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" för en fullständig lista över tillgängliga alternativ." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-inställningsmodul %1\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Ingen hjälp tillgänglig" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Kommando \"%1\"" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -163,8 +158,8 @@ "\n" " Alternativ:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -172,8 +167,8 @@ "\n" " Alternativ av typen [sträng] måste anges i formatet alternativ=värde." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -181,193 +176,184 @@ "\n" " Exempel:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Detta är en YaST-modul." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Grundläggande syntax:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> [verbose] [alternativ]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> help" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <kommando> [alternativ]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <kommando> help" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Kommandon:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Ingen hjälp tillgänglig." -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "" msgstr "" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Kör \"yast2 %1 <kommando> help\" för en lista över tillgängliga alternativ." +msgstr "Kör \"yast2 %1 <kommando> help\" för en lista över tillgängliga alternativ." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "" -"Målfilnamn (\"xmlfile\"-flagga) saknas. Använd kommandoradsflaggan " -"xmlfile=." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "Målfilnamn (\"xmlfile\"-flagga) saknas. Använd kommandoradsflaggan xmlfile=." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Målfilnamn (\"xmlfile\"-flagga) är tomt. Använd kommandoradsflaggan " -"xmlfile=." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "Målfilnamn (\"xmlfile\"-flagga) är tomt. Använd kommandoradsflaggan xmlfile=." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "okänd" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "eller \"%1\"" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Ange kommandot \"%1\"." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Ange ett av kommandona: %1" -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Ange endast ett av kommandona: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finns inget användargränssnitt för den här modulen." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Klar" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initierar" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Slutför" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klar" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Avslutar (utan ändringar)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "ja eller nej?" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "nej" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "Spara y2logs till..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "Sparar YaST-loggar till %1..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -375,17 +361,17 @@ "Det gick inte att spara YaST-loggarna till %1\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "Läs mer vid slutet av %1-filen." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -395,86 +381,86 @@ "Bifoga även alla YaST-loggar i %2-katalogen.\n" "Se %3 för mer information om YaST-loggar." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&Spara YaST-loggar..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installationsfel" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "Läser in till minnespaketet %s" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "Tar bort från minnespaketet %s" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Inget arbetsflöde definierat för det här installationsläget." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Vill du fortsätta med installationen eller avbryta den?" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Fortsätt installationen" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "&Avbryt installationen" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "Vill du lägga till en ny produkt ändå?" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -496,28 +482,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Ett internt fel inträffade när ytterligare arbetsflöde integrerades." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "Värdet för %1 är ogiltigt." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Otillgängligt" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -527,13 +513,13 @@ "För att starta tjänsten varje gång du startar datorn, ange\n" "<b>%1</b>. Ange annars <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -542,59 +528,58 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Start av tjänst</big></b><br>\n" "Om du vill att tjänsten ska startas varje gång du startar datorn anger du \n" -"<b>%1</b>. Om du vill starta tjänsten via xinetd-demonen anger du <b>%3.\n" +"<b>%1</b>. Om du vill starta tjänsten via xinetd-demonen anger du <b>%3</b>.\n" "Ange annars <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Under start" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Start av tjänst" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Tjänsten körs" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Tjänsten körs inte" -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -604,11 +589,11 @@ "För att starta eller stoppa tjänsten omedelbart, använd \n" "<b>%1</b> eller <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -616,92 +601,91 @@ "<p>För att spara alla ändringar och starta om\n" "tjänsten omedelbart, använd <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Starta tjänst nu" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Stoppa tjänst nu" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Spara inställningar och starta om tjänst nu" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Starta tjänst nu" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "S&toppa tjänst nu" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Sp&ara inställningar och starta om tjänst nu" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Växla av och på" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktuell status: " -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP-stöd</big></b><br>\n" -"För att lagra inställningarna i LDAP istället för i de ursprungliga " -"inställningsfilerna,\n" +"För att lagra inställningarna i LDAP istället för i de ursprungliga inställningsfilerna,\n" "markera <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-stöd aktivt" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-stöd aktivt" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Flik" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Upp" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "Ne&r" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -710,38 +694,38 @@ "Den valda TSIG-nycklen kan inte tas bort eftersom den används.\n" "Sluta använda den i inställningarna först." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "Kan inte ta bort TSIG-nyckel." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Välj fil med autentiseringsnyckel" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Välj fil med autentiseringsnyckel" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "Den specificerade filen är en befintlig katalog." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Den specificerade filen finns. Skriva över?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG-nyckel specificerades inte." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -749,8 +733,8 @@ "Nyckeln med det specificerade ID:et finns och används.\n" "Ta bort den?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -758,28 +742,28 @@ "En nyckel med det specificerade ID:et hittades\n" "på disken. Ta bort den?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Nyckeln kommer nu att skapas. Fortsätta?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Misslyckades med att skapa TSIG-nyckel." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Den specificerade filen finns inte." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Den specificerade filen innehåller ingen TSIG-nyckel." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -789,8 +773,8 @@ "identifierare som en nyckel som redan finns.\n" "Gamla nycklar kommer att tas bort. Fortsätta?" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -798,20 +782,19 @@ "<p><big><b>TSIG-nyckelhantering</b></big><br>\n" "Använd den här dialogrutan för att hantera TSIG-nycklar.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" "containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Lägga till en befintlig TSIG-nyckel</b></big><br>\n" -"För att lägga till en redan skapad TSIG-nyckel, välj ett <b>Filnamn</b> för " -"filen\n" +"För att lägga till en redan skapad TSIG-nyckel, välj ett <b>Filnamn</b> för filen\n" "som inehåller nyckeln och klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -819,13 +802,12 @@ "<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Skapa en ny TSIG-nyckel</b></big><br>\n" -"För att skapa en ny TSIG-nyckel, ange <b>Filnamnet</b> för nyckelfilen som " -"ska skapas\n" +"För att skapa en ny TSIG-nyckel, ange <b>Filnamnet</b> för nyckelfilen som ska skapas\n" "och <b>Nyckel-ID</b> för att identifiera nyckeln, klicka sedan på\n" "<b>Skapa</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -835,89 +817,88 @@ "in the configuration first.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Ta bort en TSIG-nyckel</b></big><br>\n" -"För att ta bort en inställd TSIG-nyckel, välj den och klicka <b>Ta bort.\n" +"För att ta bort en inställd TSIG-nyckel, välj den och klicka <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "Alla nycklar som finns i samma fil tas bort.\n" "Om en TSIG-nyckel används i serverinställningarna\n" "kan den inte tas bort. Servern måste sluta använda den först.</p>\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Lägg till befintlig TSIG-nyckel" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Skapa en ny TSIG-nyckel" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "Nyc&kel-ID" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Generera" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Aktuella TSIG-nycklar" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Nyckel-ID" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Filnamn" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Valt a<ernativ" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Aktuellt alternativ: " -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Det valda alternativet finns redan." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ändr" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -927,18 +908,17 @@ "För att redigera inställningarna, välj lämplig\n" "post i tabellen och klicka på <B>Redigera</B>.</P>" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>För att lägga till ett nytt alternativ, klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>. För " -"att ta bort\n" +"<p>För att lägga till ett nytt alternativ, klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>. För att ta bort\n" "ett alternativ, välj det och klicka på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -946,8 +926,8 @@ "<P>Kolumnen <B>Ändr</B> i tabellen indikerar om \n" "alternativet har ändrats.</P>" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" @@ -957,39 +937,39 @@ "och använd <B>Upp</B> och <B>Ner</B> för att flytta det\n" "upp eller ner i listan.</P>" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Övriga" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Enheten är inte inställd" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> för att ställa in" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Laddar moduler, vänta..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Inställningscentralen YaST" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Kör" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -997,13 +977,13 @@ "Inställningscentralen YaST körs inte som root.\n" "Endast moduler som inte kräver root-behörighet visas." -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "Kontrollera YaST-ncurses via tangentbordet" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1017,21 +997,13 @@ "Välj eller aktivera element med [MELLANSLAG] eller [ENTER].\n" "Vissa element använder pil-tangenter (t ex för att rulla i listor).</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Trädnavigering sker också med piltangenter. Om du vill öppna eller stänga " -"en gren använder du [BLANKSTEG]. För moduler som har ett träd (kan se ut som " -"en lista) med konfigurationsposter på vänster sida använder du [RETUR] för " -"att få motsvarande dialogruta till höger.</p>" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Trädnavigering sker också med piltangenter. Om du vill öppna eller stänga en gren använder du [BLANKSTEG]. För moduler som har ett träd (kan se ut som en lista) med konfigurationsposter på vänster sida använder du [RETUR] för att få motsvarande dialogruta till höger.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" @@ -1039,8 +1011,8 @@ "<p>Knappar är utrustade med genvägstangenter (den markerade bokstaven).\n" "Använd [ALT] och bokstaven för att aktivera knappen.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1048,8 +1020,8 @@ "<p>Tryck [ESC] för att stänga valfönster (t ex från\n" "menyknappar) utan att välja något.</p>\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1063,8 +1035,8 @@ "Om [TABB] och [SKIFT] (eller ALT)+[TABB] inte fungerar,\n" "flytta fokus framåt med [CTRL]+[F] och bakåt med [CTRL]+[B].</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1074,25 +1046,22 @@ "försök med [ESC]+[bokstav]. Exempel: [ESC]+[H] som [ALT]+[H].\n" "[ESC]+[TABB] är också en ersättning för [ALT]+[TABB].</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i>Funktionstangenter</i><br>\n" -"F-tangenter ger dig snabb tillgång till vanliga funktioner. " -"Funktionstangentkopplingarna för den aktuella dialogrutan visas på nedersta " -"raden.</p>" +"F-tangenter ger dig snabb tillgång till vanliga funktioner. Funktionstangentkopplingarna för den aktuella dialogrutan visas på nedersta raden.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" msgstr "<p>F-tangenterna är oftast anslutna till en speciell åtgärd:</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1116,8 +1085,8 @@ "F9=Avbryt<br>\n" "F10=OK, nästa, slutför eller acceptera<br>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" @@ -1125,92 +1094,81 @@ "<p>I vissa miljöer saknas några eller alla\n" "F-tangenter.</p>" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "Starta om när inställningar har sparats" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "Läs in på nytt när inställningar sparats" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "Tjänstens status" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.</p>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.</p>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aktuell status</big></b><br>\n" -"Visar tjänstens aktuella status. Tjänstens status förblir densamma när du " -"sparar inställningar, oavsett värdet för \"Starta vid systemstart\".</p>\n" +"Visar tjänstens aktuella status. Tjänstens status förblir densamma när du sparar inställningar, oavsett värdet för \"Starta vid systemstart\".</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Endast tillämpligt om tjänsten är i gång. Ser till att den aktiva tjänsten " -"läser in den nya konfigurationen när den har sparats (genom att stänga rutan " -"eller trycka på Verkställ).</p>\n" +"Endast tillämpligt om tjänsten är i gång. Ser till att den aktiva tjänsten läser in den nya konfigurationen när den har sparats (genom att stänga rutan eller trycka på Verkställ).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Starta vid systemstart</big></b><br>\n" -"Markera alternativet om du vill att tjänsten ska aktiveras vid systemstart. " -"Avmarkera om tjänsten ska inaktiveras vid systemstart. Det här påverkar inte " -"aktuell status för tjänsten i systemet som redan är i gång.</p>\n" +"Markera alternativet om du vill att tjänsten ska aktiveras vid systemstart. Avmarkera om tjänsten ska inaktiveras vid systemstart. Det här påverkar inte aktuell status för tjänsten i systemet som redan är i gång.</p>\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Aktuell status:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "Starta vid systemstart" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "i gång" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "Stoppa nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "stoppad" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "Starta nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1218,9 +1176,9 @@ "Sökvägen %1 finns, men är inte en katalog.\n" "Vill du fortsätta eller avbryta åtgärden?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1228,9 +1186,9 @@ "Sökvägen %1 finns inte.\n" "Vill du skapa den nu?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1238,225 +1196,225 @@ "Det gick inte att skapa katalogen %1.\n" "Vill du fortsätta eller avbryta den aktuella åtgärden?\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "L&ägg till" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Av&bryt" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "F&ortsätt" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nej" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "Slut&för" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Red&igera" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "Avb&ryt" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "Avb&ryt installation" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "&Ignorera" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "&Nästa" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "N&y" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "Till&baka" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Acceptera" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "A&cceptera inte" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "Avsl&uta" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Förs&ök igen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "E&rsätt" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "N&er" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "&Välj" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "Ta &bort" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "Uppdate&ra" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjälp" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installera" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "I&nstallera inte" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "La&dda ned" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "Sp&ara" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Stoppa" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "Stän&g" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "S&kapa" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Hoppa över" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fel" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Vänta..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "&Filnamn" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "Bekräfta lösen&ord" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Värddatornamn" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1464,34 +1422,34 @@ "YaST kan inte fortsätta med inställningarna\n" "om inte paketen som krävs installeras." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "Kan inte starta tjänsten \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "Kan inte starta om tjänsten \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "Kan inte stoppa tjänsten \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "Kan inte skriva inställningar till \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1501,19 +1459,19 @@ "\n" "Orsak: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "Fel uppstod när filen \"%1\" skulle skrivas" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1523,19 +1481,19 @@ "\n" "Orsak: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "Kan inte öppna filen \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1545,18 +1503,18 @@ "\n" "Orsak: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontrollera miljön" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1566,16 +1524,16 @@ "\n" "Beskrivning: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "Den här posten måste vara fullständig." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1583,8 +1541,8 @@ "Katalogen %1 finns inte.\n" "Skapa den?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1592,85 +1550,85 @@ "Domänen har ändrats.\n" "Du måste starta om för att verkställa ändringarna." -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "Vis&a inte det här meddelandet igen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "Kan inte justera tjänsten \"%1\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "Parameter saknas %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kan inte skapa katalogen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Kan inte läsa aktuella inställningar." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "SuSEconfig-skript misslyckades." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Kunde inte installera alla paket som krävs." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "Uppdaterar systemkonfiguration..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Detta kan ta en stund." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Versionsfil %{file} hittades inte" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta installationen?" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta YaST:s systemåterställning?" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Avbryt systemåterställning" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "Forts&ätt systemåterställning" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1680,10 +1638,10 @@ "installeras inte Linux.\n" "Hårddisken förblir orörd." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1695,9 +1653,9 @@ "och kan därför bli oanvändbart.\n" "Du måste antagligen ominstallera.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1707,221 +1665,221 @@ "blir Linux obrukbart.\n" "Du måste ominstallera." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta?" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alla ändringar går förlorade." -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meddelanden" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Visa meddelanden: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "ja" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "nej" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Timeout-meddelanden: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Loggmeddelanden: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Varningar" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Visa varningar: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Timeout-varningar: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Loggvarningar: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fel" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Visa fel: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Timeout-fel: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Loggfel: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Varning:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fel:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Meddelande:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Inte inställd ännu." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "Inte identifierad." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Lägg till" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ta &bort" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variabel" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm saknas, installera xterm-paketet." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Privata GPG-nycklar" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "Användar-ID" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Fingeravtryck" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1929,14 +1887,14 @@ "<p><big><b>Privat GPG-nyckel</b></big><br>\n" "Tabellen innehåller en lista med privata GPG-nycklar.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Allmänna GPG-nycklar" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1944,33 +1902,31 @@ "<p><big><b>Allmän GPG-nyckel</b></big><br>\n" "Tabellen innehåller en lista med allmänna GPG-nycklar.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Skapa en ny GPG-nyckel..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Skapa en ny GPG-nyckel</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> startas. Mer information finns i hjälpen för <tt>gpg.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> startas. Mer information finns i hjälpen för <tt>gpg</tt>.\n" " Tryck på Ctrl+C om du vill avbryta.\n" " </p>" -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Lösenfras för GPG-nyckeln %1" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1978,37 +1934,36 @@ "<p><big><b>Lösenfras</b></big><br>\n" "Ange lösenfrasen om du vill låsa upp GPG-nyckeln." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Ange lösenfras" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Ange lösenfrasen om du vill låsa upp GPG-nyckeln %1:" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "Ange ett loggmeddelande som beskriver dina ändringar." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" "the field below.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Visa logg</big></b><br>\n" -"Använd <b>Logg</b> för att välja vilken logg du vill visa. Den kommer att " -"visas i\n" +"Använd <b>Logg</b> för att välja vilken logg du vill visa. Den kommer att visas i\n" "fältet nedan.</p>\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" @@ -2016,20 +1971,19 @@ "<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>\n" "Den här skärmen visar loggen.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" "and select the action to process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"För att utföra avancerade åtgärder eller för att spara loggen till en fil, " -"klicka <b>%1</b>\n" +"För att utföra avancerade åtgärder eller för att spara loggen till en fil, klicka <b>%1</b>\n" "och välj åtgärd att utföra.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -2039,70 +1993,69 @@ "För att utföra avancerade åtgärder, klicka <b>%1</b>\n" "och välj åtgärd att utföra.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" "to which to save the log.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"För att spara loggen till en fil, klicka på <b>Spara logg</b> och välj till " -"vilken fil\n" +"För att spara loggen till en fil, klicka på <b>Spara logg</b> och välj till vilken fil\n" "loggen ska sparas.</p>\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "A&vancerat" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Logg" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Logg" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "&Spara logg" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Spara logg som..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Fel uppstod när loggen skulle läsas." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Okänd zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2110,46 +2063,46 @@ "Gränssnittet \"%1\" är inte tilldelat till någon brandväggszon.\n" "Kör YaST2 Firewall och tilldela det.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Extern zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Intern zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Demilitariserad zon" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2163,220 +2116,219 @@ "Du rekommenderas att lämna inställningen och reparera den manuellt\n" "i filen \"/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Initierar brandväggsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Identifiera nätverksenheter" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Läs aktuella inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Kontrollera tjänster i möjlig konflikt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Identifierar nätverksenheter..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Läser aktuella inställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Kontrollerar tjänster i möjlig konflikt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Skriver brandväggsinställning" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Justera brandväggstjänst" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Justerar brandväggstjänst..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Misslyckades med att skriva inställningar" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Okänt protokoll (%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "Tjänsten med namnet %{service_name} finns inte" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Tjänst: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "Blockeringszon" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "Nedsläppszon" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "Hemzon" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "Offentlig zon" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "Tillförlitlig zon" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "Arbetstelefon" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "Tjänsten %{service_name}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Okänd tjänst %1" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "Brandväggen kan inte justeras under första fasens installation." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "Brandväggspaketet är inte installerat." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Brandvägg är inaktiverad" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "Brandväggsport är stängd" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "Brandväggsport är öppen på alla gränssnitt" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "Brandväggsport är öppen på valt gränssnitt" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Inget nätverksgränssnitt är inställt" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "Gränssnittet är inte tilldelat till någon zon" -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Nätverksgränssnitt med öppen port i brandvägg" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Dessa nätverksgränssnitt tilldelade till ett internt nätverk kan inte " -"avmarkeras:\n" +"Dessa nätverksgränssnitt tilldelade till ett internt nätverk kan inte avmarkeras:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2388,8 +2340,8 @@ "\n" "Fortsätta?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2403,10 +2355,10 @@ "\n" "Fortsätta?" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2420,23 +2372,23 @@ "\n" "Fortsätta?" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Nätverksgränssn&itt med öppen port i brandvägg" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Markera &alla" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Välj i&ngen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2444,8 +2396,8 @@ "Fel vid kontroll av tjänstens status:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2453,23 +2405,22 @@ "Fel vid inställning av tjänstens status:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.<br>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Brandväggsinställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"För att öppna brandväggen för att tillåta åtkomst till tjänsten från " -"fjärrdatorer,\n" +"För att öppna brandväggen för att tillåta åtkomst till tjänsten från fjärrdatorer,\n" "markera <b>%1</b>.<br>" -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2477,8 +2428,8 @@ "För att välja på vilka gränssnitt porten ska öppnas,\n" "klicka på <b>%2</b>.<br>" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2486,467 +2437,467 @@ "Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om\n" "brandväggen är aktiverad.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Öppna port i brandvägg" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Brandväggsdetaljer" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Öppna &port i brandvägg" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Information om &brandvägg..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Brandväggsinställningar för %{firewall}" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Brandväggen är öppen" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "okänd" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Ytterligare adresser" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-anslutning" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-nätverk" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel to channel-gränssnitt (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-anslutning" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Testmodul" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Testnätverksenhet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enteprise system connector (ESCON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "HiperSockets-gränssnitt (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-anslutning" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infraröd nätverksenhet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infraröd enhet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback-enhet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallell linje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Anslutning via parallell linje" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express- eller QDIO-enhet (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4-inkapslingsenhet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Seriell linje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Anslutning via seriell linje" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-nätverksenhet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-nätverksenhet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Trådlöst" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlöst nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-nätverk" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuellt LAN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Brygga" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Nätverksbrygga" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Nätverkstunnel" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Nätverks-TAP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-enhet" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Okänd enhet" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adress" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Ingen IP-adress har tilldelats" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Enhetstyp" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Enhets-ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Ansluten" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Söker datorer i nätverket..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servrar" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Fjä&rrdatorer" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Exporterade kataloger" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2958,10 +2909,10 @@ "\n" "Verkligen fortsätta?" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2971,7 +2922,7 @@ "Starta om installationen och konfigurera nätverk i Linuxrc\n" "eller fortsätt utan nätverk." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2983,8 +2934,8 @@ "och starta den här modulen igen\n" "eller fortsätt utan nätverk." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -2994,161 +2945,125 @@ "Ett portnummer kan vara ett nummer från 0 till 65535.\n" "Inga mellanslag är tillåtna.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Ny nätverksenhet \"%1\" hittad; tillagd som ett internt brandväggsgränssnitt" +msgstr "Ny nätverksenhet \"%1\" hittad; tillagd som ett internt brandväggsgränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Ny nätverksenhet \"%1\" hittad; tillagd som ett externt brandväggsgränssnitt" +msgstr "Ny nätverksenhet \"%1\" hittad; tillagd som ett externt brandväggsgränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "SuSEfirewall2-paketet har inte installerats, brandväggen inaktiveras." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Brandväggen är aktiverad (inaktivera</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "Brandväggen är aktiverad (inaktivera</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Brandväggen är inaktiverad (aktivera</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "Brandväggen är inaktiverad (aktivera</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH-porten är öppen (stäng</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-porten är öppen (stäng</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH-porten är stängd (öppna</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-porten är stängd (öppna</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH-porten är öppen (stäng), men\n" +"SSH-porten är öppen (stäng</a>), men\n" " inga nätverksgränssnitt är konfigurerade" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Du installerar ett system över SSH, men du har inte öppnat SSH-porten i " -"brandväggen." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Du installerar ett system över SSH, men du har inte öppnat SSH-porten i brandväggen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Portar för fjärradministration (VNC) är öppna (stäng</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" +msgstr "Portar för fjärradministration (VNC) är öppna (stäng</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Portar för fjärradministration (VNC) är stängda (öppna</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "Portar för fjärradministration (VNC) är stängda (öppna</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Du installerar ett system genom fjärradministration (VNC), men du har inte " -"öppnat VNC-portar i brandväggen." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Du installerar ett system genom fjärradministration (VNC), men du har inte öppnat VNC-portar i brandväggen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI-målportar är öppna" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI-målportar är blockerade" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Du installerar ett system med hjälp av iSCSI-mål, men har inte öppnat de " -"portar som behövs i brandväggen." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Du installerar ett system med hjälp av iSCSI-mål, men har inte öppnat de portar som behövs i brandväggen." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Dessa paket måste installeras:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Dessa paket måste tas bort:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Avinstallera" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Söker efter filkonflikter..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>Söker efter filkonflikter.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3158,8 +3073,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3167,69 +3082,68 @@ msgstr "" "Filkonflikter uppstår när två paket försöker installera\n" "filer med samma namn men olika innehåll. Om du fortsätter\n" -"kommer filer i konflikt att ersättas, vilket innebär att det föregående " -"innehållet går förlorat." +"kommer filer i konflikt att ersättas, vilket innebär att det föregående innehållet går förlorat." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "En filkonflikt hittades" msgstr[1] "Filkonflikt upptäcktes" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "Meddelandet kommer att vara tillgängligt på %s" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paketet %1 hämtas (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Paketet hämtas" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paketet %1 är skadat, integritetskontrollen misslyckades." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Vill du försöka installera paket igen?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Vill du avbryta installationen?" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fel: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3237,86 +3151,80 @@ "Om ett hämtningsfel ignoreras kan systemet skadas.\n" "Verifiera systemet senare genom att köra modulen för programvaruhantering.\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Avinstallerar paketet %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installerar paketet %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Avinstallerar paketet" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installerar paketet" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort paketet %1." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet %1." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Om du ignorerar ett paketfel kan detta leda till skador i systemet.\n" "Kontrollera att systemet fungerar genom att köra programhanteringsmodulen." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Arkivet på den specificerade webbadressen tillhandahåller nu ett annat " -"media-ID.\n" -"Om webbadressen är korrekt betyder detta att arkivinnehållet har ändrats. Om " -"du vill\n" -"fortsätta använda det här arkivet ska du starta <b>Installationsarkiv</b> " -"i \n" +"<p>Arkivet på den specificerade webbadressen tillhandahåller nu ett annat media-ID.\n" +"Om webbadressen är korrekt betyder detta att arkivinnehållet har ändrats. Om du vill\n" +"fortsätta använda det här arkivet ska du starta <b>Installationsarkiv</b> i \n" "YaST:s inställningscental och uppdatera arkivet.</p>\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Sida A" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Sida B" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (disk %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (medium %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3324,8 +3232,8 @@ "Lägg i\n" "%1" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3337,8 +3245,8 @@ "%2.\n" "Kontrollera om katalogen är åtkomlig." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3350,178 +3258,178 @@ "%2.\n" "Kontrollera om servern är åtkomlig." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Hoppa över automatisk uppdatering" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Mata ut" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Mata &ut cd:n eller dvd:n automatiskt" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Vill du försöka installera igen?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Vill du hoppa över media?" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ogiltigt medium ignoreras..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Webbadress" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Arkivet %1 skapas" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade när lagringsplatsen skapades." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta beskrivningen av fjärrarkiv." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när nya metadata skulle hämtas." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Arkivet är ogiltigt." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Arkivmetadata är ogiltiga." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Vill du försöka igen?" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Arkivet %1 identifieras" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när arkivet skulle identifieras." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detaljer för arkividentifiering." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Arkivmetadata är ogiltiga." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Arkiv %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketet %1 (%2) hämtas..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketet hämtas" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketet %1 verkställs..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketet verkställs" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skriptet %1 startas (programfix %2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Skript körs" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Programfix:" -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript:" -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Utmatning från skriptet" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3529,8 +3437,8 @@ "Programfix: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3544,37 +3452,37 @@ "Obs! Om uppdateringen inte slutförs kan\n" "en del paket saknas eller vara inaktuella." -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Hoppa över uppdatering" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Hämtar" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Hämtar: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Paketdatabasen kontrolleras" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Paketdatabasen byggs om. Detta kan ta en stund." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3582,17 +3490,17 @@ "Det gick inte att bygga om paketdatabasen:\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Paketdatabasen konverteras. Denna process kan ta en stund." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3600,44 +3508,44 @@ "Det gick inte att konvertera paketdatabasen:\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Läser RPM-databasen..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Installerade paket läses" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Söker av RPM-databasen..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att initiera målet." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-databasläsning" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Användarautentisering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3647,26 +3555,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Anv&ändarnamn" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Visa &detaljer" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Storlek:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Återstående tid till automatiskt nytt försök: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3674,7 +3582,7 @@ "PackageKit körs fortfarande (förmodligen upptaget).\n" "Vill du försöka stänga PackageKit igen?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3688,17 +3596,17 @@ "\n" "Vill du försöka stänga PackageKit?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att komma åt progamvaruhanteringen" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3706,8 +3614,8 @@ "Vill du fortsätta utan åtkomst\n" "till programvaruhanteringen eller försöka komma åt den igen?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3717,20 +3625,20 @@ "fortsätta utan åtkomst till programvaruhanteraren,\n" "eller avbryta?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Vill du avbryta eller försöka igen?\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Accepterar du licensavtalet?" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3738,13 +3646,13 @@ "Det finns olösta beroenden som behöver\n" "åtgärdas manuellt i programvaruhanteraren." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installation av paket som krävs missyckades." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3754,13 +3662,13 @@ "utan att dessa paket installeras,\n" "kanske inte YaST fungerar korrekt.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Kan inte fortsätta om inte paketen som krävs installeras." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3768,63 +3676,56 @@ "Om du fortsätter utan att begärda paket installeras,\n" "kanske inte YaST fungerar korrekt.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Bekräfta paketlicens: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Jag accepterar" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "Jag &accepterar inte" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Bekräfta licens</big></b><br>\n" -"Paketet i dialogrutans rubrik kräver ett uttryckligt godkännande av dess " -"licens.\n" +"Paketet i dialogrutans rubrik kräver ett uttryckligt godkännande av dess licens.\n" "Om du inte accepterar licensen installeras inte paketet.\n" "<br>\n" "Om du vill acceptera paketets licens klickar du på <b>Jag accepterar</b>.\n" "Om du inte accepterar licensen klickar du på <b>Jag accepterar inte</b>.</p>" -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t Med den här dialogrutan kan du definiera det aktuella systemets " -"uppgifter och vilken mjukvara som ska installeras.\n" -"\t\t Tillgängliga uppgifter och programvara för det här systemet visas i " -"kategorier\n" +"\t\t Med den här dialogrutan kan du definiera det aktuella systemets uppgifter och vilken mjukvara som ska installeras.\n" +"\t\t Tillgängliga uppgifter och programvara för det här systemet visas i kategorier\n" "\t\t i den vänstra kolumnen.\n" -"\t\t Markera ett objekt i listan om du vill visa en beskrivning för " -"objektet.\n" +"\t\t Markera ett objekt i listan om du vill visa en beskrivning för objektet.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3838,7 +3739,7 @@ "\t\t Med kontextmenyn kan du också ändra status på alla objekt.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3850,11 +3751,10 @@ "\t\t där du kan visa och välja individuella programvarupaket.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3869,130 +3769,126 @@ "\t\t Systemet behöver tillgängligt diskutrymme för att fungera korrekt.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Programval och systemaktiviteter" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(mer)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installationen slutfördes" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Paketinstallationen misslyckades" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Felmeddelande: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Misslyckade paket: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Installerade paket: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Uppdaterade paket: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Borttagna paket: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Ej installerade paket: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Tidsåtgång: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Total installerad storlek: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Total hämtad storlek: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistik" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installationslogg" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Efter paketinstallation" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Visa den här rapporten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Slutför" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Fortsätt i programvaruhanteraren" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Installationsrapport</B></BIG><BR>Här är en sammanfattning av " -"installerade eller borttagna paket.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installationsrapport</B></BIG><BR>Här är en sammanfattning av installerade eller borttagna paket.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Installationsrapport" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Installerade paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Uppdaterade paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Borttagna paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Återstående paket" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4006,10 +3902,10 @@ "\n" "i YaST-sysconfig-redigeraren." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4027,10 +3923,10 @@ "\n" "Vill du installera paketet ändå?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4048,17 +3944,17 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Ej signerat paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Ej signerad fil" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4068,90 +3964,86 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "Ingen kontrollsumma för paketet %1 hittades i lagringsplatsen.\n" -"Även om paketet ingår i den signerade lagringsplatsen finns det inte i med " -"i \n" -"lagringsplatsens lista över kontrollsummor. Om du installerar paketet " -"riskeras \n" +"Även om paketet ingår i den signerade lagringsplatsen finns det inte i med i \n" +"lagringsplatsens lista över kontrollsummor. Om du installerar paketet riskeras \n" "systemets integritet.\n" "\n" "Vill du installera det ändå?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Ingen kontrollsumma för filen %1 hittades i lagringsplatsen.\n" "Det innebär att filen ingår i den signerade lagringsplatsen,\n" -"men den nämns inte i listan över kontrollsummor i lagringsplatsen. Om du " -"använder filen\n" +"men den nämns inte i listan över kontrollsummor i lagringsplatsen. Om du använder filen\n" "riskeras systemets integritet.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta någon checksumma" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Fingeravtryck: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Namn: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Skapad: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Upphör att gälla: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Namn:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingeravtryck: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Skapat:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Upphör:" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4165,18 +4057,16 @@ msgstr "" "Paketet %1 från lagringsplatsen %2\n" "%3\n" -"är signerat med följande GnuPG-nyckel, men integritetskontrollen " -"misslyckades: %4\n" +"är signerat med följande GnuPG-nyckel, men integritetskontrollen misslyckades: %4\n" "\n" "Paketet har ändrats, antingen av misstag eller av en inkräktare,\n" -"sedan det signerades av lagringsplatsens skapare. Att installera det medför " -"en stor risk\n" +"sedan det signerades av lagringsplatsens skapare. Att installera det medför en stor risk\n" "för systemets integritet och säkerhet.\n" "\n" "Vill du installera det ändå?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4190,23 +4080,21 @@ msgstr "" "Filen %1 från lagringsplatsen %2\n" "%3\n" -"är signerat med följande GnuPG-nyckel, men integritetskontrollen " -"misslyckades: %4\n" +"är signerat med följande GnuPG-nyckel, men integritetskontrollen misslyckades: %4\n" "\n" "Filen har ändrats, antingen av misstag eller av en inkräktare,\n" -"sedan den signerades av lagringsplatsens skapare. Att använda den medför en " -"stor risk\n" +"sedan den signerades av lagringsplatsens skapare. Att använda den medför en stor risk\n" "för systemets integritet och säkerhet.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Valideringskontrollen misslyckades" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4226,8 +4114,8 @@ " \n" " Vill du installera det ändå?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4247,13 +4135,13 @@ " \n" " Vill du använda den ändå?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Okänd GnuPG-nyckel" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4275,8 +4163,8 @@ "innebära en säkerhetsrisk för systemet. Det är säkrast\n" "att hoppa över paketet.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4298,18 +4186,18 @@ "innebära en säkerhetsrisk för systemet. Det är säkrast\n" "att hoppa över den.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Signerad med opålitlig publik nyckel" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "Li&ta på nyckeln och importera den" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4323,21 +4211,19 @@ " att om du importerar nyckeln till din nyckelring med betrodda nycklar får\n" " nyckelns ägare en viss kontroll över programmen på datorn.</p>" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>En varningsruta visas för varje paket som\n" -"inte är signerat av en pålitlig (importerad) nyckel. Om du inte litar på " -"nyckeln kommer inte\n" +"inte är signerat av en pålitlig (importerad) nyckel. Om du inte litar på nyckeln kommer inte\n" "paketen eller lagringsplatserna skapade av nyckelns ägare att användas.</p>" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4347,8 +4233,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4360,24 +4246,24 @@ "Du bör vara säker på att du kan lita på ägaren och att\n" "nyckeln verkligen tillhör denne innan du importerar den." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "VARNING: Nyckeln har gått ut!" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importera opålitlig GnuPG-nyckel" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Lita på" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4394,27 +4280,25 @@ "men den aktuella kontrollsumman är %3.\n" "\n" "Filen har ändrats av misstag eller av en inkräktare\n" -" efter det att den som skapade lagringsplatsen signerade den. Att använda " -"filen\n" +" efter det att den som skapade lagringsplatsen signerade den. Att använda filen\n" " innebär en avsevärd säkerhetsrisk för systemet.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Fel sammandrag" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4423,99 +4307,90 @@ "men den förväntade kontrollsumman är inte känd.\n" "\n" "Detta betyder att ursprunget och integriteten hos\n" -"filen inte kan verifieras. Att använda filen kan riskera integriteten i " -"systemet.\n" +"filen inte kan verifieras. Att använda filen kan riskera integriteten i systemet.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Okänt sammandrag" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installerar..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Återstår" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tid" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Utförda åtgärder:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Paket installeras.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " -"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Avbryta installationer</B> Paketinstallationer kan avbrytas med " -"knappen <B>Avbryt</B>. Dock kan systemet då hamna i ett inkonsekvent eller " -"oanvändbart tillstånd eller inte gå att starta om den grundläggande " -"systemkomponenten inte installeras.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Avbryta installationer</B> Paketinstallationer kan avbrytas med knappen <B>Avbryt</B>. Dock kan systemet då hamna i ett inkonsekvent eller oanvändbart tillstånd eller inte gå att starta om den grundläggande systemkomponenten inte installeras.</P>" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s Versionsinformation" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Bilds&pel" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Utför uppgradering" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Utför installation" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Paketinstallation" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4523,606 +4398,606 @@ "Vill du avbryta\n" "installationen?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Avbruten" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Filen finns inte." -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Systemlogg (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "Oklassificerad enhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "VGA-kompatibla oklassificerade enheter" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för masslagringsenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "SCSI-hårddiskstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "IDE-gränssnitt" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "Diskettstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för IPI-buss" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för RAID-buss" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "Okänd styrenhet för masslagringsenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "Nätverksstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "Ethernet-nätverksstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "Token ring-nätverksstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "FDDI-nätverksstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "ATM-nätverksstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "ISDN-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Myrinet-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "Bildskärmsstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "VGA-kompatibel styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "XGA-kompatibel styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "3D-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för multimedia" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för multimedia" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för multimedieljud" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "Enhet för datortelefoni" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "Minnesstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "RAM-minne" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "FLASH-minne" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "Värdbrygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "ISA-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "EISA-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "MicroChannel-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "PCI-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "PCMCIA-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "NuBus-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "CardBus-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "RACEway-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI-brygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "InfiniBand till PCI-värdbrygga" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "Kommunikationsstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "Seriell styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "Parallellstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "Seriell styrenhet för multiport" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "Generisk systemperiferi" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "DMA-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "Tidtagare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för PCI Hot plug" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "Systemkringutrustning" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "Inmatningsstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "Tangentbordsstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "Digitaliseringspenna" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "Musstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för bildläsare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för spelport" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "Dockningsstation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "Allmän dockningsstation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Processor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power-PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "Hjälpprocessor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "Seriell busstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "ACCESS-buss" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "USB-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "Fiberkanal" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "Trådlös styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "IRDA-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för mottagar-IR" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "RF-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "Intelligent styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I2O" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för satellitkommunikation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "Tv-styrenhet för satellit" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för satellitljudkommunikation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för satellitröstkommunikation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för satellitdatakommunikation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "Krypteringsstyrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "Enhet för nätverk och datorkryptering" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "Enhet för underhållningskryptering" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för signalbehandling" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "DPIO-modul" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "Prestandaräknare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "Kommunikationssynkroniserare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Skärm" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "CRT-skärm" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "LCD-skärm" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "Internt använd klass" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "ISA PNP-gränssnitt" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "Primärminne" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "Processor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "Win-modem" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "ISDN-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "PS/2-styrenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Mus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "PS/2-mus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "Seriell mus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "Bussmus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "USB-mus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "Masslagringsenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Band" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "Cd-rom" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "Diskett" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "Lagringsenhet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "Nätverksgränssnitt" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tangentbord" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "Konsoler" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Skrivare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "Hubb" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "USB-hubb" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "Braille-display" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Bildläsare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Styrspak" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "Spelplatta" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "Chipcard-läsare" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Kamera" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "Webbkamera" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "Digitalkamera" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Rambuffert" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "VESA-rambuffert" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "DVB-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "DVB-C-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "DVB-S-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "DVB-T-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "Tv-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "DSL-kort" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth-enhet" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5132,8 +5007,8 @@ "Avslutskod: %{exitcode}\n" " Felaktig utgång: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5141,8 +5016,8 @@ "Filerna %1 har ändrats manuellt.\n" "En del ändringar kan gå förlorade" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5150,13 +5025,13 @@ "Filen %1 har redan ändrats manuellt.\n" "YaST kan förlora några av ändringarna.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "_Visa inte det här meddelandet igen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5170,13 +5045,13 @@ "Filerna %s har skapats manuellt.\n" "YaST kan förlora filerna." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när initrd skulle skapas." -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5184,25 +5059,25 @@ "Starta om systemet\n" "för att aktivera den nya kärnan.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Bekräfta aktivering av drivrutin" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2 identifierade följande enhet" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "&Drivrutin/modul som ska laddas" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5210,21 +5085,19 @@ "En giltig Mac-adress består av sex par av hexadecimala\n" "siffror som är åtskilda med kolon." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" "Ett giltigt domännamn består av komponenter åtskilda med punkter.\n" -"Varje komponent består av bokstäver, siffror och bindestreck. Ett " -"bindestreck\n" -"kan inte inleda eller avsluta en komponent och den sista komponenten kan " -"inte börja med en siffra." +"Varje komponent består av bokstäver, siffror och bindestreck. Ett bindestreck\n" +"kan inte inleda eller avsluta en komponent och den sista komponenten kan inte börja med en siffra." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5232,8 +5105,8 @@ "Ett giltigt värddatornamn består av bokstäver, siffror och bindestreck.\n" "Ett värddatornamn kan inte börja eller sluta med ett bindestreck.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5241,8 +5114,8 @@ "En giltig IPv4-adress består av fyra heltal\n" "i intervallet 0-255 separerade med punkter." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5252,8 +5125,8 @@ "hexadecimala siffror mellan 0 och FFFF avgränsade med kolon.\n" "Den kan innehålla ett dubbelkolon." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5269,76 +5142,75 @@ "Exempel:\n" "IP-nummer: 192.168.0.1 eller 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Nätmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 eller 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Nätmaskbitar: 192.168.0.0/24 eller 192.168.0.1/32 eller 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/Nätmaskbitar: 192.168.0.0/24 eller 192.168.0.1/32 eller 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (i genomsnitt %2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Bekräfta hårdvaruidentifiering" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST kommer att identifiera följande maskinvara:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5350,36 +5222,36 @@ "Vissa inställningar kommer inte att kunna läsas\n" "och du kommer inte att kunna spara ändringar.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Root-behörigheter krävs" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Ta bort vald post?" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "Verkligen ta bort \"%1\"?" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Verkställ" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5387,631 +5259,631 @@ "YaST\n" "Initierar...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "Modul" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "Förenade Arabemiraten" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albanien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Österrike" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "Bosnien och Hercegovina" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgarien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "Bahrain" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "Bangladesh" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "Bolivia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "Brasilien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "Botswana" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Vitryssland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Kanada" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "Kina" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "Tjeckien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Tyskland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Danmark" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "Dominikanska republiken" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "Algeriet" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "Ecuador" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "Egypten" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "Katalonien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Färöarna" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrike" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "Storbritannien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "Georgien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "Grönland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Grekland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "Honduras" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Kroatien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Ungern" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonesien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Irland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israel" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "Indien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "Irak" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Island" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "Jordanien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japan" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Kuwait" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "Libanon" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Litauen" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "Luxemburg" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Lettland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "Libyska Arab Jamahiriya" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "Marocko" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Makedonien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexiko" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "Malaysia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "Nicaragua" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Nederländerna" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Norge" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Nya Zeeland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "Oman" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panama" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Peru" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "Filippinerna" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "Pakistan" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polen" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "Paraguay" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Qatar" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Rumänien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Ryssland" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "Saudiarabien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "Sudan" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Sverige" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapore" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Slovenien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Slovakien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "Syriska arabrepubliken" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "Thailand" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "Tadzjikistan" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "Tunisien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Turkiet" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "Ukraina" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "USA" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "Uzbekistan" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "Venezuela" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "Jemen" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "Jugoslavien" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "Sydafrika" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "Zimbabwe" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "Taiwan" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 är inte en giltig IPv4-adress." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "Zonnamnet måste definieras." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "DNS-zonen %1 finns inte." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "DNS-zonen %1 har inte typen huvudserver." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "Zontypen måste definieras." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "Det finns inte stöd för zontypen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "ACL-namnet måste definieras." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "Det finns ingen ACL med namnet %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "Värddatornamnet måste definieras." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "Datornamnet måste ha formatet fullständigt kvalificerat domännamn." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "Det fullständiga kvalificerade datornamnet måste sluta med punkt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Värddatornamnet är ogiltigt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "Prioriteten för e-postutbyte måste anges." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -6019,9 +5891,9 @@ "Prioriteten för e-postutbyte är inte giltig.\n" "Prioriteten måste vara ett tal mellan 0 och 65535.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -6035,16 +5907,15 @@ "med zonnamnet följt av en punkt, till exempel,\n" "dhcp1 eller dhcp1.example.org. för zonen example.org.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Den omvända IPv4-adressen %1 är ogiltig.\n" "\n" @@ -6052,9 +5923,9 @@ "avgränsade med en punkt, följt av strängen .in-addr.arpa.\n" "Exempel: 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. för IPv4-adressen 192.168.32.1.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -6064,8 +5935,8 @@ "Använd ett fullständigt värdnamn som slutar med en punkt,\n" "till exempel värd.exempel.org.\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -6073,10 +5944,10 @@ "MX-posten är ogiltig.\n" "Använd formatet prioritet servernamn.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -6084,10 +5955,10 @@ "SOA-posten är ogiltig.\n" "%1 måste ha ett värde mellan %2 och %3 sekunder.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -6101,9 +5972,9 @@ "suffixen W, D, H, M och S. Tid i sekunder tillåts utan suffixet.\n" "Ange värden som 12H15m, 86400 eller 1W30M.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -6111,13 +5982,13 @@ "SOA-posten är ogiltig.\n" "%1 måste vara ett tal mellan %2 och %3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "Filnamnet måste definieras vid loggning till fil." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6131,18 +6002,18 @@ "\n" "Möjliga suffix är k, K, m, M, g och G.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "Antalet filversioner måste vara ett tal." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6150,25 +6021,25 @@ "Endast slavzonerna har en definierad huvudserver.\n" "Zonen %1 är av typen %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "Zonnamnet %1 finns redan." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "Alternativet masterserver måste användas för slavzoner." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "IP-värddatornamnet får inte vara tomt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,91 +14,81 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Inställningsmodul för starthanterare" -#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration -#. focus proposing new one -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration +#. focus proposing new one +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 msgid "Broken Configuration" msgstr "Bruten konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 -msgid "" -"YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new " -"configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"YaST kan inte bearbeta den aktuella konfigurationen av bootloadern (%s). " -"Vill du föreslå en helt ny konfiguration?" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +msgid "YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "YaST kan inte bearbeta den aktuella konfigurationen av bootloadern (%s). Vill du föreslå en helt ny konfiguration?" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 msgid "Propose" msgstr "Föreslå" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Avsluta" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Startpartitionen är av NFS-typ. Det går inte att installera starthanteraren." +msgstr "Startpartitionen är av NFS-typ. Det går inte att installera starthanteraren." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Starthanterarinställningar" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Enhetsmappningen måste innehålla minst en enhet" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Inställningar för diskordning" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "D&iskar" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "En&het" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" -"Partitionen %s som valts till starthanterare är inte längre tillgänglig." +msgstr "Partitionen %s som valts till starthanterare är inte längre tillgänglig." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error -#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 " -"bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" -msgstr "" -"Ett fel uppstod när konfigurationsfilerna för bootloadern lästes in. Ågärda " -"problemet genom att använda bootloadern YaST2. Mer information: %s" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error +#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 +msgid "Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" +msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när konfigurationsfilerna för bootloadern lästes in. Ågärda problemet genom att använda bootloadern YaST2. Mer information: %s" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "Sparar inställningar för starthanterare..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -110,38 +100,38 @@ "Mer information finns i relaterat kapitel \n" "i dokumentationen. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Systemet kommer nu att startas om..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Starthanterare" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 för EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "Ej hanterad" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -155,252 +145,205 @@ "\n" "Fortsätta?\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Typ av starthanterare</b><br>\n" -"Om du vill ange huruvida en starthanterare ska installeras, och i så fall " -"vilken,\n" +"Om du vill ange huruvida en starthanterare ska installeras, och i så fall vilken,\n" "använder du <b>Starthanterare</b>.</p>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Typ av starthanterare: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "Aktivera tillförlitlig start: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "no" msgstr "nej" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Plats för status: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Ordning för hårddiskar: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (utökad)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installera startkoden i MBR (installera inte)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installera startkoden i MBR (installera inte</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installera inte startkoden i MBR (installera</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "Installera inte startkoden i MBR (installera</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installera startkoden i /boot-partitionen (installera inte</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installera startkoden i /boot-partitionen (installera inte</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installera inte startkoden i /boot-partitionen (installera</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Installera inte startkoden i /boot-partitionen (installera</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installera startkoden i \"/\"-partitionen (installera inte</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installera startkoden i \"/\"-partitionen (installera inte</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installera inte startkoden i partitionen \"/\" (installera</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Installera inte startkoden i partitionen \"/\" (installera</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Varning! Ingen plats för starthanterare stage1 vald. Välj platsen ovan om du " -"inte vet vad du gör." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Varning! Ingen plats för starthanterare stage1 vald. Välj platsen ovan om du inte vet vad du gör." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Ändra plats: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Timeout i sekunder" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tidsgräns i sekunder</b><br>\n" -"Anger hur länge starthanteraren gör uppehåll innan standardkärnan läses in.\n" +"Anger hur länge starthanteraren gör uppehåll innan standardkärnan läses in.</p>\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Ange &aktiv flagga i partitionstabell för startpartition" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ange aktiv flagga i partitionstabell för startpartition</b><br>\n" -"Om du vill aktivera partitionen som innehåller starthanteraren. Den " -"generiska MBR-koden startar\n" +"Om du vill aktivera partitionen som innehåller starthanteraren. Den generiska MBR-koden startar\n" "den aktiva partitionen. Äldre BIOS kräver en aktiv partition även om\n" "starthanteraren installerats i MBR.</p>" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Skriv &generisk startkod till MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Skriv generisk startkod till MBR</b> ersätter diskens Master Boot " -"Record med generisk kod (kod som är OS-oberoende och som\n" +"<p><b>Skriv generisk startkod till MBR</b> ersätter diskens Master Boot Record med generisk kod (kod som är OS-oberoende och som\n" "startar den aktiva partitionen).</p>" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Dölj meny vid start" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Om du väljer <b>Dölj menyn vid start</b> visas inte startmenyn.</p>" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Identif&iera främmande OS" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Identifiera främmande OS</b> med en OS-identifierare för flervalsstart " -"med en främmande distribution </p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Identifiera främmande OS</b> med en OS-identifierare för flervalsstart med en främmande distribution </p>" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Valfri kärnkommandoradsparameter" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alternativet <b>Valfri kärnkommandoradsparameter</b> låter dig ange " -"ytterligare parametrar som ska skickas till kärnan.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Alternativet <b>Valfri kärnkommandoradsparameter</b> låter dig ange ytterligare parametrar som ska skickas till kärnan.</p>" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "&MBR-skyddsflagga" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>MBR-skyddsflagga</b> är endast expertinställningar, som bara behövs på " -"ovanlig maskinvara. Mer information finns i MBR-skydd i GPT-diskar. Ändra " -"inget här om du är osäker.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>MBR-skyddsflagga</b> är endast expertinställningar, som bara behövs på ovanlig maskinvara. Mer information finns i MBR-skydd i GPT-diskar. Ändra inget här om du är osäker.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "set" msgstr "inställt" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 msgid "remove" msgstr "ta bort" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 msgid "do not change" msgstr "ändra inte" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Aktivera stöd för &säker start" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Markera för att aktivera UEFI-säker start\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Aktivera stöd för &tillförlitlig start" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -415,14 +358,13 @@ "<p>Detta innebär att startprocessens integritet mäts\n" "med hjälp av maskinvara (TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" "chip).</p>\n" -"<p>Börja med att kontrollera att Betrodd start är aktiverad i BIOS-" -"inställningarna\n" +"<p>Börja med att kontrollera att Betrodd start är aktiverad i BIOS-inställningarna\n" "(inställningen kan t.ex. heta något i stil med Security Chip).</p>\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -432,31 +374,31 @@ "Se till att TPM är aktiverad i BIOS.\n" "Annars går det inte att starta systemet." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Lös&enordsskydda starthanterare" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "Skydda endast änd&ring av poster" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Lösenord för GRUB2-användare \"rot\"" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "&Upprepa lösenord" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Lösenordet kan inte vara tomt." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -464,116 +406,82 @@ "Värdena i \"Lösenord\" och \"Bekräfta lösenord\"\n" "är inte lika. Ange lösenordet igen." -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to " -"kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell." -"<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype " -"Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is " -"distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 " -"users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lösenordsskydda bootloader</b><br>\n" -"När systemet startas krävs lösenordet för att modifiera eller starta en " -"post. Om alternativet <b>Skydda endast ändring av poster</b> är markerat, " -"kan du starta alla poster men måste ange lösenord för att kunna ändra dem " -"(precis som med GRUB 1). Som en bieffekt av detta alternativ läggs rd." -"shell=0 till i kärnparametrarna för att förhindra otillåten åtkomst till " -"initrd-skalet.<br>Lösenordet accepteras endast av YaST om du skriver det en " -"extra gång i rutan <b>Upprepa lösenord</b>. Lösenordet gäller GRUB2-" -"användarens ”rot”, vilken skiljer sig från Linux ”rot”. För tillfället kan " -"inte andra GRUB2-användare använda YaST. Om du behöver dem kan du använda " -"ett separat GRUB2-skript.</p>" +"När systemet startas krävs lösenordet för att modifiera eller starta en post. Om alternativet <b>Skydda endast ändring av poster</b> är markerat, kan du starta alla poster men måste ange lösenord för att kunna ändra dem (precis som med GRUB 1). Som en bieffekt av detta alternativ läggs rd.shell=0 till i kärnparametrarna för att förhindra otillåten åtkomst till initrd-skalet.<br>Lösenordet accepteras endast av YaST om du skriver det en extra gång i rutan <b>Upprepa lösenord</b>. Lösenordet gäller GRUB2-användarens ”rot”, vilken skiljer sig från Linux ”rot”. För tillfället kan inte andra GRUB2-användare använda YaST. Om du behöver dem kan du använda ett separat GRUB2-skript.</p>" -#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466 +#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466 msgid "" -"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display " -"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when " -"booting starts.</p>\n" -"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial " -"device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be " -"specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional " -"and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a " -"positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --" -"unit=0</tt>.</p>" +"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting starts.</p>\n" +"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>I en grafisk konsol går det att använda olika skärmupplösningar. Den " -"bästa upplösningen ställs in av alternativet <tt>auto</tt> vid uppstart.\n" -"<p>När en seriell konsol används skrivs startmeddelanden till en seriell " -"enhet, som till exempel <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Ange åtminstone alternativet <tt>--" -"enhet</tt> och hela syntaxen är <tt>%s</tt>. Andra delar är valfria, och om " -"ingenting anges används standardvalet. <tt>NUM</tt> i kommandon står för ett " -"positivt nummer, som till exempel 8. Exempelparametrar är <tt>seriell --" -"hastighet=38 400 --enhet=0</tt>.</p>" +"<p>I en grafisk konsol går det att använda olika skärmupplösningar. Den bästa upplösningen ställs in av alternativet <tt>auto</tt> vid uppstart.</p>\n" +"<p>När en seriell konsol används skrivs startmeddelanden till en seriell enhet, som till exempel <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Ange åtminstone alternativet <tt>--enhet</tt> och hela syntaxen är <tt>%s</tt>. Andra delar är valfria, och om ingenting anges används standardvalet. <tt>NUM</tt> i kommandon står för ett positivt nummer, som till exempel 8. Exempelparametrar är <tt>seriell --hastighet=38 400 --enhet=0</tt>.</p>" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments." -msgstr "" -"För att aktivera en seriell konsol måste du tillhandahålla motsvarande " -"argument." +msgstr "För att aktivera en seriell konsol måste du tillhandahålla motsvarande argument." -#. Translators: do not translate "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510 +#. Translators: do not translate "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510 msgid "" "To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n" "The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"För att aktivera den seriella konsolen måste du tillhandahålla motsvarande " -"argument.\n" +"För att aktivera den seriella konsolen måste du tillhandahålla motsvarande argument.\n" "Argumentet för \"enhet\" krävs, och hela syntaxen är:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Välj ny grafisk temafil" -#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", -#. to be substituted in a command like -#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" -#. so do not use punctuation -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567 +#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", +#. to be substituted in a command like +#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" +#. so do not use punctuation +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567 msgid "NUM" msgstr "NUM" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Använd &grafisk konsol" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Konsolupplösning" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsoltema" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Identifiera automatiskt med grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Använd &seriell konsol" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsolargument" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Förvald startsektion" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -585,48 +493,46 @@ "<p> Genom att klicka på <b>Använd som standard</b> anger du att den\n" "markerade sektionen ska användas som standard. Vid start visas en\n" "startmeny och starthanteraren väntar på att\n" -"användaren ska välja vilken kärna eller vilket operativsystem som ska " -"startas. Om\n" +"användaren ska välja vilken kärna eller vilket operativsystem som ska startas. Om\n" "användaren inte trycker på någon tangent inom tidsgränsen startas\n" -"standardkärnan eller standardoperativsystemet. Du kan ändra sektionernas " -"ordning på startmenyn med\n" +"standardkärnan eller standardoperativsystemet. Du kan ändra sektionernas ordning på startmenyn med\n" "hjälp av knapparna <b>Upp</b> och <b>Ned</b>.</p>\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Plats för starthanterare" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "Anpassad startenhet måste anges om den markeras" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Sta&rta från startpartition" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Start&a från rotpartitionen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Starta från &Master Boot Record" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Starta från &utökad partition" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "A&npassad startpartition" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "&Redigera diskstartsorder" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -640,75 +546,65 @@ "Om du vill lägga till en disk klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "Om du vill ta bort en disk klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Kärnparametrar" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Alternativ för startko&d" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Alternativ för start&hanterare" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Aktivera säker start: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren kan inte installeras korrekt på grund av partitioneringen." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Starthanteraren kan inte installeras korrekt på grund av partitioneringen." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "Installera inte någon starthanterare" -#. in installation always propose missing stuff -#. current below use proposed value if not already set -#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 +#. in installation always propose missing stuff +#. current below use proposed value if not already set +#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att identifiera en enhet som monterats som rot. Vänligen " -"kontrollera partitionering." +msgstr "Det går inte att identifiera en enhet som monterats som rot. Vänligen kontrollera partitionering." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Start" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Start" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Ingen starthanterare är vald för installation. Systemet kommer kanske inte " -"att gå att starta." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Ingen starthanterare är vald för installation. Systemet kommer kanske inte att gå att starta." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"På grund av partitioneringen kan inte starthanteraren installeras korrekt" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "På grund av partitioneringen kan inte starthanteraren installeras korrekt" -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Reading current configuration...</P>" @@ -716,14 +612,14 @@ "<P><BIG><B>Konfigurationssverktyg för starthanterare</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Läser aktuell konfiguration...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. -#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. +#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 msgid "Unknown udev device '%s'" msgstr "Okänd udev-enhet %s" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -731,136 +627,109 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Sparar inställningar för starthanterare</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Vänta...<BR></P>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Kombinationen av maskinvaruplattformen %1 och starthanteraren %2 stöds inte" +msgstr "Kombinationen av maskinvaruplattformen %1 och starthanteraren %2 stöds inte" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att starta från MBR tillsammans med btrfs-filsystem och GPT-" -"disketikett utan bios_grub-partition. Lös problemet genom att skapa en " -"bios_grub-partition eller använda något ext-filsystem som startpartion eller " -"installera inte stage 1 till MBR." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Det går inte att starta från MBR tillsammans med btrfs-filsystem och GPT-disketikett utan bios_grub-partition. Lös problemet genom att skapa en bios_grub-partition eller använda något ext-filsystem som startpartion eller installera inte stage 1 till MBR." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Startenhet finns på RAID-typ: %1. Systemet kommer inte att starta." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Startenheten ingår i programvaru-RAID1. Välj en annan plats för " -"starthanteraren, till exempel Master Boot Record" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Startenheten ingår i programvaru-RAID1. Välj en annan plats för starthanteraren, till exempel Master Boot Record" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Ext-partition saknas för start. Det går inte att installera startkoden." +msgstr "Ext-partition saknas för start. Det går inte att installera startkoden." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"Aktiveringsflaggan har inte angetts av installationsprogrammet. Om den inte " -"anges alls kan vissa BIOS vägra att starta." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "Aktiveringsflaggan har inte angetts av installationsprogrammet. Om den inte anges alls kan vissa BIOS vägra att starta." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"Installationsprogrammet kommer inte att ändra diskens MBR. Om den inte redan " -"innehåller startkod (boot-kod), kommer inte BIOS att kunna starta från " -"disken." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kommer inte att ändra diskens MBR. Om den inte redan innehåller startkod (boot-kod), kommer inte BIOS att kunna starta från disken." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Kontrollera starthanterare" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Läs partitionering" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Ladda inställningar för starthanterare" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Kontrollerar starthanterare..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Läser partitionering..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Laddar inställningar för starthanterare..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inställningsverktyg för starthanterare" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 msgid "Unsupported Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloadern går inte att använda" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 -msgid "" -"Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported " -"configuration instead?" -msgstr "" -"En bootloader som inte kan användas %s har upptäckts. Vill du använda ett " -"förslag på en konfiguration som kan användas istället?" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported configuration instead?" +msgstr "En bootloader som inte kan användas %s har upptäckts. Vill du använda ett förslag på en konfiguration som kan användas istället?" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Use" msgstr "Använd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Skapa initrd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "Spara starthanterarkonfiguration" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Skapar initrd..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "Sparar konfiguration för starthanterare..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningar för starthanterare" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,737 +14,674 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "Hantera certifieringsinstanser och certifikat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "Skapa certifieringsinstans för roten" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "Skapa ett certifikat från en certifieringsinstans" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "Skapa en lista med återkallade certifikat från en certifieringsinstans" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "Exportera en certifieringsinstans till en fil" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "Exportera ett certifikat till en fil" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "Exportera en lista med återkallade certifikat till en fil" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "E-postadress" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "Organisationsenhet" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Plats" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Land" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "Giltiga dagar" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "Nyckellängd" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Lösenord (Säkerhet: Det här bör anges av en miljövariabel)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Lösenord för certifieringsinstans (Säkerhet: Det här bör anges av en " -"miljövariabel)" +msgstr "Lösenord för certifieringsinstans (Säkerhet: Det här bör anges av en miljövariabel)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Lösenord för P12 (Säkerhet: Det här bör anges av en miljövariabel)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" -msgstr "" -"Sökväg till den exporterade certifieringsinstansen, certifikatet eller " -"listan med återkallade certifikat" +msgstr "Sökväg till den exporterade certifieringsinstansen, certifikatet eller listan med återkallade certifikat" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "CA-inställningar" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp genereras automatiskt i " -"YaST. Certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet\n" +"Certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp genereras automatiskt i YaST. Certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet\n" "används för att kommunicera med Apache-servern.\n" -"Här kan du ändra inställningarna för certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet " -"eller importera en certifieringsinstans och ett certifikat från en fil.\n" +"Här kan du ändra inställningarna för certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet eller importera en certifieringsinstans och ett certifikat från en fil.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Importera gemensam certifieringsinstans och certifikat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "Sökväg till &certifikat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "L&ösenord:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Bekräfta löse&nord" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Generera gemensam certifieringsinstans och certifikat" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "&CA-namn:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "&Gemensamt namn:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "E-post" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "&Land:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "O&rganisation:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "Or&ganisationsenhet:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "Pl&ats:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "Del&stat:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "Använd lokalt servernamn" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "&Servernamn:" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "Lösenordet måste vara längre än tre tecken." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "CA-namn krävs." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "Du måste ange ett gemensamt namn." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "Ogiltigt e-postformat." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "Servernamn krävs." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa certifikatet." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "Importera certifikat från fil" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernamn" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[lokalt servernamn]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "CA-namn" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Gemensamt namn" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[inte inställt]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-post" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisationsenhet" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[inställt]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Gemensamt servercertifikat genereras" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "Läs serverinformation" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "Skapa certifieringsinstans och servercertifikat av standardtyp" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "Skapar certifieringsinstans och servercertifikat av standardtyp..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa certifikat." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att utvärdera namnet för den lokala datorn. Ändra värden för " -"Servernamn och E-post." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Det går inte att utvärdera namnet för den lokala datorn. Ändra värden för Servernamn och E-post." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "CA-hantering" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "Inställningarna har redan skrivits." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort de gamla inställningarna?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att hämta root-lösenordet för systemet. Ange ett lösenord för " -"certifieringsinstansen om du vill fortsätta." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Det går inte att hämta root-lösenordet för systemet. Ange ett lösenord för certifieringsinstansen om du vill fortsätta." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Lösenordet är för kort för att användas för certifikaten. \n" -"Ange ett giltigt lösenord för certifikaten eller inaktivera " -"certifikatgenerering.\n" +"Ange ett giltigt lösenord för certifikaten eller inaktivera certifikatgenerering.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "Nuvarande standard-CA och certifikat." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "Certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp skapas." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "Om du har högre säkerhetskrav bör du ändra lösenordet." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[manuell inställning]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[root-lösenord]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA-namn: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Gemensamt namn:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "Servernamn: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "Land:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "Lösenord:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "E-post:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "Alternativa namn:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Rotlösenordet är för kort för att användas som lösenordet för certifikaten.\n" -" Ange ett giltigt lösenord för certifikaten eller inaktivera " -"certifikatgenerering.\n" +" Ange ett giltigt lösenord för certifikaten eller inaktivera certifikatgenerering.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "Certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet skapas inte." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "Certifieringsinstans och certifikat importeras från fil" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Är standardvärddatornamnet <b>linux</b> unikt? Certifikatet är bara " -"giltigt om värddatornamnet är korrekt.</p>" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Är standardvärddatornamnet <b>linux</b> unikt? Certifikatet är bara giltigt om värddatornamnet är korrekt.</p>" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "&CA-hantering" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "Hanterar certifieringsinstans och certifikat" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Val" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "Skapa &certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "Redigera förvalda in&ställningar" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "Skapa &inte certifieringsinstans och certifikat" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "Importera certifieringsinstans och certifikat från d&isk" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -"<b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"I den här ramen väljer du installationsmetod för <b>certifieringsinstanser och <b>certifikat</b>\n" +"I den här ramen väljer du installationsmetod för <b>certifieringsinstanser</b> och <b>certifikat</b>\n" "när du slutför installationen.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Du kan även skapa certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp i det " -"installerade systemet \n" +"Du kan även skapa certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp i det installerade systemet \n" "om du inte vill skapa eller importera dem nu.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "&Namn:" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "kritiskt" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "Inget objekt har valts." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort den här posten?" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp</b> genereras " -"automatiskt i YaST. Certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet\n" +"<b>Certifieringsinstans och certifikat av standardtyp</b> genereras automatiskt i YaST. Certifieringsinstansen och certifikatet\n" "används för att kommunicera med <b>Apache-servern</b>.\n" "Här ändrar du <b>standardinställningarna</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "R&edigera slternativa namn" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "Redigera förvalda inställningar" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Allmänt servercertifikat" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ett servercertifikat används av tjänster som tillhandahåller SSL/TLS-" -"krypterade nätverksanslutningar.</p>" +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ett servercertifikat används av tjänster som tillhandahåller SSL/TLS-krypterade nätverksanslutningar.</p>" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"<p>Syftet med ett <b>gemensamt servercertifikat</b> är att ge tillgång till " -"ett certifikat för flera tjänster som körs på värddatorn. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "<p>Syftet med ett <b>gemensamt servercertifikat</b> är att ge tillgång till ett certifikat för flera tjänster som körs på värddatorn. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "" -"I vissa YaST-moduler kan det här certifikatet användas under konfigurationen " -"av en sådan tjänst.</p>" +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "I vissa YaST-moduler kan det här certifikatet användas under konfigurationen av en sådan tjänst.</p>" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med knappen <b>Importera/ersätt</b> kan du lägga till ett nytt " -"servercertifikat eller ersätta det befintliga.</p>" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med knappen <b>Importera/ersätt</b> kan du lägga till ett nytt servercertifikat eller ersätta det befintliga.</p>" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan ta bort ett certifikat genom att klicka på knappen <b>Ta bort</b>. " -"Kontrollera dock att det inte längre används av andra tjänster.</p>" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan ta bort ett certifikat genom att klicka på knappen <b>Ta bort</b>. Kontrollera dock att det inte längre används av andra tjänster.</p>" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " -"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Certifikat kan skrivas till en fil med alternativet <b>Exportera till " -"fil</b> i avsnittet <b>Certifikat</b> i modulen <b>CA-hantering</b>.</p>" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Certifikat kan skrivas till en fil med alternativet <b>Exportera till fil</b> i avsnittet <b>Certifikat</b> i modulen <b>CA-hantering</b>.</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Certifikaten som ska importeras från disk måste ha skrivits i <b>PKCS12-" -"format med kedjan för certifieringsinstansen</b>.</p>" +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Certifikaten som ska importeras från disk måste ha skrivits i <b>PKCS12-format med kedjan för certifieringsinstansen</b>.</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mer information finns i handboken.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -752,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>Allmänt servercertifikat hittades inte.\n" "Du kan importera ett certifikat från disk</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Ta bo&rt" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Importera/ersätt" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Certifikatet har inte gått ut än.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -787,34 +724,29 @@ "Kontrollera att ingen tjänst använder det här certifikatet längre.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort certifikatet?" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här visas de viktigaste värdena i certifieringsinstansen.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Särskild information om den aktuella certifieringsinstansen finns i " -"avsnitten om <b>certifikat</b>, <b>listan med återkallade certifikat</b> och " -"<b>avancerat</b>.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Särskild information om den aktuella certifieringsinstansen finns i avsnitten om <b>certifikat</b>, <b>listan med återkallade certifikat</b> och <b>avancerat</b>.</p>" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Beskrivning för %1: </b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -822,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "CA finns inte" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Utfärdat för:</b></p>" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -836,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "Gemensamt namn: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -846,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "Organisation: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -856,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "Plats: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -866,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "Stat: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -876,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "Land: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -886,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "E-POST: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Utfärdat av:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -898,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "Giltig från: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -906,282 +838,245 @@ "\n" "Giltig till: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Avancerat..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Visa" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Ändra lösenord för certifieringsinstansen" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "S&kapa delcertifieringsinstans" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Exportera till &fil" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Exportera till &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Ändra standardvärde" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När du skapar en ny delcertifieringsinstans eller ett delcertifikat får " -"du förslag på vissa standardvärden från systemet.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När du skapar en ny delcertifieringsinstans eller ett delcertifikat får du förslag på vissa standardvärden från systemet.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Med det här arbetsflödet ändrar du standardinställningarna.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only." -msgstr "" -"<p>De ändrade inställningarna används endast för <b>nya</B> poster.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De ändrade inställningarna används endast för <b>nya</B> poster.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " -"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan redigera standardinställningarna för <b>delcertifieringsinstanser, <b>klientcertifikat</b> och <b>servercertifikat</b>.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan redigera standardinställningarna för <b>delcertifieringsinstanser</b>, <b>klientcertifikat</b> och <b>servercertifikat</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "Förvalda inställningar för:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "&Delcertifieringsinstans" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "Klient&certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "S&ervercertifikat" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I den här ramen visas en översikt över alla standardinställningarna innan " -"de sparas.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I den här ramen visas en översikt över alla standardinställningarna innan de sparas.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Spara</b> för att slutföra inmatningarna.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Sammanfattning</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (kritiskt)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "Längd på sökväg: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(kritiskt) " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Kopiera det alternativa subjektnamnet från certifieringsinstansen" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(kritiskt)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Kopiera e-postadressen av standardtyp" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "Spara inställningar (steg 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "Standardvärdet har sparats." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Först kan du visa en lista med alla tillgängliga certifikat i " -"certifieringsinstansen. Kolumnerna är certifikatens DN och omfattar bland " -"annat e-postadress och status (t ex giltigt eller återkallat).</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Först kan du visa en lista med alla tillgängliga certifikat i certifieringsinstansen. Kolumnerna är certifikatens DN och omfattar bland annat e-postadress och status (t ex giltigt eller återkallat).</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj något av certifikaten och vidta några åtgärder.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Visa</b> öppnas ett fönster med en textrepresentation av hela " -"certifikatet.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Visa</b> öppnas ett fönster med en textrepresentation av hela certifikatet.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dessutom kan du <b>återkalla</b>, <b>ta bort</b> eller <b>exportera</b> " -"certifikat.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Dessutom kan du <b>återkalla</b>, <b>ta bort</b> eller <b>exportera</b> certifikat.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Lägg till</b> genererar du en ny server eller ett nytt " -"klientcertifikat.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Lägg till</b> genererar du en ny server eller ett nytt klientcertifikat.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I området nedan visas de viktigaste värdena för det valda certifikatet." +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I området nedan visas de viktigaste värdena för det valda certifikatet.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "Återkalla certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"Du återkallar bara certifikatet. Ingen ny lista med återkallade certifikat " -"skapas." +msgstr "Du återkallar bara certifikatet. Ingen ny lista med återkallade certifikat skapas." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "Anledningar" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Beskrivning</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1189,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "Certifikatet hittades inte" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1200,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "Gemensamt namn: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1211,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "Organisation: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1222,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "Plats: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1233,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "Stat: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1244,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "Land: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1255,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "E-POST: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1266,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "Är CU: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1277,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "Nyckelstorlek: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1286,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "Serienummer: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1297,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "Version: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1306,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "Giltig från: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1315,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "Giltig till: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1326,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "algo. för pub. nyckel: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1337,135 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "algo. för signatur: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Giltigt" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Återkallat" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Utgånget" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "E-postadress" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Lägg till servercertifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Lägg till klientcertifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "Ä&ndra lösenord" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "Åte&rkalla" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Exportera" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Exportera till fil" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Exportera till LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exportera som gemensamt servercertifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort det aktuella certifikatet?" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "Fel typ av certifikat" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här visas de viktigaste värdena för listan med återkallade certifikat.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här visas de viktigaste värdena för listan med återkallade certifikat.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med alternativet <b>Generera CRL</b> skapas en ny lista med återkallade " -"certifikat.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med alternativet <b>Generera CRL</b> skapas en ny lista med återkallade certifikat.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" msgstr "<p>Med alternativet <b>Visa</b> visas en fullständig beskrivning.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan <b>exportera</b> listan med återkallade certifikat till en fil " -"eller LDAP-katalog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan <b>exportera</b> listan med återkallade certifikat till en fil eller LDAP-katalog.</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "Generera ny lista med återkallade certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "&Giltigt till (dagar):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Lista med återkallade certifikat:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1475,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "Senaste uppdatering: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1483,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "Nästa uppdatering: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1493,664 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "Återkallade certifikat: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "&Generera CRL" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "Stan&dard" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När du skapar en ny lista med återkallade certifikat får du förslag på " -"vissa standardvärden från systemet.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När du skapar en ny lista med återkallade certifikat får du förslag på vissa standardvärden från systemet.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Med den här ramen kan du ändra standardinställningarna.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "&Giltig period (dagar):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "&Kritiskt" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "K&ritiskt" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "K&opierar det alternativa subjektnamnet från certifieringsinstansen" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "Standardinställningar för listor med återkallade certifikat" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Säkerhetsinformation" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Varning!<br>Om du aktiverar automatiskt skapande och export av en lista med " -"återkallade certifikat skrivs lösenordet för certifieringsinstansen till en " -"konfigurationsfil på disk. Lösenordet lagras där i vanligt textformat " -"eftersom det behövs för att skapa listor med återkallade certifikat. Filen " -"kan bara läsas av root-användaren." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Varning!<br>Om du aktiverar automatiskt skapande och export av en lista med återkallade certifikat skrivs lösenordet för certifieringsinstansen till en konfigurationsfil på disk. Lösenordet lagras där i vanligt textformat eftersom det behövs för att skapa listor med återkallade certifikat. Filen kan bara läsas av root-användaren." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "Exportera listan med återkallade certifikat" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Exportera listan med återkallade certifikat för den här " -"certifieringsinstansen en gång genom att välja <b>Exportera en gång</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Exportera listan med återkallade certifikat för den här certifieringsinstansen en gång genom att välja <b>Exportera en gång</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " -"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill konfigurera en upprepad återgenerering av CRL:en väljer du " -"<b>Upprepa återskapande och export</b>. Därefter anger du intervallet för " -"återgenereringen i <b>Periodiskt intervall</b>. Om du anger intervallet till " -"24 timmar kan du också välja timmen för exporten. Det är viktigt att du " -"läser och förstår <b>säkerhetsinformationen</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill konfigurera en upprepad återgenerering av CRL:en väljer du <b>Upprepa återskapande och export</b>. Därefter anger du intervallet för återgenereringen i <b>Periodiskt intervall</b>. Om du anger intervallet till 24 timmar kan du också välja timmen för exporten. Det är viktigt att du läser och förstår <b>säkerhetsinformationen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan exportera en lista med återkallade certifikat till en lokal fil " -"eller en LDAP-server eller både och. Ange parametrarna i <b>Exportera till " -"lokal fil</b> och <b>Exportera till LDAP</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan exportera en lista med återkallade certifikat till en lokal fil eller en LDAP-server eller både och. Ange parametrarna i <b>Exportera till lokal fil</b> och <b>Exportera till LDAP</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "Exportera en gång" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "Upprepa återskapande och export" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "&Datornamn:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Port:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "&DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "&Bind DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "Lösen&ord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "Sp&ara som" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "Exportformat" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "DER-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "Periodiskt intervall" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "varje" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "&timmar" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "kl" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "kl&ockan" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "&Säkerhetsinformation" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "Exportera till fil" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Spara som" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att exportera till filen." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "Vill du försöka igen?" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "Informationen har sparats i filen." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "Det gick att spara till LDAP." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att exportera till LDAP." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "Programfel - okänd flik" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "Certifieringsinstans (CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "Bes&krivning" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "C&ertifikat" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "&Begäranden" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill generera en ny certifieringsinstans krävs vissa poster.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill generera en ny certifieringsinstans krävs vissa poster.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Om du vill generera ett nytt certifikat krävs vissa poster.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Om du vill generera en ny begäran krävs vissa poster.</p>" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det beror på principen som har definierats i konfigurationsfilen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det beror på principen som har definierats i konfigurationsfilen.</p>" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Endast US ASCII-tecken är tillåtna.</p>" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>CA-namn</b> är namnet på ett CA-certifikat. Använd endast tecknen \"a-z" -"\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" och \"_\".</p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>CA-namn</b> är namnet på ett CA-certifikat. Använd endast tecknen \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" och \"_\".</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Gemensamt namn</b> är namnet på certifieringsinstansen.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Gemensamt namn</b> är namnet på användaren som certifikatet ska skapas " -"för.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Gemensamt namn</b> är namnet på användaren som certifikatet ska skapas för.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Gemensamt namn</b> är det kvalificerade domännamnet på servern.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Gemensamt namn</b> är det kvalificerade domännamnet på servern.</p>" -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>E-postadresser</b> är giltiga e-postadresser till användaren eller " -"serveradministratören.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>E-postadresser</b> är giltiga e-postadresser till användaren eller serveradministratören.</p>" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " -"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Organisation</b>, <b>Organisationsenhet</b>, <b>Plats</b> och " -"<b>Delstat</b> är ofta valfria.</p>" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Organisation</b>, <b>Organisationsenhet</b>, <b>Plats</b> och <b>Delstat</b> är ofta valfria.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "Stan&dard" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "E-postadresser" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "standard" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "Skapa nytt " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (steg 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "" -"<p>Det krävs ett <B>lösenord</B> med minst fem tecken för " -"certifieringsinstansens privata nyckel. Verifiera lösenordet genom att ange " -"det igen i nästa fält.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det krävs ett <B>lösenord</B> med minst fem tecken för certifieringsinstansens privata nyckel. Verifiera lösenordet genom att ange det igen i nästa fält.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Varje certifieringsinstans har sin egen <b>nyckellängd</b>. Vissa program " -"som använder certifikat kräver särskilda nyckellängder.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Varje certifieringsinstans har sin egen <b>nyckellängd</b>. Vissa program som använder certifikat kräver särskilda nyckellängder.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " -"time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Certifieringsinstansen är giltigt endast under en viss period (<b>Giltig " -"period</b>). Ange tidsramen i dagar.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Certifieringsinstansen är giltigt endast under en viss period (<b>Giltig period</b>). Ange tidsramen i dagar.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Avancerade alternativ</b> är mycket speciella alternativ. Om du ändrar " -"de avancerade alternativen kan inte SUSE garantera att det genererade " -"certifikatet fungerar som det ska.</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Avancerade alternativ</b> är mycket speciella alternativ. Om du ändrar de avancerade alternativen kan inte SUSE garantera att det genererade certifikatet fungerar som det ska.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det krävs ett <B>lösenord</B> med minst fem tecken för certifikatets " -"privata nyckel. Verifiera lösenordet genom att ange det igen i nästa fält." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det krävs ett <B>lösenord</B> med minst fem tecken för certifikatets privata nyckel. Verifiera lösenordet genom att ange det igen i nästa fält.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Varje certifikat har sin egen <b>nyckellängd</b>. Vissa program som " -"använder certifikat kräver särskilda nyckellängder.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Varje certifikat har sin egen <b>nyckellängd</b>. Vissa program som använder certifikat kräver särskilda nyckellängder.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " -"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Certifikatet är giltigt endast under en viss period (<b>Giltig period). Ange tidsramen i dagar.</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Certifikatet är giltigt endast under en viss period (<b>Giltig period</b>). Ange tidsramen i dagar.</p>" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det krävs ett <B>lösenord</B> med minst fem tecken för begärans privata " -"nyckel. Verifiera lösenordet genom att ange det igen i nästa fält.</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det krävs ett <B>lösenord</B> med minst fem tecken för begärans privata nyckel. Verifiera lösenordet genom att ange det igen i nästa fält.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Varje begäran har sin egen <b>nyckellängd</b>. Vissa program som använder " -"certifikat kräver särskilda nyckellängder.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Varje begäran har sin egen <b>nyckellängd</b>. Vissa program som använder certifikat kräver särskilda nyckellängder.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" -msgstr "" -"&Använd lösenordet för certifieringsinstansen som lösenord för certifikatet" +msgstr "&Använd lösenordet för certifieringsinstansen som lösenord för certifikatet" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "V&erifiera lösenord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "Nyc&kellängd (bit):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "&Avancerade alternativ" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (steg 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "Lösenord krävs." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för " -"certifieringsinstansen som ska skapas.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för certifieringsinstansen som ska skapas.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Skapa</b> om du vill generera certifieringsinstansen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Skapa</b> om du vill generera certifieringsinstansen.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för " -"certifikatet som ska skapas.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för certifikatet som ska skapas.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Skapa</b> om du vill generera certifikatet.</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för begäran som " -"ska skapas.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för begäran som ska skapas.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Skapa</b> om du vill generera begäran.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA-namn: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Gemensamt namn:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "Organisation: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "Organisationsenhet: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "E-postadresser: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "Plats: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "Delstat: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "Land:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "Nyckellängd: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "Giltig period: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " dagar\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Längd på sökväg" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (steg 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Aktuellt val: " -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "" -"<P>Den här ramen innehåller fler attribut och X509v3-tillägg för OpenSSL som " -"du kan använda. Om du inte är bekant med dessa tillägg läser du " -"informationen i filen /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt " -"(paketet openssl-doc).</P>" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgstr "<P>Den här ramen innehåller fler attribut och X509v3-tillägg för OpenSSL som du kan använda. Om du inte är bekant med dessa tillägg läser du informationen i filen /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (paketet openssl-doc).</P>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" msgstr "<P>Felaktiga poster kan göra att certifikatet inte kan användas.</P>" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Skapar certifikat..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2158,125 +1932,106 @@ "Standardcertifikatet kan även skapas i \n" "modulen CA-hantering.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Slutför" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Spara inställningar?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Avsluta" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "Avsluta utan att spara?" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Först visas en lista med alla tillgängliga begäranden för den här " -"certifieringsinstansen. Kolumnerna är DN för begäran inklusive e-" -"postadressen.</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Först visas en lista med alla tillgängliga begäranden för den här certifieringsinstansen. Kolumnerna är DN för begäran inklusive e-postadressen.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj en begäran och vidta vissa åtgärder.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med alternativet <b>Visa</b> öppnas ett fönster med en textrepresentation " -"av hela begäran.</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med alternativet <b>Visa</b> öppnas ett fönster med en textrepresentation av hela begäran.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan även <b>signera</b>, <b>ta bort</b> eller <b>exportera</b> en " -"begäran.</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan även <b>signera</b>, <b>ta bort</b> eller <b>exportera</b> en begäran.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med alternativet <b>Importera</b> läser du en ny begäran. Med " -"alternativet <b>Lägg till</b> genereras en ny begäran.</p>" +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med alternativet <b>Importera</b> läser du en ny begäran. Med alternativet <b>Lägg till</b> genereras en ny begäran.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I området nedan visas de viktigaste värdena för den valda begäran.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I området nedan visas de viktigaste värdena för den valda begäran.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "Generera tid" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importera" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "Lägg till begäran om delcertifieringsinstans" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "Lägg till serverbegäran" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "Lägg till klientbegäran" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "&Begäran" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Signera" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "Som klientcertifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "Som servercertifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "Som CA-certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort aktuell begäran?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2284,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "Begäran hittades inte.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2293,183 +2048,168 @@ "\n" "genereringstid: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Tillägget \"%1\" hittades inte." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -msgstr "" -"Det här är en begäran om certifieringsinstans. Vill du signera den som %1?" +msgstr "Det här är en begäran om certifieringsinstans. Vill du signera den som %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Det här är inte en begäran om certifieringsinstans. Vill du signera den som " -"en begäran om certifieringsinstans?" +msgstr "Det här är inte en begäran om certifieringsinstans. Vill du signera den som en begäran om certifieringsinstans?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här ramen visas signeringsbegäran.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" msgstr "<p>Begäran har särskilda begärantillägg som du kan acceptera.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" msgstr "<p>Om du avvisar tilläggen används standardvärden i stället.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Begärda tillägg" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Signera begäran som %1 (steg 1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för begäran som " -"ska signeras.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I den här ramen finns en översikt över alla inställningar för begäran som ska signeras.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Signera begäran</b> om du vill fortsätta.</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " dagar" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (kritiskt)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Redigera begäran" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Signera begäran som %1 (steg 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Signera begäran" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Begäran har signerats." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort CA:n %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "Framtvingad borttagning" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" -msgstr "" -"Den här certifieringsinstansen används fortfarande. Vill du ta bort den?" +msgstr "Den här certifieringsinstansen används fortfarande. Vill du ta bort den?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj en certifieringsinstans och klicka på <b>Ange CA</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med alternativet <b>Skapa certifieringsinstans för roten</b> genereras en " -"ny certifieringsinstans för roten.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med alternativet <b>Skapa certifieringsinstans för roten</b> genereras en ny certifieringsinstans för roten.</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mer information om CA-hantering finns i handboken.</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "Ang&e CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "&Ta bort CA" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "&Skapa certifieringsinstans för roten" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "&Importera CA" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "CA-träd" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "CA-val" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "Ändra lösenord för certifikatet" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "Ändra lösenord för certifieringsinstansen" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "&Tidigare lösenord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "&Nytt lösenord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "&Verifiera lösenord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2477,45 +2217,44 @@ "Det nya lösenordet är för kort för att användas för certifikaten.\n" "Ange ett giltigt lösenord för certifikaten.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "Lösenordet för certifieringsinstansen har ändrats." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "Lösenordet för certifikatet har ändrats." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "Ange CA-lösenord" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LD&AP-lösenord:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "&Certifikatlösenord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verifiera lösenord" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "LDAP-initiering" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2523,138 +2262,125 @@ "LDAP måste initieras för hantering av certifieringsinstanser.\n" "Ange LDAP-lösenordet.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "L&ösenord:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "Exportera certifieringsinstansen till fil" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "E&ndast certifikatet i PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Endast nyckeln &okrypterad i PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Endast &nyckeln krypterad i PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Ce&rtifikat och nyckeln okrypterad i PEM-format" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "C&ertifikat och nyckeln krypterad i PEM-format" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Certifikat i DER-format" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Cer&tifikat och nyckel i PKCS12-format" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Som PKCS12 och inkludera kedjan med certifieringsinstanser" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Nytt lösenord" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "&Filnamn:" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "Filnamn krävs." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "Certifieringsinstansen har sparats till fil." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "Exportera listan med återkallade certifikat till fil" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "&PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "&DER-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "Listan med återkallade certifikat har sparats till fil." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "Exportera certifikatet till fil" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "&Endast certifikatet i PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "Certifikatet har sparats till fil." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." -"</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Det gemensamma servercertifikatet (PKCS12 + kedjeformat för " -"certifieringsinstansen)\n" -" importeras från disk.</big></b> Välj ett filnamn och klicka på <b>Nästa</b> " -"om du vill fortsätta.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Det gemensamma servercertifikatet (PKCS12 + kedjeformat för certifieringsinstansen)\n" +" importeras från disk.</big></b> Välj ett filnamn och klicka på <b>Nästa</b> om du vill fortsätta.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importera ett servercertifikat och motsvarande CA och kopiera dem till en " -"plats där andra YaST-moduler letar efter den här typen av gemensamt " -"certifikat." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importera ett servercertifikat och motsvarande CA och kopiera dem till en plats där andra YaST-moduler letar efter den här typen av gemensamt certifikat." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" "Certificate password</p>\n" @@ -2662,25 +2388,25 @@ "<p><b>Lösenord:</b><br>\n" "Certifikatlösenord</p>\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "Importerar gemensamt certifikat från disk" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "Importerar certifikat..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "Certifikatet har importerats." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "Det här är inte ett servercertifikat. Vill du fortsätta?" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2688,766 +2414,680 @@ msgstr "" "Certifikatets gemensamma namn (%1) är inte namnet på·\n" "servern (%2).\n" -"Det här certifikatet kanske inte är praktiskt som ett gemensamt " -"servercertifikat.\n" +"Det här certifikatet kanske inte är praktiskt som ett gemensamt servercertifikat.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "Serverns värddatornamn (kommando: hostname --long) måste matcha \n" -"antingen certifikatets gemensamma namn (CN) eller ett av värdena i " -"alternativa subjektnamn." +"antingen certifikatets gemensamma namn (CN) eller ett av värdena i alternativa subjektnamn." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exporterar som gemensamt servercertifikat" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "Exporterar certifikat..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "Certifikatet har skrivits som gemensamt servercertifikat." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "Importera begäran från disk" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "Filformatet är inte giltigt. Använd PEM- eller DER-filer." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "Begäran importeras..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "Begäran har importerats." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "Importera certifieringsinstans från disk" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "&Sökväg till CA-certifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "&Sökväg till nyckeln" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "&Lösenord för nyckel" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "Sökvägen till den privata nyckeln måste anges." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Lösenordet för nyckeln krävs. \n" -"Det måste vara lösenordet för den krypterade nyckeln eller ett nytt lösenord " -"om nyckeln inte är krypterad." +"Det måste vara lösenordet för den krypterade nyckeln eller ett nytt lösenord om nyckeln inte är krypterad." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "Certifieringsinstansen har importerats." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa CA-listan." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa CA-trädet." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Värdet \"caName\" saknas." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "Värdet \"keyPasswd\" saknas eller så är lösenordet är för kort." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "Värdet \"commonName\" saknas." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "Enligt basicConstraints är det här inte någon certifiieringsinstans." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra RequestGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra CertificateIssueData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa någon certifieringsinstans för roten." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Parametern \"certType\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta standardvärden." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "Värdet \"certType\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att initiera CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva standardvärden." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"caName\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"type\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att parsa CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Värdet \"keyPasswd\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa någon förfrågan." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "Värdet \"request\" saknas" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Värdet \"caPasswd\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att signera certifikatet." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Parametern \"caName\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Parametern \"caPasswd\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta certifikatlistan." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"caPasswd\"." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "Ogiltigt lösenord." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att köra updateDB." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"certificate\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att tolka certifikatet." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "Värdet \"certificate\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att återkalla certifikatet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Värdet \"days\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra CRLGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa listan med återkallade certifikat." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "Ingen CRL är tillgänglig." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att tolka listan med återkallade certifikat." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "Det går inte att tolka destinationFile %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "Katalogen finns inte." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"exportFormat\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "Exporten misslyckades." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "Parametern \"P12Password\" saknas." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern request." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta begäran i" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att kopiera begäran" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"keyPasswd\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"purpose\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "Verifieringen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "Värdet \"newCaName\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa delcertifieringsinstansen." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"ldapHostname\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"ldapPort\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"destinationDN\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"BindDN\"." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern \"ldapPasswd\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "CA-certifikatet finns inte." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "Det går inte att tolka certifieringsinstansens certifikat." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att initiera LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att binda LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Behållaren %s är inte tillgänglig i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "Fel vid sökning i LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att lägga till certifieringsinstansens certifikat i LDAP-" -"katalogen." +msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till certifieringsinstansens certifikat i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ändra certifieringsinstansens certifikat i LDAP-katalogen." +msgstr "Det går inte att ändra certifieringsinstansens certifikat i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL:n finns inte." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa CRL:n." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "Det gick inte att parsa CRL:n." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att lägga till listan med återkallade certifikat i LDAP-" -"katalogen." +msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till listan med återkallade certifikat i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ändra listan med återkallade certifikat i LDAP-katalogen." +msgstr "Det går inte att ändra listan med återkallade certifikat i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att söka efter en ny distributionspunkt för återkallade " -"certifikat." +msgstr "Det gick inte att söka efter en ny distributionspunkt för återkallade certifikat." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "Parametern \"commonName\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "Ingen LDAP-server är inställd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAP-sökningen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "Det finns ingen tillgänglig konfiguration i LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "LDAP-lösenord krävs." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till posten med baskonfigurationen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att lägga till posten med konfigurationen av " -"certifieringsinstansen." +msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till posten med konfigurationen av certifieringsinstansen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "Certifikatet finns inte." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "Det går inte att parsa certifikatet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s är inte tillgängligt i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra userCertificate i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att exportera certifikatet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra userPKCS12 i LDAP-katalogen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort certifikatet." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "Certifikatet hittades inte i" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "Lösenord krävs." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att importera certifikatet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Parametern \"inFile\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Filen finns inte." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parametern \"type\" saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde %s i type." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Parametern datatype saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Okänt värde %s i datatype." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Parametern inForm saknas." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Okänt värde %s i inForm." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Tolkningen misslyckades." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att tolka begäran." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta listan med begäranden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Begäran hittades inte i %s," -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Det går inte läsa förfrågan." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Ingen information om begäranden hittades." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att importera begäran." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort begäran." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern caCertificate." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för parametern caKey." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "Certifieringsinstansens nyckel är inte tillgänglig i %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att importera certifieringsinstansen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort certifieringsinstansen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Nyckelfilen finns inte." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra lösenordet." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "Ogiltig typ för StringExtension %s." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "Tabellen för data saknas." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde %s för parametern %s." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "Lösenordet (%s) är för enkelt." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "Felaktig användning av critical i %s." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "Värdet \"%s\" i \"%s\" är okänt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Tillgängliga indata-/utdatakanaler" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "Använt" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "Filterkanaler" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "Markera &alla" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "&Rensa markering" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "&Svartlista valda kanaler" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "&Ta bort bannlysning av kanaler" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Avsluta" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "" -"Det angivna intervallet är ogiltigt. Felaktigt värde finns i avsnittet %s" +msgstr "Det angivna intervallet är ogiltigt. Felaktigt värde finns i avsnittet %s" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Ta bort bannlysning av indata-/utdatakanaler" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" -"Lista med intervall av kanaler för vilka bannlysning ska tas bort, " -"avgränsade med kommatecken.\n" -"Intervallet kan vara en kanal, en del av en kanal som kommer att fyllas med " -"nollor eller ett intervall angivet av ett streck.\n" +"Lista med intervall av kanaler för vilka bannlysning ska tas bort, avgränsade med kommatecken.\n" +"Intervallet kan vara en kanal, en del av en kanal som kommer att fyllas med nollor eller ett intervall angivet av ett streck.\n" "Exempelvärde: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "Intervall för vilka bannlysning ska tas bort." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,189 +14,184 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "Inställning av kluster" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "Kluster" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "&Kluster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "Kommunikationskanaler" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Konfigurera Csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Konfigurera conntrackd" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Redundant IP-adress" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "Nod-ID" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "Nod-ID måste anges med ett positivt heltal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "Nod-ID måste vara unikt" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Nätverksadress för bindning måste anges" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Klusternamn måste anges" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Medlemsadress måste anges" -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "Förväntade röster måste anges vid konfiguration av multicast-transport" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Multicast-adress måste anges" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "Multicast-porten måste vara ett positivt heltal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"Endast Passivt eller Aktivt kan väljas om flera gränssnitt används. Passivt " -"väljs." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "Endast Passivt eller Aktivt kan väljas om flera gränssnitt används. Passivt väljs." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Bind nätverksadress:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast-adress:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast-port:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Redundant kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Klusternamn:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Förväntade röster:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp-läge:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Generera nod-ID automatiskt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Medlemsadress:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "Redundant IP" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -204,132 +199,124 @@ " OBS! Gammal corosync-konfiguration hittad.\n" " Omkonfigurera medlemslistan och bekräfta alla andra inställningar." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Aktivera säkerhetsautentisering" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"För ett nyskapat kluster trycker du på knappen nedan för att generera /etc/" -"corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "För ett nyskapat kluster trycker du på knappen nedan för att generera /etc/corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill ansluta ett befintligt kluster kopierar du /etc/corosync/authkey " -"från andra noder manuellt." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Om du vill ansluta ett befintligt kluster kopierar du /etc/corosync/authkey från andra noder manuellt." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Kunde inte skapa /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey har skapats" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "Körs" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Körs inte" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Start" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "På – starta pacemaker vid systemstart" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Av – starta pacemaker manuellt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Växla av och på" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktuell status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Starta pacemaker nu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Stoppa pacemaker nu" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Synkronisera värddator" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "Del" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Synkronisera fil" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Lägg till föreslagna filer" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Generera i förväg delade nycklar" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Okänd Csync2-status" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Aktivera csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Inaktivera csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Ange ett värddatornamn" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Redigera värddatornamnet" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Ange ett filnamn som ska synkroniseras" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Redigera filnamnet" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -337,262 +324,128 @@ "Nyckelfilen %1 finns redan.\n" "Vill du skriva över den?" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort nyckelfilen %1." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Nyckelfilen %1 har genererats.\n" -"Om du klickar på knappen Lägg till föreslagna filer läggs den till i " -"synkroniseringslistan." +"Om du klickar på knappen Lägg till föreslagna filer läggs den till i synkroniseringslistan." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Nyckelgenereringen misslyckades." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd är en demon som används för att duplicera brandväggsstatusen " -"mellan klusternoder.\n" -"YaST kan hjälpa till att konfigurera vissa grundläggande aspekter av " -"conntrackd.\n" +"Conntrackd är en demon som används för att duplicera brandväggsstatusen mellan klusternoder.\n" +"YaST kan hjälpa till att konfigurera vissa grundläggande aspekter av conntrackd.\n" "Du måste starta den med ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Dedikerat gränssnitt:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Gruppnummer:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Generera /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "Gruppnumret måste vara ett positivt heltal" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Nätverksadress för bindning</big></b><br>Anger adressen som den " -"körbara filen openais ska binda för. Adressen ska alltid avslutas med noll. " -"Om totemtrafiken ska dirigeras via 192.168.5.92, ska bindnetaddr definieras " -"som 192.168.5.0.<br>Kan även vara en IPv6-adress och i så fall används IPv6-" -"nätverksfunktioner. Då måste den fullständiga adressen anges – " -"nätverksgränssnittet väljs inte automatiskt inom ett specifikt delnät som " -"med IPv4. Om IPv6-nätverksfunktioner används måste fältet nodeid " -"specificeras.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast-adress</big></b><br>Multicast-adressen som används av " -"den körbara filen openais. Standardadressen bör fungera för de flesta " -"nätverk, men fråga nätverksadministratören vilken multicast-adress som ska " -"användas. Undvik 224.x.x.x som är en multicast-adress av typen \"config\"." -"<br>Kan även vara en IPv6-adress och i så fall används IPv6-" -"nätverksfunktioner. Om IPv6-nätverksfunktioner används måste fältet nodeid " -"specificeras.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Anger UDP-portnummer. Det går bra att använda " -"samma multicast-adress i ett nätverk där openais-tjänsterna har " -"konfigurerats för olika UDP-portar.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Medlemsadress</big></b><br>En lista med alla noder i klustret och " -"deras IP-adresser. Kan konfigureras med hjälp av udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Nod-ID</big></b><br>Det här konfigurationsalternativet är " -"valfritt vid användning av IPv4, men obligatoriskt med IPv6. Det är ett 32-" -"bitarsvärde som specificerar det nod-ID som skickas till tjänsten för " -"klustermedlemskap. Om värdet inte anges med IPv4, fastställs nod-ID utifrån " -"den 32-bitars IP-adress som systemet är bundet till med ring-ID 0. Värdet 0 " -"för nod-ID är reserverat och ska inte användas.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Anger redundant ringläge, som kan vara " -"Inget, Aktivt eller Passivt. Aktiv replikering ger något lägre latens från " -"sändning till leverans i defekta nätverksmiljöer, men också lägre prestanda. " -"Passiv replikering kan nästan fördubbla totemprotokollets hastighet om " -"protokollet inte binds till processorn. Det sista alternativet är Inget, " -"vilket innebär att totemprotokollet arbetar via bara ett enda " -"nätverksgränssnitt. Alternativet Inget väljs automatiskt om man bara anger " -"ett nätverksdirektiv. Om du anger flera gränssnittsdirektiv kan du bara " -"välja Aktivt eller Passivt.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Förväntade röster</big></b><br>Förväntat antal röster för " -"röstningskvorum. Beräknas automatiskt om sektionen nodelist {} finns i " -"corosync.conf (listan genereras när unicast-transport används), eller kan " -"anges i sektionen quorum {} (Förväntade röster ska baseras på totalt antal " -"noder i klustret). Om Förväntade röster förekommer i unicast-transporten, " -"används detta värde i stället för det som beräknats automatiskt.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Generera nod-ID automatiskt</big></b><br>Nodeid krävs vid " -"användning av IPv6. Om automatiskt nod-ID aktiveras kommer nodeid att " -"genereras automatiskt.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Nätverksadress för bindning</big></b><br>Anger adressen som den körbara filen openais ska binda för. Adressen ska alltid avslutas med noll. Om totemtrafiken ska dirigeras via 192.168.5.92, ska bindnetaddr definieras som 192.168.5.0.<br>Kan även vara en IPv6-adress och i så fall används IPv6-nätverksfunktioner. Då måste den fullständiga adressen anges – nätverksgränssnittet väljs inte automatiskt inom ett specifikt delnät som med IPv4. Om IPv6-nätverksfunktioner används måste fältet nodeid specificeras.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast-adress</big></b><br>Multicast-adressen som används av den körbara filen openais. Standardadressen bör fungera för de flesta nätverk, men fråga nätverksadministratören vilken multicast-adress som ska användas. Undvik 224.x.x.x som är en multicast-adress av typen \"config\".<br>Kan även vara en IPv6-adress och i så fall används IPv6-nätverksfunktioner. Om IPv6-nätverksfunktioner används måste fältet nodeid specificeras.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Anger UDP-portnummer. Det går bra att använda samma multicast-adress i ett nätverk där openais-tjänsterna har konfigurerats för olika UDP-portar.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Medlemsadress</big></b><br>En lista med alla noder i klustret och deras IP-adresser. Kan konfigureras med hjälp av udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Nod-ID</big></b><br>Det här konfigurationsalternativet är valfritt vid användning av IPv4, men obligatoriskt med IPv6. Det är ett 32-bitarsvärde som specificerar det nod-ID som skickas till tjänsten för klustermedlemskap. Om värdet inte anges med IPv4, fastställs nod-ID utifrån den 32-bitars IP-adress som systemet är bundet till med ring-ID 0. Värdet 0 för nod-ID är reserverat och ska inte användas.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Anger redundant ringläge, som kan vara Inget, Aktivt eller Passivt. Aktiv replikering ger något lägre latens från sändning till leverans i defekta nätverksmiljöer, men också lägre prestanda. Passiv replikering kan nästan fördubbla totemprotokollets hastighet om protokollet inte binds till processorn. Det sista alternativet är Inget, vilket innebär att totemprotokollet arbetar via bara ett enda nätverksgränssnitt. Alternativet Inget väljs automatiskt om man bara anger ett nätverksdirektiv. Om du anger flera gränssnittsdirektiv kan du bara välja Aktivt eller Passivt.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Förväntade röster</big></b><br>Förväntat antal röster för röstningskvorum. Beräknas automatiskt om sektionen nodelist {} finns i corosync.conf (listan genereras när unicast-transport används), eller kan anges i sektionen quorum {} (Förväntade röster ska baseras på totalt antal noder i klustret). Om Förväntade röster förekommer i unicast-transporten, används detta värde i stället för det som beräknats automatiskt.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Generera nod-ID automatiskt</big></b><br>Nodeid krävs vid användning av IPv6. Om automatiskt nod-ID aktiveras kommer nodeid att genereras automatiskt.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Aktivera säkerhetsautentisering</big></b><br>Anger att HMAC/SHA1-" -"autentisering ska tillämpas på alla meddelanden, och att alla data ska " -"krypteras med algoritmen sober128 till skydd mot avlyssning. Om du aktiverar " -"alternativet adderas en rubrik på 36 byte till varje meddelande som totem " -"skickar, vilket reducerar total throughput. Aktiverad kryptering och " -"autentisering förbrukar 75 procent av processorcyklerna i aisexec enligt " -"mätning bed gprof. För 100 Mbit-nätverk med 1500 MTU-ramöverföringar kan man " -"uppnå throughput på 9 Mb/s med hundraprocentig processoranvändning, om " -"alternativet aktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer. Om alternativet inaktiveras på " -"3 GHz-processorer kan man uppnå throughput på 10 Mb/s med 20-procentig " -"processoranvändning. För gig-e-nätverk med stora ramöverföringar kan man " -"uppnå throughput på 20 Mb/s om alternativet aktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer. " -"Om alternativet inaktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer kan man uppnå throughput på " -"60 Mb/s. Som standard är alternativet aktiverat. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aktivera säkerhetsautentisering</big></b><br>Anger att HMAC/SHA1-autentisering ska tillämpas på alla meddelanden, och att alla data ska krypteras med algoritmen sober128 till skydd mot avlyssning. Om du aktiverar alternativet adderas en rubrik på 36 byte till varje meddelande som totem skickar, vilket reducerar total throughput. Aktiverad kryptering och autentisering förbrukar 75 procent av processorcyklerna i aisexec enligt mätning bed gprof. För 100 Mbit-nätverk med 1500 MTU-ramöverföringar kan man uppnå throughput på 9 Mb/s med hundraprocentig processoranvändning, om alternativet aktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer. Om alternativet inaktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer kan man uppnå throughput på 10 Mb/s med 20-procentig processoranvändning. För gig-e-nätverk med stora ramöverföringar kan man uppnå throughput på 20 Mb/s om alternativet aktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer. Om alternativet inaktiveras på 3 GHz-processorer kan man uppnå throughput på 60 Mb/s . Som standard är alternativet aktiverat. <br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Start</big></b><br>Om corosync-tjänsten startas vid " -"systemstart eller inte</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Brandväggsinställningar</big></b><br>Aktivera porten när " -"brandväggen är aktiverad</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Start</big></b><br>Om corosync-tjänsten startas vid systemstart eller inte</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Brandväggsinställningar</big></b><br>Aktivera porten när brandväggen är aktiverad</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronisera värddator</big></b><br>Värddatornamnen som " -"används här måste vara klusternodernas lokala värddatornamn. Det betyder att " -"du måste använda exakt samma sträng som returneras av hostname-kommandot.\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronisera fil</big></b><br>Det fullständiga, absoluta " -"filnamnet som ska synkroniseras.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>I förväg delade nycklar</big></b><br>Autentiseringen utförs " -"med IP-adresserna och de i förväg delade nycklarna i Csync2. Nyckelfilen " -"genereras med csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Filen key_hagroup bör " -"kopieras manuellt till alla medlemmar i klustret när den har skapats.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronisera värddator</big></b><br>Värddatornamnen som används här måste vara klusternodernas lokala värddatornamn. Det betyder att du måste använda exakt samma sträng som returneras av hostname-kommandot.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronisera fil</big></b><br>Det fullständiga, absoluta filnamnet som ska synkroniseras.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>I förväg delade nycklar</big></b><br>Autentiseringen utförs med IP-adresserna och de i förväg delade nycklarna i Csync2. Nyckelfilen genereras med csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Filen key_hagroup bör kopieras manuellt till alla medlemmar i klustret när den har skapats.</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedikerat gränssnitt</big></b><br>Ett dedikerat " -"nätverksgränssnitt för synkronisering. Gränssnittet måste ha stöd för " -"multicast, som måste vara aktiverat. Det kanske måste vara förkonfigurerat. " -"</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Det dedikerade nätverksgränssnittets " -"dedikerade IPv4-adress. Den identifieras automatiskt.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast-adress</big></b><br>Multicast-adressen som ska " -"användas för synkronisering.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Gruppnummer</big></b><br>Ett numeriskt ID som anger vilken " -"grupp som ska synkroniseras.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedikerat gränssnitt</big></b><br>Ett dedikerat nätverksgränssnitt för synkronisering. Gränssnittet måste ha stöd för multicast, som måste vara aktiverat. Det kanske måste vara förkonfigurerat. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Det dedikerade nätverksgränssnittets dedikerade IPv4-adress. Den identifieras automatiskt.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast-adress</big></b><br>Multicast-adressen som ska användas för synkronisering.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Gruppnummer</big></b><br>Ett numeriskt ID som anger vilken grupp som ska synkroniseras.</p>\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -600,8 +453,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Klusterinställningarna initieras</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -609,8 +462,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -618,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Klusterinställningarna sparas</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -631,107 +484,107 @@ "I en ytterligare dialogruta får du veta om det är säkert att göra detta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Klusterinställningar" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Klusterinställningarna initieras" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Läs databasen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Läs de föregående inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Läs SuSEFirewall-inställningar" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Läser databasen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Läser de föregående inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Läser SuSEFirewall-inställningar..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Det gick inte att installera ett paket som krävs" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa in den befintliga konfigurationen" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa databas1." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa databas2." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera enheter." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Klusterinställningarna sparas" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Spara ändringar i SuSEFirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Inställningarna sparas..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Sparar ändringar i SuSEFirewall..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Sök" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Klar" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "Startar konfigurationsmodulen \"%1\"..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Inställningscentralen YaST" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "Inställningscentralen YaST körs inte som rot.\n" "Endast moduler som inte kräver rotbehörighet visas." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "Loggfilerna har skrivits." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara y2logs." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "Loggfiler skrivs..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 finns. Vill du skriva över den?" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 finns och är skrivskyddad.\n" "Vill du skriva över den?" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "Bekräfta" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "F&ortsätt" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Av&bryt" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "Systemroll" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ "Systemrollerna är fördefinierade användarfall som specialanpassar systemet\n" "till det valda scenariot." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" @@ -66,16 +66,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Systemrollsjusteringarna befinner sig mellan paketval \n" "till diskpartitionering. Genom att välja en systemroll \n" -"konfigureras systemet därefter för att stämma överens med rollens " -"användarfall. Inställningarna som \n" +"konfigureras systemet därefter för att stämma överens med rollens användarfall. Inställningarna som \n" "definieras av en roll kan åsidosättas under kommande steg vid behov.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "Standardsystemet" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -83,12 +82,12 @@ "• GNOME-miljö, med Btrfs-rotspartition (/) \n" "• Separat /hempartition (XFS) för diskar som är större än 20 GB" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "Virtualiseringsvärd för KVM" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -96,12 +95,12 @@ "• Kärnbaserad hypervisor och verktyg\n" "• Ingen separat /hempartition" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Virtualiseringsvärd för Xen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -109,206 +108,206 @@ "• Råmetallshypervisor och verktyg\n" "• Ingen separat /hempartition" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för installation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Översikt" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Expert" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live-inställningar för installation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Uppdateringsinställningar" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in nätverk" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverkstjänster" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hårdvaruinställningar" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Förberedelse" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Läs in Linuxrc-nätverkskonfiguration" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatisk nätverksinställning" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "Installationsuppdatering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Välkommen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Nätverksaktivering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Diskaktivering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systemanalys" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Tilläggsprodukter" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tidszon" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationssammanfattning" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Utför installation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Installationsprogramsrensning" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System för uppdatering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uppdatera" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Uppdateringssammanfattning" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Utför uppdatering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basinstallation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-inställningar" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systeminställningar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -332,30 +331,30 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Läs in nätverkskonfigurationen linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Användarinställningar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsöversikt" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installation av tilläggsprodukt" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Language Installation" msgstr "Installation av språk" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" @@ -373,7 +372,7 @@ "<p>Lycka till!<br>Utvecklingsteamet bakom openSUSE</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -392,48 +391,46 @@ "kontorsprogram, spel och verktygsprogram för hantering\n" "av datorn.\n" "\n" -"Det finns flera skrivbordsmiljöer att välja mellan i openSUSE. De som " -"används mest\n" +"Det finns flera skrivbordsmiljöer att välja mellan i openSUSE. De som används mest\n" "är GNOME och KDE-plasma, som båda har lika starkt stöd\n" "i openSUSE. Båda skrivbordsmiljöerna är enkla att använda,\n" "starkt integrerade och har tilltalande utseende och känsla. Varje\n" -"skrivbordsmiljö har en egen distinkt stil, så det är din personliga smak som " -"avgör vilken\n" +"skrivbordsmiljö har en egen distinkt stil, så det är din personliga smak som avgör vilken\n" "du ska välja." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljön GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "Plasmaskrivbord för KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "Server (textläge)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Xfce-skrivbord" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "LXDE Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "Minimalt X-fönster" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenment Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Online-arkiv" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Skrivbordsval" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Ställ in tangentbord." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Sammanfattning över tangentbordsinställningar" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Ange nya värden för tangentbordsinställningarna." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Visa alla tillgängliga tangentbordslayouter." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Ny tangentbordslayout" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Aktuell tangentbordslayout: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Tangentbordslayouten \"%1\" är ogiltig. Använd \"list\"-kommandot för att se " -"möjliga värden." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten \"%1\" är ogiltig. Använd \"list\"-kommandot för att se möjliga värden." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tangentbordslayout" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tangentbordslayo&ut" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -84,81 +81,76 @@ "Använd förvalda värden om du är osäker.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Inställningar som görs här gäller bara konsoltangentbordet. Konfigurera " -"tangentbordet för det grafiska användargränssnittet med ett annat verktyg.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Inställningar som görs här gäller bara konsoltangentbordet. Konfigurera tangentbordet för det grafiska användargränssnittet med ett annat verktyg.</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar för tangentbord" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Repeteringshastighet" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Fördröjning innan re&petering startar" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Startstatus" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num Lock på" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS-inställningar" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "&Inaktivera Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Testa" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "E&xpertinställningar..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -166,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>Tangentbordsinställning</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Välj den <b>tangentbordslayout</b> du vill att använda\n" "under installationen och i det installerade systemet. \n" "Testa layouten med <B>Testa</b>.\n" -"Använd <b>Expertinställningar</b> för avancerade inställningar som t ex " -"upprepningshastighet och fördröjning.\n" +"Använd <b>Expertinställningar</b> för avancerade inställningar som t ex upprepningshastighet och fördröjning.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -196,30 +186,26 @@ "Använd de förinställda värdena om du är osäker.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Välj vilken <b>tangentbordslayout</b> som ska användas i systemet.\n" -"Om du vill ange avancerade alternativ, t.ex. upprepningsfrekvens och " -"fördröjning, väljer du <b>Expertinställningar</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Fler alternativ och layouter finns i verktyget för tangentbordslayout i " -"skrivbordsmiljön.</p>\n" +"Om du vill ange avancerade alternativ, t.ex. upprepningsfrekvens och fördröjning, väljer du <b>Expertinställningar</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Fler alternativ och layouter finns i verktyget för tangentbordslayout i skrivbordsmiljön.</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av datorns tangentbord" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -231,12 +217,12 @@ "installationen och för det installerade systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -246,183 +232,179 @@ "som skiljer sig från den i systemet som ska uppdateras.\n" "Välj layouten som ska användas under uppdateringen:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "X11-tangentbordet kunde inte anges till %s" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Tangentbordslayout<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Språk<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Lokala inställningar" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "S&pråk" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Ställ in språk" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning över språkinställningarna" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Ange nya värden för språk" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Visa alla tillgängliga språk." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nytt språkvärde" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista över sekundära språk (separerade med komman)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Installera inte språkspecifika paket" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Sparar språkinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Spara språk och konsollinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Installera och avinstallera påverkade paket" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Uppdatera översättningar i starthanterarmenyn" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Spara språk och konsollinställningar..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Installera och avinstallera påverkade paket..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Uppdatera översättningar i starthanterarmenyn..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Sparar inställningar</b><br>Vänta...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Aktuellt språk: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Ytterligare språk: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Språket %1 är ogiltigt. Använd \"list\"-kommandot för att se möjliga värden." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "Språket %1 är ogiltigt. Använd \"list\"-kommandot för att se möjliga värden." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Språk" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Utvecklingsspråk" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Välkommen till systemåterställning" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "&Sekundärt språk" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Primärt s&pråk" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för primärt språk" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ytterligare paket med stöd för det primära och sekundära språket kommer att " -"installeras. Paket som inte längre behövs kommer att tas bort.\n" +"Ytterligare paket med stöd för det primära och sekundära språket kommer att installeras. Paket som inte längre behövs kommer att tas bort.\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -434,8 +416,8 @@ "det installerade systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -445,8 +427,8 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> för att fortsätta till nästa dialogruta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -458,8 +440,8 @@ "installationsdialogrutan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -471,9 +453,9 @@ "installationen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -483,8 +465,8 @@ "Välj det nya <b>språket</b> som ska användas i systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -494,28 +476,21 @@ "Välj det nya <b>primära språket</b> som ska användas i systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Markera <b>Använd tangentbordslayout</b> om du vill byta " -"tangentbordslayouten till det primära språket.\n" -"Markera <b>Använd tidszon</b> om du vill anpassa den aktuella tidszonen " -"efter det primära språket. Om tangentbordslayouten eller tidszonen redan har " -"anpassats till den förvalda språkinställningen är respektive alternativ " -"inaktiverat.\n" +"Markera <b>Använd tangentbordslayout</b> om du vill byta tangentbordslayouten till det primära språket.\n" +"Markera <b>Använd tidszon</b> om du vill anpassa den aktuella tidszonen efter det primära språket. Om tangentbordslayouten eller tidszonen redan har anpassats till den förvalda språkinställningen är respektive alternativ inaktiverat.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -527,23 +502,22 @@ "Välj ytterligare språk som ska användas på systemet i valrutan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Det finns paketberoenden som inte har åtgärdats." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Det finns inte tillräckligt med utrymme för att installera alla ytterligare " -"paket.\n" +"Det finns inte tillräckligt med utrymme för att installera alla ytterligare paket.\n" "Ta bort språk från valet." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -557,8 +531,8 @@ "Använd förvalda värden om du är osäker.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -568,11 +542,10 @@ "<b>Lokala inställningar för användaren root</b>\n" "avgör hur lokala variabler (LC_*) ställs in för användaren root.</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" @@ -584,61 +557,54 @@ "<b>Nej</b>: Användaren root har alla lokala variabler oinställda.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Detaljerade lokala inställningar</b> för att ställa in lokala " -"inställningar för det primära språket som inte erbjuds i listan i " -"huvuddialogrutan. Översättningar kan inte finns tillgängliga för det valda " -"språket.</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Använd <b>Detaljerade lokala inställningar</b> för att ställa in lokala inställningar för det primära språket som inte erbjuds i listan i huvuddialogrutan. Översättningar kan inte finns tillgängliga för det valda språket.</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Språkdetaljer" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Lokala inställningar för användaren &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Endast ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Använd &UTF-8-kodning" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "&Detaljerade lokala inställningar" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "Använd tangentbordslayo&ut för %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Använd &tidszon för %1" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Hämtar språktillägg för installationssystemet..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -650,21 +616,21 @@ "\n" "Reservspråket %{fallback} kommer att användas." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primärt språk: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Paket installeras..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -672,8 +638,8 @@ "Översättningen av det primära språket är inte fullständig.\n" "Viss text kommer att visas på engelska.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -683,79 +649,76 @@ "Aktivera lagringsplatser online senare för att få bättre stöd\n" "för det här språket.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"Det valda språket kan inte användas i textläge. Engelska kommer att användas " -"under\n" +"Det valda språket kan inte användas i textläge. Engelska kommer att användas under\n" "installationen, men det valda språket kommer att användas i det nya systemet." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Inställning av tidszon" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningar för tidszon" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Ange nya värden för tidszoninställningar" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Visa alla tillgängliga tidszoner" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Ny tidszon" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nytt värde för hardvarans klocka. Det kan vara \"lokalt\", \"utc\" eller " -"\"UTC\"." +msgstr "Nytt värde för hardvarans klocka. Det kan vara \"lokalt\", \"utc\" eller \"UTC\"." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuell tidszon:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Hårdvaruklocka ställd enligt:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Lokal tid" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuell tid och datum:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -763,38 +726,33 @@ "Tiden %1 är redan passerad.\n" "Ange en korrekt tid innan du startar installationen." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tidszon" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tidszon" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ange om datorn är inställd för lokal tid eller UTC i <b>Hårdvaruklocka " -"ställd enligt</b>.\n" -"De flesta datorer som har andra operativsystem installerade (som t ex " -"Microsoft\n" +"Ange om datorn är inställd för lokal tid eller UTC i <b>Hårdvaruklocka ställd enligt</b>.\n" +"De flesta datorer som har andra operativsystem installerade (som t ex Microsoft\n" "Windows) använder lokal tid.\n" "Datorer som endast har Linux installerat är vanligtvis inställda till\n" "Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" @@ -802,8 +760,8 @@ "till sommartid och tillbaka automatiskt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -816,22 +774,18 @@ "Obs! Den interna systemklockan, när den används av Linux-kärnan, måste\n" "alltid visa UTC-tid eftersom det är referensen för rätt lokal tid\n" "i användarmiljön. Om du väljer lokal tid för CMOS-klockan\n" -"läser du användarhandboken för bakgrundsinformation om eventuella " -"bieffekter.\n" +"läser du användarhandboken för bakgrundsinformation om eventuella bieffekter.\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -840,75 +794,68 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Du har valt lokal tid, men endast Linux verkar vara installerat på datorn.\n" -"I så fall rekommenderar vi starkt att du avbryter och i stället använder " -"UTC.\n" +"I så fall rekommenderar vi starkt att du avbryter och i stället använder UTC.\n" "\n" -"Om du vill behålla den lokala tiden måste du ställa om CMOS-klockan två " -"gånger om året\n" -"för sommar- och vintertid. Om du inte ställer om klockan finns det risk för " -"att säkerhetskopieringar misslyckas,\n" +"Om du vill behålla den lokala tiden måste du ställa om CMOS-klockan två gånger om året\n" +"för sommar- och vintertid. Om du inte ställer om klockan finns det risk för att säkerhetskopieringar misslyckas,\n" "att e-postsystemet ignorerar e-postmeddelanden o.s.v.\n" "\n" "Om du använder UTC justeras tiden automatiskt av Linux.\n" "\n" "Vill du fortsätta med ditt val (lokal tid)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Systemtiden och systemdatumet visas. Om det behövs uppdaterar du värdena " -"manuellt eller med NTP (Network Time Protocol).</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Systemtiden och systemdatumet visas. Om det behövs uppdaterar du värdena manuellt eller med NTP (Network Time Protocol).</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Godkänn</b> om du vill spara ändringarna.</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Aktuellt datum i formatet DD-MM-ÅÅÅÅ" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Aktuell tid i formatet TT:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Aktuellt datum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Aktuell tid" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Ändra tiden nu" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Synkronisera med NTP-server" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Ändra datum och tid" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -916,8 +863,8 @@ "Ogiltig tid (TT:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Ange korrekt tid.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -925,49 +872,49 @@ "Ogiltigt datum (DD-MM-ÅÅÅÅ) %1.\n" "Ange korrekt datum.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andra &inställningar..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum och tid (NTP har konfigurerats)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum och tid" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Hårdvaruklocka ställd enligt UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Tids&zon" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum och klockslag:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -975,12 +922,11 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>Inställningar för tidszon och klocka</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -990,8 +936,8 @@ " I <b>Tidszon</b>, väljer du sedan tidszon, land eller region.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -1001,327 +947,327 @@ "Om tiden inte är korrekt, använd <b>Ändra</b> för att justera den.\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Klocka och tidszon" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Välj en giltig tidszon." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokal tid" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hårdvaruklocka ställd enligt" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP har konfigurerats" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Aktuell tidszon: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Engelsk (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Engelsk (GB)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Tysk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Tysk (med döda tangenter)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Tysk (Schweiz)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Fransk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Fransk (Schweiz)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Fransk (Kanada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Kanadensisk (Flerspråkig)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spansk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spansk (Latinamerika)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spansk (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiensk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugisisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasilien)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasilien - US-accent)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grekisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederländsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dansk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Svensk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tjeckisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tjeckisk (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovakisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovakisk (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovensk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungersk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Rysk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estnisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turkisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japansk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Isländsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Kambodjansk (khmer)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreansk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadzjikisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditionell kinesisk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Kinesisk (Förenklad)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumänsk" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US International" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spanska (asturisk variant)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,685 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "Inställningsmodul för DHCP-servern" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "Skriv ut DHCP-serverns status" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "Aktivera DHCP-servern" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "Inaktivera DHCP-servern" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "Hantera individuella värddatorinställningar" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "Välj nätverksgränssnitt att lyssna på" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "Hantera globala DHCP-alternativ" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "Hantera DHCP-delnätsalternativ" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Lista alla definierade värddatorer med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "Lägg till en ny värddator med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Redigera en värddator med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Ta bort en värddator med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "Namnet på värddatorn med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "Maskinvaruadressen för värddatorn med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "Maskinvarutypen för värddatorn med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "IP-adressen (eller värddatornamnet) för värddatorn med fast adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Välj vilket nätverksgränssnittet som ska användas" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Visa det gränssnitt som används för tillfället och andra tillgängliga " -"gränssnitt" +msgstr "Visa det gränssnitt som används för tillfället och andra tillgängliga gränssnitt" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Skriv ut aktuella alternativ" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Ange ett globalt alternativ" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Alternativvärde (t ex NTP-servrar)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Alternativvärde (t ex IP-adress)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Lägsta IP-adress för den dynamiska adressområdestilldelningen" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Högsta IP-adress för den dynamiska adressområdestilldelningen" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Standardlånetid i sekunder" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Maximal lånetid i sekunder" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP-servern är aktiverad" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP-servern är inaktiverad" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Värddator: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Maskinvara: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP-adress: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "Värddatornamnet har inte angetts." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "Den angivna värddatorn finns inte." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Valda gränssnitt: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Andra gränssnitt: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "Det angivna gränssnittet finns inte." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "Du har inte angett att gränssnittet ska användas." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "Alternativtangenten måste anges." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Värdet måste anges." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Adressområde: %1–%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Standardlånetid: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Maximal lånetid: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna. Vill du ändra dem?" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Konfigurationen kunde inte sparas" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för DHCP-servern" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globala alternativ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in delnät" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Värddator med fast adress" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Delat nätverk" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Samling av adresser" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Gruppspecifika alternativ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klass" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Delnät" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Värddator" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "Delat &nätverk" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupp" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Sa&mling av adresser" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klass" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Deklarationstyper" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Deklarationstyp" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Gränssnittsinställning" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG-nyckelhantering" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagar" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Timmar" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuter" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP-server: Start" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP-server: Val av kort" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Val av kort" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP-server: Globala inställningar" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Globala inställningar" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP-server: Dynamisk DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Dynamisk DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP-server: Värddatorhantering" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Värddatorhantering" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP-server: Expertinställningar" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "När s&ystemet startar" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuellt" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "Startargument för DHCP-server" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Nätverkskort för DHCP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Markerade" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Gränssnittsnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Välj" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Avmarkera" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adress" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Du måste välja minst ett nätverksgränssnitt." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Ett eller flera valda nätverksgränssnitt har inte konfigurerats (ingen " -"tilldelad IP-adress \n" +"Ett eller flera valda nätverksgränssnitt har inte konfigurerats (ingen tilldelad IP-adress \n" "och nätmask)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-stöd" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP-server&namn (valfritt)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domännamn" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "I&P för primär namnserver" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP för &sekundär namnserver" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Standard&gateway (router) " -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Skrivarserver" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS-server" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Standard&lånetid" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "En&heter" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Det angivna värdet är inte ett giltigt värddatornamn eller IP-adress." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Delnätsinformation" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Aktuellt &nätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Aktuell nät&mask" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Nätmaskbi&tar" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Lägsta &IP-adress" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&Högsta IP-adress" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-adressområde" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Första IP-adress" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "S&ista IP-adress" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Tillåt dynamisk &BOOTP" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Lånetid" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "Stan&dard" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maximal" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Enhe&ter" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Skapa ny DNS-zon från grunden" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Redigera aktuell DNS-zon" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Hämta aktuell zoninformation" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Synkronisera DNS-server..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -700,150 +696,148 @@ "DNS-zonen %1 är inte en huvudzon.\n" "Därför kan du inte ändra den här.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Ange värden för bägge ändar av IP-adressområdet." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Det dynamiska DHCP-adressområdet måste finnas i samma nätverk som DHCP-" -"servern.\n" +"Det dynamiska DHCP-adressområdet måste finnas i samma nätverk som DHCP-servern.\n" "IP %1 matchar inte nätverket %2/%3." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registrerad värddator" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Maskinvaruadress" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Visa inställning" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adress" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Maskinvaruadress" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "&Ändra i lista" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "&Ta bort från lista" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token ring" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Maskinvaruadressen är felaktig.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Maskinvaruadressen måste vara unik." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Fältet för värddatornamn får inte vara tomt." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Det finns redan en värddator med namnet %1." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Ange en IP-adress för värddatorn." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Maskinvaruadressen måste definieras." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Välj en värddator först." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Inmatningsvärdet måste definieras." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -863,22 +857,20 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta?" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "-%1 är inte ett giltigt kommandoradsalternativ för DHCP-servern" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"Det krävs ett argument för kommandoradsalternativet -%1 för DHCP-servern" +msgstr "Det krävs ett argument för kommandoradsalternativet -%1 för DHCP-servern" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -892,22 +884,21 @@ " \n" "Vill du fortsätta?\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP-serverguiden (%1 av 4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -918,18 +909,16 @@ "<p><b><big>Lägga till ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster</big></b><br />\n" "<b>Första IP-adress</b> definierar \n" "startadressen för intervallet och <b>Sista IP-adress</b> definierar\n" -"den sista adressen. <b>Bas för värddatornamn</b> är en sträng som definierar " -"hur värddatornamn\n" +"den sista adressen. <b>Bas för värddatornamn</b> är en sträng som definierar hur värddatornamn\n" "skapas (t.ex. <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> eller <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> ersätts med numret på värddatorn i intervallet.\n" "Om inget <tt>%i</tt> anges läggs numret till sist i\n" -"strängen. <tt>%i</tt> kan bara användas en gång i <b>Bas för värddatornamn.\n" +"strängen. <tt>%i</tt> kan bara användas en gång i <b>Bas för värddatornamn</b>.\n" "<b>Start</b> definierar det första numret som används för det första\n" "värddatornamnet. Värddatornamn skapas stegvis.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -945,19 +934,17 @@ "översätter namn till de tilldelade IP-adresserna. Du kan också\n" "skapa en omvänd zon som översätter IP-adresser till namn.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nytt zonnamn</b> eller <b>Omvänt zonnamn</b>\n" -"hämtas från DHCP-servern och nätverksinställningarna och kan inte ändras.\n" +"hämtas från DHCP-servern och nätverksinställningarna och kan inte ändras.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" @@ -965,8 +952,8 @@ "<p>Välj <b>Skapa en omvänd zon också</b> om du vill skapa en zon \n" " som ska innehålla omvända poster för DNS-huvudzonen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -976,8 +963,8 @@ "Namnservrar behövs för att DNS-servern ska fungera korrekt.\n" "Namnservrarna hanterar alla DNS-zonposter.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -992,34 +979,28 @@ "Alla DNS-frågor (t.ex. en IP-adressökning efter ett\n" "värddatornamn i en DNS-zon) börjar med att fråga den överordnade zonen\n" "(<tt>com</tt> för <tt>exempel.com</tt>) efter den aktuella zonens\n" -"namnservrar. Därefter skickas en DNS-fråga till dessa namnservrar med en " -"begäran om\n" +"namnservrar. Därefter skickas en DNS-fråga till dessa namnservrar med en begäran om\n" "relevant IP-adress.<br />\n" -"Därför är det viktigt att du alltid anger den aktuella DNS-serverns " -"värddatornamn som en av\n" +"Därför är det viktigt att du alltid anger den aktuella DNS-serverns värddatornamn som en av\n" "zonens namnservrar.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en <b>ny namnserver</b> klickar du på <b>Lägg till, fyller i formuläret\n" -"och klickar på <b>OK</b>. Om det nya namnservernamnet finns med i den " -"nuvarande\n" -"DNS-zonen anger du IP-adressen för det också. Det här är obligatoriskt " -"eftersom IP-adressen används\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en <b>ny namnserver</b> klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>, fyller i formuläret\n" +"och klickar på <b>OK</b>. Om det nya namnservernamnet finns med i den nuvarande\n" +"DNS-zonen anger du IP-adressen för det också. Det här är obligatoriskt eftersom IP-adressen används\n" "när zonen skapas.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1027,26 +1008,23 @@ "<p>Om du vill redigera eller ta bort en post väljer du den\n" "och klickar på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DNS-poster</big></b><br />\n" -"Definiera DNS-värddatornamn för alla DHCP-klienter. Du behöver inte " -"definiera\n" +"Definiera DNS-värddatornamn för alla DHCP-klienter. Du behöver inte definiera\n" "värddatornamnen ett i taget. Ange enkla regler för hur\n" -"värddatornamnen skapas. Dessa regler definierar intervallen med IP-adresser " -"som ska användas\n" +"värddatornamnen skapas. Dessa regler definierar intervallen med IP-adresser som ska användas\n" "och strängen som värddatornamn genereras från för ett intervall.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1058,18 +1036,17 @@ "till <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> med IP-adresser från <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "till <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster klickar du på " -"<b>Lägg till</b>,\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>,\n" "fyller i formuläret och klickar på <b>OK</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" @@ -1077,8 +1054,8 @@ "<p>Det här är en sammanfattning av all information\n" "som har angetts i konfigurationsguiden hittills.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1090,8 +1067,8 @@ "Inställningarna sparas inte permanent förrän du har slutfört \n" "DHCP-serverkonfigurationen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1099,28 +1076,25 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DNS-synkronisering</big></b><br />\n" -"Det här är ett avancerat verktyg för att redigera DNS-serverinställningar " -"som matchar\n" -"DHCP-inställningarna. Endast A-poster (DNS-poster som omvandlar " -"värddatornamn till\n" +"Det här är ett avancerat verktyg för att redigera DNS-serverinställningar som matchar\n" +"DHCP-inställningarna. Endast A-poster (DNS-poster som omvandlar värddatornamn till\n" "IP-adresser) finns här.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Aktuellt delnät</b> och <b>Nätmask</b> visar de aktuella " -"nätverksinställningarna.\n" +"<b>Aktuellt delnät</b> och <b>Nätmask</b> visar de aktuella nätverksinställningarna.\n" "<b>Domän</b> hämtas från den aktuella DHCP-konfigurationen.\n" "<b>Första IP-adress</b> och <b>Andra IP-adress</b> matchar det aktuella\n" "dynamiska DHCP-intervallet.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" @@ -1130,19 +1104,16 @@ "Om du vill skapa en DNS-zon från grunden väljer du <b>Kör guiden</b>\n" "från <b>Särskilda uppgifter</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1151,40 +1122,37 @@ "Om du vill synkronisera DNS-posterna med de omvända formerna i motsvarande\n" "omvänd zon väljer du <b>Synkronisera med den omvända zonen</b>.\n" "Välj <b>Ta bort intervallet med matchande DNS-poster</b> \n" -"från <b>Särskilda uppgifter</b> om du vill ta bort information som relaterar " -"till det här intervallet med IP-adresser från DNS-servern. Om du vill skapa " -"ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster väljer du\n" -"<b>Lägg till ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster</b> från <b>Särskilda " -"uppgifter</b>.</p>\n" +"från <b>Särskilda uppgifter</b> om du vill ta bort information som relaterar till det här intervallet med IP-adresser från DNS-servern. Om du vill skapa ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster väljer du\n" +"<b>Lägg till ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster</b> från <b>Särskilda uppgifter</b>.</p>\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "Lägg till nytt intervall med DNS-poster" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "Redigera intervallet med DNS-poster" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "&Bas för värddatornamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starta" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1192,11 +1160,11 @@ "Internt fel.\n" "Det går inte att skapa IP-området från %1 till %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1204,19 +1172,19 @@ "IP-adressen %1 matchar inte\n" "det aktuella nätverket %2/%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "Den sista IP-adressen måste vara högre än den första." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1226,39 +1194,37 @@ "utanför det aktuella\n" "dynamiska DHCP-intervallet %2–%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." -msgstr "" -"Det får bara finnas en förekomst av %i i strängen för basen för " -"värddatornamn." +msgstr "Det får bara finnas en förekomst av %i i strängen för basen för värddatornamn." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ogiltigt datornamn." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Ogiltig IP-adress." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1266,45 +1232,45 @@ "IP-adressen %1 finns inte i intervallet för tillåtna\n" "IP-adresser (%2–%3) som har definierats i DHCP-servern.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "Skapar DNS-zonposter igen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Lägger till ny DNS-post" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Värddatornamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "Lägger till DHCP-område %1–%2 på DNS-servern..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Ta bort intervallet med matchande DNS-poster" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Tar bort poster i intervallet %1–%2 från DNS-servern..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1312,8 +1278,8 @@ "Zonen %1 är inte av typen huvudserver.\n" "DNS-servern kan inte skriva poster till den.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1321,20 +1287,20 @@ "Zonen %1 finns ännu inte i den aktuella DNS-serverkonfigurationen.\n" "Vill du skapa den?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa zonen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "Synkroniserar omvända DNS-poster..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1342,73 +1308,73 @@ "Om du avbryter åtgärden går alla DNS-serverändringar förlorade.\n" "Vill du avbryta den här åtgärden?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domän" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Nätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Nät&mask" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS-zonposter" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Värddatornamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "Tilldelad IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "L&ägg till..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Särskilda uppgifter" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Lägg till ett nytt intervall med DNS-poster" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Kör guiden om du vill skriva om DNS-zonen från grunden" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Synkronisera med den omvända zonen %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-serversynkronisering" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "Avbryter guiden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1416,43 +1382,41 @@ "Alla ändringar som du har gjort i guiden kommer att gå förlorade.\n" "Vill du avsluta?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "Lägg till en ny namnserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "Redigera namnservern" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "Server-&IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Ingen IP-adress har angetts för en namnserver i den aktuella DNS-zonen.\n" -"Detta kan leda till fel eftersom namnet och IP-adressen för varje zons " -"namnserver måste vara definierade. \n" +"Detta kan leda till fel eftersom namnet och IP-adressen för varje zons namnserver måste vara definierade. \n" "Vill du använda de aktuella inställningarna?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "Namnservern %1 finns redan i inställningen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1462,204 +1426,204 @@ "ett annat intervall (%1–%2).\n" "Vill du använda det nya intervallet?\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "Minst en namnserver måste definieras." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "DHCP-server: Ny DNS-zon - steg 1 av 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "Nytt &zonnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "Aktuellt &nätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "&Skapa en omvänd zon också" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "DHCP-server: Zonnamnservrar - steg 2 av 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "Aktuella namnservrar" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP (valfritt)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "L&ägg till..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "R&edigera..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-poster - steg 3 av 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "DNS-poster för DHCP-klienter" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "Bas för värddatornamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "Intervallen startar med" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "Från IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "Till IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-poster - sammanfattning" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "Om&vänt zonnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>Zonnamn:</b> %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(Den aktuella zonen kommer att ersättas med den nya)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>Omvänt zonnamn:</b> %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "Zonnamnservrar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "Datornamn: %1, IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "Inte definierat" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "Intervall med DNS-värddatorer:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "Intervall: %1–%2<br />Bas för värddatornamn: %3, Börjar med: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "Minst en DNS-post måste anges." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort zonen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till namnservrar i zonen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till DNS-zonposter." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa den omvända zonen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "Skapar DNS-zon..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "Återställer föregående DNS-inställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1671,13 +1635,13 @@ "%1\n" "Vill du gå tillbaka till guiden?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "DNS-zonen har skapats." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1685,8 +1649,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar DHCP-serverinställningarna</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...</p>" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1694,8 +1658,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar DHCP-serverinställningarna</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1705,8 +1669,8 @@ "Välj de gränssnitt som DHCP-servern ska lyssna på i \n" "<B>Tillgängliga gränssnitt</B>.</P>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1722,8 +1686,8 @@ "Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen\n" "är aktiverad.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1732,12 +1696,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Om du vill köra DHCP-servern i ett chroot-fängelse markerar du\n" -"<b>Kör DHCP-server i chroot-fängelse</b>. Att starta en demon i ett chroot-" -"fängelse\n" +"<b>Kör DHCP-server i chroot-fängelse</b>. Att starta en demon i ett chroot-fängelse\n" "är säkrare och rekommenderas.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1747,8 +1710,8 @@ "Om du vill lagra DHCP-inställningen i LDAP\n" "aktiverar du <b>LDAP-stöd</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1756,18 +1719,14 @@ "the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inställda deklarationer</b> visar inställningsalternativen som " -"används.\n" -"Om du vill ändra en befintlig deklaration markerar du den och klickar på " -"<b>Redigera</b>.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny deklaration väljer du en deklaration som ska " -"innehålla den nya\n" +"<p><b>Inställda deklarationer</b> visar inställningsalternativen som används.\n" +"Om du vill ändra en befintlig deklaration markerar du den och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny deklaration väljer du en deklaration som ska innehålla den nya\n" "deklarationen och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"Om du vill ta bort en deklaration väljer du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort.</p>" +"Om du vill ta bort en deklaration väljer du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1782,8 +1741,8 @@ "DNS-uppdateringar\n" "använder du <b>Avancerat</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" @@ -1791,8 +1750,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Delnätsinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Ange <b>nätverksadressen</b> och <b>nätverksmasken</b> för delnätet.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1802,8 +1761,8 @@ "Ange namnet på den värddator som den fasta adressen ska anges för eller\n" "gör andra särskilda inställningar i <b>Värddator</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1815,8 +1774,8 @@ "Det är endast för identifiering.\n" "Namnet påverkar inte DHCP-serverns funktionalitet.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1828,8 +1787,8 @@ "Det är endast för identifiering.\n" "Namnet påverkar inte DHCP-serverns funktionalitet.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1841,8 +1800,8 @@ "Det är endast för identifiering.\n" "Namnet påverkar inte DHCP-serverns funktionalitet.</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1850,8 +1809,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Klass</big></b><br>\n" "Ange namnet på klassen över värddatorer i <b>Klassnamn</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1862,34 +1821,31 @@ "<p>\n" "Om du vill redigera DHCP-inställningarna väljer du lämplig\n" "post i tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till ett nytt alternativ använder du <B>Lägg till</B>. Om " -"du vill\n" +"Om du vill lägga till ett nytt alternativ använder du <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill\n" "ta bort ett alternativ väljer du det och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill justera dynamisk DNS för värddatorer på det här delnätet använder " -"du <b>Dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>" +"Om du vill justera dynamisk DNS för värddatorer på det här delnätet använder du <b>Dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" "<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aktivera dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill aktivera dynamiska DNS-uppdateringar för det här delnätet " -"markerar du\n" +"Om du vill aktivera dynamiska DNS-uppdateringar för det här delnätet markerar du\n" "<b>Aktivera dynamisk DNS för det här delnätet</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1898,16 +1854,13 @@ "and reverse zone.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG-nyckel</big></b><br>\n" -"För att kunna göra dynamiska DNS-uppdateringar måste autentiseringsnyckeln " -"ställas in.\n" -"Använd <b>TSIG-nyckel</b> för att välja vilken nyckel som ska användas för " -"autentisering.\n" -"Nyckeln måste vara samma för både DHCP- och DNS-servrarna. Specificera " -"nyckeln för\n" +"För att kunna göra dynamiska DNS-uppdateringar måste autentiseringsnyckeln ställas in.\n" +"Använd <b>TSIG-nyckel</b> för att välja vilken nyckel som ska användas för autentisering.\n" +"Nyckeln måste vara samma för både DHCP- och DNS-servrarna. Specificera nyckeln för\n" "både vidarebefordringszonen och den omvända zonen.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1919,60 +1872,52 @@ "ska fungera korrekt. Om du vill göra det automatiskt markerar du\n" "<b>Uppdatera globala dynamiska DNS-inställningar</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zoner att uppdatera</big></b><br>\n" -"Ange vilka vidarebefordringszoner och omvända zoner som ska uppdateras. Ange " -"också\n" +"Ange vilka vidarebefordringszoner och omvända zoner som ska uppdateras. Ange också\n" "deras primära namnserver. Om namnservern körs på samma värddator som\n" "DHCP-servern kan du lämna fälten tomma.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Startargument för DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n" "Här kan du ange parametrar som du vill att DHCP-servern ska startas med \n" -"(t ex -p 1234 som en port som inte är standard ska lyssna på). Alla " -"alternativ som kan väljas finns på manualsidan \n" +"(t ex -p 1234 som en port som inte är standard ska lyssna på). Alla alternativ som kan väljas finns på manualsidan \n" "consult dhcpd. Om fältet lämnas tomt används standardvärden.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Val av nätverkskort</big></b><br>\n" -"Välj ett eller flera av nätverkskorten i listan som ska användas för DHCP-" -"servern.</p>\n" +"Välj ett eller flera av nätverkskorten i listan som ska användas för DHCP-servern.</p>\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Du kan även ange <b>Namn på DHCP-server</b>\n" -"(namnet på dhcp-servern i LDAP-objektet) om det skiljer sig från " -"värddatornamnet.\n" +"(namnet på dhcp-servern i LDAP-objektet) om det skiljer sig från värddatornamnet.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -1980,9 +1925,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Globala inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Här kan du göra flera DHCP-inställningar.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -1990,8 +1935,8 @@ "<p><b>Domännamn</b> anger för vilken domän DHCP-servern\n" "lånar ut IP-adresser till klienter.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2001,8 +1946,8 @@ "ger dessa namnservrar till DHCP-klienterna.\n" "Värdena måste vara IP-adresser</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" @@ -2010,8 +1955,8 @@ "<p><b>Standardgateway</b> anger klientens routing-tabell med det här\n" "värdet som standardrutt.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -2019,14 +1964,13 @@ "<p><b>Tidsserver</b> anger vilken server som ska användas\n" "för tidssynkronisering.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Skrivarserver</b> är den förvalda skrivarservern.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" @@ -2034,18 +1978,17 @@ "<p><b>WINS-server</b> är den här WINS-servern.\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standardlånetid</b> anger tiden när IP-lånet ska upphöra\n" "och klienten måste fråga efter en IP-adress igen.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2054,32 +1997,28 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Delnätsinformation</big></b></br>\n" "Visa information om det aktuella delnätet, t.ex. nätets adress och\n" -"nätmask samt de lägsta och högsta IP-adresserna som är tillgängliga för " -"klienter.\n" +"nätmask samt de lägsta och högsta IP-adresserna som är tillgängliga för klienter.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IP-adressintervall</big></b><br>\n" "Ange den <b>första IP-adressen</b> och den <b>sista IP-adressen</b>\n" -"i adressintervallet som ska lånas ut till klienter. Dessa adresser måste ha " -"samma nätmask,\n" +"i adressintervallet som ska lånas ut till klienter. Dessa adresser måste ha samma nätmask,\n" "t.ex. <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> och <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Markera flaggan <b>\n" -"Tillåt dynamisk BOOTP</b> om det angivna intervallet kan tilldelas " -"dynamiskt\n" +"Tillåt dynamisk BOOTP</b> om det angivna intervallet kan tilldelas dynamiskt\n" "till BOOTP-klienter och DHCP-klienter</p>.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2089,40 +2028,37 @@ "Ange den förvalda <b>lånetiden</b> för det aktuella IP-adressområdet,\n" "vilket anger den optimala IP-uppdateringstiden för klienter.<br></p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Maximal</b> (valfritt värde) anger den maximala tidsperioden\n" -"för hur länge den här IP-adressen ska vara låst för klienten på DHCP-servern." -"</p>" +"för hur länge den här IP-adressen ska vara låst för klienten på DHCP-servern.</p>" -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" "<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Expertinställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill få tillgång till de fullständiga inställningarna för DHCP-servern " -"klickar du\n" +"Om du vill få tillgång till de fullständiga inställningarna för DHCP-servern klickar du\n" "på <b>Expertinställningar för DHCP-server</b>.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Värddatorhantering</big></b><br>\n" -"Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill redigera värddatorer med statiska " -"adresser.</p>" +"Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill redigera värddatorer med statiska adresser.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2136,20 +2072,18 @@ "<p>Om du vill ändra en inställd värddator markerar du den i tabellen\n" "ändrar alla värden och klickar sedan på <b>Ändra i lista</b>.</p>" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ta bort en värddator markerar du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort " -"från lista</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill ta bort en värddator markerar du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort från lista</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj deklarationstypen som ska läggas till.</p>" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" @@ -2157,8 +2091,8 @@ "<p>Om du vill lägga till en nätverksdeklaration\n" "väljer du <b>Delnät</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -2166,8 +2100,8 @@ "<p>Om du vill lägga till en värddator som behöver speciella parametrar\n" "(vanligtvis en fast adress) väljer du <b>Värddator</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" @@ -2175,8 +2109,8 @@ "<p>Om du vill lägga till ett delat nätverk (fysikt nätverk med\n" "flera logiska nätverk) väljer du <b>Delat nätverk</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" @@ -2184,20 +2118,19 @@ "<p>Om du vill lägga till en grupp med andra deklarationer (vanligt om de\n" "ska dela inställningar) väljer du <b>Grupp</b>.</p>" -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" "subnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en samling adresser som ska behandlas på ett annat " -"sätt än\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en samling adresser som ska behandlas på ett annat sätt än\n" "andra adressamlingar trots att de tillhör samma delnät väljer du\n" "<b>Samling av adresser</b>.</p>" -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2207,123 +2140,123 @@ "att hantera klienter på olika sätt beroende på vilken klass de tillhör\n" "väljer du <b>Klass</b>.</p>" -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "A&dresser" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "Den angivna adressen är felaktig." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Du måste ange minst en adress." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Värden" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "De angivna adresserna är felaktiga." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Du måste ange minst ett adresspar." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "På" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Av" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Du måste ange ett värde." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Ny adress" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Nytt värde" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Avgränsa flera adresser med mellanslag." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "Lägg till &adresspar" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Den lägsta adressen måste vara lägre än den högsta." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Uppdatera syslog-inställningarna om du ändrar det här." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&Maskinvarutyp" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-adress" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "&Lägsta IP-adress" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "&Högsta IP-adress" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2331,8 +2264,8 @@ "Om du avbryter DHCP-serverinställningarna utan att spara\n" "försvinner alla ändringar. Vill du fortsätta?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2342,8 +2275,8 @@ "kommer inte att kunna ge service till nätverket.\n" "Vill du fortsätta?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2353,8 +2286,8 @@ "%1\n" "Kör YaST-brandväggsinställning för att ange en zon för dem." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2362,10 +2295,10 @@ "Nätverksgränssnitt %1 nämns inte i någon brandväggszon.\n" "Kör YaST-brandväggsinställning för att ange en zon för det." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2373,188 +2306,188 @@ "Den här funktionen är inte tillgänglig när en\n" "automatisk installation förbereds." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "Inst&ällda deklarationer" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "&Dynamisk DNS" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-nyc&kel för vidarebefordringszon" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-nyc&kel för omvänd zon" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Välj fil med autentiseringsnyckel" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Verkställ ändringar" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "Kö&r DHCP-servern i chroot-fängelse" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "A&vancerat" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "Visa &logg" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "Gränssnittsinställning" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "&Nätverksadress" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "Nätverks&mask" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Grupp&namn" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "&Namn på samling" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Namn på delat nätverk" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "&Namn på klass" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Tillgängliga gränssnitt" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "Öppna brandvägg &för valda gränssnitt" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "Aktiv&era dynamisk DNS för det här delnätet" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "&Uppdatera globala dynamiska DNS-inställningar" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zon" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&Primär DNS-server" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "Om&vänd zon" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "Pr&imär DNS-server" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "&Expertinställningar för DHCP-server..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Initierar DHCP-serverinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontrollera miljön" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningarna" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Läs DHCP-serverinställningarna" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Läs DNS-serverinställningarna" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerar miljön..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Läser DHCP-serverinställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Läser DNS-serverinställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2570,18 +2503,17 @@ "\n" "Programmet avslutas." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" -"Det går inte att bestämma värddatornamnet. Det går inte att göra en LDAP-" -"baserad konfiguration av \n" +"Det går inte att bestämma värddatornamnet. Det går inte att göra en LDAP-baserad konfiguration av \n" "DHCP-servern." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2589,111 +2521,111 @@ "DHCP-servern har inte ställts in\n" "ännu. Vill du skapa en ny inställning?" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar DHCP-serverinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Spara DHCP-severinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Starta om DHCP-servern" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Spara DNS-severinställningarna" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Sparar DHCP-serverinställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Startar om DHCP-servern..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Sparar DNS-serverinställningarna..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Fel uppstod när DHCP-demonen skulle startas om." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-servern startas när systemet startas" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-servern startas inte när systemet startas" -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Lyssna på: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamiskt adressområde: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ogiltig LDAP-inställning. Det går inte att använda LDAP." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Stöd för flera dhcpServiceDN är inte implementerat." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DN för DHCP-tjänsten är inte definierat." -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fel uppstod när %1 skulle skapas." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fel uppstod när %1 skulle uppdateras." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Fel uppstod när cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 skulle skapas." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Fel uppstod när /etc/dhcpd.conf skulle skrivas." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,688 +14,671 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "Ställ in DNS-server" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Startinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "DNS-vidarebefordrare" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Logginställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "DNS-zoner" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "Åtkomstkontrollistor (ACL)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "Zontransportregler" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "Zonnamnservrar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "Zon-e-postservrar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "SOA (Start of Authority)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "Zonresursposter, till exempel A, CNAME, NS, MX eller PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "Hanterar A och motsvarande PTR-post på samma gång" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Visa aktuella inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "Starta DNS-servern när datorn startas" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "Starta DNS-servern manuellt" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Lägg till en ny post" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Ta bort post" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4-adress" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "Loggmål (syslog|fil)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "Ange alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "Filnamn för logg (fullständig sökväg)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "Maximal loggstorlek [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" msgstr "Maximalt antal versioner för rotation, \"0\" betyder ingen rotation" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "Zonnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "Zontyp, huvudzon eller slav" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "DNS-zonens huvudserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Aktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inaktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Namnserver (i fullständigt format avslutat med en punkt eller ett relativt " -"namn)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Namnserver (i fullständigt format avslutat med en punkt eller ett relativt namn)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"E-postserver (i fullständigt format avslutat med en punkt eller ett relativt " -"namn)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "E-postserver (i fullständigt format avslutat med en punkt eller ett relativt namn)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "E-postserverns prioritet (ett tal från 0 till 65535)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "Zonuppdateringens serienummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "Generell livslängd för posterna i zonen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "Zonposterna måste uppdateras inom det här intervallet" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "Intervall mellan nya försök i samband med misslyckad uppdatering" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "Intervall efter vilket zonposter inte längre är auktoritativa" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" msgstr "Minsta livslängd som bör exporteras för posterna i den här zonen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "Posttyp för en DNS-resurs, till exempel A, CNAME, NS, MX eller PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "DNS-fråga, t ex exempel.org för en A-post" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Postvärde för en DNS-resurs, till exempel 192.0.34.166 för A-posten i " -"exempel.org" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Postvärde för en DNS-resurs, till exempel 192.0.34.166 för A-posten i exempel.org" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "DNS-postens värdnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "Logga namnförfrågningar %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "Logga zonuppdateringar %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "Logga zonöverföringar %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "Kommaseparerad lista med zonvidarebefordrare" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Parametern %1 måste ställas in." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Okänt värde för parametern %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Startinställningar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Endast en parameter tillåts." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "Aktiverar DNS-servern i startprocessen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "Tar bort DNS-servern från startprocessen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "DNS-servern aktiveras i startprocessen." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNS-servern måste startas manuellt." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Vidarebefordring:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "Vidarebefordrar-IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "Endast en åtgärdsparameter tillåts." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Loggmål" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Systemlogg" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Fil" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Filnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Maximal storlek" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Maximal antal versioner" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Logga namngivna frågor" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Logga zonuppdateringar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Logga zonöverföringar" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Loggningsinställningar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Inställning" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Loggningsregel" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS-zoner:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Huvudserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Vidarebefordrare" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Fördefinierad" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Egen" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL:er:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Zontransport:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "Aktiverad ACL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Namnservrar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Namnserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "E-postservrar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "E-postserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "SOA (Start of Authority):" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Postfråga" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Posttyp" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Postvärde" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Värdnamnspost:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Värddatornamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "DNS-serverinstallation" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för vidarebefordrare" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-zoner" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "Slutför guide" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Vidarebefordrare: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Domäner: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-stöd aktivt" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "Startbeteende" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "P&å: Starta DNS-servern nu och när datorn startas" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "Av: Servern startas man&uellt" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "&Expertinställningar för DNS-server..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-server" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Princip för lokal DNS-matchning" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "Sammanfogning av vidarebefordrare är inaktiverat" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Automatisk sammanfogning" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "Sammanfogning av vidarebefordrare är aktiverat" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Anpassad konfiguration" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Anpassad princip" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Vidarebefordrare för lokal DNS-matchning" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Systemnamnservrar används" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Den här namnservern (bindning)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Lokal dnsmasq-server" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Lägg till IP-adress" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- eller IPv6-a&dress" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "Vidarebefordrings&lista" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Det går inte att ange lokal vidarebefordrare till %{forwarder}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Det går inte att hitta lokal motsvarighet till IP %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -705,12 +688,12 @@ "IP-adressen %1 används för närvarande av denna server, så den har \n" "ändrats till sin lokala motsvarighet %2." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ogiltig IPv4- eller IPv6-adress." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -718,47 +701,47 @@ "En giltig IPv6-adress består av bokstäverna a-f, siffror\n" "och kolon." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Den angivna vidarebefordraren finns redan." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Lägg till eller ändra alternativ" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Värde" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "&Ändra" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Aktuella alternativ" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -766,8 +749,8 @@ "Vill du ange det här\n" "alternativet utan något värde?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -775,8 +758,8 @@ "Alternativet %1 kan endast ha ett ja- eller nej-värde.\n" "Vill du ändå ange det till %2?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -784,8 +767,8 @@ "Alternativet %1 kan endast vara ett tal.\n" "Vill du ändå ange det till %2?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -793,8 +776,8 @@ "Citattecknen används felaktigt i det här alternativet.\n" "Vill du ändå ange det till %1?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -802,8 +785,8 @@ "Klamrarna används felaktigt i det här alternativet.\n" "Vill du ändå ange det till %1?\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -811,78 +794,78 @@ "Alternativet %1 kan bara anges en gång.\n" "Vill du ändå lägga till det en gång till?\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Loggtyp" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systemlogg" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "Ar&kiv" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maximal &storlek (MB)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maximalt antal &versioner" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Ytterligare loggning" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Logga alla DNS-förfrå&gningar" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Logga zon&uppdateringar" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Logga &zonöverföringar" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Välj fil för logg" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Alternativinställningar" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Aktuell ACL-lista" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -890,72 +873,71 @@ "Den här behörighetsstyrningslistan används av %1 zoner.\n" "Vill du ta bort den ändå?\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Den angivna ACL-posten finns redan." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Lägg till ny zon" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Huvudserver" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slavserver" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Framåt" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Inställda DNS-zoner" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "En zon med det angivna namnet är redan inställd." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att spara inställningarna. Vill du ändra inställningarna?" +msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna. Vill du ändra inställningarna?" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Konfigurationen kunde inte sparas" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -963,83 +945,83 @@ "Alla ändringar kommer att gå förlorade.\n" "Vill du lämna DNS-serverkonfigurationen utan att spara?" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Verkställ ändringar" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Grundinställningar" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Loggning" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "ACL:er" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG-nycklar" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "Ti&llåt dynamiska uppdateringar" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-nyc&kel" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Aktivera &zontransport" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Skapa a&utomatiskt poster från" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "&Zon" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Anslutna omvända zoner" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1047,152 +1029,152 @@ "Den här funktionen är inte tillgänglig när en\n" "automatisk installation förbereds.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "Ingen TSIG-nyckel har definierats." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "&Namnserver som ska läggas till" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Na&mnserverlista" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "Den angivna namnservern finns redan." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "E-postserver som ska läggas till" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adress" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Vidarebefordringslista för e-post" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Det angivna värdet är inte ett giltigt värddatornamn eller IP-adress." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "Den angivna e-postservern finns redan." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuter" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Timmar" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagar" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Veckor" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "S&erienummer" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "En&het" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Uppdate&ra" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Enhe&t" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Förs&ök igen" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "F&örfallotid" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "E&nhet" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Enhe&t" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Du måste ange zonens serienummer." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "Serienumret får inte vara längre än %1 siffror." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1204,107 +1186,107 @@ "nås från slavnamnservrarna.\n" "Vill du fortsätta?" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "&Postnyckel" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&yp" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "V&ärde" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "Tjän&st" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Vikt" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: Namnöversättning för IPv4-domän" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: Namnöversättning för IPv6-domän" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: Alias för domännamn" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: Namnserver" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: e-postvidarebefordran" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: omvänd översättning" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: Posten Tjänster" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: Posten Text" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Postinställningar" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Inställda resursposter" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Postnyckel" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1316,28 +1298,26 @@ "Omvända IPv6-poster stöds antingen i sin fullständiga form (%1)\n" "eller i relativ form för den aktuella zonen." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Ingen giltig IPv6-adress" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Ogiltig %{type}-postnyckel. Den måste bestå av utskrivbara US-ASCII-tecken " -"(förutom likhetstecken)\n" +"Ogiltig %{type}-postnyckel. Den måste bestå av utskrivbara US-ASCII-tecken (förutom likhetstecken)\n" "och måste vara minst ett tecken lång." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1345,96 +1325,94 @@ "Den största längden på en %{type}-post är %{max} tecken.\n" "Det här meddelandet är %{current} tecken långt." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME kan inte peka på sig själv." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Ett internt fel har uppstått." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Zonredigerare" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Grundläggande" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS-&poster" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "Post&er" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "M&X-poster" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Inställningar för zon" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Minst en NS-server måste anges.ester" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "De aktuella zonposterna skapas automatiskt från zonen %1.\n" -"Om du vill ändra poster manuellt inaktiverar du funktionen Skapa automatiskt " -"poster från." +"Om du vill ändra poster manuellt inaktiverar du funktionen Skapa automatiskt poster från." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP för DNS-&huvudserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Huvudserver saknas" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1444,33 +1422,33 @@ "Att konfigurera en DNS-server utan huvudserver fungerar inte.\n" "Om du fortsätter kommer den aktuella zonen att tas bort." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Ingen DNS-huvudserver har definierats." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "Den huvudnamnserver som angetts är inte en giltig IP-adress." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Ny IP-adress för &Vidarebefordraren" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Aktuella &Zonvidarebefordrare" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Redigerare för vidarebefordringszon" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1480,8 +1458,8 @@ "vilket innebär att alla DNS-frågor för zonen kommer att nekas.\n" "Ska dessa frågor nekas?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1489,13 +1467,13 @@ "Alla ändringar går förlorade.\n" "Vill du avsluta?" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "En zon med den här typen kan inte redigeras med det här verktyget." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1503,8 +1481,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar DNS-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -1512,8 +1490,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Avbryta initieringen</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan avsluta inställningsverktyget genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1521,8 +1499,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar DNS-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1530,12 +1508,11 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1543,8 +1520,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Zonnamn</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Ange namnet på zonen (domänen) i <B>Zonnamn</B>.</P>" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1555,14 +1532,13 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Dynamiska DNS-zonuppdateringar</big></b><br>\n" "Zonen kan uppdateras automatiskt, vanligtvis på grund av dynamiskt\n" -"tilldelade IP-adresser från en DHCP-server. Om du vill tillåta DNS-" -"uppdateringar markerar du\n" +"tilldelade IP-adresser från en DHCP-server. Om du vill tillåta DNS-uppdateringar markerar du\n" "<b>Tillåt dynamiska uppdateringar</b> och den <b>TSIG-nyckel</b>\n" "som ska användas för autentisering. Det måste vara samma nyckel för både\n" "DHCP- och DNS-servern.</p>" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1572,18 +1548,17 @@ "Om du vill redigera zoninställningarna väljer du\n" "posten i tabellen och klickar på <B>Redigera</B>.</p>" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny post i zonen klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>. " -"Om du vill ta bort\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny post i zonen klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>. Om du vill ta bort\n" "en post markerar du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1593,59 +1568,51 @@ "Om du vill redigera SOA-posten (Start of Authority) för zonen klickar du på\n" "<B>Redigera SOA</B>.</p>" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"<b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Huvudservrar</big></b><br>\n" -"Ange IP-adresserna för huvudnamnservrarna för den här zonen. Använd <b>Lägg " -"till</b>\n" -"om du vill lägga till en ny huvudnamnserver. Välj en befintlig och klicka på " -"<b>Ta bort</b>\n" +"Ange IP-adresserna för huvudnamnservrarna för den här zonen. Använd <b>Lägg till</b>\n" +"om du vill lägga till en ny huvudnamnserver. Välj en befintlig och klicka på <b>Ta bort</b>\n" "om du vill ta bort en befintlig.</p>" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zontyp</big></b><br>\n" "Om du vill göra den här namnservern till primär datakälla för zonen\n" -"väljer du <b>Huvud</b>. Om du vill göra den till sekundär namnserver väljer " -"du <b>Slav</b>\n" +"väljer du <b>Huvud</b>. Om du vill göra den till sekundär namnserver väljer du <b>Slav</b>\n" "eller <b>Stub</b> så att zondata speglas från huvudservern.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Zonriktning</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS används både för att översätta från domännamn till IP-adresser och " -"tillbaka.\n" +"DNS används både för att översätta från domännamn till IP-adresser och tillbaka.\n" "Välj om den här zonen ska användas för att översätta från domännamn till\n" "IP-adresser (<b>framåt</b>) eller från IP-adresser till domännamn\n" "(<b>omvänt</b>).</p>\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1653,11 +1620,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gränssnittsklasser</big></b><br>\n" "Välj vilka gränssnittsklasser som ska ha åtkomst till DNS-servern.\n" -"Gränssnittsklasserna definieras i komponenten för brandväggskonfiguration.\n" +"Gränssnittsklasserna definieras i komponenten för brandväggskonfiguration.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1669,10 +1635,10 @@ "via alla nätverksgränssnitt som den lyssnar på markerar du\n" "<b>Ändra brandväggsinställningar</b>.</p>\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" @@ -1680,8 +1646,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Inställning av SOA-poster</big></b><br>\n" "Ange posterna för SOA-posten.</p>" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -1689,8 +1655,8 @@ "<p><b>$TTL</b> anger livslängden för alla poster i zonen som inte\n" "har en utrycklig TTL..</p>" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" @@ -1698,8 +1664,8 @@ "<p><b>Primär källa</b> måste innehålla det fullständiga domännamnet\n" "på den primära servern.</p>" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" @@ -1707,21 +1673,20 @@ "<p><b>Administratörens e-postadress</b> måste innehålla e-postadressen till\n" "administratören som ansvarar för zonen.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Seriellt</b> nummer används för att avgöra om zonen har ändrats på\n" "huvudservrarna (så att slavservrar inte alltid behöver synkronisera\n" "hela zonen).</p>\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" @@ -1729,9 +1694,9 @@ "<p><b>Uppdatera</b> anger hur ofta zonen ska synkroniseras från\n" "huvudnamnservern till slavnamnservrarna.</p>" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" @@ -1739,8 +1704,8 @@ "<p><b>Försök igen</b> anger hur ofta slavservrarna ska synkronisera\n" "zonen från huvudservern om synkroniseringen misslyckas.</p>" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -1750,9 +1715,9 @@ "och när slavservrarna slutar svara tills de är synkroniserade.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" @@ -1760,30 +1725,26 @@ "<p><b>Minimum</b> anger hur länge slavservrarna ska cacha negativa\n" "svar (namnmatchningen misslyckades).</p>" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG-nyckelhantering</big></b><br>\n" "Ange de TSIG-nycklar som ska användas för dynamiska zonuppdateringar.\n" "Om du vill lägga till en ny nyckel använder du\n" -"textfältet <b>Filnamn</b> eller knappen <b>Bläddra</b> och klickar sedan på " -"<b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"Om du vill ta bort en befintlig TSIG-nyckel markerar du den i listan och " -"klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" +"textfältet <b>Filnamn</b> eller knappen <b>Bläddra</b> och klickar sedan på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" +"Om du vill ta bort en befintlig TSIG-nyckel markerar du den i listan och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1793,20 +1754,19 @@ "Om du vill starta DNS-servern varje gång datorn startas markerar du\n" "<b>På</b>. Markera annars <b>Av</b>.</p> " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP-stöd</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill lagra DNS-zoner i LDAP istället för i de ursprungliga " -"inställningsfilerna\n" +"Om du vill lagra DNS-zoner i LDAP istället för i de ursprungliga inställningsfilerna\n" "markerar du <b>LDAP-stöd aktivt</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1818,8 +1778,8 @@ "<b>Starta DNS-server nu</b> eller\n" "<b>Stoppa DNS-server nu</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1829,25 +1789,23 @@ "Vidarebefordrare är de DNS-servrar dit din DNS-server skickar de frågor\n" "den inte kan besvara.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set -#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes.</p> -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny vidarebefordrare anger du dess <b>IP-adress och klickar på\n" -"<b>Lägg till</b>. Om du vill ta bort en inställd vidarebefordrare markerar " -"du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny vidarebefordrare anger du dess <b>IP-adress</b> och klickar på\n" +"<b>Lägg till</b>. Om du vill ta bort en inställd vidarebefordrare markerar du den och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" @@ -1855,8 +1813,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Redigera DNS-serveralternativ</big></b><br>\n" "Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill redigera DNS-serveralternativ.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1865,54 +1823,44 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill lägga till fler alternativ markerar du ett <b>Alternativ</b>,\n" "anger dess <b>Värde</b> och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Du kan ändra ett konfigurerat alternativ genom att markera det i " -"tabellen,\n" +"<p>Du kan ändra ett konfigurerat alternativ genom att markera det i tabellen,\n" "ändra <b>Värdet</b> och klicka på <b>Ändra</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ta bort ett alternativ markerar du det och klickar på <b>Ta " -"bort</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill ta bort ett alternativ markerar du det och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Loggning</big></b><br>\n" -"Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill definiera diverse alternativ för DNS-" -"serverloggningen.</p>" +"Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill definiera diverse alternativ för DNS-serverloggningen.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill spara DNS-serverns loggmeddelanden till systemloggen väljer du " -"<b>Logga i systemlogg</b>. \n" +"Om du vill spara DNS-serverns loggmeddelanden till systemloggen väljer du <b>Logga i systemlogg</b>. \n" "Om du vill spara DNS-serverns loggmeddelanden till en fil, väljer du \n" -"<b>Logga till fil</b> och anger det <b>Filnamn</b> där loggen ska sparas " -"och \n" +"<b>Logga till fil</b> och anger det <b>Filnamn</b> där loggen ska sparas och \n" "<b>Maximal storlek</b> för loggfilen.\n" -"DNS-servern roterar automatiskt loggfilerna. Du kan ange hur många loggfiler " -"som ska sparas \n" +"DNS-servern roterar automatiskt loggfilerna. Du kan ange hur många loggfiler som ska sparas \n" "med <b>Maximalt antal versioner</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1924,15 +1872,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Under <b>Ytterligare loggning</b>\n" "anger du vilka åtgärder som ska loggas. Vanliga åtgärder loggas alltid.\n" -"Med alternativet <b>Logga alla DNS-förfrågningar</b> loggas alla frågor från " -"klienter till DNS-servern.\n" +"Med alternativet <b>Logga alla DNS-förfrågningar</b> loggas alla frågor från klienter till DNS-servern.\n" "Med <b>Logga zonuppdateringar</b> loggas när DNS-servern har uppdaterats.\n" "Med <b>Logga zonöverföringar</b> loggas när zonen överförts helt till den \n" "sekundära\n" "namnservern.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1942,20 +1889,19 @@ "Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill definiera åtkomstkontrollistor\n" "för åtkomst till zoner.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny ACL-post anger du bara alternativets <b>namn\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny ACL-post anger du bara alternativets <b>namn</b>\n" "och <b>värde</b> och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>. Om du vill ta bort en \n" "ACL-post markerar du posten och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1967,26 +1913,21 @@ "fjärrkonfigurering av DNS-servern. Detta krävs för att kunna\n" "genomföra dynamiska uppdateringar av DNS-zoner (DDNS).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en tidigare skapad nyckel anger du dess <b>Filnamn\n" -"(eller väljer den med hjälp av knappen <b>Bläddra</b>) och klickar på " -"<b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"Om du vill generera en ny nyckel anger du dess <b>Filnamn</b> och <b>Nyckel-" -"ID</b>\n" -"och klickar sedan på <b>Generera</b>. Den nya nyckeln genereras och läggs " -"till.</p>\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en tidigare skapad nyckel anger du dess <b>Filnamn</b>\n" +"(eller väljer den med hjälp av knappen <b>Bläddra</b>) och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" +"Om du vill generera en ny nyckel anger du dess <b>Filnamn</b> och <b>Nyckel-ID</b>\n" +"och klickar sedan på <b>Generera</b>. Den nya nyckeln genereras och läggs till.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1994,8 +1935,8 @@ "<p>Om du vill ta bort en befintlig nyckel markerar du den\n" "och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" @@ -2003,83 +1944,70 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS-zoner</big></b><br>\n" "Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill hantera DNS-zoner.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny zon anger du dess <b>Zonnamn</b>, väljer " -"<b>Zontyp</b>\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny zon anger du dess <b>Zonnamn</b>, väljer <b>Zontyp</b>\n" "och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny omvänd IPv4-zon anger du en del av den " -"omvända IPv4-adressen följt av\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny omvänd IPv4-zon anger du en del av den omvända IPv4-adressen följt av\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> som <b>Zonnamn</b> (till exempel, zonnamn\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> för nätverket <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"väljer\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> för nätverket <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), väljer\n" "en <b>Zontyp</b> och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny omvänd IPv6-zon anger du en del av den " -"omvända IPv6-adressen följd av \n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny omvänd IPv6-zon anger du en del av den omvända IPv6-adressen följd av \n" "<tt>%1</tt> som <b>zonnamn</b>. Flera olika format för zonnamnet stöds:\n" "Standardform: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Vidarebefordringsform: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Vidarebefordringsform utan nätmaskbitar: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(som standard används <tt>64</tt> nätmaskbitar).</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ändra inställningar för en zon, t.ex. zontransport och namn- " -"och\n" +"<p>Om du vill ändra inställningar för en zon, t.ex. zontransport och namn- och\n" "e-postservrar, markerar du zonen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>.\n" -"Om du vill ta bort en konfigurerad zon markerar du zonen och klickar på " -"<b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" +"Om du vill ta bort en konfigurerad zon markerar du zonen och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DDNS och zontransport</big></b><br>\n" -"I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra zonens dynamiska DNS-inställningar och " -"styra \n" +"I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra zonens dynamiska DNS-inställningar och styra \n" "åtkomsten till zonen.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -2087,13 +2015,12 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill tillåta dynamiska uppdateringar av zonen markerar du <b>Tillåt " -"dynamiska uppdateringar</b>\n" +"Om du vill tillåta dynamiska uppdateringar av zonen markerar du <b>Tillåt dynamiska uppdateringar</b>\n" "och väljer en <b>TSIG-nyckel</b>. Minst en TSIG-nyckel måste definieras\n" "innan zonen kan uppdateras dynamiskt.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2102,15 +2029,13 @@ "to allow zone transports.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill tillåta transport av zonen markerar du <b>Aktivera zontransport\n" -"och väljer de <b>ACL:er</b> som ska användas för att kontrollera när en " -"fjärrvärd\n" +"Om du vill tillåta transport av zonen markerar du <b>Aktivera zontransport</b>\n" +"och väljer de <b>ACL:er</b> som ska användas för att kontrollera när en fjärrvärd\n" "försöker överföra zonen. Minst en ACL måste definieras\n" "för att zontransporter ska kunna tillåtas.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2122,8 +2047,8 @@ "Markera kryssrutan <b>Skapa poster automatiskt från</b>\n" "och välj den zon som posterna ska genereras från.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" @@ -2133,24 +2058,21 @@ "Om det här inte är en omvänd zon kan du se se vilka zoner som genereras\n" "från den aktuella zonen i fältet <b>Anslutna omvända zoner</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NS-poster</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny namnserver anger du namnserverns adress och " -"klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"Om du vill ta bort en av namnservrarna i listan markerar du den och klickar " -"på \n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny namnserver anger du namnserverns adress och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" +"Om du vill ta bort en av namnservrarna i listan markerar du den och klickar på \n" "<b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -2159,20 +2081,17 @@ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>MX-poster</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny e-postserver anger du <b>adressen</b> och " -"<b>prioriteten</b>\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny e-postserver anger du <b>adressen</b> och <b>prioriteten</b>\n" "och klickar sedan på <b>Lägg till</b>.<br>\n" -"Om du vill ta bort en av de listade e-postservrarna markerar du den och " -"klickar på\n" +"Om du vill ta bort en av de listade e-postservrarna markerar du den och klickar på\n" "<b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Seriellt</b> är numret som används för att avgöra om zonen har \n" @@ -2180,8 +2099,8 @@ "huvudservrarna (så att slavservrar inte alltid behöver synkronisera\n" "hela zonen).</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -2189,21 +2108,19 @@ "<p><b>TTL</b> anger livslängden för alla poster i zonen som inte\n" "har en uttrycklig TTL..</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Förfallotid</b> avses den period efter vilken zonen upphör att " -"gälla för \n" -"slavservrarna varpå slavservrarna slutar besvara anrop tills zonen " -"synkroniserats.\n" +"<p>Med <b>Förfallotid</b> avses den period efter vilken zonen upphör att gälla för \n" +"slavservrarna varpå slavservrarna slutar besvara anrop tills zonen synkroniserats.\n" "</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2211,25 +2128,23 @@ "click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Poster</big></b><br>\n" -"I den här dialogrutan kan du redigera zonens resursposter. Om du vill lägga " -"till nya \n" +"I den här dialogrutan kan du redigera zonens resursposter. Om du vill lägga till nya \n" "resursposter anger du <b>Postnyckel</b>, <b>Typ</b> och <b>Värde</b> och \n" "klickar sedan på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ändra en befintlig post markerar du den, ändrar den önskade " -"informationen\n" +"<p>Om du vill ändra en befintlig post markerar du den, ändrar den önskade informationen\n" "och klickar på <b>Ändra</b>. Om du vill ta bort en post, markerar du den \n" "och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" @@ -2237,8 +2152,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Varje typ av post har en egen syntax definierad i RFC.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2250,8 +2165,8 @@ "värdnam följt av en punkt.\n" " <b>Värde</b> är en IP-adress.</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2267,27 +2182,24 @@ "fullständigt värdnamn följt av en punkt. Det måste representeras av\n" "en A-post.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>NS: Namnserver</b>:\n" -"<b>Postnyckel</b> är ett zonnamn relativt den aktuella zonen eller ett " -"absolut\n" +"<b>Postnyckel</b> är ett zonnamn relativt den aktuella zonen eller ett absolut\n" "domännamn följt av en punkt.\n" "<b>Värde</b> är ett värdnamn relativt den aktuella zonen eller ett \n" -"fullständigt värdnamn följt av en punkt. Det måste representeras av en A-" -"post.</p>\n" +"fullständigt värdnamn följt av en punkt. Det måste representeras av en A-post.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2299,35 +2211,31 @@ "<b>Postnyckel</b> är ett värd- eller zonnamn relativt den aktuella zonen\n" "eller ett absolut värd- eller zonnamn följt av en punkt.\n" "<b>Värde</b> är ett värdnamn relativt den aktuella zonen eller ett \n" -"fullständigt värdnamn följt av en punkt. Det måste representeras av en A-" -"post.</p>\n" +"fullständigt värdnamn följt av en punkt. Det måste representeras av en A-post.</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>PTR: Omvänd översättning</b>:\n" -"<b>Postnyckel</b> är ett fullständigt omvänt zonnamn (hämtat från IP-" -"adressen)\n" +"<b>Postnyckel</b> är ett fullständigt omvänt zonnamn (hämtat från IP-adressen)\n" "följt av en punkt\n" -"(till exempel <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> för IP-adressen " -"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(till exempel <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> för IP-adressen <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " eller en del av ett omvänt zonnamn relativt den aktuella zonen\n" "(till exempel <tt>1</tt> för IP-adressen <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> i zonen\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "<b>Värde</b> är ett fullständigt värdnamn följt av en punkt.</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" @@ -2335,18 +2243,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Slutför inställningen</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Kontrollera inställningarna innan du slutför inställningen.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Välj <b>Öppna port i brandvägg</b> om du vill justera\n" -"SuSEfirewall2-inställningarna så att anslutningar till DNS-servern tillåts." +"SuSEfirewall2-inställningarna så att anslutningar till DNS-servern tillåts.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2356,20 +2263,19 @@ "Om du vill att DNS-servern ska starta varje gång datorn startar väljer du \n" "startinställningen <b>På</b>. Annars väljer du <b>Av</b>.</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill lagra DNS-zoner i LDAP istället för i de ursprungliga " -"inställningsfilerna\n" +"Om du vill lagra DNS-zoner i LDAP istället för i de ursprungliga inställningsfilerna\n" "markerar du <b>LDAP-stöd aktivt</b>.</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2379,8 +2285,8 @@ "Om du vill öppna expertläget för DNS-serverinställningar klickar du på \n" "<b>Expertinställningar för DNS-server</b>.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2390,8 +2296,8 @@ "Varje slavzon måste ha en huvudnamnserver definierad. Definiera\n" "huvudnamnservern med hjälp av <b>IP för DNS-huvudserver</b>.</p>" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2400,15 +2306,13 @@ "to allow zone transports.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Zontransport</b></big><br>\n" -"Om du vill tillåta transport av zonen markerar du <b>Aktivera zontransport\n" -"och väljer de <b>ACL:er</b> som ska användas för att kontrollera när en " -"fjärrvärd\n" +"Om du vill tillåta transport av zonen markerar du <b>Aktivera zontransport</b>\n" +"och väljer de <b>ACL:er</b> som ska användas för att kontrollera när en fjärrvärd\n" "försöker överföra zonen. Minst en ACL måste definieras\n" "för att zontransporter ska kunna tillåtas.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2418,8 +2322,8 @@ "I den här typen av DNS-zon vidarebefordras DNS-frågor endast till \n" "de vidarebefordrare som definierats i den.</p>" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2429,152 +2333,152 @@ "för respektive zon eftersom det inte finns någon \n" "DNS-server att vidarebefordra frågan till.</p>" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "Okänd posttyp: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "Värddator %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A - Domännamnsöversättning" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "&IP-adresser" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "Alias för %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME - Alias för domännamn" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "&Basvärddatornamn" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "Pekare till %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR - Omvänd översättning" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adress" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "Namnserver %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS - Namnserver" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domän" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "&Namnserver" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "Vidarebefordran av e-post %1, prioritet %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX - Vidarebefordran av e-post" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domännamn" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "Vidarebefordran av &e-post" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Initierar DNS-serverinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontrollera miljön" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Rensa DNS-demonens cache-minne" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningarna" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Läs inställningarna" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerar miljön..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Rensar DNS-demonens cache-minne..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Läser inställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2582,73 +2486,73 @@ "Ett fel uppstod när netconfig anropades.\n" "Fel: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar DNS-serverinställningarna" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Spara inställningsfilerna" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Starta om DNS-demonen" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Uppdatera zonfilerna" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Justera DNS-tjänsten" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Anropa netconfig" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningarna" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Sparar inställningsfilerna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Startar om DNS-demonen..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Uppdaterar zonfilerna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Justerar DNS-tjänsten..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Anropar netconfig..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2656,44 +2560,44 @@ "Det gick inte att starta den angivna tjänsten.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Ledtråd" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS-servern startar när systemet startas." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS-servern startar inte när systemet startas." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Inställda zoner: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ogiltig LDAP-inställning. Det går inte att använda LDAP." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Vill du aktivera stöd för LDAP?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2701,27 +2605,27 @@ "Det gick inte att installera de paket som krävs.\n" "LDAP kommer inte att kunna användas." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Okänt LDAP-initieringsfel." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fel uppstod när %1 skulle skapas." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Fel uppstod när cn=defaultDNS,%1 skulle skapas. LDAP används inte." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fel uppstod när %1 skulle uppdateras." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Fel uppstod när %1 skulle skapas. LDAP används inte." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,272 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "Ändringar i container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "Sökväg" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Avsluta" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "Använd container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Arkiv" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Tagg" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "Upphovsman" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "Meddelande" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Av&bryt" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "Injicera skal" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "Målskal" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "Det gick inte att köra terminal. Fel: %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"Dockertjänsten är inte i gång. Ska YaST starta dockern? YaST kommer annars " -"att avslutas." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "Dockertjänsten är inte i gång. Ska YaST starta dockern? YaST kommer annars att avslutas." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"Dockertjänsten är inte i gång. Kör den här modulen som rot eller starta " -"dockertjänsten manuellt." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "Dockertjänsten är inte i gång. Kör den här modulen som rot eller starta dockertjänsten manuellt." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." -msgstr "" -"Kommunikation med dockern misslyckades och returnerade felet %s. Försök igen." +msgstr "Kommunikation med dockern misslyckades och returnerade felet %s. Försök igen." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill stoppa den aktiva containern?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort containern?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill avsluta den aktiva containern?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "Avb&ildningar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "&Containrar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Dockerbilder" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Aktiva dockercontainrar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "Avbildnings-ID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "Skapad" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "Virtuell storlek" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "Container-ID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "Avbildning" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Kommando" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Portar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Uppdate&ra" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "&Kör" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "&Visa ändringar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "Infoga &terminal" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "&Stoppa container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "&Avsluta container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Skriv" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill ta bort avbildningen \"%s\"?" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "Kör container" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "Värddator" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "Behållare" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Ta bort" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "Volymer" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "Välj katalog att dela" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "Välj målkatalog" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "Välj extern port" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "Välj intern port" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,100 +14,100 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module -#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module +#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Konfiguration av DRBD" -#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals -#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 msgid "DRBD" msgstr "DRBD" -#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals -#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 msgid "&DRBD" msgstr "&DRBD" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 msgid "Start-up Configuration" msgstr "Startinställningar" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Globala inställningar" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Resurskonfiguration" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 msgid "LVM Configuration" msgstr "LVM-konfiguration" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Resursbaskonfiguration" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Avancerad resurskonfiguration" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" msgstr "Varning! YaST2 DRBD-modulen kommer att namnändra alla\n" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" "\n" @@ -117,49 +117,49 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta?" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa DRBD-konfigurationsfilen:\n" -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva konfigurationen till disk:\n" -#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption -#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 +#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption +#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-konfiguration" -#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Första delen av konfigurationen av DRBD" -#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Andra delen av konfigurationen av DRBD" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Global DRBD-konfiguration" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 msgid "Minor Count" msgstr "Mindre antal" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 msgid "Dialog Refresh" msgstr "Uppdatering av dialogruta" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "Disable IP Verification" msgstr "Inaktivera IP-verifiering" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar DRBD-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar DRBD-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" "En dialogruta visas med information om det är säkert att göra detta.</p>\n" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 msgid "Start to configure DRBD." msgstr "Börja konfigurera DRBD." -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Startkonfiguration för DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n" "\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n" @@ -221,260 +221,146 @@ "\t\t\t<p>Startar eller stoppar DRBD-servern nu</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Resurskonfiguration för DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource</p>\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på knappen \"Lägg till\", \"Redigera\", \"Ta bort\" för att lägga " -"till, redigera eller ta bort en resurs</p>\n" +"<p>Klicka på knappen \"Lägg till\", \"Redigera\", \"Ta bort\" för att lägga till, redigera eller ta bort en resurs</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the " -"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:" -"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " -"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" -"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" -"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " -"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " -"resources.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Namn\" är obligatoriskt och måste stämma överens med en av nodernas " -"värdnamn i Linux (uname -n). \".\" bör inte ingå i värdnamnet.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Adress:Port\": En resurs behöver en IP-adress per enhet, som " -"används för att vänta på att inkommande anslutningar från partnerenheten ska " -"nå enheten. Varje DRBD-resurs behöver en TCP-port, som används för att " -"ansluta till nodens partnerenhet. För IPv6 måste själva adressen efter ipv6-" -"nyckelordet placeras inom parentes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Enhet\": Namnet på den beskrivna resursens blockenhetsnod. Du måste " -"använda den här enheten tillsammans med programmet (filsystem) och du får " -"inte använda den lågnivå-blockenhet som anges med diskparametern, efter " -"undernumret. Du kan utelämna namnet eller ordet minor och dess nummer. Om du " -"utelämnar namnet används /dev/drbd'minor number' som standard.\n" -"\t\tExempel: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' eller " -"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD använder den här blockenheten för att faktiskt lagra " -"och hämta data. Använd aldrig en sådan enhet medan DRBD körs på den.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Metadisk\": intern. Intern innebär att den sista delen av " -"lagringsenheten används för att lagra metadata.</p>\n" -"\t\t</p>\"Nod-id\": Nod-id är ett internt värde för drbd och kommer att " -"genereras av yast automatiskt. En värd kan ha olika \"nod-id\" i olika " -"resurser.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Namn\" är obligatoriskt och måste stämma överens med en av nodernas värdnamn i Linux (uname -n). \".\" bör inte ingå i värdnamnet.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Adress:Port\": En resurs behöver en IP-adress per enhet, som används för att vänta på att inkommande anslutningar från partnerenheten ska nå enheten. Varje DRBD-resurs behöver en TCP-port, som används för att ansluta till nodens partnerenhet. För IPv6 måste själva adressen efter ipv6-nyckelordet placeras inom parentes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Enhet\": Namnet på den beskrivna resursens blockenhetsnod. Du måste använda den här enheten tillsammans med programmet (filsystem) och du får inte använda den lågnivå-blockenhet som anges med diskparametern, efter undernumret. Du kan utelämna namnet eller ordet minor och dess nummer. Om du utelämnar namnet används /dev/drbd'minor number' som standard.\n" +"\t\tExempel: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' eller '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD använder den här blockenheten för att faktiskt lagra och hämta data. Använd aldrig en sådan enhet medan DRBD körs på den.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Metadisk\": intern. Intern innebär att den sista delen av lagringsenheten används för att lagra metadata.</p>\n" +"\t\t</p>\"Nod-id\": Nod-id är ett internt värde för drbd och kommer att genereras av yast automatiskt. En värd kan ha olika \"nod-id\" i olika resurser.</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protokoll</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protokoll A: IO-skrivning rapporteras som slutförd om den har nått " -"lokal disk och lokal TCP-sändningsbuffert.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protokoll B: IO-skrivning rapporteras som slutförd om den har nått " -"lokal disk och fjärrbuffertcache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protokoll C: IO-skrivning rapporteras som slutförd om den har nått " -"både lokal- och fjärrdisk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protokoll A: IO-skrivning rapporteras som slutförd om den har nått lokal disk och lokal TCP-sändningsbuffert.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protokoll B: IO-skrivning rapporteras som slutförd om den har nått lokal disk och fjärrbuffertcache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protokoll C: IO-skrivning rapporteras som slutförd om den har nått både lokal- och fjärrdisk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>vpa-tidsgräns</b>: Vänta på anslutningstidsgräns</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-vpa-tidsgräns</b>: Vänta på anslutningstidsgräns om denna nod " -"var ett degraderat kluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-vpa-tidsgräns</b>: Vänta på anslutningstidsgräns om denna nod var ett degraderat kluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>vid-io-fel</b>: Vad som ska göras när enheten på den lägre nivån " -"rapporterar io-fel till de övre lagren</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>vid-io-fel</b>: Vad som ska göras när enheten på den lägre nivån rapporterar io-fel till de övre lagren</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-storlek</b>: Storleken på TCP-socketsändningsbufferten</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffertar</b>: Maximalt antal förfrågningar som ska tilldelas " -"av DRBD</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffertar</b>: Maximalt antal förfrågningar som ska tilldelas av DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>tidsgräns</b>: Om partnernoden misslyckas med att skicka ett " -"förväntat svarspaket inom ett visst antal tiondelar av en sekund anses " -"partnernoden död och därför överges TCP/IP-anslutningen. Detta måste vara " -"lägre än anslutnings-int och ping-int. Standardvärdet är 60 = 6 sekunder och " -"enheten 0,1 sekunder.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>anslutnings-int</b>: Den tid som motparten har på sig att svara på " -"ett livsuppehållande paket. Om motparten inte svarar inom denna tidsperiod " -"anses den död. Standardvärdet är 500 ms, standardenheten är 100 ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: Den tid som motparten har på sig att svara på ett " -"livsuppehållande paket</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>tidsgräns</b>: Om partnernoden misslyckas med att skicka ett förväntat svarspaket inom ett visst antal tiondelar av en sekund anses partnernoden död och därför överges TCP/IP-anslutningen. Detta måste vara lägre än anslutnings-int och ping-int. Standardvärdet är 60 = 6 sekunder och enheten 0,1 sekunder.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>anslutnings-int</b>: Den tid som motparten har på sig att svara på ett livsuppehållande paket. Om motparten inte svarar inom denna tidsperiod anses den död. Standardvärdet är 500 ms, standardenheten är 100 ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: Den tid som motparten har på sig att svara på ett livsuppehållande paket</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epok-storlek</b>: Det största antalet datablock mellan två " -"skrivbarriärer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-antal</b>: den sekundära noden misslyckas med att slutföra en " -"enskild skrivbegäran för ett visst antal gånger tidsgränsen, och utestängs " -"från klustret. Standardvärdet är 0, vilket inaktiverar denna funktion.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>frekvens</b>: För att programmet ska fungera väl ovanpå DRBD går " -"det att begränsa den bandbredd som får användas för synkroniseringar i " -"bakgrunden. Standardvärdet är 250 kB/sek, standardenheten är kB/sek.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-omfattning</b>: parameter som du kan använda för att ange hur " -"stort driftområdet (= den aktiva uppsättningen) får bli. Standardantalet " -"omfattningar är 127. (Min: 7, max: 3 843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epok-storlek</b>: Det största antalet datablock mellan två skrivbarriärer</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-antal</b>: den sekundära noden misslyckas med att slutföra en enskild skrivbegäran för ett visst antal gånger tidsgränsen, och utestängs från klustret. Standardvärdet är 0, vilket inaktiverar denna funktion.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>frekvens</b>: För att programmet ska fungera väl ovanpå DRBD går det att begränsa den bandbredd som får användas för synkroniseringar i bakgrunden. Standardvärdet är 250 kB/sek, standardenheten är kB/sek.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-omfattning</b>: parameter som du kan använda för att ange hur stort driftområdet (= den aktiva uppsättningen) får bli. Standardantalet omfattningar är 127. (Min: 7, max: 3 843)</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-konfiguration</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " -"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t" -"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " -"layout.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the " -"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " -"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " -"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A " -"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " -"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " -"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, " -"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " -"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " -"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " -"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " -"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " -"environments.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM-konfigurationsfil /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>För att kunna använda LVM med DRBD måste man ändra några alternativ i " -"LVM-konfigurationsfilen och ta bort outnyttjade cacheposter från noderna.</p>" -"\t\t<p>I \"man lvm.conf\" finns mer information med bl.a. fillayouten.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>För att kunna använda LVM med DRBD måste man ändra några alternativ i LVM-konfigurationsfilen och ta bort outnyttjade cacheposter från noderna.</p>\t\t<p>I \"man lvm.conf\" finns mer information med bl.a. fillayouten.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Enhetsfilter</b>: Döljer den underliggande blockenheten i " -"enhetslistan som LVM söker igenom efter signaturer för fysiska volymer. På " -"så sätt instrueras LVM2 att läsa signaturer för fysiska volymer från DRBD-" -"enheter och inte från underliggande backningsblockenheter.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM-" -"filter</b>: Ett filer som instruerar LVM2 att endast använda en begränsad " -"uppsättning enheter.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Filtret består av en uppsättning reguljära uttryck. De kan avgränsas " -"med ett tecken som du väljer och få prefixet \"a\" (acceptera) eller \"r" -"\" (avvisa).</p>\t\t<p>Exempel på filterinställning: [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Enhetsfilter</b>: Döljer den underliggande blockenheten i enhetslistan som LVM söker igenom efter signaturer för fysiska volymer. På så sätt instrueras LVM2 att läsa signaturer för fysiska volymer från DRBD-enheter och inte från underliggande backningsblockenheter.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM-filter</b>: Ett filer som instruerar LVM2 att endast använda en begränsad uppsättning enheter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Filtret består av en uppsättning reguljära uttryck. De kan avgränsas med ett tecken som du väljer och få prefixet \"a\" (acceptera) eller \"r\" (avvisa).</p>\t\t<p>Exempel på filterinställning: [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM-cache</b>: Som standard är skrivning till LVM-cachen " -"aktiverad. Inaktivera LVM-cachen när drbd kombineras med LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM-cache</b>: Som standard är skrivning till LVM-cachen aktiverad. Inaktivera LVM-cachen när drbd kombineras med LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: När lvmetad har aktiverats hämtas metadata för " -"volymgruppen och PV-statusflaggor från lvmetad-instansen. Ingen avsökning " -"sker med individuella kommandon. Eftersom det inte går att synkronisera " -"lvmetad-cachen mellan noderna uppmanas användarna att inaktivera lvmetad i " -"klustermiljöer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: När lvmetad har aktiverats hämtas metadata för volymgruppen och PV-statusflaggor från lvmetad-instansen. Ingen avsökning sker med individuella kommandon. Eftersom det inte går att synkronisera lvmetad-cachen mellan noderna uppmanas användarna att inaktivera lvmetad i klustermiljöer.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Global DRBD-konfiguration</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Inaktivera IP-verifiering</b> om du vill inaktivera en av " -"hälsokontrollerna som körs av verktyget drbdadm</p>" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Inaktivera IP-verifiering</b> om du vill inaktivera en av hälsokontrollerna som körs av verktyget drbdadm</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Uppdatering av dialogrutan:</b> Användardialogrutan räknar och visar " -"hur många sekunder den hittills\n" -" väntat. Du kan inaktivera det här alternativet om " -"serverkonsolen\n" +"<p><b>Uppdatering av dialogrutan:</b> Användardialogrutan räknar och visar hur många sekunder den hittills\n" +" väntat. Du kan inaktivera det här alternativet om serverkonsolen\n" " är ansluten till en seriell terminalserver med\n" " begränsad loggningskapacitet.\n" -" Antalet uppdateras i dialogrutan efter angivet antal " -"sekunder.\n" +" Antalet uppdateras i dialogrutan efter angivet antal sekunder.\n" " Ange värdet 0 om du vill inaktivera uppdateringen. </p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -483,14 +369,13 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. </p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mindre antal:</b>\n" -" Använd det här alternativet om du vill definiera fler resurser " -"senare\n" +" Använd det här alternativet om du vill definiera fler resurser senare\n" " utan att läsa in modulen igen.\n" " Som standard läses modulen in med så många enheter\n" " som konfigurerats. </p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" @@ -498,8 +383,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DRBD-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurera drbd här.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -508,12 +393,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lägga till en drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Markera en drbd i listan över upptäckta drbd:er.\n" -"Om den drbd som du vill lägga till inte upptäcktes klickar du på <b>Annat " -"(inte identifierat)</b> och\n" +"Om den drbd som du vill lägga till inte upptäcktes klickar du på <b>Annat (inte identifierat)</b> och\n" "klickar sedan på <b>Konfigurera</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -523,8 +407,8 @@ "Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" "dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -534,8 +418,8 @@ "Visa en översikt över installerade drbd:er och\n" "ändra deras konfigurationer.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" @@ -543,8 +427,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Lägga till en drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurera en drbd genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -554,8 +438,8 @@ "Markera en drbd som du vill ändra eller ta bort och\n" "klicka sedan på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -565,9 +449,9 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -577,8 +461,8 @@ "Det går inte, du måste koda det först :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -588,292 +472,290 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "LVM-filterkonfiguration för DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Enhetsfilter" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Skriva LVM-cachen" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Aktivera LVM-cachen" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "Varning! LVM-cache bör inaktiveras för att drbd ska användas." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "Använd lvmetad för LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "Använd LVM-metad" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "Varning! Lvmetad bör inte användas för kluster." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Resursnamn" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 msgid "Nodes" msgstr "Noder" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "Spara" -#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Nodnamn kan inte vara tomt." -#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "IPv6-adressen måste placeras inom parentes." -#. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/port bör användas i kombinationen \"adr:port\"." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Ange en giltig IP-adress." -#. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Ange ett giltigt portnummer." -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Nodnamn får inte innehålla \".\" , använd lokalt värdnamn." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Fyll i alla fält." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Konfigurera minst två noder." -#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Ange nodnamnet:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Nodnamn måste vara olika." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat -#. Authors: Martin Lazar -#. -#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat +#. Authors: Martin Lazar +#. +#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Start" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "På – starta DRBD-servern vid systemstart" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Av - Servern startas endast manuellt" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Växla av och på" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktuell status: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Starta DRBD-servern" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Stoppa DRBD-servern" -#. firewall_layout is just a dialog -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Distribuera konfigurationen" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "Om du vill distribuera den här konfigurationen\n" -"kopierar du konfigurationsfilen /etc/drbd.conf till resten av noderna " -"manuellt." +"kopierar du konfigurationsfilen /etc/drbd.conf till resten av noderna manuellt." -#. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 +#. } +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD-servern körs." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD-servern körs inte." -#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att starta DRBD-tjänsten" -#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att stoppa DRBD-tjänsten" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat-inställningar" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of drbd -#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: xwhu -#. -#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att slå ihop separerade DRBD-konf-filer\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" -#. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 +#. DRBD read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initierar DRBD-konfiguration" -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Läser globala inställningar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Läs resurser" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Läs LVM-konfigurationer" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Läs demonstatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Läs SuSEFirewall-inställningar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Läser globala inställningar..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Läser resurser..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Läser LVM-konfigurationer..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Läser demonstatus..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Det gick inte att säkerhetskopiera drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Det gick inte att rensa drbd.conf för drbdadm-test" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -881,59 +763,59 @@ "Ogiltig konfiguration av resurs %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta tillbaka drbd.conf" -#. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 +#. DRBD write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration" -#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status -#. won't change modified flag -#. return true if !@modified -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Skriv globala inställningar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Skriv resurser" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Skriv LVM-konfigurationer" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Ange daemon-status" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Skriv SuSEfirewall-inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Globala inställningar skrivs..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Resurser skrivs..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Skriver LVM-konfigurationer..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Anger daemon-status..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Skriver SuSEFirewall-inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa katalogen /etc/drbd.d" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "Konfiguration av fcoe-klient" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "Sparar fcoe-konfiguration..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "Fcoe-klient" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&Fcoe-klient" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "Nej" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "Det går inte att ta bort FCoE-gränssnittet.\n" "Kommandot %1 misslyckades." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "inte tillgänglig" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "inte konfigurerad" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "sant" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "falskt" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "ej inställd" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Konfiguration av VLAN-gränssnittet %1 på %2" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "eftersom FCoE redan har konfigurerats för\n" "nätverksgränssnittet %2." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "eftersom FCoE redan har konfigurerats för\n" "VLAN-gränssnittet %2." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "Skapa och starta FCoE på identifierad VLAN-enhet" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "för det identifierade VLAN-gränssnittet %1\n" "på %2 och starta FCoE-initieraren?" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa och starta FCoE på %1." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Kommandot %1 på %2 misslyckades" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "Det gick inte att skapa FCoE-gränssnittet.\n" "Åtgärden fortsätter eftersom den körs i testläge" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort FCoE-gränssnittet %1?" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "Försäkra dig om att gränssnittet inte är viktigt för enheter som används.\n" "Datorn kan sluta fungera om det tas bort." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "Ta inte bort gränssnittet om det används\n" "av en multipath-enhet som redan är aktiverad." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort gränssnittet %1." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att förstöra gränssnittet %1." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "DCB krävs har inställningen \"ja\" men\n" "gränssnittet stöder inte DCB." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,148 +191,146 @@ "Tjänsten 'fcoe' kräver att tjänsten 'lldpad' är aktiverad.\n" "Aktiverar start när tjänsten 'lldpad' startar." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "&FCoE-aktivera" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "&DCB krävs" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "FCoE-tjänststart" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Start av Lldpad-tjänst" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC-adress" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "FCoE-aktivera" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "DCB krävs" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "AUTO VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "DCB-kompatibel" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Drivrutin" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "Flagga FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "Flagga iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "Endast lagring" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "Identifiera &igen" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "Ändra &inställningar" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "Skapa &FCoE-gränssnitt" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "&Ta bort gränssnitt" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "Konfigurationsinställningar" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Felsök" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "&Använd systemlogg" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -340,18 +338,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar fcoe-klientkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryta initieringen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan avbryta inställningsverktyget genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> nu.\n" +"Du kan avbryta inställningsverktyget genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> nu.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -359,8 +356,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar fcoe-klientkonfigurationen</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -369,12 +366,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryta sparandet:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" @@ -382,8 +378,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Fcoe-klientkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurera fcoe-klient här.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -392,251 +388,171 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lägga till en fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>\n" "Välj en fcoe-klient i listan med identifierade fcoe-klienter.\n" -"Om din fcoe-klient inte identifierades använder du <b>Annan (inte " -"identifierad)</b>.\n" +"Om din fcoe-klient inte identifierades använder du <b>Annan (inte identifierad)</b>.\n" "Klicka sedan på <b>Konfigurera</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Redigera eller ta bort:</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en dialogruta där du kan " -"ändra \n" +"Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en dialogruta där du kan ändra \n" "inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " -"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Starta tjänster</big><br></b><br>Aktivera eller inaktivera " -"starten av tjänsterna <b>fcoe</b> och <b>lldpad</b> vid start.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Starta tjänster</big><br></b><br>Aktivera eller inaktivera starten av tjänsterna <b>fcoe</b> och <b>lldpad</b> vid start.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Att tjänsten <b>fcoe</b> startas betyder att systemet startar <i>Fibre " -"Channel över Ethernet</i>-tjänstdemonen <i>fcoemon</i> som styr FCoE-" -"gränssnitten och upprättar en anslutning med demonen <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Att tjänsten <b>fcoe</b> startas betyder att systemet startar <i>Fibre Channel över Ethernet</i>-tjänstdemonen <i>fcoemon</i> som styr FCoE-gränssnitten och upprättar en anslutning med demonen <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>lldpad</b>-tjänsten tillhandahåller <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol-agentdemonen <i>lldpad</i> som informerar <i>fcoemon</i> om DCB-" -"funktioner (Data Center Bridging) och konfigurationen av gränssnitten.</p>" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>lldpad</b>-tjänsten tillhandahåller <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i>-agentdemonen <i>lldpad</i> som informerar <i>fcoemon</i> om DCB-funktioner (Data Center Bridging) och konfigurationen av gränssnitten.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Översikt över nätverksgränssnitt</big></b></p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I dialogrutan för gränssnitt visas alla identifierade nätverkskort, " -"inklusive statusen för VLAN- och FCoE-konfigurationen.<br>FCoE kan användas " -"om ett VLAN-gränssnitt har konfigurerats för FCoE i växeln.<br>Du ser detta " -"i kolumnen <i>FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt</i> för varje nätverkskort " -"(nätverksgränssnitt).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I dialogrutan för gränssnitt visas alla identifierade nätverkskort, inklusive statusen för VLAN- och FCoE-konfigurationen.<br>FCoE kan användas om ett VLAN-gränssnitt har konfigurerats för FCoE i växeln.<br>Du ser detta i kolumnen <i>FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt</i> för varje nätverkskort (nätverksgränssnitt).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " -"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan söka efter FCoE-tjänster igen med <b>Identifiera igen</b> (kan " -"krävas för gränssnitt som behöver lite tid för att aktiveras).</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan söka efter FCoE-tjänster igen med <b>Identifiera igen</b> (kan krävas för gränssnitt som behöver lite tid för att aktiveras).</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Värdena för <i>FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt</i> i detalj:<br><b>inte " -"tillgängligt</b>: Fibre Channel över Ethernet kan inte användas (måste " -"aktiveras i växeln först).<br><b>inte konfigurerat</b>: FCoE kan användas " -"men har inte aktiverats än.<br>Aktivera FCoE genom att klicka på <b>Skapa " -"FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt</b>.<br>Om FCoE-VLAN-gränssnittet redan har skapats " -"visas namnet i kolumnen, t.ex. eth3.200.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Värdena för <i>FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt</i> i detalj:<br><b>inte tillgängligt</b>: Fibre Channel över Ethernet kan inte användas (måste aktiveras i växeln först).<br><b>inte konfigurerat</b>: FCoE kan användas men har inte aktiverats än.<br>Aktivera FCoE genom att klicka på <b>Skapa FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt</b>.<br>Om FCoE-VLAN-gränssnittet redan har skapats visas namnet i kolumnen, t.ex. eth3.200.</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " -"Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ändra konfigurationen av ett FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt klickar du " -"på <b>Ändra inställningar</b>.</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill ändra konfigurationen av ett FCoE-VLAN-gränssnitt klickar du på <b>Ändra inställningar</b>.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Allmän FCoE-konfiguration</big></b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurera de allmänna inställningarna för FCoE-systemtjänsten. " -"Inställningarna skrivs till '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Konfigurera de allmänna inställningarna för FCoE-systemtjänsten. Inställningarna skrivs till '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Värdena är:<br>\n" -"<b>Felsök</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Det här alternativet används " -"för att aktivera eller inaktivera felsökningsmeddelanden från fcoe-" -"tjänstskriptet och <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Använd systemlogg</b>: <i>ja</i> " -"eller <i>nej</i><br>Meddelanden skickas till systemloggen om alternativet " -"har inställningen <i>ja</i> (data loggas till /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Felsök</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Det här alternativet används för att aktivera eller inaktivera felsökningsmeddelanden från fcoe-tjänstskriptet och <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Använd systemlogg</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Meddelanden skickas till systemloggen om alternativet har inställningen <i>ja</i> (data loggas till /var/log/messages).</p>" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" msgstr "<p>Redigera inställningar i /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Demonen <i>fcoemon</i> läser dessa konfigurationsfiler i samband med " -"initieringen.<br>Det finns en fil för varje gränssnitt och värdena anger om " -"FCoE-instanser ska skapas och om DCB krävs.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Demonen <i>fcoemon</i> läser dessa konfigurationsfiler i samband med initieringen.<br>Det finns en fil för varje gränssnitt och värdena anger om FCoE-instanser ska skapas och om DCB krävs.</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." -"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Värdena är:<br><b>FCoE-aktivera</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej<br>Aktivera eller inaktivera genereringen av FCoE-instanser.<br><b>DCB " -"krävs</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Standardinställningen är <i>ja</i>, " -"DCB krävs oftast.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Om " -"alternativet har inställningen <i>ja</i> skapar 'fcoemon' VLAN-gränssnitten " -"automatiskt.</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Värdena är:<br><b>FCoE-aktivera</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Aktivera eller inaktivera genereringen av FCoE-instanser.<br><b>DCB krävs</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Standardinställningen är <i>ja</i>, DCB krävs oftast.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nej</i><br>Om alternativet har inställningen <i>ja</i> skapar 'fcoemon' VLAN-gränssnitten automatiskt.</p>" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "&Gränssnitt" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "&Konfiguration" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Tjänster" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration för Fibre Channel över Ethernet" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "Ändra FCoE-inställningar" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "Fcoe-klientkonfiguration" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -"installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om FCoE-konfigurationen ska fortsätta måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras." -"</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om FCoE-konfigurationen ska fortsätta måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera det nu?</p>" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "Det går inte att starta tjänsten lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Det går inte att starta tjänsten fcoe" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "Det går inte att starta lldpad systemd-socket" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Det går inte att starta lldpad-tjänsten." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "Det går inte att starta fcoemon systemd-socket." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Det går inte att starta fcoe-tjänsten." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -646,113 +562,113 @@ "Du kan redigera inställningarna och återskapa\n" "FCoE-VLAN-gränssnittet för att skapa en giltig konfiguration." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initierar fcoe-klientkonfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Kontrollera installerade paket" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Kontrollera tjänster" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Identifiera nätverkskort" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Läs /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Kontrollerar installerade paket..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Kontrollerar tjänster..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Identifierar nätverkskort..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Läser /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att starta tjänsterna." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Det går inte att identifiera enheter." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa /etc/fcoe/config." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Sparar fcoe-klientkonfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skriv inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Starta om FCoE-tjänst" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Justera start av tjänster" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skriver inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Startar om FCoE-tjänst..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Justerar start av tjänster..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva inställningar till /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -760,43 +676,43 @@ "Det går inte att skriva inställningar för FCoE-gränssnitt.\n" "Mer information finns i /var/log/YaST2/y2log." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om fcoe-tjänsten." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva till /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Allmän FCoE-konfiguration</b>" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Användargränssnitt</b>" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Netcard</i>:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Start av tjänster</b>" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiverad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inaktiverad" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,257 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS-portar (mDNS) för identifiering av tjänster " -"(DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS-portar (mDNS) för identifiering av tjänster (DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "cyrus-imapd-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "Öppna portar för cyrus-imapd-servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "DHCPv4-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "Öppna portar för ISC DHCPv4 4.x-servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "Öppna portar för dnsmasq DNS/DHCP-servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "mDNS/Bonjour-stöd för HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "Brandväggskonfigurationsfil för mDNS/Bonjour-stöd för HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "icecream-demon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "öppnar socket för icecream-kompileringsdemonen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "icecream-schemaläggaren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "Öppnar portar för icecream-schemaläggaren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "iSNS-demon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Öppnar portar för iSNS-demonen och tillåter broadcast." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Netbiosserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Öppnar portar för Samba Netbios-servern och tillåter broadcast." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "NFS-klient" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Brandväggskonfiguration för NFS-klienten. Öppna portar för NFS-klienten för " -"att tillåta anslutning till en NFS-server." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Brandväggskonfiguration för NFS-klienten. Öppna portar för NFS-klienten för att tillåta anslutning till en NFS-server." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "NFS-servertjänst" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Brandväggskonfiguration för NFS-kärnserver. Öppna portar för NFS för att " -"tillåta att andra värddatorer ansluter." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Brandväggskonfiguration för NFS-kärnserver. Öppna portar för NFS för att tillåta att andra värddatorer ansluter." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "xntp-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "Öppna portar för xntp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "Öppna portar för OpenLDAP-servern (slapd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "OpenSLP-server (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "Aktivera OpenSLP-servern för att annonsera tjänster." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Rsync-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "Öppnar port för rsync-servern för att tillåta fjärrsynkronisering" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Samba-klient" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "Aktivera SMB-resurssökning." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Samba-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Öppna portar för Samba-servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "SMTP med sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "Brandväggskonfigurationsfil för sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Secure Shell-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Öppna portar för Secure Shell-servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "Öppna portar för svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "VNC mini-HTTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "Öppnar VNC HTTP-portar så att webbläsare kan anlsuta." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "Öppna VNC-serverportar så att visare kan ansluta." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "vsftpd-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "Öppna portar för vsftpd-servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "NIS-klient" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "Demonen ypbind binder NIS-klienter till en NIS-domän." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,20 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" -msgstr "" -"Din skärm stöder inte \"brandväggskonfigurationens\" användargränssnitt.\n" +msgstr "Din skärm stöder inte \"brandväggskonfigurationens\" användargränssnitt.\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." -msgstr "" -"Använd antingen kommandoraden i Yast2 eller verktyget \"brandväggskommando\"." +msgstr "Använd antingen kommandoraden i Yast2 eller verktyget \"brandväggskommando\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -35,23 +33,23 @@ "Brandväggskonfigurationen kan inte ändras.\n" "SuSEfirewall2-paketet är inte installerat." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Brandvägg" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "&Brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "En annan brandvägg är aktiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -65,13 +63,13 @@ "innan du ställer in SuSEfirewall2.\n" "Fortsätta med inställningen?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Avbryter brandväggsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -79,137 +77,137 @@ "Alla ändringar kommer att förloras.\n" "Vill du avbryta?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&Aktivera automatisk start av brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&Inaktivera automatisk start av brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Aktivera automatisk start av brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Inaktivera automatisk start av brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "Brandväggen körs" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "Brandväggen körs inte" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "&Starta brandvägg nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "S&toppa brandvägg nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Spara inställningar och starta om brand&vägg nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "Starta brandvägg nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "Stoppa brandvägg nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Spara inställningar och starta om brandvägg nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Gränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "Tillåtna tjänster" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "Nätverksmaskering" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Maskering" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Loggningsnivå" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "Egna regler" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -217,8 +215,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Läser brandväggsinställningar</big></b>\n" "<br>Vänta...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -226,8 +224,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar brandväggsinställningar</big></b>\n" "<br>Vänta...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -251,19 +249,19 @@ "<p>Varje nätverksgränssnitt ska tilldelas en brandväggszon.\n" "Nätverkstrafik genom otilldelade gränssnitt blockeras.</p>\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" "<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -271,12 +269,10 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tillåtna tjänster</big></b>\n" @@ -285,253 +281,190 @@ "\n" "<p>Om du vill tillåta en tjänst väljer du <b>Zon</b> och\n" "<b>Tjänst att tillåta</b> och klickar sedan på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"Om du vill ta bort en tillåten tjänst väljer du <b>Zon</b> och <b>Tillåten " -"tjänst</b> och klickar sedan på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" +"Om du vill ta bort en tillåten tjänst väljer du <b>Zon</b> och <b>Tillåten tjänst</b> och klickar sedan på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>Om du avmarkerar <b>Skydda brandvägg från intern zon</b> tas\n" -"skyddet från zonen bort. Skyddet tas bort från alla tjänster och portar i " -"det\n" +"skyddet från zonen bort. Skyddet tas bort från alla tjänster och portar i det\n" "interna nätverket.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ytterligare inställningar kan ställas in med <b>Avancerat</b>.\n" -"Poster måste åtskiljas med mellanslag. Där kan du tillåta TCP-, UDP- och RPC-" -"portar och \n" +"Poster måste åtskiljas med mellanslag. Där kan du tillåta TCP-, UDP- och RPC-portar och \n" "IP-protokoll.</p>\n" "<p>TCP- och UDP-portar kan anges som portnamn (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "portnummer (<tt>3128</tt>) och portintervaller (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC-portar måste anges som tjänstnamn (<tt>portmap</tt> eller <tt>nlockmgr).\n" +"RPC-portar måste anges som tjänstnamn (<tt>portmap</tt> eller <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Ange IP-protokoll som protokollnamn (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maskering</big></b>\n" -"<br>Maskering är en funktion som döljer ditt interna nätverk bakom din " -"brandvägg och tillåter ditt interna nätverk att komma åt det externa " -"nätverket, som Internet, transparent. Begäran\n" +"<br>Maskering är en funktion som döljer ditt interna nätverk bakom din brandvägg och tillåter ditt interna nätverk att komma åt det externa nätverket, som Internet, transparent. Begäran\n" "från det externa nätverket till det interna blockeras.\n" "Välj <b>Maskera nätverk</b>för att maskera dina nätverk\n" "från externa nätverk.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." -"</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Förfrågningar från det externa nätverket kan inte nå ditt interna nätverk, " -"men begärda portar i brandväggen\n" +"Förfrågningar från det externa nätverket kan inte nå ditt interna nätverk, men begärda portar i brandväggen\n" "kan transparent omdirigeras till interna IP-adresser.\n" -" Om du vill lägga till en ny omdirigeringsregel klickar du på <b>Lägg till och fyller i formuläret för omdirigering.</p>\n" +" Om du vill lägga till en ny omdirigeringsregel klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b> och fyller i formuläret för omdirigering.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Om du vill ta bort en omdirigeringsregel markerar du den i tabellen och " -"klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Om du vill ta bort en omdirigeringsregel markerar du den i tabellen och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Inställningar för utsändning</big></b>\n" -"<br>Rundsändningspaket är särskilda UDP-paket som skickas till hela " -"nätverket så att \n" -" datorer i närheten kan identifieras eller så att det går att skicka " -"information till alla datorer i nätverket.\n" -" Till exempel tillhandahåller CUPS-servrar information om sina utskriftsköer " -"med hjälp av rundsändningspaket.</p>\n" +"<br>Rundsändningspaket är särskilda UDP-paket som skickas till hela nätverket så att \n" +" datorer i närheten kan identifieras eller så att det går att skicka information till alla datorer i nätverket.\n" +" Till exempel tillhandahåller CUPS-servrar information om sina utskriftsköer med hjälp av rundsändningspaket.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>SuSEfirewall2-tjänster som har aktiverats i tillåtna gränssnitt lägger " -"automatiskt till\n" -" nödvändiga rundsändningsportar här. Om du vill ta bort eller lägga till " -"några andra kan du redigera listorna med mellanslagsavgränsade portar för\n" +" <p>SuSEfirewall2-tjänster som har aktiverats i tillåtna gränssnitt lägger automatiskt till\n" +" nödvändiga rundsändningsportar här. Om du vill ta bort eller lägga till några andra kan du redigera listorna med mellanslagsavgränsade portar för\n" " särskilda zoner.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>Andra förlorade rundsändningspaket loggas. Det kan vara många paket i " -"stora nätverk.\n" -" Om du vill stänga av loggningen för dessa paket avmarkerar du <b>Logga icke-" -"accepterade rundsändningspaket</b>\n" +" <p>Andra förlorade rundsändningspaket loggas. Det kan vara många paket i stora nätverk.\n" +" Om du vill stänga av loggningen för dessa paket avmarkerar du <b>Logga icke-accepterade rundsändningspaket</b>\n" " för de önskade zonerna.</p>\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast-svar</big></b><br>\n" -"Brandväggen ignorerar vanligtvis paket som skickas av en annan dator som " -"svar\n" -"på broadcast-paket (utsändningspaket) som skickats av din dator, t.ex. " -"Samba- eller SLP-bläddring.</p>\n" +"Brandväggen ignorerar vanligtvis paket som skickas av en annan dator som svar\n" +"på broadcast-paket (utsändningspaket) som skickats av din dator, t.ex. Samba- eller SLP-bläddring.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Här kan du konfigurera vilka paket som tillåts genom brandväggen. Använd " -"knappen <b>Lägg till</b>\n" -"om du vill lägga till en ny regel. Du måste välja brandväggszonen och även " -"välja bland\n" +"<p>Här kan du konfigurera vilka paket som tillåts genom brandväggen. Använd knappen <b>Lägg till</b>\n" +"om du vill lägga till en ny regel. Du måste välja brandväggszonen och även välja bland\n" "några redan definierade tjänster eller skapa regeln helt manuellt.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPsec-stöd</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec är en krypterad kommunikation mellan betrodda värdar eller nätverk " -"genom icke betrodda nätverk,\n" -" till exempel Internet. I dialogrutan kan du öppna IPsec för en extern zon " -"med\n" +"<br>IPsec är en krypterad kommunikation mellan betrodda värdar eller nätverk genom icke betrodda nätverk,\n" +" till exempel Internet. I dialogrutan kan du öppna IPsec för en extern zon med\n" " <b>Aktiverad</b>.</p>\n" " \n" " <p><b>Detaljer</b> anger hur IPsec-paket som har dekrypterats\n" -" ska behandlas. De kan till exempel hanteras som om de kom från den interna " -"zonen.</p>\n" +" ska behandlas. De kan till exempel hanteras som om de kom från den interna zonen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " -"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " -"Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Loggningsnivå</big></b>\n" "<br>Här ställer du in allmänna inställningar för loggning av IP-paket. Här\n" -" kan du ställa in loggning för inkommande anslutningspaket. Utgående paket " -"loggas inte alls.</p>\n" +" kan du ställa in loggning för inkommande anslutningspaket. Utgående paket loggas inte alls.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>Det finns två grupper med loggade IP-paket: <b>Accepterade paket</b> och " -"<b>Icke-accepterade paket</b>.\n" -" Du kan välja mellan tre loggningsnivåer för varje grupp: <b>Logga alla</b> " -"om du vill logga alla\n" -" paket, <b>Logga endast kritiska</b> om du bara vill logga intressanta " -"paket, eller <b>Logga inget</b>\n" -" om du inte vill ha någon loggning alls. Vi rekommenderar att du åtminstone " -"loggar kritiska accepterade paket.</p>\n" +" <p>Det finns två grupper med loggade IP-paket: <b>Accepterade paket</b> och <b>Icke-accepterade paket</b>.\n" +" Du kan välja mellan tre loggningsnivåer för varje grupp: <b>Logga alla</b> om du vill logga alla\n" +" paket, <b>Logga endast kritiska</b> om du bara vill logga intressanta paket, eller <b>Logga inget</b>\n" +" om du inte vill ha någon loggning alls. Vi rekommenderar att du åtminstone loggar kritiska accepterade paket.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Sammanfattning</big></b>\n" "<br>Här finns en sammanfattning av inställningarna.\n" -" Sammanfattningen är indelad i allmän konfiguration och avsnitt för varje " -"brandväggszon.\n" +" Sammanfattningen är indelad i allmän konfiguration och avsnitt för varje brandväggszon.\n" " Varje befintlig zon sammanfattas här.</p>\n" " \n" " <p><b>Brandvägg startar</b> anger om brandväggen startas under\n" " <b>startprocessen</b> eller enbart <b>manuellt</b>.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p>Brandväggszoner måste ha ett tilldelat nätverksgränssnitt om följande " -"objekt ska visas i sammanfattningen:</p>\n" +" <p>Brandväggszoner måste ha ett tilldelat nätverksgränssnitt om följande objekt ska visas i sammanfattningen:</p>\n" " \n" -" <p><b>Gränssnitt</b>: Alla gränssnitt finns i listan under " -"inställningsnamnet och enhetsnamnet.</p>\n" +" <p><b>Gränssnitt</b>: Alla gränssnitt finns i listan under inställningsnamnet och enhetsnamnet.</p>\n" " \n" -" <p><b>Öppna tjänster, portar och protokoll</b>: Här visas alla tillåtna " -"nätverkstjänster, ytterligare \n" -" TCP-portar (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP-portar (User Datagram " -"Protocol) och RPC-portar (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +" <p><b>Öppna tjänster, portar och protokoll</b>: Här visas alla tillåtna nätverkstjänster, ytterligare \n" +" TCP-portar (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP-portar (User Datagram Protocol) och RPC-portar (Remote Procedure Call)\n" ", samt IP-protokoll (Internet Protocol).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" @@ -539,34 +472,31 @@ "<p>Här kan du ange ytterligare\n" "portar eller protokoll som ska aktiveras i brandväggszonen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>TCP-portar</b> och <b>UDP-portar</b> kan anges som\n" -"en lista med portnummer, portnamn eller portintervaller avgränsade med " -"mellanslag,\n" +"en lista med portnummer, portnamn eller portintervaller avgränsade med mellanslag,\n" " till exempel <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> eller <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>RPC-portar</b> är en lista med RPC-tjänster, till exempel \n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> och <tt>portmap</tt>, avgränsade med " -"mellanslag.</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> och <tt>portmap</tt>, avgränsade med mellanslag.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -578,12 +508,11 @@ " Den aktuella listan med protokoll finns på \n" " http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" @@ -593,31 +522,28 @@ "Det första portnumret måste vara lägre än det andra,\n" " till exempel <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Portnamn</b> är ett namn som har tilldelats till ett portnummer av \n" -"organisationen IANA. Flera portnamn kan tilldelas till samma portnummer. " -"Den\n" +"organisationen IANA. Flera portnamn kan tilldelas till samma portnummer. Den\n" " aktuella tilldelningen finns i filen <tt>/etc/services</tt>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Brandvägg</big></b><br />\n" -"En brandvägg är en säkerhetsmekanism som skyddar datorn mot nätverksangrepp." -"</p>\n" +"En brandvägg är en säkerhetsmekanism som skyddar datorn mot nätverksangrepp.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -627,9 +553,9 @@ "Skapa särskilda brandväggsregler som tillåter nya anslutningar\n" "baserat på dessa regler.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -639,25 +565,23 @@ "<p><b>Källnätverk</b><br>\n" "Nätverk eller IP-adress där anslutningen kommer från \n" "t.ex. <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> eller <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (d.v.s. <tt>alla</tt>).\n" +"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (d.v.s. <tt>alla</tt>).</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" "RPC services.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>\n" -"Protokollet som används av paketet. Specialprotokollet <tt>RPC</tt> används " -"för\n" +"Protokollet som används av paketet. Specialprotokollet <tt>RPC</tt> används för\n" "RPC-tjänster.<p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -666,15 +590,14 @@ "This entry is optional.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Målport</b><br>\n" -"Portnamnet, portnumret eller portområdet som det är tillåtet att ansluta " -"till,\n" +"Portnamnet, portnumret eller portområdet som det är tillåtet att ansluta till,\n" "t ex <tt>smtp</tt>, <tt>25</tt> eller <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" "När det gäller <tt>RPC</tt>-protokollet använder du RPC-tjänstnamnet.\n" "Den här posten är valfri.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -684,651 +607,646 @@ "Portnamnet, portnumret eller portområdet som paketet\n" "kommer ifrån. Den här posten är valfri.<p>" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: Hjälp för %1 saknas." -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "Brandväggsgränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "Gränssnitt eller sträng" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "Inställd i" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Ändra..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "E&gen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "Zon för nätverksgränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "Gränssn&ittszon" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "Ytterligare gränssnittsinställningar för zoner" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "&Maskera nätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Tillåtna tjänster för vald z&on" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "Tjän&st att tillåta" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "Tillåten tjänst" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "Skydda brandvä&gg från intern zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "Avan&cerat..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Expertregeltjänster för vald zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Källnätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "Målport" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "Källport" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "Ytterligare tillåtna portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "Inställningar för zon: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "&TCP-portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "&UDP-portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "&RPC-portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "&IP-protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Omdirigera begäran till maskerat IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "Begärd IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Begärd port" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Skicka vidare till IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Skicka vidare till port" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "Lägg till maskerad omdirigeringsregel" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "Omdirigera matchande regel:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "&Källnätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "Begär&d IP (valfritt)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "B&egärd port" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "Omdirigering:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Om&dirigera till maskerat IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Omdirigera till port (valfritt)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "Logga allt" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "Logga endast kritiska" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "Logga inget" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "&Loggar accepterade paket" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "L&oggar icke-accepterade paket" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för utsändning" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "Accepterar utsändningssvar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zon" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "Accepterat från nätverket" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "L&ägg till..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "IPsec-stöd" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Aktiv&erat" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "Samma zon som originalkällnätverk" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "IPsec-zon" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "Li&ta på IPsec som" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "Egna regler för tillåtna" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Brandväggs&zon" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "Lägg till ny regel för tillåtna" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "Käll&nätverk" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Målport (valfri)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Källport (valfri)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "Ytterligare &alternativ (valfritt)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "Skapar sammanfattning..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "Vi&sa detaljer" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP-portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "UDP-portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "RPC-tjänster" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "IP-protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "Utsändningsportar" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "Alla otilldelade gränssnitt kommer att tilldelas till den här zonen." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "Stöds endast i extern zon." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "Okänt nätverksgränssnitt." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "Inga gränssnitt tilldelat denna zon." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "Öppna tjänster, portar och protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "Intern zon är oskyddad. Alla portar är öppna." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "Zon har inga öppna portar." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "%1 anpassade regler har definierats" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " -"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "" -"Nätverk: <i>%1</i>, protokoll: <i>%2</i>, målport: <i>%3</i>, källport: <i>" -"%4</i>, alternativ: <i>%5</i>" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "Nätverk: <i>%1</i>, protokoll: <i>%2</i>, målport: <i>%3</i>, källport: <i>%4</i>, alternativ: <i>%5</i>" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "Alla" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "Brandvägg startar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "<b>Aktivera</b> automatisk start av brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "<b>Inaktivera</b> automatisk start av brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Brandväggen startar när konfigurationen har skrivits" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Brandväggen <b>startar</b> när konfigurationen har skrivits" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Brandväggen <b>stoppas</b> när konfigurationen har skrivits" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Brandväggen startar inte när konfigurationen har skrivits" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "Otilldelade gränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "Ingen nätverkstrafik tillåts genom dessa gränssnitt." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "Brandväggen startas..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "Brandväggen stoppas..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "Ingen zon tilldelad" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "Egen sträng" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "Ingen zon tilldelad" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "Portnumret %1 är felaktigt." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "Portnummer %1 i definition %2 är ogiltig." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "Ogiltig portdefinition" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "Portnumret måste ligga i intervallet från 1 till och med %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "Ogiltig portområdesdefinition" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1338,13 +1256,13 @@ "Det måste definieras som min_port_nummer:max_port_nummer och\n" "max_port_nummer måste vara större än min_port_nummer." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "Okänt portnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1354,13 +1272,13 @@ "Det kommer antagligen inte att fungera.\n" "Verkligen använda den här porten?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "Ogiltig definition av extra tjänster" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1374,29 +1292,27 @@ " med kommatecken.\n" " Vill du använda de aktuella inställningarna?" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"Maskering behöver minst ett externt gränssnitt och ett annat gränssnitt." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "Maskering behöver minst ett externt gränssnitt och ett annat gränssnitt." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "Den här posten måste vara fullständig." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "Fel portdefinition." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1406,18 +1322,18 @@ "Inget portnummer hittades för det här portnamnet.\n" "Använd portnumret istället för portnamnet.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "Ogiltig IP-definiering." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "&Logga icke-accepterade utsändningspaket" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1429,655 +1345,655 @@ "\n" "Vill du stoppa brandväggen när den nya konfigurationen har skrivits?\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "Nätverksdefinitionen %1 är ogiltig" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "Portintervallet %1 är ogiltigt" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "Portnamnet eller -numret %1 är ogiltigt" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "Alla tjänster som använder UDP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "Alla tjänster som använder TCP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Samba-bläddring" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "SLP-bläddring" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "Alla nätverk" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "Delnät: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zon" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Nätverk" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "Tjän&st" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "Användardefinierad tjänst" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "Po&rt" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "Välj det objekt som ska tas bort." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Ställ in brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Startinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Kända brandväggszoner" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för nätverksgränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Tillåtna tjänster, portar och protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Inställningar för utsändningspaket" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Maskeradinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Omdirigera begäran till maskerat IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Logginställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning över brandväggsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Aktiverar brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Inaktiverar brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Visa aktuella inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Starta brandväggen i startprocessen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Starta brandvägg manuellt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Visa inställda poster" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Kort zonnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Lägg till en ny post" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Ta bort post" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Inställningsnamn för nätverksgränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Loggar accepterade paket (alla|krit|inga)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Loggar alla icke-accepterade paket (alla|krit|inga)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Logga utsändningspaket (ja|nej)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Ange värde" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Portnamn eller nummer, kommaseparera flera portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Känd brandväggstjänst, kommaseparera flera tjäsnter" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP-portnamn eller nummer, kommaseparera flera portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP-portnamn eller nummer, kommaseparera flera portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC-portnamn, kommaseparera flera portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP-protokollnamn, kommaseparera flera protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Ange zonskydd (ja|nej)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Detaljerad information" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Aktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inaktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Källnätverk, t ex 0/0 eller 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protokoll (TCP|UDP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "Begärd extern IP (valfritt)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Begärt portnamn eller nummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Omdirigera till intern IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Omdirigera till port på internt IP (valfritt)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Postnummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Använd portnamn istället för portnummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Okänd zon %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Parameter %1 måste ställas in." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Listar kända brandväggszoner:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Genväg" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Zonnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Sammanfattning:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Endast en parameter tillåts." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Start:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Aktiverar brandvägg i startprocess..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Tar bort brandvägg ur startprocess..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "Brandvägg är aktiverad i startprocess" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "Brandväggen måste startas manuellt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Nätverksgränssnitt i brandväggszoner:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Speciell brandväggssträng" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Gränssnitt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Lägger till speciell sträng %1 till zon %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Lägger till gränssnitt %1 till zon %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Tar bort speciell sträng %1 fån zon %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Tar bort gränssnitt %1 från zon %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Logga allt" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Logga endast kritiska" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "Logga inget" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Globala logginställningar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Regeltyp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Accepterad" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "Inte accepterad" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Loggar utsändningspaket:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Loggning aktiverat" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Loggning inaktiverat" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Kort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Loggstatus" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "Värde %1 är inte tillåtet för alternativ %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Tillåtna utsändningsportar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Endast ett åtgärdskommando är tillåtet här." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Definierad brandväggstjänst:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Tjänstnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP-port" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP-port" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC-port" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP-protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Tillåtna tjänster i zoner:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alla tjänster" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Hela zonen oskyddad" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "Tjänst-ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Ytterligare tillåtna portar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Alla portar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Tillåtna ytterligare IP-protokoll i zoner:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Alla IP-protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP-protokoll" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Okänd tjänst %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Skydd kan endast anges för interna zoner." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Minst en av %1 måste specificeras." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Minst ett åtgärdskommando från %1 måste anges." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Omdirigera begäran till maskerat IP:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Okänt portnamn %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Maskeradinställningar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "överallt" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "i zonen %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "Maskering är %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiverad" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inaktiverad" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,119 +14,114 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration för första start" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Markera Aktivera sekvens för första start här om du vill starta verktyget " -"för första\n" +"Markera Aktivera sekvens för första start här om du vill starta verktyget för första\n" "start i YaST vid den första starten efter konfigurationen.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "Aktivera sekvens för första start" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Aktivera sekvens för första start</b> om du vill starta " -"verktyget för första start i YaST vid den första starten efter " -"konfigurationen.</p>\n" +"<p>Markera <b>Aktivera sekvens för första start</b> om du vill starta verktyget för första start i YaST vid den första starten efter konfigurationen.</p>\n" "<p>Mer information finns i dokumentationen för modulen yast2-firstboot.</p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "Tom" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverat" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "Inställning för första start" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Upp" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "Ne&d" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "Aktiv&era eller inaktivera" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "Steg" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikett" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "Modulnamn" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -134,8 +129,8 @@ "Välj vilken skrivbordsmiljö du \n" "vill använda från listan nedan.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -145,31 +140,31 @@ "Systemet har fler än en skrivbordsmiljö installerad. Välj\n" "vilket skrivbord du vill ha som standard.</p>" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "Välj förvalt skrivbord" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "&Starta inställningscentralen YaST" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "Inställning klar" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Gratulerar!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -177,25 +172,25 @@ "<p>Installationen av &product; på datorn är slutförd.\n" "När du har klickat på <b>Slutför</b> kan du logga in i systemet.</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" msgstr "<p>Besök oss på www.suse.com.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Ha så kul!<br>Din SuSE-utvecklingsgrupp</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Systemet är klart att användas.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -203,8 +198,8 @@ "<p><b>Slutför</b> kommer att stänga YaST-installationen och fortsätta\n" "till inloggningsskärmen.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -214,25 +209,21 @@ "justera vissa KDE-inställningar för din hårdvara. Lägg också märke\n" "till SuSE:s välkomstdialogruta.</p>\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " -"start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om så önskas kan experter använda alla SuSE:s inställningsmoduler\n" -"vid detta tillfälle. Markera <b>Starta inställningscentralen YaST</b> så " -"kommer den\n" -"att starta när du har klickat på <b>Slutför</b>. Observera: " -"Inställningscentralen har ingen\n" +"vid detta tillfälle. Markera <b>Starta inställningscentralen YaST</b> så kommer den\n" +"att starta när du har klickat på <b>Slutför</b>. Observera: Inställningscentralen har ingen\n" "knapp för att gå tillbaka till den här installationssekvensen.</p>\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -242,29 +233,28 @@ "Din språkinställning har ändrats.\n" "\n" "Om det behövs kan du ändra tangentbordsinställningarna till det nya\n" -"språket. Använd verktyget för konfiguration av tangentbordslayout efter " -"inloggningen." +"språket. Använd verktyget för konfiguration av tangentbordslayout efter inloggningen." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Språk- och tangentbordslayout" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Språk" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tangentbordslayout" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -272,13 +262,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Välj det <b>språk</b> och den <b>tangentbordslayout</b> som ska användas " -"under\n" +"Välj det <b>språk</b> och den <b>tangentbordslayout</b> som ska användas under\n" "konfigurationen och i det installerade systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -288,8 +277,8 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta till nästa dialogruta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -301,35 +290,33 @@ "avbryta installationen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "" -"Det finns inte tillräckligt med utrymme för att installera alla ytterligare " -"paket." +msgstr "Det finns inte tillräckligt med utrymme för att installera alla ytterligare paket." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Uppdatera inställningar" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "Förbered systemet för första inloggning" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Uppdaterar inställningar..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "Förbereder systemet för första inloggning..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -339,49 +326,49 @@ "Vänta medan systemet ställs in.\n" "</p>" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "Slutför systeminställningar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "Ingen text tillgänglig" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "Inställning för första start - inaktiverad" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "Inställning för första start - aktiverad" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,1289 +14,1256 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 msgid "Configuration of FTP server" msgstr "Ställ in FTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Anpassa bildskärm" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Startinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 msgid "Enable/disable chrooting." msgstr "Aktivera eller inaktivera chrooting." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 msgid "Saved log messages into the log file." msgstr "Sparade loggmeddelanden till loggfilen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"Umask vsftpd: :<anonyma>, pure-ftpd: <filer>:<kataloger>" +msgstr "Umask vsftpd: :<anonyma>, pure-ftpd: <filer>:<kataloger>" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 msgid "Enter the existing directory for anonymous users." msgstr "Ange den befintliga katalogen för anonyma användare." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Ange den befintliga katalogen för autentiserade användare (endast pure-ftpd)." +msgstr "Ange den befintliga katalogen för autentiserade användare (endast pure-ftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 msgid "The port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "Portintervall för passiva anslutningssvar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 msgid "The maximum idle time in minutes" msgstr "Längsta tillåtna inaktivitet i minuter" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 msgid "The maximum number of clients connected via IP" msgstr "Maximalt antal klienter anslutna via IP-adressen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 msgid "The maximum connected clients" msgstr "Maximalt antal anslutna klienter" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Maximal tillåten dataöverföringshastighet för lokalt autentiserade användare " -"(kB/s)" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Maximal tillåten dataöverföringshastighet för lokalt autentiserade användare (kB/s)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" msgstr "Maximal tillåten dataöverföringshastighet för anonyma klienter (kB/s)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 msgid "Access permissions" msgstr "Åtkomstbehörigheter" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 msgid "Access permissions for anonymous users" msgstr "Åtkomstbehörigheter för anonyma användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Välkomstmeddelandet är den text som ska visas när någon ansluter till " -"servern (endast vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Välkomstmeddelandet är den text som ska visas när någon ansluter till servern (endast vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd stöder säkra anslutningar via SSL (endast vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Om det är aktiverat tillåter detta alternativ SSL v2-protokollanslutningar " -"(endast vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Om det är aktiverat tillåter detta alternativ SSL v2-protokollanslutningar (endast vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Om det är aktiverat tillåter detta alternativ SSL v3-protokollanslutningar " -"(endast vsftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Om det är aktiverat tillåter detta alternativ SSL v3-protokollanslutningar (endast vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." msgstr "vsftpd stöder anslutningar via TLS (endast vsftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Tillåt inte hämtning av filer som överförts men inte validerats av en lokal " -"administratör (endast pure-ftpd)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Tillåt inte hämtning av filer som överförts men inte validerats av en lokal administratör (endast pure-ftpd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställningar för SSL- och TLS-protokoll (endast pure-ftpd)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process." msgstr "Starta FTP-demonen i startprocessen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 msgid "Start FTP daemon manually." msgstr "Starta FTP-demonen manuellt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd" msgstr "Starta FTP-demon via xinetd" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running." msgstr "Starta xinetd om det inte körs." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Aktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inaktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 msgid "Directory for anonymous users" msgstr "Katalog för anonyma användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 msgid "Directory for authenticated users" msgstr "Katalog för autentiserade användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "Det minsta värdet för portintervall för passiva anslutningssvar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "Det största värdet för portintervall för passiva anslutningssvar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)" msgstr "Maximal inaktivitetstid (i minuter)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)" msgstr "Maximal dataöverföringshastighet för ftp-användare (kB/s)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 msgid "Access only for anonymous" msgstr "Åtkomst endast för anonyma användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 msgid "Access only for authenticated users" msgstr "Åtkomst endast för autentiserade användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "Åtkomst för anonyma och autentiserade användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 msgid "Anonymous users can upload." msgstr "Anonyma användare kan göra överföringar." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 msgid "Anonymous users can create directories." msgstr "Anonyma användare kan skapa kataloger." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Välkomstmeddelandet är den text som ska visas när någon ansluter till " -"servern." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Välkomstmeddelandet är den text som ska visas när någon ansluter till servern." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 msgid "SSL version 2" msgstr "SSL version 2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 msgid "SSL version 3" msgstr "SSL version 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." msgstr "Neka anslutningar för vilka SSL/TLS-säkerhetsmekanismer inte används." -#. EOF -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 +#. EOF +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Visningsinställningar:" -#. start-up settings -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 +#. start-up settings +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Start:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd." msgstr "FTP-demonen startas via xinetd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "FTP-demonen aktiveras i startprocessen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting." msgstr "FTP-demonen måste startas manuellt." -#. logging settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 +#. logging settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 msgid "Verbose Logging:" msgstr "Utförlig loggning:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Aktivera" -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Inaktivera" -#. chroot settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 +#. chroot settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 msgid "Chroot Everyone:" msgstr "Chroot alla:" -#. UMASK settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 +#. UMASK settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 msgid "Umask for Anonymous: " msgstr "Umask för anonyma:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 msgid "Umask for Anonymous:" msgstr "Umask för anonyma:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 msgid "Option is not set now." msgstr "Alternativet är inte inställt nu." -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: " msgstr "Umask för autentiserade användare: " -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. CommandLine::Print(""); -#. part for pure-fptd -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. part for pure-fptd +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 msgid "Umask: " msgstr "Umask:" -#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) -#. authenticated and anonymous dirs -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 +#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) +#. authenticated and anonymous dirs +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 msgid "Authenticated dir: " msgstr "Autentiserades katalog: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 msgid "Anonymous dir: " msgstr "Anonymas katalog: " -#. port range -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 +#. port range +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 msgid "Port Range: " msgstr "Portintervall:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 msgid " - " msgstr " - " -#. idle time -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 +#. idle time +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: " msgstr "Längsta tillåtna inaktivitet (minuter): " -#. maximum clients per IP -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 +#. maximum clients per IP +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: " msgstr "Maximalt antal klienter per IP-adress: " -#. maximum clients -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 +#. maximum clients +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: " msgstr "Maximalt antal klienter: " -#. max rate for authenticated users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 +#. max rate for authenticated users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "Maxhastighet för autentiserade användare [kB/s]: " -#. max rate for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 +#. max rate for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "Maxhastighet för anonyma användare [kB/s]: " -#. general settings for access -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 +#. general settings for access +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 msgid "Access Allowed for: " msgstr "Åtkomst tillåten för: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 msgid "Anonymous Users" msgstr "Anonyma användare" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 msgid "Authenticated Users" msgstr "Autentiserade användare" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users" msgstr "Anonyma och autentiserade användare" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 msgid "Option has wrong value." msgstr "Alternativet har fel värde." -#. access permissions for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 +#. access permissions for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: " msgstr "Åtkomstbehörigheter för anonyma: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 msgid "Upload enabled; " msgstr "Uppladdning har aktiverats; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 msgid "Upload disabled; " msgstr "Uppladdning har inaktiverats; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 msgid "Create directories enabled" msgstr "Skapa kataloger har aktiverats" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 msgid "Create directories disabled" msgstr "Skapa kataloger har inaktiverats" -#. welcome message vsftpd only -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 +#. welcome message vsftpd only +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 msgid "Welcome message: " msgstr "Välkomstmeddelande:" -#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); -#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 +#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); +#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 msgid "SSL is disabled" msgstr "SSL är inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 msgid "SSL is enabled" msgstr "SSL är aktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled" msgstr "SSL version 2 är inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled" msgstr "SSL version 2 är aktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled" msgstr "SSL version 3 är inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled" msgstr "SSL version 3 är aktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 msgid "TLS is disabled" msgstr "TLS är inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 msgid "TLS is enabled" msgstr "TLS är aktiverat" -#. AntiWarez option -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 +#. AntiWarez option +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 msgid "Antiwarez: " msgstr "Antiwarez: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 msgid "Antiwarez enabled" msgstr "Antiwarez har aktiverats" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 msgid "Antiwarez disabled" msgstr "Antiwarez har inaktiverats" -#. SSL/TLS settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 +#. SSL/TLS settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 msgid "SSL/TLS settings: " msgstr "SSL/TLS-inställningar: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 msgid "SSL/TLS disabled" msgstr "SSL/TLS är inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 msgid "SSL/TLS enabled" msgstr "SSL/TLS är aktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 msgid "Refuse connections without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Neka anslutningar utan SSL/TLS" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed." msgstr "Endast en parameter (atboot/manual) är tillåten." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..." msgstr "Aktiverar FTP-demon i startprocess..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..." msgstr "Tar bort FTP-demon ur startprocess..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed." msgstr "Endast en parameter (enable/disable) är tillåten." -#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 +#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 msgid "Umask:" msgstr "Umask:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 msgid "Only one parameter (show/set_umask) is allowed." msgstr "Endast en parameter (show/set_umask) är tillåten." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 msgid "Entered umask is not valid." msgstr "Angiven umask är inte giltig." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" msgstr "Exempel på en korrekt umask :<anonyma> (177:077)" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" msgstr "Exempel på en korrekt umask <filer>:<kataloger> (set_umask=177:077)" -#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 +#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 msgid "Anonymous users:" msgstr "Anonyma användare:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 msgid "Anonymous directory:" msgstr "Katalog för anonyma:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 msgid "Option is empty." msgstr "Alternativet är tomt." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Exempel på korrekta indata: set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Endast en parameter tillåts." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 msgid "Authenticated users:" msgstr "Autentiserade användare:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 msgid "Authenticated directory:" msgstr "Autentiserades katalog:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "Exempel på korrekta indata: set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server." msgstr "Alternativ stöds inte i pure-ftpd-server." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 msgid "Port range:" msgstr "Portintervall:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 msgid "Port range for passive mode: " msgstr "Portintervall för passivt läge: " -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." msgstr "Ange lägsta port < högsta port." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 msgid "Enter correct numbers." msgstr "Ange rätt nummer." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 msgid "Only two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Endast två parametrar tillåts." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Alternativets värde är felaktigt." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):" msgstr "Åtkomst (anonyma/autentiserade):" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 msgid "Access allowed for: " msgstr "Åtkomst tillåten för: " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 msgid "Anonymous users" msgstr "Anonyma användare" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 msgid "Authenticated users" msgstr "Autentiserade användare" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "Anonyma och autentiserade användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 msgid "Unknown option." msgstr "Okänt alternativ." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:" msgstr "Åtkomstbehörigheter för anonyma användare:" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 msgid "Upload enabled" msgstr "Uppladdning har aktiverats" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 msgid "Upload disabled" msgstr "Uppladdning har inaktiverats" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 msgid "; " msgstr "; " -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 msgid "Create dirs enabled" msgstr "Skapa kataloger har aktiverats" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 msgid "Create dirs disabled" msgstr "Create dirs har inaktiverats" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed." msgstr "Endast en eller två parametrar är tillåtna." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 msgid "Welcome Message:" msgstr "Välkomstmeddelande:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd." msgstr "Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt i vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 msgid "Missing value of option" msgstr "Värdet för alternativet saknas" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\"" msgstr "Exempel på korrekt inmatning: welcome_message=\"Hej allihop\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd." msgstr "Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt i pure-ftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 msgid "Wrong option." msgstr "Fel alternativ." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 msgid "Security Settings:" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställningar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server." msgstr "Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt i pure-ftp-server." -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled" msgstr "SSL och TLS är aktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled" msgstr "SSL och TLS är inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS" msgstr "Vägra anslutning utan SSL/TLS" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" msgstr "Exempel på korrekt inmatning: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" -#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 +#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 msgid "Packages for vsftpd and pure-ftpd are not available." msgstr "Paket för vsftpd och pure-ftpd är inte tillgängliga." -#. end of `VBox( -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 +#. end of `VBox( +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 msgid "No server package installed." msgstr "Inget serverpaket installerat." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 msgid "Choose an FTP daemon." msgstr "Välj en FTP-demon." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration." msgstr "Tryck på Avbryt för att avbryta FTP-konfigurering." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "&vsftpd" msgstr "&vsftpd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 msgid "&pure-ftpd" msgstr "&pure-ftpd" -#. result = Package::Available(daemon); -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 +#. result = Package::Available(daemon); +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 msgid "Installation failed." msgstr "Installationen misslyckades." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 msgid "Package for FTP is not available." msgstr "Paketet för FTP är inte tillgängligt." -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 msgid "Package not found." msgstr "Paketet hittades inte." -#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon -#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 +#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 msgid "Choose daemon?" msgstr "Vill du välja demon?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration" msgstr "Avbryter FTP-inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" msgstr "Alla ändringar kommer att förloras. Vill du avbryta ändå?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&When booting" msgstr "&Vid systemstart" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuellt" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#. Function start vsftpd -#. write settings to disk... -#. Function start pure-ftpd -#. write settings to disk... -#. Init function for start-up -#. -#. init starting via xinetd and update status -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Function start vsftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Function start pure-ftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Init function for start-up +#. +#. init starting via xinetd and update status +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "FTP körs" -#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); -#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 +#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); +#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 msgid "FTP is not running" msgstr "FTP körs inte" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "&Start FTP Now" msgstr "&Starta FTP nu" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "S&top FTP Now" msgstr "S&toppa FTP nu" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now" msgstr "S¶ inställningar och starta om FTP nu" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Starta FTP-demon nu" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Stoppa FTP-demon nu" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "Spara inställningar och starta om FTP-demon nu" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Selected Service" msgstr "Vald tjänst" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "p&ure-ftpd" msgstr "p&ure-ftpd" -#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 msgid "&Welcome message" msgstr "&Välkomstmeddelande" -#. Chroot Everyone -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 +#. Chroot Everyone +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "&Chroot Everyone" msgstr "&Chroot alla" -#. Verbos Logging -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Verbos Logging +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "&Verbose Logging" msgstr "&Utförlig loggning" -#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 +#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" msgstr "&Umask (umask filer:umask kataloger)" -#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 +#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Umask for Anonymous" msgstr "&Umask för anonyma" -#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 +#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users" msgstr "Uma&sk för autentiserade användare" -#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 +#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users" msgstr "FTP-katalog för anon&yma användare" -#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Brows&e" msgstr "Bl&äddra" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid " " msgstr " " -#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 +#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users" msgstr "&FTP-katalog för autentiserade användare" -#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated -#. General Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "&Bläddra" -#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Max Idle Time [minutes] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Max Idle Time [minutes] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]" msgstr "&Längsta inaktivitet [minuter]" -#. Max Clients for One IP -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 +#. Max Clients for One IP +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP" msgstr "Högsta antal kli&enter för en IP" -#. Max Clients -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 +#. Max Clients +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Ma&x Clients" msgstr "Hög&sta antal klienter" -#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 +#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "Maxhastighet för &lokala [kB/s]" -#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] -#. Performance Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 +#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "Maxhastighet fö&r anonyma [kB/s]" -#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users" msgstr "Aktivera/inaktivera anonyma och lokala användare" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 msgid "Anonymo&us Only" msgstr "Endast anon&ym" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only" msgstr "&Endast autentiserade användare" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "&Both" msgstr "&Båda" -#. Enable Upload -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Enable Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "&Enable Upload" msgstr "Aktiv&era uppladdning" -#. Anonymous Can Upload -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 +#. Anonymous Can Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload" msgstr "Anon&yma får lägga upp filer" -#. Anonymous Can Create Directories -#. Authentication Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. Anonymous Can Create Directories +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories" msgstr "Anonyma får &skapa kataloger" -#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Enable Pass&ive Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable Pass&ive Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Enable Pass&ive Mode" msgstr "Aktivera pass&ivt läge" -#. Min Port for Pas. Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 +#. Min Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Min Port for Pas. Mode" msgstr "&Minsta port för passivt läge" -#. Max Port for Pas. Mode -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 +#. Max Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 msgid "Max P&ort for Pas. Mode" msgstr "Högsta p&ort för passivt läge" -#. Enable SSL -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 +#. Enable SSL +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Enab&le SSL" msgstr "Aktivera SS&L" -#. Enable SSL v2 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#. Enable SSL v2 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "&Enable SSL v2" msgstr "Aktiv&era SSL v2" -#. Enable SSL v3 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 +#. Enable SSL v3 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 msgid "Enable SSL &v3" msgstr "Aktivera SSL &v3" -#. Enable TLS -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#. Enable TLS +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Enable &TLS" msgstr "Aktivera &TLS" -#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 +#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections" msgstr "D&SA-certifikat som ska användas för SSL-krypterade anslutningar" -#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data" msgstr "Inaktivera nedladdning av e&j validerade data" -#. Security Settings -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 +#. Security Settings +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställningar" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS" msgstr "Inaktivera SSL/&TLS" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS" msgstr "Acceptera &SSL och TLS" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS" msgstr "&Neka anslutningar utan SSL/TLS" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "FTP Start-up" msgstr "FTP-start" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) -#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) -#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Performance Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Performance Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna inställningar" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 msgid "FTP Directories" msgstr "FTP-kataloger" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 msgid "FTP General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna FTP-inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 msgid "General" msgstr "Allmänt" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "FTP Performance Settings" msgstr "FTP-prestandainställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 msgid "Performance" msgstr "Prestanda" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Anonymous Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Anonymous Settings widget -#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 msgid "Uploading" msgstr "Uppladdning" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 msgid "FTP Anonymous Settings" msgstr "FTP-inställningar för anonyma" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentisering" -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) -#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions -#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) -#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "Passive Mode" msgstr "Passivt läge" -#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true -#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 +#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true +#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" msgstr "SUSEfirewall-inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 msgid "FTP Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar för FTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "Additional Settings" msgstr "Ytterligare inställningar" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1304,8 +1271,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initiera FTP-serverkonfigurering</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -1313,8 +1280,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1322,8 +1289,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Spara FTP-serverkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1332,30 +1299,27 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 +#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Vald tjänst</b><br>\n" -" I ramen visas vilken demon som för närvarande är konfigurerad: " -"<b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" I ramen visas vilken demon som för närvarande är konfigurerad: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. Om du har installerat båda demonerna kan du växla mellan dem.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. general welcome message help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. general welcome message help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n" "Specify the name of a file containing the\n" @@ -1367,8 +1331,8 @@ "texten som ska visas när någon ansluter till servern.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general chroot help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 +#. general chroot help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" "When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" @@ -1379,16 +1343,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" -"När detta är aktiverat kommer lokala användare (som standard) att placeras i " -"ett \n" +"När detta är aktiverat kommer lokala användare (som standard) att placeras i ett \n" "chroot()-fängelse i sin hemkatalog efter inloggning.\n" "<b>Varning:</b> Detta alternativ får säkerhetskonsekvenser,\n" "särskilt om användarna har överföringsbehörighet\n" "eller skalåtkomst. Aktivera bara Chroot om du vet vad du gör.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general logging help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 +#. general logging help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n" "When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n" @@ -1398,8 +1361,8 @@ "Om aktiverat loggas alla FTP-förfrågningar och svar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 +#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" "File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" @@ -1411,8 +1374,8 @@ "177:077 om du känner dig paranoid.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 +#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n" "The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" @@ -1422,31 +1385,27 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask för anonym:</b><br>\n" "Det värde som anges för umasken för filskapande för anonyma användare. \n" -"Om du vill ange oktala värden är det viktigt att du kommer ihåg prefixet " -"\"0\", annars kommer \n" +"Om du vill ange oktala värden är det viktigt att du kommer ihåg prefixet \"0\", annars kommer \n" "värdet att behandlas som ett heltal i basen 10.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 +#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Umask för autentiserade användare:</b><br>\n" -"Det värde som anges för umasken för filskapande för autentiserade " -"användare. \n" -"Om du vill ange oktala värden är det viktigt att du kommer ihåg prefixet " -"\"0\", annars kommer \n" +"Det värde som anges för umasken för filskapande för autentiserade användare. \n" +"Om du vill ange oktala värden är det viktigt att du kommer ihåg prefixet \"0\", annars kommer \n" "värdet att behandlas som ett heltal i basen 10.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 +#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" @@ -1458,8 +1417,8 @@ "Tryck på <b>Bläddra</b> för att välja en katalog i det lokala filsystemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" @@ -1471,10 +1430,10 @@ "Tryck på <b>Bläddra</b> för att välja en katalog i det lokala filsystemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n" "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" @@ -1486,8 +1445,8 @@ "får vänta mellan FTP-kommandon.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 +#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" @@ -1499,8 +1458,8 @@ "från samma internetkälladress. \n" "</p>\n" -#. performance max clients help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 +#. performance max clients help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" @@ -1509,24 +1468,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Största antal klienter:</b><br>\n" "Det största antal klienter som får ansluta. \n" -"Alla ytterligare klienter som försöker ansluta kommer att få ett " -"felmeddelande.\n" +"Alla ytterligare klienter som försöker ansluta kommer att få ett felmeddelande.\n" "</p>\n" -#. performance local max rate help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 +#. performance local max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Maxhastighet för lokala:</b><br>\n" -"Maximal tillåten dataöverföringshastighet för lokalt autentiserade " -"användare.\n" +"Maximal tillåten dataöverföringshastighet för lokalt autentiserade användare.\n" "</p>" -#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 +#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" @@ -1534,30 +1491,25 @@ "<p><b>Maxhastighet för anonyma:</b><br>\n" "Maximal tillåten dataöverföringshastighet för anonyma användare.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivera/inaktivera anonyma och lokala användare</b><br>\n" -"<b>Endast anonyma</b>: Om detta är aktiverat tillåts bara anonyma " -"inloggningar.\n" -"<b>Endast autentiserade användare</b>: Om detta är aktiverat tillåts bara " -"autentiserade användare.\n" -"<b>Båda</b> Om detta är aktiverat tillåts autentiserade användare och " -"anonyma användare.\n" +"<b>Endast anonyma</b>: Om detta är aktiverat tillåts bara anonyma inloggningar.\n" +"<b>Endast autentiserade användare</b>: Om detta är aktiverat tillåts bara autentiserade användare.\n" +"<b>Båda</b> Om detta är aktiverat tillåts autentiserade användare och anonyma användare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 +#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" @@ -1565,62 +1517,53 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivera överföring</b><br>\n" -"om detta är aktiverat får FTP-användare göra överföringar. Om du vill " -"tillåta anonyma användare att göra \n" +"om detta är aktiverat får FTP-användare göra överföringar. Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att göra \n" "to överföringar aktiverar du <b>Anonyma får göra överföringar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 +#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anonyma får göra överföringar</b><br>\n" "Om aktiverade anonyma användare ska tillåtas göra överföringar.\n" -"<i>endast vsftpd: </i>Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att göra " -"överföringar \n" -"behöver du en befintlig katalog med skrivbehörighet i hemkatalogen efter " -"inloggning.\n" +"<i>endast vsftpd: </i>Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att göra överföringar \n" +"behöver du en befintlig katalog med skrivbehörighet i hemkatalogen efter inloggning.\n" "</p>\n" -#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 +#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.</p>\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anonyma får skapa kataloger</b><br>\n" "Om detta är aktiverat får anonyma användare skapa kataloger.\n" -"<i>endast vsftpd:</i> Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att skapa " -"kataloger \n" -"behöver du en befintlig katalog med skrivbehörighet i hemkatalogen efter " -"inloggning.</p>\n" +"<i>endast vsftpd:</i> Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att skapa kataloger \n" +"behöver du en befintlig katalog med skrivbehörighet i hemkatalogen efter inloggning.</p>\n" -#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- -#. -#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n" "If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivera passivt läge</b><br>\n" -"Om detta är aktiverat kommer FTP-servern att tillåta passivt läge för " -"anslutningar. \n" +"Om detta är aktiverat kommer FTP-servern att tillåta passivt läge för anslutningar. \n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n" "Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" @@ -1632,8 +1575,8 @@ "Det här värdet används för skydd med hjälp av en brandvägg. \n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 +#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n" "Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" @@ -1645,8 +1588,8 @@ "Det här värdet används för skydd med hjälp av en brandvägg. \n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 +#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1656,8 +1599,8 @@ "Om detta är aktiverat tillåts SSL-anslutningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 +#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1667,8 +1610,8 @@ "Om detta är aktiverat tillåts SSL version 2-anslutningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 +#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n" "If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1678,8 +1621,8 @@ "Om detta är aktiverat tillåts SSL version 3-anslutningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 +#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n" "If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" @@ -1689,23 +1632,21 @@ "Om detta är aktiverat tillåts TLS-anslutningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 +#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b>RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" "This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n" "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RSA-certifikat som ska användas för SSL-krypterade anslutningar<br>\n" +"<p><b>RSA-certifikat som ska användas för SSL-krypterade anslutningar</b><br>\n" "Det här alternativet anger platsen för det RSA-certifikat som ska \n" -"användas för SSL-krypterade anslutningar. Välj en fil genom att trycka på " -"<b>Bläddra</b>.\n" +"användas för SSL-krypterade anslutningar. Välj en fil genom att trycka på <b>Bläddra</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 +#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" @@ -1717,28 +1658,25 @@ "men inte validerats av en lokal administratör.\n" "</p>\n" -#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Säkerhetsinställningar</b><br>\n" "<i>Inaktivera SSL/TLS</i> Inaktivera SSL/TLS-krypteringslager.\n" -"<i>Acceptera SSL och TLS</i> Acceptera både traditionella och krypterade " -"sessioner.\n" -"<i>Neka anslutningar utan SSL/TLS</i> Neka anslutningar för vilka SSL/TLS-" -"säkerhetsmekanismer inte används, inklusive anonyma sessioner.\n" +"<i>Acceptera SSL och TLS</i> Acceptera både traditionella och krypterade sessioner.\n" +"<i>Neka anslutningar utan SSL/TLS</i> Neka anslutningar för vilka SSL/TLS-säkerhetsmekanismer inte används, inklusive anonyma sessioner.\n" "</p>" -#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- -#. -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- +#. +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n" @@ -1746,8 +1684,8 @@ "<p><b><big>FTP-serverkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurera FTP-servern.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" @@ -1756,12 +1694,11 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Lägga till en FTP-server:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Välj en FTP-server från listan över identifierade FTP-servrar.\n" -"Om FTP-servern inte kunde identifieras, använd <B>Annan (inte identifierad).\n" +"Om FTP-servern inte kunde identifieras, använd <B>Annan (inte identifierad)</B>.\n" "Klicka sedan på <B>Ställ in</B>.</P>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1771,8 +1708,8 @@ "Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" "dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" @@ -1782,8 +1719,8 @@ "Få överblick över de installerade FTP-servrarna. Du kan dessutom\n" "redigera deras konfigurationer.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n" @@ -1791,8 +1728,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Lägga till en FTP-server</big></b><br>\n" "Tryck på <b>Lägg till</b> för att konfigurera en FTP-server.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -1802,42 +1739,42 @@ "Välj en FTP-server som ska ändras eller tas bort.\n" "Tryck sedan på <b>Redigera</b> eller på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value -#. that says if the service is started. -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 +#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value +#. that says if the service is started. +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 msgid "Xinetd is not running." msgstr "Xinetd körs inte." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 msgid "Start it now?" msgstr "Starta den nu?" -#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" -#. check value of textentry -#. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 +#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" +#. check value of textentry +#. only pure-ftpd +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "Ingen giltig umask." -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Välj katalog" -#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 +#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "Skapa överföringskatalogen i %1\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "och aktivera skrivrättigheter?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1847,15 +1784,15 @@ " måste du skapa en katalog med skrivrättigheter.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr " är hemkatalog efter inloggning för anonyma användare." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" @@ -1863,29 +1800,28 @@ "Vill du ändra rättigheter\n" "för\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "Uppladdning (tillåt skrivning)?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att göra överföringar behöver du en " -"katalog med skrivåtkomst.\n" +"Om du vill tillåta anonyma användare att göra överföringar behöver du en katalog med skrivåtkomst.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "Vill du skapa en katalog?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "Uppladdning med skrivrättigheter?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1895,7 +1831,7 @@ " måste du skapa en katalog med skrivåtkomst.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1905,23 +1841,23 @@ " behöver du en katalog med skrivåtkomst.\n" "\n" -#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" -#. check permissions for upload dir -#. -#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" -#. check permissions for upload dir -#. -#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "Vill du ändra rättigheter för %1 ?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." @@ -1929,151 +1865,135 @@ "Om du vill låta anonyma användare ladda upp filer \n" "behöver du en katalog med skrivrättigheter för dem." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vid anonyma anslutningar bör hemkatalogen för en anonym användare inte ha " -"skrivrättigheter.\n" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Vid anonyma anslutningar bör hemkatalogen för en anonym användare inte ha skrivrättigheter.\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"För anonyma anslutningar bör hemkatalogen för en anonym användare inte ha " -"skrivrättigheter." +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "För anonyma anslutningar bör hemkatalogen för en anonym användare inte ha skrivrättigheter." -#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" -#. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 +#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" +#. check values Max Port >= Min Port +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "För portar gäller villkoret max port > min port." -#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 +#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "RSA certificate is missing." msgstr "RSA-certifikat saknas." -#. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Välj fil" -#. Valid function of "Security Settings" -#. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Certifikatet <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> för SSL-anslutningen " -"saknas." +#. Valid function of "Security Settings" +#. check of existing certificate +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Certifikatet <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> för SSL-anslutningen saknas." -#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 +#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "Välkomstmeddelande" -#. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "Initierar FTP-inställningar" -#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 +#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "Du har installerat båda demonerna:" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Välj en av dem för konfigurering." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "Vill du konfigurera vsftpd? Alternativt kan du välja pure-ftpd." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Du har installerat båda demonerna. Därför måste konfigurationen köras i " -"interaktivt läge." +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Du har installerat båda demonerna. Därför måste konfigurationen köras i interaktivt läge." -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "Läs inställningar från inställningsfilen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Läs de föregående inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Läser inställningarna..." -#. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 +#. calling read function for reading settings form config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa de aktuella inställningarna." -#. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "Sparar FTP-inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "Spara inställningarna i inställningsfilen" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "Spara inställningarna för startdemonen" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 +#. write options to the config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Det går inte att spara inställningarna." -#. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "Det går inte att spara inställningarna för xinetd." -#. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa överföringskatalogen för anonyma anslutningar." -#. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 +#. anonymous dir +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP-demonen är inte inställd.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP-demon" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP-demonen %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Dessa alternativ kommer att ställas in" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,482 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "Konfiguration av geo-cluster" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "Geokluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration för geokluster" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Översikt av geokluster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "konfigurationsfil" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "transport" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "port" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "arbitrator" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "plats" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "biljett" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentisering" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "&Avbryt" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Aktivera säkerhetsautentisering" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Autentiseringsfil" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "Filen kommer att skrivas till /etc/booth." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "Skriv den till en annan katalog genom att ange en absolut sökväg." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"Om du just har skapat ett geokluster klickar du på knappen nedan så " -"genereras /etc/booth/<nyckel>." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "Om du just har skapat ett geokluster klickar du på knappen nedan så genereras /etc/booth/<nyckel>." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Du kan gå med i ett befintligt geokluster genom att manuellt kopiera /etc/" -"booth/<nyckel> från andra noder." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Du kan gå med i ett befintligt geokluster genom att manuellt kopiera /etc/booth/<nyckel> från andra noder." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "Generera nyckelfil för autentisering" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "Grundläggande" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Ange en giltig IP-adress" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Ange biljett och timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "nya försök" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "vikter" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "upphör att gälla" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "ogiltigt värde för tidsgräns" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "ogiltigt värde för \"upphör att gälla\"" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter är ogiltigt" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "ogiltigt värde för antal försök" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "lägre värden för nya försök än 3 är ogiltiga" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "ogiltigt värde för vikter" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "biljetten får inte vara tom" -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in brandvägg" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Ange arbitratorns IP-adress" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Redigera arbitratorns IP-adress" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Ange en IP-adress för din webbplats" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Redigera IP-adressen för din webbplats" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Biljettnamnet finns redan!" -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Konfigurationsnamnet får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Konfigurationsnamnet får inte dupliceras." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "port är ogiltig!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "transport måste fyllas i!" -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "arbitrator måste fyllas i!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "plats måste fyllas i!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "biljett måste fyllas i!" -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Autentiseringsfil kunde inte skapas " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "Autentiseringsfil" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " har skapats." -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Välj GeoCluster-konfiguration" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Välj konfigurationsfil:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av autentisering" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva globala konfigurationsinställningar." -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva globala inställningar." -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva globala biljettinställningar." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initierar konfiguration för geokluster" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Läs de föregående inställningarna" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Läs SuSEFirewall-inställningar" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Läser de föregående inställningarna..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Sparar konfiguration för geokluster" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Skriv SuSEfirewall-inställningarna" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Skriver SuSEFirewall-inställningarna" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan inte spara inställningar." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initierar konfiguration av geokluster (geo-cluster)" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Läs databasen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Identifiera enheterna" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Läser databasen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Identifierar enheterna..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "Kan inte läsa databas1." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa databas2." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Det går inte att identifiera enheter." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningar för geokluster (geo-cluster)" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,121 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "Ställ in HTTP-server (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "Ställ in värddatorinställningar" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "Ställ in Apache2-servermoduler" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." msgstr "Ställ in de portar och nätverksadresser som servern ska lyssna på." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "Ställ in virtuella värddatorer" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "Aktivera eller inaktivera guideläge." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "Servernamn, t ex www.exempel.se" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "Serveradministratörens e-postadress" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "Katalog där serverns dokument lagras" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "Namnet på den värddator som ska ställas in." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Lägg till en ny lyssna-post ([adress:]port)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Ta bort en befintlig lyssna-post ([adress:]port)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Visa inställda poster" -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "Kommaseparerad lista över moduler som ska aktiveras" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "Kommaseparerad lista över moduler som ska inaktiveras" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "Skapa en ny virtuell värddator" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "Ta bort en befintlig virtuell värddator" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "Ange den valda virtuella värddatorn som förvald dator" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "Ange guideläge till \"på\" eller \"av\"." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "Du har inte angett någon inställd värddator" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" msgstr "Endast befintliga värddatorer kan ställas in" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "Ogiltigt servernamn." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "Ogiltig serveradmin." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "Valideringsfel " -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -136,190 +136,183 @@ "Status \tmodul\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "aktiverad" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 msgid "unknown" msgstr "okänd" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "Lyssna-satser:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "Alla gränssnitt" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "Kan endast använda befintliga gränssnitt" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "Lyssna-satsen %1 har redan konfigurerats." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "Det går endast att ta bort befintliga lyssnare" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "Lista över värddatorer:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "Någon parameter saknas" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "Argumentet kan endast vara en befintlig värddator" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "Värddatorn är redan standard." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort standardvärddatorn." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "Portar och adresser att lyssna på" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "Servermoduler" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "Huvudvärddator" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Värddatorer" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in HTTP-server" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av värddatorn %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "Inställda värddatorer" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "Information om ny värddator" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "Information om virtuell värddator" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "SSL-inställningar för %1" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "Standardvärddator" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certifikat" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "&Importera servercertifikat..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Använd vanligt servercertifikat" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "Kataloginställningar för %1" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -329,8 +322,8 @@ "<br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -338,8 +331,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -347,8 +340,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar HTTP-serverinställningarna</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -356,86 +349,65 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Värdet för <b>Port</b> anger på vilken port Apache2 lyssnar. " -"Standardvärdet är 80.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Värdet för <b>Port</b> anger på vilken port Apache2 lyssnar. Standardvärdet är 80.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lyssna på gränssnitt</b> innehåller listan med alla IP-adresser som " -"har konfigurerats för den här värddatorn. Markerade IP-adresser är sådana " -"som Apache2 lyssnar på. Om du är osäker markerar du alla.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Lyssna på gränssnitt</b> innehåller listan med alla IP-adresser som har konfigurerats för den här värddatorn. Markerade IP-adresser är sådana som Apache2 lyssnar på. Om du är osäker markerar du alla.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här kan du ange vilka skriptspråk Apache2-servern ska stödja.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sammanfattningen visar inställningarna som ska skrivas till Apache2-" -"konfigurationen när du klickar på <b>Slutför</b>.</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Sammanfattningen visar inställningarna som ska skrivas till Apache2-konfigurationen när du klickar på <b>Slutför</b>.</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Klicka på <b>Expertinställningar för HTTP-server</b> \n" -"\t\tom du vill skapa en mer detaljerad konfiguration innan du skriver " -"konfigurationen.</p>" +"\t\tom du vill skapa en mer detaljerad konfiguration innan du skriver konfigurationen.</p>" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Redigera HTTP-servermoduler</big></b><br>\n" "Tabellen innehåller en lista över alla tillgängliga Apache2-moduler.\n" "Den första kolumnen innehåller namnet på modulen. \n" "Den andra kolumnen visar om modulen ska läsas in av servern.\n" -"Aktiverade moduler kommer att läsas in. Den sista kolumnen visar en kort " -"beskrivning\n" +"Aktiverade moduler kommer att läsas in. Den sista kolumnen visar en kort beskrivning\n" "av modulen.</p>" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill ändra statusen på en modul\n" "markerar du posten i tabellen och klickar på <b>Växla status</b>.</p>\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -443,21 +415,19 @@ "<p>Om du vill lägga till en modul som inte finns med i tabellen \n" "använder du <b>Lägg till modul</b>.</p>\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"Aktivera HTTP-servern genom att välja <b>Aktiverad</b>. Om du vill " -"inaktivera den väljer du \n" +"Aktivera HTTP-servern genom att välja <b>Aktiverad</b>. Om du vill inaktivera den väljer du \n" "<b>Inaktiverad</b>.</p>\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -467,11 +437,10 @@ "<p>Genom att aktivera <b>Öppna brandvägg på valda portar</b> \n" "anpassas brandväggen enligt de portar som Apache2 ska lyssna på. \n" "Brandväggens gränssnitt kommer inte att läggas till eller tas bort. \n" -"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen är aktiverad.\n" +"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen är aktiverad.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" @@ -495,115 +464,88 @@ "standardvärddator. Om du inte har angett något\n" "namn för standardvärddatorn visas en sökväg till dokumentroten för\n" "standardvärddatorn.\n" -"<b>Värddatorer</b> innehåller en lista över värddatorer som har " -"konfigurerats för servern.</p>\n" +"<b>Värddatorer</b> innehåller en lista över värddatorer som har konfigurerats för servern.</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -"change settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj en post i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra " -"inställningarna.</p>" +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj en post i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra inställningarna.</p>" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Loggfiler</b> visar loggfiler från servern.</p>" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Inställda värddatorer</big></b><br>\n" "Det här är en lista över inställda värddatorer. En av värddatorerna är \n" -"markerad som standard (den med en asterisk bredvid servernamnet). En " -"standardvärddator\n" -"används om ingen annan värddator matchar vid en inkommande begäran. Om du " -"vill ange att en\n" -"värddator ska användas som standard klickar du på <b>Använd som standard</b>." -"</p>\n" +"markerad som standard (den med en asterisk bredvid servernamnet). En standardvärddator\n" +"används om ingen annan värddator matchar vid en inkommande begäran. Om du vill ange att en\n" +"värddator ska användas som standard klickar du på <b>Använd som standard</b>.</p>\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<P>Välj en post i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra " -"värddatorn.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en värddator klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du " -"vill ta bort en värddator markerar du den och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" +"<P>Välj en post i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra värddatorn.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en värddator klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill ta bort en värddator markerar du den och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Värddatorinställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill redigera värddatorinställningarna väljer du en post i tabellen " -"och klickar på\n" -"<b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill lägga till ett nytt alternativ klickar du på " -"<B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill ta bort ett alternativ markerar du det och " -"klicka på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" +"Om du vill redigera värddatorinställningarna väljer du en post i tabellen och klickar på\n" +"<b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill lägga till ett nytt alternativ klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill ta bort ett alternativ markerar du det och klicka på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Alternativen för <b>servermatchning</b> anger matchningen när\n" -"\tvirtuella värddatorer används. Men om du väljer <b>Matchning via HTTP-" -"huvuden</b>\n" +"\tvirtuella värddatorer används. Men om du väljer <b>Matchning via HTTP-huvuden</b>\n" "\tfår standardservern aldrig förfrågningar till IP-adressen för\n" -"\ten namnbaserad virtuell värddator. Om du planerar att konfigurera en SSL-" -"baserad virtuell värddator använder du <b>Matchning via IP-adress</b></p>" +"\ten namnbaserad virtuell värddator. Om du planerar att konfigurera en SSL-baserad virtuell värddator använder du <b>Matchning via IP-adress</b></p>" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big><i>Lyssna</i>-inställningar för en värddator</big></b><br>\n" "<i>Lyssna</i>-direktivet tillåter val av portar och nätverksgränssnitt\n" "där HTTP-servern ska lyssna efter inkommande begäranden.</p>\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<P>Välj en post i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra " -"posten.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny post klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill " -"ta bort en post markerar du den och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" +"<P>Välj en post i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra posten.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny post klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill ta bort en post markerar du den och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -612,40 +554,32 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SSL-inställning</big></b><br>\n" "Det här är en lista över alternativ för SSL-inställningar\n" -"för värddatorn. Med SSL-kryptering blir kommunikationen med värddatorn säker." -"</p>\n" +"för värddatorn. Med SSL-kryptering blir kommunikationen med värddatorn säker.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det allmänna beteendet avgörs av SSL-alternativet. Värddatorn kan\n" -"antingen inte stödja SSL överhuvudtaget (<tt>Ingen SSL</tt>), tillåta både " -"icke-SSL och SSL-åtkomst (<tt>Tillåten</tt>)\n" +"antingen inte stödja SSL överhuvudtaget (<tt>Ingen SSL</tt>), tillåta både icke-SSL och SSL-åtkomst (<tt>Tillåten</tt>)\n" "eller acceptera endast anslutningar krypterade med SSL (<tt>Krävs</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<P>Välj ett lämpligt alternativ i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om " -"du vill ändra alternativet.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till ett nytt alternativ klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om " -"du vill ta bort ett alternativ markerar du det och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>." -"</P>" +"<P>Välj ett lämpligt alternativ i tabellen och klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra alternativet.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till ett nytt alternativ klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill ta bort ett alternativ markerar du det och klickar på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" @@ -654,14 +588,13 @@ "common certificate issued for this host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Menyn <b>Certifikat</b> gör att du kan \n" -"importera servercertifikat. Med alternativet <b>Importera servercertifikat \n" +"importera servercertifikat. Med alternativet <b>Importera servercertifikat</b> \n" "kan du använda ett certifikat för särskilda syften. \n" "Med alternativet <b>Använd gemensamt certifikat</b> kan du konfigurera\n" "gemensamma certifikat som har utfärdats för den här värddatorn.</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" @@ -669,50 +602,43 @@ "<p><b>Obs!</b> Om du aktiverar SSL för en värddator\n" "måste modulen <tt>mod_ssl</tt> läsas in av servern.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ny värddator</big></b><br>\n" -"I den här dialogrutan kan du ange grundläggande information om en virtuell " -"värddator.</p>" +"I den här dialogrutan kan du ange grundläggande information om en virtuell värddator.</p>" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Serveridentifiering</b> anger innehållet och\n" -"presentationen av den nya virtuella värddatorn. <b>Servernamn</b> är DNS-" -"namnet som returneras som en del av\n" +"presentationen av den nya virtuella värddatorn. <b>Servernamn</b> är DNS-namnet som returneras som en del av\n" "HTTP-huvudena för serverresponsen. <b>Innehållsrot för server</b>\n" "är en absolut sökväg till en katalog som innehåller alla dokument från\n" -"den här virtuella värddatorn.<b>Administratörens e-post</b> gör att du kan " -"ange en e-postadress\n" +"den här virtuella värddatorn.<b>Administratörens e-post</b> gör att du kan ange en e-postadress\n" "för återkoppling för den här värddatorn.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Serverupplösning</b></big><br>\n" @@ -720,65 +646,49 @@ "värddatorer som ska användas för att generera svar på HTTP-förfrågningar. \n" "Det finns två grundläggande metoder. Om HTTP-huvuden\n" "från den inkommande begäran används letar servern upp värddatornamnet i\n" -"HTTP-begärans huvud. Den andra möjligheten är att fastställa den virtuella " -"värddatorn\n" -"baserat på IP-adressen som används av klienten när den ansluter till " -"servern.\n" -"Om du planerar att konfigurera en SSL-baserad virtuell värddator använder du " -"<b>Matchning via IP-adress</b>\n" +"HTTP-begärans huvud. Den andra möjligheten är att fastställa den virtuella värddatorn\n" +"baserat på IP-adressen som används av klienten när den ansluter till servern.\n" +"Om du planerar att konfigurera en SSL-baserad virtuell värddator använder du <b>Matchning via IP-adress</b>\n" "Mer information finns i handboken för Apache2.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Detaljer för ny värddator</big></b><br>\n" -"I den här dialogrutan kan du ange ytterligare information om en ny virtuell " -"värddator.</p>" +"I den här dialogrutan kan du ange ytterligare information om en ny virtuell värddator.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Välj <b>Aktivera CGI-stöd</b>\n" -"om du vill köra CGI-skript i sökvägen i <b>CGI-katalog</b> med aliaset <tt>/" -"cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"om du vill köra CGI-skript i sökvägen i <b>CGI-katalog</b> med aliaset <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>För HTTPS-baserad åtkomst till den här virtuella värddatorn väljer du " -"<b>Aktivera SSL-stöd</b>.\n" +"<p>För HTTPS-baserad åtkomst till den här virtuella värddatorn väljer du <b>Aktivera SSL-stöd</b>.\n" "\n" "Därefter anger du sökvägen till certifikatfilen i <b>Sökväg till\n" -"certifikatfil</b>. Det här alternativet är bara tillgängligt för IP-baserade " -"virtuella värddatorer.</p>\n" +"certifikatfil</b>. Det här alternativet är bara tillgängligt för IP-baserade virtuella värddatorer.</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I <b>Katalogindex</b> anger du en mellanslagsseparerad lista över filer " -"som Apache ska leta efter och visa när en URL-adress för en katalog (som " -"avslutas med <tt>/</tt>) begärs. Den första matchande filen som hittas visas." -"</p>" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I <b>Katalogindex</b> anger du en mellanslagsseparerad lista över filer som Apache ska leta efter och visa när en URL-adress för en katalog (som avslutas med <tt>/</tt>) begärs. Den första matchande filen som hittas visas.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" "\n" @@ -786,139 +696,132 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Publik HTML</b>\n" "\n" -"aktiverar åtkomst till <tt>.public_html</tt>-kataloger för alla användare." +"aktiverar åtkomst till <tt>.public_html</tt>-kataloger för alla användare.</p>" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Alla adresser" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "HTTP-serverguide (1/5) - val av nätverksenhet" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "Val av nätverkskort" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "HTTP-serverguide (2/5) - moduler" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Moduler" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "HTTP-serverguide (3/5) - förvald dator" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "HTTP-serverguide (4/5) - virtuella värddatorer" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "HTTP-serverguide (5/5) - sammanfattning" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Initierar HTTP-serverinställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontrollera miljön" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Läs Apache2-inställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Läs nätverksinställningar" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerar miljön..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Läser Apache2-inställningarna..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Läser nätverksinställningarna..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ställa in HTTP-servern måste paketen <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill ställa in HTTP-servern måste paketen <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera dem nu?</p>" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -933,54 +836,54 @@ "\n" "om inte det här paketet installeras." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Inställningsfilen %1 finns inte." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Ingen DNS-server körs på den här datorn." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningarna för HTTP-servern" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Skriv Apache2-inställningar" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Aktivera Apache2-tjänsten" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Inaktivera Apache2-tjänsten" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Aktiverar Apache2-tjänsten..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Inaktiverar Apache2-tjänsten..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -992,19 +895,18 @@ "%1\n" "Vill du installera dem nu?\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." -msgstr "" -"Inget namn har angetts för modulbeskrivningen. Modulbeskrivningen igoneras." +msgstr "Inget namn har angetts för modulbeskrivningen. Modulbeskrivningen igoneras." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Okänd ändring av modul för automatisk installation: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -1012,251 +914,251 @@ "Standardvärdet för modulen %1 stämmer inte.\n" "Det kan innebära att modulen ställs in inkonsekvent." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Det finns en lyssna-sats utan port." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Lyssna på</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Standardvärddator</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid " in " msgstr " i " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiverad" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inaktiverad" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Virtuella värddatorer</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "&Loggfiler" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "Vis&a åtkomstlogg" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "Visa f&ellogg" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernamn" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "Dokumentrot" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "Serveradministratörens e-post" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "Serverupplösning" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "Avgör begärande server via HTTP-&huvuden" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "Avgör begärande server via server-IP-&adress" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "HTTP-tjän&st" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "Lyssna på portarna:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "Nätverksadress" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Växla s&tatus" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "L&ägg till modul" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "Katalog" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Port:" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Lyssna på gränssnitt" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "Starta Apache2-server när datorn startas" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "Starta Apache2-server manuellt" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Expertinställningar för &HTTP-server..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "Severidentifiering" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "Server&namn:" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "Inne&hållsrot för server:" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "&Administratörens e-post:" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "Virtuell dator" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "Ändra VirtualHost-ID" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "CGI-alternativ" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "Aktivera &CGI för den här virtuella datorn" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "CGI-katalogs&ökväg" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "SSL-stöd" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "Aktivera &SSL-stöd för den här virtuella datorn" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "Sökväg till &certifikatfil" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "Sökväg till &certifikatnyckelfil" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "Katalogalternativ" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "Katalogin&dex" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "Publik HTML" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "Aktivera &publik HTML" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1264,62 +1166,59 @@ "IP-adressen är inte inställd\n" "på den här datorn." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Ogiltig IP-adress." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "Den förvalda datorn kan inte ställas in med SSL-stöd." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "Om inget servernamn har angetts används datornamnet." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "Du måste ange ett servernamn." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"Det angivna servernamnet är redan inställt på en annan virtuell värddator." +msgstr "Det angivna servernamnet är redan inställt på en annan virtuell värddator." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "IP-adressen har redan konfigurerats på en annan virtuell värddator" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "Administratörens e-post är ogiltig." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "Ladda om HTTP-se&rvern" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "Spara inställningarna och &starta om HTTP-servern" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1342,49 +1241,49 @@ "och klicka på OK om du vill fortsätta med bytet av standardvärddator.\n" "Klicka på Avbryt om du inte vill byta standardvärddator.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "&IP-adress för server:" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort den valda värddatorn?" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "Använd &som standard" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "Välj dokumentrot" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "Du måste ange en e-postadress till administratören." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Alla adresser (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adresser" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Servernamn" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "Du måste ange ett namn för VirtualHost-ID." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1396,63 +1295,61 @@ "som ska ta emot begäranden för värddatorerna.\n" "Du kan också använda * för alla adresser och *:port." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Huvudzon %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "Post %1 finns redan i zon %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS-inställningar" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Lägg till i zon" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Zonnamn" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Skapa ny zon" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI-katalog" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Välj certifikatfil" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Ange certifikatfil." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Välj certifikatnyckelfil" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Ange nyckelfil." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Välj certifikat" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1460,63 +1357,62 @@ "Det går inte att importera certifikatet\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "Nätverks&adress:" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Ogiltigt portnummer." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Matchning via HTTP-huvuden" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Matchning via IP-adress" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Beroendeproblem för moduler" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 msgid "requires" msgstr "kräver" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Aktivera den nödvändiga modulen eller inaktivera den första." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "Nytt modul&namn:" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Du måste ange ett namn för den modul som ska läggas till." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "Modulen finns redan i listan." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "Posten %1 finns redan." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1524,358 +1420,321 @@ "Listan över de portar som servern ska lyssna på\n" "får inte vara tom." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Du måste välja minst ett gränssnitt." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "Aktivera &PHP5-skriptning" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Aktivera &Perl-skriptning" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Aktivera &Python-skriptning" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Ogiltig nyckel på den virtuella värddatorn '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Internt fel: Data måste vara en matrisreferens och inte %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "Felaktigt värddator-ID" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "Värddator-ID:t finns redan" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "det går inte att ta bort standardvärddatorn" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "hostid hittades inte" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "ogiltig port" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "det gick inte att skriva brandväggsreglerna" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "lyssna-värdet som skulle raderas hittades inte" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Det går inte att hämta någon värddator med det angivna ID:t." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Felaktiga PEM-data." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"Ingen certifikatnyckelfil har konfigurerats för det här värddator-ID:t." +msgstr "Ingen certifikatnyckelfil har konfigurerats för det här värddator-ID:t." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att parsa nyckelfilen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Ingen CA-certifikatfil har konfigurerats för det här värddator-ID:t." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "Ger åtkomstkontroll baserat på klientvärddatornamn, IP-adress, osv." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Kör CGI-skript baserat på medietyp eller metod för begäran" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Mappar olika delar av filsystemet på värddatorn i dokumentträdet och för URL-" -"omdirigering" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Mappar olika delar av filsystemet på värddatorn i dokumentträdet och för URL-omdirigering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Grundläggande autentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Användarautentisering med textfiler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Användarautentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Gruppautentisering med textfiler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Användarautentisering med DBM-filer" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Genererar automatiskt katalogindex, på ungefär samma sätt som Unix-kommandot " -"ls" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Genererar automatiskt katalogindex, på ungefär samma sätt som Unix-kommandot ls" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "Exekvering av CGI-skript" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Ger omdirigering av \"avslutande snedstreck\" och betjänar katalogindexfiler" +msgstr "Ger omdirigering av \"avslutande snedstreck\" och betjänar katalogindexfiler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "Ändrar miljön som skickas till CGI-skript och SSI-sidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Generering av utgående HTTP-huvuden enligt kriterier som anges av användaren" +msgstr "Generering av utgående HTTP-huvuden enligt kriterier som anges av användaren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Serverbehandlade HTML-dokument (Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Loggar begäranden som görs till servern" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Associerar det angivna filnamnstillägget med filens beteende och innehåll" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Associerar det angivna filnamnstillägget med filens beteende och innehåll" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Tillhandahåller innehållsförhandling" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Tillåter att miljövariabler ställs in baserat på egenskaperna i begäran" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Tillåter att miljövariabler ställs in baserat på egenskaperna i begäran" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Tillhandahåller information om serveraktivitet och serverprestanda" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "Låter CGI-skript köras som en specificerad användare och grupp" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Användarspecifika kataloger" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Skickar filer som innehåller deras egna HTTP-huvuden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Tillåter anonym användaråtkomst till autentiserade områden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Användarautentisering med MD5-kontrollsumma" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Tillåter att en LDAP-katalog används för att lagra databasen för " -"grundläggande HTTP-autentisering" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Tillåter att en LDAP-katalog används för att lagra databasen för grundläggande HTTP-autentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Innehållscache som är kopplat till URI:er" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Ange teckenuppsättning eller omkodning" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Funktioner för WebDAV (Distributed Authoring and Versioning)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Filsystemleverantören för mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Komprimera innehållet innan det skickas till klienten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Lagringshanterare för innehållscache som är kopplat till URI:er" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "En enkel ekoserver för att illustrera protokollmoduler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Skicka svaret genom ett externt program innan det skickas till klienten" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Skicka svaret genom ett externt program innan det skickas till klienten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Cachar en statisk lista över filer i minnet" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Anpassning av HTTP-begäran och svarshuvuden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Serverbearbetning av bildkartor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Ger en omfattande sammanfattning av serverinställningarna" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-anslutningspool och resultatcachetjänster som ska användas av andra " -"LDAP-moduler" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "LDAP-anslutningspool och resultatcachetjänster som ska användas av andra LDAP-moduler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Loggar inmatnings- och utmatningsbyte för varje begäran" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "Avgör filens MIME-typ genom att titta på några få byte av innehållet" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gatewayserver" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "AJP-supportmodul för mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "mod_proxy-tillägg för hantering av CONNECT-begäran" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "FTP-stödmodul för mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "HTTP-stödmodul för mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Tillhandahåller en regelbaserad omskrivningsmotor för att skriva om " -"webbadresser som begärs" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Tillhandahåller en regelbaserad omskrivningsmotor för att skriva om webbadresser som begärs" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Försöker korrigera felaktigt angivna webbadresser" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Stark kryptering med protokollen SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) och TLS " -"(Transport Layer Security)" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Stark kryptering med protokollen SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) och TLS (Transport Layer Security)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Tillhandahåller en miljövariabel med en unik identifierare för varje begäran" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Tillhandahåller en miljövariabel med en unik identifierare för varje begäran" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Clickstream-loggning av användaraktivitet på en webbplats" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "Ger support för dynamiskt konfigurerade virtuella värdskap" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Ger stöd för dynamiskt genererade PHP5-sidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Ger stöd för dynamiskt genererade Perl-sidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Ger stöd för dynamiskt genererade Python-sidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Ger stöd för begränsning av AppArmor-delprocesser i apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Gör det möjligt att använda Subversion" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "Värddatorn hittades inte" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "Ogiltig %s-parameter" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "det går inte att använda ssl tillsammans med virtual by name" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,274 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "Ställ in nätverkstjänster (Xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "Visa aktuell status för systemtjänster" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "Unik identifierare" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "Tjänstnamn" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "Inaktivera tjänst" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "RPC-version på RPC-tjänst" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "Uttagstyp" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "Internet- (IP) protokoll" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "Wait-attribut" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "Avgör UID för serverprocess" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "Avgör GID för serverprocess" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "Sökvägsnamn för programmet som ska köras" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "Parametrar för server" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "Användarkommentar" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "Du måste ange ett tjänst-ID." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "Ange tjänsten med ett \"service\"-alternativ." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "Alternativet \"id\" kan inte kombineras med andra alternativ." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Vänta" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Användare" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "På" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "Av" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "&Xinetd" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "Paketet %1 kommer att installeras under skrivprocessen." -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "Paketet %1 blev inte installerat. Tjänsten kan inte redigeras." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Paketet %1 installerades." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Aktivera alla tjänster" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "Inaktivera alla t&jänster" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "&Inaktivera" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Aktiv&era" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Tillgängliga tjänster" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Ändr" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Server/argument" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "L&ägg till" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "Växla s&tatus (på eller av)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Status för alla tjän&ster" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Inställning av nätverkstjänst (Xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Lägg till en ny tjänstpost" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "Kan inte ta bort tjänsten. Den är inte installerad." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "För att ta bort en tjänst måste du välja en i huvuddialogrutan" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"För att aktivera eller inaktivera en tjänst, välj den i huvuddialogrutan." +msgstr "För att aktivera eller inaktivera en tjänst, välj den i huvuddialogrutan." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Redigera en tjänstpost" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "För att redigera en tjänst, välj en i huvuddialogrutan" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -289,76 +288,76 @@ "Alla tjänster är markerade som inaktiverade (låsta).\n" "Internet-superservern kommer att inaktiveras." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "Tjän&st" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC-versio&n" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "Tjänsten är akti&v." -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Uttagst&yp" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Vänta" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "An&vändare" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupp" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&erver" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Serverargumen&t" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Ko&mmentar" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--standard--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -366,28 +365,28 @@ "Tjänst är tomt.\n" "Ange giltiga värden.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "Tjänstnamnet innehåller otillåtet tecken \"/\"." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "Användaren %1 är reserverad för interna serverprocesser." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "Inga paket valda. Inställningen avbryts." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "Valda paket kommer att installeras." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -395,8 +394,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar Xinetd-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -404,8 +403,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringsprocessen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -413,8 +412,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar Xinetd-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -423,58 +422,50 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta spara-processen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ställ in nätverkstjänster</big></b><br>\n" -"Klicka på <b>Aktivera</b> för att aktivera nätverkstjänster som hanteras av " -"en superserver. För att stoppa superservern, klicka på <b>Inaktivera</b>.\n" +"Klicka på <b>Aktivera</b> för att aktivera nätverkstjänster som hanteras av en superserver. För att stoppa superservern, klicka på <b>Inaktivera</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" "and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Status för tjänstinställningar:</big></b><br>\n" -"Alla tjänster markerade med ett <b>X</b> i kolumnen <b>Ändr</b> har " -"redigerats\n" +"Alla tjänster markerade med ett <b>X</b> i kolumnen <b>Ändr</b> har redigerats\n" "och kommer att ändras i systeminställningarna.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -"configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tjänststatus:</big></b><br>\n" "Alla tjänster markerade med <b>---</b> är inaktiva (låsta).\n" "Alla tjänster markerade med <b>På</b> är aktiva (olåsta).\n" -"Alla tjänster markerade med <b>INTINS</b> är inte installerade och kan inte " -"ställas in.</p>" +"Alla tjänster markerade med <b>INTINS</b> är inte installerade och kan inte ställas in.</p>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ändra tjänststatus:</big></b><br>\n" -"Välj tjänsten som ska aktiveras eller inaktiveras och klicka på <b>Växla " -"status (på eller av)</b>.</p>\n" +"Välj tjänsten som ska aktiveras eller inaktiveras och klicka på <b>Växla status (på eller av)</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" @@ -482,7 +473,7 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Redigera tjänster:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Välj tjänsten som ska redigeras och klicka på <B>Redigera</B>.</P>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -490,7 +481,7 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Ta bort tjänster:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Välj tjänsten som ska tas bort och klicka på <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" @@ -498,21 +489,19 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Lägga till en post:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <B>Skapa</B> och fyll i formuläret.</P>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryta konfigurationen:</big></b><br>\n" "Lämna konfigurationen oförändrad genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -"Om du gör det kommer alla ändringar att gå förlorade och " -"ursprungskonfigurationen lämnas orörd.</p>\n" +"Om du gör det kommer alla ändringar att gå förlorade och ursprungskonfigurationen lämnas orörd.</p>\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -522,7 +511,7 @@ "<p>För att skapa en giltig post (tjänst) för superservern,\n" "ange</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -548,15 +537,11 @@ "<li>serverprogramargument\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det här är en kort beskrivning. Se <b>info xinetd.conf</b> för detaljer.\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Det här är en kort beskrivning. Se <b>info xinetd.conf</b> för detaljer.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -564,7 +549,7 @@ "<p>Ange ett giltigt tjänstnamn i fältet <b>tjänst</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -573,23 +558,20 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Uttagstyp</b> ska vara stream, dgram, raw eller seqpacket,\n" "beroende på om tjänsten är strömbaserad, datagram-baserad,\n" -" kräver direktåtkomst till IP eller kräver tillförlitlig överföring av " -"sekventiella\n" +" kräver direktåtkomst till IP eller kräver tillförlitlig överföring av sekventiella\n" " datagram.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Protokollet</b> måste vara ett giltigt protokoll enligt /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p><b>Protokollet</b> måste vara ett giltigt protokoll enligt /etc/protocols.\n" "Exempelvis <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> och <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -617,7 +599,7 @@ " eftersom udp inte är anslutningsorienterat. <i>tcp/stream</i>-servrar\n" " förväntar sig normalt värdet <b>nej</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -629,7 +611,7 @@ "tjänster att köras med mindre behörighet än root.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -643,81 +625,81 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "INTINS" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in Xinetd" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inetd-inställningar" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Läs inställningar" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Läser inställningar..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inetd-inställningar" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Kan inte spara inställningar." -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>Alla tjänster är markerade som stoppade.</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Nätverkstjänster" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Nätverkstjänster hanteras via %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Dessa tjänster kommer att aktiveras" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,32 +14,32 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>" msgstr "<p>Initierar installationen...</p>" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." msgstr "Förbereder den första systeminställningen..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<P>Vänta...</P>" -#. dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 msgid "" "No installation control file has been found,\n" "the installer cannot continue." @@ -47,23 +47,23 @@ "Ingen installationskontrollfil har hittats.\n" "Installationsprogrammet kan inte fortsätta." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. progress step title -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. progress step title +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." msgstr "Skriver YaST-konfiguration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. Dialog busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 msgid "Finishing the installation..." msgstr "Slutför installationen..." -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 msgid "" "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" "a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" @@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ "samma funktioner som det grafiska, men skärmarna\n" "ser inte ut som dem i handboken.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 msgid "" "The graphical interface could not be started.\n" "\n" @@ -110,30 +110,30 @@ "samma funktioner som det grafiska, men skärmarna\n" "ser inte ut som dem i handboken.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Starta tjänsten %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Startar tjänst %1..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Justerar nätverksinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Nätverksinställningarna justeras." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ " \n" " Obs! Du kanske måste ange viss information på nytt." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -158,27 +158,26 @@ " \n" " Obs! Du kanske måste ange viss information på nytt." -#. popup headline (#x1) -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Startar installationen..." -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 msgid "Confirm Installation" msgstr "Bekräfta installation" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Informationen som behövs för basinstallationen är nu fullständig.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Informationen som behövs för basinstallationen är nu fullständig.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" @@ -190,8 +189,8 @@ "(<b>tar bort alla data</b> på dessa partitioner) enligt installations-\n" "inställningarna i föregående dialogrutor.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" @@ -201,34 +200,32 @@ "på hårddisken att ändras enligt installationsinställningarna \n" "i föregående dialogrutor.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" msgstr "<p>Gå tillbaka och kontrollera inställningarna om du är osäker.</p>" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Bekräfta uppdatering" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Informationen som behövs för att göra en uppdatering är nu fullständig." +msgstr "<p>Informationen som behövs för att göra en uppdatering är nu fullständig.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -238,193 +235,161 @@ "<p>Om du fortsätter nu kommer data på hårddisken att skrivas över \n" "enligt inställningar i föregående dialogrutor.</p>" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "Starta &uppdatering" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 msgid "Blacklist Devices" msgstr "Svartlista enheter" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 msgid "B&lacklist Devices" msgstr "S&vartlista enheter" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)." msgstr "Svartlistning av enheter aktiverad (inaktivera</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)." msgstr "Svartlistning av enheter inaktiverad (aktivera</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Svartlista enheter</b> om du vill skapa svartlistningskanaler " -"till sådana enheter, vilket kommer att minska kärnminnesförbrukningen.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Använd <b>Svartlista enheter</b> om du vill skapa svartlistningskanaler till sådana enheter, vilket kommer att minska kärnminnesförbrukningen.</p>" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Svartlistar enheter..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierar filer till installerat system..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Kopierar systemfiler till installerat system..." -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>" msgstr "Installation från avbildningar är: <b>aktiverat</b>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>" msgstr "Installation från avbildningar är: <b>inaktiverat</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Installation från avbildningar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Här kan du välja att använda fördefinierade Novell-avbildningar för att göra " -"RPM-installationen snabbare." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Här kan du välja att använda fördefinierade Novell-avbildningar för att göra RPM-installationen snabbare." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Installera från avbildningar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Installera inte från avbildningar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Distribution av anpassade avbildningar - för detta måste en URL konfigureras " -"som installationskälla" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Distribution av anpassade avbildningar - för detta måste en URL konfigureras som installationskälla" -#. Image name, Image location -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 +#. Image name, Image location +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Här kan du skapa anpassade avbildningar.\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Du måste konfigurera programvalet först, innan du kan skapa en avbildning här" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Du måste konfigurera programvalet först, innan du kan skapa en avbildning här" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Skapa en avbildningsfil (AutoYaST kommer att hämta den från den angivna " -"platsen under installationen)" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Skapa en avbildningsfil (AutoYaST kommer att hämta den från den angivna platsen under installationen)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Skapa avbildning" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Var kommer AutoYaST att hitta avbildningen? (t.ex. http://värd/)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Vad heter avbildningen? (t.ex. min_avbildning)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "Skapa ISO (avbildningen och autoinst.xml kommer att finnas på mediet)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Installation från avbildningar</b> används för att göra installationen " -"snabbare.\n" -"Avbildningar innehåller komprimerade ögonblicksbilder av ett installerat " -"system som matchar ditt\n" +"<p><b>Installation från avbildningar</b> används för att göra installationen snabbare.\n" +"Avbildningar innehåller komprimerade ögonblicksbilder av ett installerat system som matchar ditt\n" "val av mönster. Resten av paketen som inte finns i \n" "avbildningarna kommer att installeras från paket på vanligt sätt.</p>\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Skapa egna avbildningar</b> används om du\n" -"vill hoppa över hela steget med RPM-installation. I stället kommer AutoYaST " -"att dumpa en\n" -"avbildning på hårddisken, vilket går mycket snabbare och redan kan vara " -"förkonfigurerat.\n" -"Allt förutom en RPM-installation görs som under en normal auto-installation." -"</p>" +"vill hoppa över hela steget med RPM-installation. I stället kommer AutoYaST att dumpa en\n" +"avbildning på hårddisken, vilket går mycket snabbare och redan kan vara förkonfigurerat.\n" +"Allt förutom en RPM-installation görs som under en normal auto-installation.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "du måste göra programvalet innan du skapar en avbildning" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Observera följande: När du installerar från avbildningar kommer " -"tidsstämplarna för alla paket som har avbildningarna som ursprung \n" -"inte att matcha installationsdatumet, utan i stället det datum då " -"avbildningen skapades.</p>" +"<p>Observera följande: När du installerar från avbildningar kommer tidsstämplarna för alla paket som har avbildningarna som ursprung \n" +"inte att matcha installationsdatumet, utan i stället det datum då avbildningen skapades.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" @@ -432,12 +397,12 @@ "<p>Installation från avbildningar är inaktiverat som standard om det aktiva\n" "mönstret inte matchar någon uppsättning med avbildningar.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Fel: Avbildningar ska inte användas för läge: %1." -#. changed to true -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#. changed to true +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -449,48 +414,46 @@ "De valda mönstren stämmer inte med de avbildningar\n" "som är lagrade på installationsmedierna.\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "Installation från &avbildningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Inga installationsavbildningar är tillgängliga" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Installation från avbildningar är aktiverad (inaktivera</a>)." +msgstr "Installation från avbildningar är aktiverad (inaktivera</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Installation från avbildningar är inaktiverad (aktivera</a>)." +msgstr "Installation från avbildningar är inaktiverad (aktivera</a>)." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Initierar förvald fönsterhanterare..." -#. feedback heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 +#. feedback heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Installation av tilläggsprodukt" -#. feedback message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 +#. feedback message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "Paket som finns tillgängliga i arkiven läses..." -#. popup error message -#. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 +#. popup error message +#. %1 represents the the error message details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -502,35 +465,35 @@ " \n" " Vill du försöka igen?" -#. bnc #542792 -#. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 +#. bnc #542792 +#. Repository name must be generated from product details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Uppdateringar för %1 %2" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Okänd produkt" -#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 +#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Kör uppdatering" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Hoppa över uppdatering" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Online-uppdatering" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Köra online-uppdatering nu?" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -538,24 +501,24 @@ "Välj om online-uppdateringen ska köras nu.\n" "Du kan hoppa över det här steget och köra online-uppdateringen senare.\n" -#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, -#. keyboard and accepting the license. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Språk, tangentbord och licensavtal" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. download release notes now +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Versions&information..." -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -567,24 +530,22 @@ "installationen och för det installerade systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#. help text, continued +#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Licensen måste godkännas innan installationen kan fortsätta.\n" -"Använd <b>Licensöversättningar...</b> för att visa licensen i alla " -"tillgängliga översättningar.\n" +"Använd <b>Licensöversättningar...</b> för att visa licensen i alla tillgängliga översättningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -594,8 +555,8 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta till nästa dialogruta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -607,8 +568,8 @@ "installationsdialogrutan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -620,60 +581,60 @@ "avbryta installationsprocessen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensavtal" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "S&pråk" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tangentbordslayo&ut" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Jag &accepterar licensvillkoren." -#. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Du måste godkänna licensvillkoren för att installera den här produkten" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep -#. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Plats för slutanvändaravtal i det installerade systemet: %s" -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Tang&entbordstest" -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "&Språkalternativ för licensen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "I&naktivera ZMD-tjänsten" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" @@ -681,24 +642,24 @@ "<p>Välj <b>Inaktivera ZMD-tjänst</b> för att stoppa och inaktivera\n" "ZMD-tjänsten under systemstart.</p>\n" -#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST -#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST +#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "&Klona det här systemet för Autoyast" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "Installationen är slutförd" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Gratulerar!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -706,23 +667,23 @@ "<p>Installationen av &product; på datorn är slutförd.\n" "När du har klickat på <b>Slutför</b> kan du logga in i systemet.</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Besök oss på %1.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Ha så kul!<br>SuSE-utvecklingsgruppen</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Systemet är klart att användas.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -730,8 +691,8 @@ "<p><b>Avsluta</b> stänger YaST-installationen och tar dig\n" "till inloggningsskärmen.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -741,61 +702,53 @@ "justera vissa KDE-inställningar för din hårdvara. Lägg också märke\n" "till SuSE:s välkomstdialogruta.</p>\n" -#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 +#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Använd <b>Klona</b> om du vill skapa en AutoYaST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST är ett sätt att utföra en fullständig SUSE Linux-installation utan " -"användarinteraktion.\n" -"För att AutoYaST ska veta hur det installerade systemet ska se ut behövs en " -"profil. Om du väljer det här alternativet\n" +"AutoYaST är ett sätt att utföra en fullständig SUSE Linux-installation utan användarinteraktion.\n" +"För att AutoYaST ska veta hur det installerade systemet ska se ut behövs en profil. Om du väljer det här alternativet\n" "sparas en profil av det aktuella systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" -#. #187558 -#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>För att det aktuella systemet ska klonas måste <b>%1</b>-paketet vara " -"installerat.</p>" +#. #187558 +#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>För att det aktuella systemet ska klonas måste <b>%1</b>-paketet vara installerat.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera det nu?</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "autoyast2-paketet är inte installerat. Kloning inaktiverad." -#. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 +#. OEM image if target disk is defined +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Systemet kommer nu att startas om..." -#. bnc #395030 -#. Use less memory -#. twice more steps -#. FIXME: 2 minutes -#. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 +#. bnc #395030 +#. Use less memory +#. twice more steps +#. FIXME: 2 minutes +#. own workflow for OEM image deployment +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Distribuerar avbildningar..." -#. BNC #444209 -#. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 +#. BNC #444209 +#. false == error +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -803,294 +756,278 @@ "Distribution av avbildningar har misslyckats.\n" "Avbryter installationen...\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Felsökning har aktiverats.\n" -"YaST kommer att öppna ett programhanteringsverktyg för att du ska kunna " -"kontrollera paketens aktuella status." +"YaST kommer att öppna ett programhanteringsverktyg för att du ska kunna kontrollera paketens aktuella status." -#. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 +#. unknown image +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Hämtar avbildningen med en hastighet på %1/s" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Hämtar avbildningen %1 med en hastighet på %2/s" -#. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 +#. reset the label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Distribuerar avbildningen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Distribuerar avbildningen %1..." -#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "Välj den disk som avbildningen ska distribueras till." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Alla data på disken kommer att gå förlorade!!!" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Disk som ska användas" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Välj den disk som avbildningen kommer att installeras på. Alla data på " -"disken kommer att gå förlorade och disken kommer att partitioneras enligt " -"definitionen i avbildningen." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Välj den disk som avbildningen kommer att installeras på. Alla data på disken kommer att gå förlorade och disken kommer att partitioneras enligt definitionen i avbildningen." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Hårddisk för avbildningsdistribution" -#. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 +#. popup label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Identifierar tillgängliga styrenheter" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Diskaktivering" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Ställ in &DASD-diskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Ställ in &ZFCP-diskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigurera &FCoE-gränssnitt" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Ställ in &iSCSI-diskar" -#. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Nät&verksinställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Installation - värmer upp" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>" msgstr "<p>Installationen börjar snart!</p>" -#. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initierar" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Installationen initieras..." -#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 +#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Paketuppdateringar har hittats i dessa ytterligare arkiv:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Starta programhanteringsverktyget för att kontrollera och installera " -"uppdateringarna?" +msgstr "Starta programhanteringsverktyget för att kontrollera och installera uppdateringarna?" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Visa &paketuppdateringar" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Anropar steg %1..." -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installationsfel" -#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured -#. kilobytes -#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 +#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured +#. kilobytes +#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Basinstallationen slutförs" -#. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 +#. Might be left from the previous stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Skapar lista över avslutningsskript som ska anropas..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopiera filer till installerat system" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Spara inställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Spara installationsinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installera starthanterare" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Förbered systemet för initial start" -#. some steps are called in live installer only -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550 msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "Klient %1 returnerade ogiltiga data." -#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Kontrollerar steg: %1..." -#. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#. Button to accept a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "J&ag accepterar" -#. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#. Button to reject a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "Jag accepterar i&nte" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Installationen initieras." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Förbereder den initiala systemkonfigurationen..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installationsalternativ" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "Lägg till online-&arkiv före installationen" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "In&kludera tilläggsprodukter från separata medier" -#. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Installationsalternativ</b></big></p>" -#. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 +#. help text for installation option +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" "<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill använda de föreslagna fjärrarkiven under installationen eller " -"uppdateringen väljer du\n" +"Om du vill använda de föreslagna fjärrarkiven under installationen eller uppdateringen väljer du\n" "<b>Lägg till onlinearkiv före installation</b>.</p>" -#. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill installera en tilläggsprodukt från separata medier tillsammans " -"med &product; väljer du\n" +"Om du vill installera en tilläggsprodukt från separata medier tillsammans med &product; väljer du\n" "<b>Inkludera tilläggsprodukter från separata medier</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "" -"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://" -"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du behöver särskilda maskinvarudrivrutiner för installationen, se " -"webbplatsen <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" +#. help text: additional help for installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 +msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du behöver särskilda maskinvarudrivrutiner för installationen, se webbplatsen <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 msgid "Keyboard Layout and Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Tangentbordslayout och lösenord för systemadministratören (\"rot\")" -#. Error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#. Error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Internt fel: Det finns inga licenser att visa" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Nätverksinställning" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -1100,28 +1037,28 @@ "Detta är viktigt om du använder fjärrarkiv,\n" "annars kan du hoppa över konfigurationen.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Vill du konfigurera nätverkskortet nu?" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Ange" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Ja, kör nätverksinställningen" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "Nej, hoppa över nätverk&sinställningen" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.</p>\n" @@ -1129,19 +1066,17 @@ "<p>Det finns inget konfigurerat nätverk\n" "för det aktuella installationssystemet.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ett konfigurerat nätverk krävs för fjärrarkiv\n" -"och tilläggsprodukter. Om du inte använder fjärrarkiv kan du hoppa över " -"konfigurationen.</p>\n" +"och tilläggsprodukter. Om du inte använder fjärrarkiv kan du hoppa över konfigurationen.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 +#. error popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -1149,46 +1084,37 @@ "Nätverkskonfigurationen har misslyckats.\n" "Kontrollera informationen i loggfilen %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>På Linux har <b>valfrihet</b> högsta prioritet. För <i>openSUSE</i> finns " -"ett antal \n" +"<p>På Linux har <b>valfrihet</b> högsta prioritet. För <i>openSUSE</i> finns ett antal \n" "olika skrivbordsmiljöer. Nedan följer en lista med de två största:\n" "<b>GNOME</b> och <b>KDE</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan välja alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer (eller en med minimala " -"installationsmönster)\n" -"som kanske passar bättre för dina behov genom att använda alternativet " -"<b>Övriga</b>. Senare under program\n" -"valet eller efter installationen kan du ändra ditt val eller lägga till " -"ytterligare skrivbords\n" +"<p>Du kan välja alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer (eller en med minimala installationsmönster)\n" +"som kanske passar bättre för dina behov genom att använda alternativet <b>Övriga</b>. Senare under program\n" +"valet eller efter installationen kan du ändra ditt val eller lägga till ytterligare skrivbords\n" "miljöer. På den här skärmen kan du ställa in standardalternativet.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Skrivbordsval" -#. UI wait loop -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#. UI wait loop +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -1196,66 +1122,63 @@ "Ingen skrivbordstyp valdes.\n" "Välj önskad skrivbordsmiljö." -#. BNC #449818 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 +#. BNC #449818 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "Övriga" -#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att hitta basprodukten. Versionsinformationen kommer inte att " -"visas." +msgstr "Det går inte att hitta basprodukten. Versionsinformationen kommer inte att visas." -#. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#. 1 GB is a good approximation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Förbereder diskar..." -#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used -#. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installerar paket..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finns inget användargränssnitt för den här modulen." -#. combobox item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#. combobox item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Språk: %1" -#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 +#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Versionsinformation" -#. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 +#. +2 thingies on the right +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Produkt" -#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 +#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Versionsinformationen</b> för det installerade Linux-systemet " -"innehåller en kort\n" +"<p><b>Versionsinformationen</b> för det installerade Linux-systemet innehåller en kort\n" "sammanfattning av nya funktioner och ändringar.</p>\n" -#. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 +#. informative message in RichText widget +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ingen versionsinformation har installerats.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" @@ -1263,111 +1186,109 @@ "<p>Välj det scenario som bäst passar för dina behov.\n" "Ytterligare programvara kan väljas senare i programförslaget.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Välj ett scenario." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Välj scenario" -#. This dialog in not interactive -#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 +#. This dialog in not interactive +#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analyserar datorn" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Identifiera USB-enheter" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Identifierar USB-enheter..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Identifiera FireWire-enheter" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Identifierar FireWire-enheter..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Identifiera diskettenheter" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Identifierar diskettenheter..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Identifiera hårddiskstyrenheter" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Identifierar hårddiskstyrenheter..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Läs in kärnmoduler för hårddiskstyrenheter" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Läser in kärnmoduler för hårddiskstyrenheter..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Identifiera hårddiskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Hårddiskar identifieras..." -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Sök efter systemfiler" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Söker efter systemfiler..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initiera programhanteringsverktyg" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initierar programhanteringsverktyg..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systemidentifiering" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST undersöker datorns maskinvara och installerade system." -#. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 +#. additonal error when HW was not found +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Gå till drivers.suse.com om du behöver särskilda maskinvarudrivrutiner för " -"installation." +"Gå till drivers.suse.com om du behöver särskilda maskinvarudrivrutiner för installation." -#. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1377,7 +1298,7 @@ "Kontrollera din maskinvara!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1387,8 +1308,8 @@ "Under en automatisk installation kan de komma att identifieras senare.\n" "(särskilt på S/390- eller iSCSI-system)\n" -#. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1400,8 +1321,8 @@ "Kontrollera din maskinvara.\n" "%1\n" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1409,28 +1330,27 @@ "Det gick inte att initiera programvaruarkiven.\n" "Installationen avbryts." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" "from the registration server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Det går inte att hämta URL:en till lagringsplatsen för uppdateringar av " -"installationsprogrammet\n" +"<p>Det går inte att hämta URL:en till lagringsplatsen för uppdateringar av installationsprogrammet\n" "från registreringsservern.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository -#. URL from control.xml -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238 msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" msgstr "<p>Standard-URL:en %s kommer att användas.<p>" -#. Ask the user to chose a registration server -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers -#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; -#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315 +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "to search for installer updates." @@ -1438,8 +1358,8 @@ "Välj en av de identifierade registreringsservrarna i listan\n" "för att kunna söka efter uppdateringar till installationsprogrammet." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1449,8 +1369,8 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1460,15 +1380,15 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" -#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand -#. -#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, -#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. -#. -#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration -#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; -#. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432 +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1478,10 +1398,10 @@ "Vill du se din nätverkskonfiguration\n" "och försöka installera uppdateringarna igen?" -#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, -#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477 +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1503,36 +1423,36 @@ "Om du behöver en proxyserver för att komma åt uppdateringslagringsplatsen\n" " kan du använda startparametern \"proxy\".\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586 msgid "Add Update Repository" msgstr "Lägg till lagringplats för uppdateringar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587 msgid "Download the Packages" msgstr "Hämta paketen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588 msgid "Apply the Packages" msgstr "Tillämpa paketen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589 msgid "Restart" msgstr "Starta om" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#. TRANSLATORS: progress title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602 msgid "Updating the Installer..." msgstr "Uppdaterar insallationsprogrammet..." -#. Fetch the profile from the given URI -#. -#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise -#. -#. @see Yast::Profile.current -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673 +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "\n" @@ -1540,33 +1460,33 @@ "Ett fel uppstod när styrfilen skulle tolkas.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Borttaget" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Tidigare använda arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, -#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, +#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1574,83 +1494,79 @@ "Arkiven hittades i det system\n" "du uppgraderar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Aktuell status" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "Webbadress" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Ändra..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Växla s&tatus" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Här visas alla programvaruarkiv som hittats\n" -"i det system du uppgraderar. Aktivera de arkiv som du vill att " -"uppgraderingsprocessen ska omfatta.</p>" +"i det system du uppgraderar. Aktivera de arkiv som du vill att uppgraderingsprocessen ska omfatta.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill aktivera, ta bort eller inaktivera en URL klickar du på " -"knappen\n" +"<p>Om du vill aktivera, ta bort eller inaktivera en URL klickar du på knappen\n" "<b>Växla status</b> eller dubbelklickar på respektive tabellobjekt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ändra URL-adressen klickar du på knappen <b>Ändra...</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill ändra URL-adressen klickar du på knappen <b>Ändra...</b>.</p>" -#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted -#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key -#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted +#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key +#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#. TRANSLATORS: textentry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "A&rkiv-URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Nätverket har inte konfigurerats" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1658,55 +1574,55 @@ "En Internet-anslutning krävs för fjärrarkiv.\n" "Vill du konfigurera anslutningen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Lägger till och tar bort arkiv..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Lagringsplatser läggs till och tas bort.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Ta bort oanvända arkiv" -#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Tar bort oanvända arkiv..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Lägg till aktiverade arkiv" -#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Lägger till aktiverade arkiv..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Lägg till inaktiverade arkiv" -#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Lägger till inaktiverade arkiv..." -#. true - OK, continue -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#. true - OK, continue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Rätt medier begärs" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1718,9 +1634,9 @@ "\n" "Om du hoppar över det kommer lagringsplatsen inte att läggas till.\n" -#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them -#. for the system upgrade -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 +#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them +#. for the system upgrade +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1734,8 +1650,8 @@ "\n" "Lagringsplatsen kommer att läggas till i inaktiverat tillstånd." -#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 +#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1745,9 +1661,9 @@ "Namn: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1757,9 +1673,9 @@ "Namn: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1769,8 +1685,8 @@ "Namn: %1\n" "URL: %2\n" -#. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 +#. do not probe! adding as disabled! +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1780,18 +1696,18 @@ "Namn: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Välkommen" -#. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 +#. welcome text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Välkommen!</b></p>" -#. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 +#. welcome text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1799,13 +1715,12 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<p>Det är några steg till som du måste gå igenom innan systemet är klart\n" -"att använda. YaST kommer nu att guida dig genom en del grundläggande " -"inställningar.\n" +"att använda. YaST kommer nu att guida dig genom en del grundläggande inställningar.\n" "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> för att fortsätta. </p>\n" " \n" -#. help ttext -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 +#. help ttext +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" @@ -1813,126 +1728,126 @@ "<p>Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> för att göra den\n" "grundläggande konfigureringen av systemet.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Inget arbetsflöde har definierats för den här typen av installation." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Skriver automatisk konfiguration..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Uppdaterar kärnmodulberoenden..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Ställer in länknings-cache..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Sparar nätverksinställningar..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Kontrollerar installerat system..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Sparar proxyinställningar..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Sparar tidszon..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Sparar språk..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Sparar konsollinställningar..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Sparar tangentbordsinställningar..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Sparar produktinformation..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningar för automatisk installation..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Sparar säkerhetsinställningarna..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Sparar hårdvaruinställningar..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 msgid "Adapting system services ..." msgstr "Anpassar systemtjänster..." -#. normal=configuration in an installed system -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." msgstr "Det är ingen idé att skriva de här inställningarna till systemet." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size -#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length -#. is used to avoid this issue. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "Importera SSH-värdnycklar och -konfiguration" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "&Importera SSH-värdnycklar och -konfiguration" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierar SSH-inställningar till installerat system..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Flyttar till installerat system..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Avmonterar alla monterade enheter..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "Kopierar X-inställningsfiler till installerat system..." -#. call command -#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 +#. call command +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1950,97 +1865,83 @@ "\n" "Läser installerad kärna med kexec.\n" "\n" -"Försöker läsa in den installerade kärnan via kexec i stället för att starta " -"om.\n" +"Försöker läsa in den installerade kärnan via kexec i stället för att starta om.\n" "Vänta.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierar loggfiler till installerat system..." -#. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Jag skulle vilja importera SSH-nycklar från en tidigare installation" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " -"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the " -"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of " -"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.<p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found " -"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Varje SSH-server identifieras genom en eller fler offentliga värdnycklar. " -"Välj en befintlig Linux-installation för att återanvända dess SSH-servers " -"värdnycklarna och därmed dess identitet. Nyckelfilerna som finns i /etc/ssh " -"(ett par filer per värdnyckel) kommer att kopieras till det nya systemet som " -"installeras.</p><p>Se <b>Importera SSH-konfiguration</b> för att också " -"kopiera andra filer /etc/ssh, utöver nycklarna.</p>" +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Varje SSH-server identifieras genom en eller fler offentliga värdnycklar. Välj en befintlig Linux-installation för att återanvända dess SSH-servers värdnycklarna och därmed dess identitet. Nyckelfilerna som finns i /etc/ssh (ett par filer per värdnyckel) kommer att kopieras till det nya systemet som installeras.</p><p>Se <b>Importera SSH-konfiguration</b> för att också kopiera andra filer /etc/ssh, utöver nycklarna.</p>" -#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "En&het" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} -#. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} på %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "Importera SSH-konfiguration" -#. TODO: Add the registration process -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45 +#. TODO: Add the registration process +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45 msgid "Dashboard U&RL" msgstr "Instrumentpanelens U&RL" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52 msgid "Worker Registration" msgstr "Personalregistrering" -#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58 +#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58 msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker" -msgstr "" -"Ange URL för administratörspanelen om du vill registrera dig som personal" +msgstr "Ange URL för administratörspanelen om du vill registrera dig som personal" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Minskar PREP-partition..." -#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 +#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 msgid "Error Found in Installation Settings" msgstr "Ett fel upptäcktes i installationsinställningarna" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 msgid "" "The following errors were found in the configuration proposal.\n" "If you continue with the installation it may not be successful.\n" @@ -2050,23 +1951,23 @@ "Om du går vidare med installationen kan det hända att den inte lyckas.\n" "Fel:\n" -#. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "Verkligen återställa allt till standardvärden?" -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Du kommer att förlora alla ändringar." -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Hoppar över inställningar på användarens begäran" -#. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -2074,26 +1975,26 @@ "Förslaget innehåller ett fel som måste lösas\n" "innan du kan fortsätta.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Anpassar förslaget till de aktuella inställningarna..." -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analyserar systemet..." -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "Fel: Inget förslag" -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -2101,53 +2002,51 @@ "Inställningarna sparades.\n" "Det uppstod vissa fel." -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Hoppa över in&ställningar" -#. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Använ&d följande inställningar" -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på en rubrik för att göra ändringarna eller använd menyn \"Ändra...\" " -"nedan." +msgstr "Klicka på en rubrik för att göra ändringarna eller använd menyn \"Ändra...\" nedan." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Klicka på en rubrik för att göra ändringar." -#. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Åte&rställ till standardvärden" -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Uppdatering" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installera" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsöversikt" -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -2159,8 +2058,8 @@ "eller genom att använda menyn <b>Ändra...</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -2170,8 +2069,8 @@ "Inga ändringar har gjorts på din hårddisk ännu. Du kan fortfarande avbryta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 msgid "" "This proposed setting is marked as read-only\n" "and cannot be changed." @@ -2179,37 +2078,34 @@ "Den här föreslagna inställningen har markerats som skrivskyddad\n" "och kan inte ändras." -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Välj <b>Installera</b> om du vill utföra en ny installation med värdena som " -"visas.\n" +"Välj <b>Installera</b> om du vill utföra en ny installation med värdena som visas.\n" "</p>\n" -#. so update -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Välj <b>Uppdatera</b> om du vill utföra en uppdatering med värdena som " -"visas.\n" +"Välj <b>Uppdatera</b> om du vill utföra en uppdatering med värdena som visas.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2219,9 +2115,9 @@ "Verkställ nätverksinställningarna genom att klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2231,9 +2127,9 @@ "Verkställ tjänstinställningarna genom att klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2243,13 +2139,13 @@ "Verkställ hårdvaruinställningarna genom att klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Förslag för UML-installation</B></P>" -#. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2257,10 +2153,10 @@ "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) -installationen låter dig starta oberoende\n" "virtuella Linux-maskiner på värddatorsystemet.</P>" -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2270,166 +2166,161 @@ "För att använda inställningarna som visas, klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Text to display -#. -#. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Aktiverar fjärradministration..." -#. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97 +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "Om du ändrar systemrollen kan dina justeringar återställas." -#. Writes configuration -#. -#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and -#. Snapper is configured. -#. -#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; -#. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 +#. Writes configuration +#. +#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and +#. Snapper is configured. +#. +#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; +#. otherwise it returns false. +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Skapar ögonblicksbild av rotfilsystemet..." -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49 msgid "after update" msgstr "efter uppdatering" -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56 msgid "after installation" msgstr "efter installation" -#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if -#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer -#. -#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 msgid "No previous Linux installation found" msgstr "Ingen tidigare Linux-installation hittades" -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" msgstr "Inga befintliga SSH-nycklar kommer att kopieras" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard -#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" msgstr "SSH-värdnycklar och -konfiguration kommer att kopieras från %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard -#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" msgstr "SSH-värdnycklar kommer att kopieras från %s" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Kan inte hitta URL \"%1\" via protokoll HTTP(S). Server returnerade kod %2." +msgstr "Kan inte hitta URL \"%1\" via protokoll HTTP(S). Server returnerade kod %2." -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Kan inte hitta URL \"%1\" via protokoll FTP. Server returnerade kod %2." +msgstr "Kan inte hitta URL \"%1\" via protokoll FTP. Server returnerade kod %2." -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Misslyckades med att läsa fil på %1/%2.\n" -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Misslyckades med att läsa fil på %1.\n" -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Misslyckades med att montera %1." -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Misslyckades med att läsa fil på cd. Sökväg: %1/%2." -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Fjärrfilen %1 kan inte hämtas" -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 monterades inte och monteringen misslyckades" -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Filen %1 kan inte hittas" -#. Device -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "Kan inte hitta URL \"%1\" via protokoll TFTP." -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Okänt protokoll %1." -#. checking whether images are supported -#. BNC #409927 -#. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa informationen om installationsavbildningar" -#. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Distribuerar..." -#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. -#. -#. @see #all_supported_types -#. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Lagrar användarinställningar..." -#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Återställer användarinställningar..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" "Paketberoenden kunde inte lösas automatiskt under installationen.\n" -"Programhanteringsverktyget kommer att öppnas för att du ska kunna lösa dem " -"manuellt." +"Programhanteringsverktyget kommer att öppnas för att du ska kunna lösa dem manuellt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,71 +14,71 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 +#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etikett: %1" -#. yes/no string displayed in the overview -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 +#. yes/no string displayed in the overview +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 msgid "Announce Using SLP: %1" msgstr "Annonsera med SLP: %1" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. Instserver overview dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 +#. Instserver overview dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 msgid "Installation Server" msgstr "Installationsserver" -#. menu item -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 +#. menu item +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 msgid "&Server Configuration..." msgstr "&Serverinställningar..." -#. table header -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +#. table header +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#. CD Popup -#. @param string popup message -#. @param boolean true if ISO -#. @return [Object] -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 +#. CD Popup +#. @param string popup message +#. @param boolean true if ISO +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Change Media" msgstr "Ändra media" -#. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 +#. %1 is the current cd number +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Lägg i cd %1 och klicka sedan på Fortsätt." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Välj ISO-avbildning %1 och klicka sedan på Fortsätt." -#. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#. %2 is the product name and version +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Lägg i cd %1 av %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Välj ISO-avbildning %1 av %2." -#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 +#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ "Infoga\n" "%1" -#. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 +#. popup request, %1 is ISO name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Välj %1" -#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 +#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -104,64 +104,64 @@ "\n" "Välj mediet för basprodukten först." -#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 +#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Kopierar cd-innehåll till lokal katalog" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Det här kan ta en stund..." -#. TODO: report more details (stderr) -#. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 +#. TODO: report more details (stderr) +#. rename the directory +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade när innehållet på lagringsplatsen skulle flyttas." -#. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Arkivinställningar" -#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Läs &cd- eller dvd-media" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "Data&källa" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "Använd &ISO-avbildningar" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "Katalog m&ed cd-avbildningar:" #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "V&älj katalog" -#. abort? -#. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 +#. abort? +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Välj katalog" -#. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Namnet på installationsservern saknas" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ "Innehållet finns redan i den här katalogen.\n" "Cd-skivorna kopieras inte." -#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 +#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -178,21 +178,21 @@ "Vill du lägga till ytterligare en produkt (Service Pack, cd-skivor\n" "med tilläggspaket osv) på lagringsplatsen?" -#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "Arkiv&namn:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "A&nnonsera som installationskälla med SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Ogiltigt arkivnamn." -#. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 +#. an error message - entered repository name already exists +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -200,22 +200,21 @@ "Arkivet %1 finns redan.\n" "Ange ett annat namn." -#. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#. create directory only for a new repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" " %1 \n" "is writable and try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Ett fel inträffade när katalogen för <tt>lagringsplatsen</tt> skulle " -"skapas.\n" +"Ett fel inträffade när katalogen för <tt>lagringsplatsen</tt> skulle skapas.\n" "Kontrollera att det går att skriva till katalogen \n" " %1 \n" "och försök igen.\n" -#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 +#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -229,93 +228,93 @@ "\n" "Vill du ta bort det gamla innehållet och skapa det från grunden?" -#. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 +#. Instserver server dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Initial installation -- Initial installation" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "Ställ inte in några nät&verkstjänster" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Katalog som ska innehålla a&rkiv:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Ställ in som HTTP-arkiv" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Ställ in som FTP-arkiv" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Ställ in som NFS-arkiv" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Katalogsökväg för installationsservern saknas." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Installationsserver - NFS" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Främmande värd&dator" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när NFS ställdes in." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Installationsserver - FTP" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Rotkatalog för &FTP-server:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "&Katalogalias:" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när FTP:n ställdes in." -#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Installationsserver - HTTP" -#. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "&Katalogalias" -#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när HTTPD ställdes in." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -323,7 +322,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av nätverksserver</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 msgid "" "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n" "should be hosted on the local system.\n" @@ -333,7 +332,7 @@ "ska finnas i det lokala systemet.\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n" "server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" @@ -345,7 +344,7 @@ "tjänsterna.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -353,46 +352,41 @@ "<p><b><big>NFS-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n" "<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n" "installed and started.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill slutföra konfigurationen måste du lägga till en ny post i " -"filen\n" +"<p>Om du vill slutföra konfigurationen måste du lägga till en ny post i filen\n" "<em>/etc/exports</em> samt installera och starta\n" "NFS-servern.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du måste begränsa åtkomsten till de exporterade katalogerna till\n" -"vissa värddatorer lägger du till en mer restriktiv jokerteckenmask. Använd t " -"ex <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"vissa värddatorer lägger du till en mer restriktiv jokerteckenmask. Använd t ex <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "om du vill begränsa åtkomsten till delnätet<em>192.168.1.0</em>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Dessutom måste du ange exportalternativ. Mer information om de " -"tillgängliga\n" +"<p>Dessutom måste du ange exportalternativ. Mer information om de tillgängliga\n" "alternativen finns på manualsidan för <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n" "<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" @@ -400,7 +394,7 @@ "<p>Lagringsplatsen finns på följande URL-adress:\n" "<tt>nfs://Värddator-IP/Namn_på_lagringsplats</tt></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -408,7 +402,7 @@ "<p><b><big>FTP-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" "installed and started.</p>\n" @@ -416,7 +410,7 @@ "<p>Slutför konfigurationen genom att installera och starta en \n" "FTP-server.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n" "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" @@ -430,17 +424,15 @@ "FTP-servern (med alternativet <tt>--bind</tt> för <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Installationsservern är tillgänglig för klienterna på följande URL-" -"adress:\n" +"<p>Installationsservern är tillgänglig för klienterna på följande URL-adress:\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -448,7 +440,7 @@ "<p><tt>ftp://<Värddator-IP>/<Namn på lagringsplats></tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" @@ -456,7 +448,7 @@ "<p><b><big>HTTP-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" @@ -466,17 +458,15 @@ "ska slutföras. Aliaset används för att hänvisa till installationsserverns\n" "rotkatalog.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Välj ett kort alias som är enkelt att komma ihåg. Om du t ex väljer\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> som alias blir lagringsplatserna tillgängliga enligt nedan:\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> som alias blir lagringsplatserna tillgängliga enligt nedan:</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -484,7 +474,7 @@ "<p><tt>http://<Värddator-IP>/SUSE/<Namn på lagringsplats></tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -492,72 +482,58 @@ "<p><b>Konfiguration av lagringsplatsen</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Namnet på lagringsplatsen används för att skapa en katalog där alla cd-" -"skivor för\n" +"<p>Namnet på lagringsplatsen används för att skapa en katalog där alla cd-skivor för\n" "produkten kopieras och hanteras. Lagringsplatsen är tillgänglig med det\n" "konfigurerade protokollet (NFS, FTP eller HTTP).</p> \n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Support</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>SLP-stöd</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) gör att du kan hitta en " -"installationsserver. \n" -"Om du markerar det här alternativet presenteras lagringsplatsen i nätverket " -"med hjälp av SLP.</p>\n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) gör att du kan hitta en installationsserver. \n" +"Om du markerar det här alternativet presenteras lagringsplatsen i nätverket med hjälp av SLP.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Välj en källenhet i listan, sätt in det första mediet för en basprodukt " -"och klicka på\n" -"<b>Nästa</b> för att kopiera innehållet till den lokala lagringsplatsen.\n" +"<p>Välj en källenhet i listan, sätt in det första mediet för en basprodukt och klicka på\n" +"<b>Nästa</b> för att kopiera innehållet till den lokala lagringsplatsen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>När basmediet kopieras till den lokala lagringsplatsen kan du lägga till " -"ytterligare\n" -"cd-skivor på lagringsplatsen (t ex cd-skivor med Service Pack och andra cd-" -"skivor med tillägg).</p>\n" +"<p>När basmediet kopieras till den lokala lagringsplatsen kan du lägga till ytterligare\n" +"cd-skivor på lagringsplatsen (t ex cd-skivor med Service Pack och andra cd-skivor med tillägg).</p>\n" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>ISO-avbildningar</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next, you can\n" +"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>ISO-bilder kan användas i stället för cd- och dvd-media. Om du klickar på " -"<b>Nästa</b> kan du\n" +"<p>ISO-bilder kan användas i stället för cd- och dvd-media. Om du klickar på <b>Nästa</b> kan du\n" "välja ISO-bildfiler.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -565,8 +541,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -574,8 +550,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -583,8 +559,8 @@ "<p><b>Spara konfiguration för lagringsplats</b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -593,11 +569,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" "Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n" @@ -605,26 +580,21 @@ "<p><b>Konfiguration för lagringsplats</b><br>\n" "Konfigurera installationsservern här.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lägga till en lagringsplats:</b><br>\n" -"Kataloger som inte har konfigurerats identifieras i katalogen för " -"lagringsplatsen och kan sedan \n" +"Kataloger som inte har konfigurerats identifieras i katalogen för lagringsplatsen och kan sedan \n" "konfigureras.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en lagringsplats väljer du den i listan med " -"lagringsplatser som inte har konfigurerats och klickar på <b>Ställ in</b>.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en lagringsplats väljer du den i listan med lagringsplatser som inte har konfigurerats och klickar på <b>Ställ in</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -634,8 +604,8 @@ "Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" " dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n" "Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" @@ -645,8 +615,8 @@ "Få överblick över de konfigurerade lagringsplatserna och redigera deras \n" "konfiguration om det behövs.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n" @@ -654,8 +624,8 @@ "<p><b>Lägga till en lagringsplats:</b><br>\n" "Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill konfigurera en lagringsplats.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" @@ -665,39 +635,35 @@ "Välj en lagringsplats som du vill ändra eller ta bort.\n" "Klicka därefter på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 +#. Read service data using _auto +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" -"Det krävs ett FTP-serverpaket för FTP-installationsservern. Paketet vsftpd " -"kommer nu\n" +"Det krävs ett FTP-serverpaket för FTP-installationsservern. Paketet vsftpd kommer nu\n" "att installeras.\n" -#. Write Apache config -#. @param string state : Yes/No -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 +#. Write Apache config +#. @param string state : Yes/No +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2" msgstr "Det går inte att skriva till /etc/sysconfig/apache2" -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"Det krävs ett HTTP-serverpaket för HTTP-installationsservern. Paketet " -"apache2 kommer nu\n" +"Det krävs ett HTTP-serverpaket för HTTP-installationsservern. Paketet apache2 kommer nu\n" "att installeras." -#. Setup NFS Server -#. @param string directory -#. @param [String] options -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 +#. Setup NFS Server +#. @param string directory +#. @param [String] options +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -705,73 +671,73 @@ "Katalogen har redan exporterats via NFS.\n" "Vill du låta NFS-exporterna vara oförändrade?\n" -#. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Läs inställningsfil" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Sök efter en ny lagringsplats" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Läser inställningsfil..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Söker efter en ny lagringsplats..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa aktuella inställningar." -#. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningarna för installationsservern" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det går inte att spara inställningarna." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Inställda arkiv" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Konfiguration av IPLB" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "&Iplb" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Globala inställningar" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av virtuella servrar" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB-konfiguration" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "IPLB-översikt" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Första delen av konfiguration av IPLB" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Andra delen av konfiguration av IPLB" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "&Global konfiguration" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "&Konfiguration av virtuell server" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Kontrollintervall" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "Kontrolltidsgräns" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "Antal fel" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "Förhandla tidsgräns" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "Reservutväg" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "Återanrop" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Kör" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "E-postavisering" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "Frekvens för e-postavisering" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "Status för e-postavisering" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "Automatisk nyinläsning" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "Overksam" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "Fildel" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "Övervakad" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "Loggfil" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" @@ -174,151 +174,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"<i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/ or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,243 +265,130 @@ "</p><p>Standard: tio sekunder\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>kontrolltidsgräns</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Tidsgräns i sekunder för anslutningskontroller, externa kontroller " -"och pingkontroller. Om tidsgränsen överskrids så förklaras den verkliga " -"servern vara ur drift.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta är odefinierat så används värdet för tidsgränsförhandling. " -"Tidsgränsförhandling är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas av en " -"per-virtuell inställning.\n" -"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränskontroll eller tidsgränsförhandling är inställda " -"så används standardinställningen.\n" +"</p><p>Tidsgräns i sekunder för anslutningskontroller, externa kontroller och pingkontroller. Om tidsgränsen överskrids så förklaras den verkliga servern vara ur drift.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta är odefinierat så används värdet för tidsgränsförhandling. Tidsgränsförhandling är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas av en per-virtuell inställning.\n" +"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränskontroll eller tidsgränsförhandling är inställda så används standardinställningen.\n" "</p><p>Standard: fem sekunder\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>antal fel</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Antalet gånger i följd som ett fel måste rapporteras av en kontroll " -"innan den verkliga servern anses vara ur drift. Vid värdet 1 anses den " -"verkliga servern vara ur drift vid det första felet. Om kontrollen lyckas så " -"återställs felräknaren till 0.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Antalet gånger i följd som ett fel måste rapporteras av en kontroll innan den verkliga servern anses vara ur drift. Vid värdet 1 anses den verkliga servern vara ur drift vid det första felet. Om kontrollen lyckas så återställs felräknaren till 0.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>tidsgränsförhandling</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Tidsgräns i sekunder för förhandlingskontroller.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta är odefinierat så används värdet för anslutningstidsgräns. " -"Anslutningstidsgräns är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas av en " -"per-virtuell inställning.\n" -"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränsförhandling eller anslutningstidsgräns är " -"inställda så används standardinställningen.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta är odefinierat så används värdet för anslutningstidsgräns. Anslutningstidsgräns är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas av en per-virtuell inställning.\n" +"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränsförhandling eller anslutningstidsgräns är inställda så används standardinställningen.\n" "</p><p>Standard: 30 sekunder\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>reservutväg</big> =</b> <i>ip-adress|värdnamn[:portnummer|" -"tjänstnamn]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>mask</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>den server till vilken en webbtjänst omdirigeras om alla verkliga " -"servrar är ur drift. Normalt skulle detta vara 127.0.0.1 med en felsida.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>reservutväg</big> =</b> <i>ip-adress|värdnamn[:portnummer|tjänstnamn]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>mask</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>den server till vilken en webbtjänst omdirigeras om alla verkliga servrar är ur drift. Normalt skulle detta vara 127.0.0.1 med en felsida.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>loggfil</big> = \"</b><i>/sökväg/till/loggfil</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog-resurs\n" -"</p><p>En alternativ loggfil kan anges med detta direktiv. Om loggfilen inte " -"inleds med '/' antas den vara ett <b>syslog</a></b>" -"(3)-resursnamn.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>loggfil</big> = \"</b><i>/sökväg/till/loggfil</i><b>\"</b>|syslog-resurs\n" +"</p><p>En alternativ loggfil kan anges med detta direktiv. Om loggfilen inte inleds med '/' antas den vara ett <b>syslog</a></b>(3)-resursnamn.\n" "</p><p>Standard: logga direkt till filen <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>e-postavisering</big> = \"</b><i>e-postadress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>En giltig e-postadress för att skicka aviseringar om den ändrade " -"anslutningsstatusen till en verklig server som är definierad i den virtuella " -"tjänsten. För detta alternativ måste perl\n" -"module MailTools vara installerat. Automatiska försök görs att skicka e-post " -"med några av de inbyggda metoderna. Se perldoc Mail::Mailer för att få mer " -"information om metoder.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>En giltig e-postadress för att skicka aviseringar om den ändrade anslutningsstatusen till en verklig server som är definierad i den virtuella tjänsten. För detta alternativ måste perl\n" +"module MailTools vara installerat. Automatiska försök görs att skicka e-post med några av de inbyggda metoderna. Se perldoc Mail::Mailer för att få mer information om metoder.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>e-postaviseringsfrekvens</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Fördröjning i sekunder mellan upprepade e-postaviseringar då en " -"verklig server i den virtuella tjänsten förblir oåtkomlig. En inställning på " -"noll sekunder kommer att\n" -"förhindra de upprepade aviseringarna. Hur tidsmässigt exakt e-" -"postidsinställningen blir beror på hur många sekunder som angetts i " -"konfigurationsalternativet för kontrollintervall\n" +"</p><p>Fördröjning i sekunder mellan upprepade e-postaviseringar då en verklig server i den virtuella tjänsten förblir oåtkomlig. En inställning på noll sekunder kommer att\n" +"förhindra de upprepade aviseringarna. Hur tidsmässigt exakt e-postidsinställningen blir beror på hur många sekunder som angetts i konfigurationsalternativet för kontrollintervall\n" ".\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>e-postaviseringsstatus</big> = alla</b>|<b>inga</b>|" -"<b>startar</b>|<b>kör</b>|<b>stoppar</b>|<b>läses in igen</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Kommaavgränsad lista med servertillstånd i vilka e-postaviseringar " -"ska skickas. <b>alla</b> är en kortform för\n" -"\"<b>startar</b>,<b>kör</b>,<b>stoppar</b>,<b>läses in igen</b>\". Om " -"<b>inga</b> anges så kan inget annat alternativ anges, annars or-relateras " -"alternativen\n" +"</p><p><b><big>e-postaviseringsstatus</big> = alla</b>|<b>inga</b>|<b>startar</b>|<b>kör</b>|<b>stoppar</b>|<b>läses in igen</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Kommaavgränsad lista med servertillstånd i vilka e-postaviseringar ska skickas. <b>alla</b> är en kortform för\n" +"\"<b>startar</b>,<b>kör</b>,<b>stoppar</b>,<b>läses in igen</b>\". Om <b>inga</b> anges så kan inget annat alternativ anges, annars or-relateras alternativen\n" "till varandra.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: alla\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>återanrop</big> = \"</b><i>/sökväg/till/återanrop</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Om detta direktiv är definierat anropar <b>ldirectord</b> automatiskt " -"den körbara filen <i>/sökväg/till/återanrop</i> efter att " -"konfigurationsfilen har ändrats på \n" -"disk. Detta är användbart för att uppdatera konfigurationsfilen via <b>scp på den andra övervakade värddatorn. Det första argumentet till " -"återanropet är namnet på \n" +"</p><p><b><big>återanrop</big> = \"</b><i>/sökväg/till/återanrop</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Om detta direktiv är definierat anropar <b>ldirectord</b> automatiskt den körbara filen <i>/sökväg/till/återanrop</i> efter att konfigurationsfilen har ändrats på \n" +"disk. Detta är användbart för att uppdatera konfigurationsfilen via <b>scp</b> på den andra övervakade värddatorn. Det första argumentet till återanropet är namnet på \n" "konfigurationen.\n" -"</p><p>Detta direktiv kan också användas för att starta om <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatiskt efter att konfigurationsfilen har ändrats på disk. Om " -"<b>automatisk nyinläsning</b> is\n" +"</p><p>Detta direktiv kan också användas för att starta om <b>ldirectord</b> automatiskt efter att konfigurationsfilen har ändrats på disk. Om <b>automatisk nyinläsning</b> is\n" "har värdet ja läses konfigurationen dock in på nytt ändå.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>exekvera</big> = \"</b><i>konfiguration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Använd detta direktiv för att starta en instans av ldirectord för den " -"namngivna <i>konfigurationen</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Använd detta direktiv för att starta en instans av ldirectord för den namngivna <i>konfigurationen</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>automatisk nyinläsning</big> = ja</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Definierar om <ldirectord> kontinuerligt ska kontrollera " -"ändringar i konfigurationsfilen. Om detta har angetts som 'ja' och " -"konfigurationsfilen har ändrats\n" -"på disk och dess modifieringstid (mtid) är nyare än den föregående versionen " -"så läses konfigurationen automatiskt in på nytt.\n" +"</p><p>Definierar om <ldirectord> kontinuerligt ska kontrollera ändringar i konfigurationsfilen. Om detta har angetts som 'ja' och konfigurationsfilen har ändrats\n" +"på disk och dess modifieringstid (mtid) är nyare än den föregående versionen så läses konfigurationen automatiskt in på nytt.\n" "</p><p>Standard: nej\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>overksam</big> = ja</b>|<b>nej</b>\n" -"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i>: När verkliga servrar eller reservservrar fastställs " -"vara ur drift tas de i praktiken inte bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-" -"tabell.\n" -"I stället anges deras vikt som noll, vilket betyder att inga nya " -"anslutningar kommer att accepteras.\n" -"</p><p>Detta får följande bieffekt: Om den verkliga servern har beständiga " -"anslutningar så kommer nya anslutningar från befintliga klienter att " -"fortsätta att dirigeras till den\n" -"verkliga servern, tills den beständiga tidsgränsen kan gå ut. Se ipvsadm för " -"att få mer information om beständiga anslutningar.\n" +"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i>: När verkliga servrar eller reservservrar fastställs vara ur drift tas de i praktiken inte bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-tabell.\n" +"I stället anges deras vikt som noll, vilket betyder att inga nya anslutningar kommer att accepteras.\n" +"</p><p>Detta får följande bieffekt: Om den verkliga servern har beständiga anslutningar så kommer nya anslutningar från befintliga klienter att fortsätta att dirigeras till den\n" +"verkliga servern, tills den beständiga tidsgränsen kan gå ut. Se ipvsadm för att få mer information om beständiga anslutningar.\n" "</p><p>Denna bieffekt kan undvikas genom körning av följande:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>Om proc-filen inte finns tillgänglig betyder det förmodligen att " -"kärnan inte har lvs-stöd, att <small>LVS</small>-stödet inte är inläst eller " -"att kärnan är för\n" -"gammal för att ha proc-filen. Körning av ipvsadm som rot bör läsa in " -"<small>LVS</small> i kärnan om detta är möjligt.\n" -"</p><p>Om svaret är<i>nej</i> kommer de verkliga servrarna eller " -"reservservarna att tas bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-tabell. " -"Standardvärdet är <i>ja</i>.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om proc-filen inte finns tillgänglig betyder det förmodligen att kärnan inte har lvs-stöd, att <small>LVS</small>-stödet inte är inläst eller att kärnan är för\n" +"gammal för att ha proc-filen. Körning av ipvsadm som rot bör läsa in <small>LVS</small> i kärnan om detta är möjligt.\n" +"</p><p>Om svaret är<i>nej</i> kommer de verkliga servrarna eller reservservarna att tas bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-tabell. Standardvärdet är <i>ja</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: <i>ja</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fildel</big> = ja</b>|<b>nej</b>\n" -"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i> kommer ldirectord att skapa en underordnad process för " -"varje virtuell server och köra kontroller mot de verkliga servrarna från " -"dem. Detta kommer att förlänga\n" -"svarstiderna till ändringar i verklig serverstatus i konfigurationer med " -"många virtuella servrar. Detta kan också förbruka mindre minne än körning av " -"många separata instanser\n" -"av ldirectord. Underordnade processer kommer att startas om automatiskt om " -"de avbryts.\n" +"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i> kommer ldirectord att skapa en underordnad process för varje virtuell server och köra kontroller mot de verkliga servrarna från dem. Detta kommer att förlänga\n" +"svarstiderna till ändringar i verklig serverstatus i konfigurationer med många virtuella servrar. Detta kan också förbruka mindre minne än körning av många separata instanser\n" +"av ldirectord. Underordnade processer kommer att startas om automatiskt om de avbryts.\n" "</p><p>Standard: <i>nej</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>övervakad</big> = ja</b>|<b>nej</b>\n" -"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i> går inte ldirectord till bakgrundsläge. Alla " -"loggmeddelanden dirigeras om till stdout i stället för en loggfil. Detta är " -"användbart för körning av \n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> övervakat från demonverktyg. Se http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/ eller http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> för att få mer information.\n" +"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i> går inte ldirectord till bakgrundsläge. Alla loggmeddelanden dirigeras om till stdout i stället för en loggfil. Detta är användbart för körning av \n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> övervakat från demonverktyg. Se http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> eller http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> för att få mer information.\n" "</p><p>Standard: <i>nej</i>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -587,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -600,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " -"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " -"request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " -"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -712,208 +497,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtuell server</big> =</b> <i>(ip-adress|värdnamn:portnummer|" -"tjänstnamn)|brandväggsmärke</i>\n" -"</p><p>Definierar en virtuell tjänst efter IP-adress (eller värdnamn) och " -"port (eller tjänstnamn) eller brandväggsmärke. Ett brandväggsmärke är ett " -"heltal större än noll. \n" -"Konfigurationen av markeringspaket kontrolleras med hjälp av <tt>\"-m\"</tt>-" -"alternativet till <b>ipchains</b>(8). Alla verkliga tjänster och flaggor för " -"en virtuell tjänst \n" +"<p><b><big>virtuell server</big> =</b> <i>(ip-adress|värdnamn:portnummer|tjänstnamn)|brandväggsmärke</i>\n" +"</p><p>Definierar en virtuell tjänst efter IP-adress (eller värdnamn) och port (eller tjänstnamn) eller brandväggsmärke. Ett brandväggsmärke är ett heltal större än noll. \n" +"Konfigurationen av markeringspaket kontrolleras med hjälp av <tt>\"-m\"</tt>-alternativet till <b>ipchains</b>(8). Alla verkliga tjänster och flaggor för en virtuell tjänst \n" "måste följa omedelbart efter denna rad och ha indrag.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>verkliga servrar</big> =</b> <i>ip-adress|värdnamn[->ip-" -"adress|värdnamn][:portnummer|tjänstnamn</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>mask</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>vikt</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>begäran</i><b>" -"\", \"</b><i>ta emot</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Definierar en verklig tjänst efter IP-adress (eller värdnamn) och " -"port (eller tjänstnamn). Om porten utelämnas så kommer en nolla att " -"användas, detta är ämnat främst för\n" -"bvmärke-tjänster där porten för verkliga servrar ignoreras. Dessutom kan ett " -"intervall med <small>IP</small>-adresser (eller två värdnamn) anges, och i " -"detta fall\n" -"kommer varje <small>IP</small>-adress i intervallet att behandlas som en " -"verklig server som använder den angivna porten. Det andra argumentet " -"definierar vidarebefordringsmetoden, måste vara\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> eller <b>mask</b>. Det tredje argumentet är icke-" -"obligatoriskt och definierar vikten för denna verkliga server. Om det " -"utelämnas kommer vikten 1 att\n" -"användas. De sista två argumenten är också icke-obligatoriska. De definierar " -"ett begäran-mottagningspar som ska användas för att kontrollera om en server " -"är i drift. De åsidosätter begäran-mottagnings\n" -"paret i den virtuella serversektionen. Dessa två strängar måste stå inom " -"citattecken. Om begäransträngen börjar med http://... åsidosätts IP-adressen " -"och porten för den verkliga\n" +"</p><p><b><big>verkliga servrar</big> =</b> <i>ip-adress|värdnamn[->ip-adress|värdnamn][:portnummer|tjänstnamn</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>mask</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>vikt</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>begäran</i><b>\", \"</b><i>ta emot</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Definierar en verklig tjänst efter IP-adress (eller värdnamn) och port (eller tjänstnamn). Om porten utelämnas så kommer en nolla att användas, detta är ämnat främst för\n" +"bvmärke-tjänster där porten för verkliga servrar ignoreras. Dessutom kan ett intervall med <small>IP</small>-adresser (eller två värdnamn) anges, och i detta fall\n" +"kommer varje <small>IP</small>-adress i intervallet att behandlas som en verklig server som använder den angivna porten. Det andra argumentet definierar vidarebefordringsmetoden, måste vara\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> eller <b>mask</b>. Det tredje argumentet är icke-obligatoriskt och definierar vikten för denna verkliga server. Om det utelämnas kommer vikten 1 att\n" +"användas. De sista två argumenten är också icke-obligatoriska. De definierar ett begäran-mottagningspar som ska användas för att kontrollera om en server är i drift. De åsidosätter begäran-mottagnings\n" +"paret i den virtuella serversektionen. Dessa två strängar måste stå inom citattecken. Om begäransträngen börjar med http://... åsidosätts IP-adressen och porten för den verkliga\n" "servern, annars används IP-adressen och porten för den verkliga servern.\n" -"</p><p>För virtuella <small>TCP</small>- och <small>UDP</small>-tjänster (ej " -"bvmärke) kommer porten på den verkliga servern, om inte " -"vidarebefordranmetoden är mask och <small>IP</small>-adressen för en\n" -"verklig server är icke-lokal (inte finns i ett gränssnitt på värden som kör " -"ldirectord), att anges som den för dess virtuella\n" -"tjänst. Portmappning är alltså bara tillgänglig om den verkliga servern är " -"en annan maskin och vidarebefordranmetoden är mask. Orsaken till detta är " -"det sätt på vilket den\n" +"</p><p>För virtuella <small>TCP</small>- och <small>UDP</small>-tjänster (ej bvmärke) kommer porten på den verkliga servern, om inte vidarebefordranmetoden är mask och <small>IP</small>-adressen för en\n" +"verklig server är icke-lokal (inte finns i ett gränssnitt på värden som kör ldirectord), att anges som den för dess virtuella\n" +"tjänst. Portmappning är alltså bara tillgänglig om den verkliga servern är en annan maskin och vidarebefordranmetoden är mask. Orsaken till detta är det sätt på vilket den\n" "underliggande <small>LVS</small>-koden i kärnan fungerar.\n" -"</p><p>Fler än en av dessa poster kan finnas inne i en virtuell sektion. " -"Alternativen kontrolltidsgräns, förhandlingstidsgräns, felantal, " -"reservutväg, e-postavisering, e-postaviseringsfrekvens och\n" -"overksam som angetts ovan kan också visas i en virtuell sektion, och i så " -"fall åsidosätts den globala inställningen.\n" +"</p><p>Fler än en av dessa poster kan finnas inne i en virtuell sektion. Alternativen kontrolltidsgräns, förhandlingstidsgräns, felantal, reservutväg, e-postavisering, e-postaviseringsfrekvens och\n" +"overksam som angetts ovan kan också visas i en virtuell sektion, och i så fall åsidosätts den globala inställningen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>kontrolltyp</big> = anslut</b>|<b>extern</b>|<b>förhandla</b>|" -"<b>av</b>|<b>på</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>kontrolltidsgräns</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Typen av kontroll som ska göras. Med förhandling skickas en begäran " -"och en mottagningssträng matchas. Med anslutning görs bara ett försök att " -"göra en <small>TCP/IP</small>-anslutning, och därmed kan\n" -"begäran- och mottagningssträngarna utelämnas. Om kontrolltypen är ett nummer " -"så kombineras förhandling och anslutning så att det efter ett visst antal " -"anslutningsförsök görs ett förhandlings\n" -"-försök. Detta är användbart för att ofta kontrollera om en tjänst svarar, " -"och med mycket längre intervall görs en förhandlingskontroll. Ping innebär " -"att\n" -"<small>ICMP</small>-pingning kommer att användas för att testa " -"tillgängligheten för verkliga servrar. Ping används också som " -"anslutningskontroll för <small>UDP</small>-tjänster. Av\n" -"betyder att ingen kontroll kommer att göras och att inga verkliga servrar " -"eller reservservrar kommer att aktiveras. På betyder att ingen kontroll " -"kommer att göras och att verkliga servrar alltid kommer att vara\n" +"</p><p><b><big>kontrolltyp</big> = anslut</b>|<b>extern</b>|<b>förhandla</b>|<b>av</b>|<b>på</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>kontrolltidsgräns</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Typen av kontroll som ska göras. Med förhandling skickas en begäran och en mottagningssträng matchas. Med anslutning görs bara ett försök att göra en <small>TCP/IP</small>-anslutning, och därmed kan\n" +"begäran- och mottagningssträngarna utelämnas. Om kontrolltypen är ett nummer så kombineras förhandling och anslutning så att det efter ett visst antal anslutningsförsök görs ett förhandlings\n" +"-försök. Detta är användbart för att ofta kontrollera om en tjänst svarar, och med mycket längre intervall görs en förhandlingskontroll. Ping innebär att\n" +"<small>ICMP</small>-pingning kommer att användas för att testa tillgängligheten för verkliga servrar. Ping används också som anslutningskontroll för <small>UDP</small>-tjänster. Av\n" +"betyder att ingen kontroll kommer att göras och att inga verkliga servrar eller reservservrar kommer att aktiveras. På betyder att ingen kontroll kommer att göras och att verkliga servrar alltid kommer att vara\n" "aktiverade. Standardalternativet är <i>förhandla</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>tjänst</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>ingen</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>Typen av tjänst som ska övervakas vid användning av " -"kontrolltyp=förhandla. Ingen betyder en tjänst som inte kommer att " -"övervakas.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp skickar <b>begäran</b>-strängen till servern och testar den " -"igen mot <b>mottagnings</b>-regexp. De andra kontrolltyperna ansluter till " -"servern\n" -"med användning av det angivna protokollet. Se avsnitten om <b>begäran</b> " -"och <b>mottagning</b> för att få protokollspecifik information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>tjänst</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>ingen</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>Typen av tjänst som ska övervakas vid användning av kontrolltyp=förhandla. Ingen betyder en tjänst som inte kommer att övervakas.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp skickar <b>begäran</b>-strängen till servern och testar den igen mot <b>mottagnings</b>-regexp. De andra kontrolltyperna ansluter till servern\n" +"med användning av det angivna protokollet. Se avsnitten om <b>begäran</b> och <b>mottagning</b> för att få protokollspecifik information.\n" "</p><p>Standard:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* Virtuell serverport är 21: ftp\n" @@ -935,11 +627,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* Annars: ingen\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>kontrollkommando</big> = \"</b><i>sökväg till skript</i><b>" -"\"</b>\n" -"<p>Denna inställning används om kontrolltypen är extern och är det kommando " -"som kommer att köras för att kontrollera statusen för en verklig server. Det " -"ska avslutas med statusen noll om allt\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>kontrollkommando</big> = \"</b><i>sökväg till skript</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>Denna inställning används om kontrolltypen är extern och är det kommando som kommer att köras för att kontrollera statusen för en verklig server. Det ska avslutas med statusen noll om allt\n" " är som det ska, eller med annat än noll i annat fall.\n" "</p><p>Fyra parametrar överförs till skriptet:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtuell server-ip/brandväggsmärke\n" @@ -950,106 +639,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>kontrollport</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Nummer på porten som ska övervakas. Ibland är kontrollporten en annan " -"än tjänstporten.\n" +"</p><p>Nummer på porten som ska övervakas. Ibland är kontrollporten en annan än tjänstporten.\n" "</p><p>Standard: port angiven för varje verklig server\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>begäran</big> = \"</b><i>uri till begärt objekt</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Detta objekt kommer att begäras varje kontrollintervallsekund på " -"varje verklig server. Strängen måste stå inom citattecken. Observera att " -"denna sträng kan åsidosättas av\n" +"</p><p>Detta objekt kommer att begäras varje kontrollintervallsekund på varje verklig server. Strängen måste stå inom citattecken. Observera att denna sträng kan åsidosättas av\n" "en icke-obligatorisk per verklig server-baserad begäransträng.\n" -"</p><p>För en <small>DNS</small>-kontroll ska detta vara namnet på en A-" -"post, eller adressen för en <small>PTR</small>-post som ska slås upp.\n" -"</p><p>För en MySQL-, Oracle- eller PostgeSQL-kontroll ska detta vara en " -"<small>SQL</small>-fråga. Ingen kontroll görs av de data som returneras, " -"bara av att svaret är en eller flera\n" +"</p><p>För en <small>DNS</small>-kontroll ska detta vara namnet på en A-post, eller adressen för en <small>PTR</small>-post som ska slås upp.\n" +"</p><p>För en MySQL-, Oracle- eller PostgeSQL-kontroll ska detta vara en <small>SQL</small>-fråga. Ingen kontroll görs av de data som returneras, bara av att svaret är en eller flera\n" "rader. Detta är en obligatorisk inställning.\n" -"</p><p>För en simpletcp-kontroll skickas denna sträng i befintligt skick " -"förutom att alla förekomster av \n" +"</p><p>För en simpletcp-kontroll skickas denna sträng i befintligt skick förutom att alla förekomster av \n" " ersätts med ett radbrytningstecken.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>ta emot</big> = \"</b><i>regexp att jämföra</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Om det begärda resultatet innehåller detta <i>regexp att jämföra</i> " -"förklaras den verkliga servern vara i drift. Detta regexp måste stå inom " -"citattecken. Kom ihåg att\n" -"regexps-strängar inte är vanliga strängar och att du måste undanta " -"specialtecknen om de ska tolkas som bokstavliga värden. Observera att detta " -"regexp kan åsidosättas genom ett\n" +"</p><p>Om det begärda resultatet innehåller detta <i>regexp att jämföra</i> förklaras den verkliga servern vara i drift. Detta regexp måste stå inom citattecken. Kom ihåg att\n" +"regexps-strängar inte är vanliga strängar och att du måste undanta specialtecknen om de ska tolkas som bokstavliga värden. Observera att detta regexp kan åsidosättas genom ett\n" "icke-obligatoriskt per verklig-serverbaserat mottagnings-regexp.\n" -"</p><p>För en <small>DNS</small>-kontroll ska detta vara någon av A-portens " -"adresser eller ett av <small>PTR</small>-postens namn.\n" +"</p><p>För en <small>DNS</small>-kontroll ska detta vara någon av A-portens adresser eller ett av <small>PTR</small>-postens namn.\n" "</p><p>För en MySQL-kontroll används inte mottagningsinställningen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http-metod</big> = <small>HÄMTA</small></b> | " -"<b><small>HUVUD</small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Ställer in den <small>HTTP</small>-metod som ska användas för att " -"hämta den <small>URI</small> som anges i begäransträngen. <small>HÄMTA är den\n" -"metod som används som standard om parametern inte är angiven. Om " -"<small>HUVUD</small> inte används ska inställningen för mottagningssträng " -"tas bort.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http-metod</big> = <small>HÄMTA</small></b> | <b><small>HUVUD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Ställer in den <small>HTTP</small>-metod som ska användas för att hämta den <small>URI</small> som anges i begäransträngen. <small>HÄMTA</small> är den\n" +"metod som används som standard om parametern inte är angiven. Om <small>HUVUD</small> inte används ska inställningen för mottagningssträng tas bort.\n" "</p><p>Standard: <small>HÄMTA</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtuell värd</big> = \"</b><i>värdnamn</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Används vid användning av en förhandlingskontroll med <small>HTTP eller <small>HTTPS</small>. Ställer in värddatorhuvudet som används i " -"<small>HTTP</small>-begäran. För\n" -" <small>HTTPS</small> behöver detta i allmänhet matcha det vanliga namnet på " -"<small>SSL</small>-certifikatet. Om detta inte ställs in kommer " -"värddatorhuvudet att\n" -"härledas från begäran-url:en för den verkliga servern om en sådan finns. I " -"sista hand kommer <small>IP</small>-adressen för den verkliga servern att " -"användas.\n" +"</p><p>Används vid användning av en förhandlingskontroll med <small>HTTP</small> eller <small>HTTPS</small>. Ställer in värddatorhuvudet som används i <small>HTTP</small>-begäran. För\n" +" <small>HTTPS</small> behöver detta i allmänhet matcha det vanliga namnet på <small>SSL</small>-certifikatet. Om detta inte ställs in kommer värddatorhuvudet att\n" +"härledas från begäran-url:en för den verkliga servern om en sådan finns. I sista hand kommer <small>IP</small>-adressen för den verkliga servern att användas.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>inloggning</big> = \"</b><i>användarnamn</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>För <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> och PostgreSQL används användarnamnet för " -"att logga in.\n" +"</p><p>För <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> och PostgreSQL används användarnamnet för att logga in.\n" "</p><p>För Radius används lösenordet för attributanvändarnamn.\n" -"</p><p>För <small>SIP</small> används användarnamnet som både till- och från-" -"adress för en <small>ALTERNATIV</small>-fråga.\n" +"</p><p>För <small>SIP</small> används användarnamnet som både till- och från-adress för en <small>ALTERNATIV</small>-fråga.\n" "</p><p>Standard:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymt\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle och PostgreSQL: Måste anges i konfigurationen\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, värdnamnet " -"härleds enligt lösenordsalternativet nedan.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Annars: tom sträng, vilket betyder att inget försök till " -"fallautentisering kommer att göras.\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, värdnamnet härleds enligt lösenordsalternativet nedan.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Annars: tom sträng, vilket betyder att inget försök till fallautentisering kommer att göras.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>lösenord</big> = \"</b><i>lösenord</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Lösenord som ska användas för inloggning till <small>FTP</small>-, " -"<small>IMAP</small>-, <small>LDAP</small>-, MySQL-, Oracle-, <small>POP-, PostgreSQL- och\n" +"<p>Lösenord som ska användas för inloggning till <small>FTP</small>-, <small>IMAP</small>-, <small>LDAP</small>-, MySQL-, Oracle-, <small>POP</small>-, PostgreSQL- och\n" "<small>SIP</small>-servrar.\n" "</p><p>För Radius används lösenordet för attributet användare-lösenord.\n" "</p><p>Standard:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, där hostname " -"är miljövariabeln <small>VÄRDNAMN</small> utvärderad vid körningstillfället, " -"eller hämtad\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, där hostname är miljövariabeln <small>VÄRDNAMN</small> utvärderad vid körningstillfället, eller hämtad\n" "från unamn om ej inställd.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Annars: tom sträng. För <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle och " -"PostgreSQL betyder detta att ingen autentisering kommer att göras.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Annars: tom sträng. För <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle och PostgreSQL betyder detta att ingen autentisering kommer att göras.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>databasnamn</big> = \"</b><i>databasnamn</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Databas som ska användas för MySQL-, Oracle- och PostgreSQL-servrar. " -"Detta är den databas som frågan (som anges med <b>ta emot</b> ovan) kommer " -"att köras mot. Detta\n" +"<p>Databas som ska användas för MySQL-, Oracle- och PostgreSQL-servrar. Detta är den databas som frågan (som anges med <b>ta emot</b> ovan) kommer att köras mot. Detta\n" "är en obligatorisk inställning.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>radiushemlighet</big> = \"</b><i>radiushemlighet</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Hemlighet som ska användas för Radius-servrar. Detta är den hemlighet " -"som används för att göra en åtkomstbegäran med användarnamnet (som anges med " -"<b>inloggning</b> ovan) och lösenordet (som anges med\n" +"</p><p><b><big>radiushemlighet</big> = \"</b><i>radiushemlighet</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Hemlighet som ska användas för Radius-servrar. Detta är den hemlighet som används för att göra en åtkomstbegäran med användarnamnet (som anges med <b>inloggning</b> ovan) och lösenordet (som anges med\n" "<b>lösenord</b> ovan).\n" "</p><p>Standard: tom sträng\n" "\n" @@ -1059,246 +710,195 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>nätmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" -"</p><p>Nätmask som ska användas för granularitet för beständiga " -"klientanslutningar.\n" +"</p><p>Nätmask som ska användas för granularitet för beständiga klientanslutningar.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>schemaläggare</big> =</b> <i>schemaläggarnamn</i>\n" -"</p><p>Schemaläggare som ska användas av <small>LVS</small> för " -"belastningsutjämning. Information om tillgängliga schemaläggare finns på " -"handbokssidan <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n" +"</p><p>Schemaläggare som ska användas av <small>LVS</small> för belastningsutjämning. Information om tillgängliga schemaläggare finns på handbokssidan <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n" "</p><p>Standard: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protokoll</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>bvm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protokoll som ska användas. Om det virtuella anges som en <small>IP-adress och port så måste det vara antingen tcp eller udp. Om det är " -"ett brandväggsmärke så måste\n" +"</p><p>Protokoll som ska användas. Om det virtuella anges som en <small>IP</small>-adress och port så måste det vara antingen tcp eller udp. Om det är ett brandväggsmärke så måste\n" "protokollet vara bvm.\n" "</p><p>Standard:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtuell är en <small>IP</small>-adress och port, och port är " -"inte 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtuell är en <small>IP</small>-adress och port, och porten är " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtuell är en <small>IP</small>-adress och port, och port är inte 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtuell är en <small>IP</small>-adress och port, och porten är 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtuell är ett brandväggsmärke: bvm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>kontrolltidsgräns</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Tidsgräns i sekunder för anslutningskontroller, externa kontroller " -"och pingkontroller. Om tidsgränsen överskrids så förklaras den verkliga " -"servern vara ur drift.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta är definierat i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" -"</p><p>Om det är odefinierat så används värdet för tidsgränsförhandling. " -"Tidsgränsförhandling är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas genom en " -"per-virtuell-inställning.\n" -"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränskontroll eller tidsgränsförhandling är inställda " -"så används standardinställningen.\n" +"</p><p>Tidsgräns i sekunder för anslutningskontroller, externa kontroller och pingkontroller. Om tidsgränsen överskrids så förklaras den verkliga servern vara ur drift.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta är definierat i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om det är odefinierat så används värdet för tidsgränsförhandling. Tidsgränsförhandling är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas genom en per-virtuell-inställning.\n" +"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränskontroll eller tidsgränsförhandling är inställda så används standardinställningen.\n" "</p><p>Standard: fem sekunder\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>förhandla tidsgräns</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Tidsgräns i sekunder för förhandlingskontroller.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" -"</p><p>om det är odefinierat så används värdet för anslutningstidsgräns. " -"Anslutningstidsgräns är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas genom en " -"per-virtuell-inställning.\n" -"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränsförhandling eller anslutningstidsgräns är " -"inställda så används standardinställningen.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>om det är odefinierat så används värdet för anslutningstidsgräns. Anslutningstidsgräns är också ett globalt värde som kan åsidosättas genom en per-virtuell-inställning.\n" +"</p><p>Om varken tidsgränsförhandling eller anslutningstidsgräns är inställda så används standardinställningen.\n" "</p><p>Standard: 30 sekunder\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>antal fel</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Antalet gånger i följd som ett fel måste rapporteras av en kontroll " -"innan den verkliga servern anses vara ur drift. Vid värdet 1 anses den " -"verkliga servern vara ur drift vid det första felet. Om kontrollen lyckas så " -"återställs felräknaren till 0.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Antalet gånger i följd som ett fel måste rapporteras av en kontroll innan den verkliga servern anses vara ur drift. Vid värdet 1 anses den verkliga servern vara ur drift vid det första felet. Om kontrollen lyckas så återställs felräknaren till 0.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>e-postavisering</big> = \"</b><i>e-postadress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>En giltig e-postadress för att skicka aviseringar om den ändrade " -"anslutningsstatusen till en verklig server som är definierad i den virtuella " -"tjänsten. För detta alternativ måste perl\n" -"module MailTools vara installerat. Automatiska försök görs att skicka e-post " -"med några av de inbyggda metoderna. Se perldoc Mail::Mailer för att få mer " -"information om metoder.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>En giltig e-postadress för att skicka aviseringar om den ändrade anslutningsstatusen till en verklig server som är definierad i den virtuella tjänsten. För detta alternativ måste perl\n" +"module MailTools vara installerat. Automatiska försök görs att skicka e-post med några av de inbyggda metoderna. Se perldoc Mail::Mailer för att få mer information om metoder.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>e-postaviseringsfrekvens</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Fördröjning i sekunder mellan upprepade e-postaviseringar då en " -"verklig server i den virtuella tjänsten förblir oåtkomlig. En inställning på " -"noll sekunder kommer att\n" -"förhindra de upprepade aviseringarna. Hur tidsmässigt exakt e-" -"postidsinställningen blir beror på hur många sekunder som angetts i " -"konfigurationsalternativet för kontrollintervall\n" +"</p><p>Fördröjning i sekunder mellan upprepade e-postaviseringar då en verklig server i den virtuella tjänsten förblir oåtkomlig. En inställning på noll sekunder kommer att\n" +"förhindra de upprepade aviseringarna. Hur tidsmässigt exakt e-postidsinställningen blir beror på hur många sekunder som angetts i konfigurationsalternativet för kontrollintervall\n" ".\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>e-postaviseringsstatus</big> = alla</b>|<b>inga</b>|" -"<b>startar</b>|<b>kör</b>|<b>stoppar</b>|<b>läses in igen</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Kommaavgränsad lista med servertillstånd i vilka e-postaviseringar " -"ska skickas. <b>alla</b> är en kortform för\n" -"\"<b>startar</b>,<b>kör</b>,<b>stoppar</b>,<b>läses in igen</b>\". Om " -"<b>inga</b> anges så kan inget annat alternativ anges, annars or-relateras " -"alternativen\n" +"</p><p><b><big>e-postaviseringsstatus</big> = alla</b>|<b>inga</b>|<b>startar</b>|<b>kör</b>|<b>stoppar</b>|<b>läses in igen</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Kommaavgränsad lista med servertillstånd i vilka e-postaviseringar ska skickas. <b>alla</b> är en kortform för\n" +"\"<b>startar</b>,<b>kör</b>,<b>stoppar</b>,<b>läses in igen</b>\". Om <b>inga</b> anges så kan inget annat alternativ anges, annars or-relateras alternativen\n" "till varandra.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: alla\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>reservutväg</big> =</b> <i>ip-adress|värdnamn[:portnummer|" -"tjänstnamn]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>mask</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>den server till vilken en webbtjänst omdirigeras om alla verkliga " -"servrar är ur drift. Normalt skulle detta vara 127.0.0.1 med en felsida.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>reservutväg</big> =</b> <i>ip-adress|värdnamn[:portnummer|tjänstnamn]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>mask</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>den server till vilken en webbtjänst omdirigeras om alla verkliga servrar är ur drift. Normalt skulle detta vara 127.0.0.1 med en felsida.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>overksam</big> = ja</b>|<b>nej</b>\n" -"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i>: När verkliga servrar eller reservservrar fastställs " -"vara ur drift tas de i praktiken inte bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-" -"tabell.\n" -"I stället anges deras vikt som noll, vilket betyder att inga nya " -"anslutningar kommer att accepteras.\n" -"</p><p>Detta får följande bieffekt: Om den verkliga servern har beständiga " -"anslutningar så kommer nya anslutningar från befintliga klienter att " -"fortsätta att dirigeras till den\n" -"verkliga servern, tills den beständiga tidsgränsen kan gå ut. Se ipvsadm för " -"att få mer information om beständiga anslutningar.\n" +"</p><p>Vid <i>ja</i>: När verkliga servrar eller reservservrar fastställs vara ur drift tas de i praktiken inte bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-tabell.\n" +"I stället anges deras vikt som noll, vilket betyder att inga nya anslutningar kommer att accepteras.\n" +"</p><p>Detta får följande bieffekt: Om den verkliga servern har beständiga anslutningar så kommer nya anslutningar från befintliga klienter att fortsätta att dirigeras till den\n" +"verkliga servern, tills den beständiga tidsgränsen kan gå ut. Se ipvsadm för att få mer information om beständiga anslutningar.\n" "</p><p>Denna bieffekt kan undvikas genom körning av följande:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>Om proc-filen inte finns tillgänglig betyder det förmodligen att " -"kärnan inte har lvs-stöd, att <small>LVS</small>-stödet inte är inläst eller " -"att kärnan är för\n" -"gammal för att ha proc-filen. Körning av ipvsadm som rot bör läsa in " -"<small>LVS</small> i kärnan om detta är möjligt.\n" -"</p><p>Om svaret är<i>nej</i> kommer de verkliga servrarna eller " -"reservservarna att tas bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-tabell. " -"Standardvärdet är <i>ja</i>.\n" -"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det " -"globala värdet.\n" +"</p><p>Om proc-filen inte finns tillgänglig betyder det förmodligen att kärnan inte har lvs-stöd, att <small>LVS</small>-stödet inte är inläst eller att kärnan är för\n" +"gammal för att ha proc-filen. Körning av ipvsadm som rot bör läsa in <small>LVS</small> i kärnan om detta är möjligt.\n" +"</p><p>Om svaret är<i>nej</i> kommer de verkliga servrarna eller reservservarna att tas bort från kärnans <small>LVS</small>-tabell. Standardvärdet är <i>ja</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Om detta definieras i en virtuell serversektion så åsidosätts det globala värdet.\n" "</p><p>Standard: <i>ja</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "Kontrolltyp" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "Kontrollport" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "Kontrollkommando" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "Http-metod" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "Begäran" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "Ta emot" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "Virtuell värddator" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "Logga in" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "Databasnamn" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Radius-hemlighet" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "Ihållande" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Nätmask" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "Schemaläggare" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "Virtuella servrar" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "Virtuell server" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "Verkliga servrar" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "Kontrolltyp" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "Aukt.-typ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "Övriga" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1306,98 +906,98 @@ "Om IPv6 används ska formatet se ut så här\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "Den verkliga serverns IP-adress" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "Metod för vidarebefordran" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "vikt" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "IP-adressen är inte giltig" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "Lägg till en ny verklig server:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "Redigera den verkliga servern:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Initierar IPLB-konfiguration" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "Läs de globala inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "Läs inställningarna för virtuell värddator" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "Läser de globala inställningarna..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "Läser inställningarna för virtuell värddator..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Sparar IPLB-konfiguration" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan inte spara inställningar." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,267 +14,260 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "Inställning av en iSCSI-initierare" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI-inställningen sparas..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI-initierare" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "&iSCSI-initierare" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "När s&ystemet startar" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuell" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "iSNS-adress" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS-port" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "&Initierarnamn" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Avlastningskor&t" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Gränssnitt" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Portaladress" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Målnamn" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Koppla från" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Ansluten" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Upptäckt" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Anslut" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "Ingen identifieringsautentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Authentication by Initiator" msgstr "Autentisering av initierare" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "Autentisering av mål" -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Login Authentication" msgstr "Ingen inloggningsautentisering" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "Start" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "manuellt" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "vid start" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "automatisk" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Anslutna mål" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Upptäckta mål" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Översikt över iSCSI-initieraren" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initierare</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Upptäckt av iSCSI-initieraren" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. |*************************************************************************** -#. | -#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. -#. | All Rights Reserved. -#. | -#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. | -#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. | GNU General Public License for more details. -#. | -#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. | -#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. | -#. |*************************************************************************** -#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client -#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication " -"by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do " -"not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" -msgstr "" -"Använd <b>Autentisering av initierare</b> och <b>Autentisering av mål</b> " -"tillsammans om autentisering krävs för säker åtkomst. Av säkerhetsskäl bör " -"du inte bara använda en av dem.\n" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. | +#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. +#. | All Rights Reserved. +#. | +#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. | +#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. | GNU General Public License for more details. +#. | +#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. | +#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. | +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client +#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 +msgid "If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" +msgstr "Använd <b>Autentisering av initierare</b> och <b>Autentisering av mål</b> tillsammans om autentisering krävs för säker åtkomst. Av säkerhetsskäl bör du inte bara använda en av dem.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -282,8 +275,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Inställningen av SCSI-initieraren initieras</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -291,8 +284,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -300,8 +293,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Inställningen av SCSI-initieraren sparas</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -313,8 +306,8 @@ " En dialogruta meddelar dig om det är säkert att göra detta.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" @@ -322,8 +315,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Inställning av iSCSI-initierare</big></b><br>\n" "Här kan du ställa in en iSCSI-initierare.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -332,12 +325,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lägga till en iSCSI-initierare</big></b><br>\n" "Markera en iSCSI-initierare i listan med upptäckta initierare.\n" -" Om iSCSI-initieraren inte upptäcktes markerar du<b>Annan (inte identifierad)" -"</b>.\n" +" Om iSCSI-initieraren inte upptäcktes markerar du<b>Annan (inte identifierad)</b>.\n" " Tryck därefter på <b>Ställ in</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -347,8 +339,8 @@ "Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" " dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -358,8 +350,8 @@ "Hämta en översikt över installerade iSCSI-initierare. Dessutom\n" " kan du redigera inställningarna.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" @@ -367,8 +359,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Lägga till en iSCSI-initierare</big></b><br>\n" "Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill ställa in en iSCSI-initierare.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -378,64 +370,38 @@ "Markera en iSCSI-initierare som ska ändras eller tas bort.\n" " Klicka därefter på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " -"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Lista med aktiva sessioner.</p><p>Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill " -"hitta fler destinationer. En sökning görs efter fler destinationer, " -"samtidigt som startläget för redan aktiva destinationer förblir oförändrat." -"<br>Klicka på <b>Koppla från</b> om du vill avbryta anslutningen och ta bort " -"destinationen ur listan.<br>Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra " -"destinationens startstatus.</p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Lista med aktiva sessioner.</p><p>Klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill hitta fler destinationer. En sökning görs efter fler destinationer, samtidigt som startläget för redan aktiva destinationer förblir oförändrat.<br>Klicka på <b>Koppla från</b> om du vill avbryta anslutningen och ta bort destinationen ur listan.<br>Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra destinationens startstatus.</p>" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Varning!</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>När du <b>LÄSER</b>/<b>SKRIVER</b> en iSCSI-enhet måste du se till att " -"ingen annan kan komma åt enheten samtidigt. Annars finns det en potentiell " -"risk för skadade data.</p>\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>När du <b>LÄSER</b>/<b>SKRIVER</b> en iSCSI-enhet måste du se till att ingen annan kan komma åt enheten samtidigt. Annars finns det en potentiell risk för skadade data.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Initierarens namn</b> är ett värde från <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>. \n" -"Om du har iBFT tas detta värde därifrån och kan bara ändras i BIOS-" -"inställningen.</p>" +"<p><b>Initierarens namn</b> är ett värde från <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Om du har iBFT tas detta värde därifrån och kan bara ändras i BIOS-inställningen.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Om du vill upptäcka mål med hjälp av <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name " -"Service) i stället för med standardmetoden SendTargets,\n" +"Om du vill upptäcka mål med hjälp av <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) i stället för med standardmetoden SendTargets,\n" "anger du iSNS-serverns IP-adress och port. Standardporten bör vara 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" @@ -445,27 +411,21 @@ "Ändra endast <b>port</b>. Om du inte behöver någon autentisering\n" "markerar du <b>Ingen identifieringsautentisering</b>. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"<b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "" -"Lista över noder på iSCSI-målet. Markera ett objekt och klicka på <b>Anslut." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "Lista över noder på iSCSI-målet. Markera ett objekt och klicka på <b>Anslut</b>." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Start</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>manual</b> är för iSCSI-mål som inte ska anslutas som\n" @@ -475,104 +435,73 @@ "<p><b>automatic</b> är för iSCSI-mål som ska anslutas när iSCSI-tjänsten\n" "startas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Autentisering</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." -msgstr "" -"<p>Standardinställningen är <i>Ingen autentisering</i>. Avmarkera kryssrutan " -"om autentisering krävs av säkerhetsskäl." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." +msgstr "<p>Standardinställningen är <i>Ingen autentisering</i>. Avmarkera kryssrutan om autentisering krävs av säkerhetsskäl." -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " -"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." -"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note: Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " -"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här visas listan med destinationer som hittats.</p><p>Klicka på " -"<b>Upptäckt</b> om du vill få tillgängliga iSCSI-destinationer från en " -"server, angivna med IP-adress.<br><b>Anslut</b> till en destination om du " -"vill upprätta en anslutning. Efter framgångsrik inloggning visas värdet Sant " -"i kolumnen <i>Ansluten</i>, och destinationen visas på skärmen <i>Anslutna " -"destinationer</i>.<br>Klicka på <b>Ta bort</b> om du vill ta bort en " -"destination ur listan.<br> <b>Tips!</b> Det går bara att ta bort " -"destinationer som inte är anslutna. Om det behövs klickar du först på " -"<b>Koppla från</b> under <i>Anslutna destinationer</i>.</p><p><b>Obs!</b> Om " -"du väljer <b>Upptäckt</b> en gång till görs en ny sökning efter " -"destinationer, vilket kan ändra startläget för redan anslutna destinationer " -"(till standardläget Manuellt). Gå till skärmen <i>Anslutna destinationer</i> " -"och klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till nya destinationer utan " -"att ändra startlägen.</p>" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här visas listan med destinationer som hittats.</p><p>Klicka på <b>Upptäckt</b> om du vill få tillgängliga iSCSI-destinationer från en server, angivna med IP-adress.<br><b>Anslut</b> till en destination om du vill upprätta en anslutning. Efter framgångsrik inloggning visas värdet Sant i kolumnen <i>Ansluten</i>, och destinationen visas på skärmen <i>Anslutna destinationer</i>.<br>Klicka på <b>Ta bort</b> om du vill ta bort en destination ur listan.<br> <b>Tips!</b> Det går bara att ta bort destinationer som inte är anslutna. Om det behövs klickar du först på <b>Koppla från</b> under <i>Anslutna destinationer</i>.</p><p><b>Obs!</b> Om du väljer <b>Upptäckt</b> en gång till görs en ny sökning efter destinationer, vilket kan ändra startläget för redan anslutna destinationer (till standardläget Manuellt). Gå till skärmen <i>Anslutna destinationer</i> och klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till nya destinationer utan att ändra startlä gen.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "Tidsgränsen för kommandot överskreds" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "Ange användarnamnet." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "Ange lösenordet." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "Ett fel uppstod vid anslutning till iscsid" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "Vill du logga ut från det markerade målet?" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade vid utloggning från det markerade målet." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta någon post." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "Ingen giltig IP-adress" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "Portfältet kan inte vara tomt" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Felaktigt namn på initierare" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -594,152 +523,144 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda namnet?\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Ange IP-adressen." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "Kontrollera IP-adress och värdnamn.\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Ange porten." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Sant" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Falskt" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Målet med detta TargetName är redan anslutet. För att förhindra dataförlust " -"kontrollerar du att Multipathing är aktiverat." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "Målet med detta TargetName är redan anslutet. För att förhindra dataförlust kontrollerar du att Multipathing är aktiverat." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Fortsätt" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Målet är redan anslutet." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av iSCSI-initierare" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om iSCSI-initieraren ska ställas in måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras." +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om iSCSI-initieraren ska ställas in måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera det nu?</p>" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inställningen av iSCSI-initieraren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Läs databasen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Läs de föregående inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Identifiera enheterna" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Läser databasen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Läser de föregående inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Identifierar enheterna..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningen av iSCSI-initieraren" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "Skriv AutoYaST-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "Konfigurera tjänststatus" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "standard (Programvara)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "alla" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -747,18 +668,17 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" "InitiatorName från iBFT och från <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" -"skiljer sig åt. Det gamla initierarnamnet ersätts med värdet av iBFT och " -"en \n" +"skiljer sig åt. Det gamla initierarnamnet ersätts med värdet av iBFT och en \n" "skapad säkerhetskopia. Om du vill använda ett annat initierarnamn \n" "ändrar du det i BIOS.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "Kunde inte ansluta till destinationen.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,255 +14,243 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "Konfiguration av ett iSCSI-mål via LIO" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO-mål" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "&iSCSI LIO-mål" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#. second tab - global authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Globalt" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Mål" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Mål" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identifierare" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Portalgrupp" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "Portnummer" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "Bind alla IP-adresser" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Login Authentication" msgstr "Använd inloggningsautentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "Sökväg" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "Initierare" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN-mappning" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Autentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Ändra LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Ändra autentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopia" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Ingen autentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Inkommande autentisering" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 msgid "Username" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Utgående autentisering" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "När s&ystemet startar" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuellt" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "TPG-status" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Översikt över iSCSI LIO-målet" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-mål</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "Lägg till iSCSI-mål" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify initiators ACLs" msgstr "Ändra initierares ACL:er" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Ändra Lun-konfiguration för iSCSI-mål" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar för iSCSI-målet" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in " -"<b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication " -"for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in " -"next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still " -"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant " -"access to the targets in next page" -msgstr "" -"Om du aktiverar <b>Använd inloggningsautentisering</b>, måste du fylla i " -"<b>Användar-ID</b> och <b>Lösenord</b> för både " -"<b>Autentisering för mål</b> och <b>Autentisering för initierare på de kommande sidorna. Även om du inaktiverar <b>Använd " -"inloggningsautentisering</b>, måste du lägga till namnet på den " -"initierare som du vill bevilja åtkomst till målen på nästa sida" +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in <b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant access to the targets in next page" +msgstr "Om du aktiverar <b>Använd inloggningsautentisering</b>, måste du fylla i <b>Användar-ID</b> och <b>Lösenord</b> för både <b>Autentisering för mål</b> och <b>Autentisering för initierare</b> på de kommande sidorna. Även om du inaktiverar <b>Använd inloggningsautentisering</b>, måste du lägga till namnet på den initierare som du vill bevilja åtkomst till målen på nästa sida" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -270,8 +258,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar iSCSI LIO-målkonfigurationen</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -279,8 +267,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Avbryta initieringen:</big></b><br>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -288,8 +276,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar iSCSI-målkonfigurationen</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -298,11 +286,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryta sparandet:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" @@ -310,8 +297,8 @@ "<p>Om du väljer <b>Spara</b> kan du exportera viss information om\n" "målen till en fil.</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" @@ -319,8 +306,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI-målkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Här kan du konfigurera ett iSCSI-mål.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -332,8 +319,8 @@ "Om målet inte upptäcktes markerar du <b>Annat (inte identifierat)</b>.\n" "Klicka därefter på <b>Konfigurera</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -343,8 +330,8 @@ "Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" "dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -354,8 +341,8 @@ "Visa en översikt över installerade iSCSI-mål. Dessutom\n" "kan du redigera inställningarna för dem.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" @@ -363,8 +350,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Lägga till ett iSCSI-mål</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan konfigurera ett iSCSI-mål genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -374,8 +361,8 @@ "Välj ett iSCSI-mål som du vill ändra eller ta bort.\n" "Klicka sedan på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -385,10 +372,10 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -398,8 +385,8 @@ "Det går inte, du måste koda det först :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -409,344 +396,290 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 -msgid "" -"This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use " -"<b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or " -"you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication " -"by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for " -"initiators and targets!</b>" -msgstr "" -"Den här fliken avser att konfigurera autentisering för " -"identifieringssession. Använd <b>Ingen identifieringsautentisering</b> för " -"att inaktivera identifieringsautentisering. Annars måste du fylla i både " -"<b>Autentisering av mål</b> och <b>Autentisering av initierare</b>. <b>OBS! " -"Användar-ID/lösenord kan inte vara samma för initierare och mål!</b>" +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 +msgid "This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use <b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for initiators and targets!</b>" +msgstr "Den här fliken avser att konfigurera autentisering för identifieringssession. Använd <b>Ingen identifieringsautentisering</b> för att inaktivera identifieringsautentisering. Annars måste du fylla i både <b>Autentisering av mål</b> och <b>Autentisering av initierare</b>. <b>OBS! Användar-ID/lösenord kan inte vara samma för initierare och mål!</b>" -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> för att ge en initierare (iSCSI-klient) tillgång " -"till en LUN importerad från\n" -" målportalgruppen. Ange vilken initierare som tillåts få åtkomst till den " -"(använd <i>initierarnamn</i>\n" -" i /etc/iscsi/initierarnamn.iscsi på iscsi-initierare). <b>Ta bort</b> " -"kommer att ta bort initieraråtkomsten till LUN.</p>" +"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> för att ge en initierare (iSCSI-klient) tillgång till en LUN importerad från\n" +" målportalgruppen. Ange vilken initierare som tillåts få åtkomst till den (använd <i>initierarnamn</i>\n" +" i /etc/iscsi/initierarnamn.iscsi på iscsi-initierare). <b>Ta bort</b> kommer att ta bort initieraråtkomsten till LUN.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's " -"needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by " -"Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. " -"Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two " -"kinds of authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit " -"Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two kinds of authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Redigera LUN</b> kan du ändra LUN-mappningen. Observera att LUN-" -"målnumret måste vara unikt.<br>Efter att du tryckt på <b>Redigera " -"autentisering</b> måste du använda <b>Autentisering av mål</b> och " -"<b>Autentisering av initierare</b> tillsammans. Ange sedan <b>Användar-ID och <b>Lösenord</b>. Se till att de två olika typerna av autentisering " -"har olika användarnamn och lösenord.\n" -" Om du har inaktiverat <b>Använd inloggningsautentisering</b> i föregående " -"dialogruta kan du inaktivera <b>Redigera autentisering</b> här.</p>" +"<p>Med <b>Redigera LUN</b> kan du ändra LUN-mappningen. Observera att LUN-målnumret måste vara unikt.<br>Efter att du tryckt på <b>Redigera autentisering</b> måste du använda <b>Autentisering av mål</b> och <b>Autentisering av initierare</b> tillsammans. Ange sedan <b>Användar-ID </b> och <b>Lösenord</b>. Se till att de två olika typerna av autentisering har olika användarnamn och lösenord.\n" +" Om du har inaktiverat <b>Använd inloggningsautentisering</b> i föregående dialogruta kan du inaktivera <b>Redigera autentisering</b> här.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kopia</b> ger möjlighet att ge en ytterligare initierare åtkomst till " -"LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Kopia</b> ger möjlighet att ge en ytterligare initierare åtkomst till LUN.</p>" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" -"Lista över erbjudna mål och målportalgrupper. Skapa ett nytt mål genom att " -"klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"Om du vill ta bort eller ändra ett objekt markerar du det och trycker på " -"<b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>." +"Lista över erbjudna mål och målportalgrupper. Skapa ett nytt mål genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" +"Om du vill ta bort eller ändra ett objekt markerar du det och trycker på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>." -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Inställningar för LUN och IP/port för iSCSI-mål</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Det går att göra godtyckliga blockenheter eller filer tillgängliga under ett " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"Det går att göra godtyckliga blockenheter eller filer tillgängliga under ett <b>LUN</b>.\n" "Du måste ange <b>sökvägen</b> till antingen blockenheterna eller filen. \n" -"<b>LUN-namnet</b> är ett godtyckligt namn för att unikt identifiera <b>LUN. \n" +"<b>LUN-namnet</b> är ett godtyckligt namn för att unikt identifiera <b>LUN</b>. \n" "Namnet måste vara unikt inom målportalgruppen. Om användaren\n" "inte anger ett namn för LUN genereras det automatiskt." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " -"address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"<p>Under <b>IP-adress</b> och <b>Portnummer</b> anger du på vilken adress " -"och\n" +"<p>Under <b>IP-adress</b> och <b>Portnummer</b> anger du på vilken adress och\n" "port som tjänsten ska vara tillgänglig. Standardporten är 3260.\n" -"Endast de IP-adresser som är kopplade till något av nätverkskorten kan " -"användas." +"Endast de IP-adresser som är kopplade till något av nätverkskorten kan användas." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "Skapa ett nytt mål. Ersätt mallvärdena med de rätta värdena." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "Det går att göra blockenheter filer tillgängliga med ett LUN.\n" "Du måste ange <b>sökvägen</b> till blockenheten eller filen. \n" -"<b>LUN-namnet</b> är ett slumpmässigt namn som är unikt för <b>LUN-numret. \n" +"<b>LUN-namnet</b> är ett slumpmässigt namn som är unikt för <b>LUN-numret</b>. \n" "Namnet måste vara unikt inom målportalgruppen. Om inte\n" "användaren anger ett LUN-namn genereras det automatiskt." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Du kan <b>lägga till</b>, <b>redigera</b> eller <b>ta bort</b> alla " -"ytterligare konfigureringsalternativ." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Du kan <b>lägga till</b>, <b>redigera</b> eller <b>ta bort</b> alla ytterligare konfigureringsalternativ." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"Redigera <b>LUN</b>-numret vit behov och ange <b>Typ</b> (nullio är för " -"teständamål).\n" -"Om Typ=fileio anger du <b>Sökväg</b> till en diskenhet eller fil.<b>SCSI-ID och <b>Sektorer</b> är valfria." +"Redigera <b>LUN</b>-numret vit behov och ange <b>Typ</b> (nullio är för teständamål).\n" +"Om Typ=fileio anger du <b>Sökväg</b> till en diskenhet eller fil.<b>SCSI-ID</b> och <b>Sektorer</b> är valfria." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när autentiseringen ändrades" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Ogiltigt användarnamn" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Ogiltigt lösenord." -#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, -#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 +#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, +#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "Ingen identifieringsautentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "Autentisering av mål" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "UserID" msgstr "Användar-ID" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 msgid "Authentication by Initiators" msgstr "Autentisering av initierare" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "Vald LUN används redan." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Namnet används redan." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "Den valda sökvägen måste antingen vara en blockenhet eller vanlig fil." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Den valda sökvägen används redan." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 msgid "Path:" msgstr "Sökväg:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bläddra" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Välj fil eller enhet" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "Initierar-LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "Mål-LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 msgid "Change:" msgstr "Ändring:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "Mål-LUN %1 används mer än en gång." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Du måste aktivera minst en autentisering." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "Initierarnamn:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importera LUN-nummer från TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "Du måste ange ett initierarnamn." -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "Initierarnamnet finns redan!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Nytt initierarnamn:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort det markerade objektet?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när målet %1 skapades med tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när nätverksportalen angavs till %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när LUN %1 togs bort" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när LUN %1 (namn:%2) angavs till sökvägen %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när autentiseringen angavs för %1:%2 till %3" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Du måste ange ett mål." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Du måste ange en målportalgrupp." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Målet finns redan." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Inkommande" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Utgående" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -760,101 +693,98 @@ "(se /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi på initieraren).\n" "Är du säker på att du vill fortsätta utan initieraråtkomst?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när LUN %4 togs bort för initierar %3 i %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" -"Det uppstod ett problem när LUN-numret %4:%5 lades till för initierare %3 i " -"%1:%2" +msgstr "Det uppstod ett problem när LUN-numret %4:%5 lades till för initierare %3 i %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när initierare %3 togs bort från %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när initierare %3 skapades för %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" -"Det uppstod ett fel när autentiseringen ändrades för initierare %3 i %1:%2" +msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när autentiseringen ändrades för initierare %3 i %1:%2" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av iSCSI LIO-mål" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Det går inte att spara lio-konfigurationen" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Det går inte att spara tcm-konfigurationen" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "Det går inte att fortsätta om inte paketet lio-utils installeras" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "Det gick inte att starta tjänsten %1" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Initierar iSCSI LIO-målkonfigurationen" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Läs databasen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Läs de föregående inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Identifiera enheterna" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Läser databasen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Läser de föregående inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Identifierar enheterna..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -864,37 +794,37 @@ "en giltig konfiguration i /etc/ietd.conf. Vill du importera \n" "inställningarna från /etc/ietd.conf till LIO?" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "Det uppstod fel under importen. Kontrollera LIO-statusen." -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Sparar iSCSI LIO-målkonfigurationen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "Skriv lio-konfiguration" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "Skriver lio-konfiguration..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "Inställning av en isns-tjänst" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI-inställningen sparas..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI-initierare" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "&iSCSI-initierare" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "ISCSI-noder" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Sökningsdomäner" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "När s&ystemet startar" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuell" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI-nodnamn" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Nodtyp" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Sökningsdomännamn" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Skapa sökningsdomän" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Medlemmar i sökningsdomän" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Lägg till befintlig iSCSI-nod" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Skapa iSCSI-nodmedlem" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "isns-tjänst" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>isns-tjänst</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initerar iSNS-daemonkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar iSNS-konfigurationen</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -152,11 +152,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.</p>\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" @@ -164,149 +163,96 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNS-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurera en iSNS-server.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Listan med alla tillgängliga iSCSI-noder som registrerats med iSNS-" -"tjänsten visas.</p> <p>Noderna registreras med iSCSI-initierare och iSCSI-" -"mål.</p> <p> Det går bara att <b>ta bort</b> dem. Om du tar bort en nod tas " -"den bort från iSNS-databasen.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Listan med alla tillgängliga iSCSI-noder som registrerats med iSNS-tjänsten visas.</p> <p>Noderna registreras med iSCSI-initierare och iSCSI-mål.</p> <p> Det går bara att <b>ta bort</b> dem. Om du tar bort en nod tas den bort från iSNS-databasen.</p>" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"En lista över alla sökningsdomäner visas. Du kan <b>Skapa</b> eller <b>Ta " -"bort</b> en sökningsdomän. <p>Om du tar bort en domän tas medlemmarna bort " -"från domänen, men iSCSI-nodmedlemmarna tas inte bort.</p>" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "En lista över alla sökningsdomäner visas. Du kan <b>Skapa</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b> en sökningsdomän. <p>Om du tar bort en domän tas medlemmarna bort från domänen, men iSCSI-nodmedlemmarna tas inte bort.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "" -"En lista över alla iSCSI-noder visas efter sökningsdomän. Om du väljer en " -"annan sökningsdomän uppdateras listan med medlemmar från den " -"sökningsdomänen. Det går att <b>Lägga till</b> en iSCSI-nod i en " -"sökningsdomän eller <b>Ta bort</b> noden. <p>Om du tar bort en nod tas den " -"bort från domänen, men iSCSI-noden raderas inte</p> <p>Genom att skapa en " -"iSCSI-nod kan en ännu oregistrerad nod läggas till som medlem i " -"sökningsdomänen. När initieraren eller målet registrerar noden blir den en " -"del av domänen.</p> <p>När en iSCSI-initierare gör en sökningsbegäran, " -"returnerar iSNS-tjänsten alla iSCSI-modmål som är medlemmar i samma " -"sökningsdomäner.</p> " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "En lista över alla iSCSI-noder visas efter sökningsdomän. Om du väljer en annan sökningsdomän uppdateras listan med medlemmar från den sökningsdomänen. Det går att <b>Lägga till</b> en iSCSI-nod i en sökningsdomän eller <b>Ta bort</b> noden. <p>Om du tar bort en nod tas den bort från domänen, men iSCSI-noden raderas inte</p> <p>Genom att skapa en iSCSI-nod kan en ännu oregistrerad nod läggas till som medlem i sökningsdomänen. När initieraren eller målet registrerar noden blir den en del av domänen.</p> <p>När en iSCSI-initierare gör en sökningsbegäran, returnerar iSNS-tjänsten alla iSCSI-modmål som är medlemmar i samma sökningsdomäner.</p> " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Överst visas en lista över alla sökningsdomänuppsättningar. Sökningsdomäner " -"tillhör sökningsdomänuppsättningar. <p>En sökningsdomän måste vara medlem i " -"en sökningsdomänuppsättning för att vara aktiv. </p><p>I en iSNS-databas " -"innehåller en sökningsdomänuppsättning sökningsdomäner och sökningsdomänerna " -"innehåller iSCSI-nodmedlemmar.</p>" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "Överst visas en lista över alla sökningsdomänuppsättningar. Sökningsdomäner tillhör sökningsdomänuppsättningar. <p>En sökningsdomän måste vara medlem i en sökningsdomänuppsättning för att vara aktiv. </p><p>I en iSNS-databas innehåller en sökningsdomänuppsättning sökningsdomäner och sökningsdomänerna innehåller iSCSI-nodmedlemmar.</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Listan över medlemmar i sökningsdomänuppsättningen uppdateras när en " -"annan sökningsdomänuppsättning väljs.</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Listan över medlemmar i sökningsdomänuppsättningen uppdateras när en annan sökningsdomänuppsättning väljs.</p>" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Skapa ny Discovery-domän" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Lägg till iSCSI-nod i sökningsdomän" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Tillgängliga noder som kan läggas till" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Lägg till nod" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klar" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Mål eller initierare" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Ta bort valt objekt?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort den här domänen?" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "" -"Kan inte ansluta till iSNS-servern. Kontrollera om iSNS-servern är i gåing." +msgstr "Kan inte ansluta till iSNS-servern. Kontrollera om iSNS-servern är i gåing." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "isns-daemonkonfiguration" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill konfigurera isns-tjänsten måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras." -"</p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill konfigurera isns-tjänsten måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera det nu?</p>" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Konfigurationen av isns-demonen initieras" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns-konfigurationen sparas" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,761 +14,728 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "Ställ in Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Anpassa bildskärm" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Startinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "Dumpnivåsiffra 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "Dumpformat för dumpavbildning inget/ELF/komprimerat/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" msgstr "Dumpmål innehåller sökvägen till sparade dumpavbildningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Namngivningsschemat är:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Ange bara " -"\"kärn_sträng\"." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Namngivningsschemat är:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Ange bara \"kärn_sträng\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdump-kommandot är det kommando som ska skickas till kdump-kärnan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Ange den här variabeln om du bara vill _lägga till_ värden efter " -"standardkommandosträngen." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Ange den här variabeln om du bara vill _lägga till_ värden efter standardkommandosträngen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Starta omedelbart om efter att minnet har sparats i kdump-kärnan." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Kopiera kärnan till dumpkatalogen." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Anger hur många dumpar som bevaras. 0 innebär att alla bevaras." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-server för att skicka meddelanden." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-användarnamn för att skicka meddelanden." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"SMTP-server för att skicka meddelanden. Sökväg till fil med lösenord (vanlig " -"textfil)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "SMTP-server för att skicka meddelanden. Sökväg till fil med lösenord (vanlig textfil)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "E-postadress för att skicka meddelanden" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "E-postadress för att skicka kopia av meddelanden" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Aktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inaktivera alternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Visar aktuell alternativstatus" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Mängd allokerat minne i MB" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "Nummer för dumpnivå inkluderar sidor för lagring" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "Dumpformatet kan vara inget, ELF, komprimerat eller lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Dumpdestination inkluderar typ av destination från: fil (lokalt filsystem), " -"ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Dumpdestination inkluderar typ av destination från: fil (lokalt filsystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Namn på server" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Anslutningsport" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Katalog att spara dumpavbildningar i" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Exporterad utdelning" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Sökväg till fil med lösenord (vanlig textfil)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id för raw-partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Namngivningsschemat är: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kärna innebär " -"bara \"kärn_sträng\"." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Namngivningsschemat är: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kärna innebär bara \"kärn_sträng\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Inkludera kommandoradsalternativ." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"Alternativet innebär vilken körnivå kdump-kärnan ska startas på. Endast " -"värden som 1,2,3,5 eller s är tillåtna" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "Alternativet innebär vilken körnivå kdump-kärnan ska startas på. Endast värden som 1,2,3,5 eller s är tillåtna" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Antal dumpar. 0 innebär bevara alla." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "E-postadress" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "Hanterar användning av fast programvaruassisterad dump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Visningsinställningar:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump aktiveras (startalternativet \"crashkernel\" läggs till)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Allokerat minne (MB) för kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump är inaktiverat" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Dumpnivå: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Dumpformat: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Dumpmålsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "mål: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "filkatalog: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "servernamn: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "port: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "användarnamn: anonym anslutning är tillåten" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "användarnamn: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "nätverksresurs: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "TOM" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Egen Kdump-kärna: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump-kommando: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Tillägg till Kdump-kommando: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump startar omedelbart om: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Antal tidigare dumpar: Alla dumpar sparas utan att tidigare dumpar tas bort" +msgstr "Antal tidigare dumpar: Alla dumpar sparas utan att tidigare dumpar tas bort" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Antal tidigare dumpar: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump - SMTP-server: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump - SMTP-användare: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump - SMTP-lösenord: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump - meddelande skickas till: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump - meddelandekopia skickas till: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." msgstr "" -"Kernel-alternativet \"crashkernel\" omfattar intervall och/eller redundanta " -"värden.\n" +"Kernel-alternativet \"crashkernel\" omfattar intervall och/eller redundanta värden.\n" "Det kommer att skrivas om." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Vill du tillämpa ändringarna måste datorn startas om." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Fel alternativ har använts." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpnivån har angetts." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Alternativets värde är felaktigt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dumpformatet har angetts." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Alternativet kan bara inkludera värdet \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" " -"eller \"lzo\"." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Alternativet kan bara inkludera värdet \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" eller \"lzo\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Filen %1 finns inte." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Värdet för \"dir\" saknas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Värdet för \"server\" saknas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Värdet för \"share\" saknas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Värdet för mål är felaktigt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Värdet för alternativet \"no\" är felaktigt." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Fel värde för alternativet server." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Fel värde för alternativet user." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Fel värde för alternativet email." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Fast programvaruassisterad dump: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Inget alternativ har definierats." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Aktivera eller inaktivera Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Aktivera Kd&ump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "Inaktivera K&dump" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Inkludera i dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Sidor fyllda med nollor" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Cach&elagra sidor" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Cachelagra priva&ta sidor" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Sidor med &användardata" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "&Lediga sidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "&Dumpformat" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&Ingen dump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "&ELF-format" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "K&omprimerat format" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "Komprimerat &LZO-format" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Välj mål" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokal katalog" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Anv&ändarnamn" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Meddelande &till" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "&Meddelandekopia" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Egen Kdump-&kärna" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-ko&mmando" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "&Tillägg till Kdump-kommando" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Aktiv&era omedelbar omstart efter att kärnan har sparats" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Aktive&ra Kopiera kärnan till dumpkatalogen" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Aktivera &borttagning av gamla dumpavbildningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Antal tidigare dumpar" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-minne" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump-start" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - Dumpfiltrering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltrering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Lagringsmål för Kdump-avbildning" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dumpmål" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-postadresser för meddelanden" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "E-postavisering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Egen kärna för Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Kommandorad" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dumpinställningar" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar för Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump av &låga minnet [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kd&ump av minne [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Totalt systemminne [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Minne som kan användas [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump av &höga minnet [MiB]" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivera eller inaktivera Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Aktivera eller inaktivera Kdump. Startalternativparametern crashkernel " -"läggs till/tas bort. \n" +" Aktivera eller inaktivera Kdump. Startalternativparametern crashkernel läggs till/tas bort. \n" " En omstart krävs för att tillämpa ndringarna.<br></p>\n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" @@ -776,28 +743,18 @@ "<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>\n" " Minnesallokering för kdump-kärnan. <br></p>\n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Fast programvaruassisterad dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumpar genereras inte innan partitionen ominitieras utan sker när " -"partitionen startas om. När en fast programvaruassisterad dump utförs fryses " -"systemminnet och partitionen startas om, vilket tillåter att en ny " -"instans av operativsystemet dumpar data från den tidigare " -"kärnkraschen. Funktionen är endast lämplig om systemet har mer än 1,5 GB " -"minne.</p>" +" Dumpar genereras inte innan partitionen ominitieras utan sker när partitionen startas om. När en fast programvaruassisterad dump utförs fryses systemminnet och partitionen startas om, vilket tillåter att en ny instans av operativsystemet dumpar data från den tidigare kärnkraschen. Funktionen är endast lämplig om systemet har mer än 1,5 GB minne.</p>" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -809,76 +766,64 @@ " Sidor av angiven typ kopieras till dumpfilen. \n" " Den markerade sidtypen i följande tabell inkluderas. <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -"<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>\n" " <i>Ingen dump</i> - Spara bara kärnloggen.<br>\n" " <i>ELF-format</i> - Skapa dumpfil i ELF-formatet.<br>\n" " <i>Komprimerat format</i> - Komprimera dumpdata per sida med gzip.<br>\n" -" <i>Komprimerat LZO-format</i> - Något större filer men mycket snabbare." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Komprimerat LZO-format</i> - Något större filer men mycket snabbare.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lagringsmål för Kdump-avbildning</b><br>\n" -" Mål för kdump-avbildningar som ska lagras. Välj typ av mål för att spara " -"dumpar.<br></p>" +" Mål för kdump-avbildningar som ska lagras. Välj typ av mål för att spara dumpar.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filesystem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"<i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lokalt filsystem</b> - Spara kdump-avbildningen i det lokala " -"filsystemet.\n" -" <i>Katalog för sparade dumpar</i> - Sökvägen till sparade kdump-" -"avbildningar.\n" -" Ange vilken katalog du vill spara kdump-avbildningar i genom att trycka " -"på <i>Bläddra</i>\n" +"<p><b>Lokalt filsystem</b> - Spara kdump-avbildningen i det lokala filsystemet.\n" +" <i>Katalog för sparade dumpar</i> - Sökvägen till sparade kdump-avbildningar.\n" +" Ange vilken katalog du vill spara kdump-avbildningar i genom att trycka på <i>Bläddra</i>\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." -"<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Spara kdump-avbildning via FTP.\n" " <i>Servernamn</i> - FTP-serverns namn.\n" " <i>Port</i> - Anslutningens portnummer.\n" -" <i>Katalog på server</i> - Sökvägen som kdump-avbildningar ska sparas " -"på.\n" +" <i>Katalog på server</i> - Sökvägen som kdump-avbildningar ska sparas på.\n" " <i>Aktivera anonym FTP</i> möjliggör anonyma anslutningar till servern.\n" -" <i>Användarnamn</i> för ftp-anslutning. <i>Lösenord</i> för ftp-" -"anslutning.<br></p>" +" <i>Användarnamn</i> för ftp-anslutning. <i>Lösenord</i> för ftp-anslutning.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -887,16 +832,15 @@ " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" " <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>SSH</b> – Spara kdump-avbildning via SSH och \"dd\" på " -"destinationsdatorn.\n" +"<p><b>SSH</b> – Spara kdump-avbildning via SSH och \"dd\" på destinationsdatorn.\n" " <i>Servernamn</i> – Namnet på servern.\n" " <i>Port</i> – Portnumret för anslutning.\n" " <i>Katalog på server</i> – Sökvägen där kdump-avbildningar ska sparas.\n" " <i>Användarnamn</i> för SSH-anslutningen. \n" " <i>Lösenord</i> för SSH-anslutningen.<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -912,7 +856,7 @@ " <i>Användarnamn</i> för SFTP-anslutningen. \n" " <i>Lösenord</i> för SFTP-anslutningen.<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -922,8 +866,8 @@ "på hur servern är konfigurerad. Båda fungerar med SLE\n" "som standard.</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -931,11 +875,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Spara kdump-avbildning på NFS.\n" " <i>Servernamn</i> - Namnet på NFS-servern.\n" -" <i>Katalog på server</i> - Sökvägen som kdump-avbildningar ska sparas på." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Katalog på server</i> - Sökvägen som kdump-avbildningar ska sparas på.<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -947,15 +890,12 @@ "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Spara kdump-avbildning via CIFS.\n" " <i>Servernamn</i> - Serverns namn.\n" " <i>Exporterad utdelning</i> - Namnet på fönstrets utdelning.\n" -" <i>Katalog på server</i> - Sökvägen som kdump-avbildningar ska sparas " -"på.\n" -" <i>Använd autentisering</i> möjliggör autentiserade anslutningar till " -"servern.\n" -" <i>Användarnamn</i> för anslutning. <i>Lösenord</i> för anslutning.<br>" +" <i>Katalog på server</i> - Sökvägen som kdump-avbildningar ska sparas på.\n" +" <i>Använd autentisering</i> möjliggör autentiserade anslutningar till servern.\n" +" <i>Användarnamn</i> för anslutning. <i>Lösenord</i> för anslutning.<br></p>" -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" @@ -965,8 +905,8 @@ " Namngivningsschemat är:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" " Ange endast <i>kärn_sträng</i>.<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -974,8 +914,8 @@ "<p><b>Kdump-kommando</b>\n" " Ytterligare argument som skickas till kexec. <br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -983,13 +923,12 @@ " is set. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tillägg till Kdump-kommando</b>\n" -" Ställ in det här alternativet om du vill göra _tillägg_ till värden i " -"standardkommandosträngen. \n" +" Ställ in det här alternativet om du vill göra _tillägg_ till värden i standardkommandosträngen. \n" " Strängen läggs till om <i>Kdump-kommando</i>\n" " är inställt. <br></p>\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" @@ -997,21 +936,19 @@ "<p><b>Aktivera omedelbar omstart efter att kärnan har sparats</b> - \n" " Aktiv&era omedelbar omstart efter att kärnan har sparats i Kdump.<br></p>" -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivera borttagning av gamla dumpavbildningar</b> - \n" " Aktivera borttagning av gamla dumpavbildningar. Om antalet dumpfiler i \n" -" <i>Antal tidigare dumpar</i> överstiger den här siffran, kommer äldre " -"dumpar att tas bort.<br></p>" +" <i>Antal tidigare dumpar</i> överstiger den här siffran, kommer äldre dumpar att tas bort.<br></p>" -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1025,72 +962,54 @@ " katalogen. Standard är av. Det är praktiskt att ha\n" " allt på plats för felsökning.<br></p>\n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SMTP-server</b> som används för att skicka ett e-postmeddelande efter " -"en dump.</p>" +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SMTP-server</b> som används för att skicka ett e-postmeddelande efter en dump.</p>" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Användarnamn</b> för SMTP-autentisering när <i>SMTP-server</i> är\n" -" inställd. Detta är valfritt. Om du inte anger ett användarnamn och " -"lösenord används vanlig SMTP.</p>\n" +" inställd. Detta är valfritt. Om du inte anger ett användarnamn och lösenord används vanlig SMTP.</p>\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lösenord</b> för SMTP-autentisering när <i>SMTP-server</i> är " -"inställd. Detta \n" -"är valfritt. Om du inte anger ett användarnamn och lösenord används vanlig " -"SMTP.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Lösenord</b> för SMTP-autentisering när <i>SMTP-server</i> är inställd. Detta \n" +"är valfritt. Om du inte anger ett användarnamn och lösenord används vanlig SMTP.</p>\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Meddelande till</b> Ange e-postadress som ett meddelande ska skickas " -"till när en dump har sparats.</p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Meddelande till</b> Ange e-postadress som ett meddelande ska skickas till när en dump har sparats.</p>\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Meddelandekopia</b> Ange en lista av blankstegsseparerade e-" -"postadresser som\n" +"<p><b>Meddelandekopia</b> Ange en lista av blankstegsseparerade e-postadresser som\n" " ett meddelande ska skickas till som kopia om en dump har sparats.</p>\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Antal sparade dumpfiler</b> anger hur många dumpfiler som sparas. Om " -"antalet dumpfiler \n" +"<p><b>Antal sparade dumpfiler</b> anger hur många dumpfiler som sparas. Om antalet dumpfiler \n" "överskrider den här siffran tas äldre dumpfiler bort.</p>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1098,8 +1017,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump-inställningarna initieras</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -1107,8 +1026,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1116,8 +1035,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump-inställningar sparas</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1126,11 +1045,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta lagringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt lagringsproceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ny dialogruta visas som indikerar om det är säkert att avbryta eller ej.\n" +"En ny dialogruta visas som indikerar om det är säkert att avbryta eller ej.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1138,8 +1056,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump-inställning</big></b><br>\n" "Ställ in Kdump här.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1151,8 +1069,8 @@ "Om din kdump inte upptäcktes, markerar du <b>Annat (inte identifierat)</b>.\n" "Klicka därefter på <b>Ställ in</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1162,8 +1080,8 @@ "Klickar du på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" " dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1173,8 +1091,8 @@ "Visa en översikt över installerade kdumpar. Dessutom\n" "kan du redigera deras konfigurationer.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1182,8 +1100,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Lägga till en Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Du konfigurerar en kdump genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1193,104 +1111,102 @@ "Välj en kdump som du vill ändra eller ta bort.\n" "Klicka därefter på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "Lokalt filsystem" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "&Katalog för sparade dumpar" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "Bläddra" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "S&ervernamn" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "P&ort" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "Katalog på ser&ver" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Aktivera anon&ym FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH/SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "Exporte&rad utdelning" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "Anv&ändarautentisering" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "Du måste ange Katalog för sparade dumpar" -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "Du måste ange Servernamn" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "Du måste ange Katalog på server" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "Du måste ange Användarnamn" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "Du måste ange Exporterad utdelning" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Ange vilken katalog du vill spara dumpavbildningar i" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"Kernel-alternativet omfattar flera intervall eller redundanta värden. Vill " -"du skriva om det?" +msgstr "Kernel-alternativet omfattar flera intervall eller redundanta värden. Vill du skriva om det?" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Använd &fast programvaruassisterad dump" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1302,18 +1218,18 @@ "Vissa inställningar kommer exempelvis inte att läsas korrekt\n" "och den följande konfigurationen kommer förmodligen att vara oanvändbar.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump stöds inte" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "Sparar kdump-konfiguration..." -#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash -#. @return [Boolean] whether successful -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414 +#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash +#. @return [Boolean] whether successful +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1321,134 +1237,130 @@ "Fel vid uppdatering av initrd när %{cmd} anropades.\n" "Se %{log} för mer information." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initierar Kdump-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Inställningsfilen läses..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kärnans startalternativ läses..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Beräknar minnesbegränsningar..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Diskpartitionerna läses..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Läser in det tillgängliga minnet och kalibrerar användningen..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Det går inte att läsa inställningsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa kärnans startalternativ." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa tillgängligt minne." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-inställningar sparas" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Inställningarna sparas" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Uppdatera startalternativ" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Inställningarna sparas..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Startalternativen uppdateras..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Crashkernel-parametern läggs till i starthanterarfelet." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775 msgid "enabled" msgstr "AKTIVERAD" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775 msgid "disabled" msgstr "INAKTIVERAD" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Värden i crashkernel-alternativet: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dumpformat: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Mål för dumpar: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Antal dumpar: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"Varning! Det kanske inte finns tillräckligt med lagringsutrymme. %{required} " -"krävs, men bara %{available} är tillgängligt." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "Varning! Det kanske inte finns tillräckligt med lagringsutrymme. %{required} krävs, men bara %{available} är tillgängligt." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/ui.rb:88 +#. popup text +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta spara-processen?" -#. help text -#: src/ui.rb:96 +#. help text +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "Skriver LDAP-klientinställningar" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/ui.rb:144 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ "Om du läser in inställningarna från servern\n" "på nytt går alla ändringar förlorade. Vill du läsa in dem på nytt?\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/ui.rb:168 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ "<p>Konfigurera den mall som används för att skapa \n" "nya objekt (t.ex. användare eller grupper).</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/ui.rb:172 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" "Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" @@ -51,68 +51,67 @@ "<p>Redigera mallattributet med <b>Redigera</b>.\n" "Genom att ändra värdet <b>cn</b> ändras namnet på mallen.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/ui.rb:176 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Den andra tabellen innehåller en lista över <b>standardvärden</b> som \n" -"används för nya objekt. Ändra listan genom att lägga till nya värden eller " -"redigera\n" +"används för nya objekt. Ändra listan genom att lägga till nya värden eller redigera\n" "eller ta bort nuvarande.</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Attribut" -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. label (table folows) -#: src/ui.rb:253 +#. label (table folows) +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Förvalda värden för nya objekt" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ui.rb:259 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Attribut för objekt" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ui.rb:261 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Förvalt värde" -#. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/ui.rb:267 +#. button label (with non-default shortcut) +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Lägg till" -#. button label -#: src/ui.rb:269 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. dialog label -#: src/ui.rb:281 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in objektmallar" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/ui.rb:384 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is name +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen ta bort standardattributet \"%1\"?" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -120,13 +119,13 @@ "Attributet \"%1\" är obligatoriskt.\n" "Ange ett värde." -#. helptext 1/4 -#: src/ui.rb:438 +#. helptext 1/4 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hantera konfigurationen som finns lagrad i LDAP-katalogen.</p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/ui.rb:442 +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" @@ -138,41 +137,38 @@ " kan du skapa en med <b>Ny</b>. Du tar bort den aktuella\n" " modulen med <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/ui.rb:449 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" "current module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Redigera attributens värden i tabellen med <b>Redigera</b>.\n" -"Vissa värden har speciell betydelse, genom att exempelvis ändra värdet " -"<b>cn</b> ändras namnet\n" +"Vissa värden har speciell betydelse, genom att exempelvis ändra värdet <b>cn</b> ändras namnet\n" "på den aktuella modulen.</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 -#: src/ui.rb:455 +#. helptext 4/4 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>För att ställa in den förvalda mallen för den aktuella modulen,klicka på " -"<b>Ställ in mall</b>.\n" +"<p>För att ställa in den förvalda mallen för den aktuella modulen,klicka på <b>Ställ in mall</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/ui.rb:535 +#. combobox label +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "Inställnings&modul" -#. button label -#: src/ui.rb:559 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "St&äll in mall" -#. dialog label -#: src/ui.rb:598 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in modul" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,24 +14,22 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "Kontrollera att LDAP-servern körs och kan nås." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "Det gick inte att skapa TLS-kryptering.\n" -"Kontrollera att rätt CA-certifikat är installerat och att servercertifikatet " -"är giltigt." +"Kontrollera att rätt CA-certifikat är installerat och att servercertifikatet är giltigt." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -39,8 +37,8 @@ "Det gick inte att skapa TLS-kryptering.\n" "Kontrollera att servern har StartTLS-stöd aktiverat." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -48,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "Servern kan inte nås eller är inte tillgänglig.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -57,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Värdet för DN saknas eller är ogiltigt.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -66,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "Attributtyp hittades inte.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -75,69 +73,69 @@ "\n" "Objektklass hittades inte.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa en anslutning till LDAP-servern." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "Ett problem uppstod vid anslutning till LDAP-servern." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "Ett problem uppstod när data skulle läsas från LDAP-servern." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "Ett problem uppstod när LDAP-användare skrevs." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "Ett problem uppstod när LDAP-grupper skrevs." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "Ett problem uppstod när data skrevs till LDAP-servern." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "Ett problem uppstod när schemat skulle läsas från LDAP-servern." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "Ett okänt LDAP-fel inträffade." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "Vi&sa detaljer" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "Okänt fel. Kanske finns inte \"yast2-ldap\" tillgänglig." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "Vill du spara den här konfigurationen?" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -149,31 +147,31 @@ "\n" "Vill du försöka ansluta igen utan TLS/SSL?\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "BindDN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "&LDAP-serverlösenord" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "Server: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "&Anonym åtkomst" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -183,18 +181,17 @@ "finns inte i LDAP-katalogen.\n" "Objektet med det valda DN:et kan inte skapas.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"Det finns ett objekt med det valda DN-numret, men det är inte ett " -"mallobjekt.\n" +"Det finns ett objekt med det valda DN-numret, men det är inte ett mallobjekt.\n" "Välj ett annat objekt.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -202,19 +199,19 @@ "Ingen post med DN \"%1\"\n" "finns på LDAP-servern. Skapa den nu?\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Öppna" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange det nya värdet för det aktuella attributet.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -230,44 +227,44 @@ " går det att markera det i LDAP-trädet genom att använda <b>Bläddra</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" -#. or: -#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" msgstr "<p>Beskrivningen av attributet \"%1\":<br></p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Värde för \"%1\"-attribut" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Värden för \"%1\"-attribut" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "L&ägg till värde" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "T&om post" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Bläddra" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -275,28 +272,28 @@ "Värdet \"%1\" finns redan.\n" "Välj ett annat." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "Inställningar för användarhanteringsverktyg" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "Inställningar för grupphanteringsverktyg" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "Objektklass för ny modul" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "&Namn på den nya modulen (\"cn\"-värde)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -304,35 +301,32 @@ "Den angivna värdet finns redan.\n" "Välj ett annat.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "Ange modulnamnet." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Här kan du ställa in värden för attribut som tillhör\n" -"ett objekt med den aktuella mallen. Sådana värden kommer att användas som " -"standard\n" +"ett objekt med den aktuella mallen. Sådana värden kommer att användas som standard\n" "när det nya objektet skapas.</p>\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template.</p> -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -341,34 +335,28 @@ "med värdet för attributet \"attr_name\" (använd exempelvis \"/home/%uid\"\n" "som ett värde för \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "Attribut&namn" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "Attribut&värde" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bläddra i LDAP-trädet till vänster i dialogrutan.</p>" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När LDAP-objektet valts i trädet visas motsvarande objektdata i tabellen. " -"Använd <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra värdet för det valda attributet. " -"Använd <b>Spara</b> om du vill spara ändringarna till LDAP.</p>" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När LDAP-objektet valts i trädet visas motsvarande objektdata i tabellen. Använd <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra värdet för det valda attributet. Använd <b>Spara</b> om du vill spara ändringarna till LDAP.</p>" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -376,49 +364,49 @@ "Det finns osparade ändringar i aktuell post.\n" "Bortse från ändringar?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "LDAP-bläddrare" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "Aktuella LDAP-klientinställningar" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "LDAP-anslutningar" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP-server" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "Administrations-DN" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "L&DAP TLS" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "&Anonym åtkomst" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "Ange den nya LDAP-anslutningens namn" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -426,17 +414,17 @@ "Attributet \"%1\" är obligatoriskt.\n" "Ange ett värde." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "Uppdate&ra" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Attribut" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "Ställ in e-post" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning av e-post-inställningarna" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "Vänta...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.\n" "</P>\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ "Vänta...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -70,13 +70,12 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" @@ -84,8 +83,8 @@ "<p>Välj e-postsystemet (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "som ska installeras.</p>" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,66 +96,58 @@ "kommer inte e-post att skickas direkt, utan först efter start av\n" "<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du väljer <b>Ingen anslutning</b> startas e-postservern.\n" -"Endast lokal e-posttransport är emellertid möjlig. MTA lyssnar på den lokala " -"värden.</p>\n" +"Endast lokal e-posttransport är emellertid möjlig. MTA lyssnar på den lokala värden.</p>\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Här anger du omskrivningen av avsändarens adress för varje användare.\n" +"<p>Här anger du omskrivningen av avsändarens adress för varje användare.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Vissa servrar kräver autentisering för att skicka e-post. Här kan du\n" -"ange information för det här alternativet. Om du inte vill använda " -"autentisering,\n" +"ange information för det här alternativet. Om du inte vill använda autentisering,\n" "lämna fälten tomma.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." -"com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Den utgående e-postservern är generellt avsedd för uppringd förbindelse.\n" "Ange Internetleverantörens SMTP-server, t ex <b>smtp.leverantör.se</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Ange användarnamnet som du har fått från din leverantör i fältet " -"<b>Användarnamn</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Ange användarnamnet som du har fått från din leverantör i fältet <b>Användarnamn</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" @@ -164,8 +155,8 @@ "\n" "<p>Ange ditt lösenord i fältet <b>Lösenord</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -177,8 +168,8 @@ "att det kan finnas fler i din inställningsfil.\n" "De kommer inte att gå förlorade.</p>\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -188,23 +179,21 @@ "<p>Det här är parametrar för nedladdning av e-post från\n" "en POP- eller en Imap-server med <b>Fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Den här tabellen omdirigerar e-post som levereras lokalt.\n" "Omdirigera den till en annan lokal användare (användbart för systemkonton,\n" -"speciellt för <b>root</b>), till en fjärradress eller till en lista över " -"adresser.</p>\n" +"speciellt för <b>root</b>), till en fjärradress eller till en lista över adresser.</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -214,8 +203,8 @@ "<p>Se manualsidan aliases(5)\n" "för en beskrivning av avancerade funktioner.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -227,8 +216,8 @@ "överväger den också domändelen\n" "i adressen.</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -238,9 +227,9 @@ "<p>Det låter dig använda flera \"virtuella domäner\"\n" "på en dator.</p>\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -252,14 +241,14 @@ "Om du fortsätter slås den på och\n" "Config Postfix skriver över manuella ändringar.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -267,130 +256,129 @@ "YaST kan endast konfigurera Postfix och Sendmail,\n" "men ingen av dem är installerad." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "Inställningarna kommer nu att skrivas.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "Överföringsagent för e-post (MTA)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna inställningar" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "Anslutningstyp" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "&Permanent" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "Uppring&d" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "In&gen anslutning" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "Starta inte Postfix som daemon" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Utgående e-post" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "Gör ingen MX-sökning för den utgående postens server." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS-kryptering" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Använd" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Tvinga" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Maskering" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Autentisering" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Inkommande e-post" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Starta &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "manuellt" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "Ne&dladdning" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Alias..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Virtuella domäner..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -400,11 +388,11 @@ "kommer värdet för %1 i %2 att ställas in till\n" "\"%3\"." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -416,213 +404,213 @@ "Det måste också börja med en bokstav eller \"_\".\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Omskrivning av avsändarens adress" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&Lokal användare" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "Visa so&m" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "Adressen för den här användaren är redan definierad." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "Formatet på e-postadressen är felaktigt." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Maskering" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Maskera &lokala domäner" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "&Maskera andra domäner" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&mäner att maskera" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Lokal användare" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Visa som" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Lägg till" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "Domännamnet är felaktigt" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Utgående serverautentisering" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "Utgående &server" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "Anv&ändarnamn" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Nedladdning av e-post" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Användare" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ta &bort" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Omdirigering av inkommande e-post" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Mål" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "Formatet på aliaset är felaktigt." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Målen för detta alias är redan definierade." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Mål" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Virtuella domäner" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Ställ in e-post" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "Utgående e-p&ostserver" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -634,13 +622,13 @@ "Ange Internetleverantörens SMTP-server, t ex\n" "<b>smtp.leverantör.se</b>.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "Do&män för \"From\"-huvudet" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -652,13 +640,13 @@ "från <b>företag.se</b> istället för <b>pc-042.företag.se</b>.\n" "Använd textrutan eller en mer detaljerad dialogruta.</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "&Domäner för lokal leverans" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -670,13 +658,13 @@ "ska levereras lokalt. Om du inte anger någonting,\n" "antas det lokala värddatornamnet.</p>\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "Acceptera &SMTP-fjärranslutningar" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -688,26 +676,24 @@ "eller laddas ner från\n" "en POP- eller Imap-server med <b>Fetchmail</b>.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "Aktiv&era virussökning (AMaViS)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Aktivering av virusavsökning (AMaViS)</b> kontrollerar inkommande och " -"utgående post \n" +"<p>Aktivering av virusavsökning (AMaViS)</b> kontrollerar inkommande och utgående post \n" "med AMaViS.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" @@ -716,12 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Om du aktiverar AMaViS så aktiveras också följande moduler: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> skräppostsökare</p>\n" -"<p><b>DKIM</b> kontrollerar domännyckelsignerade inkommande e-" -"postmeddelanden</p>\n" +"<p><b>DKIM</b> kontrollerar domännyckelsignerade inkommande e-postmeddelanden</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b> virussökare med öppen källkod</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -731,13 +716,13 @@ "<p>Om AMaViS inte är installerat och du vill använda det, kommer det att\n" "installeras automatiskt.</p>\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "&Aktivera DKIM-signering för utgående e-post." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" @@ -745,39 +730,34 @@ "\n" "<p><b>Aktivera DKIM-signering för utgående e-post.</b></p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Det krävs ytterligare åtgärder för att aktivera DKIM för utgående e-post. " -"En SSL-nyckel\n" +"<p>Det krävs ytterligare åtgärder för att aktivera DKIM för utgående e-post. En SSL-nyckel\n" "genereras för värdet mydomain som definieras i Postfix. Den nya tjänsten\n" "submission konfigureras i Postfix. Efter att den ställts in kan du skicka\n" "e-post med tjänsten submission från mynetworks med aktiverad SASL-\n" "autentisering. Endast den e-post som skickas av den nya tjänsten signeras\n" "med domännyckeln.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -786,132 +766,125 @@ "Den allmänna nyckeln sparas som en DNS TXT-post\n" "i <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> och måste distribueras till en\n" "motsvarande DNS-tjänst. Om det finns en namntjänst\n" -"som körs på den här servern, som är auktoritativ server får den domänen, " -"läggs\n" +"som körs på den här servern, som är auktoritativ server får den domänen, läggs\n" "den allmänna nyckeln till som en TXT-post i den domänzonen\n" "automatiskt.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "Om du aktiverar DKIM-funktioner aktiveras även virussökning (AMaViS)." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Server" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "Fjär&ranvändarnamn" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "L&ösenord" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "Vidarebe&fordra roots e-post till" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du rekommenderas att ha ett vanligt användarkonto\n" -"för systemadministratören och vidarebefordra roots e-post till det här " -"kontot.</p>" +"för systemadministratören och vidarebefordra roots e-post till det här kontot.</p>" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "Leveransl&äge" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Leveransläget</b> är vanligtvis <b>Direkt</b> om du inte " -"vidarebefordrar root-e-post eller vill komma åt posten via IMAP.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Leveransläget</b> är vanligtvis <b>Direkt</b> om du inte vidarebefordrar root-e-post eller vill komma åt posten via IMAP.</p>" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "Läser &användarlistan" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "Lokala användare" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "LDAP-användare" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "NIS-användare" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "Värddatornamnet är felaktigt" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "Formatet på användarnamnet är felaktigt." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "Kan inte använda procmail när roots e-post inte är vidarebefordrad." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "Direkt" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "Genom procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "Till IMAP-server" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AMaViS, en virussökare, kommer att installeras.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -921,58 +894,57 @@ "för att utföra själva sökningen, men ClamAV hittades inte.\n" "Ställ in en virussökare manuellt." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Fetchmail, ett verktyg för e-postnedladdning, kommer att installeras.\n" +msgstr "Fetchmail, ett verktyg för e-postnedladdning, kommer att installeras.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP-server installeras.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Initierar e-postinställningar..." -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Avgör postöverföringsagent (MTA)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Läser allmänna inställningar" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Läser maskeradinställningar" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Läser inställningar för nedladdning" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Läser aliastabeller" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Läser autentiseringsinställningar..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -982,161 +954,161 @@ "fast format för att kunna läsas av YaST. För detaljer, se\n" "%2" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Fel uppstod när Fetchmail-inställningarna skulle skrivas." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Fel uppstod när filen %1 skulle skrivas" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Fel vid körning av config.postfix" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Fel uppstod när tjänsten %1 skulle startas." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Sparar allmänna inställningar" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Sparar maskeradinställningar" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Sparar aliastabeller" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Sparar inställningar för nedladdning" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Sparar autentiseringsinställningar..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Slutför skrivning av inställningsfiler" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Kör Config Postfix" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Startar om tjänster" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Sparar e-postinställningar" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Övriga" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanent" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Uppringd" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Anslutningstyp" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Utgående e-postserver" -#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "Från-huvud" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Lokala domäner" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Maskera andra domäner" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Maskera användare" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Acceptera SMTP-fjärranslutningar" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Använd AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Använd DKIM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Virtuella användare" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentisering" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,34 +14,30 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Migration Finished" msgstr "Migrering slutförd" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." msgstr "Systemet startas om så att ändringarna kan träda i kraft." -#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart -#. the system immediately -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 msgid "&Restart Now" msgstr "Sta&rta om nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system " -"as soon as possible.</b>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du väljer <b>Slutför</b> avslutas migreringen, och du bör starta om " -"systemet så snart som möjligt.</b>" +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible.</b>" +msgstr "<p>Om du väljer <b>Slutför</b> avslutas migreringen, och du bör starta om systemet så snart som möjligt.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, -#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 msgid "" "<h2>Congratulations!</h2><br>\n" "<p>You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.<br>\n" @@ -63,8 +59,8 @@ "<p>      \n" "Utvecklingsteamet bakom SUSE</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 msgid "" "There are some online updates available to installation,\n" "it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" @@ -72,15 +68,14 @@ "Would you like to install the updates now?" msgstr "" "Det finns några onlineuppdateringar tillgängliga för installationen.\n" -"Det rekommenderas att du installerar alla uppdateringar innan du " -"fortsätter.\n" +"Det rekommenderas att du installerar alla uppdateringar innan du fortsätter.\n" "\n" "Vill du installera uppdateringarna nu?" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed -#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored -#. from a snapshot or backup -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 msgid "" "The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" "likely in an inconsistent state.\n" @@ -92,56 +87,49 @@ "Migreringen till det nya service pack misslyckades. Systemet är\n" "troligen i ett inkonsekvent tillstånd.\n" "\n" -"Vi rekommenderar starkt att du återställer till ett snapshot som skapats " -"innan\n" +"Vi rekommenderar starkt att du återställer till ett snapshot som skapats innan\n" "migreringen startades (genom att välja snapshot i startmenyn\n" "om du använder snapper) eller återställer systemet från en säkerhetskopia." -#. create a filesystem snapshot -#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) -#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users -#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed -#. only for "post" type snapshots) -#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "Kunde inte skapa en ögonblicksbild av filsystemet." -#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Migreringsöversikt" -#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 msgid "&Migration Summary" msgstr "&Migreringsöversikt" -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal -#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from " -"migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Varning! Lagringsplatsen <b>%{name}</b> är inaktuell och bör undantas från " -"migrering.<br>Vi rekommenderar starkt att lagringsplatsen inaktiveras. (Inaktivera</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)" +msgstr "Varning! Lagringsplatsen <b>%{name}</b> är inaktuell och bör undantas från migrering.<br>Vi rekommenderar starkt att lagringsplatsen inaktiveras. (Inaktivera</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "<p>This is an overview of the product migration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>En översikt över migreringen av produkten.</p>\n" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 msgid "Migration proposal" msgstr "Migreringsförslag" -#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with -#. list of modules -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,190 +14,180 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "Multipath-konfiguration" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Multipath-konfiguration" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "Använd &inte Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "&Använd Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Svartlista" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Item" msgstr "Objekt" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Undantag från svartlista" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Förvalda" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Enheter" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "vendor" msgstr "Tillverkare" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "Multipaths" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 msgid "alias" msgstr "Alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "Konfigurera standardvärden" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "Konfigurera enheter" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "Konfigurera svartlista" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Konfigurera undantag från svartlista" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Ställ in" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Ogiltiga parametrar:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Duplicerad konfiguration." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Visa information" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Ogiltig parameter:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Ogiltiga parametrar:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 msgid "item" msgstr "Objekt" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Dubblerad konfiguration" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "Det går inte att hitta /sbin/multipath" -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Det gick inte att använda multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Det går inte att aktivera multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Det går inte att starta multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Alternativet Använd inte Multipath fungerade inte:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Det går inte att stoppa multipath." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Det går inte att inaktivera multipathd." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -205,8 +195,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar Multipath-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -214,345 +204,271 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar Multipath-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " -"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Multipath-status</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tStarta eller stoppa multipathd och kontrollera multipath-informationen." -"<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tStarta eller stoppa multipathd och kontrollera multipath-informationen.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stoppa/starta Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på <b>Använd Multipath</b> om du vill starta multipathd. Klicka " -"på <b>Använd inte Multipath</b> om du vill stoppa multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tStatusinformationen för Multipath kan fortfarande visas när multipathd " -"har stoppats.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på <b>Använd Multipath</b> om du vill starta multipathd. Klicka på <b>Använd inte Multipath</b> om du vill stoppa multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tStatusinformationen för Multipath kan fortfarande visas när multipathd har stoppats.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Konfigurera Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på fliken <b>Konfigurera</b> om du vill konfigurera multipath." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på fliken <b>Konfigurera</b> om du vill konfigurera multipath.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -"settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." -"<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAllt innehåll i /etc/multipath.conf kan konfigureras här. Det finns " -"fyra avdelningar i konfigurationsfilen:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> lista över de mest finkorniga inställningarna för " -"multipaths.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tAllt innehåll i /etc/multipath.conf kan konfigureras här. Det finns fyra avdelningar i konfigurationsfilen:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> lista över de mest finkorniga inställningarna för multipaths.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Förvalda:</b> standardinställningar för multipath-verktyg.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Konfigurera standardvärden</b> för att " -"konfigurera standardinställningar.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Svartlista:</b> lista över enhetsnamn som ska bortses från som icke-" -"multipathkandidater.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Configure Blacklist</b> för att göra " -"inställningar för svartlistan.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Undantag från svartlista:</b> lista över enhetsnamn som ska " -"undantas från svartlistan.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Konfigurera undantag från svartlista</b> för att " -"göra inställningar för blacklist_exceptions.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Enheter:</b> lista över inställningar per styrenhet för " -"lagringsenhet. Åsidosätter standardinställningarna, åsidosätts av " -"inställningar per multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Konfigurera enheter</b> för att göra " -"inställningar för enheter.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Slutför</b> för att spara och uppdatera " -"konfigurationerna.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Konfigurera standardvärden</b> för att konfigurera standardinställningar.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Svartlista:</b> lista över enhetsnamn som ska bortses från som icke-multipathkandidater.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Configure Blacklist</b> för att göra inställningar för svartlistan.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Undantag från svartlista:</b> lista över enhetsnamn som ska undantas från svartlistan.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Konfigurera undantag från svartlista</b> för att göra inställningar för blacklist_exceptions.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Enheter:</b> lista över inställningar per styrenhet för lagringsenhet. Åsidosätter standardinställningarna, åsidosätts av inställningar per multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Konfigurera enheter</b> för att göra inställningar för enheter.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tKlicka på knappen <b>Slutför</b> för att spara och uppdatera konfigurationerna.<br><br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av standardvärden</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobala standardinställningar kan konfigureras och tas bort här.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tStandardinställningarna här används i alla multipath-konfigurationer " -"om inte en motsvarande lokal inställning skriver över dem.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tOm en standardinställning tas bort här används multipath-värdet som " -"standardinställning.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tStandardinställningarna här används i alla multipath-konfigurationer om inte en motsvarande lokal inställning skriver över dem.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tOm en standardinställning tas bort här används multipath-värdet som standardinställning.<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av svartlista</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tEnhetsnamn som finns här är inte multipath-kandidater och kan tas bort." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tDet finns tre metoder för att identifiera enhetsnamn: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b> och <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Det globala ID:t som identifierar en enhet i en " -"svartlista.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Vanliga uttryck kan användas här för att identifiera " -"enhetsnamn i udev_dir (standard i katalogen /dev). Vanliga enhetsnamn är " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw och loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Används för att identifiera en viss lagringsstyrenhet i " -"svartlistan. Enheterna kan anges med tillverkare och produktnamn.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEnhetsnamn som finns här är inte multipath-kandidater och kan tas bort.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDet finns tre metoder för att identifiera enhetsnamn: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b> och <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Det globala ID:t som identifierar en enhet i en svartlista.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Vanliga uttryck kan användas här för att identifiera enhetsnamn i udev_dir (standard i katalogen /dev). Vanliga enhetsnamn är cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw och loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Används för att identifiera en viss lagringsstyrenhet i svartlistan. Enheterna kan anges med tillverkare och produktnamn.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av undantag från svartlista</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tEnhetsnamn som finns här tas inte med i svartlistan.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tDet finns tre metoder för att identifiera ett enhetsnamn: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b> och <br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Det globala ID:t för att identifiera enheten som är " -"undantagen från svartlistan.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Vanliga uttryck kan användas här för att identifiera " -"enhetsnamn i udev_dir (standard i katalogen /dev). Vanliga enhetsnamn är " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw och loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Används för att identifiera en viss lagringsstyrenhet " -"som är undantagen från svartlistan. En enhet kan anges med tillverkare och " -"produktnamn.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDet finns tre metoder för att identifiera ett enhetsnamn: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b> och <br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Det globala ID:t för att identifiera enheten som är undantagen från svartlistan.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Vanliga uttryck kan användas här för att identifiera enhetsnamn i udev_dir (standard i katalogen /dev). Vanliga enhetsnamn är cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw och loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Används för att identifiera en viss lagringsstyrenhet som är undantagen från svartlistan. En enhet kan anges med tillverkare och produktnamn.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av enheter</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tInställningar per styrenhet för lagringsenhet listas här. De " -"åsidosätter standardinställningarna och åsidosätts av inställningar per " -"multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tVarje enhet identifieras av namn för <b>tillverkare</b> och " -"<b>produkt</b>.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tInställningar per styrenhet för lagringsenhet listas här. De åsidosätter standardinställningarna och åsidosätts av inställningar per multipath.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tVarje enhet identifieras av namn för <b>tillverkare</b> och <b>produkt</b>.<br></p>\n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "måste vara ett decimalt heltal " -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "ogiltigt värde" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "måste vara större än 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "ogiltigt decimalt heltal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "får inte vara tomt" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa avsnittet multipath i multipath-konfigurationen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa avsnittet defaults i multipath-konfigurationen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa avsnittet blacklist i multipath-konfigurationen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att läsa avsnittet blacklist_exceptions i multipath-" -"konfigurationen." +msgstr "Det går inte att läsa avsnittet blacklist_exceptions i multipath-konfigurationen." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa avsnittet devices i multipath-konfigurationen." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Initierar Multipath-konfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "Läs konfigurationer" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "Läs tjänststatus" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Identifiera enheterna" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "Läser konfigurationerna..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "Läser tjänststatus..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Identifierar enheterna..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan inte installera paket som krävs." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Det går inte att identifiera enheterna." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Sparar Multipath-konfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "Starta om multipathd" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "Startar om multipathd..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva inställningarna." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om multipathd." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Ignorera din ändring?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ncurses-pkg.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ncurses-pkg.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ncurses-pkg.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -15,1463 +15,1112 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Paketversioner" -#. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Lista över alla tillgängliga paketversioner:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Paket med status" -#. headline - packages with automatic status change -#. headline of a popup with packages -#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatiska ändringar" -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Förutom dina manuella val har följande" -#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "paket ändrats så att beroenden kan lösas:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Du kan välja att installera i alla fall men du riskerar att få ett skadat " -"system." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Du kan välja att installera i alla fall men du riskerar att få ett skadat system." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&Fortsätt ändå" -#. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Licensavtal för slutanvändare" -#. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filter:" -#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Total hämtningsstorlek: " -#. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjälp" -#. add the Cancel button -#. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Av&bryt" -#. add the OK button -#. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Acceptera" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "K&onfiguration" -#. fill seclection box -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Rekommenderad" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" msgstr "Föreslagen" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 msgid "Orphaned" msgstr "Övergivet" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "Obehövt" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"En lista med användbara paket, som installeras om detta rekommederas av ett " -"nyinstallerat paket." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "En lista med användbara paket, som installeras om detta rekommederas av ett nyinstallerat paket." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Det rekommenderas att du installerar paketen eftersom de passar till redan " -"installerade paket. Användaren fattar beslutet om att installera dem." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Det rekommenderas att du installerar paketen eftersom de passar till redan installerade paket. Användaren fattar beslutet om att installera dem." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Lösaren har upptäckt att de här paketen saknar lagringsplats. Det innebär " -"att uppdateringar inte är möjliga." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Lösaren har upptäckt att de här paketen saknar lagringsplats. Det innebär att uppdateringar inte är möjliga." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Paketen kanske inte behövs eftersom tidigare beroenden inte längre gäller." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Paketen kanske inte behövs eftersom tidigare beroenden inte längre gäller." -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installera" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uppdatera" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Tabu" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 msgid "Protected" msgstr "Skyddad" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" msgstr "Behåll" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "Installera inte" -#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB -#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Översättningar, ordlistor och andra språkrelaterade filer för <b>%s</b>" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgstr "Översättningar, ordlistor och andra språkrelaterade filer för <b>%s</b>" -#. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Mönster" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Språk" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" msgstr "RPM-grupper" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Arkiv" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 msgid "Search" msgstr "Sök" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationssammanfattning" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "Paketklassificering" -#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d package installed" msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" msgstr[0] "%d av %d paket har installerats" msgstr[1] "%d av %d paket har installerats" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database" msgstr "<b>@System</b>: lokal RPM-databas" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>" msgstr "<b>Arkivets URL:</b>" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 msgid "&Ignore Case" msgstr "&Ignorera skiftläge" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 msgid "Search &Mode" msgstr "Sök&läge" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Innehåller" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Börjar med" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exakt träff" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 msgid "Use Wildcards" msgstr "Använd jokertecken" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 msgid "Use RegExp" msgstr "Använd reguljärt uttryck" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Söker..." -#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string -#. entered for package search isn't correct -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "Frågefel:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 #, c-format msgid "%d packages found" msgstr "%d paket hittades" -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "Vä&xla [MELLANSLAG]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&Installera [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 msgid "&Delete [-]" msgstr "&Ta bort [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 msgid "&Update [>]" msgstr "&Uppdatera [>]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 msgid "Ta&boo [!]" msgstr "Ta&bu [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 msgid "&Lock [*]" msgstr "&Lås [*]" -#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgstr "&Alla paket som visas" -#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 msgid "&Install All" msgstr "&Installera alla" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 msgid "&Delete All" msgstr "&Ta bort alla" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 msgid "&Keep All" msgstr "&Spara alla" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" msgstr "U&ppdatera alla ovillkorligt" -#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" msgstr "&Uppdatera om en nyare version finns tillgänglig" -#. YOU mode -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Online Update Actions menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&Växla [BLANKSTEG]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&Installera [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" msgstr "&Installera inte [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "&Lås eller tabu [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" msgstr "Starta &arkivhanteraren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Starta &Inställningar för online-uppdatering" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 msgid "&Action after Package Installation" msgstr "&Åtgärd efter paketinstallation" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 msgid "&Restart Package Manager" msgstr "&Starta om pakethanteraren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 msgid "&Close Package Manager" msgstr "S&täng pakethanteraren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 msgid "&Show Summary" msgstr "&Visa sammanfattning" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "&Automatisk beroendekontroll" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" msgstr "&Kontrollera beroenden" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systemverifieringsläge" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "&Verifiera systemet nu" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installera &rekommenderade paket" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "&Installera rekommenderade paket för redan installerade paket nu" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "Cleanup when &Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Rensa upp när paket &tas bort (tillfällig ändring)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "Allow &Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Tillåt ändring av &leverantör (tillfällig ändring)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "Skapa &testfall för beroenderesursen" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alla paketberoenden är OK." -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "Rekommenderas av redan installerade paket: följande" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "paket valts automatiskt för installation:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "Testfallet för beroenderesursen har skrivits till" -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "För att uppfylla beroenden hos redan installerade paket har följande" -#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Verifieringen av systemberoenden är OK." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 msgid "&Export Package List to File" msgstr "&Exportera paketlista till fil" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 msgid "&Import Package List from File" msgstr "&Importera paketlista från fil" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" msgstr "&Visa tillgängligt diskutrymme" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" msgstr "Exportera en lista med alla paket och mönster till fil" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " msgstr "Det gick inte att exportera en lista med paket och mönster till" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" msgstr "Importera en lista med alla paket och mönster från fil" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " msgstr "Det gick inte att importera en lista med paket och mönster från" -#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short -#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 msgid "&Needed Patches" msgstr "&Programfixar som behövs" -#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "&Installerade programfixar" -#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 msgid "&Recommended" msgstr "&Rekommenderade" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 msgid "&Security" msgstr "&Säkerhet" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 msgid "&Optional" msgstr "&Valfritt" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 msgid "&All Patches" msgstr "&Alla programfixar" -#. end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "S&ök" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 msgid "&General Help" msgstr "&Allmän hjälp" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "&Paketstatus och -symboler" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "&Använda filter" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "&Användbara funktioner i menyn" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "&Status för och installation av programfixar" -#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu -#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tekniska data" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 msgid "&Package Description" msgstr "&Paketbeskrivning" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 msgid "Package &Versions" msgstr "Paket&versioner" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 msgid "&File List" msgstr "&Fillista" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "Beroen&den" -#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and -#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 msgid "&Long Description" msgstr "&Lång beskrivning" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 msgid "&Package List" msgstr "&Paketlista" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versioner" -#. name of the source package -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 msgid "Source Package: " msgstr "Källpaket: " -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>" -msgstr "" -"<i>Den här informationen är bara tillgänglig för installerade paket.</i>" +msgstr "<i>Den här informationen är bara tillgänglig för installerade paket.</i>" -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References:<br>" msgstr "Referenser:<br>" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "Sök efter programfixar" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "Programfixens namn" -#. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 msgid "&Problems" msgstr "&Problem" -#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgstr "Möjliga lö&sningar" -#. hint for the user: more information below -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 msgid " see below" msgstr " se nedan" -#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information -#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 msgid "No further solution details available" msgstr "Ingen mer lösningsinformation är tillgänglig" -#. a help line for the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " msgstr " [+] Välj [-] Ta bort [>] Uppdatera " -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "Fel: Det finns inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme." -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Varning: Diskutrymmet är på väg att ta slut!" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 msgid "Name of the Package" msgstr "Paketets namn" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Nyckelord" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 msgid "Description (time-consuming)" msgstr "Beskrivning (ti&dskrävande)" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 msgid "Provides" msgstr "Tillhandahåller" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 msgid "Required by" msgstr "Krävs av" -#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Visa" -#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 msgid "&Extras" msgstr "&Extra" -#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#. All installed Packages -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Installerade paket" -#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket:" -#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 msgid "A&ctions" msgstr "&Åtgärder" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 msgid "General Help" msgstr "Allmän hjälp" -#. part1 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " -"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Välkommen till paketväljaren</b></p><p>Med det här verktyget kan du " -"hantera programvaran på systemet. Du kan installera, uppdatera eller ta bort " -"såväl enskilda paket som mönster (paketuppsättningar för specifika ändamål) " -"eller språk. Vanligtvis behöver du inte bekymra dig om paketberoenden när du " -"installerar eller tar bort något, utan lösaren sköter det åt dig. " -"Paketväljaren består av tre huvuddelar: <b>filter</b>, <b>pakettabellen</b> " -"och <b>menyn</b>.</p>" +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Välkommen till paketväljaren</b></p><p>Med det här verktyget kan du hantera programvaran på systemet. Du kan installera, uppdatera eller ta bort såväl enskilda paket som mönster (paketuppsättningar för specifika ändamål) eller språk. Vanligtvis behöver du inte bekymra dig om paketberoenden när du installerar eller tar bort något, utan lösaren sköter det åt dig. Paketväljaren består av tre huvuddelar: <b>filter</b>, <b>pakettabellen</b> och <b>menyn</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> i den vänstra panelen är utformat för att det ska gå lätt " -"att orientera sig i stora mängder paket. Använd filter för att bara visa " -"paket från en viss lagringsplats eller i ett valt mönster (t.ex. Spel eller " -"C/C++-utveckling) eller för att söka efter särskilda nyckelord. Mer " -"information om filter finns i <i>Använda filter</i>.</p>" +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Filter</b> i den vänstra panelen är utformat för att det ska gå lätt att orientera sig i stora mängder paket. Använd filter för att bara visa paket från en viss lagringsplats eller i ett valt mönster (t.ex. Spel eller C/C++-utveckling) eller för att söka efter särskilda nyckelord. Mer information om filter finns i <i>Använda filter</i>.</p>" -#. additional help text for post installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Pakettabellen</b> är huvudkomponenten i paketväljaren. Du ser en lista " -"över paket som motsvarar det aktuella filtret (t.ex. den valda RPM-gruppen " -"eller sökresultatet). Varje rad i pakettabellen har flera kolumner:</p>" +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Pakettabellen</b> är huvudkomponenten i paketväljaren. Du ser en lista över paket som motsvarar det aktuella filtret (t.ex. den valda RPM-gruppen eller sökresultatet). Varje rad i pakettabellen har flera kolumner:</p>" -#. part2 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " -"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Paketstatus (se <i>Paketstatus och -symboler</i> för mer information)" -"</li> <li>Paketnamn</li><li>Paketsammanfattning</li><li>Tillgänglig version " -"(i vissa konfigurerade arkiv)</li> <li>Installerad version (tom för paket " -"som inte installerats än)</li> <li>Paketstorlek</li></ol>" +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Paketstatus (se <i>Paketstatus och -symboler</i> för mer information)</li> <li>Paketnamn</li><li>Paketsammanfattning</li><li>Tillgänglig version (i vissa konfigurerade arkiv)</li> <li>Installerad version (tom för paket som inte installerats än)</li> <li>Paketstorlek</li></ol>" -#. part3 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " -"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I menyn <b>Åtgärder</b> under tabellen kan du ändra status för ett " -"markerat paket (eller alla paket i listan), t.ex. för att ta bort ett paket " -"eller välja ett extra paket för installation. Statusen kan också ändras " -"direkt genom att du trycker på knappen som anges i menyvalet (se " -"<i>Paketstatus och -symboler</i> för detaljerad information om paketstatus)." -"</p>" +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "<p>I menyn <b>Åtgärder</b> under tabellen kan du ändra status för ett markerat paket (eller alla paket i listan), t.ex. för att ta bort ett paket eller välja ett extra paket för installation. Statusen kan också ändras direkt genom att du trycker på knappen som anges i menyvalet (se <i>Paketstatus och -symboler</i> för detaljerad information om paketstatus).</p>" -#. part4 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " -"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Menyn</b> innehåller funktioner för att hantera paketberoenden. Visa " -"relevant information om paket eller utför åtgärder som att öppna " -"arkivredigeraren. Mer information finns i <i>Användbara funktioner i menyn.</p>" +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Menyn</b> innehåller funktioner för att hantera paketberoenden. Visa relevant information om paket eller utför åtgärder som att öppna arkivredigeraren. Mer information finns i <i>Användbara funktioner i menyn</i>.</p>" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 msgid "Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "Paketstatus och -symboler" -#. part 1 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Paketstatusen kan ändras med menyn <i>Åtgärder</i> eller de tangenter som " -"anges i menyvalen. Använd t.ex. + om du vill installera ett extra paket.<p>Statusen Tabu betyder att paketet aldrig bör installeras. Statusen Låst " -"betyder att den installerade versionen av ett paket alltid ska behållas.</p>" +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Paketstatusen kan ändras med menyn <i>Åtgärder</i> eller de tangenter som anges i menyvalen. Använd t.ex. + om du vill installera ett extra paket.</p><p>Statusen Tabu betyder att paketet aldrig bör installeras. Statusen Låst betyder att den installerade versionen av ett paket alltid ska behållas.</p>" -#. part 2 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " -"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan också växla paketstatus med <b>RETUR</b> eller <b>BLANKSTEG</b>. " -"Med menyn <i>Åtgärder</i> kan du också ändra status för alla paket i listan " -"(välj Alla paket som visas).</p>" +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan också växla paketstatus med <b>RETUR</b> eller <b>BLANKSTEG</b>. Med menyn <i>Åtgärder</i> kan du också ändra status för alla paket i listan (välj Alla paket som visas).</p>" -#. part 3 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>" msgstr "<p>Vad statusflaggorna betyder:</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " -"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated<p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " -"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" -"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b> + </b>: paketet installeras</p><p><b>a+ </b>: paketet installeras " -"automatiskt</p><p><b> > </b>: paketet uppdateras</p><p><b>a> </b>: paketet " -"uppdateras automatiskt</p><p><b> i </b>: paketet är installerat</p><p><b> - " -"</b>: paketet tas bort</p><p><b>---</b>: det här paketet installeras aldrig " -"(tabu)</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: paketet installeras</p><p><b>a+ </b>: paketet installeras automatiskt</p><p><b> > </b>: paketet uppdateras</p><p><b>a> </b>: paketet uppdateras automatiskt</p><p><b> i </b>: paketet är installerat</p><p><b> - </b>: paketet tas bort</p><p><b>---</b>: det här paketet installeras aldrig (tabu)</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: behålla den installerade versionen och uppdatera eller radera " -"den aldrig (paketet är låst)</p><p>Statusinformation för mönster och språk:<p><b> i </b>: Alla krav för det här mönstret/språket är uppfyllda</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: behålla den installerade versionen och uppdatera eller radera den aldrig (paketet är låst)</p><p>Statusinformation för mönster och språk:</p><p><b> i </b>: Alla krav för det här mönstret/språket är uppfyllda</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 msgid "How to Use Filters" msgstr "Använda filter" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Filter</b> kan du filtrera alla tillgängliga paket enligt valda " -"villkor. Paketfilter baseras på paketens egenskaper (arkiv, RPM-grupp), " -"\"behållare\" för paket (mönster, språk), paketklassificering eller " -"sökresultat. Välj det önskade filtret från rullgardinsmenyn. Specifika " -"filter beskrivs nedan.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Filter</b> kan du filtrera alla tillgängliga paket enligt valda villkor. Paketfilter baseras på paketens egenskaper (arkiv, RPM-grupp), \"behållare\" för paket (mönster, språk), paketklassificering eller sökresultat. Välj det önskade filtret från rullgardinsmenyn. Specifika filter beskrivs nedan.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Mönster</b> beskriver de funktioner ett system bör ha (t.ex. X-server " -"eller konsolverktyg). Varje mönster innehåller en uppsättning paket det " -"kräver (måste ha), rekommenderar (bör ha) och föreslår (kan ha). Om du " -"väljer ett mönster för installation, uppdatering eller borttagning körs " -"lösaren och ändrar status för underordnade paket efter vad som behövs.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Mönster</b> beskriver de funktioner ett system bör ha (t.ex. X-server eller konsolverktyg). Varje mönster innehåller en uppsättning paket det kräver (måste ha), rekommenderar (bör ha) och föreslår (kan ha). Om du väljer ett mönster för installation, uppdatering eller borttagning körs lösaren och ändrar status för underordnade paket efter vad som behövs.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Språk</b> är paketbehållare som liknar mönster. De innehåller paket " -"med översättningar, ordlistor och andra språkspecifika filer för ett valt " -"språk. <b>RPM-grupper</b> är inte paketbehållare som kan installeras. I " -"stället är medlemskap i en viss RPM-grupp en egenskap hos själva paketet. De " -"har en hierarkisk struktur (trädstruktur). Filtret <b>Arkiv</b> visar vilka " -"paket som är tillgängliga från ett visst arkiv. </p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Språk</b> är paketbehållare som liknar mönster. De innehåller paket med översättningar, ordlistor och andra språkspecifika filer för ett valt språk. <b>RPM-grupper</b> är inte paketbehållare som kan installeras. I stället är medlemskap i en viss RPM-grupp en egenskap hos själva paketet. De har en hierarkisk struktur (trädstruktur). Filtret <b>Arkiv</b> visar vilka paket som är tillgängliga från ett visst arkiv. </p>" -#. help text package search -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill använda filtret <b>Sök</b> anger du ett nyckelord (eller en " -"del av ett) för paketsökningen. Sök t.ex. efter alla 3D-paket med uttrycker " -"\"3d\". Du kan också söka i paketbeskrivningar, RPM-tillhandahållanden eller " -"krav. Markera lämplig kryssruta och klicka på knappen Sök.</p>" +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda filtret <b>Sök</b> anger du ett nyckelord (eller en del av ett) för paketsökningen. Sök t.ex. efter alla 3D-paket med uttrycker \"3d\". Du kan också söka i paketbeskrivningar, RPM-tillhandahållanden eller krav. Markera lämplig kryssruta och klicka på knappen Sök.</p>" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " -"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I <b>Installationssammanfattning</b> visas en översikt över paket vars " -"status har ändrats under sessionen (t.ex. markerats för installation eller " -"borttagning), antingen av användaren eller automatiskt av lösaren. Filtret " -"<b>Paketklassificering</b> ger information om <i>Rekommenderade</i>, " -"<i>Föreslagna</i>, <i>Övergivna</i> och <i>Obehövda</i> paket.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I <b>Installationssammanfattning</b> visas en översikt över paket vars status har ändrats under sessionen (t.ex. markerats för installation eller borttagning), antingen av användaren eller automatiskt av lösaren. Filtret <b>Paketklassificering</b> ger information om <i>Rekommenderade</i>, <i>Föreslagna</i>, <i>Övergivna</i> och <i>Obehövda</i> paket.</p>" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "Användbara funktioner i menyn" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Beroenden:</b><br> Den här menyn innehåller olika åtgärder som rör " -"hanteringen av paketberoenden. Som standard kontrolleras paketberoenden med " -"varje statusändring. Du informeras om paketkonflikter i en dialogruta som " -"föreslår möjliga konfliktlösningar. Lös konfliken genom att välja en av de " -"erbjudna lösningarona och klicka på OK - Försök igen.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Beroenden:</b><br> Den här menyn innehåller olika åtgärder som rör hanteringen av paketberoenden. Som standard kontrolleras paketberoenden med varje statusändring. Du informeras om paketkonflikter i en dialogruta som föreslår möjliga konfliktlösningar. Lös konfliken genom att välja en av de erbjudna lösningarona och klicka på OK - Försök igen.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill inaktivera beroendekontroll vid varje statusändring slår du AV " -"<i>Automatisk beroendekontroll</i>. Du kan kontrollera beroenden manuellt " -"genom att välja <i>Kontrollera beroenden</i>. Posten <i>Verifiera systemet kontrollerar beroendena för redan installerade paket och löser konflikter " -"utan interaktivitet, och makerar saknade paket för automatisk installation " -"vid behov. För felsökningsändamål använder du <i>Skapa testfall för " -"beroenderesursen</i>. Data om paketberoenden dumpas till katalogen <tt>/var/" -"log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Det är oftast vad du behöver när du blir " -"tillfrågad om ett lösartestfall i Bugzilla.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill inaktivera beroendekontroll vid varje statusändring slår du AV <i>Automatisk beroendekontroll</i>. Du kan kontrollera beroenden manuellt genom att välja <i>Kontrollera beroenden</i>. Posten <i>Verifiera systemet</i> kontrollerar beroendena för redan installerade paket och löser konflikter utan interaktivitet, och makerar saknade paket för automatisk installation vid behov. För felsökningsändamål använder du <i>Skapa testfall för beroenderesursen</i>. Data om paketberoenden dumpas till katalogen <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Det är oftast vad du behöver när du blir tillfrågad om ett lösartestfall i Bugzilla.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " -"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " -"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Följande alternativ finns för kontroll av beroenden:<br><i>Automatisk " -"beroendekontroll</i> (se ovan), <i>Installera rekommenderade paket</i>: " -"innebär att svaga beroenden respekteras, <i>Systemverifieringsläge</i>: " -"reparera beroenden mellan installerade paket och lös omedelbart. Obs! Efter " -"en systemkontroll som gjorts med <i>Verifiera systemet nu</i>, är " -"alternativet <i>Systemverifieringsläge</i> valt (avmarkera vid behov). De " -"här alternativen sparas i konfigurationsfilen för YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"yast2</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Följande alternativ finns för kontroll av beroenden:<br><i>Automatisk beroendekontroll</i> (se ovan), <i>Installera rekommenderade paket</i>: innebär att svaga beroenden respekteras, <i>Systemverifieringsläge</i>: reparera beroenden mellan installerade paket och lös omedelbart. Obs! Efter en systemkontroll som gjorts med <i>Verifiera systemet nu</i>, är alternativet <i>Systemverifieringsläge</i> valt (avmarkera vid behov). De här alternativen sparas i konfigurationsfilen för YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " -"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Avancerade alternativ:<br> <i>Rensa upp när paket tas bort</i>: ta bort " -"beroende oanvända paket. <i>Tillåt ändrad leverantör</i>: paketleverantören " -"kan skilja sig från leverantören för det installerade paketet. De här " -"alternativen sparas inte och kan bara ställas in i konfigurationsfilen för " -"paketbiblioteket <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Avancerade alternativ:<br> <i>Rensa upp när paket tas bort</i>: ta bort beroende oanvända paket. <i>Tillåt ändrad leverantör</i>: paketleverantören kan skilja sig från leverantören för det installerade paketet. De här alternativen sparas inte och kan bara ställas in i konfigurationsfilen för paketbiblioteket <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Visa:</b><br>Välj vilken information om det markerade paketet som ska " -"visas i fönstret under pakettabellen. Tillgängliga alternativ är: " -"paketbeskrivning, tekniska data (version, storlek, licens o.s.v.), " -"paketversioner (alla tillgängliga), fillista (alla filer som ingår i " -"paketet) och beroenden (tillhandahåller, kräver o.s.v.).</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Visa:</b><br>Välj vilken information om det markerade paketet som ska visas i fönstret under pakettabellen. Tillgängliga alternativ är: paketbeskrivning, tekniska data (version, storlek, licens o.s.v.), paketversioner (alla tillgängliga), fillista (alla filer som ingår i paketet) och beroenden (tillhandahåller, kräver o.s.v.).</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " -"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " -"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " -"Installation</b> menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Konfiguration:</b><br>Den här menyn integrerar paketväljaren med " -"övriga pakethanteringsverktyg. Härifrån kan du <b>Starta arkivhanteraren</b> " -"och redigera konfigurerade arkiv eller registrera dig för att uppdatera " -"arkiv och ställa in periodiska hämdningar av tillgängliga uppdateringar " -"(<b>Starta Inställningar för online-uppdatering</b>). Du kan också välja ett " -"av tre möjliga beteenden för pakethanteraren vid avslutning i menyn " -"<b>Åtgärd efter paketinstallation</b>.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Konfiguration:</b><br>Den här menyn integrerar paketväljaren med övriga pakethanteringsverktyg. Härifrån kan du <b>Starta arkivhanteraren</b> och redigera konfigurerade arkiv eller registrera dig för att uppdatera arkiv och ställa in periodiska hämdningar av tillgängliga uppdateringar (<b>Starta Inställningar för online-uppdatering</b>). Du kan också välja ett av tre möjliga beteenden för pakethanteraren vid avslutning i menyn <b>Åtgärd efter paketinstallation</b>.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " -"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " -"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Extra:</b><br>Här finns diverse funktioner. <i>Exportera paketlista " -"till fil</i> dumpar data om installerade paket, mönster och språk till en " -"specificerad XML-fil. Filen kan sedan läsas av alternativet <i>Importera " -"paketlista från fil</i>, t.ex. på en annan dator. Paketuppsättningen på " -"måldatorn försätts i samma skick som beskrivs i XML-filen. <i>Visa " -"tillgängligt diskutrymme</i> visar en popuptabell med diskanvändning och " -"ledigt diskutrymme på den partition som är monterad för närvarande.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Extra:</b><br>Här finns diverse funktioner. <i>Exportera paketlista till fil</i> dumpar data om installerade paket, mönster och språk till en specificerad XML-fil. Filen kan sedan läsas av alternativet <i>Importera paketlista från fil</i>, t.ex. på en annan dator. Paketuppsättningen på måldatorn försätts i samma skick som beskrivs i XML-filen. <i>Visa tillgängligt diskutrymme</i> visar en popuptabell med diskanvändning och ledigt diskutrymme på den partition som är monterad för närvarande.</p>" -#. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Sök i " -#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) -#. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Sökfras" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Kod" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Språk" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "Webbadress" -#. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Arkiv" -#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Tillg. vers." -#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Inst. vers." -#. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Storlek" -#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" -#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Typ" -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Löser..." -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Sparar..." -#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Läser in..." -#. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Översikt av diskutrymme" -#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" -#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Använt" -#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Ledigt" -#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" msgstr "<i>Slut på diskutrymme.</i>" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" msgstr "<b>Diskutrymmet håller på att ta slut.</b>" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "behöver" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "mer diskutrymme." -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "<b>Version: </b>" msgstr "<b>Version: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "<b>Size: </b>" msgstr "<b>Storlek: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" msgstr "<b>Installerad: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" msgstr "<b>Upphovsmän: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "<b>License: </b>" msgstr "<b>Licens: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" msgstr "<b>Media nr.: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" msgstr "<b>Paketgrupp: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" msgstr "<b>Tillhandahåller: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Kräver: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" msgstr "<b>Förutsätter: </b>" -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" msgstr "<b>I konflikt med: </b>" -#. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" msgstr "<i>Lista över installerade filer:</i><br>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "Översättningar, ordlistor och andra språkrelaterade filer för " -#. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Status för och installation av programfixar" -#. help text online udpate -#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " -"the feature.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Allmän information om programfixar:</p><p>Programfixarna av typen " -"<b>säkerhet</b> löser säkerhetsproblem och vi rekommenderar starkt att du " -"installerar dem. Du bör också installera <b>rekommenderade</b> programfixar " -"eftersom de oftast innehåller viktiga buggfixar. Installera programfixar av " -"typen <b>funktion</b> om du är intresserad av funktionen.</p>" +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Allmän information om programfixar:</p><p>Programfixarna av typen <b>säkerhet</b> löser säkerhetsproblem och vi rekommenderar starkt att du installerar dem. Du bör också installera <b>rekommenderade</b> programfixar eftersom de oftast innehåller viktiga buggfixar. Installera programfixar av typen <b>funktion</b> om du är intresserad av funktionen.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Programfixar för libzypp (paket, programfixar, mönster och " -"produkthantering) installeras alltid först. Andra programfixar måste " -"installeras vid en andra körning.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Programfixar för libzypp (paket, programfixar, mönster och produkthantering) installeras alltid först. Andra programfixar måste installeras vid en andra körning.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " -"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " -"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Statusflaggornas betydelse:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Programfixar för din " -"installation är förvalda. De kommer att hämtas och installeras i systemet. " -"Om du inte vill ha en viss programfix väljer du bort den med -.</p><p><b> i " -"</b>: Alla villkor för denna programfix är uppfyllda.</p><p><b> + </b>: Du " -"har valt denna programfix för installation.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Statusflaggornas betydelse:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Programfixar för din installation är förvalda. De kommer att hämtas och installeras i systemet. Om du inte vill ha en viss programfix väljer du bort den med -.</p><p><b> i </b>: Alla villkor för denna programfix är uppfyllda.</p><p><b> + </b>: Du har valt denna programfix för installation.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Mer information om statusen:<br>Om det finns flera programfixar för ett " -"paket (eller en uppsättning paket) som ännu inte har tillämpats på systemet " -"har alla blivit förvalda och har statusen <b>a+</b>. Om en av dessa " -"programfixar avmarkeras med - kan den visa statusen <b>i</b> efteråt. Detta " -"beror på att andra programfixar för samma paket fortfarande är markerade. " -"Den eller de nyare versionerna av paketet eller paketen kommer att " -"installeras och därmed är denna programfix slutförd. Alla programfixar måste " -"avmarkeras om programfixarna inte önskas.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Mer information om statusen:<br>Om det finns flera programfixar för ett paket (eller en uppsättning paket) som ännu inte har tillämpats på systemet har alla blivit förvalda och har statusen <b>a+</b>. Om en av dessa programfixar avmarkeras med - kan den visa statusen <b>i</b> efteråt. Detta beror på att andra programfixar för samma paket fortfarande är markerade. Den eller de nyare versionerna av paketet eller paketen kommer att installeras och därmed är denna programfix slutförd. Alla programfixar måste avmarkeras om programfixarna inte önskas.</p>" -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " -"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Menyerna:</p><p>På menyn <b>Filter</b> kan du filtrera programfixarna, " -"och till exempel visa installerade programfixar eller säkerhetsprogramfixar. " -"Du kan också söka efter programfixar.<br>Använd menyn <b>Åtgärder</b> för " -"att ändra status för en programfix.<br>På menyn <b>Visa</b> kan du se vilka " -"paket som berörs av programfixen. Observera följande: Om filtret är Alla " -"programfixar kan paketlistan för vissa programfixar vara tom. Detta betyder " -"att inga paket berörs eftersom inga av programfixpaketen är installerade på " -"systemet.<br>På menyn <b>Beroenden</b> finns alternativ för kontroll av " -"beroenden samt posten Generera testfall för resurs.</p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Menyerna:</p><p>På menyn <b>Filter</b> kan du filtrera programfixarna, och till exempel visa installerade programfixar eller säkerhetsprogramfixar. Du kan också söka efter programfixar.<br>Använd menyn <b>Åtgärder</b> för att ändra status för en programfix.<br>På menyn <b>Visa</b> kan du se vilka paket som berörs av programfixen. Observera följande: Om filtret är Alla programfixar kan paketlistan för vissa programfixar vara tom. Detta betyder att inga paket berörs eftersom inga av programfixpaketen är installerade på systemet.<br>På menyn <b>Beroenden</b> finns alternativ för kontroll av beroenden samt posten Generera testfall för resurs.</p>" -#. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fel" -#. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Underrättelse" -#. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "F&ortsätt" -#. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" -#. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nej" -#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user -#. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK - Försök igen" -#. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -"<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alla ändringar i urvalet av paket, programfixar eller mönster går " -"förlorade.<br>Vill du avsluta?</p>" +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Alla ändringar i urvalet av paket, programfixar eller mönster går förlorade.<br>Vill du avsluta?</p>" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Tillgängliga språk" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Tillgängliga arkiv" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) -#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); -#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Programfixar som behövs" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Installerade programfixar" -#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Online-uppdateringsprogramfixar" -#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Uppdateringsproblem - se hjälpen" -#. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Sökresultat" -#. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Paketberoenden" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"<b>Lista över uppdateringsproblem</b><br><p>Det går inte att uppdatera " -"paketen i listan automatiskt.</p><p>Möjliga orsaker:</p><p> De blir " -"inaktuella av andra paket.</p><p>Det finns ingen nyare version att uppdatera " -"till på något installationsmedia.</p><p>De är tredjepartspaket</p><p> Välj " -"manuellt vad som ska göras med dem. Det säkraste är att ta bort dem.</p>" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Lista över uppdateringsproblem</b><br><p>Det går inte att uppdatera paketen i listan automatiskt.</p><p>Möjliga orsaker:</p><p> De blir inaktuella av andra paket.</p><p>Det finns ingen nyare version att uppdatera till på något installationsmedia.</p><p>De är tredjepartspaket</p><p> Välj manuellt vad som ska göras med dem. Det säkraste är att ta bort dem.</p>" -#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "Källa" -#. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Uppdatera lista" -#. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" msgstr "<b>Programfix: </b>" -#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Det finns inga tillgängliga programfixar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "Skript" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Inkompatibla paketversioner" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du försöker installera paket både med och utan kapacitet att hantera " -"flera versioner samtidigt.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du försöker installera paket både med och utan kapacitet att hantera flera versioner samtidigt.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här versionen klarar att hantera flera versioner.</p><p>Tryck på " -"\"Fortsätt\" om du vill installera den här versionen och avmarkera den " -"version som inte klarar att hantera flera versioner, eller tryck på \"Avbryt" -"\" om du vill avmarkera den versionen och behålla den andra.</p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här versionen klarar att hantera flera versioner.</p><p>Tryck på \"Fortsätt\" om du vill installera den här versionen och avmarkera den version som inte klarar att hantera flera versioner, eller tryck på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera den versionen och behålla den andra.</p>" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Den här versionen klarar inte att hantera flera versioner.</p><p>Tryck på " -"\"Fortsätt\" om du bara vill installera den här versionen och avmarkera alla " -"andra versioner, eller tryck på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera denna " -"version och behålla de övriga.<p>" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Den här versionen klarar inte att hantera flera versioner.</p><p>Tryck på \"Fortsätt\" om du bara vill installera den här versionen och avmarkera alla andra versioner, eller tryck på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera denna version och behålla de övriga.<p>" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,148 +14,139 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 msgid "DNS Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in DNS" -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 -#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Visa sammanfattning av inställningarna" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 msgid "Edit current settings" msgstr "Redigera aktuella inställningar" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 msgid "Used machine hostname" msgstr "Värdnamn på den dator som används" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 msgid "IP address of first nameserver." msgstr "Den första namnserverns IP-adress." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 msgid "IP address of second nameserver." msgstr "Den andra namnserverns IP-adress." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 msgid "IP address of third nameserver." msgstr "Den tredje namnserverns IP-a-dress." -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Sammanfattning av DNS-inställningarna:" -#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected -#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected -#. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 +#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected +#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected +#. fail message: a string is expected +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "Ogiltigt datornamn. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Ogiltig IP-adress. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "Det går inte att ange " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". Nätverket hanteras av Nätverkshanteraren." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde för alternativ." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Internt fel" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Skriver brandväggskonfiguration..." -#. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 +#. Proposal title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Brandvägg och SSH" -#. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 +#. Menu entry label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Brandvägg och SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Grundläggande brandväggs- och SSH-konfiguration" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Brandvägg och SSH-tjänst" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Aktivera brandvägg" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Aktivera SSH-tjänst" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Brandvägg och SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Brandväggen är en skyddsmekanism som skyddar din dator mot " -"nätverksattacker.\n" -"SSH är en tjänst som gör det möjligt att logga in på datorn med " -"fjärranslutning via en dedikerad\n" +"Brandväggen är en skyddsmekanism som skyddar din dator mot nätverksattacker.\n" +"SSH är en tjänst som gör det möjligt att logga in på datorn med fjärranslutning via en dedikerad\n" "SSH-klient.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Här kan du välja om brandväggen ska aktiveras eller inaktiveras efter\n" "installationen. Vi rekommenderar att du håller den aktiverad.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med brandväggen aktiverad kan du ange om brandväggsporten ska öppnas för " -"SSH-\n" -"tjänsten och om SSH-fjärrinloggningar ska tillåtas. Du kan också oberoende " -"aktivera SSH-tjänsten (den\n" +"<p>Med brandväggen aktiverad kan du ange om brandväggsporten ska öppnas för SSH-\n" +"tjänsten och om SSH-fjärrinloggningar ska tillåtas. Du kan också oberoende aktivera SSH-tjänsten (den\n" "kommer då att starta när datorn startar).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -165,89 +156,89 @@ "fjärradministrationstjänsten på ett aktivt system utan den startas\n" "automatiskt av installeraren vid behov.</p>" -#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog -#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "Brandväggen kommer att vara aktiv (inaktivera</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "Brandväggen kommer att vara inaktiv (aktivera</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-tjänsten kommer att vara aktiv (inaktivera</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-tjänsten kommer att vara inaktiv (aktivera</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Öppna SSH-port" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Öppna &VNC-portar" -#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 +#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" msgstr "VNC-portar kommer att vara öppna (stäng</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "VNC-portar kommer att vara blockerade (öppna</a>)" -#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description -#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped -#. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 +#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description +#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped +#. @return [String] proposal html text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)" msgstr "SSH-porten kommer att vara öppen (blockera</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" msgstr "SSH-porten kommer att vara blockerad (öppna</a>)" -#. Commandline help title -#. configuration of hosts -#. Hosts dialog caption -#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 +#. Commandline help title +#. configuration of hosts +#. Hosts dialog caption +#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 msgid "Host Configuration" msgstr "Datorinställningar" -#. Command line output Headline -#. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:112 +#. Command line output Headline +#. configuration of hosts +#: src/clients/host.rb:112 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Sammanfattning av datorinställningarna:" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Ansluter till Internet..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "Laddar ner den senaste versionsinformationen..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "Stänger anslutning..." -#. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 +#. Test dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "Kör test för Internetanslutning" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.</p>\n" @@ -255,8 +246,8 @@ "<p>Här kan du se förloppet för testet\n" "av Internetanslutningen.</p>\n" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n" @@ -264,8 +255,8 @@ "<p>Testet kan avbrytas genom att klicka på\n" "knappen <b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>\n" -#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.</p>\n" @@ -273,63 +264,63 @@ "<p>Om testet misslyckas, återgå till nätverksinställningen\n" "och korrigera inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 +#. Label for result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Testresultat:" -#. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 +#. Push Button to abort internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "&Avbryt test" -#. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 +#. Frame label: status of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Testa status" -#. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 +#. Push Button to see logs of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Visa loggar..." -#. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Lyckades" -#. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Misslyckades" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Nätverksgränssnitt för kärna" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Routing-tabell för kärna" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Uppslagning av datornamn" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Kärnmeddelanden" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Nedladdning av versionsinformation" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -337,19 +328,19 @@ "Kan inte installera nerladdad versionsinformation.\n" "RPM-signaturkontroll misslyckades." -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera den nedladdade versionsinformationen." -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Öppning av anslutning" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -357,40 +348,31 @@ "Misslyckades med att ansluta till Internet. Se\n" "loggen för detaljer.\n" -#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Ingen URL har definierats för versionsinformationen. Det går inte att utföra " -"Internettestet." +#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Ingen URL har definierats för versionsinformationen. Det går inte att utföra Internettestet." -#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes -#. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 +#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes +#. most likely due to server-side error +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att hämta den senaste versionsinformationen på grund av ett " -"serverfel. \n" -"Det betyder inte nödvändigtvis att något är fel med " -"nätverkskonfigurationen.\n" +"Det gick inte att hämta den senaste versionsinformationen på grund av ett serverfel. \n" +"Det betyder inte nödvändigtvis att något är fel med nätverkskonfigurationen.\n" "\n" -"Klicka på Fortsätt om du vill fortsätta till nästa steg i installationen. Om " -"du vill hoppa över de steg\n" -"som kräver en internetanslutning eller komma tillbaka till " -"nätverkskonfigurationen\n" +"Klicka på Fortsätt om du vill fortsätta till nästa steg i installationen. Om du vill hoppa över de steg\n" +"som kräver en internetanslutning eller komma tillbaka till nätverkskonfigurationen\n" "klickar du på Avbryt.\n" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -398,13 +380,13 @@ "Det gick inte att hämta den senaste versions-\n" "informationen. Mer information finns i loggen." -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Leta efter uppdateringar" -#. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -412,103 +394,103 @@ "Misslyckades med att leta efter senaste uppdateringar.\n" "Se loggen för detaljer.\n" -#. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Stängning av anslutning" -#. Commandline help title -#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal -#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 +#. Commandline help title +#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal +#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 msgid "Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in nätverkskort" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 msgid "Add a network card" msgstr "Lägg till ett nätverkskort" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 msgid "Change existing configuration" msgstr "Ändra befintlig inställning" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 msgid "Delete a network card" msgstr "Ta bort ett nätverkskort" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 msgid "List only configured cards" msgstr "Visa endast inställda kort" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 msgid "List only unconfigured cards" msgstr "Visa endast ej inställda kort" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 msgid "Device identifier" msgstr "Enhets-ID" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "Inställnings-ID" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Använd statisk eller dynamisk inställning" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Inställningsnamn" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Enhetens IP-adress" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Nätverksmask" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Prefixlängd" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Bond-slavenheter" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Ethernet-enhet för VLAN" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Gränssnitt för bryggning" -#. see bnc#498993 -#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) -#. we'll keep values from installation -#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Konfigurationsfel: oinitierat gränssnitt." -#. translators: command line help for network module -#: src/clients/network.rb:60 +#. translators: command line help for network module +#: src/clients/network.rb:60 msgid "" "Configuration of network.\n" "This is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\n" @@ -522,18 +504,18 @@ "\n" "lan\t" -#. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 +#. Selection box item +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Nätverkskort" -#. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:88 +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in nätverk" -#. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:91 +#. Network dialog help +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" @@ -541,424 +523,416 @@ "<p>Välj en av de tillgängliga nätverksmodulerna för att ställa in\n" "den motsvarande enheten och klicka på <b>Starta</b>.</p>" -#. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:105 +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "Tillgänglig&a nätverksmoduler:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:123 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "S&tarta" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för fjärråtkomst" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "Tillåt fjärråtkomst" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte " -"tillåta" +msgstr "Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte tillåta" -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningar för fjärråtkomst:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." -msgstr "" -"Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte " -"tillåta." +msgstr "Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte tillåta." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 msgid "VNC Remote Administration" msgstr "VNC-fjärradministration" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 msgid "VNC &Remote Administration" msgstr "VNC-fjä&rradministration" -#. Commandline help title -#. Main routing dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 +#. Commandline help title +#. Main routing dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing-inställningar" -#. FIXME -#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 +#. FIXME +#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 msgid "Show complete routing table" msgstr "Visa komplett routningstabell" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" msgstr "Visa routningstabellpost för det valda målet" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" msgstr "Inställningar för IPv4- och IPv6-vidarebefordring" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Inställningar för endast IPv4-vidarebefordring" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" msgstr "Inställningar för endast IPv6-vidarebefordring" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 msgid "Add new route" msgstr "Lägg till en ny route" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 msgid "Edit an existing route" msgstr "Redigera en befintlig route" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 msgid "Delete an existing route" msgstr "Ta bort en befintlig route" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 msgid "Destination IP address" msgstr "Mål-IP-adress" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 msgid "Gateway IP address" msgstr "Gateway-IP-adress" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "Delnätmask" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 msgid "Network device" msgstr "Nätverksenhet" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 msgid "Additional options" msgstr "Ytterligare alternativ" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Visa aktuella inställningar" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 msgid "Enable IP forwarding" msgstr "Aktivera IP-vidarebefordring" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 msgid "Disable IP forwarding" msgstr "Inaktivera IP-vidarebefordring" -#. main ui function -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#. main ui function +#. Frame label +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Routing-tabell" -#. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#. Table header 1/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Mål" -#. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#. Table header 2/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Gateway" -#. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 +#. Table header label +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Nätmask" -#. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 +#. Table header 4/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. Handler for action "list" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 +#. Handler for action "list" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Det finns ingen post för målet %1 i routningstabellen" -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "%s-vidarebefordring är aktiverad" -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "%s-vidarebefordring är inaktiverad" -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Aktiverar %s-vidarebefordring..." -#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Inaktiverar %s-vidarebefordring..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4-vidarebefordring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv6-vidarebefordring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4- och IPv6-vidarebefordring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Åtminstone mål- och gateway-IP-adresser måste anges." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Lägger till %1-målet i routningstabellen..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Mål-IP-adressen måste anges." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Minst en av följande parametrar måste anges: Gateway, nätmask, enhet eller " -"alternativ" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Minst en av följande parametrar måste anges: Gateway, nätmask, enhet eller alternativ" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Uppdaterar %1-målet i routningstabellen..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Tar bort %1-målet från routningstabellen..." -#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Varning: ingen kryptering används." -#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460 +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460 msgid "Change." msgstr "Ändra." -#. Table item -#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface -#. (eth0:1) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 +#. Table item +#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface +#. (eth0:1) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Ytterligare adresser" -#. Summary text -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 msgid "Already Configured Devices:" msgstr "Redan inställda enheter:" -#. Summary text -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 msgid "Nothing is configured" msgstr "Ingenting har ställts in" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN-kort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB ISDN-kort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA-Ethernet-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB Ethernet-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB FDDI-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN-anslutning" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB ISDN-anslutning" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA-modem" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB-modem" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA Token Ring-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB Token Ring-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-nätverksenhet" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlöst PCMCIA-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlöst USB-nätverkskort" -#. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Okänd nätverksenhet" -#. Modem status (%1 is device) -#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) -#. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 +#. Modem status (%1 is device) +#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) +#. Network card status (%1 is device) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Inställd som %1" -#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 +#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Inställt som %1 med leverantören %2" -#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 +#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Inställt som %1 med leverantören %2 (protokoll %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Konfigurerat utan adress (INGEN)" -#. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 +#. Network card status +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Konfigurerat utan adress" -#. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#. Network card status (%1 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Inställt med adressen %1" -#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 +#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Inställt med adressen %1 (fjärr %2)" -#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Inställd med %1" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Inställt som %1 med adressen %2" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Inställt som %1 med adressen %2 (fjärr %3)" -#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Inställt som %1 med %2" -#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config -#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. -#. @param [Hash] devmap device map -#. @return textual device protocol -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config +#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. +#. @param [Hash] devmap device map +#. @return textual device protocol +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Inte inställd" -#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 +#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Hanterad" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgstr "Ange leverantörlösenord" -#. Steps dialog caption -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 +#. Steps dialog caption +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Test Internet Connection" msgstr "Testa Internetanslutning" -#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n" "configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>" @@ -966,8 +940,8 @@ "<p>Här kan du validera Internetanslutningen\n" "som du just ställde in. Det här testet är valfritt.</p>" -#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "<p>A successful result enables you to run\n" "the YaST Online Update.</p>" @@ -975,8 +949,8 @@ "<p>Om det lyckas kan du köra\n" "YaST:s online-uppdatering.</p>" -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "" "To validate your Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -984,8 +958,8 @@ "Aktivera testproceduren för att\n" "validera Internetanslutningen." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "" "To validate your DSL Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -993,8 +967,8 @@ "Aktivera testproceduren för att validera\n" "DSL-Internetanslutningen." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "" "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -1002,8 +976,8 @@ "Aktivera testproceduren för att validera\n" "ISDN-Internetanslutningen." -#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "" "To validate your modem Internet access,\n" "activate the test procedure." @@ -1011,265 +985,263 @@ "Aktivera testproceduren för att validera\n" "modeminternetanslutningen." -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Yes, Test Connection to the Internet Via" msgstr "&Ja, testa anslutningen till Internet via" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "N&o, Skip This Test" msgstr "Nej, h&oppa över testet" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "- Connect to the Internet" msgstr "- Anslut till Internet" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- Ladda ner den senaste versionsinformationen" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- Leta efter senaste uppdateringar" -#. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Stänga anslutningen" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "Följande steg kommer att utföras:" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Välj:" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "Ja, kör online-uppdatering n&u" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "Nej, h&oppa över uppdatering" -#. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Online-uppdateringar tillgängliga" -#. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Label text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Ladda ner och installera dem via YaST:s online-uppdatering?" -#. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 +#. Heading +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Loggar för test av Internetanslutning:" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "Väl&j logg:" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Ytterligare adresser" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-adressetikett" -#. Table header label -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 +#. Table header label +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "L&ägg till" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ta &bort" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Namn på gränssnitt" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO är ganska vagt!</p>" -#. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 +#. Combo Box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Tilldela brandväggs&zonen ett gränssnitt" -#. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 +#. check box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "Obligatoriskt &gränssnitt" -#. ComboBox label -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 +#. ComboBox label +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Enhetst&yp" -#. ComboBox label -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 +#. ComboBox label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Inställningsnamn" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunnelägare" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgrupp" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Bryggade enheter" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Verkligt gränssnitt för &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN-ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Bond-slavenheter och ordning" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Upp" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Nedåt" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond-&slavar" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "&Alternativ för bond-drivrutin" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj alterntiv för bond-drivrutinen och redigera dem vid behov. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj alterntiv för bond-drivrutinen och redigera dem vid behov. </p>" -#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); -#. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 +#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); +#. else +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Ingen länk och IP-konfiguration (bond-slavenheter)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Använd iBFT-värden" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamisk adress" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP, både version 4 och 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP, endast version 4" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP, endast version 6" -#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 +#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statiskt tilldelad IP-adress" -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adress" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "Delnätma&sk" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Värddatornamn" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Fjärransluten IP-adr&ess" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Den fjärranslutna IP-adressen är felaktig." -#. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" -#. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 +#. validate device type, misdetection +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1278,14 +1250,14 @@ "Du har ändrat gränssnittstyp från den som har identifierats.\n" "Det här ska du bara göra om du vet att identifieringen är felaktig." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Inställningen %1 finns redan." -#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing -#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 +#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing +#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1295,24 +1267,24 @@ "inte i någon zon. All dess trafik kommer att blockeras.\n" "Tilldela den en zon nu?" -#. Validator for network masks adresses -#. @param [String] key the widget being validated -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 +#. Validator for network masks adresses +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Det finns ingen giltig IP-adress." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Ingen giltig nätmask eller prefixlängd." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ogiltigt värddatornamn." -#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 +#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1326,8 +1298,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du lämna värdnamnet tomt?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1335,87 +1307,81 @@ "Duplicerad IP-adress identifierad.\n" "Verkligen fortsätta?\n" -#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Allmänt" -#. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Enhetsaktivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Brandväggszon" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximal överföringsenhet (MTU)" -#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole -#. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. tab set but not for one tab +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här kan du ställa in detaljerade nätverkskortinställningar.</p>" -#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing -#. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing +#. shortcuts +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adress" -#. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 +#. Address tab help +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ställ in din IP-adress.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Maskinvara" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Bond-slavenheter" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Trådlöst" -#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet" -#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be -#. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On " -"Cable Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITET</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> Alla gränssnitt som är konfigurerade med <b>Vid kabelanslutning</b> och " -"med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 används\n" -" ömsesidigt uteslutande. Om fler än ett av de gränssnitten är <b>Vid " -"kabelanslutning</b>\n" -" behöver vi ett sätt att avgöra vilket gränssnitt som ska tas upp. Därför " -"måste vi\n" +"<p> Alla gränssnitt som är konfigurerade med <b>Vid kabelanslutning</b> och med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 används\n" +" ömsesidigt uteslutande. Om fler än ett av de gränssnitten är <b>Vid kabelanslutning</b>\n" +" behöver vi ett sätt att avgöra vilket gränssnitt som ska tas upp. Därför måste vi\n" " ange prioritet för varje gränssnitt. </p>\n" -#. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 +#. Address dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Ställ in nätverkskort" -#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1424,8 +1390,7 @@ "\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"De markerade gränssnitten delar samma fysiska port, och att koppla ihop " -"dem \n" +"De markerade gränssnitten delar samma fysiska port, och att koppla ihop dem \n" "kanske inte får önskad redundanseffekt.\n" "\n" "%s\n" @@ -1433,8 +1398,8 @@ "Vill du verkliga fortsätta?\n" "\n" -#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1442,267 +1407,263 @@ "Minst en vald enhet är redan konfigurerad.\n" "Anpassa konfigurationen för brygga?\n" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 msgid "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA ethernet cards" msgstr "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 trådlösa ISA/PCI- och PCMCIA-Ethernet-kort" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II-baserade och liknande trådlösa kort" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II-baserade och liknande trådlösa kort" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 msgid "Wireless LAN cards using direct PCI interface" msgstr "Trådlösa LAN-kort som använder direkt PCI-gränssnitt" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 msgid "Wireless LAN cards using the PLX9052 PCI bridge" msgstr "Trådlösa LAN-kort som använder PLX9052 PCI-bryggan" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module p80211.o" msgstr "Trådlös enhet som använder kärnmodulen p80211.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_cs.o" msgstr "Trådlös enhet som använder kärnmodulen prism2_cs.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_pci.o" msgstr "Trådlös enhet som använder kärnmodulen prism2_pci.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_plx.o" msgstr "Trådlös enhet som använder kärnmodulen prism2_plx.o" -#. Network card name (wireless) -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_usb.o" msgstr "Trådlös enhet som använder kärnmodulen prism2_usb.o" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" msgstr "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 msgid "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series" msgstr "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C-serien" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 msgid "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet" msgstr "Apricot Xen-II onboard Ethernet" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 msgid "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter" msgstr "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek-pocketadapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 msgid "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter" msgstr "D-Link DE600-pocketadapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 msgid "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter" msgstr "D-Link DE620-pocketadapter" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 msgid "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)" msgstr "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimentell)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 msgid "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)" msgstr "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternativ drivrutin)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 msgid "iSeries Virtual Network" msgstr "iSeries Virtual Network" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 msgid "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" msgstr "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 msgid "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" msgstr "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 msgid "IBM OSA Token Ring" msgstr "IBM OSA Token Ring" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)" msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)" msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (i IO-mappat läge)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 msgid "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller" msgstr "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI-styrenhet" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 msgid "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI -kort (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 msgid "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) network" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel (CTC)-nätverk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 msgid "Hipersockets (HSI) Network" msgstr "Hippersockets (HSI)-nätverk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 msgid "IBM OSA LCS" msgstr "IBM OSA LCS" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) network" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)-nätverk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)-nätverk" -#. Network subsystem name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" -#. Network card name -#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 msgid "CI7000 adapter" msgstr "CI7000-kort" -#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 +#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Ange enheten med alternativet id." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 msgid "Invalid value '%s' for \"id\" option." msgstr "Ogiligt värde %s för alternativet \"id\"" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Värde för id är utanför intervallet. Kontrollera det maximala värdet för id " -"med alternativet lista." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Värde för id är utanför intervallet. Kontrollera det maximala värdet för id med alternativet lista." -#. Handler for action "add" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#. Handler for action "edit" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 +#. Handler for action "add" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#. Handler for action "edit" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Omöjligt värde för bootproto." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Omöjligt värde för startmode." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "För statisk konfiguration behövs alternativet ip." -#. Handler for action "delete" -#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 +#. Handler for action "delete" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Enheten har tagits bort." -#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. ************************************************************************** -#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Network configuration -#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. ************************************************************************** +#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Network configuration +#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 msgid "Note" msgstr "Anteckning" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globala alternativ" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Översikt" -#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 -#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 +#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 +#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1714,9 +1675,9 @@ "bör inte nätverksgränssnitt ställas in eller startas om.\n" "Se %1 för detaljer." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1728,7 +1689,7 @@ "Lägg först till CD-skivan med tillägg i programarkiven i YaST\n" "och återgå sedan till den här konfigurationsdialogrutan.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1736,37 +1697,30 @@ "<b>Continue</b> to configure the device. Otherwise click <b>Cancel</b> and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Enheten behöver fast programfara för att fungera korrekt. Vanligtvis kan " -"den\n" +"Enheten behöver fast programfara för att fungera korrekt. Vanligtvis kan den\n" "hämtas från tillverkarens webbsida. \n" "Om du redan har hämtat och installerat den fasta programvaran klickar du på\n" -"<b>Fortsätt</b> för att konfigurera enheten. Klicka annars på <b>Avbryt</b> " -"och\n" -"återgå till den här dialogrutan när du har installerat den fasta " -"programvaran.\n" +"<b>Fortsätt</b> för att konfigurera enheten. Klicka annars på <b>Avbryt</b> och\n" +"återgå till den här dialogrutan när du har installerat den fasta programvaran.\n" -#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( -#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded -#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems -#. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 +#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( +#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded +#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems +#. #45960 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Installerar fast programvara" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"För att den fasta programvaran ska kunna installeras måste skriptet " -"install_bcm43xx_firmware köras. Vill du köra det nu?" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "För att den fasta programvaran ska kunna installeras måste skriptet install_bcm43xx_firmware köras. Vill du köra det nu?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod under installationen av den fasta programvaran." -#. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 +#. Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1779,49 +1733,49 @@ "Om du ändrar inställningar för gränssnittet här,\n" "kommer gränssnittet inte längre att hanteras av Nätverkshanteraren.\n" -#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 +#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Enheten du valde har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vill du ta bort den?" -#. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 +#. Network setup method dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Inställningsmetod för nätverk" -#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value -#. -#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some -#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation -#. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 +#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value +#. +#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some +#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation +#. popup. +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Nätverksinställningar" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 msgid "DHCP Client Options" msgstr "Klientalternativ för DHCP" -#. CheckBox label -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), -#. `VSpacing(0.49), -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 +#. CheckBox label +#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), +#. `VSpacing(0.49), +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 msgid "DHCP Client &Identifier" msgstr "Klient&identifierare för DHCP" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 msgid "&Hostname to Send" msgstr "&Datornamn som ska skickas" -#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 msgid "Change Default Route via DHCP" msgstr "Ändra standardväg via DHCP" -#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1829,9 +1783,9 @@ "<p>Ange maskinvaruspecifika alternativ för \n" "nätverksenheten här.</p>\n" -#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1839,72 +1793,54 @@ "<p><b>Enhetstyp</b>. Olika enhetstyper finns tillgängliga. Välj \n" "en efter vad du behöver.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udev-regler</b> är regler för kärnenhetshanteraren som tillåter\n" "att MAC-adressen eller BusID för nätverksenheten kopplas till sitt namn\n" -"(t.ex. eth1, wlan0 ) och säkerställer ett beständigt enhetsnamn vid " -"omstart.\n" +"(t.ex. eth1, wlan0 ) och säkerställer ett beständigt enhetsnamn vid omstart.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Visa synlig portidentifiering</b> gör att du fysiskt kan identifiera " -"det nu konfigurerade nätverkskortet. \n" -"Ange en lämplig tid och klicka på <b>Blinka</b> så börjar lysdioderna på " -"nätverkskortet blinka under den angivna tiden.\n" +"<p><b>Visa synlig portidentifiering</b> gör att du fysiskt kan identifiera det nu konfigurerade nätverkskortet. \n" +"Ange en lämplig tid och klicka på <b>Blinka</b> så börjar lysdioderna på nätverkskortet blinka under den angivna tiden.\n" "</p>" -#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kernel-modul</b>. Ange kernel-modulens namn (drivrutin) \n" -"för nätverksenheten här. Om enheten redan har konfigurerats kontrollerar du " -"om det finns mer än en drivrutin tillgänglig för\n" -"enheten i listrutan. Om nödvändigt väljer du en enhet i listan, men normalt " -"fungerar standardvärdet.</p>\n" +"för nätverksenheten här. Om enheten redan har konfigurerats kontrollerar du om det finns mer än en drivrutin tillgänglig för\n" +"enheten i listrutan. Om nödvändigt väljer du en enhet i listan, men normalt fungerar standardvärdet.</p>\n" -#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 +#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan också ange <b>Alternativ</b> för kärnmodulen. Använd det här\n" -"formatet: <i>alternativ</i>=<i>värde</i>. Varje post ska separeras med " -"blanksteg, t.ex.: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Obs!</b> Om två kort har \n" -"konfigurerats med samma modulnamn sammanfogas alternativen när du sparar dem." -"</p>\n" +"formatet: <i>alternativ</i>=<i>värde</i>. Varje post ska separeras med blanksteg, t.ex.: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Obs!</b> Om två kort har \n" +"konfigurerats med samma modulnamn sammanfogas alternativen när du sparar dem.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du anger alternativ via <b>Ethtool-alternativ</b>, anroppar ifup " -"ethtool med de alternativen.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Om du anger alternativ via <b>Ethtool-alternativ</b>, anroppar ifup ethtool med de alternativen.</p>\n" -#. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#. Manual dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1912,9 +1848,9 @@ "<p>Om du har ett <b>PCMCIA</b>-nätverkskort, klicka på kryssrutan PCMCIA.\n" "Om du har ett <b>USB</b>-nätverkskort, välj USB.</p>\n" -#. overwrite help -#. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 +#. overwrite help +#. Manual dialog help 5/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1922,8 +1858,8 @@ "<p>Här du kan ställa in nätverksenheten. Värdena kommer att\n" "skrivas in i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" -#. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 +#. Manual dialog help 6/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1931,63 +1867,63 @@ "<p>Alternativ för modulen bör skrivas i det format som anges\n" "i manualen <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 +#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kärnmodul" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modulnamn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regler" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Ändra" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Visa synlig portidentifiering" -#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 +#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blinka" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-alternativ" -#. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 +#. Manual selection caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Manuellt val av nätverkskort" -#. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 +#. Manual selection help +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1995,20 +1931,20 @@ "<p>Välj vilket nätverkskort du vill ställa in. Du kan\n" "söka efter ett speciellt nätverkskort genom att ange namnet i sökfältet.</p>" -#. Selection box label -#. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 +#. Selection box label +#. Selection box title +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Nätverkskort" -#. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#. Text entry field +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Sök" -#. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#. bnc#767946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" "Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2016,7 +1952,7 @@ "Det finns redan en konfiguration med namnet %s.\n" "Välj ett annat namn." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 msgid "" "Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2024,166 +1960,148 @@ "%s är ett ogiltigt namn på en konfiguration.\n" "Välj ett annat namn." -#. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 +#. S/390 dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in nätverkskort för S/390" -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Enhetsinställningar för S/390" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Portnamn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Portnummer" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Aktivera IPA-övertagning" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Aktivera &lager2-stöd" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Lager2 &MAC-adress" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Läs kanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Skriv kanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Kontrollkanal" -#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <b>Portnamnet</b> för det här gränssnittet (skiftlägeskänsligt).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Portnamnet</b> för det här gränssnittet (skiftlägeskänsligt).</p>" -#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -"spaces).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange ytterligare <b>Alternativ</b> för det här gränssnittet (avgränsade " -"med mellanslag).</p>" +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange ytterligare <b>Alternativ</b> för det här gränssnittet (avgränsade med mellanslag).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Aktivera IPA-övertagning</b> om IP-adressövertagning ska " -"aktiveras för det här gränssnittet.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Aktivera IPA-övertagning</b> om IP-adressövertagning ska aktiveras för det här gränssnittet.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj <b>Aktivera lager2-stöd</b> om det här kortet har blivit inställt " -"med lager2-stöd.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Aktivera lager2-stöd</b> om det här kortet har blivit inställt med lager2-stöd.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <b>Lager2 Mac-adress</b> om det här kortet har blivit inställt med " -"lager2-stöd.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Lager2 Mac-adress</b> om det här kortet har blivit inställt med lager2-stöd.</p>" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Portnummer" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Tidsgräns för &LANCMD" -#. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#. S/390 dialog help: LCS +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Portnamnet</b> för det här gränssnittet.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Tidsgräns för LANCMD</b> för det här gränssnittet.</p>" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Kompabilitetsläge" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Utökat läge" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-baserad tty (Linux till Linux-anslutningar)" -#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Kompabilitetsläge med OS/390 och z/OS" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" -#. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 +#. S/390 dialog help: CTC +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Protokollet</b> för det här gränssnittet.</p>" -#. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#. TextEntry label, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Mot&partens namn" -#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 +#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ange namnet på IUCV-motparten,\n" -"till exempel z/VM-användarnamnet som ska användas för att ansluta " -"(skiftlägeskänsligt).</p>\n" +"till exempel z/VM-användarnamnet som ska användas för att ansluta (skiftlägeskänsligt).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2191,14 +2109,14 @@ "Ett fel uppstod när enheten skapades.\n" "Se YaST-loggen för detaljer." -#. Manual network card configuration dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 +#. Manual network card configuration dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Maskinvarudialogruta" -#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 +#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2206,8 +2124,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Initierar nätverkskortsinställningar\n" "</BIG></B><BR>Vänta...<BR></P>\n" -#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 +#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" @@ -2215,8 +2133,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Du kan avbryta inställningsverktyget genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.</P>\n" -#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 +#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -2224,8 +2142,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Sparar nätverkskortsinställningar\n" "</BIG></B><BR>Vänta...<BR></P>\n" -#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 +#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2233,9 +2151,9 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.</P>\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2247,7 +2165,7 @@ "för att hantera anslutningar för alla gränssnitt. Den lämpar sig\n" "för att växla mellan kabelanslutna och trådlösa nätverk.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2255,8 +2173,8 @@ "<p>Använd <b>wicked</b> om du inte använder en skrivbordsmiljö\n" "eller behöver använda flera gränssnitt samtidigt.</p>\n" -#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" @@ -2264,12 +2182,11 @@ "repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nätverkshanteraren</b> ingår inte i varje grundläggande\n" -"installationslagringsplats. Så här aktiverar du Nätverkshanteraren t.ex. på " -"SUSE\n" +"installationslagringsplats. Så här aktiverar du Nätverkshanteraren t.ex. på SUSE\n" "Linux Enterprise Server: lägg till lagringsplatsen Workstation Extension\n" "och installera paketet Nätverkshanteraren.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2279,16 +2196,15 @@ "Här kan du få en översikt över installerade nätverkskort. Du kan\n" "också ändra kortens inställningar.<BR></P>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Lägga till ett nätverkskort:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Klicka på <B>Lägg till</B> för att manuellt ställa in ett nytt nätverkskort." -"</P>\n" +"Klicka på <B>Lägg till</B> för att manuellt ställa in ett nytt nätverkskort.</P>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2298,31 +2214,29 @@ "Välj ett nätverkskort att ändra eller ta bort.\n" "Tryck sedan på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 +#. IPv6 help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPv6-protokollinställningar</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Markera <b>Aktivera IPv6</b> om du vill aktivera ipv6-modulen i kärnan.\n" "Det går att använda IPv6 tillsammans med IPv4. Det är standardalternativet.\n" -"Om du vill inaktivera IPv6 avmarkerar du det här alternativet. Då " -"svartlistas\n" +"Om du vill inaktivera IPv6 avmarkerar du det här alternativet. Då svartlistas\n" "kärnmodulen för ipv6. Om IPv6-inte används i nätverket kan svarstiden\n" "bli snabbare.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alla ändringar träder i kraft när datorn startas om.</p>" -#. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 +#. Routing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2334,105 +2248,82 @@ "<b>Standardrutten</b> matchar alla möjliga mål, men så illa att\n" "om det finns ett alternativ som matchar den begärda adressen,\n" "kommer den att användas istället för standardrutten. Idén med\n" -"standardrutten är att du ska kunna säga \"och allt annat ska ta den här vägen" -"\".</p>\n" +"standardrutten är att du ska kunna säga \"och allt annat ska ta den här vägen\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ange målnätverkets IP-adress, gatewayadress och nätmask\n" "för varje rutt. Utelämna något av värdena med ett streck (-). Välj\n" -"genom vilken enhet trafiken till det definierade nätverket ska dirigeras. \"-" -"\" är ett alias för alla gränssnitt.</p>\n" +"genom vilken enhet trafiken till det definierade nätverket ska dirigeras. \"-\" är ett alias för alla gränssnitt.</p>\n" -#. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 +#. Routing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivera <b>IPv4-vidarebefordring</b> (vidarebefordring av paket från " -"externa nätverk\n" +"<p>Aktivera <b>IPv4-vidarebefordring</b> (vidarebefordring av paket från externa nätverk\n" "till det interna) om det här systemet är en router.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivera <b>IPv4-vidarebefordring</b> (vidarebefordring av paket från " -"externa nätverk\n" +"<p>Aktivera <b>IPv4-vidarebefordring</b> (vidarebefordring av paket från externa nätverk\n" "till det interna) om det här systemet är en router.\n" "<b>Varning!</b> IPv6-vidarebefordring inaktiverar autokonfigurering av\n" "tillståndslösa adresser för IPv6 (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Viktigt!</b> Om brandväggen är aktiverad räcker det inte med att bara " -"tillåta vidarebefordring. \n" +"<p><b>Viktigt!</b> Om brandväggen är aktiverad räcker det inte med att bara tillåta vidarebefordring. \n" "Du bör aktivera maskering och/eller ställa in minst en omdirigeringsregel i\n" "brandväggskonfigurationen. Använd YaST-brandväggsmodulen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks " -"that assign \n" -"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use " -"or use a generic \"any\" \n" -"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a " -"multihomed system \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use or use a generic \"any\" \n" +"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a multihomed system \n" "connected to more DHCP networks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du använder DHCP för att erhålla en IP-adress kontrollerar du om du " -"även\n" -"erhåller ett värdnamn via DHCP. Värdnamnet anges automatiskt av DHCP-" -"klienten.\n" -"Om du ändrar värdnamnet under körning kan det störa det grafiska " -"skrivbordet. \n" -"Inaktivera därför det här alternativet om du ansluter till olika nätverk som " -"tilldelar \n" -"olika värdnamn. Annars kan du ange ett särskilt gränssnitt som du vill " -"använda, eller så kan du använda ett allmänt \n" -"alternativ (\"vilket som helst\"). Detta alternativ kan dock leda till att " -"det inte fungerar som det ska om du har ett system med flera IP-adresser \n" +"<p>Om du använder DHCP för att erhålla en IP-adress kontrollerar du om du även\n" +"erhåller ett värdnamn via DHCP. Värdnamnet anges automatiskt av DHCP-klienten.\n" +"Om du ändrar värdnamnet under körning kan det störa det grafiska skrivbordet. \n" +"Inaktivera därför det här alternativet om du ansluter till olika nätverk som tilldelar \n" +"olika värdnamn. Annars kan du ange ett särskilt gränssnitt som du vill använda, eller så kan du använda ett allmänt \n" +"alternativ (\"vilket som helst\"). Detta alternativ kan dock leda till att det inte fungerar som det ska om du har ett system med flera IP-adresser \n" "anslutet till flera DHCP-nätverk.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tilldela värdnamn till loopback-IP</b> kopplar ditt värdnamn till \n" "IP-adress <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Det är ett\n" -"användbart alternativ om du vill att värdnamnet alltid ska kunna " -"namnöversättas, även \n" -"utan ett aktivt nätverk. I alla andra fall bör du använda det försiktigt, i " -"synnerhet \n" +"användbart alternativ om du vill att värdnamnet alltid ska kunna namnöversättas, även \n" +"utan ett aktivt nätverk. I alla andra fall bör du använda det försiktigt, i synnerhet \n" "om den här datorn tillhandahåller nätverkstjänster.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" @@ -2440,8 +2331,8 @@ "<p>Ange namnservrar och domänsöklista för upplösning av datornamn.\n" "Oftast kan de fås via DHCP.</p>\n" -#. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2451,57 +2342,48 @@ "IP-adresser. Värdet måste anges som en <b>IP-adress</b>\n" " (till exempel 192.168.0.42), inte som ett värddatornamn.</p>\n" -#. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149 +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Sökdomän är domännamnet där sökningen efter värddatornamnet startar.\n" "Den primära sökdomänen är vanligtvis samma som domännamnet\n" " för datorn (till exempel suse.de). Det kan finnas andra sökdomäner\n" -" (till exempel suse.com). Avgränsa domänerna med kommatecken eller tomt " -"utrymme.</p>\n" +" (till exempel suse.com). Avgränsa domänerna med kommatecken eller tomt utrymme.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Ange datorns korta namn (t ex <i>mindator</i>) och DNS-domänen\n" -"(t ex <i>exempel.com</i>) som den tillhör. Domänen är särskilt viktig om " -"datorn är en \n" +"(t ex <i>exempel.com</i>) som den tillhör. Domänen är särskilt viktig om datorn är en \n" "e-postserver. Du kan visa datorns värdnamn med hjälp av kommandot \n" "<i>hostname</i>.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Välj hur DNS-konfigurationen ska ändras (namnservrar,\n" "söklista, innehållet i <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normalt hanteras det av\n" "skriptet <i>netconfig</i>, som sammanfogar statiskt definierade data med\n" "dynamiskt inhämtade data (t.ex. från DHCP-klienten, Nätverkshanteraren \n" -"o.s.v.). Detta är standardvärdet. <b>Använd standardprincip</b> räcker för " -"de flesta\n" +"o.s.v.). Detta är standardvärdet. <b>Använd standardprincip</b> räcker för de flesta\n" "konfigurationer.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2514,50 +2396,40 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Om du väljer <b>Endast manuellt</b> tillåts inte längre <i>netconfig</i>\n" "ändra <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dock redigera filen\n" -"manuellt. Om du väljer <b>Använd anpassad princip</b> kan du ange en " -"anpassad\n" +"manuellt. Om du väljer <b>Använd anpassad princip</b> kan du ange en anpassad\n" "principsträng, som består av en kommaseparerad lista över gränssnittsnamn,\n" "inklusive jokertecken, med STATIC och STATIC_FALLBACK som fördefinierade\n" -"standardvärden. Mer information finns på <i>netconfig</i>-handbokssidan. " -"Obs!\n" -"Om du lämnar fältet tomt är det samma som att använda principen <b>Endast " -"manuellt</b>\n" +"standardvärden. Mer information finns på <i>netconfig</i>-handbokssidan. Obs!\n" +"Om du lämnar fältet tomt är det samma som att använda principen <b>Endast manuellt</b>\n" ".</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred -#. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred +#. Address dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adresstilldelning</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Välj <b>Ingen adresstilldelning</b> om du inte vill tilldela den här " -"enheten en IP-adress.\n" +"<p>Välj <b>Ingen adresstilldelning</b> om du inte vill tilldela den här enheten en IP-adress.\n" "Det är särskilt användbart för att bonda ethernetenheter.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>iBFT</b> om du vill behålla det nätverk som finns konfigurerat " -"i BIOS.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>iBFT</b> om du vill behålla det nätverk som finns konfigurerat i BIOS.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 +#. Address dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Välj <b>Dynamisk adress</b> om du inte har fått en fast IP-adress " -"tilldelad\n" +"<p>Välj <b>Dynamisk adress</b> om du inte har fått en fast IP-adress tilldelad\n" "av systemadministratören eller Internet-leverantören.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 +#. Address dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2567,52 +2439,41 @@ "om en DHCP-server körs i ditt lokala nätverk. Nätverksadresser\n" "hämtas sedan automatiskt från servern.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202 +#. Address dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill söka efter en IP-adress och tilldela den statiskt väljer du \n" -"<b>Nätverk</b>. Om du vill använda DHCP och även försöka använda zeroconf " -"väljer du <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n" +"<b>Nätverk</b>. Om du vill använda DHCP och även försöka använda zeroconf väljer du <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n" " Annars måste nätverksadresser tilldelas <b>statiskt</b>.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209 +#. Address dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <b>IP-adressen</b> (t ex <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) för din dator och " -"den \n" +"<p>Ange <b>IP-adressen</b> (t ex <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) för din dator och den \n" "<b>fjärranslutna IP-adressen</b> (t ex <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) för\n" "motparten.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216 +#. Address dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>För <b>Ställ in fast adress</b> anger du datorns statiska IP-adress (t." -"ex.: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) och\n" -"nätverksmask (oftast <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> eller bara prefixlängden " -"<tt>/24</tt>). Du kan också ange\n" -"ett fullt kvalificerat värdnamn för IP-adressen. Värdnamnet skrivs till <tt>/" -"etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>För <b>Ställ in fast adress</b> anger du datorns statiska IP-adress (t.ex.: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) och\n" +"nätverksmask (oftast <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> eller bara prefixlängden <tt>/24</tt>). Du kan också ange\n" +"ett fullt kvalificerat värdnamn för IP-adressen. Värdnamnet skrivs till <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" -#. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222 +#. Address dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2620,7 +2481,7 @@ "<p>Kontakta din <b>nätverksadministratör</b> för mer information om\n" "nätverksinställningarna.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2628,7 +2489,7 @@ "<p>DHCP-inställning rekommenderas inte för den här produkten.\n" "Komponenter i den här produkten kanske inte fungerar medf DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2640,63 +2501,50 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Brandväggszon</big></b></p>\n" "Välj brandväggszonen där gränssnittet ska placeras. Om du\n" -"väljer en zon aktiveras brandväggen. Om du inte gör det och det finns " -"andra \n" +"väljer en zon aktiveras brandväggen. Om du inte gör det och det finns andra \n" "brandväggsgränssnitt fortsätter brandväggen\n" "att vara aktiverad men all trafik blockeras för det här\n" -"gränssnittet. Om du inte väljer en zon och det inte finns några andra " -"brandväggsgränssnitt \n" +"gränssnittet. Om du inte väljer en zon och det inte finns några andra brandväggsgränssnitt \n" "inaktiveras brandväggen.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Obligatoriskt gränssnitt</b> specificerar om nätverkstjänsten " -"rapporterar fel om gränssnittet misslyckas med att starta vid start av " -"datorn.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240 +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Obligatoriskt gränssnitt</b> specificerar om nätverkstjänsten rapporterar fel om gränssnittet misslyckas med att starta vid start av datorn.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) är den maximala storleken för ett " -"paket\n" +"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) är den maximala storleken för ett paket\n" "som överförs via nätverket i en ram. Vanligtvis behöver du inte\n" -"ställa in en MTU, men om du använder lägre MTU-värden kan det förbättra " -"nätverksprestanda,\n" +"ställa in en MTU, men om du använder lägre MTU-värden kan det förbättra nätverksprestanda,\n" "särskilt på långsamma uppringda anslutningar. Välj ett av det\n" "rekommenderade värdena eller definiera ett annat.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " -"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Ange slavenheterna för bond-enheten. \n" -"Endast enheter vars enhetsaktivering är <b>Aldrig</b> och som har ställts in " -"som <b>Ingen adresstilldelning</b> är tillgängliga.</p>" +"Endast enheter vars enhetsaktivering är <b>Aldrig</b> och som har ställts in som <b>Ingen adresstilldelning</b> är tillgängliga.</p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>DHCP-klientalternativ</big></b></p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259 +#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" @@ -2707,47 +2555,38 @@ "identifierare om du har flera (virtuella) datorer som använder samma\n" "nätverksgränssnitt och därför samma hårdvaruadress.</p>" -#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267 +#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Värdnamn som ska skickas</b> anger en sträng som används för\n" -"alternativfältet för värdnamn när DHCP-klienten skickar meddelanden till " -"DHCP-servern. Vissa \n" -"DHCP-servrar uppdaterar namnserverzoner (vidarebefordrade och omvända " -"poster) \n" +"alternativfältet för värdnamn när DHCP-klienten skickar meddelanden till DHCP-servern. Vissa \n" +"DHCP-servrar uppdaterar namnserverzoner (vidarebefordrade och omvända poster) \n" "enligt detta värdnamn (dynamisk DNS).</p>\n" -"Vissa DHCP-servrar kräver att alternativfältet <b>Värdnamn som ska skickas \n" -"innehåller en specifik sträng i klienternas DHCP-meddelanden. Ange <b>AUTO\n" -"om du vill skicka det aktuella värdnamnet (till exempel det som har " -"definierats i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"Vissa DHCP-servrar kräver att alternativfältet <b>Värdnamn som ska skickas</b> \n" +"innehåller en specifik sträng i klienternas DHCP-meddelanden. Ange <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"om du vill skicka det aktuella värdnamnet (till exempel det som har definierats i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "Om du inte vill skicka något värdnamn låter du fältet vara tomt.</p>\n" -#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 +#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ytterligare adresser</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Konfigurera ytterligare adresser för ett gränssnitt i den här tabellen.\n" +"<p>Konfigurera ytterligare adresser för ett gränssnitt i den här tabellen.</p>\n" -#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 +#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -2755,34 +2594,26 @@ "<p>Ange en <b>IPv4-adressetikett</b>, en <b>IP-adress</b> och\n" " <b>nätmasken</b>.</p>" -#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " -"characters.</p>" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>IPv4-adressetikett</b>, som tidigare hette Aliasnamn, är en kvarleva " -"som är valfri att använda.\n" +"<p><b>IPv4-adressetikett</b>, som tidigare hette Aliasnamn, är en kvarleva som är valfri att använda.\n" "Gränssnittets namn (inklusive kolon och etikett) får\n" -"innehålla högst 15 tecken. Det inaktuella verktyget ifconfig kapar namnet " -"efter 9 tecken.</p>" +"innehålla högst 15 tecken. Det inaktuella verktyget ifconfig kapar namnet efter 9 tecken.</p>" -#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " -"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Inkludera inte gränssnittsnamnet i etiketten. Ange t.ex. <b>foo</b>, inte " -"<b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292 +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Inkludera inte gränssnittsnamnet i etiketten. Ange t.ex. <b>foo</b>, inte <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup -#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing -#. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup +#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing +#. Translators: dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2804,15 +2635,14 @@ "tecken för 128-bitarsnycklar, upp till 16 tecken för 156-bitarsnycklar och \n" "upp till 29 tecken för 256-bitarsnycklar.\n" "<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Ange hexkoderna för nyckeln direkt. Ange\n" -"10 hexadecimala siffror för 64-bitarsnycklar, 26 siffror för 128-" -"bitarsnycklar, 32 siffror\n" +"10 hexadecimala siffror för 64-bitarsnycklar, 26 siffror för 128-bitarsnycklar, 32 siffror\n" "för 156-bitarsnycklar och 58 siffror för 256-bitarsnycklar. Du kan separera\n" "par eller grupper av siffror med bindestreck <tt>-</tt>, t.ex. \n" "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" "</p> \n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314 +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2820,7 +2650,7 @@ "<p>Här kan du ställa in de viktigaste inställningarna\n" "för trådlöst nätverk.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2830,33 +2660,28 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Operativt läge</b> beror på nätverkstopologin. Läget kan vara\n" "<b>Ad-hoc</b> (peer-to-peer-nätverk utan en åtkomstpunkt), <b>Hanterad</b>\n" -"(nätverk som hanteras av en åtkomstpunkt, kallas också <i>Infrastrukturläge\n" +"(nätverk som hanteras av en åtkomstpunkt, kallas också <i>Infrastrukturläge</i>\n" "eller <b>Huvud</b> (nätverkskortet agerar som åtkomstpunkt).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ställ in <b>Nätverksnamn (ESSID)</b> som används\n" -"till att identifiera celler som ingår i samma virtuella nätverk. Alla " -"stationer i ett\n" -" trådlöst LAN behöver samma ESSID om de ska kunna kommunicera med varandra. " -"Om\n" -" du väljer åtgärdsläget <b>Hanterad</b> och inget <b>WPA</b>-" -"autentiseringsläge kan du\n" +"till att identifiera celler som ingår i samma virtuella nätverk. Alla stationer i ett\n" +" trådlöst LAN behöver samma ESSID om de ska kunna kommunicera med varandra. Om\n" +" du väljer åtgärdsläget <b>Hanterad</b> och inget <b>WPA</b>-autentiseringsläge kan du\n" " lämna fältet tomt eller ange <tt>any</tt>. Då\n" " använder WLAN-kortet åtkomstpunkten som har bäst\n" " signalstyrka.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2869,8 +2694,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2880,26 +2704,20 @@ "Det beror på om WEP eller WPA används som skyddsteknik. <b>WEP</b>\n" " (Wired Equivalent Privacy) är ett system för kryptering av trådlös\n" " nätverkstrafik med en valfri autentisering som baseras på den \n" -"krypteringsnyckel som används. I de flesta fall där WEP används, går det bra " -"att använda \n" -"läget <b>Öppen</b> för WEP (ingen autentisering alls). Det betyder inte att " -"det inte går att \n" -"använda WEP-kryptering (då använder du <b>Ingen kryptering</b>). Vissa " -"nätverk kanske kräver autentiseringen \n" +"krypteringsnyckel som används. I de flesta fall där WEP används, går det bra att använda \n" +"läget <b>Öppen</b> för WEP (ingen autentisering alls). Det betyder inte att det inte går att \n" +"använda WEP-kryptering (då använder du <b>Ingen kryptering</b>). Vissa nätverk kanske kräver autentiseringen \n" "<b>delad nyckel</b> för WEP. \n" "Obs! Autentisering med delad nyckel gör det lättare \n" "för en potentiell inkräktare att bryta sig in i nätverket. Om du inte har \n" "särskilda behov av autentisering med delad nyckel använder du \n" -"läget <b>Öppen</b>. Eftersom WEP har visats vara osäkert definierades " -"<b>WPA</b> \n" -"(Wi-Fi Protected Access) för att stänga till säkerhetshålen, men inte all " -"maskinvara \n" -"har stöd för WPA. Om du vill använda WPA väljer du <b>WPA-PSK</b> eller " -"<b>WPA-EAP</b> som \n" +"läget <b>Öppen</b>. Eftersom WEP har visats vara osäkert definierades <b>WPA</b> \n" +"(Wi-Fi Protected Access) för att stänga till säkerhetshålen, men inte all maskinvara \n" +"har stöd för WPA. Om du vill använda WPA väljer du <b>WPA-PSK</b> eller <b>WPA-EAP</b> som \n" "autentiseringsläge. Detta är endast möjligt i åtgärdsläget \n" "<b>Hanterad</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2911,11 +2729,10 @@ "anger du vilken WEP-krypteringsnyckel som ska användas. Den\n" " kan ha en nyckellängd på 64, 128, 156 eller 256 bitar, men\n" " alla storlekar stöds inte av alla enheter. Av dessa nycklar\n" -" genereras 24-bitar dynamiskt, så du behöver endast ange 40 till 232 bitar.\n" +" genereras 24-bitar dynamiskt, så du behöver endast ange 40 till 232 bitar.</p>\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359 +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2931,7 +2748,7 @@ " ordlisteattacker är fortfarande möjliga. Använd inte ett ord som\n" " är lätt att gissa som lösenfras.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -2939,90 +2756,88 @@ "<p>Om du vill använda WPA-EAP (även kallat WPA Enterprise)\n" "anger du ytterligare parametrar i nästa dialogfönster.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Dessa värden kommer att skrivas till gränssnittsinställningsfilen\n" -"\"ifcfg-*\" i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Om du behöver ytterligare " -"inställningar,\n" +"\"ifcfg-*\" i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Om du behöver ytterligare inställningar,\n" "lägg till dem manuellt. Se filen \"wireless\" i samma katalog för alla\n" "tillgängliga alternativ.</p>" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-&adressetikett" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Nät&mask" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Etiketten är för lång." -#. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 +#. Popup::Error text +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP-adressen är felaktig." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Delnätmasken är felaktig." -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 msgid "Key Input Type" msgstr "Nyckelinmatningstyp" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "L&ösenfras" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 msgid "&ASCII" msgstr "&ASCII" -#. Translators: input type for a wireless key -#. (Hexadecimal) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. (Hexadecimal) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 msgid "&Hexadecimal" msgstr "&Hexadecimal" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP-&läge" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" -#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -3032,76 +2847,72 @@ "finns olika metoder i EAP för att ansluta till servern\n" " och utföra autentiseringen, nämligen TLS, TTLS och PEAP.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identitet" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>För TTLS och PEAP anger du <b>Identitet</b>\n" "och <b>Lösenord</b> enligt serverns inställningar.\n" " Om du måste ange det använda användarnamnet som\n" -" <b>Anonym identitet</b> kan du göra det här. Detta behövs vanligtvis inte.\n" +" <b>Anonym identitet</b> kan du göra det här. Detta behövs vanligtvis inte.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Anonym identitet" -#. or password? -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "Klient&certifikat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>TLS använder ett <b>Klientcertifikat</b> i stället för en kombination\n" -"av användarnamn och lösenord för autentisering. Ett par bestående av en " -"allmän\n" +"av användarnamn och lösenord för autentisering. Ett par bestående av en allmän\n" " och en privat nyckel används för kryptering av förhandlingskommunikation.\n" " Därför behöver du även en <b>Klientnyckelfil</b> \n" "som innehåller din privata nyckel och ett lämpligt\n" "<b>Klientnyckellösenord</b> för filen.</p>\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "&Klientnyckel" -#. or password? -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Klientnyckel&lösenord" -#. text entry label -#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 +#. text entry label +#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "&Servercertifikat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n" @@ -3111,12 +2922,12 @@ "ett <b>Servercertifikat</b>. Det används\n" "för att validera serverns äkthet.</p>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" @@ -3124,12 +2935,12 @@ "Om du inte vet ditt ID och lösenord eller om du inte har\n" "något certifikat eller en nyckelfil, kontakta din systemadministratör.\n" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "&Autentiseringsmetod" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" @@ -3141,148 +2952,147 @@ " tillåtna metoderna eller om det uppstår problem med autentiseringen väljer\n" " du den inre autentiseringsmetoden.</p>\n" -#. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "&PEAP-version" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du använder PEAP kan du även tvinga fram användning av en specifik\n" -"PEAP-implementering (version 0 eller 1). Normalt är detta inte nödvändigt.\n" +"PEAP-implementering (version 0 eller 1). Normalt är detta inte nödvändigt.</p>\n" -#. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 +#. radio button: any version of PEAP +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Alla" -#. Wireless authentication modes: -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 +#. Wireless authentication modes: +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Ingen kryptering" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Öppen" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Delad nyckel" -#. ComboBox item -#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 +#. ComboBox item +#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 eller 2)" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 eller 2)" -#. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 +#. Wireless dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av trådlöst nätverkskort" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för trådlös enhet" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "O&perativt läge" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "Huvudserver" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nä&tverksnamn (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Sök efter nätverk" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&Autentiseringsläge" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "Krypt&eringsnyckel" -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "E&xpertinställningar" -#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 +#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-nycklar" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA-autentiseringsläge är endast möjligt i hanterat åtgärdsläge." -#. Popup text -#. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 +#. Popup text +#. modes: combination of operation and authentication +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Ange nätverksnamnet för det här läget." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Nätverksnamnet måste vara kortare än 32 tecken." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "Lösenfrasen måste bestå av 8 till 63 tecken." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "Nyckeln måste ha %1 hexadecimala siffror." -#. Popup text -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 +#. Popup text +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln är ogiltig." -#. error -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 +#. error +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln måste specificeras för det här autentiseringsläget." -#. warning only -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 +#. warning only +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3290,15 +3100,15 @@ "Att inte använda någon kryptering är en säkerhetsrisk.\n" "Verkligen fortsätta?\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog caption -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 +#. Wireless expert dialog caption +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar för trådlöst" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" @@ -3306,125 +3116,116 @@ "<p>Här kan du ställa in ytterligare inställningsparametrar\n" "(som sällan används).</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill använda det trådlösa LAN-kortet i huvudläge\n" -"eller ad hoc-läge anger du vilken <b>Kanal</b> som kortet ska använda här. " -"Detta\n" -" behövs inte för hanterat läge - i detta läge hoppar kortet mellan kanaler " -"medan det söker\n" +"eller ad hoc-läge anger du vilken <b>Kanal</b> som kortet ska använda här. Detta\n" +" behövs inte för hanterat läge - i detta läge hoppar kortet mellan kanaler medan det söker\n" " efter åtkomstpunkter.</p>\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>I vissa speciella fall kan du vilja ange en uttrycklig\n" -"<b>Överföringshastighet</b>. Standard är att använda högsta möjliga " -"hastighet.</p>" +"<b>Överföringshastighet</b>. Standard är att använda högsta möjliga hastighet.</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>I en miljö med flera <b>Åtkomstpunkter</b> kan du vilja\n" -"definiera till vilken anslutningen ska göras genom att ange dess Mac-adress." -"</p>" +"definiera till vilken anslutningen ska göras genom att ange dess Mac-adress.</p>" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 +#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan använda <b>Använd strömsparfunktion</b> för att aktivera " -"strömsparfunktionen.\n" +"<p>Du kan använda <b>Använd strömsparfunktion</b> för att aktivera strömsparfunktionen.\n" "Detta är oftast en bra idé, speciellt om du använder en bärbar dator\n" "och inte är ansluten till vägguttaget.</p>\n" -#. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 +#. Combobox item +#. Combobox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatiskt" -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Kanal" -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "Överför&ingshastighet" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "&Åtkomstpunkt" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "Använd ströms&parfunktion" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP ScanMode" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Ange krypteringsnyckel" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "Nyc&kel" -#. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 +#. Translators: popup title +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 +#. Wireless keys dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Trådlösa nycklar" -#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 +#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Här kan du definiera dina WEP-nycklar\n" -"som används för att kryptera data innan den skickas. Du kan ha upp till fyra " -"nycklar,\n" +"som används för att kryptera data innan den skickas. Du kan ha upp till fyra nycklar,\n" "men endast en används för att kryptera datat. Det är standardnyckeln.\n" -"De andra nycklarna kan användas för att dekryptera data. Oftast har du " -"endast en\n" +"De andra nycklarna kan användas för att dekryptera data. Oftast har du endast en\n" "nyckel.</p>" -#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 +#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3435,59 +3236,56 @@ "<p><b>Nyckellängd</b> definierar bitlängden på dina WEP-nycklar.\n" "Möjliga värden är 64 och 128 bit, kallas också 40 och 104 bit.\n" "Viss gammal hårdvara kanske inte kan hantera 128 bitars nycklar, om den\n" -"trådlösa LAN-anslutningen inte kan etableras kan du behöva ange det här " -"värdet\n" +"trådlösa LAN-anslutningen inte kan etableras kan du behöva ange det här värdet\n" "till 64.</p>" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP-nycklar" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "Nyc&kellängd" -#. Table header label -#. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#. Table header label +#. Abbreviation of Number +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "Nr." -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Använd &som standard" -#. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 +#. file browser dialog headline +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Välj ett certifikat" -#. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 +#. validated in ValidateWpaEap +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Om du inte använder ett CA-certifikat (Certificate Authority) kan det leda " -"till anslutningar\n" +"Om du inte använder ett CA-certifikat (Certificate Authority) kan det leda till anslutningar\n" "till osäkra trådlösa nätverk. Fortsätta utan CA ?" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3495,116 +3293,111 @@ "Ange antingen identiteten och lösenordet\n" "eller klientcertifikatet." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" -#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 +#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Alla" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" -#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP-information" -#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Fjärradministration" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "&Tillåt fjärradministration med sessionshantering" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" msgstr "&Tillåt fjärradministration utan sessionshantering" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Tillåt inte fjärra&dministration" -#. Remote Administration dialog help -#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 +#. Remote Administration dialog help +#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/).</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " -"a single\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Fjärradministrationsinställningar</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Om den här funktionen aktiveras kan du\n" "fjärradministrera den här maskinen från en annan maskin. Använd en \n" -"VNC-client, som t. ex. krdc (anslut till <tt><värdnamn>:%1</tt>) " -"eller\n" -"en Java-kompatibel webbläsare (anslut till <tt>https://<värdnamn>:%2/).</p>\n" +"VNC-client, som t. ex. krdc (anslut till <tt><värdnamn>:%1</tt>) eller\n" +"en Java-kompatibel webbläsare (anslut till <tt>https://<värdnamn>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Utan sessionshantering kan endast en användare anslutas\n" "åt gången till en session, och den sessionen avslutas när VNC-klienten\n" -"frånkopplas.</p><p>Med sessionshantering kan flera användare interagera med " -"en enda \n" +"frånkopplas.</p><p>Med sessionshantering kan flera användare interagera med en enda \n" "session, och sessionen kan fortsätta trots att ingen är ansluten.</p>" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för fjärradministration" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Dessa paket måste installeras:" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3616,28 +3409,28 @@ "\n" "Försöka igen?\n" -#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. -#. -#. This list is used when selecting <ol> -#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, -#. there we want to see the link status </li> -#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there -#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> -#. </ol> -#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion -#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) -#. @return a list of items -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service -#. -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#. -#. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3645,36 +3438,36 @@ "Nätverket hanteras för närvarande av NetworkManager\n" "eller är helt inaktiverat. YaST kan inte konfigurera vissa alternativ." -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Nätverkskort" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modem" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kort" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-enheter" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alla nätverksenheter" -#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME -#. setup was detected. -#. -#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices -#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 +#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME +#. setup was detected. +#. +#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices +#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 msgid "" "More than one interface asks to control the hostname via DHCP.\n" "If you keep the current settings, the behavior is non-deterministic.\n" @@ -3683,166 +3476,161 @@ "%s\n" msgstr "" "Fler än ett gränssnitt ber om att kontrollera värddatornamnet via DHCP.\n" -"Om du behåller de nuvarande inställningarna är uppförandet icke-" -"deterministiskt.\n" +"Om du behåller de nuvarande inställningarna är uppförandet icke-deterministiskt.\n" "\n" "Berörda konfigurationsfiler:\n" "%s\n" -#. validation error popup -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 +#. validation error popup +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Värddatornamnet är felaktigt." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domännamn" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "Domännamnet är ogiltigt." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 msgid "Set Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "Ange värddatornamn via DHCP" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "&Tilldela värdnamn till loopback-IP" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&Ändra DNS-konfiguration" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Endast manuellt" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Använd standardprincip" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Använd anpassad princip" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "&Regel för anpassad princip" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Namnserver &1" -#. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "Namnserverns IP-adress är ogiltig." -#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 +#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "Do&mänsökning" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Namnserver &2" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Namnserver &3" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Värddatornamn och domännamn" -#. global help, init, store for all dialog -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#. global help, init, store for all dialog +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Namnservrar och domänsöklista" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Datornamn/DNS" -#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 +#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 msgid "keep current settings" msgstr "behåll aktuella inställningar" -#. translators: no device selected placeholder -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 +#. translators: no device selected placeholder +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 msgid "no" msgstr "nej" -#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 +#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 msgid "yes: any" msgstr "ja: vilket som helst" -#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 msgid "yes: %s" msgstr "ja: %s" -#. Validator for domain name, no_popup -#. @param [String] key the widget being validated -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Vi rekommenderar inte att du använder .local som domännamn på grund av " -"Multicast DNS. Använda på egen risk?" +#. Validator for domain name, no_popup +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Vi rekommenderar inte att du använder .local som domännamn på grund av Multicast DNS. Använda på egen risk?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Söklistan kan som mest ha %1 domäner." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Söklistan kan som mest ha %1 tecken." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Sökdomänen %1 är ogiltig." -#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately -#. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 +#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately +#. via CWMTab +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av värddatornamn och namnserver" -#. Warning popup text 1/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 +#. Warning popup text 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 msgid "The host %1 is a system host." msgstr "Värddatorn %1 är en systemvärddator." -#. Warning popup text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 msgid "Really delete it?" msgstr "Verkligen ta bort den?" -#. Warning popup text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 msgid "Really change it?" msgstr "Verkligen ändra den?" -#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 +#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 msgid "<p>The hosts can be set up in this dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>Värddatorerna kan ställas in in den här dialogrutan.</p>" -#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 +#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n" "<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n" @@ -3850,176 +3638,172 @@ "<p>Ange <b>IP-adressen</b> för en värddator, ett <b>Värddatornamn</b>\n" "och eventuellt <b>Värddatoralias</b>, avgränsade med mellanslag.</p>\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "Aktuella värddatorer" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Värddatornamn" -#. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Värddatoralias" -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Värddatora&lias" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "Aliasnamnet \"%1\" är ogiltigt." -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 msgid "Default IPv4 &Gateway" msgstr "IPv4-standard&gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway" msgstr "IPv6-standard&gateway" -#. Table header 3/4 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 +#. Table header 3/4 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 msgid "Genmask" msgstr "Genmask" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" msgstr "Aktivera &IPv4-vidarebefordring" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" msgstr "Aktivera I&Pv6-vidarebefordring" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 msgid "Routing" msgstr "Routing" -#. Route edit dialog -#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route -#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry -#. @param [Array] devs available devices -#. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 +#. Route edit dialog +#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route +#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry +#. @param [Array] devs available devices +#. @return route or nil, if canceled +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Mål" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Ge&nmask" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "En&het" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "Mål är ogiltigt." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "Gateway IP-adressen är felaktig." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Delnätmasken är felaktig." -#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used -#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 +#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used +#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Standard-gateway är felaktig." -#. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "Använ&d reguljärt uttryck för uppringning" -#. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 +#. dial prefix regex help +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>När <b>Använd reguljärt uttryck för uppringning</b> har angetts,\n" -"kan användarna ändra uppringningsprefixet i KInternet om det matchar " -"uttrycket.\n" -" Ett rekommenderat värde är <tt>[09]?</tt>, vilket tillåter <tt>0</tt>, " -"<tt>9</tt>\n" +"kan användarna ändra uppringningsprefixet i KInternet om det matchar uttrycket.\n" +" Ett rekommenderat värde är <tt>[09]?</tt>, vilket tillåter <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" " och ett tomt prefix. Om uttrycket är tomt kan användarna inte\n" " ändra prefixet.</p>\n" -#. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 +#. radio button group label,method of setup +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Inställningsmetod" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatisk adresstilldelning (med DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "S&täll in fast adress" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "<p>H</p>" msgstr "<p>H</p>" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Vid start" -#. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 +#. is a part of the static help text +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Aldrig" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Av Nätverkshanteraren" -#. help text for Device Activation -#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 +#. help text for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." msgstr "" "<b>Av Nätverkshanteraren</b>: Ett skrivbordsminiprogram\n" -"kontrollerar gränssnittet. Det finns ingen anledning att ställa in det i " -"YaST." +"kontrollerar gränssnittet. Det finns ingen anledning att ställa in det i YaST." -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n" @@ -4027,13 +3811,13 @@ "<p><b>Manuellt</b>: Du styr gränssnittet manuellt\n" "via ifup eller qinternet (se Användarkontrollerad nedan).</p>\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Vid kabelanslutning" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -4045,13 +3829,13 @@ "Det betyder antingen att en kabel ansluts eller att det trådlösa\n" "gränssnittet kan ansluta mot en åtkomstpunkt.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "När enhet ansluts" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -4063,110 +3847,104 @@ "nästan samma sak som \"Vid start\" men resulterar inte i ett fel vid\n" "start om inte gränssnittet är tillgängligt.\n" -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "Vid NFSroot" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Vid NFSroot</b> fungerar ungefär som <tt>auto</tt>. Gränssnitt med det " -"här startläget kan dock\n" -"aldrig stängas av med <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " -"fungerar fortfarande.\n" +"<b>Vid NFSroot</b> fungerar ungefär som <tt>auto</tt>. Gränssnitt med det här startläget kan dock\n" +"aldrig stängas av med <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> fungerar fortfarande.\n" " Använd detta läge om du har ett NFS- eller iSCSI root-filsystem.\n" -#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Aktivera &enhet" -#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be -#. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Välj när nätverksgränssnittet ska aktiveras. <b>Vid start</b> aktiverar " -"det vid systemstarten, \n" +"<p>Välj när nätverksgränssnittet ska aktiveras. <b>Vid start</b> aktiverar det vid systemstarten, \n" "<b>Aldrig</b> startar inte enheten.\n" "%1</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "IPoIB-enhetsläge" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Brandväggen är inte installerad." -#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (Ethernet, DSL-bredband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (PPPoE-bredband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (uppringd)" -#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB i anslutet läge)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB i datagramläge)" -#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 +#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Ange &MTU" -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager-tjänst" -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditionell ifup" -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-tjänst" -#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Nätverkstjänster inaktiverade" -#. Store the NetworkManager widget -#. @param [String] key id of the widget -#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 +#. Store the NetworkManager widget +#. @param [String] key id of the widget +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Applet behövs" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4176,34 +3954,34 @@ "(KDE-plasmawidgeten och nm-applet för GNOME).\n" "Kontrollera att den körs. Starta den annars manuellt." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Allmänna nätverksinställningar" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6-protokollinställningar" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Aktivera IPv6" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Okänd enhet" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adress" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Ingen IP-adress har tilldelats" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4211,202 +3989,198 @@ "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" -#. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 +#. #186102 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Ändra enhet" -#. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 +#. popup dialog title +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Välj nätverksenhet" -#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration -#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten -#. to "0.0.0.0/32" -#. -#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "konfigurerad" -#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue -#. -#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 +#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue +#. +#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Bekräfta omstart av nätverk" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"På grund av det bryggkopplade nätverket måste YaST2 starta om nätverket för " -"att tillämpa inställningarna." +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "På grund av det bryggkopplade nätverket måste YaST2 starta om nätverket för att tillämpa inställningarna." -#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 +#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Enhetsnamn:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basera Udev-regel på" -#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC-adress: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" -#. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Konfigurationsnamnet finns redan." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Ogiltigt konfigurationsnamn." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Skriv datornamnet" -#. Progress stage 2 -#. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2 +#. Progress stage 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Uppdatera inställningar" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Uppdatera /etc/resolv.conf" -#. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningarna för datornamn och DNS" -#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) -#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) +#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Skriver datornamn..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#. Progress step 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Uppdaterar inställningar..." -#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) -#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 +#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) +#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Uppdaterar /etc/resolv.conf ..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Värddatornamn: Ställs in via DHCP" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Värddatornamn: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Värddatornamnet skrivs inte till /etc/hosts" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Namnservrar: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Söklista: %1" -#. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 +#. Check if there is anything to do +#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "Uppdatera /etc/hosts" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "Sparar datornamnkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "Uppdaterar /etc/hosts ..." -#. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 +#. Read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Initierar nätverksinställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 +#. Progress stage 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Identifiera nätverksenheter" -#. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 +#. Progress stage 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Läs drivrutinsinformation" -#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Läs enhetsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 +#. Progress stage 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Läs nätverksinställningar" -#. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#. Progress stage 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 +#. Progress stage 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Läs inställningarna för värddatornamn och DNS" -#. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 +#. Progress stage 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Läs installationsinformation" -#. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 +#. Progress stage 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Läs ruttinställningar" -#. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 +#. Progress stage 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Identifiera aktuell status" -#. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#. Progress step 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Identifierar ndiswrapper..." -#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 +#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4416,7 +4190,7 @@ "men kärnmodulen installerades inte med modprobe.\n" "Vill du installera ndiswrapper med modprobe?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4424,287 +4198,281 @@ "Kärnmodulen ndiswrapper har inte lästs in.\n" "Kontrollera konfigurationen manuellt.\n" -#. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 +#. Progress step 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Identifierar nätverksenheter..." -#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 +#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Läser enhetsinställningar..." -#. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 +#. Progress step 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Läser nätverksinställningar..." -#. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 +#. Progress step 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningar..." -#. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#. Progress step 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Läser inställningarna för värddatornamn och DNS..." -#. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 +#. Progress step 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Läser installationsinformation..." -#. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 +#. Progress step 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Läser ruttinställningar..." -#. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 +#. Progress step 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Identifierar aktuell status..." -#. Final progress step -#. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 +#. Final progress step +#. Final progress step +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) -#. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 +#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) +#. @return Read(`cache) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "En omstart krävs för att verkställa ändringen." -#. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Sparar nätverksinställningar" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Skriv drivrutinsinformation" -#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 +#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Skriv enhetsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 +#. Progress stage 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Skriv nätverksinställningar" -#. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 +#. Progress stage 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Skriv ruttinställningar" -#. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#. Progress stage 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Skriv inställningarna för värddatornamn och DNS" -#. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#. Progress stage 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Ställ in nätverkstjänster" -#. Progress stage 8 -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 +#. Progress stage 8 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Skriv brandväggsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#. Progress stage 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktivera nätverkstjänster" -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Sparar /etc/modprobe.conf..." -#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 +#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Skriver enhetsinställningar..." -#. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 +#. Progress step 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Skriver nätverksinställningar..." -#. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 +#. Progress step 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Sparar ruttinställningar..." -#. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 +#. Progress step 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Skriver inställningarna för värddatornamn och DNS..." -#. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 +#. Progress step 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Ställer in nätverkstjänster..." -#. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 +#. Progress step 8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..." -#. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#. Progress step 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Aktiverar nätverkstjänster..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Inget nätverk är aktivt" -#. header for network summary list -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 +#. header for network summary list +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Nätverksläge" -#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 +#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gränssnitt som kontrolleras av Nätverkshanteraren" -#. switch from network manager to wicked -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 +#. switch from network manager to wicked +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 msgid "switch to Wicked" msgstr "växla till Wicked" -#. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 +#. network mode +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 msgid "Traditional network setup with Wicked" msgstr "Traditionell nätverksinställning med Wicked" -#. switch from wicked to network manager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 +#. switch from wicked to network manager +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 msgid "switch to NetworkManager" msgstr "växla till NetworkManager" -#. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 +#. ipv6 support is enabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Stöd för IPv6-protkoll är aktiverat" -#. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 +#. disable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 msgid "disable" msgstr "inaktivera" -#. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 +#. ipv6 support is disabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Stöd för IPv6-protkoll är inaktiverat" -#. enable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 +#. enable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "enable" msgstr "aktivera" -#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 +#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 msgid "connected" msgstr "ansluten" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto -#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto -#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Startas automatiskt vid start" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Startas automatiskt vid kabelanslutning" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Hanterad av Nätverkshanteraren" -#. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=off +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Startas inte alls" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Startad manuellt" -#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type -#. -#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: -#. * <string1> -#. * <string2> -#. -#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") -#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type +#. +#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: +#. * <string1> +#. * <string2> +#. +#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") +#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adress tilldelad med" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adress: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adress: %s, delnätmask %s" -#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item -#. overview. Check and remove. -#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502 +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. overview. Check and remove. +#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Enhetsnamn: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Bond-huvudenhet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Brygga" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "slavenhet i %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Inte ansluten" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Ingen hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att konfigurera nätverkskortet eftersom kärnenheten (eth0, " -"wlan0) inte finns. Det orsakas oftast av saknad fast programvara (för wlan-" -"enheter). Se utdata från dmesg för detaljer." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera nätverkskortet eftersom kärnenheten (eth0, wlan0) inte finns. Det orsakas oftast av saknad fast programvara (för wlan-enheter). Se utdata från dmesg för detaljer." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4712,31 +4480,31 @@ "Enheten är inte konfigurerad. Tryck på <b>Redigera</b>\n" "om du vill konfigurera den.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Obligatorisk inbyggd programvara" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge -#. or of a bond interface. -#. -#. @param [String] ifcfg_type -#. @param [String] ifcfg_name -#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547 +#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge +#. or of a bond interface. +#. +#. @param [String] ifcfg_type +#. @param [String] ifcfg_name +#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bond-slavenheter" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550 msgid "Bridge Ports" msgstr "Brygganslutningar" -#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before -#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4744,39 +4512,39 @@ "Paketet %{package} är inte installerat\n" "brandväggsinställningar kommer att inaktiveras." -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Konfigurera visningshanteraren" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Starta om tjänster" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för fjärradministration sparas" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Konfigurerar visningshanteraren..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Tjänsten startas om..." -#. Install required packages -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Aktiveringen av tjänsten %{service} har misslyckats" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Inaktiveringen av tjänsten %{service} har misslyckats" -#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4786,69 +4554,69 @@ "Starta om skärmhanteraren manuellt, eller logga ut och sedan \n" "in igen, så att ändringarna av fjärradministrationen träder i kraft." -#. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Fjärradministration aktiverat." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Fjärradministration inaktiverad." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Skriv inställningar för IP-vidarebefordring" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Skriv routing-inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Sparar routing-konfigurationen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Skriver inställningar för IP-vidarebefordring..." -#. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); -#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, -#. so we let our caller do it together with other things -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 +#. at first stop the running routes +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, +#. so we let our caller do it together with other things +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Sparar routing-inställningarna..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP-vidarebefordring för IPv4: %s" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP-vidarebefordring för IPv6: %s" -#. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatiskt tilldelad zon" -#. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Brandvägg inaktiverad" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Oskyddad)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,107 +14,107 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Ställ in NFS-klient" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Visa inställda NFS-monteringspunkter" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "Lägg till en NFS-monteringspunkt" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "Redigera en NFS-monteringspunkt" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "Ta bort en NFS-monteringspunkt" -#. host:path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Fjärrfilsystem (i formen \"värddator:sökväg\")" -#. path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Lokal monteringspunkt" -#. a list? -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Monteringsalternativ" -#. nfs or nfs4 -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "Filsystem-ID, nfs och nfs4 som stöds. Standardvärdet är nfs." -#. CLI action handler. -#. Print summary in command line -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Fjärrfilsystem" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Okänt värde för alternativet \"typ\"." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Ingen NFS-montering specificerad." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Ingen NFS-montering som motsvarar kriteriet hittades." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Flera NFS-monteringar som motsvarar kriteriet:" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ "Giltig IPv6-adress: %2\n" "Giltig domän: %3" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ "Fstab innehåller redan en post\n" "med monteringspunkten \"%1\"." -#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -150,135 +150,126 @@ "Den måste vara kortare än 70 tecken och\n" "måste börja med ett bakstreck (/)." -#. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Tabellen innehåller alla kataloger som \n" -"har exporterats från fjärrservrar och monterats lokalt via NFS (NFS-" -"resurser).</p>" +"har exporterats från fjärrservrar och monterats lokalt via NFS (NFS-resurser).</p>" -#. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Varje NFS-resurs identifieras av en fjärr-NFS-serveradress och\n" "exporterad katalog, en lokal katalog där fjärrkatalogen är monterad, \n" -"en NFS-typ (antingen enkel nfs eller nfsv4) samt monteringsalternativ. Mer " -"information om \n" +"en NFS-typ (antingen enkel nfs eller nfsv4) samt monteringsalternativ. Mer information om \n" "montering av NFS och monteringsalternativ finns i <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill montera en NFS-resurs klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du " -"vill ändra konfigurationen för\n" -"den monterade resursen klickar du på <B>Redigera</B>. Du kan ta bort och " -"avmontera en vald\n" +"<p>Om du vill montera en NFS-resurs klickar du på <B>Lägg till</B>. Om du vill ändra konfigurationen för\n" +"den monterade resursen klickar du på <B>Redigera</B>. Du kan ta bort och avmontera en vald\n" "resurs med <B>Ta bort</B>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du behöver åtkomst till en NFSv4-resurs (NFSv4 är en nyare version av " -"NFS-\n" +"<p>Om du behöver åtkomst till en NFSv4-resurs (NFSv4 är en nyare version av NFS-\n" "protokollet) markerar du <b>Aktivera NFSv4</b>. Du kan då behöva\n" "ange ett <b>NFSv4-domännamn</b> för korrekt inställning\n" "för åtkomstbehörighet till fil/katalog.</p>\n" -#. selection box label -#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows -#. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servrar" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Exporterade kataloger" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "Värddatornamn för &NFS-server" -#. pushbutton label -#. choose a host from a list -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "&Välj" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "Fjä&rrkatalog" -#. pushbutton label, -#. select from a list of remote filesystems -#. make it short -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Välj" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "&NFSv4-resurser" -#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (4.1)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt (lokal)" -#. button label -#. browse directories to select a mount point -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bläddra" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Söker datorer i nätverket..." -#. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Ingen NFS-server har hittats på nätverket." -#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -288,19 +279,19 @@ "Detta kan orsakas av en aktiverad SuSEfirewall2,\n" "som antagligen blockerar nätverkssökningen." -#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "Hämtar kataloglista för \"%1\"..." -#. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkt" -#. help text 1/4 -#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" @@ -310,9 +301,9 @@ "<i>Välj</i> låter dig bläddra i en lista över NFS-servrar på det\n" "lokala nätverket.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -324,23 +315,21 @@ "<b>Välj</b> för att välja en från de som exporteras av servern.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"I <b>monteringspunkt</b> anger du sökvägen på det lokala filsystemet där " -"katalogen ska monteras. Med\n" +"I <b>monteringspunkt</b> anger du sökvägen på det lokala filsystemet där katalogen ska monteras. Med\n" "<b>Bläddra</b> väljer du monteringspunkt\n" "interaktivt.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" "read the man page mount(8).</p>" @@ -348,58 +337,58 @@ "<p>För en lista över <b>alternativ</b>,\n" "läs manualsidan mount(8).</p>" -#. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Fjärrkatalog" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS-typ" -#. #211570 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Aktivera NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4-domännamn" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Aktivera &GSS-säkerhet" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS-resurser" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "N&FS-inställningar" -#. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort %1?" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in NFS-klient" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Katalogen \"%1\" kunde inte skapas." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -409,77 +398,77 @@ "Inga ändringar kommer att utföras i\n" "NFS-klientinställningarna.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Sparar NFS-inställningar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Stoppa tjänster" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Starta tjänster" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Stoppar tjänster..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Startar tjänster..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Sparar NFS-klientinställningar. Vänta..." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "NFS-posterna i filen /etc/fstab kunde inte monteras." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-poster" -#. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 poster inställda." -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Tom alternativsträng tillåts inte." -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "Oväntat värde %{value} för alternativet %{key}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Okänt alternativ: '%{key}'" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Ogiltigt värde: '%{opt}'" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Tomt värde för alternativ: '%{key}'" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,86 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 msgid "Configuration of NFS server" msgstr "Ställ in NFS-servern" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 msgid "NFS server configuration summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning av NFS-serverinställningarna" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 msgid "Start NFS server" msgstr "Starta NFS-servern" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 msgid "Stop NFS server" msgstr "Stoppa NFS-servern" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 msgid "Add a directory to export" msgstr "Lägg till den katalog som ska exporteras" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 msgid "Delete a directory from export" msgstr "Ta bort en katalog som inte ska exporteras" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." msgstr "Ange parametrar för domän, säkerhet och enablev4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 msgid "Directory to export" msgstr "Katalog som ska exporteras" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" msgstr "Främmande värddator för att ställa in åtkomsten till katalogen" -#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" msgstr "Exportalternativ (se \"man exports\")" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Domänspecifikation för NFSv4 ID-mappning, som localdomain eller abc.com osv." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Domänspecifikation för NFSv4 ID-mappning, som localdomain eller abc.com osv." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." msgstr "Ja/nej för att aktivera/inaktivera stöd för NFSv4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." msgstr "Ja/nej för att aktivera/inaktivera säker NFS." -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS-servern är aktiverad" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS-servern är inaktiverad" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "De paket (%1) som krävs är inte installerade." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Ingen monteringspunkt har angetts." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,27 +98,20 @@ "Exporttabellen innehåller\n" "redan denna katalog." -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ange domän utan att aktivera NFSv4. Använd kommandot set " -"enablev4." +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Det går inte att ange domän utan att aktivera NFSv4. Använd kommandot set enablev4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Kommandot set måste användas i formen set option=value. Använd set help för " -"mer information om tillgängliga värden." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Kommandot set måste användas i formen set option=value. Använd set help för mer information om tillgängliga värden." -#. Then no need to check for conflict. -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 msgid "" "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" @@ -129,13 +119,13 @@ "%3 och %4 exporteras med alternativet fsid=0\n" "för samma klient %1 (som finns i %2)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 msgid "Dire&ctories" msgstr "&Kataloger" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 msgid "" "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" @@ -145,8 +135,8 @@ "Den får vara högst 70 tecken och\n" "får inte innehålla blanksteg.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 msgid "" "Invalid option.\n" "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." @@ -154,18 +144,18 @@ "Ogiltigt värde.\n" "Endast bokstäver, siffror och tecknen =/.:,_- är tillåtna." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" msgstr "Okänt alternativ: %1" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" msgstr "Ogiltigt värde: %1" -#. %1 is a list of exported paths -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 msgid "" "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" "for %1.\n" @@ -175,49 +165,49 @@ "för %1.\n" "Det finns troligtvis ett falskt blanksteg i inställningsfilen.\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Katalog som ska exporteras" -#. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Ange en exportsökväg, t ex /exports." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "Exporttabellen innehåller redan den här katalogen." -#. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Katalogen finns inte. Vill du skapa den?" -#. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Välj vilken katalog som ska exporteras" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Främmande värd&dator" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue -#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). -#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -225,8 +215,8 @@ "fsid=0 är inte ett giltigt värde om inte \n" "NFSv4 är aktiverat (föregående sida).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -234,18 +224,14 @@ "Inställningarna för den här\n" "främmande värddatorn är redan gjorda." -#. Opening NFS server dialog -#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att läsa filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Standardinställningen för " -"domänen är localdomain." +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Det går inte att läsa filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Standardinställningen för domänen är localdomain." -#. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -253,8 +239,8 @@ "<p>Här kan du välja om du vill starta NFS-servern på din dator\n" "och exportera dina kataloger till andra datorer.</p>" -#. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" @@ -262,72 +248,64 @@ "<P>Om du väljer <B>Starta NFS-server</B> och klickar på <B>Nästa</B> öppnas\n" "en dialogruta där du kan ange vilka kataloger som ska exporteras.</p>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Om servern måste hantera NFSv4-klienter markerar du <B>Aktivera NFSv4\n" -"och fyller i det NFSv4-domännamn som du vill att ID-mappningsdemonen ska " -"använda. Lämna som\n" -"localdomain eller referera till manualsidan för idmapd och idmapd.conf om du " -"är osäker.</P>\n" +"<P>Om servern måste hantera NFSv4-klienter markerar du <B>Aktivera NFSv4</B>\n" +"och fyller i det NFSv4-domännamn som du vill att ID-mappningsdemonen ska använda. Lämna som\n" +"localdomain eller referera till manualsidan för idmapd och idmapd.conf om du är osäker.</P>\n" -#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Om servern och klienten ska autentisera med hjälp av GSS-biblioteket " -"markerar du\n" -"kryssrutan <B>Aktivera GSS-säkerhet</B>. Om du vill använda GSS API måste " -"Kerberos och gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) finnas på systemet.</P>\n" +"<P>Om servern och klienten ska autentisera med hjälp av GSS-biblioteket markerar du\n" +"kryssrutan <B>Aktivera GSS-säkerhet</B>. Om du vill använda GSS API måste Kerberos och gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) finnas på systemet.</P>\n" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Starta" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Starta i&nte" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Aktivera NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Aktivera NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Ange NFSv4-&domännamn:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Aktivera &GSS-säkerhet" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in NFS-server" -#. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -337,79 +315,74 @@ "Om en katalog är markerad visar den nedre rutan de datorer som får\n" "montera den katalogen.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><b>Främmande värddator</b> anger vilka värddatorer som får åtkomst till " -"den\n" +"<P><b>Främmande värddator</b> anger vilka värddatorer som får åtkomst till den\n" "valda katalogen. Det kan vara enstaka värddatorer, nätverksgrupper,\n" "okända värddatorer eller IP-nätverk.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange en asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) i stället för ett namn om du vill ange alla " -"värddatorer.</p>" +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange en asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) i stället för ett namn om du vill ange alla värddatorer.</p>" -#. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "<P>Mer information finns i <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Lä&gg till katalog" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Ta &bort" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Främmande värddator" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Lägg till vär&ddator" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Red&igera" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Kataloger som ska exporteras" -#. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -417,8 +390,8 @@ "Det går inte att skapa den katalog som saknas:\n" "%1" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -428,65 +401,61 @@ "Inga ändringar kommer att utföras i\n" "exporterade kataloger.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Skriver NFS-serverinställningar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Spara /etc/exports" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Starta om tjänster" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Sparar /etc/exports..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Startar om tjänster..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Skriver NFS-serverinställningar. Vänta..." -#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva till idmapd.conf." -#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att starta svcgssd. Kontrollera att inställningarna för " -"kerberos och gssapi (nfs-utils) är korrekta." +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Det går inte att starta svcgssd. Kontrollera att inställningarna för kerberos och gssapi (nfs-utils) är korrekta." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Det går inte att starta om tjänsten svcgssd." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "\"svcgssd\" körs. Det går inte att stoppa den." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -494,12 +463,12 @@ "NFS-servern kunde inte startas om.\n" "Ändringarna träder i kraft efter omstart.\n" -#. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS-exporter" -#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "NFSv4-domänen för idmapping är %1." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "Inställningsmodul för NIS-klient." -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "Ställ in datorn som en NIS-klient" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "Inaktivera NIS-klient" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "Inställningssammanfattning för NIS-klient" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "Ändra globala inställningar för NIS-klient" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "Visa tillgängliga NIS-servrar för angiven domän" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "NIS-servernamn eller adress" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS-domän" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "Starta eller stoppa automatisk monterare" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera utsändningssökning" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "Automatisk monterare aktiverad" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "det lokala nätverket efter en server när de specificerade\n" "servrarna har misslyckats med att svara. Det är en säkerhetsrisk.</p>\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" @@ -106,49 +106,46 @@ "<p><b>Expert</b> ger åtkomst till\n" "inställningar som inte används så ofta.</p>\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Markera &alla" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Välj i&ngen" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "Söker NIS-servrar i domänen %1 på det här nätverket..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "&NIS-servrar i domän %1" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Brandväggsinställningar</b><br>\n" "För att öppna brandväggen för att tillåta åtkomst till \"ypbind\"-tjänsten\n" "från fjärrdatorer, markera <b>Öppna port i brandvägg</b>.\n" -"För att välja på vilka gränssnitt porten ska öppnas, klicka på " -"<b>Brandväggsdetaljer</b>.\n" -"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen är aktiverad.\n" +"För att välja på vilka gränssnitt porten ska öppnas, klicka på <b>Brandväggsdetaljer</b>.\n" +"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen är aktiverad.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" @@ -156,41 +153,33 @@ "<p>Ange din NIS-domän (t ex exempel.se)\n" " och NIS-serverns adress (t ex nis.exempel.se eller 10.20.1.1).</p>\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Välj hur NIS-inställningarna ska ändras. Normalt hanteras\n" -"de med netconfig-skriptet som slår samman de data som definierats statiskt " -"här\n" +"de med netconfig-skriptet som slår samman de data som definierats statiskt här\n" "med dynamiskt insamlade data (t.ex. från DHCP-klienten, NetworkManager\n" -"osv.). Detta är standardprincipen och den räcker för de flesta " -"inställningar. \n" +"osv.). Detta är standardprincipen och den räcker för de flesta inställningar. \n" "Genom att välja Endast manuella ändringar tillåts netconfig inte att ändra\n" "inställningarna. Du kan dock redigera filen manuellt. Genom att välja\n" "Anpassad princip kan du ange en anpassad principsträng som består av en \n" -"lista (separerad med mellanslag) med gränssnittsnamn, inklusive jokertecken, " -"med \n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK som fördefinierade specialvärden. Mer information " -"finns på\n" +"lista (separerad med mellanslag) med gränssnittsnamn, inklusive jokertecken, med \n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK som fördefinierade specialvärden. Mer information finns på\n" "manualsidan för netconfig.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" @@ -198,146 +187,139 @@ "<p>Specificera flera servrar\n" "genom att åtskilja deras adresser med mellanslag.</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Automatisk monterare</b> är en demon som monterar kataloger " -"automatiskt,\n" +"<p><b>Automatisk monterare</b> är en demon som monterar kataloger automatiskt,\n" "t.ex. användares hemkataloger.\n" "Det förutsätts att dess konfigurationsfiler (auto.*) redan finns,\n" "antingen lokalt eller via NIS.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button." -msgstr "" -"<p>NFS-inställningar som påverkar hur den automatiska monteraren fungerar " -"kan ställas in i NFS-klienten som kan konfigureras med knappen <b>NFS-" -"inställningar</b>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>NFS-inställningar som påverkar hur den automatiska monteraren fungerar kan ställas in i NFS-klienten som kan konfigureras med knappen <b>NFS-inställningar</b>.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatisk inställning (med Nätverkshanteraren och DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatisk inställning (med DHCP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS-klient" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "Net&config NIS-princip" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "Endast manuella ändringar" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "Standardprincip" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "Anpassad princip" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "&Anpassad princip" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "N&IS-domän" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "NIS-servr&arnas adresser" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "Utsändning (Br&oadcast)" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "S&ök" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "Ytterligare NIS-domäner" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" msgstr "Använd i&nte NIS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "Anv&änd NIS" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "E&xpert..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS-inställningar..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "Starta auto&matisk monterare" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Ställ in NIS-klient" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "Att hitta servrar fungerar endast när domänen är känd." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -347,89 +329,77 @@ "kan du inte hämta data från LDAP.\n" "Är du säker?" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " -"host.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vanligtvis är det möjligt för alla värddatorer att förfråga vilken server " -"en klient använder. Genom att inaktivera <b>Svara fjärrvärddatorer</b> " -"begränsas detta till den lokala datorn.</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vanligtvis är det möjligt för alla värddatorer att förfråga vilken server en klient använder. Genom att inaktivera <b>Svara fjärrvärddatorer</b> begränsas detta till den lokala datorn.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Trasig server</b> om svar från servrar som körs på en " -"oprivilegierad port ska accepteras. Det är en säkerhetsrisk och det är " -"bättre att byta ut en sådan server.</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Trasig server</b> om svar från servrar som körs på en oprivilegierad port ska accepteras. Det är en säkerhetsrisk och det är bättre att byta ut en sådan server.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se <b>man ypbind</b> för detaljer om andra alternativ.</p>" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "S&vara fjärrvärddatorer" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Trasi&g server" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Andra &ypbind-alternativ" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servrar (separerade med mellanrum eller komman)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Domäninställningar" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "&Domännamn" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Den här domänen är redan specificerad." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "Formatet på serveradressen \"%1\" är felaktigt." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -437,66 +407,62 @@ "Att aktivera både utsändnings- och SLP-alternativ\n" "är inte lämpligt. Välj endast ett alternativ." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>Specificera servrarna för ytterligare domäner.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) kan användas för att hitta NIS-" -"servern.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) kan användas för att hitta NIS-servern.</p>" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Ytterligare domäner" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Domän" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servrar" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Lägg till" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Verkligen ta bort den här domänen?" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS är nu aktiverat." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -506,8 +472,8 @@ "det kan inte vara \"(none)\"\n" "och det kan som mest vara 64 tecken långt.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -517,105 +483,105 @@ "eftersom värddatornamn löses upp med NIS.\n" "\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "Paketet \"automounter\" kommer att installeras.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "via DHCP" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "NIS-klient aktiverad" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS-domän" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "NIS-servrar" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "Andra domäner" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "Svara endast till lokal värddator" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "Trasig server" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "ypbind-alternativ" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "Klient aktiverad" -#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 +#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 msgid "Getting domain name via ypdomainname failed with '%s'" msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta domännamn via ypdomainname med %s" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "Sparar NIS-inställningar..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Stoppa tjänster" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Starta tjänster" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Stoppar tjänster..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Startar tjänster..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Sparar NIS-klientinställningar" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Fel uppstod när ypclient kördes." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-servern hittades inte." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "Inställningsmodul för NIS-server." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "Inställningssammanfattning för NIS-server" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "Stoppa NIS-server" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "Ställ in NIS-huvudserver" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "Ställ in NIS-slavserver" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS-domän" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "IP-adress för NIS-huvudserver" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "Starta eller stoppa yppasswd-tjänst" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "YP-källkatalog" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "Kartor distribuerade av server" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "Värddatorer som tillåts fråga servern (\"nätmask:nätverk\")" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "Ingen NIS-server är inställd." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "En NIS-huvudserver är inställd." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "En NIS-slavserver är inställd." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS-domän" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "YP-källkatalog: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "Tillgängliga kartor: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "NIS-huvudserver:" -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "Värddatorer som tillåts förfråga server (nätmask:nätverk):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Paket som krävs (%1) är inte installerade." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "Ogiltig nätmask: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "Ogiltigt nätverk: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "Dessa kartor stöds inte:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "IP-adressen för NIS-huvudservern har inte angetts." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" @@ -157,79 +157,74 @@ "<p>Du kan ändra NIS-serverns källkatalog (vanligtvis\n" "<i>/etc</i>).</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Välj om filen <i>passwd</i> ska sammanfogas med filen <i>shadow</i>\n" "(endast möjligt om filen <i>shadow</i> existerar).</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" msgstr "<p>Du kan också justera minsta användar- och grupp-id.</p>" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "Minsta &UID" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "Minsta &GID" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "&YP-källkatalog" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "&Sammanfoga lösenord" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "Detaljerad inställning av NIS-huvudserver" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med den här dialogrutan kan du justera vilka tabeller som ska vara " -"tillgängliga.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med den här dialogrutan kan du justera vilka tabeller som ska vara tillgängliga.</p>" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "Ta&beller" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "Inställning av tabeller för NIS-server" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange en NIS-<b>domän</b>. Om den här värddatorn också är en NIS-klient " -"som använder den här datorn som en server markerar\n" +"<p>Ange en NIS-<b>domän</b>. Om den här värddatorn också är en NIS-klient som använder den här datorn som en server markerar\n" "du det alternativet.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" @@ -241,8 +236,8 @@ "markerar <i>Snabb tabelldistribution</i> kommer det att gå snabbare att\n" "överföra tabeller till slavarna.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" @@ -254,59 +249,59 @@ "ändring av skal eller GECOS (fullständigt namn och relaterad information).\n" "Knapparna kan användas för att ställa in dessa specifika alternativ.</p>\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "Tillåt ändring av &GECOS-fält" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "Tillåt ändring av inloggning&sskal" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "Till&åt ändring av lösenord" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Den här värddatorn är o&ckså en NIS-klient" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "NIS-&domännamn" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "Aktiv NIS-slavserver &existerar" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "Snabb tabelldistribution (rpc.ypx&frd)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "Ändring av lösenord" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "Andra gl&obala inställningar..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "Inställning av NIS-huvudserver" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" @@ -316,56 +311,53 @@ "Detta kan ersätta domännamnet som du just angav. Kontrollera\n" "inställningarna och överväg att inte köra en DHCP-klient på en NIS-server.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Brandväggsinställningar</b><br>\n" "Om du vill öppna brandväggen för att tillåta åtkomst till NIS-servern\n" "från fjärrdatorer markerar du <b>Öppna port i brandvägg</b>.\n" -"Om du vill välja på vilka gränssnitt porten ska öppnas klickar du på " -"<b>Brandväggsdetaljer</b>.\n" -"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen är aktiverad.\n" +"Om du vill välja på vilka gränssnitt porten ska öppnas klickar du på <b>Brandväggsdetaljer</b>.\n" +"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om brandväggen är aktiverad.</p>\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "Redigera nätmask och nätverk" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Nät&mask" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "Nät&verk" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "Felaktig nätmask.\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "Felaktigt nätverk.\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange vilka värddatorer som får fråga NIS-servern.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -373,18 +365,17 @@ "<p>En värddatoradress kommer att tillåtas om <b>nätverk</b> är lika med\n" "bitvis <i>OCH</i> värddatorns adress och <b>nätmask</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Posten med <b>nätmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> och <b>nätverk</b>\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> måste finnas för att tillåta anslutningar från localhost." -"</p>\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> måste finnas för att tillåta anslutningar från localhost.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" @@ -392,124 +383,109 @@ "<p>Om <b>nätmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> och <b>nätverk</b> \n" "<tt>0.0.0.0</tt> anges ger det åtkomst till alla värddatorer.</p>" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Nätmask" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "Nätverk" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "Inställning av värddatorer som får fråga NIS-servern" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " -"master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange NIS-<b>domän</b> och IP-<b>adress</b> eller värddatornamnet för NIS-" -"huvudservern.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange NIS-<b>domän</b> och IP-<b>adress</b> eller värddatornamnet för NIS-huvudservern.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om den här värddatorn också är en NIS-klient som använder den här datorn " -"som en server markerar du det alternativet.</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om den här värddatorn också är en NIS-klient som använder den här datorn som en server markerar du det alternativet.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "N&IS-domännamn:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "NIS-&huvudserver:" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Ställ in slavserver" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "Fjä&rranslutna värddatorer" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "&Slavens värddatornamn" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "Redigera slavserver" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Söker datorer i nätverket..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " -"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du ange namnen på de värddatorer som ska ställas in som NIS-" -"slavservrar. Använd <i>Lägg till</i> om du vill lägga till en ny, " -"<i>Redigera</i> om du vill ändra en befintlig post och <i>Ta bort</i> om du " -"vill ta bort den.</p>" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du ange namnen på de värddatorer som ska ställas in som NIS-slavservrar. Använd <i>Lägg till</i> om du vill lägga till en ny, <i>Redigera</i> om du vill ändra en befintlig post och <i>Ta bort</i> om du vill ta bort den.</p>" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "&Slavservrar" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "Inställning av NIS-huvud- och slavserver" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Slutför" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Vill du spara inställningarna?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Avsluta" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "Vill du avsluta utan att spara inställningarna?" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "Information om felet" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -517,13 +493,13 @@ "Fel vid inställning:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" @@ -531,8 +507,8 @@ "<p>Välj om du vill att NIS-servern ska vara <b>huvudserver</b> eller\n" "<b>slavserver</b>, eller att inte ha någon NIS-server inställd.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" @@ -540,210 +516,210 @@ "<p>NIS-serverpaketet <b>installeras</b> om du vill\n" "ställa in det.</p>" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "Ingen NIS-programvara är installerad." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Installera och ställ in en &NIS-huvudserver" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Installera och ställ in en NIS-&slavserver" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "G&ör ingenting och lämna inställningarna" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "NIS-programvaran är installerad." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "Huvudserver" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slavserver" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "NIS-servern %1 är inställd." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Ställ in &NIS-huvudservern igen" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Ändra till &NIS-huvudservern" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Ställ in NIS-&slavservern igen" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Ändra till NIS-&slavservern" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "Inaktivera alla NIS-serverinst&ällningar" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Skapa en &NIS-huvudserver" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Skapa en NIS-&slavserver" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Aktuell status: " -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "Välj vad du vill göra" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "Inställning av Network Information Service-server (NIS)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in NIS-server" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vänta medan inställningarna läses.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "Initierar NIS-serverinställningarna" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "Läser in filen %1" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "Fastställer startade tjänster" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "Fastställer servertyp" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningar" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "Läser in %1.." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "Fastställer startade tjänster..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "Fastställer servertyp..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "Klart." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vänta tills inställningarna har sparats.</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "Sparar NIS-serverinställningarna" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningarna" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "Det uppstod ett fel när %1 togs bort\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "Det går inte att skapa katalogen %1.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "Det går inte att hämta listan över tabeller.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när tabellen %1 skulle hämtas från huvudservern.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta listan över slavservrar.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -751,165 +727,165 @@ "Namnet på den här värddatorn (%1)\n" "finns inte med i huvudserverns lista.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när filen %1 skulle sparas\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när domännamnet skulle ställas in\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när variabeln %1 skulle ställas in\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när demonen %1 skulle stoppas\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när demonen %1 skulle startas\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när en tom användardatabas skulle skapas.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när ypservers-tabellen skulle skapas.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när databasen skulle skapas.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när klienten skulle ställas in.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "Ta bort /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "Tar bort /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "Stoppa startade demoner." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "Stoppar startade demoner." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "Hämta tabeller från huvudserver." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "Hämtar tabeller från huvudserver." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Spara värddatorer som tillåts fråga servern." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Sparar värddatorer som tillåts fråga servern." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "Ange inställningsvariabler." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "Anger inställningsvariabler." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "Starta demon." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "Startar demon." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "Spara slavservrar." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "Sparar slavservrar." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "Starta demoner." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "Startar demoner." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "Skapa initial databas." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "Skapar databas." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "Starta NIS-klient." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "Startar NIS-klient." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "Stoppa NIS-klient." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Stoppar NIS-klient." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,85 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "Skriver NIS-konfiguration..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Synkronisera</b> för att ställa in systemtiden efter den NTP-" -"server du valt. Om du vill använda NTP permanent aktiverar du alternativet " -"<b>Uppdateringsinställningar</b></p>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Synkronisera</b> för att ställa in systemtiden efter den NTP-server du valt. Om du vill använda NTP permanent aktiverar du alternativet <b>Uppdateringsinställningar</b></p>" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du aktiverar <b>Kör NTP som demon</b> startas NTP-tjänsten som demon. " -"Annars synkroniseras systemtiden med jämna mellanrum. Standardintervallet är " -"15 min. Du kan ändra det efter installationen med <b>yast2 ntp-" -"klientmodulen</b>.</p>" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du aktiverar <b>Kör NTP som demon</b> startas NTP-tjänsten som demon. Annars synkroniseras systemtiden med jämna mellanrum. Standardintervallet är 15 min. Du kan ändra det efter installationen med <b>yast2 ntp-klientmodulen</b>.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>Med knappen <b>Ställ in</b> öppnar du de avancerade NTP-inställningarna." +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med knappen <b>Ställ in</b> öppnar du de avancerade NTP-inställningarna.</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Synkroniseringen med NTP-servern förutsätter att nätverket är " -"konfigurerat.</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Synkroniseringen med NTP-servern förutsätter att nätverket är konfigurerat.</p>" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "NTP-servervärdnamnet %1 är ogiltigt" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&NTP-serveradress" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Kör NTP som demon" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Spara NTP-inställningar" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "S&ynkronisera nu" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "S&täll in..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -100,19 +78,19 @@ "Det går inte att synkronisera med NTP-servern\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synkroniserar med NTP-server..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Anslutningen till vald NTP-server misslyckades." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -120,472 +98,469 @@ msgstr "" "Testfrågan till servern %1 misslyckades.\n" "Klicka på Nej för att ignorera om servern ännu inte är åtkomlig eller\n" -"nätverket inte har konfigurerats. Vill du återgå till NTP-" -"serverkonfigurationen?" +"nätverket inte har konfigurerats. Vill du återgå till NTP-serverkonfigurationen?" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "Odisciplinerad lokal klocka (LOKAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Trak 8820 GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Spectracom WWVB- och GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG-ljudavkodare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio CHU-ljuddemodulator/avkodare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "Generell referensdrivrutin" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG-gränssnitt" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300-huvudklockstyrenhet" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "EES M201 MSF-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "TrueTime generella mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datumprecisionstidssystem" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST-modemtidstjänst" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Heath WWV/WWVH-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "Generell NMEA GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "TrueTime GPS-VME-gränssnitt" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS-klockdisciplin" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB-modemtidstjänst" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO-modemtidstjänst" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Arcron MSF-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "Delad minnesdrivrutin" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Chrono-log K-serien WWVB-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "Dum klocka" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Ultralink WWVB-mottagare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad parallellportradioklocka" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio WWV/H-ljuddemodulator/avkodare" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp för seriell lina" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 för PCI-buss" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "JJY-mottagare" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "Inställningsmodul för NTP-klient." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Visa NTP-demonens status" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Visa alla inställda synkroniseringsförhållanden" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Aktivera NTP-demonen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Inaktivera NTP-demonen" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Lägg till nytt synkroniseringsförhållande" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Redigera befintligt synkroniseringsförhållande" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Ta bort ett synkroniseringsförhållande" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Serverns adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Motpartens adress" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Adress att sända ut" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Adress att acceptera utsändningar från" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Alternativ för förhållandet" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Alternativ för kalibrering av klockdrivrutin" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Använd server för initial synkronisering" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Använd inte server för initial synkronisering" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "Synkroniseringsmotpart inte specificerad." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "Synkroniseringsmotpart hittas inte." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP-demon är aktiverad." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP-demon är inaktiverad." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Motpart" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Accepterar utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Enhetsnummer: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Lokal radioklocka" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "Misslyckades med att läsa inställningar." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in NTP-server" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in NTP" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allmänna inställningar" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställningar" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Avancerade NTP-inställningar" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Ny synkronisering" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinställningar" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Lokal NTP-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Publik NTP-server" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP-motpart" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Lokal referensklocka" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Utgående utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Inkommande utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "&Referens-ID" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Stratum" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Kalibreringsavstånd 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Kalibreringsavstånd 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Flagga &1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Flagga &2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Flagga &3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Flagga &4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Kalibrering av klockdrivrutin" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -593,8 +568,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar NTP-klientinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -602,8 +577,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -611,8 +586,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar NTP-klientinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -620,29 +595,25 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.</P>" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.</P>" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Starta NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Välj om du vill starta NTP Daemon nu och vid varje systemstart. \n" -"Om du väljer <b>Synkronisera utan Daemon</b> kommer NTP Daemon inte att " -"aktiveras, \n" -"och systemtiden kommer att ställas in regelbundet av ett <i>cron-skript. \n" +"Om du väljer <b>Synkronisera utan Daemon</b> kommer NTP Daemon inte att aktiveras, \n" +"och systemtiden kommer att ställas in regelbundet av ett <i>cron-</i>skript. \n" "Intervallet kan konfigureras och är förinställt på %d minuter." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -651,31 +622,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot-fängelse</big></b><br>\n" "För att köra NTP-demonen i chroot-fängelse, markera\n" -"<b>Kör NTP-demon i chroot-fängelse</b>. Att starta en demon i ett chroot-" -"fängelse\n" +"<b>Kör NTP-demon i chroot-fängelse</b>. Att starta en demon i ett chroot-fängelse\n" "är mer säkert och rekommenderas.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Säker NTP-inställning</big></b><br>\n" -"Genom att välja <b>Begränsa NTP-tjänst till endast inställda servrar</b> kan " -"fjärrvärdar inte visa och ändra NTP-inställningarna på din \n" -"dator. NTP-tjänsten är begränsad till servrar i filen <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> " -"och den lokala värden.<br> \n" -"Flaggor för åtkomstkontroll kan finjusteras i översiktstabellen för servrar. " -"Det här alternativet är inte tillgängligt om NTP har ställts in via DHCP.\n" +"Genom att välja <b>Begränsa NTP-tjänst till endast inställda servrar</b> kan fjärrvärdar inte visa och ändra NTP-inställningarna på din \n" +"dator. NTP-tjänsten är begränsad till servrar i filen <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> och den lokala värden.<br> \n" +"Flaggor för åtkomstkontroll kan finjusteras i översiktstabellen för servrar. Det här alternativet är inte tillgängligt om NTP har ställts in via DHCP.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -689,26 +652,23 @@ "<b>Ställ in NTP-demon via DCHP</b>. Fråga din nätverksadministratör om\n" "information om NTP-servrar tillhandahålls av DHCP-servern.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Inställda servrar</big></b><br>\n" -"För att justera NTP-servrar, motparter, lokala radioklockor och NTP-" -"utsändning,\n" +"För att justera NTP-servrar, motparter, lokala radioklockor och NTP-utsändning,\n" "välj lämplig rad och klicka på <b>Redigera</b>. För att lägga till en ny\n" -"synkroniseringsmotpart, klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>. För att ta bort en " -"befintlig\n" +"synkroniseringsmotpart, klicka på <b>Lägg till</b>. För att ta bort en befintlig\n" "synkroniseringsmotpart, välj den och klicka på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -716,21 +676,19 @@ "<p><b><big>Visa logg</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Om du vill visa NTP-demonens loggar klickar du på <b>Visa logg</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avancerade inställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"För att ställa in den här datorn att synkronisera mot flera fjärrdatorer " -"eller\n" +"För att ställa in den här datorn att synkronisera mot flera fjärrdatorer eller\n" "mot en lokalt ansluten klocka, använd <b>Avancerade inställningar</b>." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -738,8 +696,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Klocktyp</big></b><br>\n" "Välj drivrutinen för klockan att ställa in.</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -749,12 +707,11 @@ "Om du har flera klockor av samma typ måste du ange\n" "<b>Enhetsnummer</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -762,27 +719,24 @@ "it must be created manually.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enhet</big></b><br>\n" -"För att få klockan att fungera kan det vara nödvändigt att skapa en speciell " -"symbolisk \n" +"För att få klockan att fungera kan det vara nödvändigt att skapa en speciell symbolisk \n" "länk till enheten vilken klockan är ansluten. För att göra detta, markera\n" "<b>Skapa symbolisk länk</b> och ange <b>Enheten</b>. För att bläddra efter\n" "enheten, klicka på <b>Bläddra</b>.\n" -"För vissa klocktyper är det inte nödvändigt att skapa en symbolisk länk " -"eller så\n" +"För vissa klocktyper är det inte nödvändigt att skapa en symbolisk länk eller så\n" "måste den skapas manuellt.</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Drivrutinskalibrering</big></b><br>\n" -"För att kalibrera klockdrivrutinen, klicka på <b>Drivrutinskalibrering</b>." +"För att kalibrera klockdrivrutinen, klicka på <b>Drivrutinskalibrering</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -791,11 +745,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adress för NTP-server</big></b><br>\n" "För att ställa in adressen för NTP-servern, använd posten <b>Adress</b>.\n" -"För att hitta en NTP-server, fråga din nätverksadministratör eller " -"Internetleverantör.</p>" +"För att hitta en NTP-server, fråga din nätverksadministratör eller Internetleverantör.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -807,8 +760,8 @@ "en lista med kända NTP-servrar, klicka på <b>Välj</b>. Välj\n" "sedan mellan <b>Lokal NTP-server</b> och Publik <b>NTP-server</b></p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -818,8 +771,8 @@ "För att testa om den valda servern är uppe och svarar,\n" "klicka på <b>Testa</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -829,8 +782,8 @@ "För att ställa in adressen på värddatorn som ska synkroniseras ömsesidigt,\n" "använd <b>Adress</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -840,8 +793,8 @@ "För att ställa in adressen till vilken information ska sändas ut,\n" "använd textfältet <b>Adress</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -851,28 +804,25 @@ "För att ställa in adressen från vilken utsändingspaket ska accepteras,\n" "använd <b>Adress</b>.</p>" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alternativ</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill finjustera synkroniseringskällan fyller du i alternativen i " -"textfältet\n" +"Om du vill finjustera synkroniseringskällan fyller du i alternativen i textfältet\n" "<b>Alternativ</b>. Mer information finns i\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" @@ -880,17 +830,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Åtkomstkontrollalternativ</big></b><br>\n" "Definiera åtkomstkontrollflaggorna (direktivet <b><tt>begränsa</tt></b> i\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) för den här servern, som indikerar vilka typer av " -"åtgärder \n" -"fjärrvärden kan utföra på din NTP-daemon. Standardinställningen är " -"<i>notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery</i>. Det här alternativet är bara tillgängligt om du har " -"markerat alternativet \n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) för den här servern, som indikerar vilka typer av åtgärder \n" +"fjärrvärden kan utföra på din NTP-daemon. Standardinställningen är <i>notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery</i>. Det här alternativet är bara tillgängligt om du har markerat alternativet \n" "<b>Begränsa NTP-tjänst endast till inställda servrar</b> under\n" "<b>Säkerhetsinställningar</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -898,8 +845,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Motpartstyp för synkronisering</big></b><br>\n" "Välj typ av synkroniseringsmotpart att lägga till.</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -907,8 +854,8 @@ "<p>För att lägga till en NTP-server som ska synkroniseras,\n" "välj <b>Server</b>.</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -916,8 +863,8 @@ "<p>För att lägga till en NTP-motpart som ska synkroniseras\n" "ömsesidigt, välj <b>Motpart</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -925,8 +872,8 @@ "<p>För att ställa in en lokal radioklocka ansluten direkt till datorn,\n" "välj <b>Radioklocka</b>.</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -934,19 +881,17 @@ "<p>För att sända ut tidsinformation på ditt nätverk, välj\n" "<b>Utgående utsändning</b>.</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>För att acceptera NTP-paket som sänds ut av andra värddatorer på " -"nätverket\n" -"och använda dem för att ställa in lokal tid, välj <b>Inkommade utsändning<b>." -"</p>" +"<p>För att acceptera NTP-paket som sänds ut av andra värddatorer på nätverket\n" +"och använda dem för att ställa in lokal tid, välj <b>Inkommade utsändning<b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -956,8 +901,8 @@ "Välj om du vill hitta NTP-servern i det lokala nätverket eller välja\n" "NTP-servern från listan av kända NTP-servrar.</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -970,21 +915,19 @@ "Service Location Protocol (SLP), klicka på <b>Slå upp</b>.\n" "Välj sedan en server från listan över hittade servrar.</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Välja en publik NTP-server</b></big><br>\n" -"Välj NTP-servern du vill använda från listan <b>Publika NTP-servrar</b>. För " -"att visa\n" +"Välj NTP-servern du vill använda från listan <b>Publika NTP-servrar</b>. För att visa\n" "NTP-servrar från ett speciellt land, välj <b>Land</b>.</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -996,19 +939,16 @@ "to find an NTP server near you.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Observera</b></big><br>\n" -"De listade NTP-servrarna kanske inte är tillgängliga från alla länder, utan " -"endast\n" +"De listade NTP-servrarna kanske inte är tillgängliga från alla länder, utan endast\n" "för ett speciellt land eller region.\n" -"Inna du använder någon NTP-server från listan, fråga din " -"systemadministratör\n" +"Inna du använder någon NTP-server från listan, fråga din systemadministratör\n" "eller Internetleverantör om det finns någon NTP-server närmare dig och\n" "välj då den istället för någon i den här listan.\n" -"Du kan också titta på <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" +"Du kan också titta på <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" "för att hitta en NTP-server nära dig.</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" @@ -1016,55 +956,46 @@ "<p><big><b>Testa serveråtkomst</b></big><br>\n" "För att testa om den valda servern svarar, klicka på <b>Testa</b>.</p>" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Använd slumpvisa servrar</b></big><br>\n" -"Den här tjänsten tillhandahålls av pool.ntp.org. Om du anger det här " -"alternativet\n" +"Den här tjänsten tillhandahålls av pool.ntp.org. Om du anger det här alternativet\n" " läggs tre olika servrar till i inställningen. Servernamnen är\n" -" permanenta, men deras DNS-poster (IP-adresser) ändras varje timme. Det " -"betyder att \n" +" permanenta, men deras DNS-poster (IP-adresser) ändras varje timme. Det betyder att \n" " NTP-klienten synkroniseras med olika servrar varje timme.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klockdrivrutin</b></big><br>\n" "Klockdrivrutinen måste kanske kalibreras. I den här dialogrutan kan diverse\n" -"kalibreingsalternativ ställas in. Betydelsen av särskillda alternativ beror " -"på den\n" +"kalibreingsalternativ ställas in. Betydelsen av särskillda alternativ beror på den\n" "speciella drivrutinen. Vissa drivrutiner använder inte alla alternativ.</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "Om du vill veta mer om tillgängliga alternativ installerar du paketet\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> och går till <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock." -"htm</i>.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> och går till <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1072,18 +1003,18 @@ "Vill du avbryta?\n" "Alla ändringar går förlorade." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Starta om NTP-demon" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Spara inställningar och starta om NTP-demon" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1097,8 +1028,8 @@ "starten av NTP-demonen ta väldigt lång tid och\n" "demonen kanske inte fungerar korrekt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1106,8 +1037,8 @@ "NTP-server \"%1\" är inte ett giltigt värddatornamn,\n" "fullständigt kvalificerat värddatornamn, IPv4-adress eller IPv6-adress." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1119,45 +1050,45 @@ "\n" "Ersätta den aktuella NTP-servern?" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Välj enheten" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "Publika NTP-&servrar" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Välj en NTP-server." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Alla länder" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&Land" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Söker NTP-servrar i det lokala nätverket..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1167,304 +1098,304 @@ "Detta kan orsakas av en aktiverad SuSEfirewall2,\n" "som antagligen blockerar nätverkssökningen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "Ingen NTP-server har hittats på ditt nätverk." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adress" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "Ingen server vald." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "A&dress" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "A&vancerade inställningar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "&Drivrutinskalibrering" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "&Synkroniseringsintervall i minuter" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Starta NTP-demon" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Endast &manuellt" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Synkronisera utan demon" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Nu och vid omstar&t" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Kör NTP-demon i &Chroot-fängelse" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "&Begränsa NTP-tjänst till endast inställda servrar " -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuellt" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Egen" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "Kö&rningskonfigurationsprincip" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "Anpassad prin&cip" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "Använd sl&umpvisa servrar från pool.ntp.org" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adress" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Välj..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Testa" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Typ av synkronisering" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "Visa &logg..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "Klock&typ" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "Enhets&nummer" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "&Skapa symbolisk länk" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 msgid "&Device" msgstr "En&het" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Åtkomstkontrollalternativ" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Server" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "Mot&part" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "&Radioklocka" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Utgående utsändning (Br&oadcast)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "&Inkommande utsändning (Broadcast)" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Lok&alt nätverk" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&Publik NTP-server" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP-serverplats" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "S&lå upp" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in NTP-klient" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP-demonen startar när systemet startar." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP-demonen startar inte automatiskt." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servrar: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioklockor: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Motparter: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Sänd ut tidsinformation till: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Acceptera utsänd tidsinformation från: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Kombinera statisk konfiguration och DHCP-konfiguration." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Endast statisk konfiguration." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Anpassad konfigurationsprincip." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Testar NTP-server..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Servern kan nås och svarar." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Servern kan inte nås och svarar inte." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1472,65 +1403,65 @@ "Det går inte att söka efter NTP-servern i det lokala nätverket\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Initierar NTP-klientinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Läs nätverksinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Läs NTP-inställningar" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Läser nätverksinställningar..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Läser NTP-inställningar..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Sparar NTP-klientinställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Skriv NTP-inställningar" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Starta om NTP-demon" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Startar om NTP-demon..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Det går inte att uppdatera den dynamiska konfigurationsprincipen." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan inte starta om NTP-demonen." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "Hjälp om modulen Inställningar för online-uppdatering" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "Registreringsmodulen är inte tillgänglig." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "Installera yast2-registration och försök igen." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för online-uppdatering" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(Ingen)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "Uppdatera arkivet" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "Automatisk online-uppdatering" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "Använd som standard" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancerat" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "Filtrera på kategori" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "Programfixkategorier" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiverad" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inaktiverad" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "Redigera programvaruarkiv" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "Registrera dig för support och få tillgång till uppdateringsarkiv" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "Skicka maskinvaruinformation till smolt-projektet" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "Intervall" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "Hoppa över interaktiva programfixar" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "Godkänn licenser" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "Inkludera rekommenderade paket" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "Använd delta-RMP-filer" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "Aktuellt uppdateringsarkiv:" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,92 +125,77 @@ "Om du vill lägga till standarduppdateringsarkivet\n" "måste du registrera den här produkten." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "Vill du registrera nu?" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" msgstr "<p>Det aktuella uppdateringsarkivet visas i <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>%1</b> om du vill använda standarduppdateringsarkivet.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>%1</b> om du vill använda standarduppdateringsarkivet.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sök efter relaterade åtgärder på <b>%1</b>-menyn.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" msgstr "<p>Konfigurera den automatiska onlineuppdateringen i <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj uppdateringsintervall och ange om interaktiva programfixar ska " -"ignoreras och om licensavtal ska godkännas automatiskt.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj uppdateringsintervall och ange om interaktiva programfixar ska ignoreras och om licensavtal ska godkännas automatiskt.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alla paket som rekommenderas av ett uppdaterat paket installeras om <b>" -"%1</b> är aktiverat.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Alla paket som rekommenderas av ett uppdaterat paket installeras om <b>%1</b> är aktiverat.</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kategorifilter för programfixar kan konfigureras i avsnittet <b>%1</b>. " -"Endast programfixar i de kategorier som har angetts installeras. Övriga " -"hoppas över.</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kategorifilter för programfixar kan konfigureras i avsnittet <b>%1</b>. Endast programfixar i de kategorier som har angetts installeras. Övriga hoppas över.</p>" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "dagligen" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "veckovis" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "månadsvis" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "Pakethanterare och YaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Rekommenderad" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Valfri" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "Dokument" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "Övriga" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Accepterar du licensavtalet?" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,88 +33,83 @@ "Vissa program som kräver omstart har uppdaterats. Systemet\n" "startas om och installationen fortsätter sedan.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "Online-uppdateringsmodul" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "Starta programfix-cd-uppdatering" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "Använd enkel paketväljare" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "URL till korrigerings-CD (standardvärdet är %1)" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "Katalog för korrigeringsdata på korrigerings-CD (standardvärdet är %1)" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Installations- och uppdateringsarkiven initieras. Du kan redigera " -"programvaruarkiven i modulen <b>Installationskälla</b>.</p>" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Installations- och uppdateringsarkiven initieras. Du kan redigera programvaruarkiven i modulen <b>Installationskälla</b>.</p>" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "Initiera målsystem" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "Uppdatera programvaruarkiv" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "Leta efter tillgängliga uppdateringar" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "Initierar målsystem..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "Uppdaterar programvaruarkiv..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "Letar efter tillgängliga uppdateringar..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "Initierar CD-uppdatering" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Initierar online-uppdatering" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -122,30 +117,30 @@ "Inget uppdateringsarkiv\n" "har konfigurerats. Vill du köra konfigureringsarbetsflödet nu?" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "Inget uppdateringsarkiv har konfigurerats." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "Förloppslogg" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "Paketförlopp" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "Totalt förlopp" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -155,65 +150,61 @@ "laddas alla valda programfixar ned med YaST.\n" "Det kan ta lite tid. Nedladdningsinformationen visas i loggfönstret.</p>" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om det finns specialmeddelanden till korrigeringarna visas de i en " -"separat dialogruta när korrigeringen är installerad.</p>\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Om det finns specialmeddelanden till korrigeringarna visas de i en separat dialogruta när korrigeringen är installerad.</p>\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "Programfixnedladdning och installation" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "Installation klar.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "Korrigeringen har installerats." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "Programfixbehandling misslyckades." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "Initierar för cd-uppdatering..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -221,9 +212,9 @@ "Initieringen misslyckades. Kontrollera\n" "att du har lagt i korrekt cd.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -231,18 +222,17 @@ "Det går inte att ställa in onlineuppdateringsarkivet\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Minst en av de installerade uppdateringarna kräver att sessionen startas " -"om.\n" +"Minst en av de installerade uppdateringarna kräver att sessionen startas om.\n" "Logga ut och in igen så snart som möjligt.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -250,8 +240,8 @@ "Paket för pakethantering har uppdaterats.\n" "Avslutar och startar om YaST." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." @@ -259,8 +249,8 @@ "Minst en av de installerade uppdateringarna kräver att systemet startas\n" "om för att fungera korrekt. Starta om systemet så snart som möjligt." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -274,97 +264,95 @@ "\n" "Starta om systemet så snart som möjligt." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Det finns tillgängliga korrigeringar för pakethantering som kräver en " -"omstart av YaST.\n" +"Det finns tillgängliga korrigeringar för pakethantering som kräver en omstart av YaST.\n" "Dessa bör installeras först och alla andra korrigeringar efter omstarten.\n" "\n" "Du valde att installera ett antal andra korrigeringar nu.\n" "\n" "Vill du fortsätta med de aktuella valen?" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "Hämtar %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "Paketnedladdningsförlopp" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "Tar bort" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "Installerar " -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "Paketinstallationsförlopp" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Laddar ner delta-RPM %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Delta-RPM-nedladdningsförlopp" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Misslyckades med att ladda ner delta-RPM: %1." -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Verkställer delta-RPM: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Programförlopp för delta-RPM" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Misslyckades med att applicera delta-RPM: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Skriptet körs" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Startar skriptet %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -372,73 +360,72 @@ "Korrigeringsfil %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade när arkivet skulle initieras." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Inga detaljer tillgängliga." -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detaljer <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detaljer >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fel" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "Försök igen" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "Hoppa över programfix" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "Hoppa över alla" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "Avbryt uppdatering" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -446,8 +433,8 @@ "Om du avbryter installationen nu installeras ingen programfix.\n" "Installationen förblir orörd.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -457,8 +444,8 @@ "Om du avbryter installationen nu blir uppdateringen ofullständig.\n" "Gör om uppdateringen, inkluderande nedladdningen, om du så önskar.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -468,64 +455,62 @@ "installeras minst en programfix felaktigt.\n" "Du måste göra om uppdateringen." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta YaST online-uppdateringen?" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "&Avbryt uppdatering" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "&Fortsätt uppdatering" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Programfix:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Sammanfattning:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" msgstr "<b>Paket:</b>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "Programfix&detaljer <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "Programfix&detaljer >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "Installera programfix" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "Dessa programfixar kräver omstart efter installation" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "&Hoppa över alla" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Onlineuppdateringen kunde inte välja bort vissa programfixar som kräver " -"omstart." +msgstr "Onlineuppdateringen kunde inte välja bort vissa programfixar som kräver omstart." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "Kontrollera mediaintegritet för cd eller dvd" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "Editor för \"Visa inte igen\"" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,46 +35,46 @@ "<b>Ta bort</b>. Posterna tas omedelbart bort från\n" "de aktuella inställningarna.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "Popup-ident." -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "Ytterligare information" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "Kunde inte läsa paketinformation." -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "Säkerhetskopieringen av %1 misslyckades. Mer information finns i %2." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "Kopiera installationsmedia" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -84,103 +84,102 @@ "På så sätt skapas ett arkiv som kan användas till att installera\n" "andra system.</p>\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "Registrerade arkiv" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "Kopierar cd-innehåll till lokal katalog..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Vänta..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Konfigureringen av online-arkiv avbryts" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Vill du avbryta konfigureringen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "Nätverket är inte inställt." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Online-källor som har definierats av produkten kräver en " -"Internetanslutning.\n" +"Online-källor som har definierats av produkten kräver en Internetanslutning.\n" "\n" "Vill du ställa in den?" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Kontrollera nätverksinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Hämta lista över online-arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Nätverksinställningar kontrolleras..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Listan över online-arkiv hämtas..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Initiera arkivhanterare" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Arkivhanteraren initieras..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Läser lista över online-arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -188,8 +187,8 @@ "<p>Paketeraren initieras och \n" "listan med servrar laddas ned från webben.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -197,8 +196,8 @@ "Det gick inte att hämta en lista över arkiv,\n" "inget nätverk har konfigurerats." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -206,8 +205,8 @@ "Ingen produktwebbadress har definierats för att ladda ned\n" "listan med arkiv.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -215,26 +214,26 @@ "Det gick inte att hämta en lista över arkiv\n" "eller så har inga arkiv definierats." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Rekommenderas:</b> %1<br>" -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -252,30 +251,29 @@ "%5\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lista över online-arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lista över arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Arkivbeskrivning" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -283,87 +281,81 @@ "<p>Lista med standardonlinearkiv.\n" "Klicka på ett arkiv för mer information.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj de onlinearkiv som du vill använda och klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Välj de onlinearkiv som du vill använda och klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Välj de onlinearkiv som du vill använda och klicka på <b>Slutför</b>.\n" +"<p>Välj de onlinearkiv som du vill använda och klicka på <b>Slutför</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>Avmarkera ett använt arkiv om du vill ta bort det.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Skriver lista över online-arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>Arkivhanteraren laddar ned arkivinformation...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till arkivet %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Avmarkerade online-arkiv tas bort" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Avmarkerade online-arkiv tas bort..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Lägg till alla markerade online-arkiv" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Markerade online-arkiv läggs till..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Lägg till arkiv: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Lägger till arkiv: %1..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -378,8 +370,7 @@ msgstr "" "Det finns lite tillgängligt minne.\n" "\n" -"Du rekommenderas inte att använda onlinearkiv under första installationen om " -"systemminnet är mindre än \n" +"Du rekommenderas inte att använda onlinearkiv under första installationen om systemminnet är mindre än \n" "%dMB.\n" "\n" "Installationsprogrammet kan krascha eller frysa om ytterligare paketdata\n" @@ -388,39 +379,35 @@ "I detta fall rekommenderas du att använda onlinearkiv senare\n" "i det installerade systemet." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "Initiering av målkatalogen misslyckades." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installerar paket..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "Det gick inte att välja %1 paket för installation." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att ange mönster: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Paketmatchningen misslyckades. Kontrollera programvarusektionen i AutoYaST-" -"profilen." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Paketmatchningen misslyckades. Kontrollera programvarusektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -436,81 +423,73 @@ "\n" "Paketinstallationen avbryts.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "Läser paketinformation..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "Inget giltigt installationsmedia" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "Installationsmedia" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Media" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "Programvaruförslaget återställs till standardvärden." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan inte lösa beroenden automatiskt. Manuell behandling krävs." -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Programvaruinstallation – modulen stöder inte kommandoradsgränssnittet, " -"använd %1 i stället." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Programvaruinstallation – modulen stöder inte kommandoradsgränssnittet, använd %1 i stället." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att kopiera paketet %1 till det tillfälliga arkivet." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Fel: Det går inte att lägga till en tillfällig katalog, paket kan inte " -"installeras." +msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att lägga till en tillfällig katalog, paket kan inte installeras." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att söka i paketfilen %1." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -522,17 +501,17 @@ "Information:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "Paketet %1 hittades inte på mediet." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade när arkivet initierades." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -540,27 +519,27 @@ "Inget arkiv har definierats.\n" "Endast installerade paket visas." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Initiera målsystem" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "Läs in de konfigurerade arkiven" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "Återställ målsystemet till %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "Startar Programvaruhanteraren" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -570,8 +549,8 @@ "den senaste paketinstallationen.\n" "Installera nu?\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -579,7 +558,7 @@ "Det går inte att ställa in onlineuppdateringsarkivet\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -587,8 +566,8 @@ "Det går inte att söka i paket i onlinearkiv\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -596,107 +575,97 @@ "Följande paket hittades inte på mediet:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" msgstr "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Media: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Storlek: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Resultat: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." msgstr "Enheten innehåller inte ett media eller så är ISO-filsystemet trasigt." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "<B>OK</B> - Mediet har verifierats." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"<B>Fel</B> - MD5-kontrollsumman matchar inte<BR>Detta medium bör inte " -"användas." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "<B>Fel</B> - MD5-kontrollsumman matchar inte<BR>Detta medium bör inte användas." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "<B>Okänd</B> - Den korrekta MD5-kontrollsumman för mediat är okänd." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "Lägg i det första installationsmediat." -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "Mediakontroll" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Mediakontroll</B></P>" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Om du har problem med installationen\n" "och använder CD- eller DVD-medier, bör du kontrollera\n" "att inte medierna är trasiga.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " msgstr "" -"<P>Välj en enhet, sätt in ett medium i enheten och klicka på <B>Starta " -"kontroll</B>\n" +"<P>Välj en enhet, sätt in ett medium i enheten och klicka på <B>Starta kontroll</B>\n" ". Du kan också använda <B>Kontrollera ISO-fil</B> och välja en ISO-fil.\n" "Kontrollen kan ta flera minuter beroende på hastigheten\n" -"på enheten och storleken på mediet. Kontrollen verifierar MD5-kontrollsumman." -"</P>" +"på enheten och storleken på mediet. Kontrollen verifierar MD5-kontrollsumman.</P>" -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Om kontrollen av mediet misslyckas ska du inte fortsätta installationen.\n" -"Den kan misslyckas eller så kan du förlora din data. Ersätt hellre det " -"skadade mediet.</P>\n" +"Den kan misslyckas eller så kan du förlora din data. Ersätt hellre det skadade mediet.</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -704,86 +673,75 @@ "Efter kontrollen sätter du i nästa medium och startar proceduren igen. \n" "Ordningen för medierna saknar betydelse.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Obs!</B> Det går inte att byta ett medium när det används av systemet." -"</P>" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Obs!</B> Det går inte att byta ett medium när det används av systemet.</P>" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Om du vill kontrollera medier före installationen använder du objektet " -"mediekontroll i startmenyn.</P>" +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Om du vill kontrollera medier före installationen använder du objektet mediekontroll i startmenyn.</P>" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Om du själv bränner media använder du alternativet <B>pad</B> i din\n" "programvara. Det undviker läsfel i slutet av media under kontrollen.</P>\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Vi rekommenderar att du kontrollerar alla installationsmedia\n" -"för att undvika installationsproblem. Om du vill hoppa över detta steg " -"trycker du på Nästa" +"för att undvika installationsproblem. Om du vill hoppa över detta steg trycker du på Nästa" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "&Cd- eller dvd-enhet" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Starta kontroll" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Mata ut" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "Kontrollera ISO-fil..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "Statusinformation" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Förlopp" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "Välj en ISO-fil att kontrollera" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa mediet i enheten %1." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -795,83 +753,83 @@ "\n" "Endast mediets läsbarhet kommer att kontrolleras.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" msgstr "<B>Avbruten</B>" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Namn: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "Fingeravtryck: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Skapat: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1</font> (The key is expired.)" msgstr "Upphör: %1</font> (Nyckeln har upphört.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "Nyckeln upphör aldrig." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Upphör att gälla: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "Nyckel: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "Välj en GPG-nyckel" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "Egenskaper för GPG-nyckeln" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "Nyckel-ID:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Namn:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "Fingeravtryck: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Skapat:" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Upphör:" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "Lägger till en offentlig GPG-nyckel" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" @@ -879,7 +837,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Hantera kända offentliga GPG-nycklar.</p>\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -891,22 +849,22 @@ "Om du vill lägga en ny GPG-nyckel anger du sökvägen till nyckelfilen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "Välj en GPG-nyckel att importera" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "Ange ett filnamn" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "Hantering av offentlig GPG-nyckel" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -915,12 +873,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Lägger till en ny GPG-nyckel</b><br>\n" -"Om du vill lägga till en ny GPG-nyckel använder du <b>Lägg till</b> och " -"anger sedan sökvägen till nyckelfilen.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny GPG-nyckel använder du <b>Lägg till</b> och anger sedan sökvägen till nyckelfilen.\n" "</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" @@ -930,18 +887,17 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ändra status för en GPG-nyckel</b>\n" -"Om du vill ändra förtroendeflaggan väljer du <b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill ta " -"bort en GPG-nyckel väljer du \n" +"Om du vill ändra förtroendeflaggan väljer du <b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill ta bort en GPG-nyckel väljer du \n" "<b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Nyckel-ID" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -949,44 +905,44 @@ "Vill du ta bort nyckeln %1\n" "%2?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Lägger till ett nytt arkiv" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Kontrollera arkivtyp" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Lägg till arkiv" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Läs arkivlicens" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Kontrollerar arkivtyp" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Lägger till arkiv" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Läser arkivlicens" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Arkiv" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1000,10 +956,10 @@ "Om du vill göra RPM-paket på den angivna platsen tillgängliga\n" "i paketurvalet fortsätter du.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1011,8 +967,8 @@ "Det gick inte att skapa arkiv från\n" "webbadressen %1." -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1020,13 +976,13 @@ "Det går inte att använda en ISO-avbild via FTP- eller HTTP-protokollet.\n" "Ändra protokoll eller packa upp ISO-avbilden på serversidan." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Vill du ändra webbadressen och försöka igen?" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1034,207 +990,203 @@ "Det går inte att söka efter SLP-arkiv\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna för programvaruhanteraren..." -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Spara hämtade paket" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Installationsarkiv – denna modul stöder inte kommandoradsgränssnitt, använd " -"%1 i stället." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Installationsarkiv – denna modul stöder inte kommandoradsgränssnitt, använd %1 i stället." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Okänt namn" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "Rå URL: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Okänt arkivnamn" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Kategori: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Tjänst: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 +#. #176013 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Alla arkiv" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alla tjänster" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Tjänst '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "Endast lagringsplatser som inte tillhandahålls av en tjänst" -#. combobox label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 +#. combobox label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 msgid "View" msgstr "Visa" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverat" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatisk uppdatering" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 msgid "URL" msgstr "Webbadress" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "E&rsätt..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "U&ppdatera markerade" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Status &på eller av" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Uppd&atera på eller av" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Ange &namn..." -#. label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 +#. label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Egenskaper" -#. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Aktiv&erat" -#. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "&Uppdatera automatiskt" -#. push button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 +#. push button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG-nycklar..." -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Uppdatera" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Uppdatera alla automatiskt &uppdaterade" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Uppdatera alla &aktiverade" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurerade programvaruarkiv" -#. help -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 +#. help +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -1242,37 +1194,26 @@ "<p>\n" "Hantera inställda programvaruarkiv och -tjänster.</p>\n" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "" -"<P>En <B>tjänst</B> eller <B>RIS-tjänst (Repository Index Service) </B> är " -"ett protokoll för paketarkivhantering. En tjänst kan erbjuda ett eller flera " -"arkiv som kan ändras dynamiskt av tjänstadministratören.</P>" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "<P>En <B>tjänst</B> eller <B>RIS-tjänst (Repository Index Service) </B> är ett protokoll för paketarkivhantering. En tjänst kan erbjuda ett eller flera arkiv som kan ändras dynamiskt av tjänstadministratören.</P>" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Lägga till ett nytt arkiv eller en tjänst</b><br>\n" -"Om du vill lägga ett nytt arkiv använder du <b>Lägg till</b> och anger " -"programvaruarkivet eller -tjänsten.\n" -"YaST upptäcker automatiskt om en tjänst eller ett arkiv finns på den angivna " -"platsen.\n" +"Om du vill lägga ett nytt arkiv använder du <b>Lägg till</b> och anger programvaruarkivet eller -tjänsten.\n" +"YaST upptäcker automatiskt om en tjänst eller ett arkiv finns på den angivna platsen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -1284,8 +1225,8 @@ "måste cd-skivorna eller dvd-skivan vara tillgängliga.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -1305,74 +1246,52 @@ "till en katalog.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ändra status för ett arkiv eller en tjänst</b><br>\n" -"Om du vill ändra platsen för ett arkiv väljer du <b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill " -"ta bort ett arkiv väljer du \n" -"<b>Ta bort</b>. Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera arkivet eller ändra " -"uppdateringsstatusen vid initieringstillfället, markerar du arkivet i " -"tabellen och använder sedan kryssrutorna nedan.\n" +"Om du vill ändra platsen för ett arkiv väljer du <b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill ta bort ett arkiv väljer du \n" +"<b>Ta bort</b>. Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera arkivet eller ändra uppdateringsstatusen vid initieringstillfället, markerar du arkivet i tabellen och använder sedan kryssrutorna nedan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Prioritet för ett arkiv</B><BR>\n" -"Prioritet för ett arkiv är ett heltal mellan 0 (högst prioritet) och 200 " -"(lägst prioritet). Standard är 99. Om ett paket finns tillgänglig i flera " -"arkiv används arkivet med högst prioritet.</P>\n" +"Prioritet för ett arkiv är ett heltal mellan 0 (högst prioritet) och 200 (lägst prioritet). Standard är 99. Om ett paket finns tillgänglig i flera arkiv används arkivet med högst prioritet.</P>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Välj lämpligt alternativ överst i fönstret för navigering i arkiv och " -"tjänster.</P>" +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Välj lämpligt alternativ överst i fönstret för navigering i arkiv och tjänster.</P>" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Spara nedladdade paket</B><BR>Markera det här alternativet om du vill " -"spara nedladdade\n" +"<P><B>Spara nedladdade paket</B><BR>Markera det här alternativet om du vill spara nedladdade\n" "paket i en lokal cache så att de kan återanvändas senare när de\n" -"ominstalleras. Om du inte markerar alternativet tas nedladdade paket bort " -"efter installationen.</P>" +"ominstalleras. Om du inte markerar alternativet tas nedladdade paket bort efter installationen.</P>" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Den lokala standardcachen finns i katalogen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages. Ändra plats i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Den lokala standardcachen finns i katalogen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Ändra plats i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -1380,28 +1299,28 @@ "Det gick inte att spara ändringarna för\n" "arkivinställning." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Försöka igen?" -#. popup headline -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 +#. popup headline +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Avbryt arkivinställningar" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1409,36 +1328,36 @@ "Vill du avbryta inställningen av arkiv?\n" "Alla ändringar går förlorade." -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Uppdaterar arkiv " -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Tjänster uppdateras" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Uppdatera arkiv" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Uppdatera tjänster" -#. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Uppdaterar arkivet %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Uppdaterar tjänsten %1..." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1450,19 +1369,19 @@ "\n" "Vill du lägga till arkivet igen?" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Fel inträffade när arkivinställningarna återställdes.</p>\n" -#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view -#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view +#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort tjänster av plugin-typ." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -1470,21 +1389,19 @@ "Vill du ta bort tjänsten %1\n" "och dess arkiv?" -#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view -#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 -msgid "" -"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ta bort lagringsplatser som tillhör en tjänst av plugin-typ." +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view +#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 +msgid "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." +msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort lagringsplatser som tillhör en tjänst av plugin-typ." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort det markerade arkivet från listan?" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -1492,8 +1409,8 @@ "Det går inte att ange uppdatering\n" "för det markerade arkivet." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -1501,48 +1418,46 @@ "Det finns ingen tjänst på följande URL:\n" "%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra tjänster av plugin-typ." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 -msgid "" -"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ändra lagringsplatser som tillhör tjänster av plugin-typ." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 +msgid "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." +msgstr "Det går inte att ändra lagringsplatser som tillhör tjänster av plugin-typ." -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 msgid "Software" msgstr "Programvara" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 msgid "&Software" msgstr "Mj&ukvara" -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när installationssystemet förbereddes." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta kontrollfilen %1 på mediet." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1550,75 +1465,74 @@ "Paketet %s är inte installerat.\n" "Tilläggsprodukten kan inte registreras." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Okänd produkt" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Versions&information..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Det går inte att använda ytterligare produkter." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, sökväg: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Ytterligare produkter" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Installationsarkivet innehåller även dessa ytterligare arkiv.\n" "Välj de som du vill använda.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Ytterligare produkter att välja" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Lägg till markerade &produkter" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Sätt i tilläggsmediet %1" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Sätt i mediet %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till produkten %s." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1626,8 +1540,8 @@ "Filen %1\n" "innehåller inte en giltig GPG-nyckel.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1637,345 +1551,304 @@ "%2\n" "är redan identifierad och går inte att lägga till igen." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "Det går inte att kopiera nyckeln till den tillfälliga katalogen." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "Vi&sa lista med misslyckade paket" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "Vi&sa fullständig logg" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Installationen av vissa paket misslyckades" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Installationen avbröts av användaren." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medium %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Klar." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Nästa: %1 -- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Nästa: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Laddar ner %1 (nerladdningsstorlek %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Återstående: %1%2 paket)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Paket hämtas..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Hämtat %1 av %2 paket)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Tar bort %1" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Installerar %1 (installerad storlek %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Verkställer delta-RPM: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Din dator är ett 64 bitars x86-64-system, men du försöker installera en 32 " -"bitars distribution." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Din dator är ett 64 bitars x86-64-system, men du försöker installera en 32 bitars distribution." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Mönsterlistan anger vilka funktioner som kommer att vara tillgängliga när " -"systemet har installerats.</P>" +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317 +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Mönsterlistan anger vilka funktioner som kommer att vara tillgängliga när systemet har installerats.</P>" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Förslaget visar den totala storleken för filerna som ska installeras på " -"systemet. Systemet innehåller dock vissa andra filer (tillfälliga filer och " -"arbetsfiler) så det använda utrymmet kommer att vara något större än det " -"föreslagna värdet. Det kan därför vara bra att se till att minst 25 % (eller " -"cirka 300 MB) ledigt utrymme finns tillgängligt innan du påbörjar " -"installationen.</P>" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329 +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Förslaget visar den totala storleken för filerna som ska installeras på systemet. Systemet innehåller dock vissa andra filer (tillfälliga filer och arbetsfiler) så det använda utrymmet kommer att vara något större än det föreslagna värdet. Det kan därför vara bra att se till att minst 25 % (eller cirka 300 MB) ledigt utrymme finns tillgängligt innan du påbörjar installationen.</P>" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Den totala nedladdningsstorleken är storleken på de paket som kommer att\n" -"laddas ned från fjärrarkiven (nätverk). Värdet är viktigt om anslutningen är " -"långsam eller om det finns en nedladdningsgräns för data.</P>\n" +"laddas ned från fjärrarkiven (nätverk). Värdet är viktigt om anslutningen är långsam eller om det finns en nedladdningsgräns för data.</P>\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Programförslag</B></P>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produkt: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systemtyp: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Mönster:<br>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Storlek på paket som ska installeras: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Hämtar från fjärrarkiv: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Dessa tilläggsprodukter har markerats för automatisk borttagning: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Kontakta leverantörerna för dessa tillägg om du behöver nya " -"installationsmedia." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Kontakta leverantörerna för dessa tillägg om du behöver nya installationsmedia." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Kontakta leverantören för tillägget om du behöver ett nytt " -"installationsmedium." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Kontakta leverantören för tillägget om du behöver ett nytt installationsmedium." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Fel: Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i baskatalogen %1 " -"(enhet %2). Installationen kan inte startas." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i baskatalogen %1 (enhet %2). Installationen kan inte startas." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Varning! Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i katalogen %1 " -"(enhet %2)." +msgstr "Varning! Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i katalogen %1 (enhet %2)." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme. Ta bort några paket i enkelvalet." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Endast %1 (%2%%) ledigt utrymme på partition %3.<BR>" -#. Check the YaST required packages. -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645 +#. Check the YaST required packages. +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645 msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install." msgstr "Markera manuellt de objekt som krävs för installation." -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "Den nya produkten <b>%s</b> installeras" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "Produkten <b>%s</b> uppdateras" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "Produkten <b>%{old_product}</b> uppdateras till <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "Produkten <b>%s</b> förblir installerad" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Varning!</b> Produkten <b>%s</b> tas bort." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Fel:</b> Produkten <b>%s</b> tas bort automatiskt." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li><b>Vissa produkter är märkta för automatisk borttagning.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Be leverantören av den borttagna tilläggsprodukten om ett nytt\n" -"installationsmedium</li><li>Eller välj tillämpligt onlinetillägg eller " -"modul\n" -"vid registreringen.</li><li>Om du i stället vill gå vidare med " -"produktuppgraderingen går du till\n" +"installationsmedium</li><li>Eller välj tillämpligt onlinetillägg eller modul\n" +"vid registreringen.</li><li>Om du i stället vill gå vidare med produktuppgraderingen går du till\n" "programväljaren och markerar produkten (versionspaketet) för borttagning.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta något arkiv på %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Versionsinformationen för första utgåvan finns på installations-\n" "mediet. Om det finns en internetanslutning under installationen kan du\n" -"ladda ned uppdaterad versionsinformation från SUSE Linux-webbservern.</b>\n" +"ladda ned uppdaterad versionsinformation från SUSE Linux-webbservern.</b></p>\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrerar startad media..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Det gick inte att integrera service pack-arkivet." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Arkiv initieras..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Lägg i CD 1 för %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 cd 1 inte hittad" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1983,8 +1856,8 @@ "Fel vid initiering av paketbeskrivningar.\n" "Se loggfilen %1 för mer detaljer." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1992,13 +1865,13 @@ "Programvaruurvalet har ändrats externt.\n" "Programvaruförslaget anropas igen." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Utvärderar paketval..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2006,50 +1879,46 @@ "Det gick inte att välja standardproduktmönster %{pattern_name}.\n" "Mönstret har inte hittats." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732 msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "De här paketen måste markeras för att installera: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735 msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "De här mönstren måste markeras för att installera: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names -#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names +#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739 msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}" msgstr "De här objekten (%{type}) måste markeras för att installera: %{list}" -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa licensfilen %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Se till att produktlicensen visas korrekt genom att placera license.tar.gz-" -"filen vid roten för live media när du bygger avbildningen." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Se till att produktlicensen visas korrekt genom att placera license.tar.gz-filen vid roten för live media när du bygger avbildningen." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "S&pråk" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Jag &accepterar licensvillkoren." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2057,9 +1926,9 @@ "Det här slutanvändaravtalet finns i katalogen\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2067,8 +1936,8 @@ "Om du vill skriva ut slutanvändaravtalet kan du hitta det\n" "på det första mediet i filen %s" -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2078,23 +1947,23 @@ "alternativen. Om du inte accepterar licensavtalet\n" "avslutas konfigureringen.</p>\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensavtal" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vill du avbryta installationen av tilläggsprodukter?" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2102,19 +1971,19 @@ "Om du inte accepterar licensavtalet avbryts installationen\n" "av tilläggsprodukter. Nekar du att anta licensavtalet?" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Systemet stängs av..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Lcensavtal för %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2122,8 +1991,8 @@ "Om du vill skriva ut licensavtalet kan du hämta det från\n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2131,18 +2000,18 @@ "Vill du verkligen\n" "avbryta installationen?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Avbruten" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Startar skriptet %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2150,8 +2019,8 @@ "Korrigeringsfil %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2159,8 +2028,8 @@ "Det är nästan slut på diskutrymme på partitionen %1.\n" "Vill du fortsätta med installationen?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2168,104 +2037,104 @@ "Det är nästan slut på diskutrymme.\n" "Fortsätta med installationen?" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Laddar ner delta-RPM %1 (nedladdningsstorlek %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Misslyckades med att ladda ner delta-RPM: %1." -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Misslyckades med att applicera delta-RPM: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "&Sök med SLP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Commun&ity-arkiv" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "Tillägg och modul&er från registreringsservern..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Ange &URL..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "H&TTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&Cd..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&Dvd..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Hårddisk" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB-masslagringsenhet (USB-minne, disk)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokal katalog..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokal ISO-avbild..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "La&dda ner arkivbeskrivningsfiler" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2273,8 +2142,8 @@ "<p>Om platsen är en fil som innehåller en ISO-avbild\n" "av mediat, välj <b>ISO-avbild</b>.</p>" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2282,151 +2151,146 @@ "<p>Om arkivet finns på flera media anger\n" "du platsen för det första samlingsmediet.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernamn" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "S&ökväg till katalog eller ISO-avbildning" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-avbild" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protokoll" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Monteringsalternativ" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL till arkivet" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokoll" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&Webbadressen för arkivet" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Arkiv-URL" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD eller DVD" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Hårddisk" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-minne eller disk" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokal katalog" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokal ISO-avbild" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server och katalog" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Arkivnamnet får inte vara tomt." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "A&rkivnamn" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Arkivnamn</b></big><br>\n" -"Med <b>Arkivnamn</b> anger du namnet på arkivet. Om det är tomt används " -"produktnamnet (om tillgängligt) eller webbadressen som namn.</p>\n" +"Med <b>Arkivnamn</b> anger du namnet på arkivet. Om det är tomt används produktnamnet (om tillgängligt) eller webbadressen som namn.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Enhetsnamn" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Tjänstnamn</b></big><br>\n" -"Använd <b>Tjänstnamn</b> för att ange namnet på tjänsten. Om det är tomt " -"använder YaST en del av tjänstens URL som namn.</p>\n" +"Använd <b>Tjänstnamn</b> för att ange namnet på tjänsten. Om det är tomt använder YaST en del av tjänstens URL som namn.</p>\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL kan inte vara tomt." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Webbadress" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2434,20 +2298,20 @@ "<p><big><b>Arkiv-URL</b></big><br>\n" "Med <b>URL</b> anger du arkivets URL.<p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Redigera delar av URL:en" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Redigera hela URL:en" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2457,31 +2321,29 @@ "Använd <b>Servernamn</b> och <b>Sökväg till katalog eller ISO-avbild</b>\n" "till att specificera NFS-serverdatornamnet och sökvägen till servern.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Monteringsalternativ</b></big><br>\n" "Du kan ange fler alternativ för att montera NFS-volymen.\n" -"Det här är ett avancerat alternativ och vi rekommenderar att du behåller " -"standardvärdet.\n" +"Det här är ett avancerat alternativ och vi rekommenderar att du behåller standardvärdet.\n" "Mer information och en lista över alternativ finns i <b>man 5 nfs</b>." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2489,13 +2351,13 @@ "<p><big><b>CD eller DVD</b></big><br>\n" "Ställ in <b>Cd-rom</b> eller <b>Dvd-rom</b> för att ange mediatyp.</p>" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-avbildningsfil" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2503,8 +2365,8 @@ "Den angivna sökvägen är inte en katalog\n" "eller också finns inte katalogen.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2512,8 +2374,8 @@ "Den angivna sökvägen är inte en fil\n" "eller också finns inte filen.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2523,18 +2385,18 @@ "verkar inte vara en ISO-avbildning.\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Sökväg till katalog" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Ren R&PM-katalog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2548,21 +2410,21 @@ "metadata (dvs. det saknas produktinformation) markerar du alternativet\n" "<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-masslagringsenhet" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Filsystem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Katalog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2580,25 +2442,24 @@ "metadata (dvs. det saknas produktinformation) markerar du alternativet\n" "<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Filsystemet som används på enheten identifieras automatiskt\n" -"om du väljer auto för filsystem. Om identifieringen misslyckas eller om du " -"vill använda\n" +"om du väljer auto för filsystem. Om identifieringen misslyckas eller om du vill använda\n" "ett visst filsystem väljer du det i listan.</p>\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskenhet" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2616,13 +2477,13 @@ "metadata (dvs. det saknas produktinformation) markerar du alternativet\n" "<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Sökväg till ISO-avbild" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2632,72 +2493,72 @@ "Med <b>Sökväg till ISO-avbild</b> anger du sökvägen till\n" "ISO-avbilden.</p>" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&namn" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Utdelning" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO-avb&ild" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "Katalog på ser&ver" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentisering" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonym" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Arbetsgrupp eller domän" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Anv&ändarnamn" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2705,8 +2566,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2717,35 +2577,33 @@ "Om du vill aktivera autentisering avmarkerar du <b>Anonym</b> och anger\n" "<b>Användarnamnet</b> och <b>Lösenordet</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"För SMB/CIFS-källa anger du <b>Utdelningsnamn</b> och <b>Sökväg till " -"katalog\n" +"För SMB/CIFS-källa anger du <b>Utdelningsnamn</b> och <b>Sökväg till katalog\n" "eller ISO-avbild</b>. \n" "Om platsen är en fil som innehåller en ISO-avbild\n" "för mediet anger du <b>ISO-avbild</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det är möjligt att ange <b>portnumret</b> för ett HTTP/HTTPS-arkiv.\n" "Lämna det tomt om du vill använda standardporten.</p>\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Jag vi&ll installera ytterligare en tilläggsprodukt" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Nät&verksinställningar..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2755,8 +2613,8 @@ "Programvaruarkiv kan finnas på cd, på en nätverksserver eller\n" "på hårddisken.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2766,8 +2624,8 @@ "För att lägga till <b>cd</b> eller <b>dvd</b>,\n" "ha produkt-cd:n eller dvd:n tillgänglig.</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2781,8 +2639,8 @@ "Endast bassökvägen krävs om alla cd-skivor kopieras\n" "till samma katalog.</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2794,209 +2652,206 @@ "Ange den katalog där paketen från\n" "den första cd-skivan finns, t.ex. /data1/CD1.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Välj typ av media" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Lägg i tilläggsprodukt-cd:n" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Lägg i tilläggsprodukt-dvd:n" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Ingen USB-disk identifierades." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ladda ned filer</b><br>\n" "I varje arkiv finns beskrivningsfiler som beskriver innehållet i\n" -"arkivet. Markera <b>Ladda ned arkivbeskrivningsfiler</b> om du vill ladda " -"ned\n" -"filerna när du stänger YaST-modulen. Om alternativet är avmarkerat laddar " -"YaST ned\n" +"arkivet. Markera <b>Ladda ned arkivbeskrivningsfiler</b> om du vill ladda ned\n" +"filerna när du stänger YaST-modulen. Om alternativet är avmarkerat laddar YaST ned\n" "filerna automatiskt senare när de behövs. </p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Mediatyp" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Tilläggsprodukt" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "URL-schemat %s är inte giltigt." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "Initierar tillgängliga arkiv" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "Läs konfigurerade arkiv" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "Identifiera tillgängliga arkiv via SLP" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "Läser konfigurerade arkiv..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "Identifierar tillgängliga arkiv..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa arkiv." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera tillgängliga arkiv." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "Det går inte att spara ändringarna av arkivet.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "Arkivinställningar sparas" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "Spara arkivinställningar" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "Lägger till arkiv..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "På" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "Av" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurerade arkiv" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Enhet att mata ut" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "SLP-sökning" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "Söker i nätverket efter installationstjänster..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "Filterform" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "Välj ett SLP-arkiv" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "Tillgängliga installations&produkter" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "Inga detaljer tillgängliga." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "Arkivdetaljer" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -3004,8 +2859,8 @@ "Välj ett av alternativen.\n" "Det finns fler arkiv tillgängliga för produkten.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -3013,13 +2868,13 @@ "Ett internt fel har inträffat.\n" "Det finns ingen URL-adress för det markerade arkivet." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Insamling av information för %1 hittade tjänster..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3029,18 +2884,18 @@ "Detta kan orsakas av en aktiverad SuSEfirewall2,\n" "som antagligen blockerar nätverkssökningen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta några SLP-arkiv på nätverket." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "På partitionen \"%1\" saknas det %2 diskutrymme." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3048,7 +2903,7 @@ "Avmarkera paket eller ta bort data eller tillfälliga filer\n" "innan du uppdaterar systemet.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Avmarkera några paket." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,191 +14,168 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 +#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 msgid "Never" msgstr "Aldrig" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Läser in tillgängliga paket</B></BIG></P><P>Tillgängliga objekt " -"läses in från de konfigurerade arkiven. Det kan ta ett tag...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Läser in tillgängliga paket</B></BIG></P><P>Tillgängliga objekt läses in från de konfigurerade arkiven. Det kan ta ett tag...</P>" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Läser in installerade paket</B></BIG></P><P>Pakethanteraren läser " -"installerade paket...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Läser in installerade paket</B></BIG></P><P>Pakethanteraren läser installerade paket...</P>" -#. help text -#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registrerar ett nytt arkiv</B></BIG></P><P>Ett nytt arkiv " -"registreras. Pakethanteraren läser listan över tillgängliga paket i " -"arkivet...</P>" +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Registrerar ett nytt arkiv</B></BIG></P><P>Ett nytt arkiv registreras. Pakethanteraren läser listan över tillgängliga paket i arkivet...</P>" -#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Sparar arkiv</B></BIG></P><P>Pakethanteraren uppdaterar de " -"konfigurerade arkiven...</P>" +#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Sparar arkiv</B></BIG></P><P>Pakethanteraren uppdaterar de konfigurerade arkiven...</P>" -#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content...</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Uppdaterar arkivet</B></BIG></P><P>Pakethanteraren uppdaterar " -"arkivinnehållet...</P>" +#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Uppdaterar arkivet</B></BIG></P><P>Pakethanteraren uppdaterar arkivinnehållet...</P>" -#. error message -#: src/Package.cc:658 +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Det går inte att markera paketet för installation." -#. error message -#: src/Package.cc:664 +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Paketet är inte tillgängligt." -#. still not initialized, throw an exception -#. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 +#. still not initialized, throw an exception +#. translators: this is an error message +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Det går inte att ansluta till Pakethanteraren" -#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 msgid "Refreshing repository " msgstr "Arkiv uppdateras" -#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 msgid "Probing repository " msgstr "Arkiv identifieras" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 msgid "Scanning products in " msgstr "Söker efter produkter i " -#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 msgid "Search Available Products" msgstr "Sök efter tillgängliga produkter" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 msgid "Probe Source Type" msgstr "Typ av kontrollkälla" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Hämta beskrivningar" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Bygg om cache" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 -#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 +#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 msgid "Load Data" msgstr "Läs in data" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Lägger till arkivet..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Hämtar" -#. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Uppdatera metadata" -#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Uppdaterar arkivet..." -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 msgid "Target is not a directory: " msgstr "Målet är inte en katalog: " -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 msgid "Cannot create directory " msgstr "Det går inte att skapa katalogen" -#. error message (followed by directory name) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 msgid "Cannot check status of directory " msgstr "Det går inte att kontrollera status för katalogen " -#. error message (followed by detailed description) -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 +#. error message (followed by detailed description) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 msgid "Error: Cannot copy the cache to the target directory\n" msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att kopiera cachen till målkatalogen\n" -#. error message -#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 +#. error message +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 msgid "Copying failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att kopiera" -#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string -#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 +#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string +#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 msgid "Error refreshing service" msgstr "Fel vid uppdatering av tjänsten" -#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 msgid "Refresh Sources" msgstr "Uppdatera källor" -#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Läser in pakethanteraren..." -#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 msgid "Load Sources" msgstr "Läs in källor" -#. TODO: improve the error message -#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 +#. TODO: improve the error message +#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 msgid "Cannot find source" msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta källan" -#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 +#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 msgid "Remove Repositories" msgstr "Ta bort arkiv" -#. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 msgid "Save Repositories" msgstr "Spara arkiv" -#. start the process -#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 +#. start the process +#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgstr "Arkiven sparas..." -#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Initiera målsystemet" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Läs installerade paket" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,83 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "Konfiguration av skrivare" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Fel: Kunde inte skriva /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Fel: Kunde inte skriva /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "Varning: Kan inte läsa filen %1 (filen finns kanske inte)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "Fel: Kunde inte läsa %1 (filen kan vara tom)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "Varning: Kunde inte säkerhetskopiera %1 som %1.yast2save" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "Varning: Kunde inte säkerhetskopiera %1 som %1.yast2orig" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att konfigurera utskrift (ett nödvändigt paket för cups-klient " -"är inte installerat)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera utskrift (ett nödvändigt paket för cups-klient är inte installerat)." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att konfigurera lokala skrivare (ett nödvändigt paket för cups " -"är inte installerat)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera lokala skrivare (ett nödvändigt paket för cups är inte installerat)." -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Ingen lokal skrivare är tillgänglig (använder CUPS-fjärrservern %1 för " -"utskrift)." +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Ingen lokal skrivare är tillgänglig (använder CUPS-fjärrservern %1 för utskrift)." -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -98,17 +89,17 @@ "Startade CUPS-daemonen.\n" "Väntar en halv minut på att CUPS-daemon ska bli klar för användning...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -116,633 +107,600 @@ "CUPS-daemonen är inte tillgänglig än.\n" "Väntar en minut på att daemonen ska bli klar för användning..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att konfigurera lokala skrivare (ingen lokal cupsd är " -"tillgänglig)." +msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera lokala skrivare (ingen lokal cupsd är tillgänglig)." -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "Ingen lokal skrivare har identifierats." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "Skapar ny skrivarinstallation" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "Den nya skrivarkonfigurationen har ännu inte sparats" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "Kan leda till skadade skrivarkonfigurationer." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "Hittade befintlig konfiguration" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "Skapade konfiguration" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "Ingen lokal skrivare har konfigurerats." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Skrivare" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Skrivare" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "&Gör en automatisk konfiguration av lokalt anslutna skrivare nu" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "Ange om USB-skrivare ska konfigureras automatiskt vid anslutning" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"Använd paketet &udev-configure-printer för automatisk konfiguration av USB-" -"skrivare" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "Använd paketet &udev-configure-printer för automatisk konfiguration av USB-skrivare" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "Inaktivera fjärransluten CUPS-server %1" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning förhindrar konfiguration av skrivare för det " -"lokala systemet." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning förhindrar konfiguration av skrivare för det lokala systemet." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort posten ServerName i /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera udev-configure-printer." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort udev-configure-printer." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "Den automatiska skrivarkonfigurationen hade ingen effekt." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "Resultat av automatisk skrivarkonfiguration" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "valfri modell" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "Lägg till ny skrivarkonfiguration" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "Här anger du din skrivarmodell." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "Ange anslutning" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "I&dentifiera fler" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "Anslutnings&guide" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Anslutning" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "Hitta och tilldela en drivrutin" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "&Sök efter" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "&Hitta mer" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "Drivrutins&paket" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Välj en drivrutin." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" msgstr "Standardpappersstorlek (om den kan hanteras av skrivare och drivrutin)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "Ange godtyckligt &namn" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "Använd som &standard" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "Alternativ installation för HP-skrivare:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "Kör &hp-setup" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "hp-setup körs på engelska" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Inget val har gjorts" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "Välj en anslutning och tilldela sedan en drivrutin." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "Ingen anslutning är vald" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "Välj en anslutning." -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "Ingen drivrutin är vald" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "Inget könamn" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "Ange ett könamn." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "Ogiltigt könamn" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Köns namn får endast innehålla bokstäverna a-z och A-Z, siffrorna 0-9 och " -"understreck (_)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Köns namn får endast innehålla bokstäverna a-z och A-Z, siffrorna 0-9 och understreck (_)." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "Bekräfta giltigt könamn" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "%1 är ogiltigt eller används redan. Vill du använda %2 istället?" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Om den nya skrivarkonfigurationen inte visas i nästa dialogruta väntar du en " -"stund och klickar sedan på knappen Uppdatera lista." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Om den nya skrivarkonfigurationen inte visas i nästa dialogruta väntar du en stund och klickar sedan på knappen Uppdatera lista." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Det gick inte att köra hp-setup." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "Ändra %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "Alla alternativ f&ör den aktuella drivrutinen" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "Standardpappersstorlek för den aktuella drivrutinen" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "Aktuell anslutning" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Ingen drivrutin används. Antingen är det en RAW-kö eller också används ett " -"gränssnittsskript" +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Ingen drivrutin används. Antingen är det en RAW-kö eller också används ett gränssnittsskript" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "Aktuell drivrutin" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Justera alternativen för aktuell drivrutin eller tilldela en annan drivrutin" +msgstr "Justera alternativen för aktuell drivrutin eller tilldela en annan drivrutin" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "&Beskrivning" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Plats" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "Acceptera &utskriftsjobb" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "A&ktivera utskrift" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "Ändrar skrivarinstallation" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "Den ändrade skrivarkonfigurationen har ännu inte sparats" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Om de nya ändringarna inte visas i nästa dialogruta väntar du en stund och " -"klickar sedan på knappen Uppdatera lista." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Om de nya ändringarna inte visas i nästa dialogruta väntar du en stund och klickar sedan på knappen Uppdatera lista." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Inga drivrutinsalternativ är tillgängliga" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Möjliga orsaker: inget val gjordes eller också är det en fjärrkonfiguration." +msgstr "Möjliga orsaker: inget val gjordes eller också är det en fjärrkonfiguration." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "Behåll skrivar&modellen eller välj en annan tillverkare" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Behåll &modellen eller välj en tillverkare om ingen \"raw-kö\" ska skapas" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Behåll &modellen eller välj en tillverkare om ingen \"raw-kö\" ska skapas" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "V&älj skrivartillverkaren" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." msgstr "Välj en skrivartillverkare o&m ingen \"raw-kö\" ska skapas" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "&IP-adress eller värddatornamn" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "&IP-adress eller värdnamn [procentkodat]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "Sökning" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "Sök efter alla värdar" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Valfri parameter \"parameter=värde\" (vanligen tom) [procentkodad]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Testa anslutning" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -750,69 +708,66 @@ "Det går inte att få åtkomst till en HP-enhet via motorn\n" "eftersom RPM-paketet hplip inte är installerat." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "RPM-paketet hplip är inte installerat." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "&Seriell enhet" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "&Överföringshastighet" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "&Databitar" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "&Paritetskontroll" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "&Flödeskontroll" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "S&toppbitar" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Installera RPM-paketet bluez-cups om du vill få åtkomst till en Bluetooth-" -"skrivare." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Installera RPM-paketet bluez-cups om du vill få åtkomst till en Bluetooth-skrivare." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "RPM-paketet bluez-cups är inte installerat." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -822,340 +777,332 @@ "Kör \"'hcitool scan\" för att hämta ID:n för Bluetooth-enheter.\n" "Ange ID-strängen utan kolon, så här: \"1A2B3C4D5E6F\"." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "Hämtar ID:n för Bluetooth-enheter..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "Kunde inte hämta ID:n för Bluetooth-enheter." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "ID för &Bluetooth-enhet" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "ID:n för Bluetooth-enheter som är tillgängliga just nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "Sök efter direktuttagsservrar" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "TCP-portnummer" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "Sök efter LPD-servrar" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "Könamn (läs i skrivarmanualen)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (se skrivarhandboken) [procentkodad]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"RPM-paketet samba-client måste installeras för åtkomst till en SMB-" -"skrivarutdelning." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "RPM-paketet samba-client måste installeras för åtkomst till en SMB-skrivarutdelning." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "RPM-paketet samba-client har inte installerats." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "&Server (NetBIOS-värddatornamn)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "&Skrivare (utdelningsnamn)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&Arbetsgrupp (domännamn)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "Autentisering (vid behov)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "Använd fast användarnamn och lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "An&vändare" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "Lösen&ord:" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Stöd för &Active Directory (R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "Könamn" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "Sök efter IPP-servrar" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "Sök efter IPP-utsändningar" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"RPM-paketet ncpfs måste installeras för åtkomst till en IPX-utskriftskö." +msgstr "RPM-paketet ncpfs måste installeras för åtkomst till en IPX-utskriftskö." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "RPM-paketet ncpfs har inte installerats." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IP-adress eller värddatornamn" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "Autentisera som" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "Användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [procentkodad]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"RPM-paketet cups-backends måste installeras för utskrift via programkoppling." +msgstr "RPM-paketet cups-backends måste installeras för utskrift via programkoppling." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "RPM-paketet cups-backends har inte installerats." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [procentkodat]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"RPM-paketet cups-backends måste vara installerat innan du kan använda \"beh" -"\"." +msgstr "RPM-paketet cups-backends måste vara installerat innan du kan använda \"beh\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Enhets-URI (som beh bör tillämpas för) [procentkodad]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Inaktivera aldrig kön" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Antal nya försök (0 står för ett oändligt antal nya försök)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Fördröjning i sekunder mellan två försök" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Välj en specifik anslutningstyp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "&Anslutningstyp" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Direktanslutna enheter" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB-port" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP-enhet (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Åtkomst till nätverksskrivare eller skrivarserverenhet via" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "LPD-protokoll (Line Printer Daemon)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Skriv ut via Print Server Machine" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Traditionell UNIX-server (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS-server (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Special" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Ange valfri enhets-URI" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Skicka utskriftsdata till ett annat program (rör)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Seriekkopplad BEH (Backend Error Handler)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Anslutningsinställningar" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Anslutningsguide" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "CUPS version 1.5 har inte stöd för SCSI-skrivare." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1165,16 +1112,16 @@ "ange FileDevice Yes i cupsd.conf och\n" "använda en DeviceURI som file:/dev/sg..." -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Välj en anslutning" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1184,13 +1131,13 @@ "åtkomst till skrivaren via denna typ av anslutning.\n" "Har skrivaren varit ansluten och påslagen hela tiden?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Välj en giltig anslutning" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1200,93 +1147,91 @@ "går det inte längre att få åtkomst till skrivaren via denna anslutning.\n" "Är skrivaren fortfarande ansluten och påslagen?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "Eventuellt saknas värden för seriell enhet och överföringshastighet." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "Paritetskontrollen space stöds endast med 7 databitar." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"Paritetskontrollen \"mark\" stöds endast med 7 databitar och 1 stoppbit." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "Paritetskontrollen \"mark\" stöds endast med 7 databitar och 1 stoppbit." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "ID för Bluetooth-enhet får inte ha tomt värde." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI får inte ha tomt värde." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Servernamn och skrivare får inte ha tomma värden." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Både användare och lösenord måste anges." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Servernamnet får inte ha tomt värde." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Servernamnet och könamnet får inte ha tomma värden." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "Enhets-URI, antal försök och fördröjning får inte ha tomma värden." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Får inte ha tomt värde." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Välj en tillverkare eller raw-kö." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Sök efter alla värddatorer i det lokala nätverket" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1294,36 +1239,36 @@ "Vänta...\n" "Det här kan ta mer än en minut." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Sök efter värdar som är åtkomliga via TCP-port %1" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Sök efter värdar som är åtkomliga via Samba (SMB)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Sök efter värdar som är åtkomliga via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Sök efter värdar som är åtkomliga via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1331,26 +1276,26 @@ "Ingen värddator hittades vid sökning i nätverket.\n" "(Nätverksproblem eller aktiv brandvägg?)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Åtkomsttestet misslyckades för porten %1 på värddatorn %2." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Åtkomsttestet misslyckades för kön %1 på värddatorn %2." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1360,256 +1305,245 @@ "Detta generiska test kan felaktigt indikera problem om det\n" "krävs autentisering via Active Directory (R). I så fall\n" "bör en användare med behörighet att skriva ut via Active\n" -"Directory (R) logga in och testa om det går att skriva ut från Gnome eller " -"KDE." +"Directory (R) logga in och testa om det går att skriva ut från Gnome eller KDE." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Det generiska testet indikerar problem för utdelningen %1 på värddatorn %2." +msgstr "Det generiska testet indikerar problem för utdelningen %1 på värddatorn %2." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Åtkomsttestet misslyckades för resursen %1 på värddatorn %2." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Testet lyckades" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"RPM-paketet samba-krb-printing måste installeras till stöd för Active " -"Directory (R)." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "RPM-paketet samba-krb-printing måste installeras till stöd för Active Directory (R)." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Stöd för Active Directory (R) kommer att inaktiveras för alla SMB-" -"utskriftsköer." +msgstr "Stöd för Active Directory (R) kommer att inaktiveras för alla SMB-utskriftsköer." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "Skrivarkonfiguration" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "Skriva ut via nätverk" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "Dela skrivare" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "Principer" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "AutoYaST-skrivarkonfigurationer" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-utskrift via nätverksinställningar" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "Identifierade skrivare" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "AutoYaST-inställningar för utskrift med CUPS via nätverk" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "Drivrutinspaket" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "Installera eller ta bort skrivardrivrutinspaket" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Skrivarbeskrivningsfil för Ghostscript-drivrutiner" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "Skrivarbeskrivningsfiler för vissa PCL-skrivare" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "Skrivarbeskrivningsfiler för PostScript-skrivare" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Utskriftsdrivrutin för Gutenprint/Gimp" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "Drivrutin för HP-skrivare och HP All-in-One-enheter" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "Tilverkarens skrivarbeskrivningsfiler för PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "SpliX-drivrutin för SPL-skrivare utan JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Skrivardrivrutin för Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Gör en skrivarbeskrivningsfil tillgänglig" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "Namn och &fullständig sökväg för skrivarbeskrivningsfil" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bläddra" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Välj en skrivarbeskrivningsfil" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Det gick inte att komma åt %1" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Skrivarbeskrivningsfilen följer inte specifikationen." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Vill du använda skrivarbeskrivningsfilen trots dess fel?" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"En skrivarbeskrivningsfil som inte följer specifikationen kan orsaka fel." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "En skrivarbeskrivningsfil som inte följer specifikationen kan orsaka fel." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Skrivarbeskrivningsfilen kunde inte göras tillgänglig" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "Drivrutinsalternativ för kön %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att ange drivrutinsalternativ för %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1619,8 +1553,8 @@ "<b><big>Initierar skrivarkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1630,21 +1564,19 @@ "<b><big>Slutför skrivarkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1656,12 +1588,11 @@ "Man kan ha flera olika skrivarköer för en och samma \n" "skrivare,\n" "till exempel en särskild kö med svartvita utskrifter för en färgskrivare\n" -"eller en PostScript-kö och en kö med en PCL-drivrutin för en PostScript+PCL-" -"skrivare.\n" +"eller en PostScript-kö och en kö med en PCL-drivrutin för en PostScript+PCL-skrivare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1683,8 +1614,8 @@ "som redan är tillgänglig via en fjärrkö.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1696,8 +1627,8 @@ "Tryck på <b>Lägg till</b> för att konfigurera en ny kö för en skrivare.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1709,8 +1640,8 @@ "Välj en lokal kö och klicka på <b>Redigera</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1722,8 +1653,8 @@ "Välj en lokal kö och klicka på <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1735,8 +1666,8 @@ "Välj en kö och klicka på <b>Skriv ut testsida</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1758,8 +1689,8 @@ "uppdaterad lista över tillgängliga fjärrköer.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1769,31 +1700,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Om AutoYaST-skrivarköer</big></b><br>\n" -"AutoYaST stöder endast inställningar för utskrift med CUPS via nätverket." -"<br>\n" +"AutoYaST stöder endast inställningar för utskrift med CUPS via nätverket.<br>\n" "Det går inte att skapa lokala skrivarköer för AutoYaST.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -"<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1802,19 +1727,16 @@ "När flera program skickar utskriftsjobb samtidigt placeras de i\n" "en kö och skickas ett i taget till skrivaren.<br>\n" "Man kan ha flera skrivarköer för en och samma skrivare.\n" -"Normalt har man flera skrivarköer när det finns filera olika " -"skrivardrivrutiner\n" +"Normalt har man flera skrivarköer när det finns filera olika skrivardrivrutiner\n" "som ska användas för en och samma skrivare.\n" "Exempel 1: en särskild kö med en drivrutin för svartvitt\n" "som ger utskrifter endast i svart på en färgskrivare.\n" -"Exempel 2: en PostScript-kö och en kö med en PCL-drivrutin för en PostScript" -"+PCL-skrivare\n" -"eftersom det normalt går fortare att skriva ut via PCL-drivrutinen (men " -"kvaliteten blir lägre).\n" +"Exempel 2: en PostScript-kö och en kö med en PCL-drivrutin för en PostScript+PCL-skrivare\n" +"eftersom det normalt går fortare att skriva ut via PCL-drivrutinen (men kvaliteten blir lägre).\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new queue:<br>\n" @@ -1830,12 +1752,11 @@ "ange ett unikt könamn.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1843,10 +1764,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1859,21 +1778,19 @@ "Särskilt HP-skrivare är ofta åtkomliga via både anslutningen usb:/...\n" "och anslutningen hp:/....\n" "Den sistnämnda kommer från HP-drivrutinspaketet hplip.\n" -"Båda anslutningarna bör fungera för enkel utskrift, men anslutningen " -"hp:/...\n" +"Båda anslutningarna bör fungera för enkel utskrift, men anslutningen hp:/...\n" "ska användas för allt annat, t.ex. skrivarstatus via hp-toolbox eller\n" "skanning med en HP All-in-One-skrivare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1898,8 +1815,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1922,8 +1838,7 @@ "<b>Drivrutinen</b> styr att rätt data genereras för den\n" "aktuella skrivarmodellen.<br>\n" "Om fel drivrutin används skickas felaktiga data till skrivaren,\n" -"och utskriften blir ful, kaotisk eller går inte att göra över huvud taget." -"<br>\n" +"och utskriften blir ful, kaotisk eller går inte att göra över huvud taget.<br>\n" "Initialt detekteras modellnamnet för den aktuella anslutningen automatiskt\n" "och visas som förvalt värde i inmatningsfältet för sökning efter drivrutin.\n" "De drivrutiner vars beskrivning stämmer med modellnamnet\n" @@ -1954,23 +1869,21 @@ "och söka igenom alla tillgängliga drivrutinsbeskrivningar.<br>\n" "Normalt bör drivrutinens standardinställningar fungera bra\n" "med den aktuella skrivarmodellen.\n" -"Vissa drivrutinsinställningar måste stämma överens med den specifika " -"skrivaren.\n" +"Vissa drivrutinsinställningar måste stämma överens med den specifika skrivaren.\n" "Särskilt drivrutinens \n" "standardinställning för pappersstorlek\n" "måste stämma med papperet som sitter i skrivaren.\n" "Du kan antingen välja A4 eller Letter som standard för pappersstorlek\n" "eller avstå från att välja ett alternativ, så att den inbyggda\n" "standardpappersstorleken i drivrutinen används automatiskt.\n" -"Gör detta om drivrutinen varken har stöd för A4 eller Letter (t.ex. en " -"drivrutin för en liten fotoskrivare).\n" +"Gör detta om drivrutinen varken har stöd för A4 eller Letter (t.ex. en drivrutin för en liten fotoskrivare).\n" "Om du vill justera andra drivrutinsalternativ än A4 eller Letter\n" "måste du först skapa en kö. Sedan kan du ändra önskade\n" "alternativ för drivrutinen i dialogrutan Redigera/ändra.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -1986,8 +1899,8 @@ "bokstäverna a-z och A-Z, siffrorna 0-9 och understreck (_).\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p>\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2004,8 +1917,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"En av skrivarköerna kan konfigureras för att <b>användas som standard</b>." -"<br>\n" +"En av skrivarköerna kan konfigureras för att <b>användas som standard</b>.<br>\n" "En sådan standardskrivarkö i systemet används av programmen om\n" "användaren inte har angett någon annan skrivarkö.\n" "Men ingen standardkö är någonsin den enda möjliga.\n" @@ -2018,8 +1930,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2051,8 +1963,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2064,12 +1976,11 @@ "Markera bara den kö som du vill ändra.<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2077,10 +1988,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2119,8 +2028,7 @@ "och hp:/....\n" "Den senare kommer från HP-drivrutinspaketet hplip.\n" "För vanlig utskrift bör båda anslutningstyperna fungera, men för allt annat\n" -"(t.ex. skrivarstatus via hp-toolbox eller skanning med en HP All-in-One-" -"enhet\n" +"(t.ex. skrivarstatus via hp-toolbox eller skanning med en HP All-in-One-enhet\n" "ska anslutningen hp:/... användas.<br>\n" "När du byter den aktuella anslutningen mot en ny, detekteras\n" "modellnamnet för den nya anslutningen automatiskt\n" @@ -2130,15 +2038,13 @@ "överens med modellnamnet.<br>\n" "Om drivrutinsbeskrivningarna stämmer med det detekterade modellnamnet\n" "och alla matchande drivrutinsbeskrivningar verkar höra till samma modell,\n" -"sorteras drivrutinsbeskrivningarna så att den rimligaste visas överst (men " -"under den aktiva drivrutinen).\n" +"sorteras drivrutinsbeskrivningarna så att den rimligaste visas överst (men under den aktiva drivrutinen).\n" "Det är dock ingen garanti för att denna drivrutin\n" "passar för ändamålet.\n" "Den översta drivrutinen kanske inte fungerar alls för den aktuella \n" "skrivarmodellen. Funktionen för automatiskt förval av drivrutin bygger\n" "på en jämförelse av strängar (detekterat modellnamn och \n" -"drivrutinsbeskrivningar) och resultatet blir därför inte bättre än en " -"kvalificerad\n" +"drivrutinsbeskrivningar) och resultatet blir därför inte bättre än en kvalificerad\n" "gissning för den aktuella skrivarmodellen.<br>\n" "Kontrollera därför om förvalda värden verkar rimliga,\n" "ändra gärna och testa olika inställningar\n" @@ -2151,19 +2057,16 @@ "och söka igenom alla tillgängliga drivrutinsbeskrivningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2172,8 +2075,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -"<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2181,8 +2083,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2195,14 +2096,10 @@ "<b>Drivrutinen</b> styr att rätt data genereras för den\n" "aktuella skrivarmodellen.<br>\n" "Om fel drivrutin används skickas felaktiga data till skrivaren,\n" -"och utskriften blir ful, kaotisk eller går inte att göra över huvud taget." -"<br>\n" -"Du kan antingen välja en annan drivrutin och ändra inställningarna för den " -"vid ett senare tillfälle\n" -"eller behålla den aktuella drivrutinen och ändra dess inställningar " -"omedelbart.<br>\n" -"Vissa drivrutinsinställningar måste stämma överens med den specifika " -"skrivaren.\n" +"och utskriften blir ful, kaotisk eller går inte att göra över huvud taget.<br>\n" +"Du kan antingen välja en annan drivrutin och ändra inställningarna för den vid ett senare tillfälle\n" +"eller behålla den aktuella drivrutinen och ändra dess inställningar omedelbart.<br>\n" +"Vissa drivrutinsinställningar måste stämma överens med den specifika skrivaren.\n" "Exempelvis drivrutinens standardinställning för pappersstorlek\n" "måste stämma med papperet som sitter i skrivaren.<br>\n" "Andra inställningar kan du välja fritt.\n" @@ -2217,8 +2114,7 @@ "(slutför alltså den här dialogrutan som ett första steg).\n" "I det andra steget öppnar du den här dialogrutan på nytt\n" "och justerar önskade inställningar i drivrutinen.<br>\n" -"Initialt gäller beskrivningen av den drivrutin som var aktiv innan " -"anslutningen ändrades\n" +"Initialt gäller beskrivningen av den drivrutin som var aktiv innan anslutningen ändrades\n" "som förvalt värde i inmatningsfältet för drivrutinssökning.\n" "Det ger normalt bara en enda drivrutin som sökresultat.\n" "Du kan hitta fler drivrutiner genom att ange en mindre specifik söksträng\n" @@ -2228,15 +2124,13 @@ "alla tillgängliga drivrutinsbeskrivningar.\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -"<b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2263,8 +2157,8 @@ "(t.ex. \"Rum 123\" eller\"Receptionen\").\n" "</p>" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2288,8 +2182,8 @@ "som måste stämma med standardpapperet som finns i skrivaren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2306,12 +2200,11 @@ "Exempel: hög upplösning fungerar kanske inte för en\n" "laserskrivare vars inbyggda standardminne inte räcker till för att bearbeta\n" "högupplösta sidor.<br> \n" -"Hög kvalitetsinställning kan ge oacceptabelt långsam utskrift på en " -"bläckstråleskrivare.\n" +"Hög kvalitetsinställning kan ge oacceptabelt långsam utskrift på en bläckstråleskrivare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2325,18 +2218,16 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ibland måste man justera skrivarspecifika\n" -"drivrutinsinställningar för att kunna använda alla skrivarens funktioner." -"<br>\n" +"drivrutinsinställningar för att kunna använda alla skrivarens funktioner.<br>\n" "Kontrollera och justera särskilt drivrutinsinställningar\n" "för eventuella tillval som installerats på skrivaren, som en enhet för\n" "dubbelsidig utskrift eller extra arkmatare.<br>\n" "Exempelvis en dubbelsidig utskriftsenhet måste anges som\n" -"installerad eller sann, annars är det inte säkert att dubbelsidig utskrift " -"kan göras.\n" +"installerad eller sann, annars är det inte säkert att dubbelsidig utskrift kan göras.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2358,8 +2249,8 @@ "som behöver drivrutinen.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2417,13 +2308,12 @@ "en skrivardrivrutin.<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2435,30 +2325,25 @@ "och ingen utskrift kan ske.\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -"<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2474,24 +2359,19 @@ msgstr "" "Enhets-URI:er till skrivare</big></b><br>\n" "Specifikationen för en anslutning kallas <b>enhets-URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Det första ordet i denna kallas URI-schemat och anger typ av " -"dataöverföring,\n" +"Det första ordet i denna kallas URI-schemat och anger typ av dataöverföring,\n" "t.ex. \"usb\", \"socket\", \"lpd\" eller \"ipp\".<br>\n" "Efter schemat anges eventuellt ytterligare komponenter\n" -"som specificerar detaljuppgifterna för den aktuella dataöverföringstypen." -"<br>\n" +"som specificerar detaljuppgifterna för den aktuella dataöverföringstypen.<br>\n" "Blanksteg får inte förekomma i en enhts-URI.\n" "Ett blankstegstecken kodas därför med värdet %20 i en URI-komponent\n" "(20 är hexadecimalvärdet för blankstegstecknet).<br>\n" "Komponenterna i enhets-URI:n avgränsas av särskilda tecken:\n" "kolon :, snedstreck /, frågetecken ?, ampersand & och lika med =.<br>\n" -"Slutligen kan man (valfritt) lägga in parametrar (avgränsade med frågetecken " -"\"?\")\n" -"i följande form: \"alternativ1=värde1&alternativ2=värde2&" -"alternativ3=värde3\".\n" +"Slutligen kan man (valfritt) lägga in parametrar (avgränsade med frågetecken \"?\")\n" +"i följande form: \"alternativ1=värde1&alternativ2=värde2&alternativ3=värde3\".\n" "En komplett enhets-URI kan t.ex. se ut så här:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domän:631/skrivare/könamn?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domän:631/skrivare/könamn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Några exempel:<br>\n" "En USB-skrivare av modellen \"Fun Printer 1000+\", tillverkad av ACME\n" "och med serienumret A1B2C3, kan ha följande enhets-URI:<br>\n" @@ -2505,8 +2385,8 @@ "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2595,8 +2475,7 @@ "Även skiftkänslighet, bindestreck, punkt och tilde\n" "kan orsaka problem i vissa fall\n" "(t.ex. är det bara bokstäver, siffror och understreck som säkert\n" -"fungerar i namnet på en CUPS-skrivarkö och skiftläget spelar där ingen " -"roll).\n" +"fungerar i namnet på en CUPS-skrivarkö och skiftläget spelar där ingen roll).\n" "Därför är det bäst att bara använda gemener, siffror\n" "och understreck i alla värden i en URI om det går.<br>\n" "Reserverade tecken och blanksteg i ett komponentvärde\n" @@ -2653,13 +2532,12 @@ "snabel-a \"@\" procentkodas som %40<br>\n" "vänster hakparentes \"[\" procentkodas som %5B<br>\n" "höger hakparentes \"]\" procentkodas som %5D<br>\n" -"Mer information finns i \"Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax" -"\" på<br>\n" +"Mer information finns i \"Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax\" på<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2673,12 +2551,11 @@ "detekteras automatiskt varpå tillämplig enhets-URI genereras.\n" "Exempel:<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2715,11 +2592,9 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Enhets-URI till en nätverksskrivare eller utskriftsserverdosa</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Enhets-URI till en nätverksskrivare eller utskriftsserverdosa</big></b><br>\n" "En utskriftsserverdosa är en liten enhet med en\n" -"nätverksanslutning och en USB- eller parallellportsanslutning till själva " -"skrivaren.\n" +"nätverksanslutning och en USB- eller parallellportsanslutning till själva skrivaren.\n" "En nätverksskrivare har en inbyggd utskriftsserverdosa.\n" "Det finns tre olika nätverksprotokoll för åtkomst.\n" "Vilket protokoll som gäller för den aktuella nätverksskrivaren\n" @@ -2753,8 +2628,8 @@ "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2764,8 +2639,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2808,8 +2682,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2831,14 +2704,11 @@ msgstr "" "<br>\n" "smb://användarnamn:lösenord@arbetsgrupp/server/skrivare<br>\n" -"Exempel: Användaren John Doe med lösenordet @home! kan använda något i stil " -"med\n" -"följande enhets-URI för åtkomst till nätverksskrivaren \"'Fun Printer 1000+" -"\":<br>\n" +"Exempel: Användaren John Doe med lösenordet @home! kan använda något i stil med\n" +"följande enhets-URI för åtkomst till nätverksskrivaren \"'Fun Printer 1000+\":<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "<b>Mer information</b> finns i <tt>man smbspool</tt> och <br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "Windows och Active Directory är registrerade varumärken\n" "som tillhör Microsoft Corporation i USA och/eller andra länder.<br>\n" "<b>Traditionell UNIX-server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2851,16 +2721,15 @@ "Normalt bör man inte ställa in en lokal utskriftskö för åtkomst till\n" "en fjärransluten kö på en CUPS-server. Gör i stället inställningen\n" "i dialogrutan <b>Skriva ut via nätverk</b>.\n" -"Gå vidare med nedanstående endast om du är säker på att du måste ställa in " -"en lokal utskriftskö\n" +"Gå vidare med nedanstående endast om du är säker på att du måste ställa in en lokal utskriftskö\n" "för åtkomst till en fjärransluten kö på en CUPS-server.<br>\n" "IPP är det inbyggda protokollet för CUPS som körs på en server.\n" "Den officiella IANA-porten för IPP är 631.\n" "Motsvarande enhets-URI är:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-adress:631/skrivare/kö<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2893,12 +2762,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2906,8 +2773,7 @@ "<b><big>Särskilda enhets-URI:er</big></b><br>\n" "<b>Ange en godtycklig enhets-URI</b>\n" "om du vet exakt vilken enhets-URI som ska användas\n" -"eller om du vill modifiera en befintlig enhets-URI på ett särskilt sätt." -"<br>\n" +"eller om du vill modifiera en befintlig enhets-URI på ett särskilt sätt.<br>\n" "<b>Skicka utskriftsdata till annat program (pipe)</b><br>\n" "Kräver att RPM-paketet cups-backends är installerat.\n" "Paketet tillhandahåller CUPS-backendlänken \"pipe\" till\n" @@ -2917,8 +2783,7 @@ "<b>Seriekoppla backend-felhanterare (beh)</b><br>\n" "Kräver att RPM-paketet cups-backends är installerat.\n" "Paketet tillhandahåller CUPS-backend \"beh\"'.<br>\n" -"Backendkommandot beh är en wrapperfunktion för det vanliga " -"backendkommandot,\n" +"Backendkommandot beh är en wrapperfunktion för det vanliga backendkommandot,\n" "som sedan anropas av beh.\n" "På så sätt kan beh, beroende på konfiguration,\n" "upprepa backend-anropet eller helt enkelt dölja backendsystemets felstatus\n" @@ -2932,26 +2797,22 @@ "vid fel. 0 innebär obegränsat antal försök.<br>\n" "\"Fördröjning\" anger antal sekunder mellan två försök\n" "att anropa backendsystemet.<br>\n" -"Den sista parametern är den ursprungliga enhets-URI:n som kön hade till att " -"börja med.<br>\n" +"Den sista parametern är den ursprungliga enhets-URI:n som kön hade till att börja med.<br>\n" "Exempel:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adress:portnummer<br>\n" -"Backendkommandot beh försöker här anropa en nätverksskrivare tre gånger med " -"fem sekunders fördröjning\n" +"Backendkommandot beh försöker här anropa en nätverksskrivare tre gånger med fem sekunders fördröjning\n" "emellan. Om anropen inte lyckas inaktiveras inte kön,\n" "men utskriftsjobbet går förlorat.<br>\n" -"Mer <b>information</b> finns i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " -"och<br>\n" +"Mer <b>information</b> finns i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> och<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -"<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2986,8 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Utskrift via nätverk</big></b><br>\n" -"Vanligen används CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) för utskrift via nätverk." -"<br>\n" +"Vanligen används CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) för utskrift via nätverk.<br>\n" "Som standard används bläddringsläget i CUPS för att\n" "ge åtkomst till skrivare via nätverket.<br>\n" "I det här fallet publicerar fjärranslutna CUPS-servrar sina skrivare via\n" @@ -3002,8 +2862,7 @@ "eftersom denna är betrodd som standard.<br>\n" "Det är inte rimligt att skriva ut i ett betrott internt nätverk\n" "med hjälp av ett nätverksgränssnitt som tillhör den icke betrodda externa\n" -"zonen (det senare är standardinställningen till skydd för " -"nätverksgränssnitt).\n" +"zonen (det senare är standardinställningen till skydd för nätverksgränssnitt).\n" "Inaktivera inte brandväggsskydd för CUPS\n" "(dvs. för IPP som använder TCP-port 631 och UDP-port 631)\n" "för den icke betrodda externa zonen.<br>\n" @@ -3021,8 +2880,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3050,15 +2909,13 @@ "från en fjärransluten CUPS-server var trettionde sekund.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -"<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3069,8 +2926,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Om du endast skriver ut via nätverk och bara använder en enda\n" -"CUPS-server behöver du inte använda CUPS-bläddring eller köra en CUPS-daemon " -"på värddatorn.\n" +"CUPS-server behöver du inte använda CUPS-bläddring eller köra en CUPS-daemon på värddatorn.\n" "Då är det enklare att ange CUPS-servern och direktansluta till den.<br>\n" "En tänkbar nackdel med det är att program som försöker ansluta\n" "till CUPS-servern när det inte går, t.ex. från en bärbar\n" @@ -3080,8 +2936,8 @@ "hjälpa att ha en hårdkodad post för CUPS-servern i filen /etc/hosts.\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3105,16 +2961,15 @@ "tillhör Microsoft Corporation i USA och/eller andra länder.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -3129,22 +2984,19 @@ "CUPS-bläddringsinformation kommer in via UDP-port 631.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -"<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -3156,12 +3008,11 @@ "Det är inte obligatoriskt att publicera skrivare i något av fallen.<br>\n" "Om du bara har en enda CUPS-server behöver inte CUPS-bläddring användas.\n" "Då är det enklare att ange CUPS-servern på klientdatorerna\n" -"(via \"Skriv ut via nätverk\") så att klienterna får direkt åtkomst till " -"servern.\n" +"(via \"Skriv ut via nätverk\") så att klienterna får direkt åtkomst till servern.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3195,8 +3046,8 @@ "lista med IP-adresser och/eller nätverk som tillåts.\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3262,8 +3113,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3281,8 +3132,8 @@ "och aktivera eller inaktivera utskrift.\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3302,8 +3153,7 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3325,13 +3175,12 @@ "<br>\n" "Följande felpolicyregler finns:<br>\n" "Stoppa skrivaren och spara utskriftsjobbet för senare utskrift.<br>\n" -"Vänta en stund (30 sekunder som standard) och skicka sedan om " -"utskriftsjobbet från början.<br>\n" +"Vänta en stund (30 sekunder som standard) och skicka sedan om utskriftsjobbet från början.<br>\n" "Avbryt, ta bort utskriftsjobbet och gå vidare till nästa utskriftsjobb.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3363,8 +3212,8 @@ "och godtagit alla förvalda värden.\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3402,109 +3251,107 @@ "utom genom manuella ändringar i filen 70-printers.rules.\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "Visa" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Lokal" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "&Fjärr" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "Plats" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "Uppdate&ra lista" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "Skriv ut &testsida" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "En lokalt körd CUPS-daemon krävs, men verkar inte finnas tillgänglig.\n" -"Kontrollera med \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" om det finns en lokal cupsd som " -"är i gång.\n" +"Kontrollera med \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" om det finns en lokal cupsd som är i gång.\n" "Om det inte finns en tillgänglig cupsd skapas en ändlös följd av problem.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3518,19 +3365,17 @@ msgstr "" "CUPS-daemonen verkar inte lyssna av den officiella IANA IPP-porten (631).\n" "Kontrollera med \"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd\" var cupsd lyssnar av.\n" -"Det här kan bero på att det finns en inställning \"'Listen ...:1234\" eller " -"\"Port 1234\"\n" +"Det här kan bero på att det finns en inställning \"'Listen ...:1234\" eller \"Port 1234\"\n" "(där 1234 är något annat portnummer än den officiella\n" -"port 631) i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (kontrollera också om det finns en " -"\"'BrowsePort 1234\").\n" +"port 631) i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (kontrollera också om det finns en \"'BrowsePort 1234\").\n" "YaST-skrivarmodulen har inte stöd för någon annan port än den officiella.\n" "En icke-officiell port leder till en ändlös följd av ytterligare problem.\n" "Om det finns tvingande skäl att använda en icke-officiell port kan du inte\n" "använda YaST-skrivarmodulen för att konfigurera skrivare.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3538,786 +3383,735 @@ "Tester körs gällande CUPS-serverns tillgänglighet...\n" "(kan ta tid)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Vill du inte längre använda den oåtkomliga CUPS-servern %1?" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Gå vidare genom att godkänna att %1 inte längre kommer att användas." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"En server utan åtkomst leder till en ändlös följd av fördröjningar och " -"problem." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "En server utan åtkomst leder till en ändlös följd av fördröjningar och problem." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS-server %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Testar om CUPS-servern är tillgänglig..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Ange en post." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Kan inte ta bort" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Det här är en fjärrkonfiguration. Det går bara att ta bort lokala " -"konfigurationer." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Det här är en fjärrkonfiguration. Det går bara att ta bort lokala konfigurationer." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"Den valda konfigurationen tas bort omedelbart och går inte att återställa." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "Den valda konfigurationen tas bort omedelbart och går inte att återställa." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Ta bort konfigurationen %1" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Ta inte bort den" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning av en klass" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "En borttagen klass kan inte återskapas med det här verktyget." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Avvisar utskriftsjobb" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att skriva ut testsidan eftersom utskriftsjobbet avvisades." +msgstr "Det går inte att skriva ut testsidan eftersom utskriftsjobbet avvisades." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Utskrift inaktiveraT" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva ut testsidan eftersom utskrift är inaktiverat." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Det finns väntande utskriftsjobb som kan tas bort innan testsidan skrivas ut." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Det finns väntande utskriftsjobb som kan tas bort innan testsidan skrivas ut." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Ta bort väntande utskrifter för %1" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Ta bort innan testsida skrivs ut" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Skriv ut testsida efter övriga utskrifter" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort alla väntande jobb för %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Testutskrift" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Skriv ut en eller två sidor, t.ex. för att testa dubbelsidig utskrift" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "En testsida" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Två testsidor" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva ut testsidan för %1." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Vänta tills testsidan har skrivits ut" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Skickat testsida till %1. Utskrift bör påbörjas snart." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Testsidan har skrivits ut" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Testsidan kunde inte skrivas ut" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Det finns väntande utskriftsjobb som kan tas bort nu." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Ta bort alla väntande utskrifter" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Ta inte bort dem" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Hela loggen finns i filen /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS-logguppgifter för bearbetning av testsidan för %1 (endast på engelska)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS-logguppgifter för bearbetning av testsidan för %1 (endast på engelska)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "CUPS-logginformation finns i filen /var/log/cups/error_log." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Om det inte går att skriva ut på ett fjärranslutet system kan du kontakta " -"systemets administratör." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Om det inte går att skriva ut på ett fjärranslutet system kan du kontakta systemets administratör." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning förhindrar att konfigurationen läggs till." +msgstr "En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning förhindrar att konfigurationen läggs till." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Det går inte att ändra" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Det här är en fjärrkonfiguration. Det går bara att ändra lokala " -"konfigurationer." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Det här är en fjärrkonfiguration. Det går bara att ändra lokala konfigurationer." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "stoppa skrivaren och spara jobbet för framtida utskrift" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "vänta ett tag och skicka sedan utskriften på nytt" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "avbryt och ta bort jobbet, fortsätt sedan med nästa jobb" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "Specifi&cera felprincipen" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "&Använd den här felprincipen för alla lokala skrivarkonfigurationer" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "Specificera &åtgärdsprincipen" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Använd den här &åtgärdsprincipen för alla lokala skrivarkonfigurationer" +msgstr "Använd den här &åtgärdsprincipen för alla lokala skrivarkonfigurationer" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning är i konflikt med inställningspriciner för " -"det lokala systemet." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning är i konflikt med inställningspriciner för det lokala systemet." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "Det gick inte att använda principen på %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Det gick inte att ange DefaultPolicy %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Det gick inte att ange ErrorPolicy %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "Det gick inte att använda inställningarna i systemet." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "godta inte uppgifter från skrivare" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "godta alla uppgifter från skrivare" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "godta från alla värdar i det lokala nätverket" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "godta endast från de adresser som anges nedan" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "Använd CUPS för utskrifter via nätverket" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "Godt&a skrivaruppgifter från CUPS-servrar" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "&Allmän inställning" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Ytterligare IP-adresser eller &nätverk/nätmask (avgränsade av kommatecken)" +msgstr "Ytterligare IP-adresser eller &nätverk/nätmask (avgränsade av kommatecken)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "Begä&r skrivaruppgifter från CUPS-servrar" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Namn eller &IP-adresser för anropade CUPS-servrar (avgränsade med " -"kommatecken)" +msgstr "Namn eller &IP-adresser för anropade CUPS-servrar (avgränsade med kommatecken)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "&Gör alla utskrifter direkt via en enda CUPS-server" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "&Namn eller IP-adress för ensam CUPS-server" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "&Testserver" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "Använd en annan utskriftsserver eller en nätverksskrivare direkt" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" msgstr "En brandvägg kan avvisa skrivaruppgifter från CUPS-servrar" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Information om inställning av brandvägg finns i dialogrutans hjälptext." +msgstr "Information om inställning av brandvägg finns i dialogrutans hjälptext." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Ange ett giltigt CUPS-servernamn" -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "Vill du fortsätta även om %1 inte är tillgänglig?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." msgstr "En otillgänglig server leder till en ändlös följd av problem." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Försökte ange \"ServerName %1\" i /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ange \"ServerName %1\" i /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Kryssrutan för att skicka alla utskrifter via en CUPS-server har " -"inaktiverats." +msgstr "Kryssrutan för att skicka alla utskrifter via en CUPS-server har inaktiverats." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ange \"Browsing On\" i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Kunde inte ange BrowseAllow-värdet (eller värdena) %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Kunde inte ange BrowseAllow-värdet (eller värdena) %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ange \"'BrowseAllow none\" i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Minst ett giltigt CUPS-servernamn måste anges." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Kunde inte ange BrowsePoll-värdet (eller värdena) %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "Kunde inte ange BrowsePoll-värdet (eller värdena) %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Kunde inte ange \"BrowsePoll none\" i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"När du växlar från \"Godta skrivaruppgifter\" till \"Godta inte " -"skrivaruppgifter\"\n" +"När du växlar från \"Godta skrivaruppgifter\" till \"Godta inte skrivaruppgifter\"\n" "eller när \"Begär skrivaruppgifter från CUPS-servrar\" har inaktiverats\n" "tar det normalt ca fem minuter tills redan mottagen information försvinner." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "Servern %1 är tillgänglig via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&Neka fjärråtkomst" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "&Tillåt fjärråtkomst" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "Det finns olika sätt att ange vilka fjärrvärdar som tillåts:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "För datorer i det &lokala nätverket" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&Publicera skrivare i det lokala nätverket" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "Via nätverksgränssnitt" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Gränssnitt" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "Publicera skrivare via detta gränssnitt" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "L&ägg till" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "För specifika IP-adresser eller nätverk" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Tillåt åtkomst från dessa IP-adresser eller &nätverk/nätmask (avgränsade av " -"blanksteg)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Tillåt åtkomst från dessa IP-adresser eller &nätverk/nätmask (avgränsade av blanksteg)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Publicera till dessa IP-adresser eller rundsändningsadresser i &nätverket " -"(avgränsade av blanksteg)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Publicera till dessa IP-adresser eller rundsändningsadresser i &nätverket (avgränsade av blanksteg)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." -msgstr "" -"&Publicera skrivare som standard via nätverksgränssnittet som anges nedan." +msgstr "&Publicera skrivare som standard via nätverksgränssnittet som anges nedan." -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "Tillgängliga &nätverksgränssnitt:" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "En brandvägg kan hindra fjärråtkomst" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ange Listen localhost i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ta bort Allow-poster från /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ta bort BrowseAddress-poster från/etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ange Allow-posten/posterna %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Kunde inte ange BrowseAddress-posten/posterna %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Kunde inte ange BrowseAddress-posten/posterna %1 i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Kunde inte ange \"Listen *:631\" i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning förhindrar konfigurationer för delning av " -"lokal skrivare." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "En CUPS-fjärrserverinställning förhindrar konfigurationer för delning av lokal skrivare." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "Skrivarinställning" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" @@ -4329,15 +4123,15 @@ "Det finns inget AutoYaST-stöd för lokala utskriftsköer.\n" "</p>" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "Hämtar information om skrivardrivrutiner..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4345,268 +4139,263 @@ "Hämtar information om skrivardrivrutiner...\n" "(detta kan ta mer än en minut)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa en PPD-databas." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Filen %1 existerar inte." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa %1." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "Hämtat skrivardrivrutinsnformation" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "Identifierar skrivare..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera skrivare automatiskt." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "Skrivardetektering klar" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera utskriftsköer." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera drivrutiner för kön %1." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inställningsverktyg för skrivare" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Kontrollera installerade paket" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Kontrollerar installerade paket..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Slutför skrivarkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "Avsluta skrivarkonfiguration" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "Slutför skrivarkonfiguration" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att visa utskriftskön (det gick inte att identifiera " -"utskriftsköer)." +msgstr "Det går inte att visa utskriftskön (det gick inte att identifiera utskriftsköer)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "Lokal" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klass" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "Fjärr" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Klar" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "Utskrift inaktiveraT" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "Det går inte att skriva ut, utskrift inaktiverat" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "Avvisar utskriftsjobb" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "Det finns ingen utskriftskö." -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera skrivare automatiskt." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "Inga anslutningar." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "Prova Identifiera fler eller Anslutningsguiden." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa databasen för skrivardrivrutiner." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "" -"När du väljer en anslutning kommer matchande drivrutiner att visas här." +msgstr "När du väljer en anslutning kommer matchande drivrutiner att visas här." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "Fastställer matchande skrivardrivrutiner..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Inga matchande drivrutiner hittades. Ändra söksträngen eller klicka på Hitta " -"mer." +msgstr "Inga matchande drivrutiner hittades. Ändra söksträngen eller klicka på Hitta mer." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Bearbetar många skrivardrivrutiner. Vänta..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till kön %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort konfigurationen %1" -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa drivrutinsalternativen." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "nytt värde" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "sparat värde" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "Servern" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4616,14 +4405,13 @@ msgstr "" "Det går inte att köra hp-setup eftersom inget grafiskt gränssnitt.\n" "kan öppnas. Detta kan hända när YaST körs i endast textläge,\n" -"eller om miljövariabeln DISPLAY inte är angiven hos användaren som kör " -"YaST,\n" +"eller om miljövariabeln DISPLAY inte är angiven hos användaren som kör YaST,\n" "eller om YaST-rutinen inte har åtkomst till det grafiska gränssnittet.\n" "Kör i så fall hp-setup manuellt och direkt som användaren root.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4633,22 +4421,21 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup inte kan köras\n" "eller inte finns.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup har startats.\n" "hp-setup måste slutföras innan du kan gå vidare med skrivarkonfigurationen.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4656,107 +4443,99 @@ "RPM-paketet hplip måste vara installerat innan du kan köra hp-setup.\n" "Installera det med Drivrutinspaket." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Paketet %1 som krävs har inte installerats och det finns inget paketarkiv " -"tillgängligt." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Paketet %1 som krävs har inte installerats och det finns inget paketarkiv tillgängligt." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Paketet %1 som krävs har inte installerats och finns inte tillgängligt i " -"arkivet." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Paketet %1 som krävs har inte installerats och finns inte tillgängligt i arkivet." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera det begärda paketet %1." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort paketet %1?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "Om paketet %1 tas bort bryts beroenden." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort %1 oavsett om beroenden bryts?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." msgstr "När beroenden bryts leder det till fel på andra platser." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort paketet %1." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Starta CUPS-daemon som körs lokalt" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "Det behövs en CUPS-daemon som körs lokalt." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Det gick inte att starta CUPS-demonen" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "Ingen lokal CUPS-daemon är åtkomlig." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att aktivera uppstarten av CUPS-demonen vid systemstarten" +msgstr "Det gick inte att aktivera uppstarten av CUPS-demonen vid systemstarten" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Starta om lokal CUPS-daemon" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Vid en omstart avbryts alla aktiva utskrifter." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om CUPS-demonen" -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4764,44 +4543,44 @@ "CUPS-daemonen har startats om.\n" "Det tar en halv minut innan CUPS-daemonen är klar för användning...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "Uppstarten av CUPS-demonen aktiverades vid systemstart" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." msgstr "För närvarande startar inte CUPS-demonen vid systemstart." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Stoppa lokal CUPS-daemon" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Alla aktiva utskrifter avbryts om d stoppar den lokala CUPS-daemonen." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "En lokal CUPS-daemon är fortfarande åtkomlig." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "CUPS-servern %1 är inte åtkomlig." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "Uppdaterar inställningsfiler..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Hoppa över vänteperiod" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "Inställning av Avbildningsverktyg" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,207 +32,207 @@ "Installationen av de paket som krävs\n" "missyckades." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Konfigurera Kiwi" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "Inställning av Produktskapare" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "Skriv ut aktuella inställningar" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "Skapa ISO-avbildning av installation" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "Skapa en ny produktinställning" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "Ta bort den befintliga inställningen" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "Redigera den befintliga inställningen" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "Visa en översikt av den markerade inställningen" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "Inställningens namn" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "En GPG-lösenfras som krävs för att signera källan." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "Fil med den GPG-lösenfras som krävs för att signera källan" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "Sökväg till konfigurationsfilen (%1är standard)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Sökväg till utmatningskatalog" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "Utdata bör vara en ISO-avbildning i stället för ett katalogträd" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Namn på skapad ISO-avbildning" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "Kopiera endast nödvändiga filer för att spara utrymme" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Sökväg till AutoYaST-profilen" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "Kopiera AutoYaST-profilen till cd-avbildning" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "Sökväg till filen isolinux.cfg" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "GPG-nyckel-ID som används för att signera produkter" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista över paketarkiv (avgränsade med kommatecken)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "Inställningsnamnet saknas." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "Inställningen %1 finns inte." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Sökväg till utmatningskatalog saknas." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "Listan med paketarkiv är tom." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "Sökvägen till AutoYaST-profilen saknas." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Filen %1 finns inte." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "Inställningen %1 läses in..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa in inställningen %1." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa ISO-avbildningen %1." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "ISO-avbildningen %1 har skrivits." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "Inställningens namn kan inte vara tomt." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "Paketkälla" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen %1 används" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "ISO-avbildningen %1/%2 skapas" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "Ett katalogträd skapas i %1/%2" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "Signera mediet digitalt med GPG-nyckeln %1%2" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "Mediet signeras inte digitalt" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -244,83 +244,83 @@ "\n" "Kiwi kan inte skapa avbildningar för olika arkitekturer." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Översikt över inställningar för produktskapare" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "Avbildning" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "GPG-nyckel" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Xen-avbildning" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "Virtuell diskavbildning" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "Live-ISO-avbildning" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "&Skapa produkt..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "ISO-avbild" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "Katalogträd" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "Skapa &avbildning med KIWI..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" " \n" @@ -328,108 +328,108 @@ "<P>Skapar katalogstrukturen för den nya ISO-avbilden.</P>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgstr "<p>Skapa ISO-filen genom att klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "Skapa mall med vanliga filer" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "Kopiera ytterligare och anpassade filer" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "Kopiera valda paket" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "Skapar mall med viktiga filer" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." msgstr "Kopierar ytterligare och anpassade filer till katalogträd..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "Kopierar valda paket" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "Signera källan med en GPG-nyckel" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "Källan signeras med en GPG-nyckel..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "Inaktivera signaturkontroller i Linuxrc" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "Inaktiverar signaturkontroller i Linuxrc..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "ISO-avbildningskatalogen skapas..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "Fel uppstod när mallen skapades." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "ISO-avbildningskatalogen är klar" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "Cd-avbildningen skapas..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Detta kan ta en stund." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ISO-sammanfattning" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "Paket som saknas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" @@ -437,12 +437,12 @@ "<p>Verifiera data i sammanfattningsrutan och\n" "tryck på Slutför för att gå tillbaka till huvuddialogrutan.</p>\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "Egen cd" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" " </p>\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ " </p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" @@ -462,166 +462,158 @@ "Korrigera problemet och försök igen.</p>\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "Ställ in paketkälla" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "Skapa paketlista" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "Kontrollera pakettillgänglighet" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "Kontrollera mål" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "Paketkällan ställs in..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "Paketlistan skapas..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "Pakettillgängligheten kontrolleras..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "Målet kontrolleras..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "Kontroll av data för ISO-avbildning" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "Källorna aktiveras..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "Paketen väljs ..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Paketen kontrolleras..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "Målkatalogen verifieras..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Börja skapa en ny avbildningsinställning med <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra den valda " -"avbildningsinställningen eller skapa avbildningen.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Redigera</b> om du vill ändra den valda avbildningsinställningen eller skapa avbildningen.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ta bort katalogen med den valda inställningen genom att välja <b>Ta bort.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ta bort katalogen med den valda inställningen genom att välja <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alla avbildningskonfigurationer sparas i katalogen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Översikt över inställningar för avbildningsskapare" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "Storlek" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort konfigurationen %1 (%2) nu?" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "På" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "Av" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för produktskapare" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "Profilpla&ts:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Välj fi&l" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "Kopiera profil till &cd-avbildning" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "Pa&kethanterare" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "&AutoYaST-kontrollfil" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "Inställnin&gsnamn:" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "Ange ett namn för den här inställningen." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -629,86 +621,86 @@ "Det finns redan en inställning med det här namnet.\n" " Välj ett nytt namn.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "Filen %1 finns inte. Välj en annan." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Välj fil" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "Utmatning:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "Sökväg till ska&pat katalogträd:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "V&älj katalog" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "Ska&pa ISO-avbildningsfil" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "&ISO-avbildningsfil:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "Skapa endas&t katalogträd" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Fler alternativ" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "Kopiera endast nödvändiga filer för att spara utrymme." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "Cd-publicerare:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "Cd-förberedare:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Välj katalog" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "Sökväg till skapat katalogträd saknas." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "Målarkitektur" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -718,56 +710,56 @@ "stöder inte den aktuella målarkitekturen (%2).\n" "Vill du ändra målarkitekturen?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "Källval" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Markerade" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "Målarkitektur: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "Skapa n&y..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 msgid "X" msgstr "x" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "Målarkitektur: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "Välj åtminstone en källa." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -781,80 +773,78 @@ "Välj ett annat arkiv eller\n" "ändra målarkitektur.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "Välj den nya målarkitekturen." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "Val av baskälla" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "Vald baskälla" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "Filinnehåll: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Load File" msgstr "Ladda fil" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "Läser data från paketdatabas..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Vänta..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Läser paketdatabas..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Välj ett av följande <b>grundval</b> och klicka på <i>Detaljerat</i> för " -"att\n" +"Välj ett av följande <b>grundval</b> och klicka på <i>Detaljerat</i> för att\n" "lägga till fler <b>tilläggsval</b> och paket.\n" "</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Programval" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -864,82 +854,74 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Signera pro&dukten på mediet digitalt" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Signera</b></big><br>\n" -"För att användare ska kunna verifiera din produkt måste du signera den med " -"en GPG-nyckel. \n" +"För att användare ska kunna verifiera din produkt måste du signera den med en GPG-nyckel. \n" "Nyckeln kontrolleras när produkten läggs till som ett arkiv.</p>" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Om produkten inte är signerad lägger Yast automatiskt till alternativet " -"Osäker:\n" -"1 i inställningsfilen linuxrc, i annat fall kommer linuxrc att neka " -"inläsningen av ett ej signerat installationssystem vid start. Se http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc för mer information.</P>" +"<P>Om produkten inte är signerad lägger Yast automatiskt till alternativet Osäker:\n" +"1 i inställningsfilen linuxrc, i annat fall kommer linuxrc att neka inläsningen av ett ej signerat installationssystem vid start. Se http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc för mer information.</P>" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Produkten på mediet signeras" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "Valda %1-paket" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Utmatningskatalog" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "Katalogträdet i <b> %1/%2 </b> skapas" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Signering" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "Signera mediet digitalt med GPG-nyckel <b>%1</b>%2" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -947,8 +929,8 @@ "<p>Verifiera data i sammanfattningen och tryck på Nästa för att fortsätta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -958,26 +940,23 @@ "I startalternativen kan du lägga till ytterligare startmenyalternativ.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Till exempel \n" -"kan du ställa in cd:n för automatiska installationer och ange " -"installationskällan.\n" -"Lämna filen orörd om du är osäker, de förvalda värdena kommer då att " -"användas.</p>\n" +"kan du ställa in cd:n för automatiska installationer och ange installationskällan.\n" +"Lämna filen orörd om du är osäker, de förvalda värdena kommer då att användas.</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Initierar inställningarna</big></b></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -985,13 +964,13 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>Sparar inställningarna</big></b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1000,12 +979,11 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -1015,8 +993,8 @@ "Visa en översikt över tillgängliga konfigurationer. Dessutom\n" "kan du redigera konfigurationerna.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" @@ -1024,8 +1002,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Lägga till en inställning:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <B>Lägg till</B> om du vill skapa en ny inställning.</P>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1035,31 +1013,26 @@ "Välj inställningar som ska ändras eller tas bort.\n" "Tryck sedan på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Skapa produkt</b> för att skapa ISO-avbilden eller " -"installations-\n" +"<p>Använd <b>Skapa produkt</b> för att skapa ISO-avbilden eller installations-\n" "arkivkatalogen med den valda produkten.</p>" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>För inställning av andra typer av avbildningar, som Live-media eller Xen-" -"avbildningar, som\n" -"kan skapas med hjälp av KIWI-avbildningssystemet, klickar du på <b>Skapa " -"avbildning med KIWI</b>.</p>" +"<p>För inställning av andra typer av avbildningar, som Live-media eller Xen-avbildningar, som\n" +"kan skapas med hjälp av KIWI-avbildningssystemet, klickar du på <b>Skapa avbildning med KIWI</b>.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1069,8 +1042,8 @@ "Välj ett inställningsnamn och vilken metod som ska användas för att välja \n" "paketen som ska läggas till i ISO-avbildningen.<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1080,8 +1053,8 @@ "Välj en AutoYaST-profil med programvaruinställningen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1097,8 +1070,8 @@ "cd-skivan för.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" @@ -1106,29 +1079,25 @@ "<p><b><big>Välj paketkällor</big></b><br>\n" "Välj minst en paketkälla.<br></p>\n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Målarkitektur</big></b><br>\n" "Det går att skapa en produkt för en annan arkitektur än den\n" "som används på maskinen som du arbetar på just nu.\n" "Alla valda arkiv måste stöda målarkitekturen.<br>\n" "<b>Obs!</b> KIWI stöder inte olika arkitekturer ännu. Ändra inte\n" -"arkitekturen om du ska skapa en KIWI-avbild från de aktuella inställningarna." -"</p>\n" +"arkitekturen om du ska skapa en KIWI-avbild från de aktuella inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1138,13 +1107,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ISO-katalog och -avbildning</big></b><br>\n" "Ange vart mallkatalogen ska skapas. Alla nödvändiga\n" -"filer kommer att kopieras till den här katalogen. Välj en plats med " -"tillräckligt\n" +"filer kommer att kopieras till den här katalogen. Välj en plats med tillräckligt\n" "diskutrymme.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1154,8 +1122,8 @@ "att skapa en ISO-avbild vid ett senare tillfälle.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" @@ -1165,36 +1133,31 @@ "filer kopieras till mallen. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Basprodukten</b></p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ett av de använda arkiven måste markeras som basprodukt. Arkivet med \n" "basprodukten måste vara startbar så att den nyskapade produkten också \n" "går att starta.</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" msgstr "<p>De övriga arkiven används som tillägg till basarkivet.</p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1202,43 +1165,43 @@ "basprodukten. Om det föreslagna värdet är fel väljer du rätt bas-\n" "arkiv i listan.</p>\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "Paket för avbildning" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Starta" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Xen-specifika paket" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Mönster" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "&Ignorerad programvara" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "Paket som ska inkluderas i startavbildning" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1248,73 +1211,73 @@ "över paket som ska tas bort.\n" "Vill du fortsätta?" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "Paket att ta bort" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Testar" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "Avbild, profil %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "Inkludera i startavbildning" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "Lägg till ny användare" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "&Inloggningsnamn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "&Fullständigt namn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Hemkatalog" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "&UID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "&Gruppnamn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "Redigera användare" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "Ange användarnamnet." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1322,117 +1285,111 @@ "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens.\n" "Försök igen." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "Katalog att importera" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "Skript att importera" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "Sökväg till rotkatalogen" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "Sökväg till config-katalogen" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "Sökväg till filen %1" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "Sökväg till filen images.sh" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "Funktionen har inte implementerats ännu." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "Kontrollerar pakettillgänglighet..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "Paket som saknas" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Paket från avsnitt %1 är inte tillgängliga med de valda arkiven:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Ta antingen bort paketen från avsnittet, kontrollera det detaljerade " -"paketurvalet eller ignorera situationen.</p>\n" +"Ta antingen bort paketen från avsnittet, kontrollera det detaljerade paketurvalet eller ignorera situationen.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Att gå till det detaljerade paketurvalet och acceptera vyn utan ytterligare " -"ändringar medför att problematiska paket tas bort från avsnittet.\n" +"Att gå till det detaljerade paketurvalet och acceptera vyn utan ytterligare ändringar medför att problematiska paket tas bort från avsnittet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "Ta bort paket" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "Kontrollera paketurval" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorera" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "Vill du skapa en ISO-avbildning nu?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "Vill du skapa en Xen-avbildning nu?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "Vill du skapa en virtuell diskavbildning nu?" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1441,8 +1398,8 @@ "ISO-avbildningen har skapats i katalogen\n" "%1." -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1452,8 +1409,8 @@ "%1.\n" "\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1462,15 +1419,15 @@ "Den virtuella diskavbildningen har skapats i katalogen\n" "%1." -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "Vill du skapa avbildningen nu?" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1479,573 +1436,483 @@ "Avbildningen har skapats i katalogen\n" "%1." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "Inställningen för den aktuella avbildningen läses..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "Inställning för avbildning" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "Installerade program" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "Lokala inställningar" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "Användare" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "Skript" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att redigera följande filer i konfigurationer som har " -"importerats från Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Det går inte att redigera följande filer i konfigurationer som har importerats från Studio." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "&Kataloger" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "Ko&mprimering" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Välj värdet för avbilden <b>Komprimering</b>. Detta ändrar värdena\n" -"för <i>flaggorna</i> för avbildningstypen. Kontrollera kiwi-manualen för en " -"förklaring av tillgängliga värden.</p>" +"för <i>flaggorna</i> för avbildningstypen. Kontrollera kiwi-manualen för en förklaring av tillgängliga värden.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "&Programval" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "&Ändra..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Anpassa programvaruurvalet genom att klicka på <b>Ändra</b>.</p>" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vid <b>ignorerad programvara</b> anger du varje post (som smtp_daemon) på " -"en ny rad.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vid <b>ignorerad programvara</b> anger du varje post (som smtp_daemon) på en ny rad.</p>" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "Paket att ta &bort" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Posterna under <b>Paket att ta bort</b> utgörs av paketnamn som ska " -"avinstalleras från målavbildningen.</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Posterna under <b>Paket att ta bort</b> utgörs av paketnamn som ska avinstalleras från målavbildningen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Version" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange din avbildningsinställnings <b>Version</b>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Storlek" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Ange <b>Storlek</b> för bilden i angiven <b>Enhet</b>.\n" -"När <b>Additiv</b> markeras ändras betydelsen för <b>Storlek</b>. Betydelsen " -"är då det minsta fria utrymmet på bilden.</p>" +"När <b>Additiv</b> markeras ändras betydelsen för <b>Storlek</b>. Betydelsen är då det minsta fria utrymmet på bilden.</p>" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "En&het" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "Additiv" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "Kryptera avbildning med LUKS" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " -"and enter the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill skapa ett krypterat filsystem markerar du <b>Kryptera " -"avbildning med LUKS</b> och anger lösenordet.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill skapa ett krypterat filsystem markerar du <b>Kryptera avbildning med LUKS</b> och anger lösenordet.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "LUKS-lösenord för krypterad avbildning" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Redigera skriptinställningarna som används för att skapa avbildningen.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Redigera skriptinställningarna som används för att skapa avbildningen.</p>" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" msgstr "<p>Peka på inställningskatalogerna för att skapa avbildningen.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "K&atalog med systeminställning" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange sökvägen till <b>Katalog med systeminställning</b> (<tt>root</tt>-" -"katalogen). Hela katalogen kopieras till avbildningsträdets rot med " -"kommandot <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange sökvägen till <b>Katalog med systeminställning</b> (<tt>root</tt>-katalogen). Hela katalogen kopieras till avbildningsträdets rot med kommandot <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "Katalog med systeminställning" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ställ in <b>Katalog med systeminställning</b> (<tt>root</tt>-katalogen). " -"Du kopierar hela katalogen till avbildningsträdets rot med kommandot <tt>cp -" -"a</tt>.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ställ in <b>Katalog med systeminställning</b> (<tt>root</tt>-katalogen). Du kopierar hela katalogen till avbildningsträdets rot med kommandot <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "Katalog med skript" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "Sökväg till fil" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ställ in <b>Katalog med skript</b> (<tt>config</tt>-katalogen). Den " -"innehåller skript som körs efter installationen av alla avbildningspaket.</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ställ in <b>Katalog med skript</b> (<tt>config</tt>-katalogen). Den innehåller skript som körs efter installationen av alla avbildningspaket.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "Anpassat byggskript för Studio" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importera..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "I&nställningsskript för avbildning" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Redigera filen <b>Inställningsskript för avbildning</b>, som kallas för " -"<tt>config.sh</tt>. Skriptet körs i slutet av installationen men innan " -"paketskripten har körts.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Redigera filen <b>Inställningsskript för avbildning</b>, som kallas för <tt>config.sh</tt>. Skriptet körs i slutet av installationen men innan paketskripten har körts.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "Sökväg till ka&talog med skript" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det valfria alternativet <b>Katalog med skript</b> (<tt>config</tt>-" -"katalogen) innehåller skript som körs efter installationen av samtliga " -"avbildningspaket.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det valfria alternativet <b>Katalog med skript</b> (<tt>config</tt>-katalogen) innehåller skript som körs efter installationen av samtliga avbildningspaket.</p>" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "Bl&äddra..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "&Rensningsskript" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Redigera <b>Rensningsskript</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Det här skriptet " -"körs i startfasen när avbildningen skapas.</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Redigera <b>Rensningsskript</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Det här skriptet körs i startfasen när avbildningen skapas.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "Im&portera..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "&Upphovsman" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange avbildningens värden för <b>Upphovsman</b>, <b>Kontaktinformation och <b>Specifikation</b>.</p>" +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange avbildningens värden för <b>Upphovsman</b>, <b>Kontaktinformation</b> och <b>Specifikation</b>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "K&ontakt" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "&Specifikation" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "&Språk" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Språkinställningar</b></p>" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Inställningen för <b>Språk</b> (t ex <tt>en_US</tt>) anger innehållet i " -"RC_LANG-variabeln i <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Inställningen för <b>Språk</b> (t ex <tt>en_US</tt>) anger innehållet i RC_LANG-variabeln i <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tangentbordslayo&ut" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tangentbordslayout</b> anger namnet på tangentuppsättningen för " -"konsolen som ska användas. Värdet motsvarar en kartfil i <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Tangentbordslayout</b> anger namnet på tangentuppsättningen för konsolen som ska användas. Värdet motsvarar en kartfil i <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tidszon" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det går att ange en särskild <b>Tidszon</b>. Tillgängliga tidszoner finns " -"i katalogen <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Det går att ange en särskild <b>Tidszon</b>. Tillgängliga tidszoner finns i katalogen <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" msgstr "<p>Skapa användare som ska vara tillgängliga i målsystemet.</p>" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "Inloggningsnamn" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Fullständigt namn" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "Hemkatalog" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "Grupp" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -"Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>För varje användare anger du <b>Namn</b>, <b>Lösenord</b>, <b>Hemkatalog och de\n" +"<p>För varje användare anger du <b>Namn</b>, <b>Lösenord</b>, <b>Hemkatalog</b> och de\n" "grupper användarna tillhör.</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in Live-cd" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in Xen-avbildning" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "&Skapa ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "Skapa Xen-av&bildning" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "Skapa &virtuell diskavbildning" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange namnet på avbildningsinställningen. Basera den nya inställningen på " -"mallen från listan eller på katalogen med befintliga inställningar.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange namnet på avbildningsinställningen. Basera den nya inställningen på mallen från listan eller på katalogen med befintliga inställningar.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anpassade inställningsmallar placerar du under katalogen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anpassade inställningsmallar placerar du under katalogen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange vilken <b>Avbildningstyp</b> som ska skapas.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Utmatningskatalog</b> för den skapade avbildningen.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " -"system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anpassa listan med <b>Paketarkiv</b> som ska användas när avbildningen " -"skapas. Med hjälp av <b>Lägg till från system</b> kan du lägga till ett av " -"de aktuella systemarkiven.</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anpassa listan med <b>Paketarkiv</b> som ska användas när avbildningen skapas. Med hjälp av <b>Lägg till från system</b> kan du lägga till ett av de aktuella systemarkiven.</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> för att fortsätta med inställningarna.</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "Avbildning med nätverkstart" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "OEM-avbildning" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Den valda katalogen innehåller inte en giltig beskrivning av " -"systeminställningarna." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "Den valda katalogen innehåller inte en giltig beskrivning av systeminställningarna." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "Arkiven importeras..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1, version %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "&32 bitars arkitektbild" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "Målet är endast i586" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "&Kiwi-inställningar" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "Skapa från grunden" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "Basera på mall" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "Basera på befintlig inställning" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "&Välj..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "Typ av av&bildning" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "&Utmatningskatalog" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "Paketarkiv" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "L&ägg till från system" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "Förberedelse av avbildning" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2053,13 +1920,13 @@ "Det går inte att söka efter SLP-arkiv\n" "om inte paketet %1 är installerat.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "Sökväg till utmatningskatalog" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2067,18 +1934,18 @@ "Det finns redan en inställning med namnet \"%1\".\n" "Välj ett annat namn." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "Ange sökvägen till utdatakatalogen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "Ange minst ett paketarkiv." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2092,22 +1959,22 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta ändå?" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog för lagring av loggfiler" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "Standardnamn för utdatafil" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "Filnamn för felutdata" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2115,106 +1982,106 @@ "Filen %1 finns redan.\n" "Vill du skriva över den?" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort den gamla chroot-katalogen." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "Förbereder för att skapa avbildning" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "Spara loggar" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa någon avbildning." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "Skapar avbild" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "Avbildningen har skapats." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "Avbildningen avbröts." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Initierar konfiguration för produktskapare" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "Läs inställningar" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Läser databasen..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "Kan inte läsa inställningar." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Sparar konfiguration för produktskapare" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "Fel när inställningar skulle sparas." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 msgid "No Files" msgstr "Inga filer" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2222,14 +2089,14 @@ "Kan inte läsa katalogen %1\n" "från källan %2." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "Fel vid läsning av kontrollfil." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2237,8 +2104,8 @@ "Det gick inte att lägga till GPG-nyckeln %1 till initrd\n" "%2\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2246,8 +2113,8 @@ "Fel: Det gick inte att signera källan digitalt.\n" "Vill du försöka igen?\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2255,18 +2122,18 @@ "De här källorna hittades inte:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "Ta bort målkatalogen %1?" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "Målet %1 finns redan." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2274,25 +2141,25 @@ "Målkatalog finns eller är en fil.\n" "Ta bort katalog %1?" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "Kontrollerar pakettillgänglighet..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 paket är inte tillgängligt." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "Kopierar %1" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2300,7 +2167,7 @@ "Det gick inte att hämta paketet %1\n" " från källan %2\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Inga detaljer tillgängliga." -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detaljer <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detaljer >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Okänd felkod" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "Ett fel inträffade under %1-proxytestet.\n" "Returkod från proxy: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,56 +57,52 @@ "Ett okänt fel inträffade under %1-proxytestet.\n" "Proxy returnerade kod: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Testar aktuella proxyinställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade under HTTP-proxytestet." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade under HTTPS-proxytestet." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade under FTP-proxytestet." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Proxyinställnigarna är OK." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxyinställningar" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" "<p>Ställ in inställningarna för internetproxy (cachning) här.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Obs!</b> Du rekommenderas att logga in igen för att inställningarna " -"ska börja gälla. \n" -"I vissa fall kan programmet omedelbart upptäcka de nya inställningarna. " -"Kontrollera stöd \n" +"<p><b>Obs!</b> Du rekommenderas att logga in igen för att inställningarna ska börja gälla. \n" +"I vissa fall kan programmet omedelbart upptäcka de nya inställningarna. Kontrollera stöd \n" "för ditt program (webbläsare, FTP-klient ...). </p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -114,23 +110,22 @@ "<p><b>Webbadress för HTTP-proxy</b> är namnet på proxyservern som du ska\n" "gå igenom för att få åtkomst till Internet (WWW).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Webbadress för HTTPS-proxy</b> är namnet på proxyservern som du ska\n" "gå igenom för att få åtkomst till Internet (WWW).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>Exempel: <i>http://proxy.leverantör.se:3128</i></p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -138,21 +133,19 @@ "<p><b>Webbadress för FTP-proxy</b> är namnet på proxyservern som du ska\n" "gå igenom för att få åtkomst till filöverföringstjänster (FTP).</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du markerar <b>Använd samma proxy för alla protokoll</b> räcker det " -"att\n" -"fylla i webbadressen för HTTP-proxy. Den kommer att användas för alla " -"protokoll\n" +"<p>Om du markerar <b>Använd samma proxy för alla protokoll</b> räcker det att\n" +"fylla i webbadressen för HTTP-proxy. Den kommer att användas för alla protokoll\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS och FTP).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -161,85 +154,81 @@ "<p><b>Inga proxydomäner</b> är en kommaseparerad lista över domäner\n" "för vilka begäran ska göras direkt utan cachning, t ex <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du använder en proxyserver med autentisering anger du\n" -"<b>Användarnamn för proxy</b> och <b>Lösenord för proxy</b>. Ett giltigt " -"användarnamn\n" -"får endast bestå av utskrivbara ASCII-tecken (med undantag av citattecken).\n" +"<b>Användarnamn för proxy</b> och <b>Lösenord för proxy</b>. Ett giltigt användarnamn\n" +"får endast bestå av utskrivbara ASCII-tecken (med undantag av citattecken).</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>Klicka på <b>Testa inställningar för proxy</b>\n" -"om du vill testa de aktuella inställningarna för HTTP-, HTTPS- och FTP-proxy." -"</p> \n" +"om du vill testa de aktuella inställningarna för HTTP-, HTTPS- och FTP-proxy.</p> \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "Aktiv&era proxy" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "Webbadress för &HTTP-proxy" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "Webbadress för &HTTPS-proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "Webbadress för F&TP-proxy" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "&Använd samma proxy för alla protokoll" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "Inga proxy&domäner" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Proxyautentisering" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Användarnamn för pro&xy" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "Lösenord för &proxy" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Testa inställningar för pr&oxy" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -247,7 +236,7 @@ "Proxy är aktiverad, men ingen proxy-URL har angetts.\n" "Vill du använda de här inställningarna?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -259,44 +248,43 @@ "i en läsbar textfil.\n" "Vill du använda dessa inställningar?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "Du kan inte ange ett lösenord och lämna användarnamnet tomt." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Webbadressen för HTTP-proxy är felaktig." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTP-proxy URL måste innehålla en schemaspecifikation (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Webbadressen för HTTPS-proxy är felaktig." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"Webbadressen för HTTPS-proxy måste innehålla en schemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "Webbadressen för HTTPS-proxy måste innehålla en schemaspecifikation (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Webbadressen för FTP-proxy är felaktig." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTP-proxy URL måste innehålla en schemaspecifikation (http)." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -312,142 +300,140 @@ "* Fullständigt kvalificerat värdnamn\n" "* Domännamn med prefixet '.'" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Status för proxyinställning" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "Aktivera proxyinställningar" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "Inaktivera proxyinställningar" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "Ändra aktuella proxyinställningar" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "Ange autentisering för proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "Visa sammanfattning över aktuella inställningar" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "Ange HTTP-proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "Ange HTTPS-proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "Ange FTP-proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "Rensa alla alternativ som visas" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "Ange domäner som inte ska använda proxyinställningarna" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "Användarnamn som ska användas för proxyautentisering" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "Lösenordet som ska användas för proxyautentisering" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Lösenord:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Proxyinställningarna har sparats" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Du rekommenderas att logga in igen för att de nya proxyinställningarna ska " -"börja gälla." +msgstr "Du rekommenderas att logga in igen för att de nya proxyinställningarna ska börja gälla." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Uppdatera proxyinställningar" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Sparar proxyinställningar" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Uppdaterar proxyinställningar..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "Proxy är inaktiverad." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "Proxy är aktiverad." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP-proxy: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS-proxy: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-proxy: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt-pkg.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt-pkg.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt-pkg.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,1691 +14,1473 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "&Uppdateringsproblem" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "Mö&nster" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "Paket&grupper" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "&RPM-grupper" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "S&pråk" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "A&rkiv" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "S&ök" -#. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 +#. DEBUG +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Nyc&kelord" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installationssammanfattning" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "B&eskrivning" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tekniska data" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Beroenden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versioner" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Fillista" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Ändringslogg" -#. "Cancel" button -#. button #0 -#. text -#. button #0 -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#. "Cancel" button +#. button #0 +#. text +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Av&bryt" -#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 +#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Acceptera" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "Ar&kiv" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importera..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Exportera..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Avsluta - Bortse fr&ån ändringar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "Avsl&uta - Spara ändringar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Paket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alla paket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Uppdatera om det finns en nyare version tillgänglig" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Uppdatera ovillkorligt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Programfix" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Inställnin&gar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "A&rkiv..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Online-uppdatering..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "Beroen&den" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Kontrollera nu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Kontrollera a&utomatiskt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installera r&rekommenderade paket" -#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Visa -de&vel-paket" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Visa -&debuginfo/-debugsource-paket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systemverifieringsläge" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Rensa upp när paket tas bort" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Tillåt ändrad leverantör" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Extra" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Visa &produkter" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Visa p&aketförändringar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Visa &historik" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Installera alla tillhörande -&devel-paket" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Installera alla tillhörande -de&buginfo-paket" -#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Installera alla tillhörande -debug&source-paket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installera alla matchande &rekommenderade paket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Skapa &testfall för beroenderesursen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjälp" -#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out -#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc -#. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 +#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out +#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc +#. Menu entry for help overview +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Översikt" -#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 +#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symboler" -#. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 +#. Menu entry for keyboard help +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "Nyc&klar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alla paketberoenden är OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "Progr&amfixar" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Spara paketlista" -#. Post error popup -#. parent -#. Post error popup. -#. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 +#. Post error popup +#. parent +#. Post error popup. +#. parent +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fel" -#. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Det gick inte att exportera paketlistan till %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Läs in paketlista" -#. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa in en paketlista från %1" -#. caption -#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 +#. caption +#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 paket uppdateras" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "Fort&sätt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Avbryt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "" -"<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><small>Avbryt växlar</a> " -"systempaketen till versionerna i arkivet %2</small></p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 +msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "<p><small>Avbryt växlar</a> systempaketen till versionerna i arkivet %2</small></p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "" -"<p>Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Växla systempaketen</a> till versionerna " -"i arkivet (%2)</p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 +msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "<p>Växla systempaketen</a> till versionerna i arkivet (%2)</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Tillagda underpaket:" -#. "OK" button -#. addHStretch( hbox ); -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 -#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#. "OK" button +#. addHStretch( hbox ); +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts" msgstr "Återställ &ignorerade beroendekonflikter" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Verifieringen av systemberoenden är OK." -#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 +#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "Fel: Det finns inget ledigt diskutrymme." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " -"deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan välja att installera i alla fall (om du vet vad du gör), men du " -"riskerar att få ett skadat system som måste repareras manuellt. Om du inte " -"är säker på vad du skulle göra i en sådan situation ska du klicka på " -"<b>Avbryt</b> och avmarkera några paket.</p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan välja att installera i alla fall (om du vet vad du gör), men du riskerar att få ett skadat system som måste repareras manuellt. Om du inte är säker på vad du skulle göra i en sådan situation ska du klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> och avmarkera några paket.</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" msgstr "F&ortsätt i alla fall" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 msgid "The following items will be changed: " msgstr "Följande objekt kommer att ändras:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 msgid "Do you want to Abandon all changes and exit?" msgstr "Vill du överge alla ändringar och avsluta?" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nej" -#. Dialog header -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatiska ändringar" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Förutom manuella val har följande paket ändrats för att lösa beroenden:" +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Förutom manuella val har följande paket ändrats för att lösa beroenden:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "F&ortsätt" -#. Dialog header -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 msgid "Unsupported Packages" msgstr "Paket som inte stöds" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Observera att följande valda programvara inte stöds eller också kräver den " -"ytterligare kundkontrakt för support." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Observera att följande valda programvara inte stöds eller också kräver den ytterligare kundkontrakt för support." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." msgstr "Ännu inte implementerat." -#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 +#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 msgid "The YaST Package Manager" msgstr "YaST-pakethanteraren" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"<b>Observera:</b> Detta är endast en kort översikt. Se handboken om du vill " -"ha mer information." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "<b>Observera:</b> Detta är endast en kort översikt. Se handboken om du vill ha mer information." -#. Help specific to online update mode -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 +#. Help specific to online update mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"I den här dialogrutan anger du vilka programfixar som ska hämtas och " -"installeras." +msgstr "I den här dialogrutan anger du vilka programfixar som ska hämtas och installeras." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Listan på vänster sida innehåller tillgängliga programfixar tillsammans med " -"respektive programfixtyp (säkerhet, rekommenderad eller valfri) och den " -"uppskattade nedladdningsstorleken." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Listan på vänster sida innehåller tillgängliga programfixar tillsammans med respektive programfixtyp (säkerhet, rekommenderad eller valfri) och den uppskattade nedladdningsstorleken." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Den här listan innehåller vanligtvis endast de programfixar som ännu inte " -"har installerats på systemet. Du kan ändra det med kryssrutan <b>Inkludera " -"installerade programfixar</b> nedanför listan." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "Den här listan innehåller vanligtvis endast de programfixar som ännu inte har installerats på systemet. Du kan ändra det med kryssrutan <b>Inkludera installerade programfixar</b> nedanför listan." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Fältet <b>Programfixbeskrivning</b> innehåller en längre förklaring av den " -"markerade programfixen. Klicka på en programfix i listan om du vill visa " -"dess beskrivning här." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Fältet <b>Programfixbeskrivning</b> innehåller en längre förklaring av den markerade programfixen. Klicka på en programfix i listan om du vill visa dess beskrivning här." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Paketlistan på höger sida visar innehållet i den valda programfixen, d v s " -"paketen den innehåller. Det går inte att installera eller ta bort " -"individuella paket från en programfix, endast hela programfixen. Detta är " -"avsiktligt för att förhindra systeminkonsistens." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Paketlistan på höger sida visar innehållet i den valda programfixen, d v s paketen den innehåller. Det går inte att installera eller ta bort individuella paket från en programfix, endast hela programfixen. Detta är avsiktligt för att förhindra systeminkonsistens." -#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that -#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) -#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Förutom <b>Programfixar</b> kan du även markera en annan filtervy från " -"<b>Filter</b> i det övre vänstra hörnet:" +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) +#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "Förutom <b>Programfixar</b> kan du även markera en annan filtervy från <b>Filter</b> i det övre vänstra hörnet:" -#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Ange vilka paket som ska installeras, uppdateras eller tas bort. Du kan ange " -"individuella paket eller hela \"paketval\"." +#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Ange vilka paket som ska installeras, uppdateras eller tas bort. Du kan ange individuella paket eller hela \"paketval\"." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på statusikonen för ett paket eller ett val om du vill ändra status " -"eller högerklicka om du vill öppna en kontextmeny." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Klicka på statusikonen för ett paket eller ett val om du vill ändra status eller högerklicka om du vill öppna en kontextmeny." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Med knappen <b>Kontrollera beroenden</b> kan du lösa paketberoenden. Vissa " -"paket kräver att andra paket installeras. Vissa paket kan endast installeras " -"om vissa andra paket inte är installerade. Med den här kontrollen markeras " -"automatiskt paket som krävs för installation och du varnas om det finns " -"beroendekonflikter." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Med knappen <b>Kontrollera beroenden</b> kan du lösa paketberoenden. Vissa paket kräver att andra paket installeras. Vissa paket kan endast installeras om vissa andra paket inte är installerade. Med den här kontrollen markeras automatiskt paket som krävs för installation och du varnas om det finns beroendekonflikter." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"När du lämnar den här dialogrutan med <b>Acceptera</b> utförs den här " -"kontrollen automatiskt." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "När du lämnar den här dialogrutan med <b>Acceptera</b> utförs den här kontrollen automatiskt." -#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that -#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) -#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Välj en av de tillgängliga filtervyerna med kombinationsrutan <b>Filter</b> " -"till vänster:" +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) +#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Välj en av de tillgängliga filtervyerna med kombinationsrutan <b>Filter</b> till vänster:" -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"<b>Val</b> visar några fördefinierade samlingar av paket som logiskt tillhör " -"varandra." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "<b>Val</b> visar några fördefinierade samlingar av paket som logiskt tillhör varandra." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Använd kryssrutan bredvid ditt val om du vill markera hela valet. Du kan " -"också markera eller avmarkera individuella paket i paketlistan till höger." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Använd kryssrutan bredvid ditt val om du vill markera hela valet. Du kan också markera eller avmarkera individuella paket i paketlistan till höger." -#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"I <b>Paketgrupper</b> visas paket efter kategori. Du kan expandera och " -"komprimera trädobjekt om du vill förfina eller generalisera kategorier. " -"Klicka på någon kategori om du vill visa paket i den kategorin i paketlistan " -"på höger sida." +#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "I <b>Paketgrupper</b> visas paket efter kategori. Du kan expandera och komprimera trädobjekt om du vill förfina eller generalisera kategorier. Klicka på någon kategori om du vill visa paket i den kategorin i paketlistan på höger sida." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" <b>Tips:</b> Med posten \"zzz Alla\" längst ner i listan visas alla paket. " -"Detta kan ta några sekunder på långsamma datorer." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " <b>Tips:</b> Med posten \"zzz Alla\" längst ner i listan visas alla paket. Detta kan ta några sekunder på långsamma datorer." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Med <b>Sök</b> kan du söka efter paket som uppfyller diverse kriterier. " -"Detta är vanligtvis det enklaste sättet att hitta ett paket om du känner " -"till namnet på det." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Med <b>Sök</b> kan du söka efter paket som uppfyller diverse kriterier. Detta är vanligtvis det enklaste sättet att hitta ett paket om du känner till namnet på det." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tips:</b> Du kan också använda det här alternativet om du vill ta reda på " -"vilket paket som innehåller ett speciellt bibliotek. Sök i RPM-fältet " -"<b>Tillhandahåller</b>." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>Tips:</b> Du kan också använda det här alternativet om du vill ta reda på vilket paket som innehåller ett speciellt bibliotek. Sök i RPM-fältet <b>Tillhandahåller</b>." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"I <b>Installationssammanfattning</b> visas som standard ändringarna för " -"systemet - vilka paket som kommer att installeras, tas bort eller " -"uppdateras. " +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "I <b>Installationssammanfattning</b> visas som standard ändringarna för systemet - vilka paket som kommer att installeras, tas bort eller uppdateras. " -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to " -"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Det är en bra idé att använda <b>Kontrollera beroenden</b> och sedan byta " -"till <b>Installationssammanfattning</b> innan du klickar på <b>Acceptera. På det sättet kan du se alla ändringar som kommer att utföras." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Det är en bra idé att använda <b>Kontrollera beroenden</b> och sedan byta till <b>Installationssammanfattning</b> innan du klickar på <b>Acceptera</b>. På det sättet kan du se alla ändringar som kommer att utföras." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Du kan också uttryckligen välja att visa paket med en speciell status här. " -"Använd kryssrutorna på vänster sida." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Du kan också uttryckligen välja att visa paket med en speciell status här. Använd kryssrutorna på vänster sida." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tips:</b> Du kan också vända på filtereffekten. Du kan se vilka paket som " -"inte ändras. Markera <b>Behåll</b> och avmarkera allt annat." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>Tips:</b> Du kan också vända på filtereffekten. Du kan se vilka paket som inte ändras. Markera <b>Behåll</b> och avmarkera allt annat." -#. Make sure all images used here are specified in -#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! -#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 +#. Make sure all images used here are specified in +#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! +#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 msgid "Symbols Overview" msgstr "Symbolöversikt" -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "Installera inte" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." msgstr "Det här paketet är inte installerat och kommer inte att installeras." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installera" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet." msgstr "Detta paket kommer att installeras. Det har ännu inte installerats." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 msgid "Keep" msgstr "Behåll" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched." msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat. Lämna det orört." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uppdatera" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Det här paketet är redan installerat. Uppdatera det eller ominstallera det " -"(om versionerna är samma)." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat. Uppdatera det eller ominstallera det (om versionerna är samma)." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it." msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat. Ta bort det." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "Tabu" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Det här paketet är inte installerat och bör inte installeras under några " -"omständigheter, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden som andra paket kan ha " -"eller ge." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Det här paketet är inte installerat och bör inte installeras under några omständigheter, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden som andra paket kan ha eller ge." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Paket med status tabu behandlas som om de inte existerar på några " -"installationsmedia." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Paket med status tabu behandlas som om de inte existerar på några installationsmedia." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 msgid "Protected" msgstr "Skyddat" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Det här paketet är installerat och bör inte ändras, speciellt inte för " -"olösta beroenden som andra paket kan ha eller ge." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Det här paketet är installerat och bör inte ändras, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden som andra paket kan ha eller ge." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Använd den här statusen för tredjepartspaket som inte ska skrivas över av " -"nyare versioner som kan ingå i distributionen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Använd den här statusen för tredjepartspaket som inte ska skrivas över av nyare versioner som kan ingå i distributionen." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 msgid "Autoinstall" msgstr "Installera automatiskt" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Det här paketet installeras automatiskt eftersom det krävs för andra paket." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Det här paketet installeras automatiskt eftersom det krävs för andra paket." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tips:</b> Du kan behöva använda \"tabu\" för att bli av med ett sådant " -"paket." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>Tips:</b> Du kan behöva använda \"tabu\" för att bli av med ett sådant paket." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Autoupdate" msgstr "Uppdatera automatiskt" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Det här paketet är redan installerat men vissa andra paket kräver en nyare " -"version. Det uppdateras automatiskt." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat men vissa andra paket kräver en nyare version. Det uppdateras automatiskt." -#. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Autodelete" msgstr "Ta bort automatiskt" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Det här paketet är redan installerat men paketberoenden kräver att det tas " -"bort." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat men paketberoenden kräver att det tas bort." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." msgstr "Det här kan inträffa om till exempel andra paket gör detta inaktuellt." -#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 +#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 msgid "Special Keys Overview" msgstr "Översikt av speciella tangenter" -#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. -#. Automatic word wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 +#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. +#. Automatic word wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 msgid "In any case, go to the next list item." msgstr "Gå i vilket fall som helst till nästa listobjekt." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Hämta det här paketet. Installera det om det inte är installerat ännu. " -"Uppdatera det till den senaste versionen om det är installerat och om det är " -"en nyare version." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Hämta det här paketet. Installera det om det inte är installerat ännu. Uppdatera det till den senaste versionen om det är installerat och om det är en nyare version." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Släng det här paketet. Ange det som \"installera inte\" om det inte är " -"installerat ännu. Ta bort det om det är installerat." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Släng det här paketet. Ange det som \"installera inte\" om det inte är installerat ännu. Ta bort det om det är installerat." -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Uppdatera det här paketet om det är installerat och det finns en nyare " -"version. Ignorera paket som inte är installerade." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Uppdatera det här paketet om det är installerat och det finns en nyare version. Ignorera paket som inte är installerade." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 msgid "Undo Update" msgstr "Ångra uppdatering" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Ångra effekten av \">\" ovan: Ange paketet som \"behåll\" om det för " -"tillfället är angett som \"uppdatera\". Ignorera alla andra paket." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Ångra effekten av \">\" ovan: Ange paketet som \"behåll\" om det för tillfället är angett som \"uppdatera\". Ignorera alla andra paket." -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Ange det här paketet som \"tabu\" om det inte är installerat: se till så att " -"det här paketet inte blir installerat, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden " -"som andra paket kan ha eller ge." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Ange det här paketet som \"tabu\" om det inte är installerat: se till så att det här paketet inte blir installerat, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden som andra paket kan ha eller ge." -#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 msgid "Protect" msgstr "Skydda" -#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Ange det här paketet som \"skyddat\" om det är installerat: se till så att " -"det här paketet inte blir ändrat, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden som " -"andra paket kan ha eller ge." +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Ange det här paketet som \"skyddat\" om det är installerat: se till så att det här paketet inte blir ändrat, speciellt inte för olösta beroenden som andra paket kan ha eller ge." -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Använd det här för tredjepartspaket som inte ska skrivas över av nyare " -"versioner som kan komma med distributionen." +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Använd det här för tredjepartspaket som inte ska skrivas över av nyare versioner som kan komma med distributionen." -#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer..." -#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 msgid "Information only available for installed packages." msgstr "Informationen är endast tillgänglig för installerade paket." -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 msgid "Changed Packages" msgstr "Ändrade paket" -#. add the items. -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 +#. add the items. +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 msgid "All" msgstr "Alla" -#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 msgid "Selected by the user" msgstr "Valt av användaren" -#. Set the dialog title. -#. -#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just -#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may -#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window -#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 +#. Set the dialog title. +#. +#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just +#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may +#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window +#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK - Försök igen" -#. "Expert" menu button -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 +#. "Expert" menu button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 msgid "&Expert" msgstr "&Expert" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 msgid "&Save This List to a File..." msgstr "&Spara den här listan till en fil..." -#. Busy popup -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 +#. Busy popup +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 msgid "Checking Dependencies..." msgstr "Kontrollerar beroenden..." -#. Heading for popup dialog -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 +#. Heading for popup dialog +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case" msgstr "Skapa testfall för beroenderesursen" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med den här funktionen kan du skapa utförliga loggar som hjälper dig att " -"hitta fel i beroenderesursen. Loggarna sparas i katalogen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Med den här funktionen kan du skapa utförliga loggar som hjälper dig att hitta fel i beroenderesursen. Loggarna sparas i katalogen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -#. parent -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 msgid "Solver Test Case" msgstr "Testfall för resurs" -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Testfallet för beroenderesursen har skrivits till <br><tt>%1</tt><p>Vill du förbereda arkivet <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> så att det kan " -"bifogas till Bugzilla?</p>" +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Testfallet för beroenderesursen har skrivits till <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Vill du förbereda arkivet <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> så att det kan bifogas till Bugzilla?</p>" -#. parent -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 msgid "Success" msgstr "Lyckades" -#. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ett fel uppstod</b> när testfallet för beroenderesursen skulle skapas<p>Kontrollera mängden ledigt diskutrymme och behörigheterna för <tt>%1</p>" +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ett fel uppstod</b> när testfallet för beroenderesursen skulle skapas</p><p>Kontrollera mängden ledigt diskutrymme och behörigheterna för <tt>%1</tt></p>" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 msgid "Save Conflicts List" msgstr "Spara konfliktlista" -#. caption -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 msgid "Cannot open file %1" msgstr "Det gick inte att öppna filen %1" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgstr "Konfliktlösning:" -#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>" msgstr "<a href='/'>%1 till...</a>" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 msgid "Version:" msgstr "Version:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 msgid "Provides:" msgstr "Tillhandahåller:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 msgid "Prerequires:" msgstr "Förhandskrav:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 msgid "Requires:" msgstr "Kräver:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 msgid "Conflicts:" msgstr "Konflikter:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 msgid "Obsoletes:" msgstr "Gör inaktuellt:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 msgid "Recommends:" msgstr "Rekommenderar:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 msgid "Suggests:" msgstr "Föreslår:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 msgid "Enhances:" msgstr "Förbättrar:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 msgid "Supplements:" msgstr "Kompletterar:" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>" msgstr "<b>Alternativ version</b>" -#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>" msgstr "<b>Installerad version</b>" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 msgid "Package Description" msgstr "Paketbeskrivning" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 msgid "References:" msgstr "Referenser:" -#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 +#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 msgid "Supportability: %1" msgstr "Support: %1" -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 msgid "This package contains: " msgstr "Paketet innehåller: " -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!" msgstr "<b>Fel:</b> Slut på diskutrymme." -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Disk space is running out!" msgstr "<b>Varning:</b> Diskutrymmet börjar ta slut." -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 msgid "Disk Space Warning" msgstr "Varning för brist på diskutrymme" -#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list -#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 +#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list +#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 msgid "%1 files total" msgstr "%1 filer totalt" -#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like -#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an -#. existing one if it's open already -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 +#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like +#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an +#. existing one if it's open already +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Visa" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 msgid "Move page &left" msgstr "F&lytta sidan till vänster" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 msgid "Move page &right" msgstr "Flytta sidan till höge&r" -#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 msgid "&Close page" msgstr "&Stäng sidan" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 msgid "Package History" msgstr "Pakethistorik" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 msgid "Show History (/var/log/zypp/history)" msgstr "Visa historik (/var/log/zypp/history)" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 msgid "Action" msgstr "Åtgärd" -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 msgid "Version/URL" msgstr "Version/webbadress" -#. "OK" button -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Stäng" -#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went -#. wrong while trying to read history file. -#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while trying to read history file. +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 msgid "Unable to read history" msgstr "Det går inte att läsa historiken" -#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" -#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! -#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 +#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" +#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 msgid "Code" msgstr "Kod" -#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" -#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 +#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 msgid "Language" msgstr "Språk" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paket" -#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 +#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 msgid "Installed (Available)" msgstr "Installerat (tillgängligt)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 msgid "Avail. Ver." msgstr "Tillg. ver." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 msgid "Inst. Ver." msgstr "Inst. ver." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 +#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 msgid "Size" msgstr "Storlek" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 msgid "&All in This List" msgstr "&Alla i den här listan" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 msgid "Export This List to &Text File..." msgstr "Exportera den här listan till en &textfil..." -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 msgid "&Install Source" msgstr "&Installera källkod" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 msgid "Do &Not Install Source" msgstr "I&nstallera inte källkod" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 msgid "&Install All Available Sources" msgstr "&Installera tillgänglig källkod" -#. key -#. enabled -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 +#. key +#. enabled +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources" msgstr "I&nstallera inte någon källkod" -#. startsWith -#. filter -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 msgid "Export Package List" msgstr "Exportera paketlista" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 #, c-format msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 msgid "Install Sources" msgstr "Installera källkod" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 msgid "Do Not Install Sources" msgstr "Installera inte källkod" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 msgid "No Sources Available" msgstr "Det finns ingen tillgänglig källkod" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 msgid "Installed Version: %1" msgstr "Installerad version: %1" -#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package -#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 +#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package +#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 msgid "same" msgstr "samma" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 msgid "newer" msgstr "nyare" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 msgid "older" msgstr "äldre" -#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 +#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Tillgänglig version: %1 (%2)" -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 msgid "Not available for installation" msgstr "Inte tillgänglig för installation" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 msgid "Do Not Install" msgstr "Installera inte" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify" msgstr "Skyddad - Ändra inte" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 msgid "Taboo -- Never Install" msgstr "Tabu - Installera aldrig" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 msgid "Show solver information" msgstr "Visa lösarinformation" -#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 +#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 msgid "(by a software selection)" msgstr "(av ett programval)" -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 msgid "(by dependencies)" msgstr "(av beroenden)" -#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, -#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, +#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 msgid "Dependencies broken" msgstr "Brutna beroenden" -#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, -#. but whose dependencies are satisfied -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, +#. but whose dependencies are satisfied +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 msgid "All dependencies satisfied" msgstr "Alla beroenden är uppfyllda" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 msgid "Accessibility" msgstr "Tillgänglighet" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 msgid "Accessories" msgstr "Tillbehör" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 msgid "Education" msgstr "Utbildning" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 msgid "Games" msgstr "Spel" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "Grafik" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 msgid "Internet" msgstr "Internet" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 msgid "Office" msgstr "Office" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 msgid "Other" msgstr "Övriga" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 msgid "Programming" msgstr "Programmering" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimedia" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljön GNOME" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 msgid "KDE Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljön KDE" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljön XFCE" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 msgid "Other Desktops" msgstr "Andra skrivbord" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 msgid "Publishing" msgstr "Publicering" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servrar" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Teckensnitt" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 msgid "Admin Tools" msgstr "Administrationsverktyg" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 msgid "Legacy" msgstr "Tidigare" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisering" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 msgid "Virtualization" msgstr "Virtualisering" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 msgid "Power Management" msgstr "Strömsparfunktioner" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 msgid "Communication" msgstr "Kommunikation" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 msgid "Network" msgstr "Nätverk" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 msgid "Maps" msgstr "Kartor" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 msgid "Software Sources" msgstr "Software Sources" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 msgid "Unknown Group" msgstr "Okänd grupp" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 msgid "Suggested Packages" msgstr "Föreslagna paket" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Recommended Packages" msgstr "Rekommenderade paket" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Orphaned Packages" msgstr "Övergivna paket" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Unneeded Packages" msgstr "Paket som inte behövs" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Multiversion Packages" msgstr "Flerversionspaket" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 -#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 msgid "Package Groups" msgstr "Paketgrupper" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 msgid "&Show Patch Category:" msgstr "Vi&sa programfixkategori:" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Obligatoriska programfixar" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 msgid "Unneeded Patches" msgstr "Programfixar som inte behövs" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 msgid "All Patches" msgstr "Alla programfixar" -#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "Patch Description" msgstr "Programfixbeskrivning" -#. Translators: These are patch categories -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 +#. Translators: These are patch categories +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 msgid "YaST" msgstr "YaST" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 msgid "security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 msgid "recommended" msgstr "Rekommenderad" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 msgid "optional" msgstr "Valfri" -#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 msgid "document" msgstr "Dokument" -#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 +#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "Mönster" -#. Dialog title -#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkter" -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Tillverkare" -#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter -#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of -#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" -#. -#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very -#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than -#. above it. -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 +#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter +#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of +#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" +#. +#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very +#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than +#. above it. +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 msgid "&Secondary Filter:" msgstr "&Sekundärt filter:" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgstr "Paket som inte underhålls" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 msgid "Search" msgstr "Sök" -#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationssammanfattning" -#. Column headers for repository list -#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 +#. Column headers for repository list +#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 msgid "zzz All" msgstr "zzz Alla" -#. Search button -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 +#. Search button +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Sök" -#. -#. Where to search -#. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 +#. +#. Where to search +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 msgid "Search in" msgstr "Sök i" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 msgid "Nam&e" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 msgid "Su&mmary" msgstr "Sa&mmanfattning" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 msgid "Descr&iption" msgstr "Beskr&ivning" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" msgstr "Fillista" -#. -#. Search mode -#. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 +#. +#. Search mode +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 msgid "Search &Mode:" msgstr "Sök&läge:" -#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 msgid "Contains" msgstr "Innehåller" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "Börjar med" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "Exakt träff" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 msgid "Use Wild Cards" msgstr "Använd jokertecken" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 msgid "Use Regular Expression" msgstr "Använd reguljära uttryck" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" msgstr "Skiftlägeskänsl&ig" -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Söker..." -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 msgid "No Results." msgstr "Inga resultat." -#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went -#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear -#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or -#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return -#. the original (translated) error message. -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear +#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or +#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return +#. the original (translated) error message. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 msgid "Query Error" msgstr "Frågefel" -#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 +#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Val" -#. Headline -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 +#. Headline +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 msgid "Changes Overview" msgstr "Översikt av ändringar" -#. -#. Packages with what status to show -#. -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 +#. +#. Packages with what status to show +#. +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 msgid "Show packages with status" msgstr "Visa paket med status" -#. Refresh button -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 +#. Refresh button +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 msgid "&Refresh List" msgstr "Uppdate&ra lista" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 msgid "Build Time:" msgstr "Byggtid:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 msgid "Install Time:" msgstr "Installationstid:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 msgid "Package Group:" msgstr "Paketgrupp:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 msgid "License:" msgstr "Licens:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 msgid "Installed Size:" msgstr "Installerad storlek:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 msgid "Download Size:" msgstr "Nedladdningsstorlek:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 msgid "Distribution:" msgstr "Distribution:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 msgid "Vendor:" msgstr "Leverantör:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 msgid "Packager:" msgstr "Paketerare:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 msgid "Architecture:" msgstr "Arkitektur:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 msgid "Build Host:" msgstr "Byggdator:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 msgid "Source Package:" msgstr "Källpaket:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 msgid "Media No.:" msgstr "Media nr.:" -#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 msgid "Authors:" msgstr "Upphovsmän:" -#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 +#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 msgid "" "<br>\n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" @@ -1725,8 +1507,7 @@ "<p>Möjliga orsaker:</p>\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>De görs inaktuella av andra paket\n" -"<li>Det finns ingen nyare version att uppdatera till på några " -"installationsmedier.\n" +"<li>Det finns ingen nyare version att uppdatera till på några installationsmedier.\n" "<li>De är tredjepartspaket\n" "</ul>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1735,12 +1516,12 @@ "Det säkraste är att ta bort dem.\n" "</p>" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 från leverantör %3 (installerade)" -#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 msgid "" "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" @@ -1750,7 +1531,7 @@ "paket både med och utan flerversionskapacitet\n" "samtidigt." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 msgid "" "This version is multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1762,10 +1543,9 @@ "\n" "Klicka på \"Fortsätt\" om du vill installera denna version\n" "och avmarkera versionen som saknar flerversionskapacitet,\n" -"eller klicka på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera denna version och behålla " -"den andra." +"eller klicka på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera denna version och behålla den andra." -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" "\n" @@ -1777,35 +1557,34 @@ "\n" "Klicka på \"Fortsätt\" om du vill installera endast denna version\n" "och avmarkera alla andra versioner,\n" -"eller klicka på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera denna version och behålla de " -"övriga." +"eller klicka på \"Avbryt\" om du vill avmarkera denna version och behålla de övriga." -#. Dialog heading -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Inkompatibla paketversioner" -#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, -#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, -#. %4 is the repository's priority -#. %5 is the vendor of the package -#. Examples: -#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE -#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, +#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, +#. %4 is the repository's priority +#. %5 is the vendor of the package +#. Examples: +#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE +#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 från %3 med prioritet %4 och leverantör %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Den här versionen är installerad på systemet." -#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 msgid "Missing package" msgstr "Paket som saknas" -#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Den här funktionen kräver libqdialogsolver för paket." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/qt.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,53 +14,53 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. Translators: Please keep this short! -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 +#. Translators: Please keep this short! +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 msgid "Disk Usage" msgstr "Använt diskutrymme" -#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 +#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 msgid "Free" msgstr "Ledigt" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 msgid "Used %1" msgstr "Använd %1" -#. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 +#. Close button for wizard help window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 msgid "&Close" msgstr "Stän&g" -#. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Versionsfakta" -#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 +#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Redigerare för stilmallar" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ "Du klickade med höger musknapp när ett vänsterklick förväntades.\n" "Vill du skifta höger- och vänsterknapp?" -#. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 +#. Popup dialog caption +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Oväntat klick" -#. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 +#. parent +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Färgbyte" -#. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 +#. caption +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -87,91 +87,62 @@ "Byt till färgpalett för färgblinda personer.\n" "Tryck Skift+F4 igen för att byta tillbaka till normala färger." -#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key -#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning -#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while -#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it -#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood -#. by the target audience. -#. -#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. -#. Simply leave it. -#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 +#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key +#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning +#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while +#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it +#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood +#. by the target audience. +#. +#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. +#. Simply leave it. +#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 msgid "CapsLock!" msgstr "Caps Lock!" -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 msgid "Save screen shot to..." msgstr "Spara skärmdump till..." -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 msgid "YaST Logging" msgstr "YaST-loggning" -#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Konfigurera YaST-loggning:" -#. Help button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#. "Help" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 +#. Help button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjälp" -#. -#. "Release Notes" button -#. -#. Release Notes button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#. "Release Notes" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 +#. +#. "Release Notes" button +#. +#. Release Notes button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Versionsinfo" -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 -msgid "" -"<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a " -"screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop " -"environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette " -"optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable " -"logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to " -"save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D<dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing " -"special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.<dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-" -"Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show " -"style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the " -"log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). " -"Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget " -"tree browser.</dd></dl>" -msgstr "" -"<h1>Avancerade snabbtangenter</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Ta och spara " -"en skärmdump. Det kan hända att det inte fungerar när YaST körs i vissa " -"skrivbordsmiljöer.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Aktivera/inaktivera färgpaletten " -"som är optimerad för användare med nedsatt syn.</dd><dt>Shift-F7<dd>Aktivera/inaktivera loggning av felsökningsmeddelanden.</dd><dt>Shift-" -"F8</dt><dd>Öppna en fildialog så att du kan spara loggfiler på en plats som " -"inte är standardplatsen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Skicka en " -"felsökningshändelse. YaST-moduler kan reagera på det här genom att vidta " -"särskilda felsökningsåtgärder. Resultatet beror på den specifika YaST-" -"modulen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Starta/stoppa inspelning av makro." -"</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Spela upp makro igen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-" -"Alt-S</dt><dd>Visa formatmallsredigerare.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T<dd>Dumpa widgetträd i loggfilen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Öppna " -"ett terminalfönster (xterm). Användbart för VNC-installationer.</dd><dt>Ctrl-" -"Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Visa widgetträdsläsare.</dd></dl>" +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 +msgid "<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget tree browser.</dd></dl>" +msgstr "<h1>Avancerade snabbtangenter</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Ta och spara en skärmdump. Det kan hända att det inte fungerar när YaST körs i vissa skrivbordsmiljöer.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Aktivera/inaktivera färgpaletten som är optimerad för användare med nedsatt syn.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Aktivera/inaktivera loggning av felsökningsmeddelanden.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Öppna en fildialog så att du kan spara loggfiler på en plats som inte är standardplatsen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Skicka en felsökningshändelse. YaST-moduler kan reagera på det här genom att vidta särskilda felsökningsåtgärder. Resultatet beror på den specifika YaST-modulen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Starta/stoppa inspelning av makro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Spela upp makro igen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Visa formatmallsredigerare.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dumpa widgetträd i loggfilen.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Öppna ett terminalf� �nster (xterm). Användbart för VNC-installationer.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Visa widgetträdsläsare.</dd></dl>" -#. "Steps" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 +#. "Steps" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Steg" -#. "Tree" button -#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 +#. "Tree" button +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Träd" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rdp.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,131 +14,122 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för fjärråtkomst" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Visa sammanfattning av inställningarna" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "Tillåt fjärråtkomst" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte " -"tillåta" +msgstr "Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte tillåta" -#. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningar för fjärråtkomst:" -#. Command line error message -#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." -msgstr "" -"Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte " -"tillåta." +msgstr "Ange \"ja\" för att tillåta fjärradministration eller \"nej\" för att inte tillåta." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 msgid "RDP Remote Administration" msgstr "RDP-fjärradministration" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "&RDP-fjärradministration" -#. Dialog contents -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" msgstr "Aktivera tjänsten RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol)" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Öppna port i brandvägg" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration via RDP</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " -"running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able " -"to login to this computer\n" +"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able to login to this computer\n" "remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Fjärradministration via RDP</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) är ett säkert protokoll för " -"fjärradministration som körs på TCP-port 3389.</p><p>Om funktionen aktiveras " -"kan du logga in på datorn\n" -"på distans via en RDP-klient, som till exempel Windows Remote Desktop " -"Viewer.\n" +"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) är ett säkert protokoll för fjärradministration som körs på TCP-port 3389.</p><p>Om funktionen aktiveras kan du logga in på datorn\n" +"på distans via en RDP-klient, som till exempel Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" msgstr "Fjärradministration via RDP" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Ställ in xrdp" -#. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Starta om tjänster" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Stoppa tjänsterna" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av fjärradministration (RDP) sparas" -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 +#. 100; //for testing +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Ställer in xrdp..." -#. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 +#. Disable xrdp +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Tjänsten startas om..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Tjänsten stoppas..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." msgstr "Tjänsten RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) har aktiverats." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." msgstr "Tjänsten RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) har inaktiverats." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,392 +14,339 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xrear module -#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xrear module +#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Rear" msgstr "Rear-konfiguration" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 msgid "Change the Rear configuration" msgstr "Ändra Rear-konfigurationen" -#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 +#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 msgid "Output" msgstr "Utdata" -#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 +#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 msgid "Netfs URL" msgstr "Netfs-URL" -#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 +#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "Detta system stöds inte av rear, av följande skäl:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"Räkna INTE med att den skapade säkerhetskopian kan användas för " -"systemåterställning om du ignorerar denna varning." +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "Räkna INTE med att den skapade säkerhetskopian kan användas för systemåterställning om du ignorerar denna varning." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "Det här systemet stöds inte." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 msgid "&Ignore and continue" msgstr "&Ignorera och fortsätt" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Av&bryt" -#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 +#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "Ytterligare kataloger som ska säkerhetskopieras" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "Välj katalog" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "Det går inte att skriva rear-konfigurationsfilen." -#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 +#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "Ytterligare kärnmoduler" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "Tillgängliga moduler i det aktuella systemet:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:" msgstr "Moduler som lagts till i nödsystem:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded." msgstr "Modulerna är sorterade i den ordning de lästes in." -#. Dialog to run rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 +#. Dialog to run rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "Förbereder Rear-körning." -#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 +#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "Kör rear..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." msgstr "Körningen misslyckades med returvärdet %1." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "" -"Klart. Vi rekommenderar starkt att du testar den skapade säkerhetskopian." +msgstr "Klart. Vi rekommenderar starkt att du testar den skapade säkerhetskopian." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#. The whole sequence -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#. The whole sequence +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "Rear-konfiguration" -#. help text for Rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer." -msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurera säkerhetskopiering med Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) " -"för din dator.</p>" +#. help text for Rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 +msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Konfigurera säkerhetskopiering med Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) för din dator.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bestäm dig för hur du vill starta ditt <b>återställningssystem</b>. Välj " -"USB om du vill starta från ett USB-minne, eller välj ISO för CD-ROM.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 +msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bestäm dig för hur du vill starta ditt <b>återställningssystem</b>. Välj USB om du vill starta från ett USB-minne, eller välj ISO för CD-ROM.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj var <b>säkerhetskopian</b> ska lagras. Välj NFS (Network File " -"System) om du måste använda en server som har NFS. Ange platsen på följande " -"sätt: <tt>nfs://värdnamn/katalog</tt>. Du kan också välja USB för att lagra " -"din säkerhetskopia på ett USB-minne eller på en USB-disk.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 +msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj var <b>säkerhetskopian</b> ska lagras. Välj NFS (Network File System) om du måste använda en server som har NFS. Ange platsen på följande sätt: <tt>nfs://värdnamn/katalog</tt>. Du kan också välja USB för att lagra din säkerhetskopia på ett USB-minne eller på en USB-disk.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 -msgid "" -"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om inga USB-enheter visas ansluter du ett USB-minne eller en USB-disk och " -"klickar på <b>Genomsök USB-enheter igen</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 +msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om inga USB-enheter visas ansluter du ett USB-minne eller en USB-disk och klickar på <b>Genomsök USB-enheter igen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj <b>Behåll gammal säkerhetskopia</b> om du inte vill att den tidigare " -"säkerhetskopian ska skrivas över.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Behåll gammal säkerhetskopia</b> om du inte vill att den tidigare säkerhetskopian ska skrivas över.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the " -"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>På menyn <b>Avancerat</b> kan du lägga till <b>fler kataloger i " -"säkerhetskopian</b> och <b>fler kärnmoduler i nödsystemet</b>. Detta är bara " -"användbart om din säkerhetskopia inte innehåller alla kataloger som behövs " -"eller om nödsystemet inte startar på grund av saknade kärnmoduler.</p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 +msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +msgstr "<p>På menyn <b>Avancerat</b> kan du lägga till <b>fler kataloger i säkerhetskopian</b> och <b>fler kärnmoduler i nödsystemet</b>. Detta är bara användbart om din säkerhetskopia inte innehåller alla kataloger som behövs eller om nödsystemet inte startar på grund av saknade kärnmoduler.</p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!</strong></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med knappen <b>Spara och kör rear nu</b> kör du rear och visar dess " -"utdata. <strong>Det är viktigt att du testar att den skapade säkerhetskopian " -"fungerar som förväntat i ditt system!</strong></p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 +msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>" +msgstr "<p>Med knappen <b>Spara och kör rear nu</b> kör du rear och visar dess utdata. <strong>Det är viktigt att du testar att den skapade säkerhetskopian fungerar som förväntat i ditt system!</strong></p>" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 -msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>OK</b> sparar du konfigurationen och avslutar. Med <b>Avbryt</b> " -"stänger du konfigurationsdialogrutan utan att spara.<p>" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>OK</b> sparar du konfigurationen och avslutar. Med <b>Avbryt</b> stänger du konfigurationsdialogrutan utan att spara.<p>" -#. Set defaults: -#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 +#. Set defaults: +#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 msgid "Additional directories in the backup:" msgstr "Fler kataloger i säkerhetskopian:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 msgid "Additional programs in the rescue system:" msgstr "Ytterligare program i räddningssystemet:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 msgid "Additional files to be copied into the rescue system:" msgstr "Ytterligare filer som ska kopieras till räddningssystemet:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 msgid "Additional post recovery scripts:" msgstr "Ytterligare skript efter återställning:" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 msgid "YaST would like to change your ReaR configuration." msgstr "YaST vill ändra din ReaR-konfiguration." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 msgid "You might end up in an unusable backup if you don't accept this." -msgstr "" -"Det kan hända att du får en säkerhetskopia som inte går att använda om du " -"inte accepterar." +msgstr "Det kan hända att du får en säkerhetskopia som inte går att använda om du inte accepterar." -#. prepare advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 +#. prepare advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "Fler kataloger i säkerhetskopian" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System" msgstr "Fler kärnmoduler i nödsystemet" -#. handle advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 +#. handle advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 msgid "Required Programs" msgstr "Program som krävs" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 msgid "Copy As Is" msgstr "Kopiera i befintligt skick" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 msgid "Post Recovery Script" msgstr "Skript efter återställning" -#. prepare main dialog -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 +#. prepare main dialog +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "Återställningssystem" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "&Startmedier" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 msgid "Backup" msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "&Säkerhetskopieringsmedier" -#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly -#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 +#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly +#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Plats" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "&Behåll gammal säkerhetskopia" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 msgid "Use &dhclient" msgstr "Använd &dhclient" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "Sök igenom USB-enheter igen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 msgid "&Backup Options" msgstr "&Säkerhetskopieringsalternativ" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancerat" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 msgid "Save and run rear now" msgstr "Spara och kör rear nu" -#. set settings according to options read from config file. -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 +#. set settings according to options read from config file. +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "SÄKERHETSKOPIERING är inställd på ett okänt värde.\n" -#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 +#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "UTDATA är inställt på ett okänt värde.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" msgstr "NETFS-URL är inställt på ett okänt värde eller har fel format.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Din rear-konfigurationsfil innehåller alternativ som denna YaST2-modul inte " -"kan konfigurera.\n" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Din rear-konfigurationsfil innehåller alternativ som denna YaST2-modul inte kan konfigurera.\n" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "Vill du fortsätta och skriva över dessa inställningar?" -#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 +#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?" msgstr "Ditt USB-medium kommer att skrivas över. Vill du fortsätta?" -#. true: read-only -#. Rear read dialog caption -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 +#. true: read-only +#. Rear read dialog caption +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "Läser Rear-konfiguration" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analyserar system" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Läser rear-inställningar" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Analyserar system..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "Läser rear-inställningar..." -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Your ReaR configuration needs to be modified." msgstr "ReaR-konfigurationen måste ändras." -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 msgid "&New Entry" msgstr "&Ny post" -#. check bootloader -#. returns error message if system is not supported -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 +#. check bootloader +#. returns error message if system is not supported +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used." msgstr "Det går inte att fastställa vilket startprogram som används." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "Startprogrammet %1 används." -#. check devices -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 +#. check devices +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "Enhet %1 är iscsi." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "Enhet %1 är multipath." -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "Partition %1 använder ett filsystem som inte stöds (%2)." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -15,216 +15,211 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Kontaktar registreringsservern" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrering" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Använd %s i stället för denna YaST-modul." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending " -"service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Initiering av lagringsplats misslyckades. Inaktivera (eller ta bort) den " -"felaktiga tjänsten eller lagringsplatsen i lagringsplatshanteraren.<p>Mer information:</p><p>%s</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 +msgid "<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" +msgstr "<p>Initiering av lagringsplats misslyckades. Inaktivera (eller ta bort) den felaktiga tjänsten eller lagringsplatsen i lagringsplatshanteraren.</p><p>Mer information:</p><p>%s</p>" -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registreringen genomfördes." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP-identifiering misslyckades, ingen server hittades" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Läser in SSL-certifikat" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Importerar SSL-certifikat" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrerar %s ..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Produktregistrering" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Kör registrering under autoinstallation" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Hoppa över registrering under autoinstallation" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "Registreringsinställningar" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "E-postadress: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Registreringskoden är konfigurerad" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "Installera tillgängliga uppdateringar" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Registreringsserver" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "Server-URL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "Använd SLP-upptäckt" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "URL för SSL-servercertifikat: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "SSL-certifikatsfingeravtryck: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Tillägg och moduler" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "Fel i säker anslutning" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "Information om certifikatfel" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Utfärdat till" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Eget namn (EN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organisation (O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Organisationsenhet (OE): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Utfärdat av" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Giltighet" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "Utfärdat den: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "Varning! Certifikatet är inte giltigt än!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "Upphör den: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "VARNING! Certifikatet har upphört att gälla!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "Serienummer: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1-fingeravtryck: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256-fingeravtryck: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Timeout för anslutning." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -232,13 +227,13 @@ "Se till att registreringsservern går att nå och\n" "att anslutningen är tillförlitlig." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Kontrollera att systemet är känt för registreringsservern." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -258,24 +253,24 @@ "Vänta bara ett antal minuter först, och försökt sedan genomföra \n" "uppgraderingen igen." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "Anslutningen till registreringsservern misslyckades." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registreringsklientfel." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -283,20 +278,20 @@ "Registreringsserverfel.\n" "Försök med åtgärden senare." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "Det mottagna SSL-certifikatet motsvarar inte förväntat certifikat." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Information: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -310,23 +305,23 @@ "Rätta till certifikatproblemet manuellt, kontrollera att servern\n" "kan anslutas säkert och starta YaST-modulen igen." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importerar SSL-certifikatet" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importerar %s-certifikat..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fel i säker anslutning: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -338,15 +333,15 @@ "Kontrollera att den senaste produkten som stöder det nya\n" "registreringsprotokollet är installerad på servern." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ogiltig URL." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -354,17 +349,17 @@ "Nätverket har inte ställts in och det går inte att nå registreringsservern.\n" "Vill du ställa in nätverket nu?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Nätverksfel, kontrollera nätverkskonfigurationen." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Sparar registreringskonfiguration..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -372,8 +367,8 @@ "Basprodukten hittades inte,\n" "kontrollera ditt system." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -381,65 +376,64 @@ "Installationsmediet eller installationsprogrammet är allvarligt defekt.\n" "Rapportera fel till %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Se till att det finns en produkt installerad och att /etc/products.d/" -"baseproduct\n" +"Se till att det finns en produkt installerad och att /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "är en symlink som pekar mot filen base product .prod." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrerar systemet..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Uppdaterar till %s ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Synkroniserar produkter..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Läser in tillgängliga tillägg och moduler..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Läser in migreringsprodukter..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrera tillägg och moduler" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Tillägg och moduler registreras.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -447,8 +441,8 @@ "Registreringsservern erbjuder uppdateringsarkiv.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -456,9 +450,9 @@ "Vill du aktivera dessa lagringsplatser under installationen\n" "för att ta emot de senaste uppdateringarna?" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -466,15 +460,15 @@ "Vill du aktivera dessa lagringsplatser under uppgraderingen\n" "för att ta emot de senaste uppdateringarna?" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certifikat:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -486,42 +480,42 @@ "\n" "Vill du hoppa över lagringsplatsen eller avbryta?" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Okänd produkt" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara arkivkonfigurationen." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att uppdatera tjänsten %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till tjänsten %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara tjänsten %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att uppdatera tjänsten %s." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -529,30 +523,30 @@ "Kan inte hitta fjärrprodukten %s.\n" "Produkten kan inte registreras." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta?" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensavtal" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Hämtar licenser..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Hämtar licensavtal..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -562,320 +556,289 @@ "%s\n" "." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s-licensavtal" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Koder för registrering av tillägg och moduler" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Ang registreringskoder för de begärda tilläggen eller modulerna.</p>\n" -"<p>Registreringskoderna krävs för att registreringen ska lyckas. Om du inte " -"kan ange en registreringskod går du tillbaka och avmarkerar respektive " -"tillägg eller modul.</p>" +"<p>Registreringskoderna krävs för att registreringen ska lyckas. Om du inte kan ange en registreringskod går du tillbaka och avmarkerar respektive tillägg eller modul.</p>" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "Tillägget du valde kräver en separat registreringskod." msgstr[1] "Tilläggen du valde kräver separata registreringskoder." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Ange registreringskoden i fältet nedan." msgstr[1] "Ange registreringskoderna i fälten nedan." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "&Filtrera ut betaversioner" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Välj ett tillägg eller en modul för att visa information här" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (inte tillgängligt)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "Det går som mest att välja %s tillägg eller moduler i YaST." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272 -msgid "" -"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Observera att vissa tillägg eller moduler kan behöva specifika " -"registreringskoder.</p>" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272 +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Observera att vissa tillägg eller moduler kan behöva specifika registreringskoder.</p>" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ta bort ett tillägg eller en modul måste du logga in på SUSE " -"Customer Center och ta bort dem manuellt där.</p>" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275 +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill ta bort ett tillägg eller en modul måste du logga in på SUSE Customer Center och ta bort dem manuellt där.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "Välj tillägg och moduler" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du välja tillgängliga tillägg och moduler för ditt system.</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du välja tillgängliga tillägg och moduler för ditt system.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Tillgängliga tillägg och moduler" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "Omregistrera tillägg och moduler" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här kan du välja tillägg och moduler som ska omregistreras.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrerade tillägg och moduler" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du välja vilka tillägg eller moduler som ska registreras " -"tillsammans med basprodukten.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du välja vilka tillägg eller moduler som ska registreras tillsammans med basprodukten.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Registrera valfria tillägg eller moduler" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identifierare" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Versionstyp" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Registreringskod" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Hämta tillgängliga tillägg..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort %s?" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "&Identifierare för tillägg och moduler" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Version" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arkitektur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "Ve&rsionstyp" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registreringsk&od" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " -"Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Produktregistreringen omfattar din produkt i SUSE kundcenterdatabas\n" -"vilket gör att du får tillgång till onlineuppdateringar och teknisk " -"support.\n" -"Om du vill registrera när du installerar automatiskt väljer du <b>Kör " -"produktregistrering</b>.</p>" +"vilket gör att du får tillgång till onlineuppdateringar och teknisk support.\n" +"Om du vill registrera när du installerar automatiskt väljer du <b>Kör produktregistrering</b>.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " -"Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om nätverket använder en anpassad registreringsserver anger du rätt " -"webbadress för servern\n" +"<p>Om nätverket använder en anpassad registreringsserver anger du rätt webbadress för servern\n" "och platsen för SMT-certifikatet i <b>SMT-serverinställningar</b>. Se\n" "SMT-manualen för mer information.</p>" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registrera produkten" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&E-postadress" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "Installera tillgängliga uppdateringar från uppdateringsarkiv" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinställningar" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Hitta registreringsserver med SLP-identifiering" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Använd särskild serverwebbadress istället för standard" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "Valfri URL för SSL-servercertifikat" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Frivilligt fingeravtryck för SSL Server-certifikat" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "ingen" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL-certifikatsfingeravtryck" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Registrera tillägg eller moduler..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "Registrera systemet via %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "Registrera systemet via lokal SMT-server" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL till &lokal registreringsserver" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Hoppa över registrering" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "&Omregistrera tillägg eller moduler" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "Systemet är redan registrerat." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "Välj önskad registreringsmetod." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Ange inloggningsuppgifter till SUSE Customer Center här om du vill " -"registrera systemet för att få uppdateringar och tillägg." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Ange inloggningsuppgifter till SUSE Customer Center här om du vill registrera systemet för att få uppdateringar och tillägg." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -889,136 +852,107 @@ "Du kan registrera efter installationen eller besöka vårt\n" "kundcenter för att registrera online." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Nät&verksinställningar..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "Certifikatet har slutat gälla" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Självsignerat certifikat" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Självsignerat certifikat i certifikatkedja" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "&Lita på och importera" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I en säker anslutning (t. ex. HTTPS) används SSL-certifikat för att " -"verifiera serverns äkthet och för att kryptera överförda data.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I en säker anslutning (t. ex. HTTPS) används SSL-certifikat för att verifiera serverns äkthet och för att kryptera överförda data.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " -"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan välja att importera certifikatet till en lista med kända " -"certifikatutfärdare (CU), vilket betyder att du litar på ämnet och " -"utfärdaren av det okända certifikatet.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan välja att importera certifikatet till en lista med kända certifikatutfärdare (CU), vilket betyder att du litar på ämnet och utfärdaren av det okända certifikatet.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När ett certifikat importeras blir det möjligt att använda exempelvis ett " -"självsignerat certifikat.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När ett certifikat importeras blir det möjligt att använda exempelvis ett självsignerat certifikat.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of " -"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Viktigt:</b> Du bör alltid verifiera fingeravrycken för de certifikat " -"som du importerar för att se till att de är äkta.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Viktigt:</b> Du bör alltid verifiera fingeravrycken för de certifikat som du importerar för att se till att de är äkta.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Att importera ett okänt certifikat utan verifiering innebär en stor " -"säkerhetsrisk.</b></p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Att importera ett okänt certifikat utan verifiering innebär en stor säkerhetsrisk.</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "Internt fel: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Bassystemet måste vara registrerat för att tillägget %s ska kunna " -"registreras.\n" +"Bassystemet måste vara registrerat för att tillägget %s ska kunna registreras.\n" "Vill du hoppa över registrering av bassystemet och tillägget?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Lagringsplatser som används för migrering" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du manuellt välja vilka lagringsplatser som ska " -"användas för migrering online. Paketen uppgraderas till den högsta version " -"som hittas i de valda lagringsplatserna.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du manuellt välja vilka lagringsplatser som ska användas för migrering online. Paketen uppgraderas till den högsta version som hittas i de valda lagringsplatserna.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Välj lagringsplatser som används för migrering" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Hantera lagringsplatser..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioritet: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -1028,116 +962,103 @@ "Om du vill köra onlinemigreringen måste\n" "du först registrera systemet." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Ingen installerad produkt hittades." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "Ingen migreringsprodukt hittades." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Förbereder lagringsplatser för migrering..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Välj migreringsmål" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du välja migreringsmålprodukter. Registreringsservern kan " -"eventuellt erbjuda flera migreringsalternativ till nya produkter.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du välja migreringsmålprodukter. Registreringsservern kan eventuellt erbjuda flera migreringsalternativ till nya produkter.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Du kan bara välja ett migreringsmål i listan.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera kryssrutan <b>%s</b> om du vill välja lagringsplatser för " -"migrering manuellt senare.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera kryssrutan <b>%s</b> om du vill välja lagringsplatser för migrering manuellt senare.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Välj lagringsplatser för migrering manuellt" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Välj migreringsmål." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Anpassa lagringsplatser för migrering manuellt" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Möjliga migreringsmål" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Migreringsöversikt" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"FEL: Produkten <b>%{product}</b> är inte tillgänglig på registreringsservern " -"(%{url}). Gör produkten tillgänglig om du vill tillåta användning av denna " -"migrering." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "FEL: Produkten <b>%{product}</b> är inte tillgänglig på registreringsservern (%{url}). Gör produkten tillgänglig om du vill tillåta användning av denna migrering." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>kommer att installeras.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>ändras inte.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>kommer att uppgraderas till</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>kommer att nedgraderas till</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1151,47 +1072,39 @@ "Väl ett annat migreringsmål eller gör de saknade produkterna\n" "tillgängliga på registreringsservern." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Systemet är redan registrerat.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan registrera det igen eller så kan du registrera ytterligare tillägg " -"eller moduler för att förbättra systemets funktionalitet.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan registrera det igen eller så kan du registrera ytterligare tillägg eller moduler för att förbättra systemets funktionalitet.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill avregistrera ditt system måste du logga in i SUSE Customer " -"Center och ta bort systemet manuellt där.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill avregistrera ditt system måste du logga in i SUSE Customer Center och ta bort systemet manuellt där.</p>" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "Välj tillägg" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registrera igen" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "Registreringen uppdateras..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "Den tidigare registreringen uppdateras." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1199,18 +1112,18 @@ "Automatisk registreringsuppgradering misslyckades.\n" "Du kan registrera systemet manuellt från grunden." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Söker..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Slår upp lokala registreringsservrar..." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "Val av tjänst" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "Välj en upptäckt enhet från listan." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "Ingen tjänst vald." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module -#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module +#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of reipl" msgstr "Inställningar för reipl" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message -#. %1 is replaced with a device name -#. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message +#. %1 is replaced with a device name +#. Newline at the end is required +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ "Ladda om systemet \n" "med en IPL in från enheten efter att systemet avslutats%1.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message -#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name -#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name -#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name -#. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message +#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name +#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name +#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name +#. Newline at the end is required +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ "och LUN %3\n" "efter att systemet avslutats.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -63,89 +63,89 @@ "med en IPL från enheten \n" "som innehåller /boot" -#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals -#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals +#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Reipl" msgstr "Reipl" -#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals -#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85 +#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals +#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85 msgid "&Reipl" msgstr "&Reipl" -#. Reipl configure dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 +#. Reipl configure dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Reipl Configuration" msgstr "Reipl-inställningar" -#. Reipl configure dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 +#. Reipl configure dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "reipl methods" msgstr "reipl-metoder" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&ccw" msgstr "&ccw" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "&fcp" msgstr "&fcp" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "&nss" msgstr "&nss" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "ccw parameters" msgstr "ccw-parametrar" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "&Device" msgstr "En&het" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&Loadparm" msgstr "&Loadparm" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "fcp parameters" msgstr "fcp-parametrar" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "Enh&et" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "&Worldwide port number" msgstr "&Globalt portnummer" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Lo&gical unit number" msgstr "Lo&giskt enhetsnummer" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "B&oot program selector" msgstr "S&tartprogramväljare" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "nss-parametrar" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "reipl configuration" msgstr "Reipl-inställningar" -#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "help missing in helps.ycp" msgstr "hjälp saknas i helps.ycp" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar reipl-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar reipl-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -181,63 +181,54 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 1 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 +#. Configure dialog help 1 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Inställningar för s390 reIPL</big></b></p>" -#. Configure dialog help 2 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 +#. Configure dialog help 2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Välj någon av metoderna för att starta om maskinen med " -"alternativknapparna \n" +"<p>Välj någon av metoderna för att starta om maskinen med alternativknapparna \n" "som visas i <b>reipl-metoder</b>. Beroende på vad din maskin stöder kan\n" "du välja mellan CCW-enheter (channel command word) och SCSI-enheter,\n" "som kopplas med zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Fyll i obligatoriska\n" "fält med parameterposter för respektive metod.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 3 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 +#. Configure dialog help 3 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -"device ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Enheten</b> måste ha ett giltigt enhetsbuss-ID med små bokstäver\n" -"i ett sysfs-kompatibelt format 0.<i><ID för underkanalgrupp></i>." -"<i><enhets-ID></i>,\n" -"t ex 0.0.5c51. Beroende på vilken metod som valts, kan detta referera till " -"antingen\n" +"i ett sysfs-kompatibelt format 0.<i><ID för underkanalgrupp></i>.<i><enhets-ID></i>,\n" +"t ex 0.0.5c51. Beroende på vilken metod som valts, kan detta referera till antingen\n" "en DASD- eller en FCP-adapter.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 4 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 +#. Configure dialog help 4 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>loadparm</b> kan bestå av upp till 8 tecken och väljer en av " -"startkonfigurationerna\n" +"<p><b>loadparm</b> kan bestå av upp till 8 tecken och väljer en av startkonfigurationerna\n" "på menyn i starthanteraren zipl. Du kan välja standardkonfigurationen\n" "genom att använda ett tomt tecken.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 5 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 +#. Configure dialog help 5 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" @@ -245,33 +236,28 @@ "<p>Det <b>globala portnumret</b> (WWPN) måste anges med gemener\n" "som ett hexadecimalt värde med 16 tecken, t.ex. 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" -#. Configure dialog help 6 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 +#. Configure dialog help 6 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"</p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Det <b>logiska enhetsnumret</b> (LUN) måste anges med små bokstäver\n" -"som ett 16-siffrigt hexadecimalt värde med enbart nollor på slutet, t ex " -"0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +"som ett 16-siffrigt hexadecimalt värde med enbart nollor på slutet, t ex 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 7 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 +#. Configure dialog help 7 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Värdet för <b>startprogramväljare</b> måste vara ett icke-negativt heltal " -"som\n" -"väljer en startkonfiguration på menyn i starthanteraren zipl. Använd 0 om " -"du\n" +"<p>Värdet för <b>startprogramväljare</b> måste vara ett icke-negativt heltal som\n" +"väljer en startkonfiguration på menyn i starthanteraren zipl. Använd 0 om du\n" "vill välja standardkonfigurationen.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 8 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 +#. Configure dialog help 8 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0.</p>" @@ -279,47 +265,46 @@ "<p><b>Startpostens logiska blockadress</b> (LBA) anger värdet för Master\n" "Boot Record och är för närvarande alltid 0.</p>" -#. Configure dialog help 9 -#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 +#. Configure dialog help 9 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>När du bekräftat den här dialogrutan kan datorn behöva startas om\n" "varvid systemet automatiskt startas från den angivna enheten.</p>" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Konfigurerade reipl-metoder" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "Metoden ccw är konfigurerad och används." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Metoden ccw är konfigurerad." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Metoden ccw stöds inte." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "Metoden fcp är konfigurerad och används." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Metoden fcp är konfigurerad." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Metoden fcp stöds inte." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "Omflyttningsserverns konfiguration" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "Vill du avsluta?\n" "Alla ändringar går förlorade." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "Välj SSL-nyckelfil" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "Välj SSL-certfil" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "Lägg till en ny port" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "Redigera aktuell port" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "Portnummer får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Portnumret är utanför intervallet." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "Portnumret finns redan." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Globala inställningar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "Omflyttningsadress:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Tillåtna värdar:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "Använd SSL som standard" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "icke-SSL-servrar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Port:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Aktivera" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "SSL-server" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "SSL-nyckelfil:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "SSL-certfil:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Brandvägg" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Tunnlad migrering" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "Se till att tunnlad migrering fungerar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Vanlig migrering" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "Se till att vanlig migrering fungerar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP-portar" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "L&ägg till..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "R&edigera..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Inkludera standardportområde" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar konfiguration för omflyttningsserver</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Avbryta initieringen:</big></b><br>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar omflyttningsserverns konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -217,188 +217,170 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryta sparandet:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Omflyttningsadress</b><br>\n" "Den adress xend ska lyssna på för anslutningar till omflyttningsuttaget</p>\n" "<p><b>Tillåtna värdar</b><br>\n" -"De värdar som tillåts tala till omflyttningsporten. Om inställningen är tom " -"tillåts alla anslutningar. Annars ska den vara en mellanslagsseparerad " -"sekvens av reguljära uttryck. Alla värdar med ett fullt kvalificerat " -"domännamn eller en IP-adress som matchar något av de reguljära uttrycken " -"godkänns.</p>\n" +"De värdar som tillåts tala till omflyttningsporten. Om inställningen är tom tillåts alla anslutningar. Annars ska den vara en mellanslagsseparerad sekvens av reguljära uttryck. Alla värdar med ett fullt kvalificerat domännamn eller en IP-adress som matchar något av de reguljära uttrycken godkänns.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL-nyckelfil/SSL-certfil</b><br>\n" -"SSL-nyckel och -certifikat som ska användas för ssl-" -"omflyttningsgränssnittet</p>" +"SSL-nyckel och -certifikat som ska användas för ssl-omflyttningsgränssnittet</p>" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tunnlad migrering</big></b><br>\n" -"Källvärdens libvirtd öppnar en direkt anslutning till målvärdens libvirtd " -"för att skicka migreringsdata. Det ger alternativet att kryptera " -"dataströmmen.</p>\n" +"Källvärdens libvirtd öppnar en direkt anslutning till målvärdens libvirtd för att skicka migreringsdata. Det ger alternativet att kryptera dataströmmen.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Vanlig migrering</big></b><br>\n" -"Källvärdens VM öppnar en direkt okrypterad TCP-anslutning till målvärden för " -"att skicka migreringsdata. Om inte en port anges manuellt väljer libvirt en " -"migreringsport i standardintervallet.</p>" +"Källvärdens VM öppnar en direkt okrypterad TCP-anslutning till målvärden för att skicka migreringsdata. Om inte en port anges manuellt väljer libvirt en migreringsport i standardintervallet.</p>" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "&Xend" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "&KVM" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "&Xen Libxl" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurera omflyttningsservern" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Initierar konfiguration för omflyttningsserver" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Läs aktuell xend-konfiguration" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Läs aktuell xend-status" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningarna" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Läser aktuell xend-konfiguration..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Läser aktuell xend-status..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Läs aktuell libvirtd/sshd-status" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Läser aktuell libvirtd/sshd-status..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa aktuell Xend-status." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa brandväggsinställningarna." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa aktuell libvirtd/sshd-status." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar konfigurationen för omflyttningsservern" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Skriv Xend-inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Justera Xend-tjänsten" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Skriv brandväggsinställningar" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Skriver Xend-inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Justerar Xend-tjänsten..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Justera libvirtd/sshd-tjänsten" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Justerar libvirtd/sshd-tjänsten" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva xend-inställningarna." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva brandväggsinställningarna." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,171 +14,170 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "DASD-konfiguration" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "Ingen DASD-disk identifierad" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "&DASD" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Skapar S/390-dumpenheter" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Ställ in IUCV-terminalserver" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Ställ in IUCV-terminalinställningar" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "Konfigurering av OnPanic" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Identifierar tillgängliga styrenheter" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av S/390-diskstyrenhet" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Konfigurera &DASD-diskar" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Konfigurera &ZFCP-diskar" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "Ställ in ZFCP" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "Ingen zFCP-enhet har konfigurerats" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "&zFCP" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "&Aktivera" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "&Inaktivera" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "Ange DIAG till &På" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "Ange DIAG till &Av" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatera" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "Ställ in format på" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Ställ in format av" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "&Parallellformaterade diskar" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Ingen disk är vald." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "Enheten %1 är inte formaterad. Vill du formatera enheten nu?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Det finns %1 ej formaterade enheter. Vill du formatera dem nu?" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "Ingen enhet hittades för kanalen %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "Disken %1 är inte aktiv." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "Disken %1 är inte tillgänglig för skrivning." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -188,120 +187,120 @@ "Vill du formatera följande diskar?<br>\n" "%1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD-diskhantering" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "Kanal-ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatera" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "Använd DIAG" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Åtkomsttyp" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Formaterad" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Partitionsinformation" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "&Lägsta kanal-ID" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "&Högsta kanal-ID" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtrera" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "Utf&ör åtgärd" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "Markera &alla" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "Av&markera alla" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Ogiltigt filter för kanal-ID:n." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Lägg till ny DASD-disk" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "&Kanal-ID" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Formatera disken" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "Använd &DIAG" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -309,23 +308,23 @@ "Vill du lämna DASD-diskinställningarna utan att spara?\n" "Alla ändringar kommer att förloras." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "Inte ett giltigt kanal-ID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "Enheten finns redan." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -333,9 +332,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar Konfiguration av diskstyrenhet</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -343,8 +342,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -352,9 +351,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar Konfiguration av diskstyrenhet</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -362,12 +361,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryt sparandet:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" @@ -375,57 +373,50 @@ "<p><b><big>Konfigurerade DASD-diskar</big></b><br>\n" "I den här dialogrutan kan du hantera DASD-diskar i systemet.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n" "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill filtrera diskarna som visas ställer du in <b>Lägsta kanal-ID och \n" +"<p>Om du vill filtrera diskarna som visas ställer du in <b>Lägsta kanal-ID</b> och \n" "<b>Högsta kanal-ID</b> och klickar på <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill konfigurera en ny DASD-disk klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill konfigurera en ny DASD-disk klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ta bort en konfigurerad DASD-disk markerar du den och klickar " -"på\n" +"<p>Om du vill ta bort en konfigurerad DASD-disk markerar du den och klickar på\n" "<b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill utföra åtgärder på flera diskar samtidigt markerar du dessa " -"diskar. Om du vill markera alla visade diskar (om tillämpligt efter " -"filtrering) klickar du på\n" +"<p>Om du vill utföra åtgärder på flera diskar samtidigt markerar du dessa diskar. Om du vill markera alla visade diskar (om tillämpligt efter filtrering) klickar du på\n" "<b>Markera alla</b> eller <b>Avmarkera alla</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du utför en åtgärd på de markerade diskarna med hjälp av <b>Utför åtgärd.\n" +"<p>Du utför en åtgärd på de markerade diskarna med hjälp av <b>Utför åtgärd</b>.\n" "Åtgärden utförs omedelbart.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -435,8 +426,8 @@ "Om du vill lägga till en disk anger du <b>Kanal-ID</b> för DASD-disken som\n" "identifierare.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n" @@ -444,212 +435,166 @@ "<p>Om disken ska formateras\n" "använder du <b>Formatera disken</b>.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda DIAG-läget väljer du <b>Använd DIAG</b>.</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av diskstyrenhet" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "Skapa dumpenhet" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Förbered en eller flera volymer för användning som S/390-dumpenhet.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Förbered en eller flera volymer för användning som S/390-dumpenhet.</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ECKD-, DASD- och ZFCP-diskar kan användas. Vid användning av flera " -"volymer kan endast DASD hanteras.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" +msgstr "<p>ECKD-, DASD- och ZFCP-diskar kan användas. Vid användning av flera volymer kan endast DASD hanteras.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"Det går endast att använda hela diskar, inte partitioner. Om enheten inte är " -"kompatibelt\n" -"formaterad eller partitionerad markerar du kryssrutan <b>Framtvinga " -"överskrivning av disk</b>.</p>" +"Det går endast att använda hela diskar, inte partitioner. Om enheten inte är kompatibelt\n" +"formaterad eller partitionerad markerar du kryssrutan <b>Framtvinga överskrivning av disk</b>.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill använda DASD- och ZFCP-enheter aktiverar du dem i respektive " -"YaST-dialogruta för DASD eller ZFCP.<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda DASD- och ZFCP-enheter aktiverar du dem i respektive YaST-dialogruta för DASD eller ZFCP.<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Enheter som används eller som har monterade partitioner visas inte.</p>" +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +msgstr "Enheter som används eller som har monterade partitioner visas inte.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> efter en disk visar att det är en användbar dump-\n" -"enhet. Dumpenheter med flera volymer indikeras med en lista med DASD-ID:n." +"enhet. Dumpenheter med flera volymer indikeras med en lista med DASD-ID:n.</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" msgstr "<p>ZFCP-kolumner: Enhet, Storlek, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>" msgstr "DASD-kolumner: Enhet, Storlek, ID, Dump</p>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "&ZFCP" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "&Framtvinga överskrivning av disk" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "Du har inte valt någon enhet." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"Disken %1 kommer att formateras som en dumpenhet. Alla data på enheten " -"kommer att försvinna. Vill du fortsätta?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "Disken %1 kommer att formateras som en dumpenhet. Alla data på enheten kommer att försvinna. Vill du fortsätta?" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "Åtgärden lyckades. Vill du initiera en till dumpenhet?" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>z/VM-ID:n</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" "<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ställa in en IUCV-terminalserver anger du de z/VM-ID:n som ska " -"användas.\n" +"<p>Om du vill ställa in en IUCV-terminalserver anger du de z/VM-ID:n som ska användas.\n" "<br>De separeras med radbrytningar.</p>\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-skal</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>TS-Shell gör det möjligt att ange <b>Autentisering</b> för varje TS-Shell-" -"användare och -grupp. Behörigheten för en grupp ärvs av dess medlemmar.</p>" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgstr "<p>TS-Shell gör det möjligt att ange <b>Autentisering</b> för varje TS-Shell-användare och -grupp. Behörigheten för en grupp ärvs av dess medlemmar.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " -"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Varje tillåtet z/VM-ID kan väljas manuellt i <b>Val</b>, definierat av " -"ett <b>Regex</b> eller inläst från en <b>Fil</b> som innehåller alla " -"tillåtna z/VM-ID:n separerade av radbrytningar.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Varje tillåtet z/VM-ID kan väljas manuellt i <b>Val</b>, definierat av ett <b>Regex</b> eller inläst från en <b>Fil</b> som innehåller alla tillåtna z/VM-ID:n separerade av radbrytningar.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n" "User</b> to remove users.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Ny användare</b> om du vill skapa nya TS-Shell-användare " -"eller <b>Ta bort\n" +"<p>Klicka på <b>Ny användare</b> om du vill skapa nya TS-Shell-användare eller <b>Ta bort\n" "användare</b> om du vill ta bort användare.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till eller ta bort grupper från TS-Shell-" -"autentiseringstabellen eller ändra\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till eller ta bort grupper från TS-Shell-autentiseringstabellen eller ändra\n" "användares medlemskap går du till <b>Hantera grupper</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Granskade ID:n</b> kan du ange z/VM-ID:n från vilka transkripten " -"ska samlas in.</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Granskade ID:n</b> kan du ange z/VM-ID:n från vilka transkripten ska samlas in.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Ny TS-skalanvändare</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " -"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " -"them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill skapa en ny TS-skalanvändare måste du ange <b>Användarnamn, <b>Hemkatalog</b> och <b>Lösenord</b>.\n" -"\t<br>Du kan också ange <b>Ytterligare grupper</b> genom att välja dem till " -"höger.</p>" +"<p>Om du vill skapa en ny TS-skalanvändare måste du ange <b>Användarnamn</b>, <b>Hemkatalog</b> och <b>Lösenord</b>.\n" +"\t<br>Du kan också ange <b>Ytterligare grupper</b> genom att välja dem till höger.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>För att säkerställa att användaren ändrar lösenordet efter den första " -"inloggningen markerar du <b>Tvinga lösenordsändring</b>.</p>" +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>För att säkerställa att användaren ändrar lösenordet efter den första inloggningen markerar du <b>Tvinga lösenordsändring</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there.</p>" @@ -657,33 +602,30 @@ "<p>Du kan ange samma hemkatalog för alla TS-Shell-användare eftersom inga\n" "data lagras där.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Hantera grupper för TS-autentisering</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Definiera TS-Shell-autentisering per grupp om du vill att varje TS-" -"Shell-\n" +"<p>Definiera TS-Shell-autentisering per grupp om du vill att varje TS-Shell-\n" "medlem i gruppen ska ärva samma rättigheter.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " -"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Befintliga grupper kan läggas till eller tas bort från TS-Shell-\n" -"autentisering. Markera grupperna i tabellen och klicka på <b>Markera eller " -"avmarkera</b>. Aktuell status visas i kolumnen <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"autentisering. Markera grupperna i tabellen och klicka på <b>Markera eller avmarkera</b>. Aktuell status visas i kolumnen <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n" "selection.</p>" @@ -691,657 +633,565 @@ "<p>Ändra TS-Shell-medlemmar för en markerad grupp i <b>TS-medlemmar</b>.\n" "</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " -"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " -"to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan skapa nya grupper genom att ange namnet i inmatningsfältet <b>Ny " -"grupp</b> och bekräfta med <b>Skapa</b>.\n" -"\t<br>Om du vill ta bort tidigare skapade grupper måste du använda " -"dialogrutan <b>YaST-användare</b>.</p>" +"<p>Du kan skapa nya grupper genom att ange namnet i inmatningsfältet <b>Ny grupp</b> och bekräfta med <b>Skapa</b>.\n" +"\t<br>Om du vill ta bort tidigare skapade grupper måste du använda dialogrutan <b>YaST-användare</b>.</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ångra ändringar i den här dialogrutan genom att klicka på knappen " -"<b>Tillbaka</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ångra ändringar i den här dialogrutan genom att klicka på knappen <b>Tillbaka</b>.</p>" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn vid inloggning</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"<p>IUCVConn vid inloggning kräver en användare för varje z/VM-ID. För att " -"skapa användarna krävs ett <b>lösenord</b> och en <b>hemkatalog</b>." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgstr "<p>IUCVConn vid inloggning kräver en användare för varje z/VM-ID. För att skapa användarna krävs ett <b>lösenord</b> och en <b>hemkatalog</b>." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " -"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " -"enabled. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Det går att synkronisera användarna manuellt genom att klicka på " -"<b>Synkronisera</b> eller bara bekräfta ändringarna med <b>OK</b> när " -"<b>IUCVConn vid inloggning</b> är aktiverat. </p>" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" +msgstr "<p>Det går att synkronisera användarna manuellt genom att klicka på <b>Synkronisera</b> eller bara bekräfta ändringarna med <b>OK</b> när <b>IUCVConn vid inloggning</b> är aktiverat. </p>" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "användare" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "grupp" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "z/&VM-ID:n (automatiskt sorterade)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "&Aktivera TS-skal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "Autentisering" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "Grupper/medlemmar" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "&Ny användare" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&Ta bort användare" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "&Hantera grupper" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "Tillåtna z/VM-ID:n" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&Val" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Regex" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fil" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "Blä&ddra" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "&Granskade ID:n" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "&Aktivera IUCVConn vid inloggning" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "Inloggning" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "Hem" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Skal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "Inställningar för nya användare" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Bekräfta löse&nord" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Hemkatalog" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "Blä&ddra" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "&Synkronisera" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Användarnamn" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "&Tvinga lösenordsändring" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "Ytterligare gr&upper" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS-autentisering" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-medlemmar" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "Mar&kera eller avmarkera" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "S&kapa" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "&Ny grupp" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-&medlemmar" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "&z/VM-ID:n" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "&TS-skal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "Lösenorden matchar inte eller är ogiltiga." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "Användarnamnet är inte giltigt." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "Du måste ange en hemkatalog." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till användaren." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "Konfigurera inställningar för IUCV-terminalserver" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "Ny TS-skalanvändare" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "Hantera grupper för TS-autentisering" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Endast bokstäver och siffror är tillåtet." +msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Endast bokstäver och siffror är tillåtet." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Inledande siffror är inte tillåtet." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Inledande siffror är inte tillåtet." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Högst åtta tecken är tillåtet." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Minst en bokstav krävs." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Ett korrekt angivet lösenord för synkronisering av IUCVConn-användare krävs." +msgstr "Ett korrekt angivet lösenord för synkronisering av IUCVConn-användare krävs." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "Den angivna IUCVConn-hemkatalogen är ogiltig." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "Gruppnamnet är inte giltigt." -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "Det går inte ställa in terminalservern utan giltiga z/VM-ID:n." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Felaktig inmatning. Endast gemener, siffror samt kommatecken för avgränsning " -"är tillåtet." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Felaktig inmatning. Endast gemener, siffror samt kommatecken för avgränsning är tillåtet." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "Komma är endast ett avgränsningstecken." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "z/VM-ID:n får endast bestå av åtta tecken." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "Felaktigt IUCV-ID. Endast gemener är tillåtet." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "IUCV-ID:n får inte vara längre än %1 tecken." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>" msgstr "<p><h2>Konfigurera systeminställningar för lokal terminal</h2></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." -"<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Flera <b>IUCVtty-instanser</b> kan köras för att ge flera " -"terminalenheter. Instanserna särskiljs genom ett terminal-ID, som är en " -"kombination av <b>Prefixet för terminal-IDx</b> och antalet instanser.<br>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" +msgstr "<p>Flera <b>IUCVtty-instanser</b> kan köras för att ge flera terminalenheter. Instanserna särskiljs genom ett terminal-ID, som är en kombination av <b>Prefixet för terminal-IDx</b> och antalet instanser.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " -"available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Om du till exempel definierar tio instanser med prefixet "<i>lxterm" är terminal-ID:n från <i>lxterm0</i> till <i>lxterm9</i> " -"tillgängliga.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" +msgstr "Om du till exempel definierar tio instanser med prefixet "<i>lxterm</i>" är terminal-ID:n från <i>lxterm0</i> till <i>lxterm9</i> tillgängliga.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>z/VM IUCV HVC-enhetsdrivrutinen är en kärnmodul som använder enhetsnoder " -"för att låta upp till åtta HVC-terminalenheter kommunicera med getty- och " -"login-program.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" +msgstr "<p>z/VM IUCV HVC-enhetsdrivrutinen är en kärnmodul som använder enhetsnoder för att låta upp till åtta HVC-terminalenheter kommunicera med getty- och login-program.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " -"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>begränsad åtkomst</b> tillåts åtkomst endast från vissa " -"<b>terminalservrar</b>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>begränsad åtkomst</b> tillåts åtkomst endast från vissa <b>terminalservrar</b>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Definiera emuleringen för alla instanser på en gång eller för var och en " -"för sig.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Definiera emuleringen för alla instanser på en gång eller för var och en för sig.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivera <b>skicka kärnmeddelanden till hvc0</b> för att skicka " -"kärnmeddelanden till\n" +"<p>Aktivera <b>skicka kärnmeddelanden till hvc0</b> för att skicka kärnmeddelanden till\n" " hvc0-enheten i stället för ttyS0.<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Om kärnmeddelanden ändå visas på ttyS0 lägger du manuellt till " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> i den aktuella kärnparametern för start i <b>YaST-" -"starthanterarmodulen</b>.</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Om kärnmeddelanden ändå visas på ttyS0 lägger du manuellt till <b>console=ttyS0</b> i den aktuella kärnparametern för start i <b>YaST-starthanterarmodulen</b>.</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Varning! HVC-terminaler förblir inloggade utan en manuell utloggning via " -"kortkommandot Ctrl+D</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Varning! HVC-terminaler förblir inloggade utan en manuell utloggning via kortkommandot Ctrl+D</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&Prefix för terminal-ID" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "I&UCVtty-instanser" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "H&VC-instanser" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "Begränsa &åtkomst till" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "Tillåtna terminal&servrar" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "Skicka &kärnmeddelanden till HVC0" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "Vill du stänga utan att spara?" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "IUCV-ID:t är inte giltigt." -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "Terminalservrarna är inte giltiga." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "Systemet måste startas om för att vissa ändringar ska börja gälla." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "Endast %1 rader är tillåtna för VMCMD." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "On Panic-konfiguration" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Konfigurera de åtgärder som ska vidtas i samband med kärnvarningar</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Konfigurera de åtgärder som ska vidtas i samband med kärnvarningar</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dumpconf</b>-demonen måste vara aktiverad för att påverka beteendet " -"vid kärnvarningar.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Dumpconf</b>-demonen måste vara aktiverad för att påverka beteendet vid kärnvarningar.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>" msgstr "<p>Följande <b>åtgärder vid varning</b> är tillgängliga:<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>" msgstr "<b>stop</b> Stoppa Linux (standard).<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>" msgstr "<b>dump</b> Dumpa Linux och stoppa systemet.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>" msgstr "<b>reipl</b> Starta om Linux.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dumpa Linux starta om systemet. Det här alternativet är " -"endast tillgängligt\n" -"på LPAR med z9(r)-maskiner och senare, och på z/VM, version 5.3 och senare." -"<br>" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dumpa Linux starta om systemet. Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt\n" +"på LPAR med z9(r)-maskiner och senare, och på z/VM, version 5.3 och senare.<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>" msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Kör angivna CP-kommandon och stoppa systemet.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Med tidinställningen som anges i <b>Skjut upp (minuter)</b> skjuts den " -"angivna åtgärden vid varning upp för ett system som nyss startat för att " -"förhindra slingor. Om systemet kraschar innan den angivna tiden har " -"förflutit utförs standardåtgärden (stoppa).</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med tidinställningen som anges i <b>Skjut upp (minuter)</b> skjuts den angivna åtgärden vid varning upp för ett system som nyss startat för att förhindra slingor. Om systemet kraschar innan den angivna tiden har förflutit utförs standardåtgärden (stoppa).</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " -"dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Enheten som används för att dumpa minnet kan anges med <b>Dumpenhet</b>. " -"Om ingen enhet visas måste du skapa en i dialogrutan för <b>YaST-" -"dumpenheter</b>.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Enheten som används för att dumpa minnet kan anges med <b>Dumpenhet</b>. Om ingen enhet visas måste du skapa en i dialogrutan för <b>YaST-dumpenheter</b>.</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>VMCMD</b> anger du CP-kommandon som ska köras innan Linux-systemet " -"stoppas. Endast %1 rader och totalt %2 tecken är tillåtna.</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>VMCMD</b> anger du CP-kommandon som ska köras innan Linux-systemet stoppas. Endast %1 rader och totalt %2 tecken är tillåtna.</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Starta in&te Dumpconf" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&Starta Dumpconf" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "&Åtgärd vid varning" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "Skjut &upp (minuter)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "&Dumpenhet" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "&VMCMD" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "Du kan inte aktivera dumpprocessen utan någon dumpenhet." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "Du kan inte använda vmcmd utan att definiera minst ett kommando." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Konfigurerade ZFCP-enheter" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1349,52 +1199,48 @@ "Vill du lämna ZFCP-enhetskonfigurationen utan att spara?\n" "Alla ändringar försvinner." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "Lägg till ny ZFCP-enhet" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "Hämta WWPN-namn" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "&WWPN" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "Hämta LUN-nummer" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "&LUN" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "" -"Om inget WWPN och inget LUN har definierats försöker systemet använda " -"tillåt_lunsökning." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "Om inget WWPN och inget LUN har definierats försöker systemet använda tillåt_lunsökning." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "Det angivna WWPN-numret är felaktigt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "Angiven LUN är ogiltig." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1402,8 +1248,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar ZFCP-enhetsinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1411,8 +1257,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar ZFCP-enhetsinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n" @@ -1420,14 +1266,13 @@ "<p><b><big>Inställda ZFCP-enheter</big></b><br>\n" "Hantera ZFCP-enheter på systemet.</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill skapa en ny ZFCP-enhet klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill skapa en ny ZFCP-enhet klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1435,25 +1280,24 @@ "<p>Om du vill ta bort en konfigurerad ZFCP-enhet markerar du den \n" "och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Varning!</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>När du <b>LÄSER</b> eller <b>SKRIVER</b> \n" -"en ZFCP-enhet måste du se till att ingen annan kan komma åt enheten " -"samtidigt. \n" +"en ZFCP-enhet måste du se till att ingen annan kan komma åt enheten samtidigt. \n" "Annars finns det en potentiell risk för skadade data.</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1465,219 +1309,208 @@ "<b>Kanal-ID</b> för ZFCP-styrenheten, globalt portnummer\n" "(<b>WWPN</b>) och <b>LUN-</b>nummer.</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN " -"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kanal-ID</b> måste anges med gemener i ett format som överensstämmer " -"med sysfs-\n" +"<p><b>Kanal-ID</b> måste anges med gemener i ett format som överensstämmer med sysfs-\n" "formatet 0.0.<devno>, t.ex. <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>WWPN måste anges med gemener som ett hexadecimalt värde med 16 tecken, t." -"ex.\n" +"<p>WWPN måste anges med gemener som ett hexadecimalt värde med 16 tecken, t.ex.\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" "<p>LUN måste anges med gemener som ett hexadecimalt värde med 16 tecken med\n" -"alla avslutande nollor, t.ex. <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Om inget " -"WWPN <b>och</b> inget LUN har definierats försöker systemet använda " -"tillåt_lunsökning.</p>" +"alla avslutande nollor, t.ex. <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Om inget WWPN <b>och</b> inget LUN har definierats försöker systemet använda tillåt_lunsökning.</p>" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Kör mkinitrd." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, format: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, enhet: %2, DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Läsa konfigurerade DASD-diskar" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs inte monterad." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: Ogiltig status för <online>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: Ingen enhet hittades för <ccwid>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att ändra tillståndet för enheten." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: Enheten är inte en DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att läsa in modulen." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att aktivera DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD är inte formaterad." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: Okänt fel %2." -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formaterar %1:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Diskformateringen misslyckades. Avslutningskod: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formaterar %1: cylinder %2 av %3 klart" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "Kontrollerar diskar" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "Kontrollerar DASD-diskar" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "Kontrollerar ZFCP-diskar" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "Kontrollerar DASD-diskar..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "Kontrollerar ZFCP-diskar..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "Skapar dumpenhet" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "Skapar dumpenhet" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "Skapar dumpenhet. Det kan ta några minuter." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "Ogiltig eller oanvändbar disk (allvarligt)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "Ej kompatibel formatering eller partitionering, åtgärda med Tvinga." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "Supportprogram som saknas." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "Parametrar saknas eller är felaktiga." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "Åtkomstproblem." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "Felkod från stödprogram: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1685,195 +1518,195 @@ "Det gick inte att skapa dumpenheten %1:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Läser in IUCV-terminalkonfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "Kontrollera IUCVtty-poster" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "Kontrollera HVC-poster" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "Läs kärnparametrar" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "Kontrollerar IUCVtty-poster..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "Kontrollerar HVC-poster..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "Läser kärnparametrar..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Sparar IUCV-terminalkonfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "Skriv IUCVtty-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "Skriv HVC-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "Skriv kärnparametrar" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "Skriver IUCVtty-inställningar..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "Skriver HVC-inställningar..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "Skriver kärnparametrar..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<ALLA>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Läser in konfiguration för IUCV-terminalserver" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "Läs konfigurationsfiler" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "Läs in inställningar för användare/grupper" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "Läser konfigurationsfiler..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "Läser in inställningar för användare/grupper..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar konfiguration för IUCV-terminalserver" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "Skriv konfigurationsfiler" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "Uppdatera användarinställningar" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "Skriver inställningsfiler..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "Uppdaterar användarinställningar..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Läser Dumpconf-konfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "Kontrollerar dumpenheter" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "Läser inställningar" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "Kontrollerar dumpenheter..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Läser inställningarna..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Sparar Dumpconf-konfiguration" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skriv inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Starta om tjänsten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skriver inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "Startar om tjänst..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Enhet: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1881,62 +1714,62 @@ "Kan inte utvärdera ZFCP-styrenheter (t.ex. i LPAR).\n" "Måste anges manuellt." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Läser konfigurerade ZFCP-enheter" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: ogiltigt WWPN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att aktivera WWPN för adaptern %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att aktivera ZFCP-enheten." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: SCSI-disken kunde inte inaktiveras." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: LUN kunde inte avregistreras." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: WWPN kunde inte avregistreras." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: Enheten <ccwid> finns inte." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att läsa in modulen zfcp." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: Adapterns status kunde inte ändras." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN-portarna är fortfarande aktiva." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: Värdadaptern stöder tillåt_lunsökning." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,235 +23,230 @@ "Inställningsmodul för Samba-klient.\n" "Se Samba-dokumentationen för detaljer." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Aktivera eller inaktivera Winbind-tjänsten (winbindd)" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Kontrollera om den här datorn är medlem i någon domän" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Anslut den här maskinen till en domän" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Ändra globala inställningar för Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Aktivera tjänsten" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Inaktivera tjänsten" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "Namnet på domän att gå med i" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" msgstr "" -"Användaren som används för att ansluta till domänen. Om det utelämnas kommer " -"YaST att\n" +"Användaren som används för att ansluta till domänen. Om det utelämnas kommer YaST att\n" "försöka ansluta till domänen utan att ange användarnamn och lösenord.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Lösenordet som används för användaren vid anslutning till domänen" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "Datorkontot" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Namnet på en arbetsgrupp" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "Ange namnet på en domän." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "Kan inte testa domänmedlemskap." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "Maskinen är medlem i %1." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "Maskinen är inte medlem i %1." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Gått med i domänen %1." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "U&ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "&Namn på primär grupp" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "Namn på &sekundär grupp" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernamn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "&Fjärrsökväg" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Anv&ändarnamn" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <b>intervallet</b> för användar-ID och grupp-ID för Samba (värdena " -"<tt>winbind uid</tt> och <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange <b>intervallet</b> för användar-ID och grupp-ID för Samba (värdena <tt>winbind uid</tt> och <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "&UID-intervall" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "&GID-intervall" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "M&aximum" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "Tillåtna grupper" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "Gruppnamn eller -SID" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "&Kerberos-metod" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "WINS (Windows Internet Name Service)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "Kataloger för monterad server" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Servernamn" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "Fjärrsökväg" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "Lokal monteringspunkt" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -259,116 +254,116 @@ "Minimivärdet i intervallet får inte vara\n" "större än det maximala värdet.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Windows-domänmedlemskap" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "Verifierar AD-domänmedlemskap..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "&Lämna" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "För närvarande medlem av den här domänen" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "&Använd SMB-information för Linux-autentisering" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "&Skapa hemkatalog vid inloggning" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "Gå med-inställningar" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Användarnamn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "Dat&orkonto OU" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "Active Directory-server" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "N&TP-konfiguration..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "Inaktivera cache för namntjänst" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "Starta övervakare för fjärrfilsändrare" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 msgid "Membership" msgstr "Medlemskap" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domän" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "&Domän eller arbetsgrupp" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "Off&line-autentisering" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "&Single Sign-on för SSH" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "Ändra suffixet för primär DNS" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "&Expertinställningar..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -376,13 +371,13 @@ "Kan inte använda arbetsgruppen\n" "\"%1\" för Linux-autentisering." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "Ange en giltig domän." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -390,12 +385,11 @@ "Ange namnet på en domän eller inaktivera\n" "SMB för Linux-autentisering." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -403,10 +397,10 @@ "återställs följande värden i smb.conf till standardvärden:\n" "%1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -414,8 +408,8 @@ "Värddatorn måste vara medlem i en domän\n" "för Linux-autentisering med SMB." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -423,13 +417,13 @@ "Anslut till en domän eller inaktivera SMB\n" "för Linux-autentisering." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "Samba är nu aktiverat." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -439,8 +433,8 @@ "av värddatornamn med DHCP problematiska.\n" "Vill du inaktivera ändringar av värddatornamn med DHCP?" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" @@ -450,8 +444,8 @@ "redan startade tjänster. Starta om tjänsterna manuellt eller starta \n" "om datorn för att aktivera det för alla tjänster.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -459,8 +453,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar inställningar för Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -468,8 +462,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -477,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar inställningar för Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -487,68 +481,57 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.</p>\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Anger Windows-domänmedlemskap</big></b></p>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>En Linux-klient kan vara medlem i en arbetsgrupp, en NT-domän eller en " -"Active Directory-domän.\n" +"<p>En Linux-klient kan vara medlem i en arbetsgrupp, en NT-domän eller en Active Directory-domän.\n" "Ange namnet på medlemskapet.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Använd SMB-information för Linux-autentisering</b> tillåter \n" -"verifiering av lösenord mot NT-servern eller Kerberos-servern vid anslutning " -"till en AD-domän.</p>\n" +"verifiering av lösenord mot NT-servern eller Kerberos-servern vid anslutning till en AD-domän.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Ändra suffixet för primär DNS</b> om du vill lägga till AD-" -"servern i listan med namnservrar.\n" -"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt för statiska " -"nätverkskonfigurationer.</p>" +"<p>Markera <b>Ändra suffixet för primär DNS</b> om du vill lägga till AD-servern i listan med namnservrar.\n" +"Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt för statiska nätverkskonfigurationer.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>När du klickar på <b>OK</b> kommer systemet att verifiera medlemskapet " -"och,\n" -"om det är en NT- eller Active Directory-domän, tillåta att den här datorn " -"ansluter till domänen.</p>\n" +"<p>När du klickar på <b>OK</b> kommer systemet att verifiera medlemskapet och,\n" +"om det är en NT- eller Active Directory-domän, tillåta att den här datorn ansluter till domänen.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Ange namnet på NT- eller Active directory-domänen.</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" @@ -556,74 +539,42 @@ "<p>När du klickar på <b>Nästa</b> kommer systemet att verifiera domänen och\n" "tillåta den här datorn att gå med i domänen.</p>\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " -"directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Skapa hemkatalog vid inloggning</b> om du vill att lokala " -"hemkataloger ska skapas vid den första inloggningen.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Skapa hemkatalog vid inloggning</b> om du vill att lokala hemkataloger ska skapas vid den första inloggningen.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Offline-autentisering</b> tillåter användaren att logga in även fast " -"det inte finns någon anslutning till domänkontrollanten. För att detta ska " -"fungera måste du logga in på domänen minst en gång. Användarens referenser " -"lagras sedan krypterat på datorn och återanvänds vid domäninloggning när det " -"inte kan skapas någon anslutning till domänkontrollanten. Det här är " -"speciellt användbart för mobila användare." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p><b>Offline-autentisering</b> tillåter användaren att logga in även fast det inte finns någon anslutning till domänkontrollanten. För att detta ska fungera måste du logga in på domänen minst en gång. Användarens referenser lagras sedan krypterat på datorn och återanvänds vid domäninloggning när det inte kan skapas någon anslutning till domänkontrollanten. Det här är speciellt användbart för mobila användare." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Expertinställningar</b> för att aktivera avancerade " -"funktioner som WINS-alternativ eller montera serverhemkataloger från Active " -"Directory-domäner.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Expertinställningar</b> för att aktivera avancerade funktioner som WINS-alternativ eller montera serverhemkataloger från Active Directory-domäner.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Gå med-inställningar</b></p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Ställ in <b>Användarnamn</b> och <b>Lösenord</b> som ska användas för att " -"gå med\n" -"i den valda domän under den automatiska installationen. Observera att " -"lösenordet sparas i klartext i profilen (inte krypterat).</p>" +"<p>Ställ in <b>Användarnamn</b> och <b>Lösenord</b> som ska användas för att gå med\n" +"i den valda domän under den automatiska installationen. Observera att lösenordet sparas i klartext i profilen (inte krypterat).</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <b>Active Directory-servern</b>som ska användas för att gå med i en " -"Active Directory-domän. Det här används också som värde för KDC i Kerberos-" -"inställningarna.</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Active Directory-servern</b>som ska användas för att gå med i en Active Directory-domän. Det här används också som värde för KDC i Kerberos-inställningarna.</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -635,22 +586,22 @@ "som en NTP-klient. Du kommer åt inställningarna via <b>Ställ in NTP</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "&Datorkonto OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "Hä&mta lista" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -658,40 +609,40 @@ "Du måste ange användarnamn och\n" "lösenord om du vill visa alla datorkonton." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "&Datorkonto" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Verifierar arbetsgruppsmedlemskap..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "" "Ange användarnamn och lösenord\n" "för att lämna domänen %1." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "Konfigurationen används i klusternoderna." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "" "Ange användarnamn och lösenord\n" "för att gå med i domänen %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "Om du vill gå med i domänen anonymt lämnar du textposterna tomma.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -699,8 +650,8 @@ "Kan inte automatiskt avgöra om den här värddatorn\n" "är medlem i domänen %1." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -708,12 +659,12 @@ "Den här värddatorn är inte medlem i\n" "domänen %1." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Gå med i domänen %1?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -721,7 +672,7 @@ "Det går inte att avgöra automatiskt om det här klustret\n" "är medlem i domänen %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -729,299 +680,251 @@ "Det här klustret är inte medlem i\n" "domänen %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Användarutdelningar finns redan. Behålla eller ta bort dessa utdelningar?" +msgstr "Användarutdelningar finns redan. Behålla eller ta bort dessa utdelningar?" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Behåll" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Ta bort" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Andra Windows-utdelningstjänster finns tillgängliga. Stoppa dem också?" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "&Använd WINS för matchning av värddatornamn" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill använda Microsoft WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) för " -"namnmatchning markerar du <b>Använd WINS för matchning av värddatornamn</b>." -"</p>" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda Microsoft WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) för namnmatchning markerar du <b>Använd WINS för matchning av värddatornamn</b>.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "Hämta WINS-server via &DHCP" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Hämta WINS-server via DHCP</b> om du vill använda en WINS-" -"server som tillhandahålls av DHCP.</p>" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Hämta WINS-server via DHCP</b> om du vill använda en WINS-server som tillhandahålls av DHCP.</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Utdelning för användare" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Delning" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "Tillåt &användare att dela ut sina hemkataloger" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "Tillåt &gäståtkomst" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "&Tillåten grupp" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "&Maximalt antal utdelningar" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " -"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tillåt användare att dela ut sina kataloger</b> låter medlemmar i " -"gruppen <b>Tillåten grupp</b> att dela kataloger som de är ägare till med " -"andra användare. Till exempel <tt>användare</tt> för en lokal omfattning " -"eller <tt>DOMÄN%1Användare</tt> för en domänomfattning. Användaren måste " -"också se till att filbehörigheterna tillåter åtkomst.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Tillåt användare att dela ut sina kataloger</b> låter medlemmar i gruppen <b>Tillåten grupp</b> att dela kataloger som de är ägare till med andra användare. Till exempel <tt>användare</tt> för en lokal omfattning eller <tt>DOMÄN%1Användare</tt> för en domänomfattning. Användaren måste också se till att filbehörigheterna tillåter åtkomst.</p>" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Maximalt antal utdelningar</b> kan du begränsa hur många " -"utdelningar som kan skapas.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Maximalt antal utdelningar</b> kan du begränsa hur många utdelningar som kan skapas.</p>" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>För att tillåta åtkomst till användarutdelningar utan autentisering, " -"aktivera <b>Tillåt gäståtkomst</b>.</p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>För att tillåta åtkomst till användarutdelningar utan autentisering, aktivera <b>Tillåt gäståtkomst</b>.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>I tabellen <b>Kataloger för monterad server</b> du kan ange server-\n" "kataloger (t.ex. hemkatalog) som ska monteras lokalt när\n" -"användaren är inloggad. Om monteringen ska vara användarspecifik anger du " -"<b>Användar-\n" -"namn</b> för den valda regeln. Annars monteras katalogen för alla användare. " -"Mer information finns på manualsidan pam_mount.conf.</p>" +"användaren är inloggad. Om monteringen ska vara användarspecifik anger du <b>Användar-\n" +"namn</b> för den valda regeln. Annars monteras katalogen för alla användare. Mer information finns på manualsidan pam_mount.conf.</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan t ex använda värdet <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> för " -"<b>Fjärrsökväg</b> och värdet <tt>~/</tt> för <b>Lokal monteringspunkt</b> " -"om du vill montera hemkatalogen, tillsammans med ett värde för <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> som en del av <b>Alternativ</b>.</p>" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan t ex använda värdet <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> för <b>Fjärrsökväg</b> och värdet <tt>~/</tt> för <b>Lokal monteringspunkt</b> om du vill montera hemkatalogen, tillsammans med ett värde för <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> som en del av <b>Alternativ</b>.</p>" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Värdet för <b>Kerberos-metod</b> definierar hur Kerberos-biljetter " -"verifieras. Om <b>Single Sing-on för SSH</b> används anges standardmetoden " -"för Kerberos av YaST i <tt>hemligheter och tangentkarta</tt>. Se manualsidan " -"smb.conf för mer information.</p>" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Värdet för <b>Kerberos-metod</b> definierar hur Kerberos-biljetter verifieras. Om <b>Single Sing-on för SSH</b> används anges standardmetoden för Kerberos av YaST i <tt>hemligheter och tangentkarta</tt>. Se manualsidan smb.conf för mer information.</p>" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in Samba-klient" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Sparar klientinställningar för Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Spara PAM-inställningar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Skriv klientinställningar för Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "Skriv OpenSSH-inställningar" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Sparar PAM-inställningar..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Skriver inställningar för Kerberos-klient..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "Skriver OpenSSH-inställningar..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Installera paket som krävs" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "Installerar paket som krävs..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM-inloggning" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Använd Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Använd inte Kerberos" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Standardområde" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "Förvald domän" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "Serveradress för KDC" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "Klockförskjutning" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>KDC-server</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Förvald domän</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Förvalt område</b>: %1<br>" -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>Kerberos-autentisering har aktiverats</b>: %1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "Konfigurationen har hämtats via DNS" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1029,8 +932,8 @@ "Klockförskjutningen är ogiltig.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1038,144 +941,143 @@ "Livstiden är ogiltig.\n" "Försök igen." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Initierar Samba-klientinställningar" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Läs globala Samba-inställningar" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Läs Winbind-status" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Läser globala Samba-inställningar..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Läser Winbind-status..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Sparar Samba-klientinställningar" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Inaktivera Samba-tjänsterna" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Aktivera Samba-tjänsterna" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Inaktiverar Samba-tjänsterna..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Aktiverar Samba-tjänsterna..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Skriv Kerberos-inställningar" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Skriver Kerberos-inställningar..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Kan inte skriva inställningar till %1." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Kan inte starta Winbind-tjänst." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan inte starta Winbind-demon." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Kan inte stoppa Winbind-tjänst." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan inte stoppa Winbind-demon." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva PAM-inställningarna." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Globala inställningar" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Arbetsgrupp eller domän: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Skapa hemkatalog vid inloggning" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Offline-autentisering aktiverad" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Maximalt antal utdelningar: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Arbetsgrupp eller domän</b>: %1</p>" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Autentisering med SMB</b>: %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att fortsätta med anslutningen: Inkonsekvent klustertillstånd" +msgstr "Det går inte att fortsätta med anslutningen: Inkonsekvent klustertillstånd" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,213 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Inställningsmodul för Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentationen för detaljer)" +msgstr "Inställningsmodul för Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentationen för detaljer)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "Manipulera en enstaka utdelning" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "Visa listan över tillgängliga utdelningar" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "Ange serverns roll" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "Ange motorn för lagring av användarinformation" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "Aktivera eller inaktivera Samba-tjänsterna (smb och nmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "Ändra de globala inställningarna för Samba-servern" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "Aktivera utdelningen eller en tjänst" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "Inaktivera utdelningen eller en tjänst" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "Ta bort utdelningen från inställningsfilen" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "Namn på en utdelningen" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "Lägg till en ny utdelning" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "Ändra alternativ för en utdelning" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "Visa alternativ för en utdelning" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "Kommentaren för en utdelning" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "Sökvägen (katalogen) som ska delas ut" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "Flagga om utdelningen ska agera som en skrivare" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"En kommaseparerad lista över användare som tillåts läsa från utdelningen" +msgstr "En kommaseparerad lista över användare som tillåts läsa från utdelningen" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"En kommaseparerad lista över användare som tillåts skriva till utdelningen" +msgstr "En kommaseparerad lista över användare som tillåts skriva till utdelningen" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "Flagga om utdelningen ska synas vid bläddring i nätverket (LAN)" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "Flagga om utdelningen ska tillåta gäståtkomst" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"En kommaseparerad lista över användare som tillåts komma åt utdelningen" +msgstr "En kommaseparerad lista över användare som tillåts komma åt utdelningen" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "Servern ska agera som en primär domänkontrollant" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "Servern ska agera som en säkerhetsdomänkontrollant" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "Servern ska agera som en domänmedlem" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"Servern ska tillhandahålla utdelningar, men ska inte tillåta " -"domäninloggningar" +msgstr "Servern ska tillhandahålla utdelningar, men ska inte tillåta domäninloggningar" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "Använd filen \"smbpasswd\" för att lagra användarinformation" -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" msgstr "Använd filen \"passdb.tdb\" för att lagra användarinformation" -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "Använd LDAP-servern för att lagra användarinformation" -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "Lösenord för LDAP-server" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Namnet på en arbetsgrupp" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "Beskrivning i läsbart format för Samba-servern" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-suffixdomännamn för ändring av användarinformation på LDAP-servern" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "LDAP-suffixdomännamn för ändring av användarinformation på LDAP-servern" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-domännamnet för ändring av innehållet på LDAP-servern (till exempel för " -"att ändra lösenord)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "LDAP-domännamnet för ändring av innehållet på LDAP-servern (till exempel för att ändra lösenord)" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "Ange utdelningsnamnet." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "Utdelningen %1 finns inte." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "Tillhandahåll sökvägen till en katalog som ska delas ut." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "Utdelningen %1 finns redan." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -228,133 +216,130 @@ "Status \tTyp\tNamn\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tDisk\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverat" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\tSkrivare\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Eftersom användare för tillfället är anslutna till den här Samba-servern \n" "har serverinställningen lästs in igen istället för att startas om.\n" -"För att säkerställa att alla inställningar har verkställs trots möjligheten " -"att användare\n" -"har kopplats från, kör \"/etc/init.d/smb restart\" och \"/etc/init.d/nmb " -"restart\"" +"För att säkerställa att alla inställningar har verkställs trots möjligheten att användare\n" +"har kopplats från, kör \"/etc/init.d/smb restart\" och \"/etc/init.d/nmb restart\"" -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "smbpasswd-fil" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "TDB-databas" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "Det valfria värdet får inte börja med mellanslag." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." msgstr "Flera valfria värden för en motor måste anges." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "Den angivna webbadressen %1 är ogiltig" -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "Ta bort vald post?" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "Ange minst en motor." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "Ta bort vald motor?" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "Motortyp" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "smbpasswd-fil" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "TDB-databas" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -370,117 +355,117 @@ "Se Samba HOWTO-samlingen för\n" "mer information.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "&Primär domänkontrollant (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Säkerhetsdomänkontroll&ant (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Inte en dom&änkontrollant" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba-installation" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Steg 1 av 2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "&Arbetsgrupp eller domännamn" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Steg 2 av 2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Aktuellt domännamn:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba-servertyp" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Inte tillgänglig eftersom PDC finns." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Byt namn på utdelning" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nytt utdelnings&namn" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Ange ett nytt utdelningsnamn." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -488,8 +473,8 @@ "Utdelningen %1 redan finns.\n" "Välj ett annat utdelningsnamn.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -499,27 +484,27 @@ "går alla dess inställningar förlorade.\n" " Vill du ta bort den?" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "Pålitlig &domän" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "Domännamn kan inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Kan inte etablera pålitligt domänförhållande." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -531,15 +516,15 @@ " lagras som oformaterad text. Detta kan innebära\n" " en säkerhetsrisk." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Be&trodda domäner" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -547,233 +532,233 @@ "Verkligen överge pålitligt\n" "domänförhållande till %1?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Utdelning %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Globala expertinställningar" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identifiering" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "Utdelnings&namn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "Ut&delningsbeskrivning" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Utdelningstyp" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Skrivare" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Katalog" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Utdelningss&ökväg" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "Sk&rivskyddad" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "&Ärv ACL:er" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Exponera ögonblicksbilder" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Använd Btrfs-egenskaper" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Ny utdelning" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Sökväg för en utdelning" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "Utdelningsnamn kan inte vara tomt." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "Utdelningssökväg kan inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Tillgängliga utdelningar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "Visa &alla utdelningar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "Visa inte &systemutdelningar" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Skrivskyddad" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Sökväg" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Gäståtkomst" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Kommentar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "B&yt namn..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Växla s&tatus" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "Stöd för WINS-server" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "WINS-fjärrserver" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Na&mn" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Använd WINS för matchning av värddatornamn" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Ingen DC" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primär (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Sekundär (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Grundläggande inställningar" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "Domän&kontrollant" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Avancerade inställningar..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Globala &expertinställningar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "A&utentiseringkällor för användare" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba-inställningar" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "&Start" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Utdelningar" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentitet" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "&LDAP-inställningar" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "Net&BIOS-värddatornamn" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Användarinformationskällor" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -783,16 +768,16 @@ "behövs ett administrativt konto (root).\n" "Det kommer att skapas nu." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba r&oot-lösenord" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verifiera lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -800,13 +785,13 @@ "Första och andra inmatningen\n" "av lösenordet överensstämmer inte." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Kan inte skapa konto för användaren %1." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -814,7 +799,7 @@ "Ange användarnamn och lösenord\n" "för att gå med i domänen %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -822,23 +807,23 @@ "För att gå med i domänen anonymt, lämna\n" "textposterna tomma." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Användarnamn" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "Gå i&nte med" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Gått med i domänen %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -846,8 +831,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar Samba-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -855,8 +840,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -864,8 +849,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar Samba-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -874,78 +859,63 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.\n" "</P>\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Arbetsgrupp eller domänval</big></b><br>\n" -"Välj ett befintligt arbetsgrupps- eller domännamn eller ange ett nytt namn " -"och klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" +"Välj ett befintligt arbetsgrupps- eller domännamn eller ange ett nytt namn och klicka på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba-servertyp</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>En domänkontrollant gör det möjligt för Windows-klienter att logga in på " -"en domän av Windows NT-typ.</p>\n" -"<p>Säkerhetskontrollanten använder en annan domänkontrollant för " -"verifiering.\n" -"Den primära kontrollanten använder den egna informationen om användare och " -"lösenord.</p>\n" -"<p>Alternativen i konfigurationsdialogrutorna beror på inställningarna här. " -"Funktionen för domänkontrollanter av Windows NT-typ kommer att avvecklas i " -"framtida versioner.</p>" +"<p>En domänkontrollant gör det möjligt för Windows-klienter att logga in på en domän av Windows NT-typ.</p>\n" +"<p>Säkerhetskontrollanten använder en annan domänkontrollant för verifiering.\n" +"Den primära kontrollanten använder den egna informationen om användare och lösenord.</p>\n" +"<p>Alternativen i konfigurationsdialogrutorna beror på inställningarna här. Funktionen för domänkontrollanter av Windows NT-typ kommer att avvecklas i framtida versioner.</p>" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba-servertyp</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>En domänkontrollant tillåter Windows-klienter att logga in på en Windows-" -"domän.</p>\n" +"<p>En domänkontrollant tillåter Windows-klienter att logga in på en Windows-domän.</p>\n" " <p>Alternativen i konfigurationsdialogrutorna \n" " beror på inställningarna här.</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Utdelningar</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Det här är en lista över redan inställda utdelningar, antingen \n" -"aktiverade eller inaktiverade. Viss grundläggande information om dem visas " -"också.<br></p>" +"aktiverade eller inaktiverade. Viss grundläggande information om dem visas också.<br></p>" -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -959,8 +929,8 @@ " På så vis kan utdelningen aktiveras igen.\n" " </p>" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -971,23 +941,21 @@ "<p>Några utdelningar är speciella. Utdelningen\n" "Homes är till exempel en typ av systemutdelning för åtkomst av användares\n" " hemkataloger. Du kan dölja systemutdelningsenheterna i tabellen \n" -" genom att välja <b>Visa inte systemutdelningar</b> på menyn <b>Filter</b>.\n" +" genom att välja <b>Visa inte systemutdelningar</b> på menyn <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till en ny utdelning, " -"<b>Redigera</b> för att ändra en\n" +"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till en ny utdelning, <b>Redigera</b> för att ändra en\n" "befintlig utdelning, och <b>Ta bort</b> om du vill \n" " ta bort information om en utdelning.</p>\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -997,30 +965,25 @@ "Dessa alternativ tillåter inställning av servern och dess\n" "primära roll i nätverket.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Domänen och serverrollen anges via de\n" -"grundläggande inställningarna. <b>Säkerhetsdomänkontrollant</b> och " -"<b>Primär domänkontrollant</b> tillåter Windows-klienter att logga in på en " -"Windows-domän. Säkerhetskontrollanten \n" -" använder en annan domänkontrollant för verifiering. Den primära " -"kontrollanten\n" +"grundläggande inställningarna. <b>Säkerhetsdomänkontrollant</b> och <b>Primär domänkontrollant</b> tillåter Windows-klienter att logga in på en Windows-domän. Säkerhetskontrollanten \n" +" använder en annan domänkontrollant för verifiering. Den primära kontrollanten\n" " använder den egna informationen om användarna och deras lösenord.\n" " Om servern inte ska användas som domänkontrollant väljer du \n" " <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1028,13 +991,12 @@ "as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Domänen och serverrollen anges\n" -"via <b>Grundläggande inställningar<b>. <b>Primär domänkontrollant</b> " -"tillåter Windows-klienter\n" +"via <b>Grundläggande inställningar<b>. <b>Primär domänkontrollant</b> tillåter Windows-klienter\n" " att logga in på en Windows-domän. Om servern inte ska användas som\n" " domänkontrollant väljer du <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1050,8 +1012,8 @@ " förfrågningar. I det senare fallet väljer du <b>WINS-fjärrserver</b>\n" " och anger IP-adressen för WINS-servern.</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" @@ -1059,18 +1021,16 @@ "<p>Ange ett valfritt <b>Netbios-namn för server</b>.\n" "Netbios-namnet är namnet servern använder på SMB-nätverket.</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avancerade inställningar</b> ger åtkomst till \n" -"detaljerad konfigurering, autentiseringskällor för användare och globala " -"expertinställningar.</p>\n" +"detaljerad konfigurering, autentiseringskällor för användare och globala expertinställningar.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1084,7 +1044,7 @@ " Här kan du skapa en lista över domäner \n" " som Samba-servern ska bevilja åtkomst till.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1093,17 +1053,14 @@ "the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n" "choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny domän i listan klickar du på <b>Lägg till.\n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till en ny domän i listan klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "Ange namnet på den betrodda domänen\n" -" och ett lösenord i dialogrutan som öppnas. Samba-servern använder " -"lösenordet\n" -" för att få åtkomst till den betrodda domänen. När du har klickat på <b>OK \n" +" och ett lösenord i dialogrutan som öppnas. Samba-servern använder lösenordet\n" +" för att få åtkomst till den betrodda domänen. När du har klickat på <b>OK</b> \n" " har ett betrott förhållande etablerats. Om du vill ta bort en domän\n" " väljer du den i listan och klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" @@ -1111,8 +1068,8 @@ "<p>För mer detaljer om hur pålitliga domäner fungerar,\n" "se Samba HOWTO-samlingen.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" @@ -1120,19 +1077,17 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Redigera en utdelning</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Här kan du finjustera alternativen för en utdelning.</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> för att lägga till ett nytt " -"inställningsalternativ,\n" -"<b>Redigera</b> för att ändra ett befintligt alternativ och <b>Ta bort</b> " -"för att ta bort ett alternativ.</p>\n" +"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> för att lägga till ett nytt inställningsalternativ,\n" +"<b>Redigera</b> för att ändra ett befintligt alternativ och <b>Ta bort</b> för att ta bort ett alternativ.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" @@ -1140,19 +1095,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Globala expertinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Här kan du finjustera globala alternativ för servern.</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> för att lägga till ett nytt " -"inställningsalternativ, <b>Redigera</b> för att ändra\n" -"ett befintligt alternativ och <b>Ta bort</b> för att ta bort ett alternativ." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Använd <b>Lägg till</b> för att lägga till ett nytt inställningsalternativ, <b>Redigera</b> för att ändra\n" +"ett befintligt alternativ och <b>Ta bort</b> för att ta bort ett alternativ.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1162,34 +1115,28 @@ "Här kan du ställa in detaljer för användning av LDAP på\n" "Samba-servern.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sökbas-DN</b> (det specifika namnet) är\n" -"grunden som informationssökningen utgår från. <b>Administration-DN</b> " -"används\n" +"grunden som informationssökningen utgår från. <b>Administration-DN</b> används\n" " när nya användare och grupper skapas. Om Administration-DN kräver\n" " ett lösenord för skrivbehörighet anger du detta med hjälp av\n" " <b>Ange administrationslösenord för LDAP</b>.</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Obs!</b> Inställningarna sparas innan LDAP-administrationslösenordet " -"anges.</p>\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Obs!</b> Inställningarna sparas innan LDAP-administrationslösenordet anges.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1201,19 +1148,17 @@ "information. Samba stöder inte lägre flera motorer samtidigt.\n" "Endast en är tillåten.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill ändra användarautentiseringskällan tar du först bort den " -"nuvarande genom att\n" +"<p>Om du vill ändra användarautentiseringskällan tar du först bort den nuvarande genom att\n" "klicka på <b>Ta bort</b> och lägga till en ny med <b>Lägg till</b>.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1224,8 +1169,8 @@ "som i föregående versioner av Samba. Dess layout liknar\n" "passwd-filens. Det är möjligt att ha flera filer i det här formatet.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.</p>\n" @@ -1233,8 +1178,8 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b> är en webbadress till en LDAP-server där kontroll\n" "efter information sker.</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.</p>\n" @@ -1242,37 +1187,36 @@ "<p><b>TDB-databasen</b> använder ett internt Samba-databasbinärformat\n" "för att lagra och slå upp information.</p>\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information.</p> -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify -#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. -#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order -#. of the back-ends.</p> -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Lägg till ny utdelning</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Här kan du ange grundläggande information om utdelningen som ska läggas till." -"</p>\n" +"Här kan du ange grundläggande information om utdelningen som ska läggas till.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" @@ -1282,8 +1226,8 @@ "utdelningen från klienter. <b>Utdelningsbeskrivning</b> beskriver\n" "meningen med utdelningen.</p>" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" @@ -1295,8 +1239,8 @@ "presenteras som en nätverksdisk. <b>Utdelningssökväg</b> måste anges\n" "för en katalogutdelning.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1306,7 +1250,7 @@ "som använder en tjänst skapa eller ändra filer i tjänstens\n" "katalog.</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1316,127 +1260,72 @@ "att om standard-ACL:er finns för föräldrarkataloger, beaktas de\n" "alltid när underkataloger skapas.</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När <b>Exponera ögonblicksbilder</b> är valt exponerar Samba " -"ögonblicksbilder skapade av Snapper för åtkomst och bearbetning av CIFS/SMB-" -"klienter. Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om Samba ger Snapper-" -"stöd, och utdelningssökvägen motsvarar en Btrfs-stödd Snapper-" -"konfigurationsundervolym.<br> Relevanta behörigheter måste också ha getts. " -"Mer information finns på Samba-manualsidan <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b>.</p>" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När <b>Exponera ögonblicksbilder</b> är valt exponerar Samba ögonblicksbilder skapade av Snapper för åtkomst och bearbetning av CIFS/SMB-klienter. Det här alternativet är endast tillgängligt om Samba ger Snapper-stöd, och utdelningssökvägen motsvarar en Btrfs-stödd Snapper-konfigurationsundervolym.<br> Relevanta behörigheter måste också ha getts. Mer information finns på Samba-manualsidan <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Använd Btrfs-funktioner</b> instrueras Samba att dra nytta av " -"funktioner som är specifika för Btrfs-filsystemet. Det här alternativet är " -"bara tillgängligt om Samba ger Btrfs-stöd, och utdelningssökvägen är en " -"Btrfs-undervolym. Mer information finns på Samba-manualsidan <b>vfs_btrfs(8)" -"</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Använd Btrfs-funktioner</b> instrueras Samba att dra nytta av funktioner som är specifika för Btrfs-filsystemet. Det här alternativet är bara tillgängligt om Samba ger Btrfs-stöd, och utdelningssökvägen är en Btrfs-undervolym. Mer information finns på Samba-manualsidan <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b>.</p>" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Här anger du LDAP-servern som ska användas för autentisering.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Genom att ställa in <b>Backend för LDAP-lösenord</b> går det att lagra " -"användarinformation i LDAP-trädet som angetts av webbadressen. Med " -"<b>Backend för LDAP-Idmap</b> lagras SID/uid/gid-mappningstabeller i LDAP.\n" +"Genom att ställa in <b>Backend för LDAP-lösenord</b> går det att lagra användarinformation i LDAP-trädet som angetts av webbadressen. Med <b>Backend för LDAP-Idmap</b> lagras SID/uid/gid-mappningstabeller i LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"I avsnittet autentisering anger du autentiseringsuppgifter för LDAP-servern " -"inklusive fullständigt Administratörs-DN.\n" +"I avsnittet autentisering anger du autentiseringsuppgifter för LDAP-servern inklusive fullständigt Administratörs-DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Sökbas-DN</b> är LDAP-suffixet som fogas till Samba-specifika LDAP-" -"objekt.\n" +"<b>Sökbas-DN</b> är LDAP-suffixet som fogas till Samba-specifika LDAP-objekt.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"Om du vill testa anslutningen till LDAP-servern klickar du på <b>Testa " -"anslutning</b>. Om du vill ställa in expertinställningar för LDAP eller " -"använda standardvärdena klickar du på <b>Avancerade inställningar</b>.<p>" +"Om du vill testa anslutningen till LDAP-servern klickar du på <b>Testa anslutning</b>. Om du vill ställa in expertinställningar för LDAP eller använda standardvärdena klickar du på <b>Avancerade inställningar</b>.<p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " -"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " -"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Användarsuffix</b> anger var användaren läggs till i LDAP-trädet. " -"Värdet är förinställt på värdet för <b>Sökbas-DN</b>. På samma sätt anger " -"<b>Gruppsuffix</b> platsen för grupper, <b>Maskinsuffix</b> för maskiner och " -"<b>Idmap-suffix</b> för idmap-mappningar.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Användarsuffix</b> anger var användaren läggs till i LDAP-trädet. Värdet är förinställt på värdet för <b>Sökbas-DN</b>. På samma sätt anger <b>Gruppsuffix</b> platsen för grupper, <b>Maskinsuffix</b> för maskiner och <b>Idmap-suffix</b> för idmap-mappningar.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Replikeringsviloläge</b> är antalet millisekunder som Samba väntar " -"efter att ha skrivit till LDAP-servern så att LDAP-replikerna hinner med.\n" +"<p><b>Replikeringsviloläge</b> är antalet millisekunder som Samba väntar efter att ha skrivit till LDAP-servern så att LDAP-replikerna hinner med.</p>\n" "<p><b>Tidsgräns</b> anger tidsgränsen för LDAP-åtgärder (i sekunder).</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange om du vill använda SSL för LDAP-anslutningen med <b>Använd SSL eller " -"TLS</b>.</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange om du vill använda SSL för LDAP-anslutningen med <b>Använd SSL eller TLS</b>.</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ta bort DN</b> anger om borttagningen raderar hela LDAP-posten eller " -"endast Samba-specifika attribut.</p>\n" -"<p>Med <b>Synkronisera lösenord</b> definierar du möjlig synkronisering av " -"LDAP-lösenordet med NT- och LM-hash. Se manualsidan <tt>smb.conf</tt> för " -"mer information.</p>" +"<p><b>Ta bort DN</b> anger om borttagningen raderar hela LDAP-posten eller endast Samba-specifika attribut.</p>\n" +"<p>Med <b>Synkronisera lösenord</b> definierar du möjlig synkronisering av LDAP-lösenordet med NT- och LM-hash. Se manualsidan <tt>smb.conf</tt> för mer information.</p>" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1445,12 +1334,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om du ändrar NetBIOS-värdnamnet skapar Samba en\n" "identifierare (SID) för servern med den första \n" -" klientanslutningen. Eftersom det nya SID inte är detsamma som det gamla, " -"kan\n" +" klientanslutningen. Eftersom det nya SID inte är detsamma som det gamla, kan\n" " klienter inte längre autentiseras som domänmedlemmar.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1462,8 +1350,8 @@ "inställd period. Se MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP och TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR i\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1471,8 +1359,8 @@ "Att exportera /var kan leda till säkerhetsproblem.\n" "Katalogen innehåller många hemligheter om ditt system.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1480,8 +1368,8 @@ "Att exportera /etc kan leda till säkerhetsproblem.\n" "Katalogen innehåller många hemligheter om ditt system.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" @@ -1489,48 +1377,46 @@ "Att exportera / kan leda till säkerhetsproblem.\n" "Om du gör det blir hela filsystemet åtkomligt för Samba-klienter.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avancerade inställningar</b> ger åtkomst till \n" -"detaljerad konfigurering, exempelvis LDAP-inställningar, " -"autentiseringskällor för användare och\n" +"detaljerad konfigurering, exempelvis LDAP-inställningar, autentiseringskällor för användare och\n" " globala expertinställningar.</p>\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "Endast" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "Ange serverns URL." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "Lösenord överensstämmer." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1538,182 +1424,182 @@ "Alla aktuella LDAP-relaterade värden kommer att skrivas om.\n" "Fortsätta?\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "Anslutning lyckades." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "&Sökbas-DN" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentisering" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "&Administration-DN" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "Administrat&örslösenord" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "Administratörslösenord (i&gen)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Passdb-motor" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "Använd &backend för LDAP-lösenord" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "&URL för LDAP-server" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Idmap-motor" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Använd backend för LDAP-&Idmap" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "U&RL för LDAP-server" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Testa anslutning" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "Avancerade in&ställningar..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar för LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "Förvalda värden" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "Suffix" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "Användars&uffix" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "&Gruppsuffix" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "Datorsuffi&x" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "&Idmap-suffix" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "Tidsgränser" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "&Replikeringsviloläge" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "&Tidsgräns" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "&Använd SSL eller TLS" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "Andra inställningar" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "Ta bort &DN" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "&Synkronisera lösenord" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in Samba-server" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "Ytterligare användarinformation:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "Okänt fel. Kanske finns inte yast2-ldap tillgänglig." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "Okänd klass:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." msgstr "Endast dcObject- (dc) och organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser stöds." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1722,204 +1608,204 @@ "Det verkar som om det inte finns någon fungerande\n" "LDAP-server på %s.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "Utdelning av filer och skrivare" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "Säkerhetsdomänkontrollant" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "Primär domänkontrollant" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "Domänmedlemsserver" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Initierar Samba-serverinställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Läs globala Samba-inställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Läs Samba-hemligheter" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Läs Samba-tjänstinställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Läs Samba-konton" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Läs backend-inställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningar" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Läs Samba-tjänstrollinställningar" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Läser globala Samba-inställningar..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Läser Samba-hemligheter..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Läser Samba-tjänstinställningarna ..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Läser Samba-konton..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Läser backend-inställningarna ..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningar..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "Läser Samba-tjänstrollinställningar..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningar för Samba-server" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Spara globala inställningar" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Inaktivera Samba-tjänsterna" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Aktivera Samba-tjänsterna" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Spara motorinställningar" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Spara Samba-konton" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Sparar globala inställningar..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Inaktiverar Samba-tjänsterna..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Aktiverar Samba-tjänsterna..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Sparar motorinställningarna..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Sparar Samba-konton..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "Kan inte skriva inställningar till /etc/samab/smb.conf." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Global inställning:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Arbetsgrupp eller domän: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Roll: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Samba-servern är inaktiverad" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Inställda utdelningar:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,123 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du redigera inställningarna för användarens Samba-konto.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du redigera inställningarna för användarens Samba-konto.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p>Om du inte anger egna värden för " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " -"Script</b> " -msgstr "" -"<b>Hemkatalog</b>, <b>Hemsökväg</b>, <b>Profilsökväg</b> och " -"<b>Inloggningsskript</b> " +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " +msgstr "<b>Hemkatalog</b>, <b>Hemsökväg</b>, <b>Profilsökväg</b> och <b>Inloggningsskript</b> " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"kommer förvalda värden som finns definierade i din lokala Samba-inställning " -"att användas.</p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "kommer förvalda värden som finns definierade i din lokala Samba-inställning att användas.</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "Hemkatalog" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "Använd förvalda värden" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "Hemsökväg" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "Profilsökväg" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "Inloggningsskript" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Samba-konto inaktiverat" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "Lösenord utgår aldrig" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "Redigera Samba-attribut" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Det här pluginprogrammet kan användas för göra en LDAP-grupp tillgänglig " -"för Samba.\n" -"Den enda inställning du kan redigera här är attributet <b>Gruppnamn för " -"Samba</b>\n" +"<p>Det här pluginprogrammet kan användas för göra en LDAP-grupp tillgänglig för Samba.\n" +"Den enda inställning du kan redigera här är attributet <b>Gruppnamn för Samba</b>\n" "vilket är gruppnamnet som det bör visas för Samba-klienter. Alla andra\n" "inställningar beräknas automatiskt. Om du lämnar <b>Gruppnamn för Samba</b>\n" "tomt används det namn som ställts in i de globala inställningarna för den\n" "här gruppen.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Gruppnamn för Samba" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba-attribut" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "Hantera kontoparametrar för Samba" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "Kunde inte uppdatera objectclass-attribut." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "Kunde inte initiera Samba SID. Inaktiverar insticksprogram." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "Ändra lösenordet för att skapa Samba-kontot" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "Hantera Samba-attribut för LDAP-grupper" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,219 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in bildläsare" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Drivrutin" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Bildläsare" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "Sta&rta om identifiering" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Testa" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "Kör &hp-setup" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "Bildläsning via &nätverk ..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Inget val har gjorts" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Välj en post." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "Det går inte att redigera" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort en drivrutin utan en matchande bildläsare." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "Det går bara att lägga till en bildläsare." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "Det går bara att redigera en identifierad bildläsare." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "Vill du inaktivera %1?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att inaktivera %1." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "Det går inte att testa" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att testa %1." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Det gick inte att köra hp-setup." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "Val av bildläsarmodell och drivrutin" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "S&öksträng" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Sök" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "Visa fullständig &lista" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "Bildläsar&modeller" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "Alla bildläsar&modeller" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "Modell stöds inte" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -234,16 +234,16 @@ "Modellen stöds inte.\n" "Be tillverkaren om en Linux-drivrutin." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "Modell stöds inte av drivrutinen %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -253,46 +253,41 @@ "välj en kompatibel modell\n" "eller fråga tillverkaren efter en Linux-drivrutin." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "Drivrutin stöds inte" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"epkowa-drivrutinen är endast tillgänglig för i386-kompatibla arkitekturer " -"(32-bitars i386 och även 64-bitars x86_64)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "epkowa-drivrutinen är endast tillgänglig för i386-kompatibla arkitekturer (32-bitars i386 och även 64-bitars x86_64)." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "Den här drivrutinen kan orsaka problem" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"epkowa-drivrutinen kan orsaka problem på en 64-bitars x86_64-arkitektur." +msgstr "epkowa-drivrutinen kan orsaka problem på en 64-bitars x86_64-arkitektur." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "Gammal drivrutin" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -300,70 +295,70 @@ "Drivrutinen hpoj bör fungera men den utvecklas inte längre.\n" "Försök använda den uppdaterade drivrutinen hpaio." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "Ställa in bildläsare och drivrutin" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "Misslyckades med att aktivera %1." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "Ställ in bildläsning via nätverk" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "Tillåtna &klienter för saned" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "&Servrar som används för net Metadriver" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinställningar" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "Klientinställningar" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "Fördefinierade konfigurationer" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "&Lokal datorinställning" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "Inaktivera bil&dläsning via nätverk" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -375,8 +370,8 @@ "Vänta...<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -388,45 +383,41 @@ "Vänta...<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Konfiguration av bildläsare</big></b><br>\n" -" Ställ in eller ändra bildläsarens konfiguration och visa redan aktiva " -"bildläsare.\n" +" Ställ in eller ändra bildläsarens konfiguration och visa redan aktiva bildläsare.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "För att ställa in en ny bildläsare, välj bildläsaren från listan över\n" "identifierade bildläsare och klicka på <b>Redigera</b>.\n" -"Om din bildläsare inte har blivit identifierad, använd <b>Lägg till</b> för " -"manuell inställning.\n" +"Om din bildläsare inte har blivit identifierad, använd <b>Lägg till</b> för manuell inställning.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -443,8 +434,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -455,8 +445,7 @@ "försöker du med <b>Övriga</b> och <b>Starta om identifiering</b>.\n" "Det kan hända att vissa USB-enheter som inte är bildläsare\n" "även visas. Det finns inget allmänt sätt att urskilja en bildläsare\n" -"från andra USB-enheter eftersom det inte finns någon USB-enhetsklass för " -"bildläsare.\n" +"från andra USB-enheter eftersom det inte finns någon USB-enhetsklass för bildläsare.\n" "Försök med <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "För HP allt-i-ett-enheter kan du behöva köra <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "via <b>Övriga</b> och <b>Kör hp-setup</b> innan du kan \n" @@ -466,17 +455,16 @@ "Om den inte visas här kan USB-systemet inte kommunicera med bildläsaren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -487,9 +475,9 @@ " Se till att rätt kärnmodul för SCSI-värdadaptern har lästs in.\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -497,8 +485,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -508,19 +495,18 @@ "Vanliga parallellportsbildläsare måste ställas in manuellt.\n" "För att ställa in bildläsarenheten i en HP allt-i-ett-enhet,\n" "som är ansluten till parallellporten,\n" -"kan du behöva köra <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Övriga</b> och <b>Kör hp-setup\n" +"kan du behöva köra <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Övriga</b> och <b>Kör hp-setup</b>\n" "innan du kan ställa in bildläsarenheten med verktyget med <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -532,10 +518,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -548,60 +532,53 @@ "som är ansluten till en annan värd i nätverket.\n" "För att ställa in bildläsarenheten i en HP allt-i-ett-enhet,\n" "som är ansluten via ett inbyggt nätverksgränssnit,t\n" -"kan du behöva köra <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Övriga</b> och <b>Kör hp-setup\n" +"kan du behöva köra <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Övriga</b> och <b>Kör hp-setup</b>\n" "innan du kan ställa in bildläsarenheten med verktyget med <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "I tabellen visas de konfigurerade drivrutinerna med tillhörande bildläsare.\n" -"Aktivera modell och drivrutin genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> så att de " -"markeras.\n" -"Aktivera en drivrutin genom att klicka på <b>Redigera</b> så att den " -"markeras.\n" +"Aktivera modell och drivrutin genom att klicka på <b>Lägg till</b> så att de markeras.\n" +"Aktivera en drivrutin genom att klicka på <b>Redigera</b> så att den markeras.\n" "Klicka på <b>Ta bort</b> om du vill inaktivera drivrutinen.\n" -"Om du klickar på <b>Övriga</b> kan du starta om identifieringen, testa " -"aktiverade drivrutiner,\n" -"installera HP allt-i-ett-produkter eller konfigurera bildläsning via " -"nätverk.\n" +"Om du klickar på <b>Övriga</b> kan du starta om identifieringen, testa aktiverade drivrutiner,\n" +"installera HP allt-i-ett-produkter eller konfigurera bildläsning via nätverk.\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -611,96 +588,77 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om en drivrutin konfigureras men inga bildläsare identifieras av drivrutinen " -"kan det bero på att:\n" +"Om en drivrutin konfigureras men inga bildläsare identifieras av drivrutinen kan det bero på att:\n" "Bildläsaren inte är ansluten eller är avstängd,\n" "drivrutinen är fel för modellen\n" -"(det kan krävas olika drivrutiner även för små skillnader i modellnamn eller " -"interna skillnader i\n" +"(det kan krävas olika drivrutiner även för små skillnader i modellnamn eller interna skillnader i\n" "samma modellserie),\n" "det finns kommunikationsproblem med enheten på låg nivå (kärnrelaterat)\n" "(t ex ett USB-problem eller SCSI-problem på låg nivå).\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"<b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Val av bildläsarmodell</big></b><br>\n" -" Alla kända bildläsarmodeller, både de som stöds och de som inte stöds, " -"finns i listan.\n" -" Läs igenom all information noga innan du väljer modell och klickar på " -"<b>Nästa</b>.\n" +" Alla kända bildläsarmodeller, både de som stöds och de som inte stöds, finns i listan.\n" +" Läs igenom all information noga innan du väljer modell och klickar på <b>Nästa</b>.\n" " Informationen baseras på data från SANE-projektet på\n" " <tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -"<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"En modell stöds om det finns minst en lämplig bildläsardrivrutin " -"tillgänglig.\n" -"De flesta bildläsardrivrutiner kommer från SANE-projektet och erbjuds i sane-" -"backends-paketet.\n" -"Status för support för särskilda modeller varierar mellan minimal till " -"fullständig.<br>\n" -"Om en drivrutin visas som 'inte utvecklad' betyder det inte att drivrutinen " -"inte fungerar.\n" +"En modell stöds om det finns minst en lämplig bildläsardrivrutin tillgänglig.\n" +"De flesta bildläsardrivrutiner kommer från SANE-projektet och erbjuds i sane-backends-paketet.\n" +"Status för support för särskilda modeller varierar mellan minimal till fullständig.<br>\n" +"Om en drivrutin visas som 'inte utvecklad' betyder det inte att drivrutinen inte fungerar.\n" "Även inte utvecklade drivrutiner kan fungera mycket bra.\n" "Men det innebär dock att det inte längre finns någon med kunskaper om den\n" "så det kan vara svårt att få hjälp om drivrutinen.\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om det saknas en drivrutin för en modell är det möjligt att tillverkaren har " -"en drivrutin.\n" -" Fråga därför alltid bildläsartillverkaren efter en drivrutin för en " -"bildläsare som inte stöds.\n" +"Om det saknas en drivrutin för en modell är det möjligt att tillverkaren har en drivrutin.\n" +" Fråga därför alltid bildläsartillverkaren efter en drivrutin för en bildläsare som inte stöds.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -710,51 +668,40 @@ "Om det finns ytterligare kommentarer visas de inom hakparenteser.\n" " </p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Använd <b>Söksträng</b> för att snabbt hitta rätt post.\n" " Om du vill hitta en viss text i tabellen anger du den i fältet.\n" -" Du kan också använda en mer avancerad sökning med skiftlägeskänsliga " -"vanliga uttryck.\n" +" Du kan också använda en mer avancerad sökning med skiftlägeskänsliga vanliga uttryck.\n" " Om bildläsaren identifierats och tillverkarnamnet finns i listan,\n" " är namnet förinställt i söksträngen, till exempel <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -" Om du vill förfina sökningen lägger du till modellspecifika detaljer i " -"söksträngen.\n" -" Lägg till exempel till ett ord ur modellnamnet, som i <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -" eller lägg till några siffror ur modellnamnet, som i <tt>^Epson.*1200.\n" +" Om du vill förfina sökningen lägger du till modellspecifika detaljer i söksträngen.\n" +" Lägg till exempel till ett ord ur modellnamnet, som i <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +" eller lägg till några siffror ur modellnamnet, som i <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -765,8 +712,8 @@ " Om du klickar på <b>Tillbaka</b> inaktiveras drivrutinen.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -782,8 +729,8 @@ "Sådana paket är kanske inte tillgängliga för alla arkitekturer.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" @@ -797,29 +744,25 @@ " I så fall visas en förklarande text.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -831,10 +774,8 @@ " För HP allt-i-ett-produkter krävs en särskild konfiguration.\n" " I så fall visas en särskild dialogruta.\n" " Två programpaket kan användas med HP allt-i-ett-produkter: \n" -"det gamla HPOJ-programmet (paketet hp-officeJet som inte längre är " -"tillgängligt)\n" -" som innehåller PTAL-systemet (med ptal-tjänsten) för åtkomst till HP allt-i-" -"ett-produkter,\n" +"det gamla HPOJ-programmet (paketet hp-officeJet som inte längre är tillgängligt)\n" +" som innehåller PTAL-systemet (med ptal-tjänsten) för åtkomst till HP allt-i-ett-produkter,\n" " och det nya HPLIP-programmet (paketet hplip)\n" " som innehåller hpaio-drivrutinen.\n" " Båda programpaketen kan installeras på samma gång\n" @@ -843,10 +784,10 @@ "användas för alla HP allt-i-ett-produkter.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -860,21 +801,18 @@ " om du vill ställa in bildläsning via nätverk.\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -883,27 +821,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du har lokalt anslutna bildläsare och vill göra dem tillgängliga via " -"nätverket\n" -"ställer du in demonen för saned-nätverksbildläsning så att din värd blir en " -"server.\n" -"I <b>Tillåtna klienter</b> anger du vilka klientvärdar som har " -"åtkomstbehörighet till saned på din server.\n" -"Skapa en kommaseparerad lista över klientvärdar (värdnamn eller IP-" -"adresser)\n" +"Om du har lokalt anslutna bildläsare och vill göra dem tillgängliga via nätverket\n" +"ställer du in demonen för saned-nätverksbildläsning så att din värd blir en server.\n" +"I <b>Tillåtna klienter</b> anger du vilka klientvärdar som har åtkomstbehörighet till saned på din server.\n" +"Skapa en kommaseparerad lista över klientvärdar (värdnamn eller IP-adresser)\n" "eller delnät (CIDR-notation, t.ex. 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Om inga klientvärdar tillåts, aktiveras inte saned.\n" "Om saned aktiveras, aktiveras och konfigureras även xinetd för saned.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" @@ -949,8 +883,7 @@ "för användning av bildläsare i den externa zonen i brandväggen.\n" "Detta är farligt eftersom det ger tillgång till saned från okända värdar\n" "och då skyddar brandväggen inte längre saned.\n" -"Att tillåta åtkomst från det externa nätverket (dvs. för den externa " -"zonen)\n" +"Att tillåta åtkomst från det externa nätverket (dvs. för den externa zonen)\n" "är inte meningsfullt eftersom inlästa dokument kräver\n" "fysisk åtkomst till bildläsaren av betrodda användare.<br>\n" "Standardinställningarna för brandväggen tillåter dock\n" @@ -958,8 +891,7 @@ "Om saned på din server ska vara tillgänglig från ett internt nätverk\n" "tilldelar du nätverksgränssnittet som tillhör det interna nätverket\n" "till den interna zonen i brandväggen.\n" -"Om du använder YaST-modulen för brandväggsinställningar för dessa " -"grundläggade inställningar för\n" +"Om du använder YaST-modulen för brandväggsinställningar för dessa grundläggade inställningar för\n" "säkerhet och brandvägg kommer inläsning via nätverket\n" "att fungera utan ytterligare brandväggsinställningar.<br>\n" "Mer detaljer finns i openSUSE-supportdatabas-\n" @@ -967,18 +899,16 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -987,25 +917,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Klientinställningar</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill komma åt bildläsare som är anslutna till andra värdar (servrar) i " -"nätverket\n" -"ställer du in net Metadriver för åtkomst via den demon som körs på " -"servrarna.\n" +"Om du vill komma åt bildläsare som är anslutna till andra värdar (servrar) i nätverket\n" +"ställer du in net Metadriver för åtkomst via den demon som körs på servrarna.\n" "saned och brandvägg på servrarna måste bevilja åtkomst.\n" "I <b>Servrar som används</b> anger du vilka servrar som ska användas.\n" "Skapa en kommaseparerad lista över servrar (servernamn eller IP-adresser).\n" "Om inga servrar anges aktiveras inte net.\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1022,22 +950,20 @@ " Genom att använda loopback-nätverket, kan saned och net Metadriver\n" " användas till och med på din lokala dator.\n" " Då ligger servern och klienten på samma maskin (localhost).\n" -" För vissa bildläsare, t.ex. parallellportsbildläsare, krävs root-" -"behörighet.\n" +" För vissa bildläsare, t.ex. parallellportsbildläsare, krävs root-behörighet.\n" " Om du anger <tt>localhost</tt> för både server och klient,\n" -" kan du få åtkomst till en sådan bildläsare även som vanlig användare på din " -"lokala dator.\n" +" kan du få åtkomst till en sådan bildläsare även som vanlig användare på din lokala dator.\n" " </p>" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -1047,23 +973,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa version för paketet %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1078,16 +1003,13 @@ "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" "Tredjepartsprogrammet för Image Scan-drivrutinerna från Epson/Avasys krävs.\n" -"Image Scan-drivrutinerna har utvecklats och tillhandahålls av Epson " -"(tidigare Avasys)\n" +"Image Scan-drivrutinerna har utvecklats och tillhandahålls av Epson (tidigare Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(tidigare Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "där RPM-paketen för 32-bitars (i386) och 64-bitars (x86_64) arkitekturer\n" "kan laddas ned (om du accepterar Epson/Avasys licensavtal).\n" -"Image Scan-drivrutinen innehåller egen tillverkarspecifik binär " -"programvara.\n" -"För vissa modeller är den bara tillgänglig för 32-bitars (i386) " -"arkitekturer\n" +"Image Scan-drivrutinen innehåller egen tillverkarspecifik binär programvara.\n" +"För vissa modeller är den bara tillgänglig för 32-bitars (i386) arkitekturer\n" "och fungerar inte om du har ett 64-bitars system installerat.\n" "Vissa bildläsare stöds även av andra (gratis) drivrutiner.\n" "Om din bildläsarmodell kräver en betald DFSG-modul (tillverkarspecifik)\n" @@ -1095,219 +1017,209 @@ "Paketet iscan för basprogramvaran och ett ytterligare\n" "modellberoende iscan-plugin-paket med den tillverkarspecifika modulen.\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Det obligatoriska paketet %1 har inte installerats och det finns inget " -"paketarkiv tillgängligt." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Det obligatoriska paketet %1 har inte installerats och det finns inget paketarkiv tillgängligt." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Det obligatorisa paketet %1 har inte installerats och finns inte " -"tillgängligt i arkivet." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Det obligatorisa paketet %1 har inte installerats och finns inte tillgängligt i arkivet." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera det begärda paketet %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Det gick inte att fastställa aktiva bildläsare.\n" "Om net Metadriver är aktiverat och det finns ett problem\n" -"med nätverket svarar kanske inte kommandot scanimage -L. Detta kan " -"exempelvis inträffa\n" +"med nätverket svarar kanske inte kommandot scanimage -L. Detta kan exempelvis inträffa\n" "om kommunikationen med en server som används av net Metadriver\n" "störs av att en brandvägg stoppar viss nätverkstrafik.\n" -"I så fall inaktiverar du net Metadriver tills problemet i nätverket är " -"åtgärdat.\n" +"I så fall inaktiverar du net Metadriver tills problemet i nätverket är åtgärdat.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa aktiva bildläsare." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Filen %1 existerar inte." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Misslyckades med att läsa %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa aktiva drivrutiner." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera bildläsare automatiskt." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inställningsverktyg för bildläsare" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Kontrollera installerade paket" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "Läs eller skapa bildläsardatabasen" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Avgör aktiva bildläsare" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "Avgör aktiva drivrutiner" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "Identifiera bildläsare" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Kontrollerar installerade paket..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "Läser eller skapar bildläsardatabasen ..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Fastställer aktiva bildläsare ..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "Fastställer aktiva drivrutiner ..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "Identifierar bildläsare..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "Skapar bildläsardatabas ..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "Avbryter: Det gick inte att skapa en bildläsardatabas." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "Avbryter: Det gick inte att läsa %1." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Skriver bildläsarkonfiguration" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "Spara den faktiska miljön" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "Sparar den faktiska miljön ..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1320,13 +1232,12 @@ "Det går att fortsätta men ptal-tjänsten kan göra att \n" " hp-setup inte fungerar korrekt.\n" "Du rekommenderas att avbryta bildläsarkonfigurationen nu,\n" -"stoppa ptal-tjänsten, ändra skrivarkonfigurationen så att den använder " -"HPLIP \n" +"stoppa ptal-tjänsten, ändra skrivarkonfigurationen så att den använder HPLIP \n" "och sedan starta bildläsarkonfigurationen igen.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1336,18 +1247,16 @@ "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "Det går inte att köra hp-setup eftersom inget grafikläge kan öppnas. \n" -"Detta inträffar om YaST körs i läget endast text, om användaren som kör " -"YaST \n" -"saknar inställningar för DISPLAY-miljövariabeln eller om YaST-processen " -"inte \n" +"Detta inträffar om YaST körs i läget endast text, om användaren som kör YaST \n" +"saknar inställningar för DISPLAY-miljövariabeln eller om YaST-processen inte \n" "tillåter åtkomst till grafikläget. Avbryt inställningarna för bildläsaren,\n" "kör hp-setup manuellt och starta bildläsarinställningarna\n" "igen efteråt.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" @@ -1355,9 +1264,9 @@ "hplip verkar inte vara installerat. Det krävs för att köra hp-setup.\n" "Ska hplip-paketet installeras?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1367,213 +1276,192 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup inte kan köras\n" "eller inte finns.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Hp-setup har startats.\n" -"Du måste slutföra hp-setup innan du kan fortsätta med " -"bildläsarkonfigurationen.\n" +"Du måste slutföra hp-setup innan du kan fortsätta med bildläsarkonfigurationen.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "Inte inställd:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Okänd enhet" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Okänd tillverkare" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Okänd modell" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 på %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "Ingen bildläsare identifierades av drivrutinen" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"Ingen bildläsare identifierades och ingen aktiv bildläsare eller drivrutin " -"finns." +msgstr "Ingen bildläsare identifierades och ingen aktiv bildläsare eller drivrutin finns." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "Uppladdning av fast program krävs." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "" -"Tredjepartsprogrammet för Image Scan-drivrutinerna från Epson/Avasys krävs." +msgstr "Tredjepartsprogrammet för Image Scan-drivrutinerna från Epson/Avasys krävs." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "Paket %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan fungera bra." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 bör fungera bra." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "Det finns inte stöd för den här bildläsaren." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "Bildläsaren stöds inte av drivrutinen %1." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla fullständig " -"funktionalitet." +msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla fullständig funktionalitet." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 bör tillhandahålla fullständig funktionalitet." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 är inte testad men den kan fungera." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla grundläggande " -"funktionalitet." +msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla grundläggande funktionalitet." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 bör tillhandahålla grundläggande funktionalitet." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla minimal funktionalitet." +msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla minimal funktionalitet." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men bör tillhandahålla minimal funktionalitet." +msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men bör tillhandahålla minimal funktionalitet." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 kan fungera, men funktionaliteten är okänd." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"En fil för fast programvara innehåller programvara som måste överföras till " -"bildläsarminnet.\n" +"En fil för fast programvara innehåller programvara som måste överföras till bildläsarminnet.\n" "Bildläsaren fungerar inte utan fast programvara.\n" "\n" -"Eftersom den fasta programvaran licensieras av bildläsartillverkaren kan vi " -"inte distribuera den.\n" +"Eftersom den fasta programvaran licensieras av bildläsartillverkaren kan vi inte distribuera den.\n" "Filen för fast programvara finns vanligtvis på tillverkarens cd-skiva\n" "Det kan också vara möjligt att ladda ned den från tillverkarens webbplats.\n" -"Fråga tillverkaren hur du får tag på fast programvara för just din " -"bildläsare.\n" +"Fråga tillverkaren hur du får tag på fast programvara för just din bildläsare.\n" "Ytterligare information hittar du på SANE-webbplatsen på\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"När du har laddat ned filen för fast programvara måste du ställa in " -"drivrutinen manuellt.\n" -"På drivrutinens manualsida beskrivs hur inställningarna går till för " -"överföring av fast programvara.\n" +"När du har laddat ned filen för fast programvara måste du ställa in drivrutinen manuellt.\n" +"På drivrutinens manualsida beskrivs hur inställningarna går till för överföring av fast programvara.\n" "Följande kommando öppnar drivrutinens manualsida:\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1585,29 +1473,26 @@ "och alla utskriftsköer som använder ptal-tjänsten upphör att fungera.\n" "Om du fortsätter ändrar du skrivarinställningarna till HPLIP.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1616,143 +1501,138 @@ "Särskilt viktigt är att ptal-tjänsten är igång.\n" " \n" " Innan ptal-tjänsten kan startas måste PTAL-systemet initieras.\n" -" Dessutom måste ptal-tjänsten vara konfigurerad för att aktiveras vid " -"start.\n" +" Dessutom måste ptal-tjänsten vara konfigurerad för att aktiveras vid start.\n" " PTAL-systemet och tjänsten hplip utesluter varandra.\n" " Därför stoppas och inaktiveras eventuell hplip-tjänst som körs\n" " innan PTAL-systemet kan initieras, aktiveras och startas.\n" " En automatisk initiering av PTAL-systemet är endast säkert för USB.\n" -" Om du har en enhet som inte är USB eller om det inte går att initiera USB " -"automatiskt,\n" +" Om du har en enhet som inte är USB eller om det inte går att initiera USB automatiskt,\n" " måste du ställa in PTAL-systemet manuellt.\n" " Om du har en allt i ett-enhet (skrivare+bildläsare) bör du tänka på att\n" -" en ptal-tjänst som körs lägger beslag på USB-enhetsfilen (t.ex. /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +" en ptal-tjänst som körs lägger beslag på USB-enhetsfilen (t.ex. /dev/usb/lp0),\n" " så att skrivaren inte längre kan nås via USB-enhetsfilen.\n" " \n" " Vill du initiera, aktivera och starta PTAL-systemet för USB nu?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "Minst en skrivarkonfiguration använder tjänsten hplip.\n" "Det går att fortsätta men då stoppas tjänsten hplip\n" " och alla utskriftsköer som använder hplip-tjänsten upphör att fungera.\n" " Fortsätt inte om bildläsaren även stöds av hpaio-drivrutinen.\n" " Konfigurera i så fall bildläsaren med hpaio i stället.\n" -" Eller gå vidare och ändra skrivarkonfigurationen så att ptal-tjänsten " -"används.\n" +" Eller gå vidare och ändra skrivarkonfigurationen så att ptal-tjänsten används.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Ställa in drivrutinen %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Kontrollera om ytterligare paket måste installeras" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Kontrollera om uppladdning av fast program krävs" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Testa och ställ in speciella krav för särskilda drivrutiner" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Aktivera drivrutinen" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Kontrollerar om ytterligare paket måste installeras ..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Kontrollerar om överföring av fast program krävs ..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "Testar och ställer in speciella krav för särskilda drivrutiner..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Aktiverar drivrutinen ..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Det begärda paketet har inte installerats" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 kräver paketet %2." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Avbruten" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Uppladdning av fast program krävs" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Om tjänsten ptal inte körs kan inte bildläsaren fungera." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "Det gick inte att konfigurera PTAL-systemet." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1760,68 +1640,64 @@ "Följande bildläsare använder samma drivrutin.\n" "Därför kommer alla dessa bildläsare att inaktiveras:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"Drivrutinen hpaio är inaktiverad med den associerade tjänsten ptal är inte " -"inaktiverad eftersom den behövs av CUPS-utskriftsystem." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "Drivrutinen hpaio är inaktiverad med den associerade tjänsten ptal är inte inaktiverad eftersom den behövs av CUPS-utskriftsystem." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Det gick inte att stoppa tjänsten ptal." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Det gick inte att inaktivera tjänsten ptal." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Ingen bildläsare för %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "Det går inte att testa utan någon matchande aktiv bildläsare." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "Bildlä&sare att testa" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Testar %1" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testar med \"scanimage -d %1 -v\"..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1833,27 +1709,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(inga tillgängliga resultat)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Test av %1 är klart" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1865,39 +1741,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "Misslyckades med att avgöra inställningar för bildläsning via nätverk." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Misslyckades med att ställa in bildläsning via nätverk." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Kontrollera att brandväggen tillåter bildinläsning via nätverket." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Information om brandväggen finns i hjälptexten för den här dialogrutan." +msgstr "Information om brandväggen finns i hjälptexten för den här dialogrutan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,304 +14,301 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Inställningsmodul för säkerhet" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "Visa sammanfattning över aktuella inställningar" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "Ange säkerhetsnivå" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Ange värdet för specifikt alternativ" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå för arbetsstation" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå för rörlig enhet (t.ex. bärbar dator, läsplatta)" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå för nätverksserver" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "Krypteringsmetod för lösenord" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "Kontrollera nya lösenord" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "Ställ in filskydd till önskad typ" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "Ange antalet användarlösenord att komma ihåg" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "Antalet lösenord att komma ihåg måste vara mellan 0 och 400." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in lokal säkerhet" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "&Egna inställningar" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställningar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Använd Magic SysRq-tangenter" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Använd säkra filskydd" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Fjärråtkomst till inloggningshanteraren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Skriv tillbaka systemtiden till maskinvaruklockan" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Skapa alltid syslog-meddelande för cron-skript" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Kör DHCP-demonen i chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Kör DHCP-demonen som dhcp-användare" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Fjärrotinloggning i skärmhanteraren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Fjärråtkomst till X-servern" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Fjärråtkomst till delsystemet för e-postleverans" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Starta om tjänsterna vid uppdatering" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Stoppa tjänsterna vid borttagning" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Aktivera TCP-syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-vidarebefordring" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-vidarebefordring" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "Aktivera grundläggande systemtjänster" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Inaktivera extratjänster" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Konfigurera" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställning" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Säkerhetsstatus" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " eller " -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Följande grundläggande systemtjänster är inte aktiverade:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "<P>Följande grundläggande systemtjänster är inte aktiverade:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alla grundläggande tjänster är aktiverade.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Följande extratjänster är aktiverade:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Kontrollera listan med tjänster och inaktivera alla tjänster som inte " -"används.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Kontrollera listan med tjänster och inaktivera alla tjänster som inte används.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Endast grundläggande systemtjänster är aktiverade.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Säkerhetsöversikt" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Ändra &status" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "Bes&krivning" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analyserar system" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Startinställningar" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Startbehörigheter" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Diverse inställningar" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Lösenordsinställningar" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Kontroller" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Lösenordsålder" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." msgstr "Minsta antalet dagar kan inte vara större än största." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -319,18 +316,18 @@ "Minimilängden för lösenord får inte vara större än den maximala längden.\n" "Den maximala lösenordslängden för den angivna krypteringsmetoden är %1." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Inloggningsinställningar" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Inloggning" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -338,8 +335,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar säkerhetsinställningar</big></b>\n" "<br>Vänta...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -347,8 +344,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -356,8 +353,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar säkerhetsinställningar</big></b>\n" "<br>Vänta...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -365,27 +362,23 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.</P>" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>Ställ in lokal säkerhet</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Med förinställda värden, ändra lokala säkerhetsinställningar, som " -"inkluderar\n" -" start, inloggning, lösenord, skapa användare och filrättigheter. " -"Standardinställningarna\n" +"<p>Med förinställda värden, ändra lokala säkerhetsinställningar, som inkluderar\n" +" start, inloggning, lösenord, skapa användare och filrättigheter. Standardinställningarna\n" " kan ändras efter behov.\n" "</p>" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" @@ -393,8 +386,8 @@ "<p><b>Arbetsstation</b>: För en dator som är ansluten\n" "till någon typ av nätverk, inklusive Internet.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" @@ -402,8 +395,8 @@ "<p><b>Rörlig enhet</b>: För en bärbar dator, läsplatta eller liknande enhet\n" "som ansluts till flera olika nätverk.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -411,13 +404,13 @@ "<p><b>Nätverksserver</b>: För en dator som ska vara server för\n" "någon form av tjänst.</p>" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Egna inställningar</b>: Skapa din egen konfiguration.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -427,56 +420,45 @@ "<p>Dessa inloggningsinställningar\n" " finns huvudsakligen i filen /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Fördröjning efter felaktigt inloggningsförsök:</b>\n" -"Det är lämpligt med en väntetid efter ett felaktigt inloggningsförsök för " -"att\n" -"förhindra lösenordsgissande. Gör tiden så kort att användarna inte måste " -"vänta för\n" -"länge innan nästa försök om lösenordet stavas fel. Ett lagom värde är tre " -"(<tt>3</tt>) sekunder.</p>" +"Det är lämpligt med en väntetid efter ett felaktigt inloggningsförsök för att\n" +"förhindra lösenordsgissande. Gör tiden så kort att användarna inte måste vänta för\n" +"länge innan nästa försök om lösenordet stavas fel. Ett lagom värde är tre (<tt>3</tt>) sekunder.</p>" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Logga lyckade inloggningsförsök:</b> Att logga lyckade " -"inloggningsförsök\n" +"<p><b>Logga lyckade inloggningsförsök:</b> Att logga lyckade inloggningsförsök\n" "kan vara användbart. Det kan ge en varning om obehörig åtkomst till\n" -"systemet (till exempel om en användare loggar in från en annan plats än " -"vanligt).\n" +"systemet (till exempel om en användare loggar in från en annan plats än vanligt).\n" "</p>\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tillåt grafisk fjärrinloggning:</b> Genom att markera detta tillåts\n" "åtkomst till en grafisk inloggningsskärm för den här datorn över nätverket.\n" -"Fjärråtkomst till din dator via en inloggningshanterare kan vara en " -"säkerhetsrisk.</p>" +"Fjärråtkomst till din dator via en inloggningshanterare kan vara en säkerhetsrisk.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -484,89 +466,75 @@ "<p>Dessa lösenordsinställningar\n" "lagras huvudsakligen i filen /etc/login.defs.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kontrollera nya lösenord:</b> Det är klokt att välja lösenord som\n" -"inte kan hittas i en ordlista, inte är namn eller andra enkla vanliga ord. " -"Markerar\n" +"inte kan hittas i en ordlista, inte är namn eller andra enkla vanliga ord. Markerar\n" "du den här rutan kontrolleras lösenord enligt ovanstående regler.</p>" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Minsta accepterade lösenordslängd:</b>\n" "Det minsta antal tecken i ett accepterat lösenord reducerat till de\n" -"olika teckenklasserna (övriga, versal, gemen och siffra) som används i det " -"nya\n" +"olika teckenklasserna (övriga, versal, gemen och siffra) som används i det nya\n" "lösenordet. Se manualsidan pam_cracklib för en detaljerad förklaring.\n" -"Alternativet kan endast ändras om <b>Kontrollera nya lösenord</b> är " -"markerat.</p>" +"Alternativet kan endast ändras om <b>Kontrollera nya lösenord</b> är markerat.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lösenord att komma ihåg</b>:\n" -"Ange antalet användarlösenord att lagra och hindra att användaren använder " -"igen.\n" +"Ange antalet användarlösenord att lagra och hindra att användaren använder igen.\n" "Ange 0 om lösenord inte ska lagras.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Krypteringsmetod för lösenord:</b></p>" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>DES</b>, standardmetoden för Linux, fungerar i alla nätverksmiljöer,\n" "men lösenorden får inte vara längre än åtta tecken. Om det krävs\n" "kompatibilitet med andra system ska du använda denna metod.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>MD5</b> tillåter längre lösenord och stöds av alla aktuella Linux- \n" "distributioner men inte av andra system eller gammal mjukvara.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hash-metoden <b>SHA-512</b> används som standard. Vi avråder från att " -"använda andra algoritmer såvida det inte är nödvändigt i " -"kompatibilitetssyfte.</p>" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hash-metoden <b>SHA-512</b> används som standard. Vi avråder från att använda andra algoritmer såvida det inte är nödvändigt i kompatibilitetssyfte.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -574,31 +542,28 @@ "<p><b>Lösenordsålder:</b> Ange minsta och största\n" "antalet dagar som ett lösenord får användas.</p>" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Förvarningstid innan lösenord går ut:</b> Här ställer du in hur många\n" -"dagar innan lösenordet går ut som användaren förvarnas. Ju längre tid, " -"desto\n" +"dagar innan lösenordet går ut som användaren förvarnas. Ju längre tid, desto\n" "mindre troligt att en användare kan gissa lösenord.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Användarsäkerhet</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra olika inställningar som används för " -"att skapa användare.</p>" +"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra olika inställningar som används för att skapa användare.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -606,8 +571,8 @@ "<p><b>Begränsningar för användar-id:</b>\n" "Ställ in minsta och största tillåtna användar-id.</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -615,101 +580,79 @@ "<p><b>Begränsningar för grupp-id:</b>\n" "Ställ in minsta och största tillåtna grupp-id.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Andra säkerhetsinställningar</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra diverse inställningar relaterade till " -"lokal säkerhet.</p>" +"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra diverse inställningar relaterade till lokal säkerhet.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Filskydd</b>: Inställningarna för behörigheterna\n" "för vissa systemfiler anges enligt data i /etc/permissions.secure\n" -" eller /etc/permissions.easy. Vilken fil som används beror på den här " -"inställningen.\n" -" Om SuSEconfig startas ställs dessa behörigheter in enligt /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -" Detta rättar till filer som har fått felaktig behörighet, oavsett om detta " -"inträffade av\n" +" eller /etc/permissions.easy. Vilken fil som används beror på den här inställningen.\n" +" Om SuSEconfig startas ställs dessa behörigheter in enligt /etc/permissions.*.\n" +" Detta rättar till filer som har fått felaktig behörighet, oavsett om detta inträffade av\n" " misstag eller om det beror på inkräktare.</p><p>\n" " Om <b>Enkel</b> används ändras de flesta av systemfilerna som endast kan\n" " läsas av root i Säker så att även andra användare kan läsa dessa filer.\n" -" Om <b>Säker</b> används kan vissa systemfiler, till exempel /var/log/" -"messages,\n" -" endast visas för användaren root. Vissa program kan endast startas av root " -"eller av\n" +" Om <b>Säker</b> används kan vissa systemfiler, till exempel /var/log/messages,\n" +" endast visas för användaren root. Vissa program kan endast startas av root eller av\n" " demoner, inte av vanliga användare.\n" -" Den säkraste inställningen är <b>Paranoid</B>. Om du väljer denna " -"inställning\n" -" måste du avgöra vilka användare som får köra X-program och setuid-program.\n" +" Den säkraste inställningen är <b>Paranoid</B>. Om du väljer denna inställning\n" +" måste du avgöra vilka användare som får köra X-program och setuid-program.</p>\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Användare som startar updatedb</b>: Programmet updatedb körs \n" -"en gång per dag. Det avsöker hela filsystemet och skapar en databas " -"(locatedb)\n" -" som lagrar platsen där varje fil befinner sig. Det går att söka i " -"databasen\n" -" med programmet locate. Här anger du användaren som kör kommandot: " -"<b>nobody</b>\n" +"en gång per dag. Det avsöker hela filsystemet och skapar en databas (locatedb)\n" +" som lagrar platsen där varje fil befinner sig. Det går att söka i databasen\n" +" med programmet locate. Här anger du användaren som kör kommandot: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (få filer) eller <b>root</b> (alla filer).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktuell katalog i roots sökväg</b> På ett DOS-system\n" -"söks körbara filer (program) först i den aktuella katalogen, och sedan i den " -"aktuella\n" +"söks körbara filer (program) först i den aktuella katalogen, och sedan i den aktuella\n" "sökvägsvariabeln. I ett Unix-system söks däremot\n" "de endast via sökvägen (variabeln PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -718,31 +661,26 @@ "och sedan i den aktuella sökvägsvariabeln. I ett Unix-system söks däremot\n" "de endast via sökvägen (variabeln PATH).</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Några system kringgår det genom att lägga till en punkt (\".\") till " -"sökvägen,\n" -"och därigenom göra så att filer i den aktuella sökvägen kan hittas och " -"köras.\n" +"<p>Några system kringgår det genom att lägga till en punkt (\".\") till sökvägen,\n" +"och därigenom göra så att filer i den aktuella sökvägen kan hittas och köras.\n" "Detta är mycket riskabelt, eftersom man av misstag kan råka starta okända\n" -"program i den aktuella katalogen istället för de vanliga " -"systemstandardfilerna.\n" +"program i den aktuella katalogen istället för de vanliga systemstandardfilerna.\n" "På så sätt blir det mycket enkelt att skapa <i>trojanska hästar</i>\n" "som utnyttjar den svagheten och kan skada ditt system, om du\n" "väljer det alternativet.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -750,8 +688,8 @@ "<p>\"ja\": Punkten (\".\") läggs till slutet på roots\n" "sökväg, så att den blir den sista som söks av.</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" @@ -759,204 +697,120 @@ "<p>\"nej\": Användaren root måste alltid starta program i\n" "den aktuella katalogen med \"./\" som prefix. Exempel: \"./configure\".</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivera Magic SysRq-tangenter:</b> Om du markerar det här " -"alternativet\n" -"kommer du att ha viss kontroll över systemet även om det kraschar (t ex " -"under\n" -"felsökning av kärnan). Se /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt för " -"detaljer.</p>" +"<p><b>Aktivera Magic SysRq-tangenter:</b> Om du markerar det här alternativet\n" +"kommer du att ha viss kontroll över systemet även om det kraschar (t ex under\n" +"felsökning av kärnan). Se /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt för detaljer.</p>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " -"security settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Säkerhetsöversikt</B><BR>I den här översikten visas de viktigaste " -"säkerhetsinställningarna.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Säkerhetsöversikt</B><BR>I den här översikten visas de viktigaste säkerhetsinställningarna.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Om du vill ändra de aktuella värdena klickar du på länken för respektive " -"alternativ.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Om du vill ändra de aktuella värdena klickar du på länken för respektive alternativ.</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P> En markering i kolumnen <B>Säkerhetsstatus</B> innebär att det aktuella " -"värdet för alternativet är skyddat.</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "<P> En markering i kolumnen <B>Säkerhetsstatus</B> innebär att det aktuella värdet för alternativet är skyddat.</P>" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Det gick inte att läsa det aktuella värdet. Tjänsten är troligen inte " -"installerad eller så saknas alternativet i systemet.</B></P>" +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Det gick inte att läsa det aktuella värdet. Tjänsten är troligen inte installerad eller så saknas alternativet i systemet.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>En skärmhanterare är en grafisk inloggningsskärm som kan nås\n" "via nätverket med en X-server som körs på ett annat system, om så\n" "inställt.</P><P>Fönstren som visas skickar sedan\n" "data i nätverket. Om nätverket inte är helt betrott går det att\n" -"avlyssna nätverkstrafiken och få åtkomst till det grafiska innehållet på " -"skärmen och även\n" +"avlyssna nätverkstrafiken och få åtkomst till det grafiska innehållet på skärmen och även\n" "till användarnamn och lösenord\n" -"som används.</P><P>Inaktivera det här alternativet om du inte behöver " -"<EM>XDMCP</EM> för grafiska fjärr-\n" +"som används.</P><P>Inaktivera det här alternativet om du inte behöver <EM>XDMCP</EM> för grafiska fjärr-\n" "inloggningar.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Vid start ställs systemtiden in från datorns\n" "maskinvaruklocka. Det innebär att maskinvaruklockan måste ställas in innan\n" -"stängs av.</P><P>Det krävs en konsekvent systemtid för att systemet ska " -"kunna skapa\n" +"stängs av.</P><P>Det krävs en konsekvent systemtid för att systemet ska kunna skapa\n" "korrekta loggmeddelanden.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Systemfel upptäcks oftast som olika avvikelser. Syslog-meddelanden om " -"regelbundna händelser är viktiga för att hitta orsakerna till problem. " -"Frånvaron av en enda post kan säga mer än om alla loggposter saknas.<P>Därför är syslog-meddelanden om systemhändelser endast användbara om de " -"finns.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Systemfel upptäcks oftast som olika avvikelser. Syslog-meddelanden om regelbundna händelser är viktiga för att hitta orsakerna till problem. Frånvaron av en enda post kan säga mer än om alla loggposter saknas.</P><P>Därför är syslog-meddelanden om systemhändelser endast användbara om de finns.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Chroot-exekveringsmiljöer begränsar en process till att endast ge åtkomst " -"till filer som behövs genom att placera dem i en separat underkatalog och " -"köra processen med en ändrad rot (chroot) inställd för katalogen.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Chroot-exekveringsmiljöer begränsar en process till att endast ge åtkomst till filer som behövs genom att placera dem i en separat underkatalog och köra processen med en ändrad rot (chroot) inställd för katalogen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " -"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>DHCP-klientdemonen ska köras som användarens <EM>dhcpd</EM> för att " -"minimera ett möjligt hot om tjänsten är sårbar för en svaghet i programkoden." -"</P><P>Observera att dhcpd aldrig får köras som <EM>root</EM> eller med " -"kapaciteten <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> för att den begränsade chroot-" -"exekveringen ska fungera.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "<P>DHCP-klientdemonen ska köras som användarens <EM>dhcpd</EM> för att minimera ett möjligt hot om tjänsten är sårbar för en svaghet i programkoden.</P><P>Observera att dhcpd aldrig får köras som <EM>root</EM> eller med kapaciteten <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> för att den begränsade chroot-exekveringen ska fungera.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Administratörer ska aldrig logga in som <EM>root</EM> i en X Window-" -"session för att minimera användningen av root-behörighet.</P><P>Det här " -"alternativet hjälper inte mot oförsiktiga administratörer men det hindrar " -"att angripare kan logga in som <EM>root</EM> via skärmhanterare om de gissat " -"eller på annat sätt fått tillgång till lösenordet.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Administratörer ska aldrig logga in som <EM>root</EM> i en X Window-session för att minimera användningen av root-behörighet.</P><P>Det här alternativet hjälper inte mot oförsiktiga administratörer men det hindrar att angripare kan logga in som <EM>root</EM> via skärmhanterare om de gissat eller på annat sätt fått tillgång till lösenordet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>X Window-klienter, t.ex. program som öppnar ett fönster på skärmen, " -"ansluter\n" -"till X-servern som körs på den fysiska maskinen. Programmen kan även köras " -"på\n" +"<P>X Window-klienter, t.ex. program som öppnar ett fönster på skärmen, ansluter\n" +"till X-servern som körs på den fysiska maskinen. Programmen kan även köras på\n" "ett annat system och visa innehållet på X-servern via nätverks-\n" -"anslutningarna.</P><P>Om alternativet är aktiverat lyssnar X-server på port " -"6000 plus \n" +"anslutningarna.</P><P>Om alternativet är aktiverat lyssnar X-server på port 6000 plus \n" "skärmnumret. Eftersom nätverkstrafik överförs okrypterad och därför\n" "kan avlyssnas, och eftersom porten är öppen av X-servern\n" -"och därmed öppen för angripare är det säkrast att inaktivera det.</P><P>Om " -"du vill visa X\n" -"Window-klienter i ett nätverk rekommenderar vi att du använder Secure Shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>) som gör att X Window-klienter kan ansluta till X-servern via " -"den krypterade ssh-anslutningen.</P>" +"och därmed öppen för angripare är det säkrast att inaktivera det.</P><P>Om du vill visa X\n" +"Window-klienter i ett nätverk rekommenderar vi att du använder Secure Shell (<EM>ssh</EM>) som gör att X Window-klienter kan ansluta till X-servern via den krypterade ssh-anslutningen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Undersystemet för e-postleverans startas alltid. Men det visas inte\n" -"utanför systemet som standard eftersom det inte lyssnar på SMTP-" -"nätverksporten 25.</P><P>Inaktivera alternativet om du inte levererar e-" -"postmeddelanden till systemet med SMTP-protokollet.</P>" +"utanför systemet som standard eftersom det inte lyssnar på SMTP-nätverksporten 25.</P><P>Inaktivera alternativet om du inte levererar e-postmeddelanden till systemet med SMTP-protokollet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" @@ -964,128 +818,75 @@ "<P>Om ett paket innehåller en tjänst som uppdateras samtidigt som den körs\n" "startas tjänsten om efter att filerna i paketet har\n" "installerats.</P><P>Detta fungerar oftast bra och det är säkert,\n" -"särskilt med tanke på att många tjänster behöver åtkomst till sina " -"binärfiler eller inställningsfiler\n" +"särskilt med tanke på att många tjänster behöver åtkomst till sina binärfiler eller inställningsfiler\n" "i filsystemet. I annat fall skulle dessa tjänster fortsätta\n" "att köras tills tjänsterna stoppas, t.ex. demoner som körs\n" -"stoppas.</P><P>Den här inställningen ska endast ändras om det finns en " -"särskild\n" +"stoppas.</P><P>Den här inställningen ska endast ändras om det finns en särskild\n" "orsak att göra det.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Om ett paket innehåller en tjänst som avinstalleras samtidigt som den " -"körs\n" +"<P>Om ett paket innehåller en tjänst som avinstalleras samtidigt som den körs\n" "stoppas tjänsten innan filerna i paketet tas\n" "bort.</P><P>Detta fungerar oftast bra och det är säkert,\n" -"särskilt med tanke på att många tjänster behöver åtkomst till sina " -"binärfiler eller inställningsfiler\n" +"särskilt med tanke på att många tjänster behöver åtkomst till sina binärfiler eller inställningsfiler\n" "i filsystemet. I annat fall skulle dessa tjänster fortsätta\n" "att köras tills tjänsterna stoppas, t.ex. demoner som körs\n" -"stoppas.</P><P>Den här inställningen ska endast ändras om det finns en " -"särskild\n" +"stoppas.</P><P>Den här inställningen ska endast ändras om det finns en särskild\n" "orsak att göra det.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Ett system kan översvämmas med anslutningsförsök så att minnet i systemet " -"tar slut, vilket leder till en DoS-attack (Denial of Service).</P><P>Vid " -"sådana situationer kan syncookies hjälpa. Men vid inställningar med ett " -"mycket stort antal legitima anslutningsförsök från en källa kan " -"inställningen <EM>Aktiverad</EM> orsaka problem med nekade TCP-anslutningar " -"under hög belastning.</P><P>För de flesta miljöer är syncookies ett första " -"försvar mot SYN-översvämningar vid DoS-attacker. Den säkraste inställningen " -"är ändå <EM>Aktiverad</EM>.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Ett system kan översvämmas med anslutningsförsök så att minnet i systemet tar slut, vilket leder till en DoS-attack (Denial of Service).</P><P>Vid sådana situationer kan syncookies hjälpa. Men vid inställningar med ett mycket stort antal legitima anslutningsförsök från en källa kan inställningen <EM>Aktiverad</EM> orsaka problem med nekade TCP-anslutningar under hög belastning.</P><P>För de flesta miljöer är syncookies ett första försvar mot SYN-översvämningar vid DoS-attacker. Den säkraste inställningen är ändå <EM>Aktiverad</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>IP-vidarebefordring innebär att systemet skickar vidare nätverkspaket som " -"har tagits emot men inte är avsedda för något av systemets konfigurerade " -"nätverksgränssnitt, t ex nätverksgränssnittsadresser.</P><P>Om ett system " -"vidarebefordrar nätverkstrafik på ISO/OSI-lager kallas det router. Om du " -"inte behöver routerfunktionen kan du inaktivera det här alternativet.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>IP-vidarebefordring innebär att systemet skickar vidare nätverkspaket som har tagits emot men inte är avsedda för något av systemets konfigurerade nätverksgränssnitt, t ex nätverksgränssnittsadresser.</P><P>Om ett system vidarebefordrar nätverkstrafik på ISO/OSI-lager kallas det router. Om du inte behöver routerfunktionen kan du inaktivera det här alternativet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Den här inställningen gäller endast för <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Den här inställningen gäller endast för <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Magic SysRq-tangenter ger dig viss kontroll över systemet även om det " -"skulle krascha (t ex under felsökning av kärnan) eller om det inte svarar." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Magic SysRq-tangenter ger dig viss kontroll över systemet även om det skulle krascha (t ex under felsökning av kärnan) eller om det inte svarar.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"<P>Det finns fördefinierade filskydd i filerna /etc/permissions.*. De mest " -"restriktiva filskydden definieras som \"säkra\" eller \"paranoida\" filer." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Det finns fördefinierade filskydd i filerna /etc/permissions.*. De mest restriktiva filskydden definieras som \"säkra\" eller \"paranoida\" filer.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Grundläggande systemtjänster måste aktiveras för systemkonsekvens och för " -"att köra säkerhetsrelaterade tjänster.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Grundläggande systemtjänster måste aktiveras för systemkonsekvens och för att köra säkerhetsrelaterade tjänster.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Alla tjänster som körs riskerar att utsättas för säkerhetsangrepp. Därför " -"bör du stänga av alla tjänster som inte används av systemet.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Alla tjänster som körs riskerar att utsättas för säkerhetsangrepp. Därför bör du stänga av alla tjänster som inte används av systemet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Startsäkerhet</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra olika startinställningar som har med " -"säkerhet att göra.</p>" +"<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du ändra olika startinställningar som har med säkerhet att göra.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1095,8 +896,8 @@ " händelsen ignoreras, till exempel när systemet fungerar som både\n" "arbetsstation och server." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1106,9 +907,9 @@ "ignoreras, till exempel när systemet fungerar som både\n" "arbetsstation och server." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1120,8 +921,8 @@ " att någon vid konsolen trycker knappkombinationen\n" " CTRL + ALT + DEL. %s</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" @@ -1129,382 +930,378 @@ "<p><b>Avstängningsbeteende för inloggningshanteraren</b>:\n" "Ställ in vem som har tillåtelse att stänga av datorn från %s.</p>\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Strömsparläge för system</b>:\n" -"Ställ in villkoren för att tillåta användare att använda strömsparläget. Som " -"standard har användare på en aktiv konsol denna behörighet.\n" -"Andra alternativ är att tillåta åtgärden för alla användare eller att alltid " -"kräva autentisering.</p>\n" +"Ställ in villkoren för att tillåta användare att använda strömsparläget. Som standard har användare på en aktiv konsol denna behörighet.\n" +"Andra alternativ är att tillåta åtgärden för alla användare eller att alltid kräva autentisering.</p>\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Arbetsstation" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "Rörlig enhet" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Nätverksserver" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Arbetsstation" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "&Rörlig enhet" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Nätverks&server" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "Lägg till användare" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "Begränsningar för användar-id" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "Begränsningar för grupp-id" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "Minsta användar-id kan inte vara större än längsta." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." msgstr "Minimum grupp-id kan inte vara större än längsta." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorera" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Starta om" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "Stoppa" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Endast root" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Alla användare" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ingen" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "Hur &Ctrl + Alt + Del ska tolkas" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Tillåt &grafisk fjärrinloggning" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Magic SysRq-tangenter" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Inaktivera" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Aktivera alla funktioner" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "För&dröjning efter felaktigt inloggningsförsök" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Ma&ximalt" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Systemviloläge" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Användare på aktiv konsol" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Alla kan aktivera viloläge" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Kräv alltid autentisering" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Kr&ypteringsmetod för lösenord" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Kontrollera nya lösenord" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Antal lös&enord att komma ihåg" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minsta accepterade lösenordslängd" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "Förvarningstid innan lösenor&d går ut" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Filskydd" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Enkel" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Säker" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "Användare som startar &updatedb" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "M&aximalt" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "&Avstängningsbeteende för %s-inloggningshanterare:" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Fördefinierade säkerhetsinställningar" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "Säkerhetsinställningar" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Sparar säkerhetsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Spara säkerhetsinställningar" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Spara inittab-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Spara PAM-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Uppdatera systeminställningarna" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Sparar säkerhetsinställningar..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Sparar inittab-inställningar..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Sparar PAM-inställningar..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Uppdaterar systeminställningarna..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Aktuell säkerhetsnivå: Egna inställningar" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Aktuell säkerhetsnivå: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,128 +14,99 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." msgstr "Sparar systemd-standardmål..." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" msgstr "VNC kräver ett grafiskt system för att vara tillgängligt" -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 msgid "&Default systemd target" msgstr "System&d-standardmål" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 msgid "Default systemd target" msgstr "Systemd-standardmål" -#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" msgstr "Ställ in systemd-standardmål" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" msgstr "Välja systemd-standardmål" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "" -"Systemd är en system- och tjänsthanterare för Linux. Den består av enheter " -"som har till uppgift att aktivera tjänster och andra enheter." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "Systemd är en system- och tjänsthanterare för Linux. Den består av enheter som har till uppgift att aktivera tjänster och andra enheter." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Standardmålenheten aktiveras som standard vid start. Vanligtvis är den en " -"symbolisk länk i sökvägen /etc/systemd/system/default.target. Se mer på man-" -"sidan för systemd." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "Standardmålenheten aktiveras som standard vid start. Vanligtvis är den en symbolisk länk i sökvägen /etc/systemd/system/default.target. Se mer på man-sidan för systemd." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "" -"Fleranvändarmål är till för att ställa in ett icke-grafiskt " -"fleranvändarsystem med nätverk lämpligt för server (liknande körnivå 3)." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "Fleranvändarmål är till för att ställa in ett icke-grafiskt fleranvändarsystem med nätverk lämpligt för server (liknande körnivå 3)." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "" -"Grafiskt mål är för att ställa in en grafisk inloggningsskärm med nätverk " -"som är typisk för arbetsstationer (liknande körnivå 5)." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "Grafiskt mål är för att ställa in en grafisk inloggningsskärm med nätverk som är typisk för arbetsstationer (liknande körnivå 5)." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." -msgstr "" -"Om du inte är säker på vilket alternativ som är bäst för dig bör du välja " -"grafiskt mål." +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "Om du inte är säker på vilket alternativ som är bäst för dig bör du välja grafiskt mål." -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" msgstr "Tillgängliga mål" -#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the -#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this -#. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " msgstr "Installationsprogrammet rekommenderar att du väljer standardmålet %s " -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" msgstr "X11-paket har valts för installation" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "" -"Liveinstallation används vanligtvis för fullt grafiskt gränssnitt på " -"målsystemet" +msgstr "Liveinstallation används vanligtvis för fullt grafiskt gränssnitt på målsystemet" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" msgstr "Seriell anslutning har vanligen inte stöd för grafiskt gränssnitt" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"Textlägesinstallation förutsätter att det inte finns något grafiskt " -"gränssnitt på målsystemet" +msgstr "Textlägesinstallation förutsätter att det inte finns något grafiskt gränssnitt på målsystemet" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" msgstr "Användning av VNC förutsätter ett grafiskt gränssnitt på målsystemet" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "" -"SSH-installationsläge förutsätter att det inte finns något grafiskt " -"gränssnitt på målsystemet" +msgstr "SSH-installationsläge förutsätter att det inte finns något grafiskt gränssnitt på målsystemet" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "X11-paket har inte valts för installation" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "Rekommendationen bygger på analys av andra installationsinställningar" -#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module -#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 msgid "" "Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" "Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." @@ -143,118 +114,114 @@ "Systemd, konfigurationsmodul för mål och tjänster.\n" "Använd systemctl för att konfigurera kommandoradstjänster." -#. Default for double-click in the table -#. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 msgid "Writing configuration..." msgstr "Sparar inställningar..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" msgstr "Skriver inställningsfilen:\n" -#. Additional space for UI features -#. Additional space for UI features -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "Standardsystem&mål" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjänst" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#. The current state matches the futural state -#. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Active" msgstr "Aktiv" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 msgid "&Start/Stop" msgstr "&Starta/stoppa" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 msgid "&Enable/Disable" msgstr "Aktiv&era/inaktivera" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Visa &detaljer" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 msgid "Services Manager" msgstr "Tjänstehanterare" -#. Redraws the services dialog -#. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 msgid "Reading services status..." msgstr "Läser tjänststatus..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Inactive" msgstr "Inaktiv" -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Active (will start)" msgstr "Aktiv (startas)" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Inactive (will stop)" msgstr "Inaktiv (stoppas)" -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" msgstr "Tjänst %{service} full info" -#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should -#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration -#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should -#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" " -"section in the description file" -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att aktivera/inaktivera tjänsten eftersom den inte har något " -"\"installera\"-avsnitt i beskrivningsfilen" +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 +msgid "This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" section in the description file" +msgstr "Det går inte att aktivera/inaktivera tjänsten eftersom den inte har något \"installera\"-avsnitt i beskrivningsfilen" -#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Tjänster" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "Tjänster" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>" @@ -262,41 +229,33 @@ "<p><big><b>Tjänster</b></big><br>\n" "Den nuvarande installationen innehåller inga funktioner.</p>" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.</p>\n" -"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Tjänster</b></big><br>\n" -"Med det här installationsförslaget kan du starta och aktivera en tjänst " -"från\n" +"Med det här installationsförslaget kan du starta och aktivera en tjänst från\n" "listan med tjänster.</p>\n" -"<p>Det går även att öppna portar i brandväggen för en tjänst om brandväggen " -"är aktiverad\n" +"<p>Det går även att öppna portar i brandväggen för en tjänst om brandväggen är aktiverad\n" "och en viss tjänst kräver att de måste öppnas.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"Tjänsten %service kommer att %toggled och porten i brandväggen kommer att " -"%switched %link" +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "Tjänsten %service kommer att %toggled och porten i brandväggen kommer att %switched %link" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" msgstr "Tjänsten %service kommer att %toggled %link" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 msgid "Package %1 is not available" msgstr "Paketet %1 är inte tillgängligt" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 msgid "" "Installation of required packages has failed; \n" "enabling and starting the services may also fail" @@ -304,67 +263,66 @@ "Installationen av nödvändiga paket har misslyckats; \n" "att aktivera och starta tjänsterna kan också misslyckas" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Det går inte att aktivera tjänsten %1" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Standardmål" -#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. -#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Okänt autoyast-tjänstprofilschema för services-manager" -#. AutoYast summary -#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Inte inställd ännu." -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. -#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att %{change} %{service} som för närvarande är %{status}. " +msgstr "Det gick inte att %{change} %{service} som för närvarande är %{status}. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "Det gick inte att %{change} %{service}. " -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 msgid "Graphical mode" msgstr "Grafiskt läge" -#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 msgid "Text mode" msgstr "Textläge" -#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 msgid "Emergency Mode" msgstr "Nödläge" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiskt gränssnitt" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 msgid "Initrd Default Target" msgstr "Standardmål för initrd" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 msgid "Switch Root" msgstr "Växla rot" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 msgid "Multi-User System" msgstr "Fleranvändarsystem" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "Räddningsläge" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "Ställ in SLP-server" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "SLP-server" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "&SLP-server" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "När s&ystemet startar" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuellt" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "Visa logg" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "Svar till" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Rundsändning" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "DA-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "Blir DA-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "&IP-adresser för DA-servrar" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "&Områden" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "SLP-serverinställningar" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "Global SLP-inställning" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in SLP-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "Serverdetaljer" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "Statiska inställningsfiler" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort den här filen?" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "Namn på ny fil" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "Område och IP-adress måste infogas." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "Område måste infogas." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "Översikt för SLP-server" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>SLP-server</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "Ställ in SLP-server - expertdialogruta" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "SLP-serverkonfiguration -- Redigera REG-filen" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar SLP-serverinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar SLP-serverinställningarna</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -184,11 +184,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -198,8 +197,8 @@ "Här kan du få en översikt över installerade SLP-servrar. Du kan\n" "också ändra inställningarna.<BR></P>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" @@ -207,8 +206,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Lägga till en SLP-server</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <B>Lägg till</B> om du vill ställa in en SLP-server.</P>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -218,8 +217,8 @@ "Välj den SLP-server som du vill ändra eller ta bort.\n" "Klicka sedan på <B>Redigera</B> eller <B>Ta bort</B>.</P>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -229,9 +228,9 @@ "Klicka på<b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -241,8 +240,8 @@ "Det går inte, du måste koda det först. :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -252,150 +251,132 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Om du vill visa SLPD-loggfilen använder du <b>Visa logg</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Här ställer du in läget för SLP-demonen. Den enklaste läget är " -"<b>Utsändning</b>.\n" -"I det läget svarar SLP-demonen på alla skickade begäranden. Nästa läge är " -"<b>Multicast</b>. I det läget svarar demonen på frågor\n" -"som skickas av multicast i lämpliga SCOPES. I läget <b>DA-server</b> " -"informeras DA-servrar på de angivna IP-adresserna\n" -"om statiskt och dynamiskt registrerade tjänster. Det sista alternativet är " -"<b>Blir DA-server</b>. Detta är en cache-server för tjänste-\n" +"<p>Här ställer du in läget för SLP-demonen. Den enklaste läget är <b>Utsändning</b>.\n" +"I det läget svarar SLP-demonen på alla skickade begäranden. Nästa läge är <b>Multicast</b>. I det läget svarar demonen på frågor\n" +"som skickas av multicast i lämpliga SCOPES. I läget <b>DA-server</b> informeras DA-servrar på de angivna IP-adresserna\n" +"om statiskt och dynamiskt registrerade tjänster. Det sista alternativet är <b>Blir DA-server</b>. Detta är en cache-server för tjänste-\n" "svar.</p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Expertinställningar</b> kan du komma åt alla alternativ i /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Expertinställningar</b> kan du komma åt alla alternativ i /etc/slp.conf.</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " -"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfiler för statisk registrering till SLP. Med <b>Lägg till</b> " -"kan du skapa en ny tom fil. Med <b>Ändra</b>\n" -"kan du ändra värdena i en befintlig fil. Med <b>Ta bort</b> kan du ta bort " -"filer som inte ägs av något paket." +"Konfigurationsfiler för statisk registrering till SLP. Med <b>Lägg till</b> kan du skapa en ny tom fil. Med <b>Ändra</b>\n" +"kan du ändra värdena i en befintlig fil. Med <b>Ta bort</b> kan du ta bort filer som inte ägs av något paket." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "Hjälp för regedit" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>För att ställa in SLP-servern måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>För att ställa in SLP-servern måste paketet <b>%1</b> installeras.</p>" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Vill du installera det nu?</p>" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Initierar SLP-serverinställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Läs databasen" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Läs de föregående inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Identifiera enheterna" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Läser databasen..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Läser de föregående inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Identifierar enheterna..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Kan inte läsa databas2." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Sparar SLP-serverinställningarna" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det går inte att spara inställningarna." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,430 +14,430 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finns inget tillgängligt användargränssnitt för den här modulen." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." msgstr "Ingen URL har definierats. Testet kan inte genomföras." -#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file -#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` -#. could reveal them. -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 msgid "Creating a temporary file..." msgstr "Skapar en temporär fil..." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa en temporär fil %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 msgid "Check credentials..." msgstr "Kontrollerar inloggningsuppgifter..." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 msgid "Invalid credentials." msgstr "Ogiltiga inloggningsuppgifter." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 msgid "Success." msgstr "Lyckades." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of smt -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "SCC Registration" msgstr "SCC-registrering" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Synchronization of Updates" msgstr "Synkronisering av uppdateringar" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Generation of Reports" msgstr "Generera rapporter" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" msgstr "Rensa jobbkö" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Rekommenderas" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Valfritt" -#. Patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 msgid "-" msgstr "-" -#. Only some repositories support filtering, although -#. snapshots can be created from every repository -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Package manager patches: %1" msgstr "Korrigeringar av pakethanterare: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Security patches: %1" msgstr "Säkerhetskorrigeringar: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Recommended patches: %1" msgstr "Rekommenderade korrigeringar: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Optional patches: %1" msgstr "Valfria korrigeringar: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Söndag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Måndag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Tisdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Onsdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Torsdag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Fredag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Lördag" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" msgstr "&Aktivera tjänsten Subscription Management Tool (SMT)" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Customer Center Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av Customer Center" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "&Use Custom Server" msgstr "&Använd en anpassad server" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "&Registration Server Url" msgstr "&Registreringsserverns URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&Download Server Url" msgstr "&Hämta serverns URL" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Organization (Mirroring) Credentials" msgstr "Inloggningsuppgifter för organsationen (spegling)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "&Test..." msgstr "&Testa..." -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" msgstr "&E-postadress som användes när du registrerade dig i SCC" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" msgstr "&URL till SMT-server" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307 msgid "Database &Password" msgstr "Databas&lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: password entry -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "B&ekräfta lösenord" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" msgstr "Lista över schemalagda jobb" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 msgid "Job to Run" msgstr "Jobb att köra" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frekvens" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "Day of the Week" msgstr "Veckodag" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Day of the Month" msgstr "Dag i månaden" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Hour" msgstr "Timme" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Minute" msgstr "Minut" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Lägg till..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Redigera..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367 msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" msgstr "E-postadresser som rapporter ska skickas till" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "All" msgstr "Alla" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031 msgid "Repository &Name" msgstr "Lagringsplatsens &namn" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "&Patch Category" msgstr "&Korrigeringskategori" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Patch Name" msgstr "Korrigeringsnamn" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Category" msgstr "Kategori" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Testning" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Production" msgstr "Produktion" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Patch Details" msgstr "Mer information om korrigering" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453 msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" msgstr "&Växla korrigeringsstatus" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Ändra &status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." msgstr "&Exkludera från ögonblicksbild..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "&All listed..." msgstr "&Alla i listan..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "&Aktivera" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Inaktivera" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Snapshot..." msgstr "Skapa ögonblicksbild..." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" msgstr "Från full spegling till &testning" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "From Testing to &Production" msgstr "Från testning till &produktion" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Repository Filter" msgstr "Lagringsplatsfilter" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Target" msgstr "Mål" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Mirroring" msgstr "Spegling" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 msgid "Staging" msgstr "Mellanlagring" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "Speglad" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515 msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" msgstr "Växla &spegling" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516 msgid "Toggle &Staging" msgstr "Växla &mellanlagring" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518 msgid "Mirror &Now" msgstr "Spegla &nu" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Värddatornamn" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Last Contact" msgstr "Senaste kontakt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" msgstr "Initierar SMT-konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Read SMT configuration" msgstr "Läs SMT-konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "Read SMT status" msgstr "Läs SMT-status" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningarna" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Read cron settings" msgstr "Läs Cron-inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983 msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." msgstr "Läser SMT-konfiguration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Reading SMT status..." msgstr "Läser SMT-status..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564 msgid "Reading cron settings..." msgstr "Läser Cron-inställningar..." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610 msgid "SCC Credentials" msgstr "Inloggningsuppgifter till SCC" -#. Informative text -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" "Choose one of the options below." @@ -445,30 +445,29 @@ "Det verkar som att systemet inte är registrerat i SCC.\n" "Välj ett av alternativen nedan." -#. Radio button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631 +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Hoppa över registrering" -#. Radio button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640 +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640 msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" msgstr "Registrera dig i &SUSE Customer Center" -#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650 +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SCC Credentials</big></b><br>\n" "You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" "properly. Choose one of the listed options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Inloggningsuppgifter till SCC</big></b><br>\n" -"Du måste registrera din SMT-server i SUSE Customer Center om du vill att den " -"ska fungera\n" +"Du måste registrera din SMT-server i SUSE Customer Center om du vill att den ska fungera\n" "korrekt. Välj ett av alternativen i listan.</p>" -#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656 +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "" "<p>Choosing <b>Register in SUSE Customer Center</b> would\n" "call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" @@ -477,37 +476,35 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Om du väljer <b>Registrera dig i SUSE Customer Center</b> \n" "anropas den vanliga konfigurationsmodulen för SUSE Customer Center.\n" -"<b>Generera nya inloggningsuppgifter till SCC</b> skapar bara en fil med nya " -"inloggningsuppgifter till SCC\n" +"<b>Generera nya inloggningsuppgifter till SCC</b> skapar bara en fil med nya inloggningsuppgifter till SCC\n" "utan att anropa någon konfigurationsmodul för SUSE Customer Center.</p>" -#. Pop-up dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685 +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. Pop-up question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "" "Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" "Are you sure you want to really skip it?" msgstr "" -"Om inloggningsuppgifterna till SCC lämnas tomma kan det hända att SMT-" -"servern inte fungerar som den ska.\n" +"Om inloggningsuppgifterna till SCC lämnas tomma kan det hända att SMT-servern inte fungerar som den ska.\n" "Är du verkligen säker på att du vill hoppa över det här steget?" -#. Button label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691 msgid "&Yes, Skip It" msgstr "&Ja, hoppa över" -#. Button label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Avbryt" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767 msgid "" "SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" "to be readable by %2 user." @@ -515,8 +512,8 @@ "SMT-servern kan inte ställa in %1 filbehörigheter\n" "så att de kan läsas av %2 användare." -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "" "SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" "to be recursively writable by %2 user." @@ -524,10 +521,10 @@ "SMT-servern kan inte ställa in %1 katalogbehörighet\n" "så att %2 användare kan skriva rekursivt." -#. 0 -> some lines found -#. 1 -> nothing found -#. 2 -> error -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838 +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "" "File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" "\n" @@ -537,126 +534,125 @@ "Filen %1 hittades i dokumentroten.\n" "\n" "Se till att '/repo/tangenter' listas som en tillåten katalog\n" -", eller ta bort filen. Annars kan det hända att SMT-servern inte fungerar " -"som den ska." +", eller ta bort filen. Annars kan det hända att SMT-servern inte fungerar som den ska." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" msgstr "Justera SMT-konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Adjust database configuration" msgstr "Justera databaskonfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858 msgid "Check and install server certificate" msgstr "Kontrollera och installera servercertifikat" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" msgstr "Justera konfiguration av webbserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862 msgid "Adjust SMT service" msgstr "Justera SMT-tjänsten" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Write cron settings" msgstr "Spara Cron-inställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Check mirrored repositories" msgstr "Kontrollera speglade lagringsplatser" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Run synchronization check" msgstr "Kör synkroniseringskontroll" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." msgstr "Justerar SMT-knfiguration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876 msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." msgstr "Justerar databaskonfiguration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878 msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." msgstr "Kontrollerar och installerar servercertifikat..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880 msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." msgstr "Justerar konfiguration av webbserver..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." msgstr "Justerar SMT-tjänsten..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Writing cron settings..." msgstr "Sparar Cron-inställningar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." msgstr "Kontrollerar speglade lagringsplatser..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890 msgid "Running synchronization check..." msgstr "Kör synkroniseringskontroll..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896 msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" msgstr "Sparar SMT-konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Writing Changes" msgstr "Skriva ändringar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Write patches" msgstr "Skriv korrigeringar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Writing patches..." msgstr "Sparar korrigeringar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130 msgid "The first and the second password do not match." msgstr "Första och andra lösenordet stämmer inte överens." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "" "Password should not be empty.\n" "\n" @@ -666,8 +662,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta ändå?" -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 msgid "" "The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" "\n" @@ -677,8 +673,8 @@ "\n" "Ange SMT-serverns URL i följande format: http:://server.namn/\n" -#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211 +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "" "Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" "\n" @@ -688,55 +684,55 @@ "\n" "URL bör börja med http:// eller https://." -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Update server user must not be empty." msgstr "Användare av uppdateringsserver får inte vara tomt." -#. Pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232 +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232 msgid "Update server password must not be empty." msgstr "Lösenordet till uppdateringsserver får inte vara tomt." -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246 msgid "&Test Details" msgstr "&Mer information om test" -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261 msgid "Test result: success" msgstr "Testresultat: lyckat" -#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "Test result: failure" msgstr "Testresultat: misslyckat" -#. busy message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410 +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410 msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." msgstr "Hämtar lista över tillgängliga lagringsplatser..." -#. empty /--/ == no specific target -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467 +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. Used as a fallback -#. %1 is replaced with a patch category -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545 +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545 msgid "Patch category '%1'" msgstr "Korrigeringskategori %1" -#. No patch listed, no patch selected -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563 +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." msgstr "Det finns inga tillgängliga korrigeringar i lagringsplatsen." -#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter -#. %2 is replaced with patch description -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586 +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586 msgid "" "%1\n" "\n" @@ -746,98 +742,93 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state -#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 -msgid "" -"<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be " -"enabled in this dialog.</b>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Korrigeringen filtreras bort av filtret för korrigeringskategori (%1) och " -"kan därför inte aktiveras i dialogrutan.</b>" +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 +msgid "<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog.</b>" +msgstr "<b>Korrigeringen filtreras bort av filtret för korrigeringskategori (%1) och kan därför inte aktiveras i dialogrutan.</b>" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" msgstr "Det finns inga lagringsplatser som har aktiverad mellanlagring" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632 msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" msgstr "Tidsstämpel på spegling: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639 msgid "Never mirrored" msgstr "Aldrig speglad" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" msgstr "Tidsstämpel på ögonblicksbild av test: %1" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667 msgid "Never created" msgstr "Aldrig skapad" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" msgstr "Tidsstämpel på ögonblicksbild av produktion: %1" -#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819 +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819 msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" msgstr "Lagringsplatsen tillåter inte filtrering av korrigeringar" -#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date -#. %2 There are some patches pending... -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860 +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860 msgid "%1<br>%2" msgstr "%1<br>%2" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862 msgid "Client is up-to-date" msgstr "Klienten är uppdaterad" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863 msgid "<b>Client is not up-to-date</b>" msgstr "<b>Klienten är inte uppdaterad</b>" -#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867 +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867 msgid "There are some patches pending:<br>%1" msgstr "Du har några väntande korrigeringar:<br>%1" -#. Number of patches pending -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876 +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876 msgid "Status is unknown" msgstr "Okänd status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886 msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" -msgstr "" -"Du har inte några registrerade klienter, eller så är deras status okänd" +msgstr "Du har inte några registrerade klienter, eller så är deras status okänd" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914 msgid "Unknown Status" msgstr "Okänd status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Never" msgstr "Aldrig" -#. Catalog Name (Target) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999 +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" msgstr "%1 (%2)(%3)" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. a mlti-selection-box label -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057 +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057 msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" msgstr "Exkludera alla korrigeringar i de valda kategorierna" -#. a pop-up message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133 +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133 msgid "" "This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" "You can create snapshots of its current stage though." @@ -845,8 +836,8 @@ "Lagringsplatsen tillåter inte filtrering av korrigeringar.\n" "Du kan dock skapa ögonblicksbilder av det aktuella tillståndet." -#. a pop-up message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "" "This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" "and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." @@ -854,13 +845,13 @@ "Korrigeringen har filtrerats bort av ett kategoribaserat filter\n" "och du kan därför inte ändra status på den i den här dialogrutan." -#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172 +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra aktuell status på korrigeringen." -#. Multiline key description -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298 +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298 msgid "" "Key ID: %1\n" "UID: %2\n" @@ -870,14 +861,14 @@ "UID: %2\n" "Fingeravtryck: %3" -#. pop-up heading -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308 +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308 msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras för signering" -#. pop-up dialog message -#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314 +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314 msgid "" "SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" "\n" @@ -886,218 +877,215 @@ "Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" "otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." msgstr "" -"SMT-servern har konfigurerats till att signera ögonblicksbilden med följande " -"nyckel:\n" +"SMT-servern har konfigurerats till att signera ögonblicksbilden med följande nyckel:\n" "\n" "%1\n" "\n" "Ange lösenfrasen och tryck på OK.\n" "Om du vill hoppa över signeringsproceduren trycker du istället på Avbryt." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331 msgid "Key &Passphrase" msgstr "L&ösenfras" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332 msgid "&Once Again" msgstr "&En gång till" -#. pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." msgstr "De angivna lösenfraserna stämmer inte överens." -#. a bussy message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399 +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399 msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." msgstr "Skapar ögonblicksbild av lagringsplatsen..." -#. a pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414 +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414 msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." msgstr "Ett fel inträffade när ögonblicksbilden skapades." -#. very simple e-mail validator -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 msgid "New &E-Mail" msgstr "Ny &e-post" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493 msgid "Editing &E-Mail" msgstr "Redigera &e-post" -#. OK pressed -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528 +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528 msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." msgstr "Epostadressen %1 är ogiltig." -#. pop-up error message -#. pop-up error message -#. pop-up error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611 +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611 msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." msgstr "Internt fel: Det går inte att växla det aktuella tillståndet." -#. Error message -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649 +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649 msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." msgstr "Det går inte att spegla den markerade lagringsplatsen." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655 msgid "Mirroring Repository" msgstr "Spegla lagringsplats" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Progress" msgstr "&Förlopp" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Stoppa" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" -msgstr "" -"Spegling av den valda lagringsplatsen har påbörjats och har process-ID: %1\n" +msgstr "Spegling av den valda lagringsplatsen har påbörjats och har process-ID: %1\n" -#. a headline -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691 +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691 msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" msgstr "Avbryta spegling" -#. a pop-up question -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693 +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill avbryta den aktuella speglingsprocessen?" -#. push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695 +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695 msgid "Abort Mirroring" msgstr "Avbryt spegling" -#. push button -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697 +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697 msgid "Continue Mirroring" msgstr "Fortsätt spegla" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 msgid "Aborting...\n" msgstr "Avbryter...\n" -#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 msgid "Finished\n" msgstr "Klar\n" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 msgid "Mirroring failed\n" msgstr "Speglingen misslyckades\n" -#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands -#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Command: %1" msgstr "Kommando: %1" -#. Offer adding the script only if exists -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872 +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872 msgid "Uploading Support Configs" msgstr "Överföra supportkonfigurationer" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201 msgid "Periodically" msgstr "Regelbundet" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198 msgid "Monthly" msgstr "Månadsvis" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952 -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Odefinierat" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "Veckovis" -#. Script-call period, used as a table item -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196 +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196 msgid "Daily" msgstr "Dagligen" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943 msgid "Every %1 hours" msgstr "Var %1:e timme" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960 msgid "Every %1 minutes" msgstr "Var %1:e minut" -#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011 +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011 msgid "" "Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" "To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" "you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." msgstr "" "De schemalagda jobben har inaktiverats på grund av att paket saknas.\n" -"Om du vill installera de paket som saknas och konfigurera de schemalagda " -"jobben,\n" +"Om du vill installera de paket som saknas och konfigurera de schemalagda jobben,\n" "måste du starta om YaSTs konfigurationsmodul för SMT." -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038 msgid "Every H-th &Hour" msgstr "Var H:e &timme" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039 msgid "Every M-th &Minute" msgstr "Var M:e &minut" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Hour" msgstr "&Timme" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233 msgid "&Minute" msgstr "&Minut" -#. Weekly -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184 +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184 msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" msgstr "Redigera ett schemalagt jobb i SMT" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185 msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" msgstr "Schemalägga nytt jobb i SMT" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194 msgid "&Frequency" msgstr "&Frekvens" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208 msgid "&Job to Run" msgstr "&Jobb att köra" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212 msgid "Job Start Time" msgstr "Starttid för jobb" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219 msgid "Day of the &Week" msgstr "&Veckodag" -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228 msgid "&Day of the Month" msgstr "&Dag i månaden" -#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup -#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359 +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1105,69 +1093,57 @@ "Vill du avsluta?\n" "Alla ändringar går förlorade." -#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Customer Center Access</b></big><br>\n" "Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Åtkomst till Customer Center</b></big><br>\n" -"Ange inloggningsuppgifterna för SUSE-uppdateringar (updates.suse.com) här.\n" +"Ange inloggningsuppgifterna för SUSE-uppdateringar (updates.suse.com) här.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 msgid "" -"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center " -"authentication.\n" +"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" "To test the credentials you entered, click <b>Test</b>.\n" -"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and " -"download of\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" "test data.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Användarnamn</b> och <b>lösenord</b> krävs för Customer Center-" -"autentisering.\n" +"<p><b>Användarnamn</b> och <b>lösenord</b> krävs för Customer Center-autentisering.\n" "Klicka på <b>Testa</b> om du vill testa inloggningsuppgifterna.\n" -"SMT-servern ansluter då till Customer Center-servern för autentisering och " -"hämtning av\n" +"SMT-servern ansluter då till Customer Center-servern för autentisering och hämtning av\n" "testdata.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 -msgid "" -"<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du bör använda samma e-postadress som du använde när du registrerade dig " -"i Customer Center.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du bör använda samma e-postadress som du använde när du registrerade dig i Customer Center.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Database</b></big><br>\n" -"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the " -"database.\n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" "With <b>Database Password</b>, set or change the database\n" "password for that user. The password should not be empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Databas</b></big><br>\n" -"Av säkerhetsskäl kräver SMT-servern en separat användare för att ansluta " -"till databasen.\n" +"Av säkerhetsskäl kräver SMT-servern en separat användare för att ansluta till databasen.\n" "Med <b>Lösenord för databas</b> anger eller ändrar du lösenordet\n" "för databasen för användaren. Lösenordet bör inte vara tomt.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Reporting</b></big><br>\n" -"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to." -"</p>\n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Rapportering</b></big><br>\n" -"Här kan du skapa en lista över e-postadresser som SMT-servern ska skicka " -"rapporter till.</p>\n" +"Här kan du skapa en lista över e-postadresser som SMT-servern ska skicka rapporter till.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Schedule SMT Jobs</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs.</p>" @@ -1175,32 +1151,26 @@ "<p><big><b>Schemalägga SMT-jobb</b></big><br>\n" "Här kan du redigera regelbundna SMT-jobb.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 msgid "<p>When adding a new job, first select a <b>Job to Run</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När du lägger till ett nytt jobb markerar du först ett <b>jobb att köra.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När du lägger till ett nytt jobb markerar du först ett <b>jobb att köra</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> " -"selection box\n" +"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> selection box\n" "switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" -"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week</b>\n" "is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>När du redigerar ett aktuellt jobb eller lägger till ett nytt växlar " -"markeringsrutan <b>Frekvens</b>\n" +"<p>När du redigerar ett aktuellt jobb eller lägger till ett nytt växlar markeringsrutan <b>Frekvens</b>\n" "dialogläge enligt det värde som för närvarande är markerat.\n" -"Vissa fält aktiveras eller inaktiveras därefter. Till exempel inaktiveras " -"<b>Veckodag</b>\n" +"Vissa fält aktiveras eller inaktiveras därefter. Till exempel inaktiveras <b>Veckodag</b>\n" " när jobbfrekvensen är <tt>Dagligen</tt>.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repositories</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring.</p>" @@ -1208,30 +1178,28 @@ "<p><big><b>Lagringsplatser</b></big><br>\n" "Här kan du se alla lagringsplatser som går att spegla.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" "and click <b>Toggle Mirroring</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera spegling markerar du en " -"lagringsplats i tabellen\n" +"<p>Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera spegling markerar du en lagringsplats i tabellen\n" "och klickar på <b>Växla spegling</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Staging</b> offers you to create testing and production\n" "snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" "in the table and click <b>Toggle Staging</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mellanlagring</b> gör att du kan skapa ögonblicksbilder av\n" -"tester och produktion. Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera den här " -"funktionen, markerar du en lagringsplats\n" +"tester och produktion. Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera den här funktionen, markerar du en lagringsplats\n" "i tabellen och klickar på <b>Växla mellanlagring</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Staging</b></big><br>\n" "Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" @@ -1241,121 +1209,108 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Mellanlagring</b></big><br>\n" "Här kan du skapa ögonblicksbilder av tester och produktion från de speglade\n" -"lagringsplatser som du har aktiverat <tt>mellanlagring</tt> för. " -"Lagringsplatser som innehåller\n" -"korrigeringar tillåter filtrering av korrigeringar. Annars kan du endast " -"skapa hela ögonblicksbilder\n" +"lagringsplatser som du har aktiverat <tt>mellanlagring</tt> för. Lagringsplatser som innehåller\n" +"korrigeringar tillåter filtrering av korrigeringar. Annars kan du endast skapa hela ögonblicksbilder\n" "(utan några filter).</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>Choosing a <b>Repository Name</b> will switch the current\n" "repository. Choosing a <b>Patch Category</b> applies a listing filter\n" "on the current repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>När du väljer ett <b>lagringsplatsnamn</b> växlas den aktuella\n" -"lagringsplatsen. När du väljer en <b>korrigeringskategori</b> skapas ett " -"listfilter\n" +"lagringsplatsen. När du väljer en <b>korrigeringskategori</b> skapas ett listfilter\n" "för den aktuella lagringsplatsen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" "select a patch in the table and click <b>Toggle Patch Status</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera <tt>korrigeringar</tt> i " -"ögonblicksbilden,\n" -"markerar du en korrigering i tabellen och klickar på <b>Växla " -"korrigeringsstatus</b>.</p>" +"<p>Om du vill aktivera eller inaktivera <tt>korrigeringar</tt> i ögonblicksbilden,\n" +"markerar du en korrigering i tabellen och klickar på <b>Växla korrigeringsstatus</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" "<b>Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill ändra flera korrigeringar samtidigt kan du också använda\n" -"<b>Ändra status->Alla korrigeringar i listan...->Aktivera/inaktivera</p>" +"<b>Ändra status->Alla korrigeringar i listan...->Aktivera/inaktivera</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" "snapshot, use <b>Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot...</b>.\n" "Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill exkludera alla korrigeringar av en viss typ från " -"ögonblicksbilden av <tt>testning</tt>\n" +"<p>Om du vill exkludera alla korrigeringar av en viss typ från ögonblicksbilden av <tt>testning</tt>\n" ", använder du <b>Ändra status->Exkludera från ögonblicksbild...</b>.\n" -"Du kan inte aktivera en sådan korrigering förrän du tar bort filtret igen." +"Du kan inte aktivera en sådan korrigering förrän du tar bort filtret igen.</p>" -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" -"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to " -"Production</b>.</p>" +"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill skapa ögonblicksbilder av <tt>testning</tt> eller " -"<tt>produktion</tt>\n" -"klickar du på <b>Skapa ögonblicksbild...->Från full spegling till " -"testning/Från testning till produktion</b>.</p>" +"<p>Om du vill skapa ögonblicksbilder av <tt>testning</tt> eller <tt>produktion</tt>\n" +"klickar du på <b>Skapa ögonblicksbild...->Från full spegling till testning/Från testning till produktion</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><b>Testing</b> snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" "<b>production</b> is always created as a copy of the <b>testing</b> one.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Ögonblicksbilder av <b>testning</b> skapas alltid från den speglade " -"lagringsplatsen,\n" -"medan ögonblicksbilder av<b>produktion</b> alltid skapas som kopior av " -"<b>testningsbilden</b>.</p>" +"<p>Ögonblicksbilder av <b>testning</b> skapas alltid från den speglade lagringsplatsen,\n" +"medan ögonblicksbilder av<b>produktion</b> alltid skapas som kopior av <b>testningsbilden</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 msgid "Customer Center Access" msgstr "Åtkomst till Customer Center" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 msgid "Database and Reporting" msgstr "Databas och rapportering" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Lagringsplatser" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 msgid "Clients Status" msgstr "Klientstatus" -#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" msgstr "Schemalagda SMT-jobb" -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" msgstr "Konfigurationguide för SMT – steg %1/%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 msgid "Update Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av uppdateringsserver" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 msgid "SMT Management" msgstr "SMT-hantering" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, -#. %2 with the SMT config file -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 msgid "" "SMT configuration is broken.\n" "LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." @@ -1363,10 +1318,10 @@ "SMT-konfigurationen har brutits.\n" "LOKAL->smtanvändare %1 som definierats i %2 finns inte i systemet." -#. Something has been changed -#. Apache conf needs writing -#. and Apache service needs restarting -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669 +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669 msgid "" "Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" "\n" @@ -1376,84 +1331,77 @@ "\n" "Kontrollera SMT-installationen." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691 msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att köra synkroniseringsskriptet." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details:</big></b></p>\n" -" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>\n" -" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>" +" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n" +" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Mer information:</big></b></p>\n" -" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>\n" -" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>" +" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n" +" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>" -#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835 +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835 msgid "Cannot write cron settings." msgstr "Det går inte att spara Cron-inställningar." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851 msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa in tjänsten %1 igen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 msgid "Missing Server Certificate" msgstr "Servercertifikat saknas" -#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872 msgid "" "Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" "Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" "\n" -"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support " -"SSL.\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" msgstr "" "Servercertifikatet %1 finns inte.\n" "Vill du köra CA-hantering så att ett certifikat skapas?\n" "\n" -"Servercertifikatet är mycket viktigt om uppdateringsservern ska kunna " -"hantera SSL.\n" +"Servercertifikatet är mycket viktigt om uppdateringsservern ska kunna hantera SSL.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 msgid "&Run CA management" msgstr "&Kör CA-hantering" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Hoppa över" -#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930 +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930 msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att köra CA-hantering eftersom paketet %1 inte har installerats." +msgstr "Det går inte att köra CA-hantering eftersom paketet %1 inte har installerats." -#. Server certificate exists -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974 +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974 msgid "Database root Password Required" msgstr "Rotlösenord till databasen krävs" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982 msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" msgstr "Ange rot&lösenordet till MariaDB" -#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 msgid "Unable to read %1" msgstr "Det går inte att läsa %1" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 msgid "" "SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" "Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" @@ -1465,13 +1413,13 @@ "\n" "Klicka på Hoppa över om du vill hoppa över det här.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051 -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063 msgid "&Retry" msgstr "&Försök igen" -#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028 +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028 msgid "" "SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" "The root password was probably wrong.\n" @@ -1479,12 +1427,12 @@ "SMT-servern kunde inte ansluta till databasen.\n" "Du angav troligtvis fel rotlösenord.\n" -#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047 +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047 msgid "Cannot create database" msgstr "Det går inte att skapa databas" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048 msgid "" "SMT was not able to create the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" @@ -1492,12 +1440,12 @@ "SMT-servern kunde inte skapa databasen.\n" "Klicka på Försök igen om du vill göra ett nytt försök.\n" -#. 21: Database migration failed -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059 +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059 msgid "Database migration failed" msgstr "Databasmigrering misslyckades" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060 msgid "" "SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" @@ -1505,45 +1453,43 @@ "SMT-servern kunde inte migrera databasen.\n" "Klicka på Försök igen om du vill göra ett nytt försök.\n" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080 msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" msgstr "Justerar nytt rotlösenord till databasen" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 msgid "" "The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" "\n" -" For security reasons, please, set " -"a new one." +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." msgstr "" "Det aktuella rotlösenordet till MariaDB är tomt.\n" "\n" -" Av säkerhetsskäl ber vi dig skapa " -"ett nytt." +" Av säkerhetsskäl ber vi dig skapa ett nytt." -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" msgstr "Nytt rot&lösenord till MariaDB" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094 msgid "New Password &Again" msgstr "Nytt lösenord &igen" -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126 msgid "Set up a new password, please." msgstr "Vänligen skapa ett nytt lösenord." -#. rw only for owner -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189 +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189 msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa ett nytt rotlösenord till MariaDB." -#. root password has been already set -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251 +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251 msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." msgstr "SMT-servern måste upprätta databasen." -#. rw only for owner -#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392 +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392 msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra SMT-användarens lösenord." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,164 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Konfiguration av ögonblicksbilder av systemet" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Användardata" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Upprensningsalgoritm" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Ändra ögonblicksbild %{num}" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Ändra ögonblicksbild %{pre} och %{post}" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Före (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Efter (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Skapa ny ögonblicksbild" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Enstaka ögonblicksbild" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Före" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Efter, hör ihop med:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill ta bort ögonblicksbilden %{num}?" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" -msgstr "" -"Är du säker på att du vill ta bort ögonblicksbilderna %{pre} och %{post}?" +msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill ta bort ögonblicksbilderna %{pre} och %{post}?" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Ögonblicksbilder" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Före och efter" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Läser listan med ögonblicksbilder..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Aktuell konfiguration" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Slutdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Användardata" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Visa ändringar" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Ändra" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -179,134 +178,132 @@ "Före-bilden har inte parats ihop med någon efter-bild än.\n" "Det går inte att visa några skillnader." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Vald ögonblicksbildöversikt" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Beräknar ändrade filer..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Beräknar filändringar..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "En ny fil har skapats." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Filen togs bort." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Det gick inte att ändra filinnehållet." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Filen finns inte i någon av ögonblicksbilderna." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Filinnehållet ändrades." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filrättigheterna ändrades från '%1' till '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filanvändarägarskapet ändrades från '%1' till '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filgruppägarskapet ändrades från '%1' till '%2'." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Å&terställ från första" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Återställ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Åters&täll från andra" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Visa skillnaden mellan ögonblicksbilden och det aktuella systemet" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Visa skillnaden mellan den aktuella och den valda ögonblicksbilden:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Visa skillnaden mellan första och andra ögonblicksbilden" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Visa skillnaden mellan första ögonblicksbilden och det aktuella systemet" +msgstr "Visa skillnaden mellan första ögonblicksbilden och det aktuella systemet" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Visa skillnaden mellan andra ögonblicksbilden och det aktuella systemet" +msgstr "Visa skillnaden mellan andra ögonblicksbilden och det aktuella systemet" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Tid då ögonblicksbilden togs:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Tid då den första ögonblicksbilden togs:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Tid då den andra ögonblicksbilden togs:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Öppna" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Återställ valda" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -320,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "från det aktuella systemet?" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -336,37 +333,35 @@ "\n" "från ögonblicksbilden %2 till det aktuella systemet?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Ingen bild vald för återställning." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Återställer filer" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>De här filerna återställs från ögonblicksbilden %1:</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Filer som finns i den ursprungliga ögonblicksbilden kopieras till det " -"aktuella systemet.</p>\n" +"<p>Filer som finns i den ursprungliga ögonblicksbilden kopieras till det aktuella systemet.</p>\n" "<p>Filer som inte fanns i ögonblicksbilden tas bort.</p>Är du säker?" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -374,153 +369,125 @@ "<p><b><big>Läser listan med ögonblicksbilder</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration av ögonblicksbilder</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>Tabellen visar en lista med ögonblicksbilder av rotfilsystemet. Det finns " -"tre typer\n" -"av ögonblicksbilder: <b>enstaka</b>, <b>före</b> och <b>efter</b>. Enstaka " -"bilder\n" -"används för att lagra filsystemets tillstånd vid en viss tidpunkt. Före- och " -"efter-bilder används för att hitta ändringar som utförts via särskilda " -"åtgärder som vidtagits mellan de båda ögonblicksbilderna. Före- och efter-" -"bilder visas parvis i tabellen.</p>\n" -"<p>Välj en ögonblicksbild eller ett bildpar och klicka på <b>Visa ändringar om du vill visa\n" +"<p>Tabellen visar en lista med ögonblicksbilder av rotfilsystemet. Det finns tre typer\n" +"av ögonblicksbilder: <b>enstaka</b>, <b>före</b> och <b>efter</b>. Enstaka bilder\n" +"används för att lagra filsystemets tillstånd vid en viss tidpunkt. Före- och efter-bilder används för att hitta ändringar som utförts via särskilda åtgärder som vidtagits mellan de båda ögonblicksbilderna. Före- och efter-bilder visas parvis i tabellen.</p>\n" +"<p>Välj en ögonblicksbild eller ett bildpar och klicka på <b>Visa ändringar</b> om du vill visa\n" "nya ändringar i filsystemet enligt angiven ögonblicksbild.</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ögonblicksbilder</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Trädet visar alla filer som har ändrats från att den första ögonblicksbilden " -"togs (\"före\") till den andra (\"efter\"). Till höger visas beskrivningen " -"som genererades för den första ögonblicksbilden, och tidpunkten då de " -"respektive ögonblicksbilderna togs.\n" +"Trädet visar alla filer som har ändrats från att den första ögonblicksbilden togs (\"före\") till den andra (\"efter\"). Till höger visas beskrivningen som genererades för den första ögonblicksbilden, och tidpunkten då de respektive ögonblicksbilderna togs.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"När du markerar en fil i trädet visas de ändringar som gjorts i den. Som " -"standard visas ändringar mellan två valda ögonblicksbilder, men filen kan " -"jämföras med olika versioner.\n" +"När du markerar en fil i trädet visas de ändringar som gjorts i den. Som standard visas ändringar mellan två valda ögonblicksbilder, men filen kan jämföras med olika versioner.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ögonblicksbildöversikt</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"I trädet visas alla filer med skillnader mellan vald ögonblicksbild och det " -"aktuella systemet. På höger sida visas ögonblicksbeskrivningen och när den " -"skapades.\n" +"I trädet visas alla filer med skillnader mellan vald ögonblicksbild och det aktuella systemet. På höger sida visas ögonblicksbeskrivningen och när den skapades.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"När en fil väljs i trädet visas skillnaden mellan ögonblicksbildversionen " -"och det aktuella systemet.\n" +"När en fil väljs i trädet visas skillnaden mellan ögonblicksbildversionen och det aktuella systemet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "Kunde inte hämta konfiguration:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "Kunde inte hämta monteringspunkt för ögonblicksbild:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "Kunde inte skapa ny ögonblicksbild:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "Ögonblicksbilden kunde inte ändras:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "Ögonblicksbilden kunde inte tas bort:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Initierar Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Läs lista med konfigurationer" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Läs lista med ögonblicksbilder" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "Läser in lista med konfigurationer" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "Läser in lista med ögonblicksbilder" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "Kunde inte skicka fråga till konfigurationer från snapper:" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -530,21 +497,21 @@ "konfigurationer för att använda yast2-snapper. Snapper-kommandorad-\n" "verktyget kan användas för att skapa konfigurationer." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "Kunde inte skicka fråga till ögonblicksbilder från snapper:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Återställer filer" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Tog bort %1\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 hoppades över\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,143 +14,135 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." msgstr "Ljudkortsdatabasen hittades inte. Kontrollera installationen." -#. translators: command line help text for Sound module -#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Sound module +#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgstr "Inställningsmodul för ljudkort." -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards" msgstr "Inställningssammanfattning för ljudkort" -#. translators: command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." msgstr "Lägg till ljudkort. Utan parametrar, lägg till det första som hittas." -#. help text for unknownd parameters -#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 +#. help text for unknownd parameters +#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 msgid "Value of the specific module parameter." msgstr "Värde för specifik modulparameter." -#. translators: command line help text for remove action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 +#. translators: command line help text for remove action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 msgid "Remove sound cards" msgstr "Ta bort ljudkort" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 msgid "Play test sound on given sound card" msgstr "Spela testljud för angivet ljudkort" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 msgid "Show the information of given sound card" msgstr "Visa information om angivet ljudkort" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." msgstr "Ställ in nya värden för angivna kortparametrar." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' -#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Värde för specifik modulparameter. Använd kommandot \"show\" för att se en " -"lista över tillåtna parametrar." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' +#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Värde för specifik modulparameter. Använd kommandot \"show\" för att se en lista över tillåtna parametrar." -#. translators: command line help text for volume action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 +#. translators: command line help text for volume action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." msgstr "Ställ in volymen för specifika kanaler på det angivna kortet." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Värde för den specifika kanalen (0-100). Använd kommandot \"channels\" för " -"att se en lista över tillgängliga kanaler." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Värde för den specifika kanalen (0-100). Använd kommandot \"channels\" för att se en lista över tillgängliga kanaler." -#. translators: command line help text for modules action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for modules action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 msgid "List all available sound kernel modules." msgstr "Lista alla tillgängliga ljudkärnmoduler." -#. translators: command line help text for channels action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 +#. translators: command line help text for channels action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 msgid "List available volume channels of given card." msgstr "Visa tillgängliga volymkanaler för det angivna kortet." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 msgid "Number of sound card" msgstr "Antal ljudkort" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 msgid "All available sound cards" msgstr "Alla tillgängliga ljudkort" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card" msgstr "Kärnmodul (drivrutin) för ljudkortet" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgstr "Spela testljud när kortet är inställt" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)" msgstr "Volymvärde för ljudkortet (0-100)" -#. result message, %1 is card name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 +#. result message, %1 is card name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 msgid "Successfully added card '%1'." msgstr "Lyckades med att lägga till kort \"%1\"." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 msgid "You must specify the card number." msgstr "Du måste ange kortnumret." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 msgid "There is no such sound card." msgstr "Det finns inget sådant ljudkort." -#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver -#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 +#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver +#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" msgstr "Parametrar för kort \"%1\" (använder modul %2):\n" -#. label (default value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 +#. label (default value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 msgid "" "\n" "\tDefault Value: %1" @@ -158,8 +150,8 @@ "\n" "\tFörvalt värde: %1" -#. label (current value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 +#. label (current value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 msgid "" "\n" "\tCurrent Value: %1" @@ -167,86 +159,86 @@ "\n" "\tAktuellt värde: %1" -#. Do not show any progress during Read() -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 +#. Do not show any progress during Read() +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Detecting sound cards..." msgstr "Identifierar ljudkort..." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Ljud" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 msgid "&Sound" msgstr "&Ljud" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 msgid "Save module configuration" msgstr "Spara modulinställningar" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 msgid "Save sound card information" msgstr "Spara ljudkortsinformation" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 msgid "Save sysconfig values" msgstr "Spara sysconfig-värden" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 msgid "Start sound card" msgstr "Starta ljudkort" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 msgid "Store volume" msgstr "Lagra volym" -#. progress bar item -#. progres bar label -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 +#. progress bar item +#. progres bar label +#. progres bar label +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgstr "Sparar ljudkortsinställningar..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 msgid "Saving card information..." msgstr "Sparar kortinformation..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 msgid "Saving sysconfig values..." msgstr "Sparar sysconfig-värden..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 msgid "Starting sound card..." msgstr "Startar ljudkort..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 msgid "Storing volume settings..." msgstr "Lagrar volyminställningar..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Installera paket som krävs" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "Installerar paket som krävs..." -#. log mixer settings -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 +#. log mixer settings +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 msgid "" "These required packages are not available: %1\n" "Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" @@ -254,29 +246,28 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Paketen som krävs är inte tillgängliga: %1\n" -"Vissa ljudenheter kanske inte fungerar och vissa funktioner kanske inte kan " -"användas.\n" +"Vissa ljudenheter kanske inte fungerar och vissa funktioner kanske inte kan användas.\n" "\n" "Aktivera eller lägg till ytterligare ett programvaruarkiv med paketen.\n" -#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states -#. (running/not running/dissappeared) -#. @return [Array] table contents -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 +#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states +#. (running/not running/dissappeared) +#. @return [Array] table contents +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 msgid "Configured as sound card number %1" msgstr "Inställt som ljudkort nummer %1" -#. sort the cards by index -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 +#. sort the cards by index +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 msgid "Driver %1" msgstr "Drivrutin %1" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Inte inställd" -#. popup question text -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 +#. popup question text +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 msgid "" "To apply changes, the sound system\n" "must be restarted.\n" @@ -286,7 +277,7 @@ "ljudsystemet startas om.\n" "Starta om ljudsystemet nu?\n" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 msgid "" "Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" "Check options of the driver.\n" @@ -294,289 +285,285 @@ "Det gick inte att starta om ljudsystemet.\n" "Kontrollera alternativen för drivrutinen.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured." msgstr "PulseAudio har inte installerats eller kan inte konfigureras." -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 msgid "PulseAudio Configuration" msgstr "PulseAudio-konfiguration" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support" msgstr "&Aktivera PulseAudio-support" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "Avancerade alternativ" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)" msgstr "&Starta sequencer (Läs in Midi-drivrutiner)" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 msgid "&Volume..." msgstr "&Volym..." -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 msgid "Play &Test Sound" msgstr "Spela &testljud" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 msgid "&Start Sequencer" msgstr "&Starta sequencer" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 msgid "Set as the &Primary Card" msgstr "Ange som &primärt kort" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..." msgstr "&PulseAudio-konfiguration..." -#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 +#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." msgstr "&Installerar SoundFonts..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in ljud" -#. table header -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#. table header +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Index" msgstr "Index" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Card Model" msgstr "Kortmodell" -#. table entry (vendor was not defined) -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 +#. table entry (vendor was not defined) +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 msgid "Other" msgstr "Övriga" -#. table entry (all vendors) -#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 +#. table entry (all vendors) +#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 msgid "All" msgstr "Alla" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 msgid "Sound Card &Vendor" msgstr "Ljudkortstill&verkare" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 msgid "Sound card &driver" msgstr "Ljudkorts&drivrutin" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 msgid "Sound card &model" msgstr "&Modell på ljudkortet" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules" msgstr "Visa lista över kärnmoduler" -#. input field - label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 +#. input field - label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Sök" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection" msgstr "Manuellt val av ljudkort" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 msgid "Master" msgstr "Huvudserver" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 msgid "PCM" msgstr "PCM" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 msgid "Master Mono" msgstr "Master Mono" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 msgid "Headphone" msgstr "Hörlur" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 msgid "Line" msgstr "Linje" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 msgid "CD" msgstr "Cd" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 msgid "Mic" msgstr "Mic" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 msgid "Video" msgstr "Video" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Telefon" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 msgid "Aux" msgstr "Aux" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 msgid "PC Speaker" msgstr "Datorhögtalare" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 msgid "Bass" msgstr "Bas" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 msgid "Treble" msgstr "Diskant" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 msgid "Surround" msgstr "Surround" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 msgid "LFE" msgstr "LFE" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 msgid "Center" msgstr "Central" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 msgid "Wave" msgstr "Wave" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 msgid "Wave Center" msgstr "Wave center" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 msgid "Wave Surround" msgstr "Wave surround" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 msgid "AC97" msgstr "AC97" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 msgid "Music" msgstr "Musik" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 msgid "Front" msgstr "Framsida" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 msgid "iSpeaker" msgstr "iSpeaker" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 msgid "&Master volume" msgstr "&Övergripande ljud" -#. push button label -#. Test - button label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 +#. push button label +#. Test - button label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Testa" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 msgid "&Other channels" msgstr "Andra &kanaler" -#. card name -#. add vendor/device ID -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 +#. card name +#. add vendor/device ID +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. help text - mixer setting -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 +#. help text - mixer setting +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore " -"the original settings.</P>" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Med den här dialogrutan kan du ställa in volymen för varje kanal på det " -"valda ljudkortet. \n" -"Klicka på <B>Nästa</B> för att spara volyminställningarna, klicka på " -"<B>Tillbaka</B> för att återställa originalinställningarna.</P>" +"<P>Med den här dialogrutan kan du ställa in volymen för varje kanal på det valda ljudkortet. \n" +"Klicka på <B>Nästa</B> för att spara volyminställningarna, klicka på <B>Tillbaka</B> för att återställa originalinställningarna.</P>" -#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 +#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2" msgstr "Volyminställningar för kort %1 - %2" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 msgid "The value: %1 must be a number" msgstr "Värdet: %1 måste vara ett tal" -#. To translators: "space" means blank character -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 +#. To translators: "space" means blank character +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 msgid "(space)" msgstr "(blanksteg)" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 msgid "String cannot contain: %1" msgstr "Strängen får inte innehålla %1" -#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 +#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 msgid "" "The value must be one of\n" "%1" @@ -584,8 +571,8 @@ "Värdet måste vara ett av\n" "%1" -#. label text -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 +#. label text +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 msgid "" "Possible value:\n" "not known" @@ -593,25 +580,25 @@ "Möjligt värde:\n" "inte känt" -#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update -#. combo with values -#. @param [String] values list of values -#. @param [String] default_item default item -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 +#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update +#. combo with values +#. @param [String] values list of values +#. @param [String] default_item default item +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 msgid "Name of the &Option" msgstr "A<ernativets namn" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Värde" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Option: " msgstr "A<ernativ: " -#. all non-ASCII characters from value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 +#. all non-ASCII characters from value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 msgid "" "Value of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -623,8 +610,8 @@ "\n" "Ange ett giltigt värde." -#. all non-ASCII characters from name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 +#. all non-ASCII characters from name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 msgid "" "Name of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -636,81 +623,81 @@ "\n" "Ange ett giltigt namn." -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 msgid "Change the Option" msgstr "Ändra alternativ" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 msgid "Add a New Option" msgstr "Lägg till nytt alternativ" -#. Returns description of card module option -#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list -#. @return [String] description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 +#. Returns description of card module option +#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list +#. @return [String] description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 msgid "No description available" msgstr "Ingen beskrivning tillgänglig" -#. Table header -- option description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 +#. Table header -- option description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. Table header -- option name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 +#. Table header -- option name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 msgid "Option" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. Table header -- value of an option -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 +#. Table header -- value of an option +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. restore original option values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 +#. restore original option values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 msgid "R&eset all" msgstr "Åt&erställ alla" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options" msgstr "Avancerade ljudkortsinställningar" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 msgid "There are no options for this module" msgstr "Den här modulen saknar alternativ" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen återställa alla värden?" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 msgid "Sound Cards" msgstr "Ljudkort" -#. list of all sound modules (table items) -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 +#. list of all sound modules (table items) +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device" msgstr "Okänd cd-rom-enhet" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device" msgstr "Okänd cd-rom-enhet" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 msgid "CD-ROM &Device" msgstr "C&d-rom-enhet" -#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) -#. @return [Array] as above -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 +#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) +#. @return [Array] as above +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label to error popup, %1 is module name -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 +#. label to error popup, %1 is module name +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 msgid "" "The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" "could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" @@ -720,8 +707,8 @@ "Det här kan orsakas av felaktiga modulparametrar,\n" "inkluderande ogiltiga IO- eller IRQ-parametrar." -#. popup question: different module has to be choosed -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 +#. popup question: different module has to be choosed +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 msgid "" "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" "On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" @@ -739,9 +726,9 @@ "Varning: Undersökningen kan ta en stund och göra\n" "systemet instabilt.\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 -#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 +#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 +#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" @@ -753,8 +740,8 @@ "volym, välj <b>Normala inställningar</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 +#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>To set a special option, \n" "check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" @@ -766,8 +753,8 @@ "De flesta användare behöver inte detta.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 +#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" @@ -781,8 +768,8 @@ "göra andra inställningar senare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 +#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n" @@ -796,8 +783,8 @@ "göra andra inställningar senare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 +#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To configure a card that was not detected, \n" @@ -809,8 +796,8 @@ "välj <B>Mer detaljerad installation av ljudkort</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 +#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 msgid "" "<P>\n" "<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n" @@ -823,8 +810,8 @@ "söka efter ett särskilt ljudkort genom att ange namnet i sökrutan.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 +#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" @@ -836,8 +823,8 @@ "ljudkort som stöds.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the type of card to configure.\n" @@ -847,8 +834,8 @@ "Välj korttypen som ska ställas in.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n" @@ -862,9 +849,9 @@ "<b>manuellt val</b> annars.\n" "</p>\n" -#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated -#. (popup label message) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 +#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated +#. (popup label message) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 msgid "" "There are programs running that are currently using \n" "the audio device.\n" @@ -876,8 +863,8 @@ "För att kunna återställa inställningarna måste \n" "dessa program avslutas. Fortsätta?\n" -#. help text - options dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 +#. help text - options dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" @@ -891,8 +878,8 @@ "lämna den här dialogrutan orörd. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - options dialog 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 +#. help text - options dialog 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \n" @@ -912,8 +899,8 @@ "eller hexadecimalt (hexadecimalt med ett <b>0x</b>-prefix).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 +#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Adjust the volume.\n" @@ -923,8 +910,8 @@ "Justera volymen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 +#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n" @@ -936,8 +923,8 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 +#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 msgid "" "<p>\n" "After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" @@ -949,8 +936,8 @@ "eller något annan program för att justera volymen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 +#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n" "sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" @@ -962,8 +949,8 @@ "skador.\n" "</p>\n" -#. warning/question message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 +#. warning/question message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 msgid "" "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" "may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" @@ -975,13 +962,13 @@ "snd_vaio_hack-värde till 1 eller genom att ställa in kortet\n" "utanför X. Fortsätta?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när \"/etc/modules.conf\" sparades.\n" -#. list of error -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 +#. list of error +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 msgid "" "These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -989,8 +976,8 @@ "Dessa fel uppstod när inställningarna sparades:\n" "%1" -#. information message - success -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 +#. information message - success +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 msgid "" "The sound card was successfully configured.\n" "It is now available for use.\n" @@ -998,21 +985,21 @@ "Ljudkortet har ställts in.\n" "Det kan nu användas.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 msgid "The sound configuration was saved." msgstr "Ljudinställningarna sparades." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" msgstr "Fel uppstod när filen %1 sparades \n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" msgstr "Fel uppstod under volyminställningen.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 msgid "" "The sound volume and configuration\n" "for the sound card \n" @@ -1022,34 +1009,34 @@ "för ljudkortet kommer \n" "nu att sparas.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." msgstr "Ljudinställningarna kommer nu att sparas." -#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 +#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)" msgstr "kommer att ställas in som det första ljudkortet (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)" msgstr "kommer att ställas in som det andra ljudkortet (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)" msgstr "kommer att ställas in som det tredje ljudkortet (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)" msgstr "kommer att ställas in som det %2:e ljudkortet (%1)" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 msgid "Install SoundFonts" msgstr "Installera SoundFonts" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" @@ -1057,7 +1044,7 @@ "Ska YaST2 installera WaveTable SoundFont-filer från\n" "Soundblaster Live! eller cd-skivan med AWE-drivrutinen?\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 msgid "" "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" @@ -1065,22 +1052,22 @@ "Lägg i drivrutin-cd för Soundblaster Live! eller AWE-kortet\n" "i cd-enheten.\n" -#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 +#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." msgstr "%1 SoundFont-filerna har installerats i %2." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 msgid "No SoundFont-files found." msgstr "Inga SoundFont-filer hittades." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgstr "Vill du byta cd och försöka igen?" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 msgid "" "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" @@ -1090,7 +1077,7 @@ "För normal funktion bör ljudkortet \"%1\" ignoreras och endast \n" "\"%2\" ställas in.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" @@ -1104,7 +1091,7 @@ "<B>Ställ in<B>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n" @@ -1114,7 +1101,7 @@ "Klicka på <B>Ändra</B> för att ställa in kort som redan installerats.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n" @@ -1124,24 +1111,22 @@ "För att spara aktuell inställning, klicka på <B>Slutför</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#. sound system dependent part: -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 +#. sound system dependent part: +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 msgid "<p><big><b>Sound Cards</b><big></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Ljudkort</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n" "configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n" "configure the card manually.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Välj ett ljudkort som inte ställts in från listan och klicka på " -"<B>Redigera</B> för\n" -"att ställa in det. Om kortet inte identifierades, klicka på <B>Lägg till</B> " -"och\n" +"<P>Välj ett ljudkort som inte ställts in från listan och klicka på <B>Redigera</B> för\n" +"att ställa in det. Om kortet inte identifierades, klicka på <B>Lägg till</B> och\n" "ställ in kortet manuellt.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 msgid "" "<P>\n" "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" @@ -1153,7 +1138,7 @@ "<B>Redigera</B>.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" @@ -1162,48 +1147,42 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Använd <b>Övriga</b> om du vill ställa in volymen för det valda kortet eller " -"konfigurera\n" +"Använd <b>Övriga</b> om du vill ställa in volymen för det valda kortet eller konfigurera\n" " modulen som spelar upp MIDI-filer (<b>Start Sequencer</b>).\n" "Använd <b>Spela upp testljud</b> om du vill testa det valda kortet.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 msgid "" "<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>PulseAudio-demonen kan användas för att spela upp ljud.\n" -"Använd <B>PulseAudio-konfiguration</B> för att aktivera eller inaktivera.\n" +"Använd <B>PulseAudio-konfiguration</B> för att aktivera eller inaktivera.</P>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Ljudenheten med index 0 är den förvalda enheten som används av systemet " -"och program.\n" +"<p>Ljudenheten med index 0 är den förvalda enheten som används av systemet och program.\n" "Använd <b>Övriga</b> för att ange den valda ljudenheten som primär enhet.</p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "Program som använder OSS (Open Sound System) kan använda programmixern\n" -" med hjälp av en aoss-wrapper. Använd kommandot <tt>aoss <application>" -"</tt> för att\n" +" med hjälp av en aoss-wrapper. Använd kommandot <tt>aoss <application></tt> för att\n" " starta programmet." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "<p>An error has occurred. </p>" msgstr "<p>Det har uppstått ett fel. </p>" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the the problem persists, try passing \n" @@ -1219,7 +1198,7 @@ "någon annan modul.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" @@ -1231,7 +1210,7 @@ "för att spara ljudkortsinformation.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" @@ -1243,64 +1222,64 @@ "Använd <b>Lägg till ljudkort</b> för att lägga till ett ljudkort.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "<p>You can try to pass some <b>options</b> to the module.</p>" msgstr "<p>Du kan försöka att skicka några <b>alternativ</b> till modulen.</p>" -#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' -#. will be configured as the first snd card" -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 +#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' +#. will be configured as the first snd card" +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 msgid "The sound card\n" msgstr "Ljudkortet\n" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 msgid "&Quick automatic setup" msgstr "Sna&bb automatisk installation" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 msgid "Normal &setup" msgstr "Normala in&ställningar" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar med m&öjlighet att ändra inställningar" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 msgid "Sound Card Configuration" msgstr "Ljudkortsinställningar" -#. volume slider label -#. volume slider label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 +#. volume slider label +#. volume slider label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 msgid "&Volume" msgstr "&Volym" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 msgid "Settings for sound card" msgstr "Inställningar för ljudkort" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 msgid "Volume Adjust and Test" msgstr "Justera volymen och testa" -#. message label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 +#. message label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample" msgstr "Klicka på \"Testa\" för att spela ljudexempel" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 msgid "Sound Card Volume" msgstr "Ljudkortsvolym" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 msgid "" "Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" "using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" @@ -1312,13 +1291,13 @@ "Logic CS4236\"-drivrutinen och ställ in \n" "dess parametrar med \"Avancerade inställningar\"." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" msgstr "Ett fel uppstod under installationen av" -#. popup message: test audio file was not found -#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 +#. popup message: test audio file was not found +#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 msgid "" "Cannot find file:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1328,22 +1307,22 @@ "\n" "(testfil för ljud)" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen ta bort den här posten?" -#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 +#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 msgid "" "It looks like probing the chip\n" "%1\n" @@ -1357,8 +1336,8 @@ "\n" "Identifiera kretsen nu?\n" -#. label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 +#. label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 msgid "" "No card was found.\n" "Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" @@ -1372,53 +1351,53 @@ "Varning: Sökningen kan ta tid och kan göra systemet\n" "instabilt.\n" -#. selection box label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 +#. selection box label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe" msgstr "Välj drivrutinerna att &söka" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 msgid "&Yes, Probe" msgstr "&Ja, sök" -#. popup dialog header -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 +#. popup dialog header +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 msgid "Probing:" msgstr "Identifierar:" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 msgid "Progress:" msgstr "Förlopp:" -#. label (%1 is name of the chip) -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 +#. label (%1 is name of the chip) +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 msgid "Card with %1 Chip" msgstr "Kort med %1-krets" -#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 +#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 msgid "Required packages to install: %1" msgstr "Paket som måste installeras: %1" -#. separator for constructing package list -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 +#. separator for constructing package list +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 msgid ", " msgstr "," -#. sound Read dialog caption: -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 +#. sound Read dialog caption: +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgstr "Initierar ljudinställningar" -#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 +#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 msgid "Configured as %1." msgstr "Inställd som %1." -#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. -#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 +#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. +#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "Ljudkort" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "Konfiguration av cacheproxyservern Squid" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "Ogiltiga värden" -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "Domännamn får inte vara tomt." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguljärt uttryck" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "Skiftlägesokänslig" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "Reguljärt uttryck får inte vara tomt." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "Du måste välja minst en dag." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "Tid är inte inställt i rätt format." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "Från måste vara mindre än Till." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "Ogiltigt värde." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "Protokoll får inte vara tomt." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "Huvudnamn och Reguljärt uttryck får inte vara tomt.." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "MAC-adress får inte vara tomt." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "Felaktigt format för MAC-adress." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "När s&ystemet startar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuellt" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellt" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "Squid körs" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "Squid körs inte" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "&Starta Squid nu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "S&toppa Squid nu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "&Spara inställningar och starta om Squid nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "Starta Squid nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "Stoppa Squid nu" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Spara inställningar och starta om Squid nu" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "Öppna portar i brandväggen" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Brandväggsinställningar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "Inställning av HTTP-portar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "HTTP-portar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "Inställning av uppdateringsmönster" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "Uppdateringsmönster" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "Cacheinställningar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "Inställning av cachekatalog" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "Cachekatalog" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "Inställning av Åtkomstkontroll" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "Åtkomstkontroll" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "Inställning av loggning och tidsgränser" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Loggning och tidsgränser" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Diverse inställningar" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "Värddator" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "port" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "Min" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "Procent" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "Max" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "C&acheminne" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "Ma&ximal objektstorlek" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "Mi&nimal objektstorlek" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "&Undre gräns för växlingsutrymme (i procent)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "&Övre gräns för växlingsutrymme (i procent)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "&Cacheväxlingsprincip" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "&Minnesväxlingsprincip" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "&Katalognamn" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "&Storlek (i MB)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "&Nivå 1-kataloger" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "N&ivå 2-kataloger" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "ACL-grupper" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "Tillåt/Neka" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Loggning" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "&Åtkomstlogg" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "&Cachelogg" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Cache&lagringslogg" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Tidsgränser" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Timeout för anslutning" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Klientens &livslängd" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "&Språk för felmeddelanden" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "&Administratörens e-post" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "&Använd passivt FTP-läge" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "Åtkomstlogg" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "Cachelogg" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "Cachelagringslogg" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "En&heter" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "sekunder" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minuter" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "timmar" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "Dagar" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar Squid-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -507,8 +507,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar Squid-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -526,11 +526,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det " -"eller inte.</p>\n" +"En dialogruta visas med information om huruvida det är säkert att göra det eller inte.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" @@ -538,8 +537,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squid-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Ställ i Squid här.<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -549,8 +548,8 @@ "Få en överblick av installerade Squid och \n" "redigera inställningarna vid behov.<br></p>\n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" @@ -558,7 +557,7 @@ "<p>Definiera alla portar där Squid\n" "lyssnar efter http-begäranden från klienter.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.</p>\n" @@ -566,16 +565,12 @@ "<p><b>Värd</b> kan innehålla ett värdnamn, en IP-adress\n" "eller vara tomt.</p>\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Uppdateringsmönster</b> definierar hur Squid hanterar cachade objekt.\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Uppdateringsmönster</b> definierar hur Squid hanterar cachade objekt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -583,7 +578,7 @@ "<p>Uppdateringsmönstren kontrolleras i den ordning som visas här.\n" "Den första matchande posten används.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" @@ -591,7 +586,7 @@ "<p><b>Min</b> avgör hur länge (i minuter) som ett objekt\n" "ska anses vara uppdaterat om ingen uttrycklig utgångstid har angetts.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -601,7 +596,7 @@ "modifiering). Ett objekt utan uttrycklig utgångstid\n" " anses vara uppdaterat.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" @@ -609,25 +604,20 @@ "<p><b>Max</b> är den övre gränsen för hur länge objekt utan uttrycklig \n" "utgångstid anses vara uppdaterade.</p>\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Cacheminne</b> definieras den ideala mängden minne att använda för " -"objekt.</p>" +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Cacheminne</b> definieras den ideala mängden minne att använda för objekt.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Max objektstorlek</b> definierar den maximala storleken för objekt som " -"ska lagras \n" +"<p><b>Max objektstorlek</b> definierar den maximala storleken för objekt som ska lagras \n" "på disken. Objekt som är större än detta lagras inte.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" @@ -635,7 +625,7 @@ "<p><b>Min objektstorlek</b> anger den minsta storleken för objekt. Mindre\n" "objekt sparas inte på disken.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -645,21 +635,17 @@ "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" "<p>Växlingen inleds när växlingsanvändningen (disk) når\n" -"<b>Undre gräns för växlingsutrymme</b> och försöker upprätthålla " -"användningen nära \n" +"<b>Undre gräns för växlingsutrymme</b> och försöker upprätthålla användningen nära \n" "<b>Undre gräns för växlingsutrymme</b>. När växlingsanvändningen närmar sig\n" "<b>Övre gräns för växlingsutrymme</b> stoppas objekt mer aggressivt.\n" -"Om användningen är nära <b>Undre gräns för växlingsutrymme</b> minskar " -"växlingen\n" +"Om användningen är nära <b>Undre gräns för växlingsutrymme</b> minskar växlingen\n" "varje gång.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -707,115 +693,87 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Katalognamn</b> definieras en toppnivåkatalog där " -"cacheväxlingsfiler ska lagras.</p>" +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Katalognamn</b> definieras en toppnivåkatalog där cacheväxlingsfiler ska lagras.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Storlek</b> definieras den mängd diskutrymme (i MB) som ska " -"användas under den här katalogen.</p>" +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Storlek</b> definieras den mängd diskutrymme (i MB) som ska användas under den här katalogen.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kataloger på nivå 1</b> definierar ett antal underkataloger på första " -"nivån, \n" +"<p><b>Kataloger på nivå 1</b> definierar ett antal underkataloger på första nivån, \n" "som skapas under katalogen <b>Katalognamn</b>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kataloger på nivå 2</b> definierar ett antal underkataloger på andra " -"nivån, \n" +"<p><b>Kataloger på nivå 2</b> definierar ett antal underkataloger på andra nivån, \n" "som skapas under varje katalog på första nivån.</p>\n" "\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Åtkomst till Squid-servern kan kontrolleras via <b>ACL-grupper</b>.</p>" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Åtkomst till Squid-servern kan kontrolleras via <b>ACL-grupper</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ACL-grupper</b> har olika typer och beskrivningen av ACL-gruppen " -"beror\n" +"<p><b>ACL-grupper</b> har olika typer och beskrivningen av ACL-gruppen beror\n" "på respektive typ.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>I tabellen <b>Åtkomstkontroll</b> kan åtkomst till ACL-grupper nekas " -"eller tillåtas.\n" -"Om det finns fler ACL-grupper på en rad innebär det att åtkomsten kommer att " -"tillåtas\n" +"<p>I tabellen <b>Åtkomstkontroll</b> kan åtkomst till ACL-grupper nekas eller tillåtas.\n" +"Om det finns fler ACL-grupper på en rad innebär det att åtkomsten kommer att tillåtas\n" "eller nekas för medlemmar som tillhör alla ACL-grupper samtidigt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Tabellen <b>Åtkomstkontroll</b> kontrolleras i den ordning som visas " -"här.\n" +"<p>Tabellen <b>Åtkomstkontroll</b> kontrolleras i den ordning som visas här.\n" "Den första post som matchar används.</p>\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"</p>" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Åtkomstlogg</b> definierar filen där klientåtgärder loggas.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Cachelogg</b> definierar den fil där allmän hanteringsinformation om " -"din\n" +"<p><b>Cachelogg</b> definierar den fil där allmän hanteringsinformation om din\n" "cachelogg sparas.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Cachelagringslogg</b> definierar platsen för transaktionsloggen för " -"alla\n" +"<p><b>Cachelagringslogg</b> definierar platsen för transaktionsloggen för alla\n" "objekt som har lagrats i objektlagret, samt den tid när ett objekt\n" "raderas. Alternativet kan lämnas tomt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" "<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" @@ -823,7 +781,7 @@ "<p>Med <b>Emulera httpd-logg</b> anges vad Squid skriver i\n" "<b>Åtkomstlogg</b> i det normala loggfilsformatet för HTTPD.</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time.</p>" @@ -831,7 +789,7 @@ "<p><b>Timeout för anslutning</b> är ett alternativ som används för att\n" "tvinga Squid att stänga anslutningar efter en viss tid.</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" @@ -839,8 +797,8 @@ "<p>Med <b>Klientens livslängd</b> definieras den längsta tid en klienten\n" "(webbläsaren) får vara ansluten till cacheprocessen.</p>" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" @@ -848,100 +806,100 @@ "<p><b>Administratörens e-post</b> är adressen som läggs till alla\n" "felsidor som visas för klienter. Standardvärdet är webmaster.</p>\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "Transparent" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "Lägg till ny HTTP-port" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "Lägg till aktuell HTTP-port" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "Lägg till nytt uppdateringsmönster" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "Redigera aktuellt uppdateringsmönster" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "Min (i minuter)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "Max (i minuter)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "Lägg till ny HTTP-åtkomst" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "Redigera HTTP-åtkomst" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "Tillåt" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "Neka" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "&Motsatt" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "Lägg till ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "inte" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "Lägg till ny ACL-grupp" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "Redigera ACL-grupp" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "Portnummer får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "Värd måste innehålla en giltig IP-adress eller ett värdnamn." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "Reguljärt uttryck får inte vara tomt." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -949,26 +907,26 @@ "Cacheminne + storlek för cachekatalog\n" "måste vara större än Max objektstorlek.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "Cachekatalogen får inte vara tom." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "ACL-tabellen får inte vara tom." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "ACL-gruppen %1 finns redan med en annan typ.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "ACL-grupp %1 måste ha typen %2.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -976,8 +934,8 @@ "Om du vill ändra typ för ACL-gruppen måste du\n" "först ta bort andra ACL-grupper med samma namn.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -985,7 +943,7 @@ "Du kan inte ändra namnet på denna ACL-grupp, eftersom\n" "den används i tabellen för Åtkomstkontroll.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -993,27 +951,26 @@ "Om du vill ändra namnet på ACL-gruppen måste du\n" "ta bort alla förekomster av den i tabellen Åtkomstkontroll." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "Om du ändrar namnet på ACL-gruppen kan dessa alternativ påverkas: \n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "Byt namn ändå" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "Byt inte namn" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "Namn får inte vara tomt." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -1021,651 +978,634 @@ "Du kan inte ta bort ACL-gruppen eftersom den\n" "används i tabellen Åtkomstkontroll.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" "Om du tar bort ACL-gruppen kan dessa alternativ påverkas: \n" "\n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "Ta bort ändå" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "Ta inte bort" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Åtkomstloggen kan inte vara tom." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Cacheloggen kan inte vara tom." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Felaktig sökväg i fältet Åtkomstlogg." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Felaktig sökväg i fältet Cachelogg" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Felaktig sökväg i fältet Cachelagringslogg" -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "Administratörens e-post får inte innehålla blanksteg." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "Squid-konfiguration" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Initierar Squid-inställningar" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Läs HTTP-portar från inställningsfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Läs uppdateringsmönster från inställningsfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Läs ACL-grupper från inställningsfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Läs tabell för Åtkomstkontroll från inställningsfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Läs andra inställningar." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Läs tjänstens status." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Läs brandväggsinställningar." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Läser HTTP-portar..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Läser uppdateringsmönster... " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Läser ACL-grupper..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Läser tabell för Åtkomstkontroll..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Läser andra inställningar..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Läser tjänststatus..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Läser brandväggsinställningar..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa konfigurationsfilen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa tjänststatus." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Sparar squid-konfigurationen" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Starta tjänsten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Startar tjänsten..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det går inte att spara inställningarna." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva brandväggsinställningarna." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid cacheproxy" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Starta demonen: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "När systemet startar" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Konfigurerade portar:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparent)" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Cachekatalog:" -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adress eller IP-adressintervall" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Nätverksmask" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "IP-adressen för den begärande klienten." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adress" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "Destinations-IP-adressen." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "Lokal IP-adress" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "Den lokala IP-adressen där klientanslutningen finns." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "Klienternas domännamn" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "Typen matchar klientens domännamn." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "Måldomän" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Detta hänvisar till destinationsdomänen, dvs. källdomänen där " -"ursprungsservern finns." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Detta hänvisar till destinationsdomänen, dvs. källdomänen där ursprungsservern finns." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "Matchar klientens domännamn." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "Tillhandahåller matchning för destinationsdomänen." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "tid" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagar" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Måndag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Tisdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Onsdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Torsdag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Fredag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Lördag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Söndag" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "Från (HH:MM)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "Till (HH:MM)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." -msgstr "" -"Matchningar av ett reguljärt uttryck mot den fullständiga URL-adressen." +msgstr "Matchningar av ett reguljärt uttryck mot den fullständiga URL-adressen." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Matchar webbadressökvägen minus protokoll-, port- och värdnamnsinformation" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Matchar webbadressökvägen minus protokoll-, port- och värdnamnsinformation" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "port" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "Portnummer eller portintervall" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "Matchar destinationsporten för begäran." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Portnummer" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "Tillhandahåller matchning för lokalt TCP-portnummer." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "Matchar protokollet för begäran." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "metod" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "HTTP-metod" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "Den här typen matchar HTTP-metoden i begärandehuvudet." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Ett reguljärt uttryck som matchar klientens webbläsartyp baserat på " -"användarens agenthuvud." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Ett reguljärt uttryck som matchar klientens webbläsartyp baserat på användarens agenthuvud." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Maximalt antal HTTP-anslutningar" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Matchningar när klientens IP-adress har fler etablerade HTTP-anslutningar än " -"vad som angetts." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Matchningar när klientens IP-adress har fler etablerade HTTP-anslutningar än vad som angetts." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "Matchar referenshuvud." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "Huvudnamn" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "Reguljära uttryck" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "Reguljärt uttryck som matchar någon av de kända begärandehuvudena." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "Reguljärt uttryck som matchar mime-typen i svaret från Squid. Kan\n" -"användas för att identifiera filnedladdning eller vissa typer av HTTP- " -"tunnlingsbegäranden.\n" +"användas för att identifiera filnedladdning eller vissa typer av HTTP- tunnlingsbegäranden.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "Matchar mime-typen av begäran som genererades av klienten." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "Matchar mime-typen av svaret som mottagits av Squid." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC-adress" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "MAC-adressmatchning (Ethernet)." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikaans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "Armeniska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "Azerbajdzjanska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Bulgariska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Katalanska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tjeckiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "Tyska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grekisk" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "Engelska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spanska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estniska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "Persiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "Franska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungerska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Indonesiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italienska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japanska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreanska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "Lettiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "Malajiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederländska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "Occitanska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugisiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "Portugisiska (Brasilien)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumänska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ryska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovakiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Slovenska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "Serbiska (kyrillisk)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "Serbiska (latinsk)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Svenska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Thailändska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turkisk" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "Uzbekiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamesiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Förenklad kinesiska" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditionell kinesiska" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "Klicka på Ja om du vill du fortsätta trots varningen.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Expertpartitionering" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Volumer identifieras.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Lagringsinställningar" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Förteckning över diskar och partitioner" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Förteckning över diskar" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Förteckning över partitioner" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Förslag på partitionering" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Expertpartitionering..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Skapa partitionsinställning..." -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,17 +96,17 @@ "Inget automatiskt förslag möjligt.\n" "Ange monteringspunkter manuellt i dialogrutan \"Partitionerare\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Redigera förslagsinställningar" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ "Hårddiskarna har kontrollerats. Partitionsinställningen\n" " som visas föreslås för hårddisken.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ "<b>%1</b> och ändrar inställningarna i den dialogrutan för \n" "avancerad partitionering.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -151,30 +151,27 @@ "Detta är också alternativet du ska välja\n" "för avancerade konfigurationer som RAID och kryptering.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa det begärda förslaget." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Det finns inte tillräckligt med ledigt utrymme för att kunna föreslå " -"ögonblicksbilder för rotvolymen." +msgstr "Det finns inte tillräckligt med ledigt utrymme för att kunna föreslå ögonblicksbilder för rotvolymen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Det finns inte tillräckligt mycket utrymme för att föreslå separat /home." +msgstr "Det finns inte tillräckligt mycket utrymme för att föreslå separat /home." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Tilldelat rotfilsystem saknas! Det går inte att fortsätta." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -182,22 +179,22 @@ "Om du beräknar det här förslaget skrivs alla manuella ändringar \n" "som du har gjort hittills över. Vill du fortsätta med att beräkna förslaget?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Förbereder diskar..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -207,9 +204,9 @@ "använt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -219,9 +216,9 @@ "ledigt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -229,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows ledigt (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -257,9 +254,9 @@ "Välj ny storlek för Windows-partitionen.\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -271,14 +268,13 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "Den egentliga storleksändringen utförs inte förrän du har bekräftat alla\n" -"inställningar i den sista installationsdialogrutan. Fram till dess rörs " -"inte\n" +"inställningar i den sista installationsdialogrutan. Fram till dess rörs inte\n" "Windows-partitionen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -292,23 +288,23 @@ "<b>Tillbaka</b>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Nu" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Efter installationen" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -324,9 +320,9 @@ "partitionsstorleken ändrats.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -340,9 +336,9 @@ "inmatningsfälten för att justera de föreslagna värdena.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -352,34 +348,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"I utrymmet du reservar för Linux skapas de partitioner som krävs " -"automatiskt.\n" +"I utrymmet du reservar för Linux skapas de partitioner som krävs automatiskt.\n" "\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows använt" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "ledigt" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -393,9 +388,9 @@ "för &product; automatiskt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -407,9 +402,9 @@ "<b>Windows använt</b> är storleken på Windows-partitionen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -421,13 +416,13 @@ "installerats) på partitionen.\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Ändrar storlek på Windows-partition" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -453,9 +448,9 @@ " Windows-enheten, inklusive Windows-arbetsyta och\n" " utrymme för %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -471,8 +466,8 @@ "och hur mycket utrymme som används, kan det ta en stund.\n" "\n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -494,14 +489,14 @@ "Om problemet finns kvar nästa gång, måste du krympa\n" "Windows-partitionen på annat sätt.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Tillgängligt utrymme räcker inte för installation" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -521,16 +516,15 @@ " \t Windows-partitionen på ett annat sätt.\n" " \t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Systemet kan endast ställas in med alternativet egen partitionsinställning." +msgstr "Systemet kan endast ställas in med alternativet egen partitionsinställning." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -550,10 +544,10 @@ "Välj en annan disk eller avbryt installationenen och\n" "krymp Windows-partitionen på annat sätt.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -569,10 +563,10 @@ "Välj en annan disk eller avbryt installationenen och\n" "krymp Windows-partitionen på annat sätt.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -600,14 +594,14 @@ "\n" "Är du säker på att du vill krympa Windows-partitionen?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Krymp Window&s" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -621,13 +615,13 @@ "\n" "Vill du ta bort Windows-partitionen?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Ta bort Win&dows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -639,39 +633,38 @@ " Om du vill installera Linux markerar du \n" " fler partitioner eller anger en större disk." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Tillgängliga &diskar" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Egen partitionering (för experter)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Hårddisk" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "Hittade ingen hårddisk(ar). Använd uppdaterings-cd:n för installation." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -683,8 +676,8 @@ "visas här. Välj vilken hårddisk &product; ska installeras på.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -694,8 +687,8 @@ "Du kan välja senare vilken del av disken som ska användas för &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -711,81 +704,81 @@ "monteringspunkter i &product;-installationen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Förbereder hårddisken" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Välj ett alternativ för att fortsätta." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Disk %1 används av %2" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Vill du aktivera Multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -793,25 +786,25 @@ "Hempartitionen kommer inte att formateras. När installationen är klar\n" "kontrollerar du att behörigheterna för hemkatalogerna är korrekta." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partitionering" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Sparar filsystemsinställningar..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -819,15 +812,15 @@ "Aktuellt alternativ är ogiltigt:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, inte tilldelad" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -835,16 +828,16 @@ "Diskområden som ska användas\n" "till att installera %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Använd h&ela hårddisken" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -852,8 +845,8 @@ "Inga befintliga partitioner hittades på hårddisken.\n" "Hela hårddisken kommer att användas för %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -861,18 +854,18 @@ "Den här disken verkar användas av Windows.\n" "Utrymmet räcker inte för att installera Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Ta bort Win&dows helt" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Krymp Window&s-partitionen" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -882,8 +875,8 @@ "Välj var på hårddisken du vill installera &product;.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -895,8 +888,8 @@ " de partitioner eller lediga områdena som visas.\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -910,8 +903,8 @@ "andra operativsystem.\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -923,16 +916,16 @@ " </i></b> Det finns ingen möjlighet att återställa dessa data.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installera på:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -941,14 +934,13 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Den valda hårddisken används antagligen av Windows. Det finns inte " -"tillräckligt\n" +"Den valda hårddisken används antagligen av Windows. Det finns inte tillräckligt\n" "med utrymme för&product;. Du kan antingen <b>ta bort Windows helt</b> eller\n" "<b>krympa</b> det för att få tillräckligt ledigt utrymme.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -959,34 +951,33 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Om du tar bort Windows försvinner alla data på partitionen\n" -"<b>för alltid</b> i installationen. Om du krymper Windows <b>rekommenderar " -"vi absolut\n" +"<b>för alltid</b> i installationen. Om du krymper Windows <b>rekommenderar vi absolut\n" "att du säkerhetskopierar dina data</b> innan de omorganiseras.\n" "Det finns nämligen en liten risk att det kan misslyckas.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Föreslå separat &hempartition" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Skapa &LVM-baserat förslag" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Kryptera volymgrupp" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Typ av förslag" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1000,8 +991,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1010,15 +1001,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Du försökte montera en FAT-partition till en av följande monterings-\n" -"punkter: /, /usr, /home, /opt eller /var. Detta kommer troligtvis att orsaka " -"problem.\n" -"Använd ett Linux-filsystem, som t.ex. ext3 eller ext4, för dessa " -"monteringspunkter.\n" +"punkter: /, /usr, /home, /opt eller /var. Detta kommer troligtvis att orsaka problem.\n" +"Använd ett Linux-filsystem, som t.ex. ext3 eller ext4, för dessa monteringspunkter.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda inställningarna?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1033,8 +1022,8 @@ "Vill du använda inställningen?\n" "\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1049,9 +1038,9 @@ "Vill du använda inställningen?\n" "\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1067,8 +1056,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda denna installation?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1088,8 +1077,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1103,8 +1092,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du behålla den här storleken på startpartitionen?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1118,10 +1107,10 @@ "cirka 1 MB i storlek.\n" "Vill du använda den här installationen ändå?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1139,8 +1128,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda installationen utan /boot-partition?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1159,7 +1148,7 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1171,8 +1160,8 @@ "%s\n" "Vill du använda inställningen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1188,8 +1177,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1202,21 +1191,19 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Varning: Med de aktuella inställningarna kommer din %2-installation att " -"stöta på problem \n" +"Varning: Med de aktuella inställningarna kommer din %2-installation att stöta på problem \n" "under start eftersom det inte finns någon FAT-partition monterad \n" "på %1.\n" "\n" "Det kommer att orsaka stora problem under den normala starten.\n" "\n" -"Om du inte vet exakt vad du gör använder du en normal FAT-partition för " -"filerna \n" +"Om du inte vet exakt vad du gör använder du en normal FAT-partition för filerna \n" "under %1.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1240,20 +1227,19 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Vill du använda den här inställningen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1262,14 +1248,13 @@ "Du har inte tilldelat någon växlingspartition. I allmänhet rekommenderar vi\n" "att en växlingspartition skapas och tilldelas.\n" "Växlingspartitioner visas i huvudfönstret som\n" -"typen \"Linux swap\". En tilldelad växlingspartition har monteringspunkten " -"\"swap\".\n" +"typen \"Linux swap\". En tilldelad växlingspartition har monteringspunkten \"swap\".\n" "Om du vill kan du använda fler än en växlingspartition.\n" "\n" "Vill du använda konfigurationen utan växlingspartition?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1281,8 +1266,8 @@ "formateras. YaST kan inte garantera att installationen blir korrekt,\n" "i synnerhet inte i följande fall:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1294,20 +1279,19 @@ "skrivs över\n" "- om den här partitionen inte innehåller något filsystem ännu.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Om du är osäker är det bättre gå tillbaka och markera att partitionen ska\n" "formateras. Särskilt om den är tilldelad en av standardmonteringspunkterna\n" "som /, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1317,8 +1301,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du låta partitionen vara oformaterad?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1326,8 +1310,8 @@ "Den valda enheten tillhör RAID (%1).\n" "Ta bort den från RAID innan du ändrar den.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1335,8 +1319,8 @@ "Den valda enheten tillhör en volymgrupp (%1).\n" "Ta bort den från volymgruppen innan du ändrar den.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1344,8 +1328,8 @@ "Den angivna enheten används av volymen (%1).\n" "Ta bort volymen innan du ändrar den.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1353,8 +1337,8 @@ "Enheten (%2) tillhör RAID (%1).\n" "Ta bort den från RAID innan du tar bort den.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1362,39 +1346,34 @@ "Enheten (%2) används av %1.\n" "Ta bort %1 innan du ändrar den.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Den kan inte tas bort när den är monterad." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Det går inte att ta bort enheten (%1). Det beror på att det är en logisk " -"partition \n" +"Det går inte att ta bort enheten (%1). Det beror på att det är en logisk partition \n" "och att en annan logisk partition med ett högre nummer används.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Den valda utökade partitionen innehåller partitioner som för tillfället är " -"monterade:\n" +"Den valda utökade partitionen innehåller partitioner som för tillfället är monterade:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi rekommenderar starkt att de här partitionerna avmonteras innan de tas " -"bort.\n" +"Vi rekommenderar starkt att de här partitionerna avmonteras innan de tas bort.\n" "Välj Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1408,8 +1387,8 @@ "partitioner från sina respektive volymgrupper\n" "innan den utökade partitionen tas bort.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1423,8 +1402,8 @@ "av partitionerna från sina respektive RAID-system innan\n" "den utökade partitionen tas bort.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1436,31 +1415,31 @@ " som används. Ta bort volymen som används\n" " innan du tar bort den utökade partitionen.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Ange lösenordet till det krypterade filsystemet." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Glöm inte vad du anger här." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Det är tillåtet att inte ha något lösenord." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Lösenord till krypterat filsystem på %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1468,38 +1447,38 @@ "Ange krypteringslösenordet för\n" "enheten %1 som har monterats på %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Ange lösenordet till det krypterade filsystemet" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Ang&e ett lösenord för filsystemet:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Upprepa lösenordet för &verifiering:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Hoppa över" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1509,10 +1488,10 @@ "stämmer inte överens.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1520,10 +1499,10 @@ "Du har inte angivit något lösenord.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1531,17 +1510,17 @@ "Lösenordet måste ha minst %1 tecken.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Inget flyttalsnummer." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Filsystemalternativ:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1549,79 +1528,75 @@ "Tecknet \"/\" tillåts inte längre i en volymetikett.\n" "Ändra volymetiketten så att den inte intehåller det här tecknet.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montera i /etc/fstab genom:</b>\n" "Normalt identifieras ett filsystem som ska monteras i /etc/fstab\n" -" genom enhetsnamnet. Identifieringen kan ändras så att det går att hitta " -"filsystemet\n" +" genom enhetsnamnet. Identifieringen kan ändras så att det går att hitta filsystemet\n" " som ska monteras genom att söka efter en UUID eller en volymetikett.\n" "Det går inte att montera alla filsystem enligt UUID eller en volymetikett.\n" "Om ett alternativ har inaktiverats är det inte möjligt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Volymetikett:</b>\n" -"Namnet som anges i det här fältet används som volymetikett. Detta är " -"vanligtvis endast \n" +"Namnet som anges i det här fältet används som volymetikett. Detta är vanligtvis endast \n" "användbart när du aktiverar alternativet för montering genom volymetikett.\n" " En volymetikett får inte innehålla tecknet / eller mellanslag.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montera i /etc/fstab genom" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Enhetsnamn" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Vo&lymetikett" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Enhets-&ID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Enhets&sökväg" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-alternativ:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1631,64 +1606,63 @@ "Maximal volymetikettlängd för det valda filsystemet \n" "är %1. Volymetiketten har kortats av till den storleken.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Du måste tillhandahålla en volymetikett om du vill montera via etikett." +msgstr "Du måste tillhandahålla en volymetikett om du vill montera via etikett." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Volymetiketten används redan. Välj en annan." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Fil&system" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "Alternati&v..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Kryptera enheten" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Filsystem-&ID:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "Formatera i&nte" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatera" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab-alternativ" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1712,8 +1686,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1723,8 +1697,8 @@ "Filsystemet på partitionen kan inte krympas med YaST2.\n" "Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter krympning av filsystem." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1734,22 +1708,22 @@ "Filsystemet på den logiska volymen kan inte krympas med YaST2.\n" "Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter krympning av filsystem." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Du riskerar att förlora data om du krymper den här partitionen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Du riskerar att förlora data om du krymper den här logiska volymen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Fortsätta?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1759,8 +1733,8 @@ "Filsystemet på den valda partitionen kan inte utökas med YaST2.\n" "Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter utökning av filsystem." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1770,20 +1744,20 @@ "Filsystemet på den valda logiska volymen kan inte utökas med YaST2.\n" "Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter utökning av filsystem." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Vill du fortsätta att ändra storlek?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Du har minskat en partition som har ett Reiser-filsystem." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Du har minskat en logisk volym som har ett Reiser-filsystem." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1797,23 +1771,21 @@ "\n" "Vill du krympa filsystemet nu?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Den valda enheten innehåller partitioner som för tillfället är monterade:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi rekommenderar starkt att partitionerna avmonteras innan " -"partitionstabellerna tas bort.\n" +"Vi rekommenderar starkt att partitionerna avmonteras innan partitionstabellerna tas bort.\n" "Välj Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1827,8 +1799,8 @@ "partitioner från sina respektive volymgrupper\n" "innan enheten tas bort.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1842,8 +1814,8 @@ "av partitionerna från respektive RAID-system innan\n" "du tar bort enheten.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1855,58 +1827,56 @@ "som används av en annan volym. Ta bort volymen som\n" "använder den innan enheten tas bort.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Skapa och ta bort undervolymer från ett Btrfs-filsystem.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivera automatiska ögonblicksbilder för ett Btrfs-filsystem med snapper." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aktivera automatiska ögonblicksbilder för ett Btrfs-filsystem med snapper.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Befintliga undervolymer:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Ny undervolym" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Lägg till ny" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Aktivera ögonblicksbilder" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Undervolymhantering" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Undervolymens namn får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1914,16 +1884,16 @@ "Endast undervolymnamn som börjar med \"%1\" är tillåtna!\n" "Lägger automatiskt till \"%1\" i undervolymens namn." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Undervolymnamnet %1 finns redan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "De ändringar som hittills gjorts i dialogrutan försvinner." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1933,8 +1903,8 @@ "Skapa ett krypterat filsystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1944,8 +1914,8 @@ "Få åtkomst till ett krypterat filsystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1959,35 +1929,31 @@ " andra Linux-filsystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Den här monteringspunkten motsvarar ett temporärt filsystem som /tmp eller /" -"var/tmp.\n" -"Du behöver inte ange något krypteringslösenord. Om du inte gör det skapas " -"ett \n" +"Den här monteringspunkten motsvarar ett temporärt filsystem som /tmp eller /var/tmp.\n" +"Du behöver inte ange något krypteringslösenord. Om du inte gör det skapas ett \n" " slumpmässigt lösenord när datorn startas. Det innebär att alla data i \n" " filsystemen försvinner när datorn stängs av.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2000,14 +1966,13 @@ "upprepar du det.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2018,8 +1983,8 @@ "åäöü (t ex bokstäver med accent).\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2033,10 +1998,10 @@ "(<tt>A–Za–Z</tt>) samt siffror <tt>0</tt> till <tt>9</tt>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2046,8 +2011,8 @@ "Glöm inte det här lösenordet!\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2057,12 +2022,11 @@ "Du måste ange krypteringslösenordet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2073,7 +2037,7 @@ " används inte filsystemet under uppdateringen.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2093,7 +2057,7 @@ "Om du behöver använda den här disken för installation ska du \n" "förstöra disketiketten i expertpartitioneraren.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2107,18 +2071,18 @@ "\n" "Du måste markera alla partitioner på denna disk för borttagning.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Du kan inte använda monteringspunkten \"%1\" för LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Du kan inte använda monteringspunkten %1 för RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2134,8 +2098,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2147,8 +2111,8 @@ " /var\". Det är inte möjligt. Ändra monteringspunkten eller\n" " använd ett icke-loopback-filsystem.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2164,50 +2128,46 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Monteringspunkten får inte vara tom." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Monteringspunkten måste vara SWAP för växlingsenheter." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Endast växlingsenheter kan ha SWAP som monteringspunkt." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Monteringspunkten används redan. Välj en annan." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT-filsystemet används som systemmonteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" -"home).\n" +"FAT-filsystemet används som systemmonteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Det är omöjligt." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Det finns ett ogiltigt tecken i monteringspunkten. Använd inte \"`'!\"%#\" i " -"monteringspunkter." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Det finns ett ogiltigt tecken i monteringspunkten. Använd inte \"`'!\"%#\" i monteringspunkter." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2217,13 +2177,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Monteringspunkten måste börja med \"/\". " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2231,9 +2191,9 @@ "Det är inte tillåtet att tilldela monteringspunktväxlingen\n" "till en enhet utan ett växlingsfilsystem." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2241,8 +2201,8 @@ "Partitionen är för liten för att använda %1.\n" "Minsta storlek för det här filsystemet är %2.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2250,8 +2210,8 @@ "Det är inte tillåtet att tilldela en monteringspunkt\n" "till en enhet med ett icke existerande eller okänt filsystem." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2273,30 +2233,29 @@ "\n" "Vill du använda det här filsystemet?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Filsystemet är monterat på %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Du kan försöka att avmontera det, fortsätta utan att avmontera eller " -"avsluta.\n" +"Du kan försöka att avmontera det, fortsätta utan att avmontera eller avsluta.\n" "Klicka på Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Avmontera" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2304,75 +2263,75 @@ "Du kan försöka att avmontera eller avbryta.\n" "Klicka på Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det går inte att krympa filsystemet när det är monterat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det går inte att utöka filsystemet när det är monterat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra storlek på filsystemet när det är monterat." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Genomsök enheter igen" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importera monteringspunkter..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Ange krypterings&lösenord..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Konfigurera &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Konfigurera &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Konfigurera &Multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Konfigurera &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Konfigurera &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Konfigurera &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Konfigurera..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Tillgängligt utrymme på %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2380,8 +2339,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla tillgängliga\n" "lagringsenheter.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2391,8 +2350,8 @@ "kan du gå till vyn med detaljerad information om den\n" "enheten.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2400,8 +2359,8 @@ "<p>Genom att markera en tabellpost kan du \n" "gå till vyn med detaljerad information om enheten.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2409,8 +2368,8 @@ "Om du genomsöker alla diskar igen avbryts de aktuella ändringarna. \n" "Vill du genomsöka alla diskar igen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2418,8 +2377,8 @@ "Om du anropar iSCSI-konfigurationen avbryts alla aktuella ändringar. \n" "Vill du anropa iSCSI-konfigurationen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2427,10 +2386,10 @@ "Om du anropar FCoE-konfigurationen avbryts alla aktuella ändringar.\n" "Vill du anropa FCoE-konfigurationen?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2438,8 +2397,8 @@ "Om du anropar Multipath-konfigurationen avbryts alla aktuella ändringar.\n" "Vill du anropa Multipath-konfigurationen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2447,8 +2406,8 @@ "Om du anropar DASD-konfigurationen avbryts alla aktuella ändringar. \n" "Vill du anropa DASD-konfigurationen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2456,8 +2415,8 @@ "Om du anropar zFCP-konfigurationen avbryts alla aktuella ändringar. \n" "Vill du anropa zFCP-konfigurationen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2465,50 +2424,50 @@ "Om du anropar XPRAM-konfigurationen avbryts alla aktuella ändringar. \n" "Vill du anropa XPRAM-konfigurationen?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Redigera Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Välj åtminstone en enhet." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ändra vilka enheter som används av BTRFS-volymen.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Oanvända enheter:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Valda enheter:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Ändra storlek på Btrfs-volymen %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Ingen BTRFS-enhet har valts." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2516,176 +2475,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 används. Den går inte att\n" "redigera. Om du vill redigera %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort vissa fysiska enheter." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs-volymer" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Redigera..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Ta bort..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas alla BTRFS-volymer.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2693,8 +2650,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda BTRFS-volymen.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2702,74 +2659,72 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla enheter som används av den \n" "valda BTRFS-volymen.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Btrfs-enhet: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Översikt" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Använda enheter" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj enhetens roll.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI-startpartition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Operativsystem" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Data och ISV-program" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Växling" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Rå volym (oformaterad)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Roll" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2777,21 +2732,19 @@ "<p>Först väljer du om partitionen ska\n" "formateras och vilken filsystemtyp som ska användas.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Om du vill kryptera alla data på\n" -"volymen väljer du <b>Kryptera enheten</b>. Om du ändrar krypteringen på en " -"befintlig\n" +"volymen väljer du <b>Kryptera enheten</b>. Om du ändrar krypteringen på en befintlig\n" "volym raderas alla data på den.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2799,49 +2752,48 @@ "<p>Därefter väljer du om partitionen ska \n" "monteras och anger monteringspunkt (/, /boot, /home, /var osv.).</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formateringsalternativ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formatera partitionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Formatera inte partitionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Montera inte partitionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Monteringsalternativ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Monteringspartition" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-alternativ..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Krypteringsfiler måste krypteras." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2853,18 +2805,18 @@ "\n" "Kontrollera också formatalternativet.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Krypteringsfiler kräver en monteringspunkt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs kräver en monteringspunkt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2878,8 +2830,8 @@ " andra Linux-filsystem.\n" " </p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2888,28 +2840,26 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Filsystemet som används för den här volymen är SWAP. Du behöver inte ange " -"något \n" -"krypteringslösenord men då kan inte växlingsenheten användas för " -"strömsparläge\n" +"Filsystemet som används för den här volymen är SWAP. Du behöver inte ange något \n" +"krypteringslösenord men då kan inte växlingsenheten användas för strömsparläge\n" "(viloläge till disk).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alla data på volymen kommer att försvinna." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra storlek på den underliggande enheten." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2919,7 +2869,7 @@ "Du kan inte ändra storlek på den valda partitionen eftersom\n" "filsystemet på den här partitionen inte stödjer storleksändring.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2927,8 +2877,8 @@ "Det går inte att kontrollera om det går att ändra storlek\n" "på en NTFS när den är monterad." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2936,80 +2886,79 @@ "Du kan inte ändra storlek på partitionen %1\n" "eftersom filsystemet verkar vara inkonsekvent.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Ändra storlek på partitionen %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Ändra storlek på den logiska volymen %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Aktuell storlek: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Aktuell användning: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Storlek" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximal storlek (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minsta storlek (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Anpassad storlek" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj ny storlek.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"Storleken som du har angett är ogiltig. Ange en storlek mellan %1 och %2." +msgstr "Storleken som du har angett är ogiltig. Ange en storlek mellan %1 och %2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3017,33 +2966,32 @@ "resize task a lot." msgstr "" "Du utökar ett monterat filsystem med %1 GB. \n" -"Processen kan vara långsam och ta flera timmar. Om du avmonterar " -"filsystemet \n" +"Processen kan vara långsam och ta flera timmar. Om du avmonterar filsystemet \n" "går storleksändringen \n" "mycket snabbare." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Utmatning för %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Diskarna genomsöks igen..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Redigera DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Ingen DM-enhet har valts." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3051,25 +2999,24 @@ "DM %1 används. Det går inte att\n" "redigera. Om du vill redigera %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "DM (Device Mapper)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I den här vyn visas alla Device Mapper-enheter\n" -"utom de som redan visas i någon annan vy. Därför visas inte multipath-" -"diskar,\n" +"utom de som redan visas i någon annan vy. Därför visas inte multipath-diskar,\n" "BIOS RAID-enheter och LVM-logiska volymer här.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3077,8 +3024,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda Device Mapper-enheten.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3086,188 +3033,188 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla enheter som används av den\n" "valda Device Mapper-enheten.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM-enhet: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Lägg till RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Lägg till volymgrupp" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Enhetsgraf" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Spara enhetsgraf..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas en graf över enheter.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara graf-filen." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Monteringsgraf" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Spara monteringsgraf..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas en graf med monteringspunkter.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj partitionstyp för den nya partitionen.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Primär partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "&Utökad partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logisk partition" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Ny partitionstyp" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Välj storlek för den nya partitionen.\n" "</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Storlek för den nya partitionen" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Anpassad region" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Startcylinder" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Slutcylinder" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "Den angivna regionen är inte giltigt." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Lägg till partition på %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Redigera partition %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Inget utrymme till flyttad partition %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Vill du flytta partition %1 framåt?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Vill du flytta partition %1 bakåt?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Vill du flytta partition %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Framåt" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Bakåt" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning av alla partitioner" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3275,83 +3222,82 @@ "Disken %1 innehåller minst en partition.\n" "Om du fortsätter kommer följande partitioner att tas bort:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort alla partitioner på %1?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Ingen hårddisk har valts." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "Det går inte att skapa partitionstabell på LDL-formaterad DASD." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Disken används och kan inte ändras." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Välj en ny partitionstabelltyp för %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "Vill du skapa en ny partitionstabell på %1? Alla data\n" -"på %1 och alla RAID-enheter och volymgrupper som använder partitioner på %1 " -"kommer att raderas." +"på %1 och alla RAID-enheter och volymgrupper som använder partitioner på %1 kommer att raderas." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Ingen disk har angetts." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort Bios RAID %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen ta bort den partitionerade RAID:en %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Det finns inga partitioner att ta bort på den här disken." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Partition kan inte skapas på %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Ingen partition har valts." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3359,13 +3305,13 @@ "Partitionen %1 används. Den kan inte \n" "ändras. Om du vill ändra %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Det går inte att redigera en utökad partition." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3373,28 +3319,27 @@ "Partitionen %1 har redan skapats på disken\n" "och kan inte flyttas." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Det går inte att flytta en utökad partition." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partitionen %1 används. Du kan inte ändra\n" -"storlek på den. Om du vill ändra storleken på %1 måste du se till att den " -"inte används." +"storlek på den. Om du vill ändra storleken på %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Det går inte att ändra storlek på en utökad partition." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3410,7 +3355,7 @@ "flera partitioner. När kloningen är klar\n" "tas dessa partitioner bort.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3418,11 +3363,11 @@ "Följande partitioner tas bort och\n" "alla data på dem försvinner:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort de här partitionerna?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3432,7 +3377,7 @@ "klonas måste innehålla minst en partition.\n" "Skapa partitioner innan du klonar disken.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3440,20 +3385,20 @@ "Den här disken kan inte klonas. Det saknas lämpliga\n" "diskar som skulle kunna ha samma partitionslayout." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Klona partitionslayouten för %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Tillgängliga måldiskar:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Välj en måldisk för att skapa en klon" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3461,8 +3406,8 @@ "Att köra dasdfmt tar bort all data på disken.\n" "Verkligen köra dasdfmt på disk %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3474,58 +3419,58 @@ " Partitioner som finns på disken för närvarande visas\n" " på nytt.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Lägg till partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Flytta" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Storleksändra" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Flytta..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Ändra storlek..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3533,8 +3478,8 @@ "Hårddiskar, BIOS-RAID-enheter och multipath-\n" "enheter kan inte flyttas." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3542,39 +3487,38 @@ "Hårddiskar, BIOS-RAID-enheter och multipath-\n" "enheter kan inte storleksändras." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Hårddiskar" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Lägg till partition..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I den här vyn visas alla hårddiskar inklusive\n" -"iSCSI-diskar BIOS RAID-enheter och multipath-diskar och deras partitioner.\n" +"iSCSI-diskar BIOS RAID-enheter och multipath-diskar och deras partitioner.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Hälsotest (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Egenskaper (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3582,45 +3526,45 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den \n" "valda hårddisken.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART är inte tillgängligt för den här disken." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm är inte tillgängligt för den här disken." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Skapa ny partitionstabell" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Klona disken" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Kör dasd&fmt på DASD-enheten" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Lägg till..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Expert..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3630,35 +3574,34 @@ "hårddisken. Om hårddisken används av t ex BIOS RAID eller multipath visas\n" "inga partitioner här.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I den här vyn visas alla enheter som används av den \n" -"valda hårddisken. Vyn är bara tillgänglig för BIOS RAID-enheter, " -"partitionerade \n" +"valda hårddisken. Vyn är bara tillgänglig för BIOS RAID-enheter, partitionerade \n" "programvaru-RAID-enheter och multipath-diskar.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partitioner" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Hårddisk: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partition: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3666,8 +3609,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda partitionen.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3677,8 +3620,8 @@ "Linux-system med monteringspunkter. De gamla monteringspunkterna\n" "visas i tabellen.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3686,71 +3629,69 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Du kan ange om de befintliga \n" "systemvolymerna, t ex / och /usr, ska formateras under \n" -"installationen. Icke-systemvolymer, t ex /home, kommer inte att formateras." +"installationen. Icke-systemvolymer, t ex /home, kommer inte att formateras.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Inget tidigare system med monteringspunkter hittades." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Visa tidi&gare" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Visa &nästa" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importera monteringspunkter från befintligt system:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Formatera systemvolymer" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importera" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab hittat på %1 innehåller:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Lösenordet är felaktigt." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning av partition använd av LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "Den valda partitionen används av volymgruppen %1.\n" -"För att systemet ska behållas i ett konsekvent tillstånd kommer följande " -"volymgrupp \n" +"För att systemet ska behållas i ett konsekvent tillstånd kommer följande volymgrupp \n" "och dess logiska volymer att tas bort:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort partitionen %1 och volymgruppen %2 nu?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning av partition som används av RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3760,24 +3701,24 @@ "För att systemet ska behållas i ett konsekvent tillstånd kommer följande \n" "RAID-enhet att tas bort:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort partitionen %1 och RAID-enheten %2?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen ta bort alla partitioner på %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Verkligen ta bort %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3785,61 +3726,58 @@ "\n" "Ska loop-filen %1 också tas bort?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Opartitionerad" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Otilldelad" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Inga ändringar av partitionering.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Ändringar i partitioneringen</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Inga ändringar av lagringsinställningar.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Lagringsinställningar:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Paket att installera:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Inga paket behöver installeras.</p>" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Sökvägsnamn för loop-fil:</b><br>Det här måste vara en absolut sökväg " -"till filen\n" -"som innehåller data för den krypterade loop-enheten som ska installeras.\n" +"<p><b>Sökvägsnamn för loop-fil:</b><br>Det här måste vara en absolut sökväg till filen\n" +"som innehåller data för den krypterade loop-enheten som ska installeras.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3847,13 +3785,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Skapa loop-fil:</b><br>Om det här alternativet är markerat skapas " -"filen\n" +"<p><b>Skapa loop-fil:</b><br>Om det här alternativet är markerat skapas filen\n" "med storleken som anges i nästa fält. <b>Obs!</b> Om filen redan\n" "finns går alla data i den förlorade.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3863,8 +3800,8 @@ "<p><b>Storlek:</b><br>Det här är storleken på loop-filen. Filsystemet som \n" "skapas i den krypterade loop-enheten får den här storleken.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3874,28 +3811,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>Obs!</b>Under installationen kan inte YaST göra några\n" -"konsekvenskontroller av filstorlek och sökvägsnamn eftersom filsystemet " -"inte\n" +"konsekvenskontroller av filstorlek och sökvägsnamn eftersom filsystemet inte\n" "är åtkomligt. Filsystemet skapas i slutet av installationen. Tänk på\n" "vad du anger för försiktig när du anger storlek och sökväg.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Sökvägsnamn för loop-fil" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Bläddra..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Skapa loop-fil" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3903,64 +3839,63 @@ "Filnamnet %1 är ogiltigt.\n" "Använd ett absolut sökvägsnamn.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "Den angivna storleken är ogiltig. Ange en storlek på minst %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" "the create flag." msgstr "" "Filnamnet %1 finns inte\n" -"och flaggan för att skapa är avslagen. Använd antingen en befintlig fil " -"eller aktivera\n" +"och flaggan för att skapa är avslagen. Använd antingen en befintlig fil eller aktivera\n" "skapa-flaggan." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Lägg till krypteringsfil" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Redigera krypteringsfil %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Ingen krypteringsfil har valts" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3968,30 +3903,30 @@ "Krypteringsfilen %1 används. Den kan inte\n" "ändras. Om du vill ändra %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Krypteringsfiler" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Lägg till krypteringsfil..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas alla krypteringsfiler.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Krypteringsfil: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -3999,37 +3934,35 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda krypteringsfilen.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Ange ett namn för volymgruppen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Namnen för volymgruppen är längre än 128 tecken." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Namnet för volymgruppen får inte börja med \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -msgstr "" -"Namnet för volymgruppen innehåller ogiltiga tecken. Tillåtna tecken är " -"alfanumeriska tecken, ., _, - och +." +msgstr "Namnet för volymgruppen innehåller ogiltiga tecken. Tillåtna tecken är alfanumeriska tecken, ., _, - och +." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Volymgruppen %1 finns redan." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4037,30 +3970,29 @@ "Volymgruppnamnet \"%1\" är i konflikt\n" "med en annan post i katalogen /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Bekräfta borttagning av volymgrupp" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Volymgruppen %1 innehåller minst en logisk volym.\n" -"Om du fortsätter kommer följande volymer att avmonteras (om de är " -"monterade)\n" +"Om du fortsätter kommer följande volymer att avmonteras (om de är monterade)\n" "och tas bort:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort volymgruppen %1 och alla relaterade logiska volymer?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4068,18 +4000,18 @@ "Inmatade data är ogiltiga. Ange en fysisk storlek som är större än %1\n" "i binära steg, t ex %2 eller %3" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Ange ett namn för den logiska volymen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Namnet för den logiska volymen är längre än 128 tecken." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4087,8 +4019,8 @@ "Namnet för den logiska volymen innehåller ogiltiga tecken. Tillåtna tecken \n" "är alfanumeriska tecken, ., _, - och +." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4096,58 +4028,56 @@ "Det finns redan en logisk volym med namnet %1 \n" "i volymgruppen %2." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange namnet och den fysiska storleken för den nya volymgruppen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj de fysiska volymerna som volymgruppen ska innehålla.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Volymgruppnamn" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "&Fysisk storlek" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Tillgängliga fysiska volymer:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Valda fysiska volymer:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ändra vilka enheter som används för volymgruppen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Ange storlek och \n" -"stripe-antal och -storlek för den nya logiska volymen. Antalet stripes får " -"inte vara större \n" +"stripe-antal och -storlek för den nya logiska volymen. Antalet stripes får inte vara större \n" "än antalet fysiska volymer i volymgruppen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4159,170 +4089,160 @@ "<p>Du kan skapa så kallade <b>tunna volymer</b> med \n" "slumpmässig storlek på volymerna. Det utrymme som krävs tas vid behov\n" " från den tilldelade <b>tunna poolen</b>. Det går alltså att skapa en\n" -"tunn volym som är större än den tunna poolen. När data skrivs till den tunna " -"volymen\n" +"tunn volym som är större än den tunna poolen. När data skrivs till den tunna volymen\n" " måste det dock finnas tillräckligt med utrymme i den tunna poolen.\n" "Tunna volymer kan inte ha stripe-räkning." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stripes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Nummer" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Lägg till logisk volym %1 på %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Ändra storlek på volymgruppen %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ange ett namn för den nya logiska volymen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan ange den logiska volymen som en <b>normal volym</b>.\n" -"Det är standard och innebär vanliga LVM-volymer som alla volymer var innan " -"<b>tunn logistik</b> fanns.\n" +"Det är standard och innebär vanliga LVM-volymer som alla volymer var innan <b>tunn logistik</b> fanns.\n" "Om du är osäker är det här antagligen rätt alternativ.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan ange den logiska volymen som en <b>tunn pool</b>.\n" -"Det innebär att <b>tunna volymer</b> allokerar utrymme vid behov från den " -"poolen.</p>" +"Det innebär att <b>tunna volymer</b> allokerar utrymme vid behov från den poolen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan ange den logiska volymen som en <b>tunn volym</b>.\n" -"Det innebär att volymen allokerar utrymme vid behov från en <b>tunn pool</b>." -"</p>" +"Det innebär att volymen allokerar utrymme vid behov från en <b>tunn pool</b>.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisk volym" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Normal volym" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Tunn pool" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Tunn volym" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Pool som används" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Lägg till logisk volym på %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Redigera den logiska volymen %1 på %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Det finns inte tillräckligt med lämpliga och oanvända enheter för att skapa " -"en volymgrupp. \n" +"Det finns inte tillräckligt med lämpliga och oanvända enheter för att skapa en volymgrupp. \n" "\n" -"Om du vill använda LVM krävs det minst en oanvänd partition av typen 0x8e " -"(eller 0x83) eller en oanvänd\n" +"Om du vill använda LVM krävs det minst en oanvänd partition av typen 0x8e (eller 0x83) eller en oanvänd\n" "RAID-enhet. Ändra partitionstabellen så att den passar." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Ingen volymgrupp har valts." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort volymgruppen %1?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Borttagningen av volymgruppen %1 misslyckades." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Inga logiska volymer har valts." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Det finns inget tillgängligt utrymme i volymgruppen %1." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4330,8 +4250,8 @@ "Volymen %1 är en tunn pool.\n" "Den kan inte redigeras." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4339,46 +4259,46 @@ "Volymen %1 används. Den går inte att\n" "redigera. Om du vill redigera %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Lägg till logisk volym" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Volymgrupp" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volymhantering" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4386,8 +4306,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla LVM-volymgrupper och \n" "deras logiska volymer.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4395,8 +4315,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda volymgruppen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4404,8 +4324,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla logiska volymer i den \n" "valda volymgruppen.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4413,28 +4333,28 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla fysiska volymer som används av\n" "den valda volymgruppen.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Volymgrupp: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logiska volymer" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Fysiska volymer" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logisk volym: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4442,56 +4362,56 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda logiska volymen.</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device Mapper" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "TMPFS" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Oanvända enheter" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationssammanfattning" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4501,38 +4421,34 @@ "försvinner om du avslutar partitioneraren med %1. \n" "Vill du avsluta?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här visas partitioneringssammanfattningen.</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Sammanfattning" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systemvy" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS-konfigurationen är inte tillgänglig. Kontrollera paketinstallationen av " -"yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS-konfigurationen är inte tillgänglig. Kontrollera paketinstallationen av yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "NFS (Network File System)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4540,61 +4456,51 @@ "Testmonteringen av NFS-resursen %1 misslyckades.\n" "Vill du spara den ändå?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Välj minst %2 enheter för %1." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj RAID-typ för den nya RAID-enheten.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Den här nivån förbättrar diskens prestanda.\n" -"Det finns <b>INGEN</b> redundans i det här läget. Om en av enheterna " -"kraschar går det inte att återställa data.</p>\n" +"Det finns <b>INGEN</b> redundans i det här läget. Om en av enheterna kraschar går det inte att återställa data.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Den här nivån har bästa redundansen. Det kan\n" -"användas med två eller flera diskar. Med denna nivå finns en exakt kopia av " -"alla data på alla\n" -"diskar. Så länge minst en disk fortfarande fungerar, förloras inga data. " -"Partitionerna\n" +"användas med två eller flera diskar. Med denna nivå finns en exakt kopia av alla data på alla\n" +"diskar. Så länge minst en disk fortfarande fungerar, förloras inga data. Partitionerna\n" "som används för denna typ av RAID bör vara ungefär lika stora.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Den här nivån kombinerar hantering av flera\n" -"diskar och har fortfarande viss redundans. Den här nivån kan användas på tre " -"eller flera diskar.\n" -"Om en disk bortfaller, är alla data fortfarande intakta. Om två diskar " -"bortfaller samtidigt, förloras alla data.</p>\n" +"diskar och har fortfarande viss redundans. Den här nivån kan användas på tre eller flera diskar.\n" +"Om en disk bortfaller, är alla data fortfarande intakta. Om två diskar bortfaller samtidigt, förloras alla data.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4604,23 +4510,19 @@ "namn för raid. Detta är valfritt. Om du anger ett namn visas \n" "enheten som <tt>/dev/md/<namn></tt>.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lägg till partitioner till RAID.</b> Beroende på\n" -"RAID-typen är det användbara diskutrymmet summan av de här partitionerna " -"(RAID 0), storleken\n" -"på den minsta partitionen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)* den minsta partitionen (RAID " -"5).</p>\n" +"RAID-typen är det användbara diskutrymmet summan av de här partitionerna (RAID 0), storleken\n" +"på den minsta partitionen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)* den minsta partitionen (RAID 5).</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" @@ -4628,86 +4530,80 @@ "<p>Generellt bör partitionerna ligga på olika enheter,\n" "för att få den redundans och de prestanda du vill ha.</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID-typ" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (spegling)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (redundant striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (dubbel redundant striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (spegling och striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Raid-&namn (valfritt)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Tillgängliga enheter:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockstorlek:</b><br>Den minsta atomära enheten\n" -"data som kan skrivas till enheterna. En lagom blockstorlek för RAID 5 är 128 " -"kB. För RAID 0\n" -"är 32 kB en bra utgångspunkt. För RAID 1 påverkar inte blockstorleken " -"diskserien särskilt mycket.</p>\n" +"data som kan skrivas till enheterna. En lagom blockstorlek för RAID 5 är 128 kB. För RAID 0\n" +"är 32 kB en bra utgångspunkt. För RAID 1 påverkar inte blockstorleken diskserien särskilt mycket.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Paritetsalgoritm:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Den paritetsalgoritm som ska användas med RAID 5/6.\n" -"Vänstersymmetrisk är den som erbjuder maximala prestanda på normala diskar " -"med roterande skivor.\n" +"Vänstersymmetrisk är den som erbjuder maximala prestanda på normala diskar med roterande skivor.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4715,66 +4611,66 @@ "Mer information om paritetsalgoritmen \n" "finns på man-sidan för mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Blockstorlek" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "Paritets&algoritm" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID-alternativ" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ändra enheter som används för denna RAID.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Lägg till RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Ändra storlek på RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Redigera RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4786,23 +4682,22 @@ "Det betyder normalt sett att deluppsättningen av raid-enheter\n" "är för liten för att raid-enheten ska gå att använda.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Det finns inte tillräckligt med oanvända enheter för att skapa en RAID-enhet." +msgstr "Det finns inte tillräckligt med oanvända enheter för att skapa en RAID-enhet." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Ingen RAID är vald." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4810,38 +4705,36 @@ "RAID-enheten %1 används. Den kan inte \n" "ändras. Om du vill ändra %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID %1 som ska ändras har redan skapats på disk.\n" -"Du kan inte ändra storlek på den. Om du vill ändra storlek på %1 tar du bort " -"den och skapar den igen." +"Du kan inte ändra storlek på den. Om du vill ändra storlek på %1 tar du bort den och skapar den igen." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID-enheten %1 används. Du kan inte ändra \n" -"storlek på den. Om du vill ändra storlek på %1 måste du se till att den inte " -"används." +"storlek på den. Om du vill ändra storlek på %1 måste du se till att den inte används." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Lägg till RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas alla RAID-enheter utom BIOS RAID-enheter.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4849,8 +4742,8 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den \n" "valda RAID-enheten.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4858,130 +4751,123 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas alla enheter som används av den \n" "valda RAID-enheten.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikett" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montera genom" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Används av" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Cylinderinformation" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fiberkanalinformation" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Kryptering" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volymetikett" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Enhets-ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Enhetssökväg" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cylinder" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Standardmontering med" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Standardfilsystem" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Justering av nyligen skapade partitioner" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Visa lagringsenheter med" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Synlig information om lagringsenheter:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -4989,31 +4875,25 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas allmänna\n" "lagringsinställningar:</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standardmontering med</b> visar \n" -"monteringsmetoden för nyligen skapade filsystem. <i>Enhetsnamn</i> använder " -"det \n" -"kärnenhetsnamn som inte är beständigt. <i>Enhets-ID</i> och <i>Enhetssökväg\n" -"använder namn genererade av udev från maskinvaruinformation. Dessa ska " -"vara \n" -"beständiga men är det dessvärre inte alltid. Slutligen använder <i>UUID</i> " -"och\n" +"monteringsmetoden för nyligen skapade filsystem. <i>Enhetsnamn</i> använder det \n" +"kärnenhetsnamn som inte är beständigt. <i>Enhets-ID</i> och <i>Enhetssökväg</i>\n" +"använder namn genererade av udev från maskinvaruinformation. Dessa ska vara \n" +"beständiga men är det dessvärre inte alltid. Slutligen använder <i>UUID</i> och\n" "<i>Volymetikett</i> filsystemets UUID och etikett.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5021,25 +4901,21 @@ "<p><b>Standardfilsystem</b> visar filsystemtypen\n" "för nyligen skapade filsystem.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Justering av nyligen skapade partitioner</b>\n" -"bestämmer hur skapade partitioner justeras. <b>cylinder</b> är den " -"traditionella justeringen vid diskens cylindergränser. <b>optimal</b> " -"justerar \n" +"bestämmer hur skapade partitioner justeras. <b>cylinder</b> är den traditionella justeringen vid diskens cylindergränser. <b>optimal</b> justerar \n" "partitionerna för bästa prestanda enligt information från Linux-kärnan \n" "eller försöker vara kompatibel med Windows Vista och Windows 7.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -5047,33 +4923,32 @@ "<p><b>Visa lagringsenheter med</b> kontrollerar\n" "namnet som visas för hårddiskar i navigeringsträdet.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Synlig information på\n" -"lagringsenheter</b> gör att du kan dölja information i tabellerna och " -"översikten.</p>" +"lagringsenheter</b> gör att du kan dölja information i tabellerna och översikten.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas installationssammanfattningen.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Lägg till tmpfs-montering" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Ingen TMPFS-enhet har valts." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5081,18 +4956,18 @@ "\n" "Vill du ta bort tmpfs som monterats på %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "TMPFS-volymer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>I den här vyn visas alla TMPFS-volymer.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -5100,30 +4975,29 @@ "<p>I den här vyn visas detaljerad information om den\n" "valda TMPFS-volymen.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "TMPFS som monterats på %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Genomsök igen" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" "have no logical volumes.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>I den här vyn visas enheter som inte har någon tillägnad\n" -"monteringspunkt, diskar som är opartitionerade och volymgrupper som inte har " -"några\n" +"monteringspunkt, diskar som är opartitionerade och volymgrupper som inte har några\n" "logiska volymer.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5131,30 +5005,30 @@ "Om du genomsöker oanvända enheter igen avbryts \n" "alla aktuella ändringar. Vill du genomsöka oanvända enheter igen?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5162,17 +5036,17 @@ "En logisk volym med begärd storlek \n" "kunde inte skapas.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Försök att minska stripe-räkningen för volymen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Du kan endast ta bort logiska volymer." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5180,8 +5054,8 @@ "Minst en ögonblicksbild av den här volymen används.\n" "Ta bort den ögonblicksbilden först." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5189,100 +5063,100 @@ "Minst en tunn volym använder den här poolen.\n" "Ta bort den tunna volymen först." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Ta bort den logiska volymen %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Total storlek: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Resultatstorlek: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klass" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Överst" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Upp" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Inte tillgänglig" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Nederst" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Klassificera" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Lägg till alla" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Ta bort alla" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "%1 är inte en vanlig fil." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Filen %1 är för stor." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5294,49 +5168,43 @@ "Filen måste innehålla rader med ett reguljärt uttryck och ett klassnamn\n" "per rad. Exempel:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Följande mönsterrader identifierades:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Vill du matcha enheter och klasser med de här mönstren?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" "<p>I den här dialogrutan kan du definiera klasser för de RAID-enheter\n" -"som finns i RAID-uppsättningen. Klasserna A, B, C, D och E finns " -"tillgängliga\n" +"som finns i RAID-uppsättningen. Klasserna A, B, C, D och E finns tillgängliga\n" "men i många fall räcker det med färre klasser (t ex bara A och B). </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan koppla en enhet till en klass genom att högerklicka på\n" -"enheten och välja klass från kontextmenyn. Om du trycker på Ctrl eller " -"Skift \n" +"enheten och välja klass från kontextmenyn. Om du trycker på Ctrl eller Skift \n" "kan du välja flera enheter och koppla allihop till en klass på en gång.\n" "Du kan även klicka på %1 till %2 för att koppla \n" "de markerade enheterna till klassen.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5344,8 +5212,8 @@ "<p>När du har valt klasser för enheterna kan du ordna enheterna \n" "genom att trycka på %1 eller %2." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5353,116 +5221,101 @@ "<b>Sorterat</b> sätter alla enheter i klass A före alla enheter\n" "i klass B och så vidare." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"<b>Överlagrad</b> använder den första enheten i klass A, sedan den första " -"enheten i \n" +"<b>Överlagrad</b> använder den första enheten i klass A, sedan den första enheten i \n" "klass B, sedan resterande klasser med tilldelade enheter. Sedan den \n" "andra enheten i klass A, den andra enheten i klass B och så vidare." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created.</p>" msgstr "" -"Alla enheter som inte tillhör någon klass hamnar längs ned i listan över " -"enheter.\n" +"Alla enheter som inte tillhör någon klass hamnar längs ned i listan över enheter.\n" "När du stänger popup-rutan hamnar enheterna i den aktuella ordningen\n" "i den RAID-volym som skapas.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "Om du trycker på <b>%1</b> kan du välja en fil som innehåller\n" -"rader med ett reguljärt uttryck och ett klassnamn (t ex \"sda.* A\"). Alla " -"enheter som matchar \n" -"det reguljära uttrycket sätts i klassen på den raden. Det reguljära " -"uttrycket matchas \n" +"rader med ett reguljärt uttryck och ett klassnamn (t ex \"sda.* A\"). Alla enheter som matchar \n" +"det reguljära uttrycket sätts i klassen på den raden. Det reguljära uttrycket matchas \n" "mot kärnnamnet (t ex /dev/sda1), \n" -"udev-sökvägen (t ex /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " -"och \n" +"udev-sökvägen (t ex /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) och \n" " udev-ID:t (t ex /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Om enhetens namn matchar mer än ett reguljärt uttryck avgör den första " -"matchningen\n" +"Om enhetens namn matchar mer än ett reguljärt uttryck avgör den första matchningen\n" " vilken klass enheten tillhör.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Mönsterfil" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs-&storlek" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Den storlek som har angetts är ogiltig. Använd en siffra följt av K, M, G " -"eller %.\n" +"Den storlek som har angetts är ogiltig. Använd en siffra följt av K, M, G eller %.\n" "Värdet måste vara större än 100 000 eller mellan 1 % och 200 %. Försök igen." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Värdet måste vara mellan 1 % och 200 %. Försök igen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tmpfs-storlek:</b>\n" -"Storleken kan antingen anges som ett nummer följt av K, M, G för kilo-, " -"mega- eller gigabyte eller\n" -"som ett nummer följt av ett procenttecken som anger procentandelen av minnet." -"</p>" +"Storleken kan antingen anges som ett nummer följt av K, M, G för kilo-, mega- eller gigabyte eller\n" +"som ett nummer följt av ett procenttecken som anger procentandelen av minnet.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Växlingsutrymmes&prioritet" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Värdet måste vara mellan 0 och 32767. Försök igen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5470,31 +5323,29 @@ "<p><b>Växlingsutrymmesprioritet:</b>\n" "Ange växlingsutrymmesprioritet. Högre nummer betyder högre prioritet.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Montera sk&rivskyddad" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montera som skrivskyddat:</b>\n" -"Det går inte att skriva till filsystemet. Standard är falskt. Under " -"installationen\n" +"Det går inte att skriva till filsystemet. Standard är falskt. Under installationen\n" "monteras filsystemet alltid med läs- och skrivrättigheter.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Ingen &åtkomsttid" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5502,13 +5353,13 @@ "<p><b>Ingen åtkomsttid:</b>\n" "Åtkomsttider uppdateras inte när en fil läses. Standard är falskt.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Kan monteras av användare" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" @@ -5516,37 +5367,33 @@ "<p><b>Användare kan montera:</b>\n" "Filsystemet kan monteras av vanliga användare. Standard är falskt.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Montera inte vid system&start" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montera inte vid systemstart:</b>\n" "Filsystemet monteras inte automatiskt när systemet startas.\n" "En post skapas i /etc/fstab och filsystemet monteras\n" -"med lämpliga alternativ när kommandot <tt>mount <monteringspunkt>\n" -"(<monteringspunkt> är den katalog där filsystemet monteras) utförs. " -"Standard är falskt.</p>\n" +"med lämpliga alternativ när kommandot <tt>mount <monteringspunkt></tt>\n" +"(<monteringspunkt> är den katalog där filsystemet monteras) utförs. Standard är falskt.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Aktivera &kvotastöd" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5556,23 +5403,21 @@ "Filsystemet har monterats med användarkvota aktiverat.\n" "Standard är falskt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Läge för data&journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Läge för datajournal:</b>\n" "Anger journalläget för fildata.\n" @@ -5580,16 +5425,15 @@ " till huvudfilsystemet. Störst prestandapåverkan. \n" " <tt>sorterade</tt> – Alla data tvingas direkt ut till huvudfilsystemet\n" " innan deras metadata skrivs in i journalen. Medelstor prestandapåverkan. \n" -" <tt>skriv tillbaka</tt> – Dataordningen bevaras inte. Ingen " -"prestandapåverkan.</p>\n" +" <tt>skriv tillbaka</tt> – Dataordningen bevaras inte. Ingen prestandapåverkan.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Åtkomstkontrollistor (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5597,13 +5441,13 @@ "<p><b>Åtkomstkontrollistor (ACL):</b>\n" "Aktivera åtkomstkontrollistor för filsystemet.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Utökad&e användarattribut" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5611,108 +5455,94 @@ "<p><b>Utökade användarattribut:</b>\n" "Tillåt utökade användarattribut för filsystemet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Godtyckligt alternativ&värde" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ogiltiga tecken i godtyckligt alternativvärde. Använd inte blanksteg eller " -"tabbar. Försök igen." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ogiltiga tecken i godtyckligt alternativvärde. Använd inte blanksteg eller tabbar. Försök igen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Godtyckligt alternativvärde:</b>\n" -"Här kan du ange alla giltiga monteringsalternativ som tillåts i det fjärde " -"fältet i /etc/fstab.\n" +"Här kan du ange alla giltiga monteringsalternativ som tillåts i det fjärde fältet i /etc/fstab.\n" " Flera alternativ avgränsas med kommatecken.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Teckenupp&sättning för filnamn" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Teckenuppsättning för filnamn:</b>\n" -"Ange teckenuppsättningen som ska användas för att visa filnamn på Windows-" -"partitioner.</p>\n" +"Ange teckenuppsättningen som ska användas för att visa filnamn på Windows-partitioner.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Te&ckenuppsättning för korta FAT-namn" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Teckenuppsättning för korta FAT-namn:</b>\n" -"Den här teckenuppsättningen används för att konvertera till korta namn på " -"FAT-filsystem.</p>\n" +"Den här teckenuppsättningen används för att konvertera till korta namn på FAT-filsystem.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Antal &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Antal FAT:</b>\n" "Ange antalet filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standard är 2.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&storlek" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT-storlek:</b>\n" -"Anger typen av filallokeringstabeller som används (12, 16 eller 32-bit). Om " -"auto är inställt väljer YaST automatiskt det lämpligaste värdet för " -"filsystemstorleken.</p>\n" +"Anger typen av filallokeringstabeller som används (12, 16 eller 32-bit). Om auto är inställt väljer YaST automatiskt det lämpligaste värdet för filsystemstorleken.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Rot&katalogposter" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Minimal storlek för Rotkatalogposter är 112. Försök igen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5720,69 +5550,58 @@ "<p><b>Rotkatalogposter:</b>\n" "Välj antalet tillgängliga poster i rotkatalogen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Sorterings&funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sorteringsfunktion:</b>\n" -"Här anges namnet på den sorteringsfunktion som ska användas för att sortera " -"filnamnen i katalogerna.</p>\n" +"Här anges namnet på den sorteringsfunktion som ska användas för att sortera filnamnen i katalogerna.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS-&revision" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FS-revision:</b>\n" -"Här ställer du in vilken ReiserFS-formatrevision som ska användas. \"3.5\" " -"är till för att säkra bakåtkompatibiliteten med 2.2.x-kärnor. \"3.6\" är " -"nyare men kan endast användas med kärnor från och med 2.4.</p>\n" +"Här ställer du in vilken ReiserFS-formatrevision som ska användas. \"3.5\" är till för att säkra bakåtkompatibiliteten med 2.2.x-kärnor. \"3.6\" är nyare men kan endast användas med kärnor från och med 2.4.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Block&storlek i byte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockstorlek:</b>\n" -"Ange blockstorleken i byte. Giltiga värden för blockstorlek är 512, 1024, " -"2048 och 4096 byte per block. Om auto valts används standardblockstorleken " -"4096.</p>\n" +"Ange blockstorleken i byte. Giltiga värden för blockstorlek är 512, 1024, 2048 och 4096 byte per block. Om auto valts används standardblockstorleken 4096.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-storlek" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5790,49 +5609,45 @@ "<p><b>Inode-storlek:</b>\n" "Med den här inställningen bestäms inode-storlek för filsystemet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Procent inode-utrymme" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Procent inode-utrymme:</b>\n" -"Med alternativet Procent inode-utrymme kan du ange hur många procent av " -"utrymmet i filsystemet som kan allokeras till inodes.</p>\n" +"Med alternativet Procent inode-utrymme kan du ange hur många procent av utrymmet i filsystemet som kan allokeras till inodes.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode-&blockanpassat" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode blockanpassat:</b>\n" "Alternativet Inode blockanpassat används för att ange om inode-allokeringen\n" -"är anpassad till blockgränserna eller inte. Standard är att inodes är " -"blockanpassade, vilket \n" +"är anpassad till blockgränserna eller inte. Standard är att inodes är blockanpassade, vilket \n" "normalt är effektivare än utan blockanpassning.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Visa &loggstorlek i megabyte" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5840,30 +5655,28 @@ "Värdet för Loggstorlek är felaktigt.\n" "Ange ett värde som är större än noll.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Loggstorlek</b>\n" -"Ställ in loggstorleken (i megabyte). Med auto är standarden 40 % av den " -"aggregerade storleken.</p>\n" +"Ställ in loggstorleken (i megabyte). Med auto är standarden 40 % av den aggregerade storleken.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Anropa list&hjälpmedel för dåliga block" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Steg&längd i block" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5871,8 +5684,8 @@ "Värdet för Steglängd i block är ogiltigt.\n" "Ange ett värde som är större än 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5884,26 +5697,22 @@ "argumentet \"stride\", som tar antalet block i en \n" "RAID-stripe som argument.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockstorlek:</b>\n" -"Ange blockstorleken i byte. Giltiga värden för blockstorlek är 1024, 2048, " -"och 4096 byte per block. Om auto valts bestäms blockstorleken av " -"filsystemets storlek och förväntat användande av filsystemet.</p>\n" +"Ange blockstorleken i byte. Giltiga värden för blockstorlek är 1024, 2048, och 4096 byte per block. Om auto valts bestäms blockstorleken av filsystemets storlek och förväntat användande av filsystemet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Byte per &inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5911,28 +5720,25 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Byte per inode:</b>\n" "Ange antalet byte per inode. YaST skapar en inode för varje \n" -"<byte-per-inode>-byteutrymme på hårddisken. Ju fler byte-per-inode, " -"desto färre inodes skapas det.\n" -"Generellt bör detta värde inte vara mindre än blockstorleken för " -"filsystemet,\n" +"<byte-per-inode>-byteutrymme på hårddisken. Ju fler byte-per-inode, desto färre inodes skapas det.\n" +"Generellt bör detta värde inte vara mindre än blockstorleken för filsystemet,\n" "eftersom det i så fall skapas för många inodes.\n" "Antalet inodes i ett filsystem kan inte utökas efter att det skapats,\n" "så var noga med att ange ett rimligt värde\n" "för den här parametern.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Procent block &reserverade för root" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5940,27 +5746,19 @@ "Värdet för Procent block reserverade för root är felaktigt.\n" "Tillåtna värden är flyttal som inte är större än 99 (t ex 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Procent block reserverade för root:</b> Ange procentantalet block som " -"reserveras för administratören. Standardvärdet beräknas så att 1 gigabyte " -"normalt reserveras. Den övre gränsen för standardreservering är 5,0 och den " -"nedre är 0,1.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Procent block reserverade för root:</b> Ange procentantalet block som reserveras för administratören. Standardvärdet beräknas så att 1 gigabyte normalt reserveras. Den övre gränsen för standardreservering är 5,0 och den nedre är 0,1.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Inaktivera regelbundna kontroller" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5968,46 +5766,43 @@ "<p><b>Inaktivera regelbundna kontroller:</b>\n" "Inaktivera regelbundna kontroller av filsystemet vid start.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Funktion för katalogin&dex" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Katalogindex:</b>\n" -"Aktiverar användning av hash-b-träd för att snabba upp sökningar i stora " -"kataloger.</p>\n" +"Aktiverar användning av hash-b-träd för att snabba upp sökningar i stora kataloger.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Ingen journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ingen journal:</b>\n" -"Undertryckt användning av journalförande i filsystem. Aktivera bara detta " -"när du verkligen \n" +"Undertryckt användning av journalförande i filsystem. Aktivera bara detta när du verkligen \n" "vet vad du gör.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Åtgärden tillåts inte på disk %{enhet}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6024,12 +5819,11 @@ "(disken är LDL-formaterad).\n" "\n" "Du kan använda partitionerna på disk %{device} som de är eller\n" -"formatera dem och tilldela monteringspunkter, men det går inte att lägga " -"till,\n" +"formatera dem och tilldela monteringspunkter, men det går inte att lägga till,\n" "ändra storlek på eller ta bort partitioner från den disken här.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6047,11 +5841,10 @@ "\n" "Du kan använda partitionerna på disken %{device} i befintligt skick\n" "eller formatera dem och tilldela dem monteringspunkter,\n" -"men det går inte att lägga till, redigera, ändra storlek på eller ta bort " -"partitioner från den disken här.\n" +"men det går inte att lägga till, redigera, ändra storlek på eller ta bort partitioner från den disken här.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6071,8 +5864,8 @@ "eller formatera den och tilldela en monteringspunkt, men du\n" "kan inte ändra storlek på den eller ta bort partitionen från disken här.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6082,14 +5875,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Du kan initiera diskpartitionstabellen till att vara i gott skick i " -"Expertpartitionering\n" +"Du kan initiera diskpartitionstabellen till att vara i gott skick i Expertpartitionering\n" "genom att först välja Expert och sedan Skapa ny partitionstabell, \n" -"men det kommer att förstöra alla data på alla partitioner på den här " -"disken.\n" +"men det kommer att förstöra alla data på alla partitioner på den här disken.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6101,26 +5892,26 @@ "Du kan ignorera det här meddelandet om du inte tänker använda den \n" "här disken under installationen.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Storleksändring ej möjlig:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6132,8 +5923,8 @@ "\n" "Det krypteringslösenord som har angetts kan vara felaktigt.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6143,8 +5934,8 @@ "av lösenordet överensstämmer inte.\n" "Försök igen." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6154,26 +5945,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, och \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Försök igen." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Ange lösenord för kryptering:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Ange lösenord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Följande krypterade volymer är redan tillgängliga:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivering av krypterad volym" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6185,12 +5976,12 @@ "Lösenorden måste vara kända om volymerna behövs antingen \n" "under en uppdatering eller om de innehåller en krypterad fysisk LVM-volym." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Vill du ange krypteringlösenord?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6200,84 +5991,80 @@ "enheterna i listan med låsta enheter.\n" "Lösenordet kommer att testas för alla enheter." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Ange krypteringslösenord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Det finns inga krypterade volymer att låsa upp." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Ange lösenordet för någon av följande enheter:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Ange lösenordet för följande enhet:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Försöker låsa upp krypterade volymer..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Lösenordet låste inte upp någon volym." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installation av paket som krävs missyckades." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Vill du fortsätta trots felet?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Det går inte att skapa partitioner eftersom andra partitioner på disken " -"används." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Det går inte att skapa partitioner eftersom andra partitioner på disken används." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat " -"växlingsutrymme\n" +"Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme\n" "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6287,29 +6074,27 @@ "Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller installationsdata\n" "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat " -"växlingsutrymme\n" +"Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme\n" "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller " -"installationsdata\n" +"Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller installationsdata\n" "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6321,7 +6106,7 @@ "enheten %2, som innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme som behövs \n" "för att utföra installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6329,11 +6114,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom det indirekt ändrar\n" -"enheten %2, som innehåller installationsdata som behövs för att utföra " -"installationen.\n" +"enheten %2, som innehåller installationsdata som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6343,114 +6127,114 @@ "Partitionen %1 kan inte tas bort eftersom andra partitioner på\n" "disken %2 används.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Tilldelat rotfilsystem saknas!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installationen kommer med största sannolikhet att misslyckas!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till följande resurser: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Ett fel uppstod under följande åtgärd:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Systemfelkoden var: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "Ang&e lösenordet för enheten %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Enc" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS-typ" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Början" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Slut " -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS-ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Disketikett" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadata" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE-storlek" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID-version" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Paritetsalgoritm" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Tillverkare" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6458,8 +6242,8 @@ "<b>BIOS-ID</b> visar BIOS-ID för hårddisken\n" ". Fältet kan vara tomt." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6467,8 +6251,8 @@ "<b>Buss</b> visar hur enheten är ansluten till\n" "systemet. Fältet kan vara tomt, t ex för Multipath-diskar." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6476,8 +6260,8 @@ "<b>Blockstorlek</b> visar blockstorleken för RAID-\n" "enheter." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6485,8 +6269,8 @@ "<b>Cylinderstorlek</b> visar storleken för\n" "cylindrarna i hårddisken." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6494,8 +6278,8 @@ "<b>Sektorstorlek</b> visar storleken för\n" "sektorerna på hårddisken." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6503,8 +6287,8 @@ "<b>Enhet</b> visar kärnnamnet för\n" "enheten." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6512,8 +6296,8 @@ "<b>Disketikett</b> visar partitionstabelltyp\n" "för disken, t ex <tt>MSDOS</tt> eller <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6521,8 +6305,8 @@ "I <b>Krypterat</b> visas om enheten är\n" "krypterad." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6530,8 +6314,8 @@ "<b>Slutcylinder</b> visar slutcylindern för\n" "partitionen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6539,8 +6323,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> visar det logiska enhetsnumret för\n" "fiberkanaldiskar." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6548,8 +6332,8 @@ "<b>Port-ID</b> visar port-ID:t för\n" "fiberkanaldiskar." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6557,8 +6341,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> visar WWPN-namnet (World Wide Port\n" " Name) för fiberkanaldiskar." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6566,8 +6350,8 @@ "<b>Filsökväg</b> visar sökvägen för filen för\n" "en krypterad loop-enhet." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6575,18 +6359,18 @@ "I <b>Format</b> visas flaggor: <tt>F</tt>\n" "betyder att enheten är markerad för formatering." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "<b>FS-ID</b> visar ID:t för filsystemet." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>FS-typ</b> visar filsystemtypen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6594,8 +6378,8 @@ "<b>Etikett</b> visar etiketten för \n" "filsystemet." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6603,42 +6387,37 @@ "<b>Metadata</b> visar LVM-metadatatypen för\n" "volymgrupper." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>Modell</b> visar enhetsmodellen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Monterat med</b> indikerar hur filsystemet är monterat: (K) med " -"kärnnamn,\n" +"<b>Monterat med</b> indikerar hur filsystemet är monterat: (K) med kärnnamn,\n" "(L) med filsystemetikett, (UUID) med\n" "filsystem-UUID, (ID) med enhets-ID och (P) med enhetssökväg.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Ett frågetecken (?) anger att\n" -"filsystemet inte finns med i listan i <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Det är antingen " -"monterat\n" -"manuellt eller av ett automonteringssystem. När inställningarna för den här " -"volymen ändras\n" +"filsystemet inte finns med i listan i <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Det är antingen monterat\n" +"manuellt eller av ett automonteringssystem. När inställningarna för den här volymen ändras\n" "kommer inte YaST att uppdateras <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6646,20 +6425,18 @@ "<b>Monteringspunkt</b> visar var filsystemet är\n" "monterat." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "En asterisk (*) efter monteringspunkten indikerar att filsystemet\n" -"inte är monterat för tillfället (t ex på grund av att alternativet " -"<tt>noauto</tt> har valts i <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"inte är monterat för tillfället (t ex på grund av att alternativet <tt>noauto</tt> har valts i <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6667,8 +6444,8 @@ "<b>Antal cylindrar</b> visar hur många\n" "cylindrar som finns i hårddisken." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6676,8 +6453,8 @@ "<b>Paritetsalgoritm</b> visar paritetsalgoritmen\n" "för RAID-enheter med RAID-typ 5, 6 eller 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6685,13 +6462,13 @@ "<b>PE-storlek</b> visar den fysiska utökade storleken\n" "för LVM-volymgrupper." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>RAID-version</b> visar RAID-versionen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6699,13 +6476,13 @@ "<b>RAID-typ</b> visar RAID-typen, även \n" "kallad RAID-nivå, för RAID-enheter." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>Storlek</b> visar storleken för enheten." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6713,18 +6490,17 @@ "<b>Startcylinder</b> visar startcylindern förr\n" "partitionen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Stripes</b> visar stripe-nummer för LVM-\n" -"logiska volymer och även stripe-storleken inom parentes om numret är högre " -"än ett.\n" +"logiska volymer och även stripe-storleken inom parentes om numret är högre än ett.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6732,8 +6508,8 @@ "<b>Typ</b> ger en allmän översikt över\n" "enhetstypen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6741,8 +6517,8 @@ "<b>Enhets-ID</b> visar fasta\n" "enhets-ID:n. Fältet kan vara tomt.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6750,8 +6526,8 @@ "<b>Enhetssökväg</b> visar den fasta enhetssökvägen.\n" " Fältet kan vara tomt." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6759,8 +6535,8 @@ "<b>Används av</b> visar om en enhet används av\n" "t ex RAID eller LVM. Om den inte gör det är den här kolumnen tom.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6768,236 +6544,236 @@ "<b>UUID</b> visar UUID (Universally Unique\n" "Identifier) för filsystemet." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>Leverantör</b> visar enhetsleverantören." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Enhet: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Storlek: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISK %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Typ: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Format: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Krypterat: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Filsystem: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Monteringspunkt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Monterat med: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Används av %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etikett: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Enhetssökväg: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Enhets-ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Disketikett: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Leverantör: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modell: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Buss: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadata: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE-storlek: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Stripes: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID-version: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID-typ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Blockstorlek: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Paritetsalgoritm: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Antal cylindrar: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Cylinderstorlek: %1 " -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Startcylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Slutcylinder: %1 " -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Sektorstorlek: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Filsökväg: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Port-ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>Tabellen innehåller:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Enhet:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Filsystem:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Hårddisk: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fiberkanal:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>Översikten innehåller:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7005,8 +6781,8 @@ "Delsystemet för lagring har låsts av ett okänt program. \n" "Du måste avsluta programmet innan du kan fortsätta." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7014,37 +6790,33 @@ "Delsystemet för lagring har låsts av programmet %1 (%2).\n" "Du måste avsluta programmet innan du kan fortsätta." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Storleksändring kan inte genomföras på grund av att filsystemet är " -"inkonsekvent. Försök att kontrollera filsystemet i Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Storleksändring kan inte genomföras på grund av att filsystemet är inkonsekvent. Försök att kontrollera filsystemet i Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Filsystem för rotpartition" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Filsystem för hempartition" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Utöka &växlingsutrymme för spara" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Förslagsinställningar" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -7054,8 +6826,8 @@ "Välj <b>LVM-baserat förslag</b> för vanlig LVM och <b>krypterat LVM-baserat\n" "förslag</b> om du vill att systemet ska krypteras.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7067,8 +6839,8 @@ "aktivera automatiska ögonblicksbilder med snapper. Detta ökar även \n" "storleken för rotpartitionen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -7076,8 +6848,8 @@ "<p>Förslaget kan skapa en separat hempartition. Filsystemet för\n" "hempartitionen kan väljas med motsvarande kombinationsruta.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -7085,74 +6857,74 @@ "<p>Partitionen för växlingsutrymmet kan göras så stor att \n" "systemet kan sparas på disk i de flesta fall.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Ange ett lösenord för den föreslagna krypteringen." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Lösenord:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Upprepa lösenordet för verifiering:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Partitionsbaserat förslag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-baserat förslag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-baserat förslag" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Standardmontering genom:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Standardfilsystem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Visa lagringsenheter efter:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partitionsjustering:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Synlig information om lagringsenheter:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "Konfigurera Sudo" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,321 +54,311 @@ "(fyra heltal i intervallet 128–255 åtskilda med punkter) \n" "eller ett enda heltal i intervallet 0–32" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "Lägg till ny dator till alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "Datornamn eller nätverk" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "Lägg till ny användare i detta alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "Lokala användare och systemanvändare (grupper)" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Filen, katalogen eller kommandoaliaset %1 finns inte." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "Lägg till ett kommando med valfria parametrar" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "Kommando" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Bläddra" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "Parametrar (valfritt)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Det gick inte att spara sudoer-konfigurationen. Vill du ändra " -"inställningarna?" +msgstr "Det gick inte att spara sudoer-konfigurationen. Vill du ändra inställningarna?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "Nytt kommandoalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "Befintliga kommandoalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "Aliasnamn (med VERSALER)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "Kommandonamn eller kataloger i alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "Parametrar" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "Aliasnamnet får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "Alias med namnet %1 finns redan." -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "Alias måste innehålla minst en medlem." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "Nytt datoralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "Befintliga datoralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "Datornamn eller nätverk i alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "Värdnamn/nätverk" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "Nytt Kör som-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "Befintliga Kör som-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "Aliasmedlemmar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "Ny sudo-regel" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "Befintlig sudo-regel" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "Användare, grupp eller användaralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "Dator eller datoralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "Kör som eller Kör som-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "Inget lösenord" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "Kommandon som ska köras" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "Användarnamn får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "Värdnamn får inte vara tomt." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "Listan Kommando måste innehålla minst en post." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "Nytt användaralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "Befintligt användaralias" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurera Sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "Användare" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Värddatorer" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "Kör som" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "INGETLÖSENORD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Kommandon" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "Upp" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "Ned" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "Regler för sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "Regler för sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "Aliasnamn" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "Medlemmar" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "Användaralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "Kör som-alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Värddatoralias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "Kommandoalias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Värdaliaset %1 används i en av sudo-reglerna.\n" -"Om du tar bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. " -"Vill du ta bort den?\n" +"Om du tar bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. Vill du ta bort den?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Användaraliaset %1 används i en av sudo-reglerna.\n" -"Om du tar bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. " -"Vill du ta bort den?\n" +"Om du tar bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. Vill du ta bort den?\n" "\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "RunAs-aliaset %1 används i en av sudo-reglerna.\n" -"Om du ta bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. " -"Vill du ta bort den?\n" +"Om du ta bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. Vill du ta bort den?\n" "\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Kommando-aliaset %1 används i en av sudo-reglerna.\n" -"Om du ta bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. " -"Vill du ta bort den?\n" +"Om du ta bort den kan det leda till en inkonsekvent sudo-inställningsfil. Vill du ta bort den?\n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -376,8 +366,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar sudo-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -385,8 +375,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -394,8 +384,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar sudo-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -404,11 +394,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"I en ytterligare dialogruta får du information om det är säkert att göra " -"detta.</p>\n" +"I en ytterligare dialogruta får du information om det är säkert att göra detta.</p>\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -421,18 +410,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Regler för sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRegler för sudo avgör vilka kommandon en användare kan köra \n" -"\tpå angivna värddatorer (eventuellt också som vilken användare). Varje " -"regel\n" -"\tär en tupel som består av användare, värddator och en lista med kommandon " -"med valfri \n" -"\tKör som-specifikation och ytterligare märkningar. Den här informationen " -"sammanfattas \n" +"\tpå angivna värddatorer (eventuellt också som vilken användare). Varje regel\n" +"\tär en tupel som består av användare, värddator och en lista med kommandon med valfri \n" +"\tKör som-specifikation och ytterligare märkningar. Den här informationen sammanfattas \n" "\ti följande tabell. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -440,640 +426,509 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Kolumnen <b>Användare</b> anger lokal användare, systemanvändare eller " -"användaralias. \n" +"<p>Kolumnen <b>Användare</b> anger lokal användare, systemanvändare eller användaralias. \n" "\tI kolumnen <b>Värddatorer</b> anges på vilka värddatorer eller \n" -"\tvärddatorgrupper (som har hänvisningar från värddatoralias) användaren får " -"köra angivna kommandon.\n" +"\tvärddatorgrupper (som har hänvisningar från värddatoralias) användaren får köra angivna kommandon.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Kolumnen <b>Kör som</b> är en\n" -"\tvalfri parameter som innehåller användarnamnet (eller aliaset) vars " -"åtkomstprivilegier\n" -"\tska användas för att köra kommandon. <b>NOPASSWD</b> är en märkning som " -"avgör om\n" +"\tvalfri parameter som innehåller användarnamnet (eller aliaset) vars åtkomstprivilegier\n" +"\tska användas för att köra kommandon. <b>NOPASSWD</b> är en märkning som avgör om\n" "\tanvändarna behöver ange behörighet innan de kör kommandon.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Kommandon som en användare kan köra på specificerade datorer " -"sammanfattas \n" +"<p>Kommandon som en användare kan köra på specificerade datorer sammanfattas \n" "\ti kolumnen <b>Kommandon</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p> Om du vill lägga till en ny regel klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b> och " -"fyller i lämpliga \n" +"<p> Om du vill lägga till en ny regel klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b> och fyller i lämpliga \n" "\tposter. Användarnamn, värddatornamn och kommandolista måste fyllas i.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -"button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill redigera en befintlig regel markerar du en post i tabellen och " -"klickar på\n" -"\t<b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill ta bort den markerade posten klickar du på " -"<b>Ta bort</b>.\n" +"<p>Om du vill redigera en befintlig regel markerar du en post i tabellen och klickar på\n" +"\t<b>Redigera</b>. Om du vill ta bort den markerade posten klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Användarnamn eller alias</b> kan anges med ett användarnamn (t ex " -"foo), ett gruppnamn\n" +"<p><b>Användarnamn eller alias</b> kan anges med ett användarnamn (t ex foo), ett gruppnamn\n" "\tmed prefixet \"%\" (t ex %bar) eller ett användaralias. Om \n" -"\tnyckelordet \"ALL\" används står det för vilken användare som helst. Välj " -"bland befintliga användare, grupper och alias \n" +"\tnyckelordet \"ALL\" används står det för vilken användare som helst. Välj bland befintliga användare, grupper och alias \n" "\ti rullgardinsmenyn eller ange ett eget värde. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Posten <b>Värddatornamn eller alias</b> består av antingen ett " -"värddatornamn (t ex www.exempel.com), en\n" -"\tIP-adress (t ex 192.168.0.1), en IP-adress kombinerad med en nätmask eller " -"ett värddatoralias. Om kommandon ska kunna\n" -"\tköras på alla värddatorer använder du nyckelordet \"ALL\". Värddatornamnet " -"eller IP-adressen matchas mot ditt värddatornamn\n" -"\teller din IP-adress. Om du inte har tänkt dela ut en /etc/sudoers-fil " -"mellan flera datorer är posten n\t\"ALL\" eller \"localhost\" tillräcklig i " -"de allra flesta fall. \n" +"<p>Posten <b>Värddatornamn eller alias</b> består av antingen ett värddatornamn (t ex www.exempel.com), en\n" +"\tIP-adress (t ex 192.168.0.1), en IP-adress kombinerad med en nätmask eller ett värddatoralias. Om kommandon ska kunna\n" +"\tköras på alla värddatorer använder du nyckelordet \"ALL\". Värddatornamnet eller IP-adressen matchas mot ditt värddatornamn\n" +"\teller din IP-adress. Om du inte har tänkt dela ut en /etc/sudoers-fil mellan flera datorer är posten n\t\"ALL\" eller \"localhost\" tillräcklig i de allra flesta fall. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kör som-användarnamn eller -alias</b> är en valfri parameter som anger " -"en användare\n" +"<p><b>Kör som-användarnamn eller -alias</b> är en valfri parameter som anger en användare\n" "\tvars åtkomstprivilegier \n" -"\tska användas för att köra vissa kommandon. Om parametern är tom är " -"<b>root</b>-användaren\n" -"\tstandard. Det kan vara ett användarnamn, ett gruppnamn med prefixet \"%\" " -"eller aliasnamnet kör_som \n" -"\tVälj bland befintliga användare, grupper eller alias i rullgardinsmenyn " -"eller ange ett eget värde.\n" +"\tska användas för att köra vissa kommandon. Om parametern är tom är <b>root</b>-användaren\n" +"\tstandard. Det kan vara ett användarnamn, ett gruppnamn med prefixet \"%\" eller aliasnamnet kör_som \n" +"\tVälj bland befintliga användare, grupper eller alias i rullgardinsmenyn eller ange ett eget värde.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Inget lösenord</b> är en valfri tagg. Normalt måste användaren " -"autentisera\n" -"\tsig (dvs. ange sitt eget lösenord, inte rotlösenordet) innan ett visst " -"kommando\n" +"<p><b>Inget lösenord</b> är en valfri tagg. Normalt måste användaren autentisera\n" +"\tsig (dvs. ange sitt eget lösenord, inte rotlösenordet) innan ett visst kommando\n" "\tkan köras. Ställ in taggen Inget lösenord som Ja om du vill\n" "\tinaktivera denna autentisering\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Tabellen <b>Kommandon som ska köras</b> är en lista över kommandon " -"(eventuellt med\n" +"<p>Tabellen <b>Kommandon som ska köras</b> är en lista över kommandon (eventuellt med\n" "\tparametrar), kataloger och kommandoalias som en viss användare\n" -"\thar tillåtelse att köra. Om ett katalognamn används kan alla kommandon i " -"den katalogen köras. \n" -"\tNyckelordet \"ALL\" står som sagt för alla kommandon och bör användas med " -"försiktighet.\n" +"\thar tillåtelse att köra. Om ett katalognamn används kan alla kommandon i den katalogen köras. \n" +"\tNyckelordet \"ALL\" står som sagt för alla kommandon och bör användas med försiktighet.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Om du vill lägga till ett nytt kommando klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>, " -"fyller i kommandonamnet med valfria\n" -"\tparametrar och klickar på <b>OK</b>. Om du vill ta bort kommandot markerar " -"du motsvarande post i tabellen\n" +"Om du vill lägga till ett nytt kommando klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>, fyller i kommandonamnet med valfria\n" +"\tparametrar och klickar på <b>OK</b>. Om du vill ta bort kommandot markerar du motsvarande post i tabellen\n" "\toch klickar på <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Användaralias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera användaralias. Användaralias är " -"en uppsättning användare som har fått\n" -"\tett unikt namn. Namnet används senare för att hänvisa till alla användare " -"i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" +"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera användaralias. Användaralias är en uppsättning användare som har fått\n" +"\tett unikt namn. Namnet används senare för att hänvisa till alla användare i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt användaralias klickar du på <b>Lägg till/" -"b> och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt användaralias klickar du på <b>Lägg till/b> och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" "\tAliasnamnet och listan med användare i aliaset måste fyllas i. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga användaralias markerar du en post i " -"tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" +"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga användaralias markerar du en post i tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" "\t. Om du vill ta bort den markerade posten klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Värddatoralias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera värddatoralias. Värddatoralias är " -"en uppsättning värddatorer\n" -"\tsom har fått ett unikt namn. Namnet används senare för att hänvisa till " -"alla värddatorer i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" +"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera värddatoralias. Värddatoralias är en uppsättning värddatorer\n" +"\tsom har fått ett unikt namn. Namnet används senare för att hänvisa till alla värddatorer i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt värddatoralias klickar du på <b>Lägg till och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt värddatoralias klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b> och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" "\tAliasnamnet och listan med värddatorer i aliaset måste fyllas i. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga värddatoralias markerar du en post i " -"tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" +"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga värddatoralias markerar du en post i tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" "\t. Om du vill ta bort den markerade posten klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Kör som-alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera Kör som-alias. Kör som-alias är " -"en uppsättning användare\n" -"\tsom har fått ett unikt namn. Namnet används senare för att hänvisa till " -"alla användare i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" +"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera Kör som-alias. Kör som-alias är en uppsättning användare\n" +"\tsom har fått ett unikt namn. Namnet används senare för att hänvisa till alla användare i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt Kör som-alias klickar du på <b>Lägg till och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt Kör som-alias klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b> och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" "\tAliasnamnet och listan med användare i aliaset måste fyllas i. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga Kör som-alias markerar du en post i " -"tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" +"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga Kör som-alias markerar du en post i tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" "\t. Om du vill ta bort den markerade posten klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Kommandoalias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera kommandoalias. Kommandoalias är " -"en uppsättning kommandon\n" -"\t(eventuellt med parametrar) som har fått ett unikt namn. Namnet används " -"sedan\n" -"\tför att hänvisa till alla kommandon i uppsättningen i sudo-" -"konfiguration. \n" +"\tI den här dialogrutan kan du konfigurera kommandoalias. Kommandoalias är en uppsättning kommandon\n" +"\t(eventuellt med parametrar) som har fått ett unikt namn. Namnet används sedan\n" +"\tför att hänvisa till alla kommandon i uppsättningen i sudo-konfiguration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt kommandoalias klickar du på <b>Lägg till och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" +"<p>Om du vill lägga till ett nytt kommandoalias klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b> och fyller i lämpliga poster. \n" "\tAliasnamnet och listan med kommandon i aliaset måste fyllas i. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga kommandoalias markerar du en post i " -"tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" +"<p>Om du vill redigera befintliga kommandoalias markerar du en post i tabellen och klickar på <b>Redigera</b>\n" "\t. Om du vill ta bort den markerade posten klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Användaralias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tAnvändaralias består av en eller flera användare, systemgrupper (med " -"prefixet \"%\") \n" -"\teller andra användaralias. Användaraliaset får ett namn (som bara får " -"innehålla versaler, siffror\t och understreck) som sedan används för att " -"hänvisa till alla användare i aliaset.\n" +"\tAnvändaralias består av en eller flera användare, systemgrupper (med prefixet \"%\") \n" +"\teller andra användaralias. Användaraliaset får ett namn (som bara får innehålla versaler, siffror\t och understreck) som sedan används för att hänvisa till alla användare i aliaset.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"<b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange ett unikt namn på textposten <b>Aliasnamn</b>. Om du vill lägga till " -"användare eller\n" -"\tgrupper i aliaset markerar du användar- eller gruppnamnet på " -"rullgardinsmenyn och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" -"\tOm du vill ta bort användare från aliaset markerar du lämplig post i " -"tabellen och klickar på\n" -"\t<b>Ta bort</b>. Om du vill slutföra konfigurationen klickar du på <b>OK.\n" +"<p>Ange ett unikt namn på textposten <b>Aliasnamn</b>. Om du vill lägga till användare eller\n" +"\tgrupper i aliaset markerar du användar- eller gruppnamnet på rullgardinsmenyn och klickar på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" +"\tOm du vill ta bort användare från aliaset markerar du lämplig post i tabellen och klickar på\n" +"\t<b>Ta bort</b>. Om du vill slutföra konfigurationen klickar du på <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>Obs!</b> Posten Aliasnamn får inte vara tom. Varje alias måste ha minst " -"en medlem.\n" +"<b>Obs!</b> Posten Aliasnamn får inte vara tom. Varje alias måste ha minst en medlem.\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Värddatoralias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tVärddatoralias består av ett eller flera värddatornamn, enstaka IP-" -"adresser, IP-adresser\n" -"\ti kombination med nätmask i punktavgränsat decimalformat (t ex " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) eller\n" -"\tCIDR- nummer i bitnotation (t ex 192.168.0.0/24) eller andra " -"värddatoralias. Det får\n" -"\tett namn (som endast får innehålla versaler, siffror och understreck) som " -"sedan används för att\n" +"\tVärddatoralias består av ett eller flera värddatornamn, enstaka IP-adresser, IP-adresser\n" +"\ti kombination med nätmask i punktavgränsat decimalformat (t ex 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) eller\n" +"\tCIDR- nummer i bitnotation (t ex 192.168.0.0/24) eller andra värddatoralias. Det får\n" +"\tett namn (som endast får innehålla versaler, siffror och understreck) som sedan används för att\n" "\thänvisa till alla värddatorer i aliaset.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange ett unikt namn på textposten <b>Aliasnamn</b>. Om du vill lägga till " -"värddatorer i\n" -"\taliaset klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>. Ett popup-fönster visas där du kan " -"ange\n" +"<p>Ange ett unikt namn på textposten <b>Aliasnamn</b>. Om du vill lägga till värddatorer i\n" +"\taliaset klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>. Ett popup-fönster visas där du kan ange\n" "\tett giltigt värddatornamn eller en IP-adress. Klicka på <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Om du vill ta bort en värddator från aliaset markerar du lämplig post i " -"tabellen och klickar på \n" +"Om du vill ta bort en värddator från aliaset markerar du lämplig post i tabellen och klickar på \n" "\t<b>Ta bort</b>. Slutför konfigurationen genom att klicka på <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Kör som-alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tKör som-aliaset liknar i hög grad användaraliaset. Det består av en eller " -"flera användare, systemgrupper \n" -"\t(med prefixet \"%\") eller andra Kör som-alias. Det får ett namn (får " -"endast innehålla \n" -"\tversaler, siffror och understreck) som sedan används för att hänvisa till " -"alla användare \n" +"\tKör som-aliaset liknar i hög grad användaraliaset. Det består av en eller flera användare, systemgrupper \n" +"\t(med prefixet \"%\") eller andra Kör som-alias. Det får ett namn (får endast innehålla \n" +"\tversaler, siffror och understreck) som sedan används för att hänvisa till alla användare \n" "\ti aliaset.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Kommandoalias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tKommandoalias är en lista med ett eller flera kommandon (med valfria " -"parametrar), kataloger eller\n" -"\tandra kommandoalias. Det får ett namn (som endast får innehålla versaler, " -"siffror och\n" +"\tKommandoalias är en lista med ett eller flera kommandon (med valfria parametrar), kataloger eller\n" +"\tandra kommandoalias. Det får ett namn (som endast får innehålla versaler, siffror och\n" "\tunderstreck) som sedan \n" -"\tanvänds för att hänvisa till alla kommandon i aliaset. Ett kommando kan ha " -"en eller flera angivna\n" -"\tparametrar. I så fall kan användarna endast köra kommandot med " -"parametrarna. Om ett \n" +"\tanvänds för att hänvisa till alla kommandon i aliaset. Ett kommando kan ha en eller flera angivna\n" +"\tparametrar. I så fall kan användarna endast köra kommandot med parametrarna. Om ett \n" "\tkatalognamn används kan alla kommandon i den katalogen köras. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>Ange ett unikt namn i textfältet <b>Aliasnamn</b>. Om du vill lägga till " -"ett nytt kommando till aliaset\n" -"\tklickar du på knappen <b>Lägg till</b>. Ett popup-fönster visas där du kan " -"ange kommandonamnet\n" -"\t(eller välja från filhanteraren genom att klicka på <b>Bläddra</b>. Du kan " -"även ange\n" +"<p>Ange ett unikt namn i textfältet <b>Aliasnamn</b>. Om du vill lägga till ett nytt kommando till aliaset\n" +"\tklickar du på knappen <b>Lägg till</b>. Ett popup-fönster visas där du kan ange kommandonamnet\n" +"\t(eller välja från filhanteraren genom att klicka på <b>Bläddra</b>. Du kan även ange\n" "\tkommandoparametrarna i textfältet <b>Parametrar</b>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Om du vill ta bort kommandot från aliaset markerar du lämplig post i " -"tabellen och klickar på \n" +"Om du vill ta bort kommandot från aliaset markerar du lämplig post i tabellen och klickar på \n" "\t<b>Ta bort</b>. Slutför konfigurationen genom att klicka på <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Den här regeln är en systemregel som behövs för att sudo ska fungera " -"korrekt.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Den här regeln är en systemregel som behövs för att sudo ska fungera korrekt.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" @@ -1081,7 +936,7 @@ "När du har tagit bort regeln kanske vissa program inte längre fungerar.\n" "Vill du ta bort regeln?" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -1089,35 +944,32 @@ "Om du ändrar regeln kanske vissa program inte längre fungerar.\n" "Vill du redigera regeln?" -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Alla ändringar kommer att förloras. Vill du avsluta sudo-inställningarna " -"utan att spara?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Alla ändringar kommer att förloras. Vill du avsluta sudo-inställningarna utan att spara?" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod vid läsning av användare och grupper." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "Sudo-konfigureringen sparas" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Inställningarna sparas..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,70 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "Konfigurera support" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "&Support" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Dialogruta med Supportconfig-översikt" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Öppna SUSE:s supportcenter" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "" -"Detta kommer att öppna en webbläsare som ansluter till SUSE:s " -"supportcenterportal." +msgstr "Detta kommer att öppna en webbläsare som ansluter till SUSE:s supportcenterportal." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Öppna" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Samla in data" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Detta skapar en TAR-fil med de insamlade loggfilerna." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Skapa TAR-fil av rapporterna" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Överför data" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Detta överför de insamlade loggarna till den angivna webbadressen." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Överför" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Inga installerade webbläsare hittades." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -89,189 +87,189 @@ "%1.\n" "Starta webbläsaren?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Dialogruta med Supportconfig-överföring" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Spara som" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Katalog som ska sparas" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Paket med loggfiler" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Överför TAR-filen med loggfiler till webbadressen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Överför mål" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Det går inte att skriva inställningarna" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Välj den katalog där du vill spara TAR-filen" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Välj TAR-fil för loggfilerna" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av Supportconfig-parametrar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Skapa en fullständig fillista från \"/\"" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Uteslut detaljerad diskinformation och genomsökning" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Sök efter eDirectory-instanser i root-filsystemet" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Ta med fullständiga SLP-tjänstlistor" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Utför rpm-V för varje installerat rpm-paket" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Inkludera alla rader i loggfilen, samla ytterligare roterade loggar" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Använd standardinställningar (ignorera /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Aktivera alla supportfunktioner" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Samla bara in minimimängden med information " -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Använd anpassade inställningar (expert)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinställningar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Expertkonfiguration för Supportconfig" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Standardalternativ" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Kontaktkonfiguration för Supportconfig" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Kontaktinformation" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Företag" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-postadress" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Telefonnummer" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "Lagrings-ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "Terminal-ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Överför information" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11-siffrigt nummer för servicebegäran" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR-numret måste bestå av 11 siffror" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Samla in data" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Förlopp" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Granskning av insamlade data" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Filnamn" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Ta bort från data" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -279,8 +277,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar stödinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -288,8 +286,8 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta initieringen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -297,8 +295,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar stödinställningar</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -307,11 +305,10 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta sparandet:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt spara-proceduren genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"I en ytterligare dialogruta får du information om det är säkert att göra " -"detta.</p>\n" +"I en ytterligare dialogruta får du information om det är säkert att göra detta.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure support here.<br></p>\n" @@ -319,8 +316,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Supportkonfiguration</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurera support här.<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -329,12 +326,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lägger till stöd:</big></b><br>\n" "Välj stöd i listan över identifierade stöd.\n" -"Om ditt stöd inte identifierats använder du <b>Annat (inte identifierat).\n" +"Om ditt stöd inte identifierats använder du <b>Annat (inte identifierat)</b>.\n" "Tryck sedan på <b>Konfigurera</b>.</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -344,63 +340,54 @@ "Om du klickar på <b>Redigera</b> öppnas ytterligare en\n" " dialogruta där du kan ändra inställningarna.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Öppna SUSE:s supportcenter</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill öppna SUSE:s supportcenterportal i en webbläsare använder du " -"<b>Öppna SUSE:s supportcenter</b>.\n" -"Du kan sedan öppna en servicebegäran om global teknisk support. Glöm inte " -"att skriva ned\n" -"servicebegärannumret och inkludera det i supportconfig-dataöverföringen.\n" +"Om du vill öppna SUSE:s supportcenterportal i en webbläsare använder du <b>Öppna SUSE:s supportcenter</b>.\n" +"Du kan sedan öppna en servicebegäran om global teknisk support. Glöm inte att skriva ned\n" +"servicebegärannumret och inkludera det i supportconfig-dataöverföringen.</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samlar in data</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill köra supportconfig-verktyget för datainsamling använder du " -"<b>Samla in data</b></p>" +"Om du vill köra supportconfig-verktyget för datainsamling använder du <b>Samla in data</b></p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Överföra insamlade data</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du vill överföra de data som redan samlats in till en server använder du " -"<b>Överför data</b>.\n" +"Om du vill överföra de data som redan samlats in till en server använder du <b>Överför data</b>.\n" "Servern kan vara Global teknisk support eller inte.</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig-alternativ</big></b><br>\n" -"Välj ett alternativ för att åsidosätta standardinställningarna. Du kan " -"använda standardinställningarna,\n" +"Välj ett alternativ för att åsidosätta standardinställningarna. Du kan använda standardinställningarna,\n" "samla in senaste data eller bara samla in en mindre mängd data." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" @@ -410,93 +397,76 @@ "Välj <b>Använd anpassad</b> och klicka på <b>Expertinställningar</b>\n" "för att välja vilka datauppsättningar som ska samlas in.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alternativ</big></b><br>\n" "Samla in ytterligare information. Dessa alternativ är oftast\n" -"inte nödvändiga men de kan användas om omständigheterna kräver mer " -"information.</p>\n" +"inte nödvändiga men de kan användas om omständigheterna kräver mer information.</p>\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Standardalternativ</b></big><br>\n" -"Markera eller avmarkera alla datamängder som du vill inkludera i TAR-filen " -"för supportconfig.</p>" +"Markera eller avmarkera alla datamängder som du vill inkludera i TAR-filen för supportconfig.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Kontaktinformation</b></big><br>\n" "Fyll i alla kontaktinformationsfält som du vill inkludera i TAR-filen för\n" "supportconfig. Fälten sparas i filen basic-environment.txt.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Överför information</big></b><br>\n" -"Överföringsmålet är mål-URI:n för TAR-filen för supportconfig. " -"Överföringstjänster som stöds inkluderar\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. Om du behöver inkludera filnamnet på TAR-filen för " -"supportconfig i överföringsmålet\n" -"använder du nyckelordet <i>tarball</i>. Detta ersätts med TAR-filens " -"faktiska namn.\n" +"Överföringsmålet är mål-URI:n för TAR-filen för supportconfig. Överföringstjänster som stöds inkluderar\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. Om du behöver inkludera filnamnet på TAR-filen för supportconfig i överföringsmålet\n" +"använder du nyckelordet <i>tarball</i>. Detta ersätts med TAR-filens faktiska namn.\n" "Mer information finns i <i>man supportconfig(1)</i>.</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Exempel på överföringsmål</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Obs!</b> Om du överför TAR-filen för supportconfig till Global " -"Technical Support\n" +"<p><b>Obs!</b> Om du överför TAR-filen för supportconfig till Global Technical Support\n" "ska du även inkludera det 11-siffriga numret för din servicebegäran.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data is being collected.</p>\n" @@ -504,41 +474,36 @@ "<p><b><big>Samlar in data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data samlas in.</p>\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Granska insamlade data</big></b><br>\n" -"Granska de data som samlats in med supportconfig. Om du inte vill dela vissa " -"av insamlade data\n" +"Granska de data som samlats in med supportconfig. Om du inte vill dela vissa av insamlade data\n" "använder du <b>Ta bort från data</b> så tas den markerade filen bort.</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Överför supportconfig-tarball till den globala tekniska " -"supportavdelningen</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Överför supportconfig-tarball till den globala tekniska supportavdelningen</big></b><br>\n" "Om du vill spara en kopia av din supportconfig-tarball väljer du mål-\n" "katalogen och ser till att det här alternativet är markerat.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -549,9 +514,9 @@ "Ändra endast värdet under särskilda omständigheter.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -561,23 +526,20 @@ "Du hittar SUSE:s sekretesspolicy på\n" "<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Överför supportconfig-tarball till den globala tekniska " -"supportavdelningen</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du redan har skapat din supportconfig-tarball skriver du den fullständiga " -"sökvägen\n" +"<p><b><big>Överför supportconfig-tarball till den globala tekniska supportavdelningen</big></b><br>\n" +"Om du redan har skapat din supportconfig-tarball skriver du den fullständiga sökvägen\n" "i fältet <i>Paket med loggfiler</i>.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -587,8 +549,8 @@ "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -598,431 +560,350 @@ "Det går inte, du måste koda det först :-)\n" " </p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "AppArmor-information. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "autofs-information. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "Information som relaterar till start och kärnan. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "Nuvarande lägen för systemtjänster. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "Information som relaterar till dumpar av systemkärnan. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "Information som relaterar till cron och at. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Information om diskar, filsystemmonteringar och partitioner. fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "Information om diskar, filsystemmonteringar och partitioner. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "Information om domännamnstjänster. dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "Kontrollinformation om Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "Systemmiljöinformation, inklusive sysctl och root-miljö. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"Hämtar *.conf-filer rekursivt tillsammans med andra konfigurationsfiler i /" -"etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "Hämtar *.conf-filer rekursivt tillsammans med andra konfigurationsfiler i /etc. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "Enterprise Volume Management System-relaterad information. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "Information om Heartbeat/kluster med hög tillgänglighet. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "Information om iSCSI-mål och- initierare. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "LDAP-relaterad information, inklusive en root DSE-sökning. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"Novell Linux User Management-relaterad information, inklusive rot för DSE, " -"UNIX Config och arbetsstationsobjektsökningar. novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "Novell Linux User Management-relaterad information, inklusive rot för DSE, UNIX Config och arbetsstationsobjektsökningar. novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Linux Volume Management-relaterad information. lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "Memory-relaterad information. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "Information om systemkärnmodulen. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "Information om Native Device Mapper Multipathing. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Novell Core Protocol-relaterad information. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Novell Cluster Services-relaterad information. novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "Network-relaterad information, inklusive brandväggsregler. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "Network File System-relaterad information. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Novell Storage Services-relaterad information. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "Network Time Protocol-relaterad information. ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "OCFS2-filsystemsrelaterad information. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "Lista med alla öppna filer som använder lsof. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "OpenWBEM-relaterad information. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-relaterad information, inklusive information " -"om användarkonton. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "Pluggable Authentication Module-relaterad information, inklusive information om användarkonton. pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "Utskrifts- och CUPS-relaterad information. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "Innehåller nyckelinnehåll för /proc-filen. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "Uppdateringsdemonsrelaterad information. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "Information som relaterar till uppdateringsklient. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"System Activity Reporting-relaterad information, inklusive kopior av SAR-" -"datafiler. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "System Activity Reporting-relaterad information, inklusive kopior av SAR-datafiler. sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "SLES Real Time-kärnrelaterad information. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"Information som relaterar till SLP (Service Location Protocol). slp.txt" +msgstr "Information som relaterar till SLP (Service Location Protocol). slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"Självövervaknings-, analys- och rapporteringsteknikrelaterad information för " -"hårddiskar. VARNING! Det finns problem med vissa hårddiskstyrkort\n" -"och enheter. SMART-dataundersökningar kan ändra filsystemet till " -"skrivskyddat läge eller till och med medföra att servern hänger sig. " -"Kontrollera att SMART-dataundersökningar\n" -"fungerar i din miljö innan du aktiverar det här alternativet. fs-smartmon." -"txt\n" +"Självövervaknings-, analys- och rapporteringsteknikrelaterad information för hårddiskar. VARNING! Det finns problem med vissa hårddiskstyrkort\n" +"och enheter. SMART-dataundersökningar kan ändra filsystemet till skrivskyddat läge eller till och med medföra att servern hänger sig. Kontrollera att SMART-dataundersökningar\n" +"fungerar i din miljö innan du aktiverar det här alternativet. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "Samba- och CIFS-relaterad information. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "RAID-programvarurelaterad information. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "Information om SSH (Secure Shell Server). ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "Konfigurationsfiler i /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "UDEV-enhetshanteringsrelaterad information. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "X-grafiksystemsrelaterad information. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "XEN-virtualiseringsrelaterad information. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"Säger åt supportconfig att söka i filsystemet efter alla eDirectory-" -"instansfiler. Om inställt ställs också ADD_OPTION_FSLIST in automatiskt. -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "Säger åt supportconfig att söka i filsystemet efter alla eDirectory-instansfiler. Om inställt ställs också ADD_OPTION_FSLIST in automatiskt. -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"En fullständig lista som använder find från root i filsystemet. -L, fs-files." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "En fullständig lista som använder find från root i filsystemet. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"Innehåller hela loggfilen, inklusive kommentarer, istället för bara raderna " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Roterade loggfiler tas med om de finns. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "Innehåller hela loggfilen, inklusive kommentarer, istället för bara raderna VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Roterade loggfiler tas med om de finns. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "Minskar mängden diskinformation och detaljerad genomsökning. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"Normalt inkluderas alla /var/log/YaST2/y2*-loggar. Det här alternativet " -"minskar storleken på varje fil som hämtas." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "Normalt inkluderas alla /var/log/YaST2/y2*-loggar. Det här alternativet minskar storleken på varje fil som hämtas." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"Körs som rpm -V i varje installerat RPM-paket. Det här tar en stund att " -"slutföra. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "Körs som rpm -V i varje installerat RPM-paket. Det här tar en stund att slutföra. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"Normalt finns bara grundläggande SLP-tjänsttyper med i listan. Det här " -"alternativet gör att du kan fråga efter varje identifierad tjänsttyp " -"separat. -s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "Normalt finns bara grundläggande SLP-tjänsttyper med i listan. Det här alternativet gör att du kan fråga efter varje identifierad tjänsttyp separat. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Företagsnamn som ska tas med i basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Kontaktens e-postadress som ska tas med i basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Kontaktens namn som ska tas med i basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Kontaktens telefonnummer som ska tas med i basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Antalet rader som ska tas med när en loggfil hämtas. Noll betyder att hela " -"filen hämtas." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Antalet rader som ska tas med när en loggfil hämtas. Noll betyder att hela filen hämtas." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"Platsen för TAR-filen för supportconfig. Den första giltiga platsen i listan " -"används alltid." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "Platsen för TAR-filen för supportconfig. Den första giltiga platsen i listan används alltid." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Det maximala antalet /var/log/messages-rader som ska hämtas. Noll betyder " -"att hela filen hämtas." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Det maximala antalet /var/log/messages-rader som ska hämtas. Noll betyder att hela filen hämtas." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Maximalt antal loggfiler för Heartbeat-policymotorn som ska inkluderas i TAR-" -"filen för supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Maximalt antal loggfiler för Heartbeat-policymotorn som ska inkluderas i TAR-filen för supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Maximalt antal SAR-datafiler som ska inkluderas i TAR-filen för " -"supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Maximalt antal SAR-datafiler som ska inkluderas i TAR-filen för supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" -"Om inställt som 1 körs supportconfig i tyst läge. Det här alternativet är " -"användbart om du\n" -"planerar att köra supportconfig regelbundet i exempelvis cron-jobb. Ställ in " -"med -Q." +"Om inställt som 1 körs supportconfig i tyst läge. Det här alternativet är användbart om du\n" +"planerar att köra supportconfig regelbundet i exempelvis cron-jobb. Ställ in med -Q." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"Används för att ange vart TAR-filen för supportconfig ska överföras när " -"startalternativet -u srnum används. Du kan ange en valfri FTP-server som " -"stöder anonyma överföringar. Standardinställningen är SUSE:s offentliga ftp-" -"server." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "Används för att ange vart TAR-filen för supportconfig ska överföras när startalternativet -u srnum används. Du kan ange en valfri FTP-server som stöder anonyma överföringar. Standardinställningen är SUSE:s offentliga ftp-server." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "Supportkonfiguration" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "Ange root-lösenordet om du vill fortsätta" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "Root-lösenord" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "Lösenordet är felaktigt" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "Initierar supportinställningar" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "Sparar supportinställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kör SuSEconfig..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,86 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "Editor för /etc/sysconfig-filer" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Visa sammanfattning av inställningarna" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "Ange värde för variabel. Kräver alternativ \"variable\" och \"value\"" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -msgstr "" -"eller \"variable=value\", till exempel variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" +msgstr "eller \"variable=value\", till exempel variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "eller bara DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "Ange tomt värde (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "Visar detaljer om vald variabel" -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "Visa alla variabler" -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "Vald variabel" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "Om variabeln används i flera filer" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$ syntax," msgstr "<variable>$ syntax," -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "exempelvis CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "NYTT VÄRDE" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "Alla poster:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "Ändrade variabler:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -101,31 +100,31 @@ "\n" "Ställer in variabel \"%1\" till \"%2\": %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "Lyckades" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "Misslyckades" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "Nytt värde: " -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "Värde: " -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "Variabeln %1 hittades inte." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form $\n" @@ -135,128 +134,128 @@ "Använd ett fullständigt variabelnamn i formen $\n" "(t ex %1$%2).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "Fel uppstod vid spara och vid aktivering av ändringar." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "vilket värde som helst" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "Värde matchande reguljärt uttryck:" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "Vilket heltalsvärde som helst" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "Heltalsvärde större eller lika med %1" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "Heltalsvärde mindre eller lika med %1" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "Vilket heltalsvärde som helst från %1 till %2" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "Vilket värde som helst" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv4- eller IPv6-adress" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4-adress" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6-adress" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "Fil: " -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "Möjliga värden: " -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "Förvalt värde: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "Originalvärde: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "Förbered kommando: " -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "Inställningsskript: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "Tjänst att ladda om: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "Tjänst att starta om: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "Aktiveringskommando: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "Beskrivning: " -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(ändrad)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "Inst&ällning för: " -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -264,14 +263,14 @@ "Det valda värdet har mer än en rad.\n" "Sammanslagna rader visas i kombinationsrutan.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Aktuellt val: " -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -283,211 +282,188 @@ "\n" "Verkligen ställa in det här värdet?\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Sök" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "Inst&ällningsalternativ" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P>När du sparat ändringarna ändrar den här editorn variablerna i\n" -"motsvarande sysconfig-fil. Sedan kör den aktiveringskommandon som ändrar de " -"bakomliggande inställningsfilerna, stoppar/startar demoner\n" -"och kör lågnivåinställningsverktyg, så att det du har ställt in i sysconfig " -"verkställs.</p>\n" +"motsvarande sysconfig-fil. Sedan kör den aktiveringskommandon som ändrar de bakomliggande inställningsfilerna, stoppar/startar demoner\n" +"och kör lågnivåinställningsverktyg, så att det du har ställt in i sysconfig verkställs.</p>\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Viktigt:</b> Du kan fortfarande redigera varje inställningsfil " -"manuellt. Namnet på filen visas i variabelbeskrivningen.</p>" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Viktigt:</b> Du kan fortfarande redigera varje inställningsfil manuellt. Namnet på filen visas i variabelbeskrivningen.</p>" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig-editor" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "Stan&dard" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Editor för systeminställningar</B></P><P>Med Editor för " -"systeminställningar kan du ändra vissa systeminställningar. Du kan även " -"använda YaST och ställa in maskinvaru- och systeminställningar.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Editor för systeminställningar</B></P><P>Med Editor för systeminställningar kan du ändra vissa systeminställningar. Du kan även använda YaST och ställa in maskinvaru- och systeminställningar.</P>" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Observera:</B> Beskrivningar är inte översatta eftersom de läses " -"direkt från inställningsfiler.</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Observera:</B> Beskrivningar är inte översatta eftersom de läses direkt från inställningsfiler.</P>" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "Använd akt&uellt värde" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "Lägg till ny v&ariabel..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Spara modifierade variabler" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "Bekräfta varje aktiveringskommando" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "Sökresultat" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Här ser du sökresultaten. Om du ser det du sökte, klickar du på det och " -"sedan på \"Gå till\". Annars klickar du på \"Avbryt\" för att stänga den här " -"dialogrutan." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Här ser du sökresultaten. Om du ser det du sökte, klickar du på det och sedan på \"Gå till\". Annars klickar du på \"Avbryt\" för att stänga den här dialogrutan." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "&Gå till" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "Inga poster hittades" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "Sök efter en inställningsvariabel" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "&Sök efter:" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "Skiftlägeskänsli&g sökning" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "Sök &variabelnamn" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "Sök &beskrivning" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "Sök &värde" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "NYTT VÄRDE" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "Gammalt värde" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "Fil" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "&Variabelnamn" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "V&ärde" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "&Filnamn" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "Saknar värde för variabelnamn." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "Saknar värde för filnamn." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "Saknar absolut sökväg i filnamn." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -495,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Initierar sysconfig-inställningar</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -506,108 +482,108 @@ "Vänta...<br></p>\n" "\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Söker..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "Ho&ppa över" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Sparar sysconfig-inställningar" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Skriv de nya inställningarna" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Aktivera ändringarna" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Sparar ändringar till filerna..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "Startar kommando: %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "Kommandot %1 misslyckades" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "Ett kommando kommer att köras" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "Kommando: " -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Läser in tjänsten %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Tjänsten %s kunde inte läsas in" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "Tjänsten %s läses in på nytt" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Startar om tjänsten %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Tjänsten %s kunde inte startas om" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "Tjänsten %s startas om" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "Tjänstens status kan inte fastställas, systemd-tjänsten finns inte:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "Sparar variabel %1..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "Misslyckades med att spara variabel %1 till filen %2." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,129 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "Ställ in TFTP-server" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP-serverns status" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "Katalogen för TFTP-servern" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "Aktivera TFTP-tjänsten" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "Inaktivera TFTP-tjänsten" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "Visa status för TFTP-tjänsten" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "Ange katalogen för TFTP-servern" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "Visa katalogen för TFTP-servern" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "Tjänststatus: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in TFTP-server" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Ställa in en TFTP-server</b></big></p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Här kan du aktivera en server för TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). " -"Den kommer att startas med xinetd.</p>" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Här kan du aktivera en server för TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). Den kommer att startas med xinetd.</p>" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" msgstr "<p>Observera att TFTP och FTP inte är samma sak.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Katalog för startavbildning</b>:\n" "Ange den katalog där tillhandahållna filerna finns. Värdet är normalt\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Katalogen skapas om den inte finns. \n" "Servern använder detta som rotkatalog (med alternativet <tt>-s</tt>).</p>\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Inaktivera" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "Aktiv&era" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "Katalog f&ör startavbildning" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "&Visa logg" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -144,19 +138,19 @@ "Katalogen måste börja med ett snedstreck (/)\n" "och får inte innehålla mellanslag." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -166,24 +160,24 @@ "Ett annat program betjänar dock TFTP: %1.\n" "Avslutar.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "Det går inte att läsa in tjänsten %{name} på nytt" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "TFTP-server aktiverad:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Katalog för startavbildning:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,41 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Maskinvaruidentifiering: den här modulen kan inte användas med " -"kommandoradsgränssnitt. Använd %1 istället." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Maskinvaruidentifiering: den här modulen kan inte användas med kommandoradsgränssnitt. Använd %1 istället." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Identifierar maskinvara..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Förlopp" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Alla poster" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Spara till fil..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Information om maskinvara" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" @@ -56,111 +52,95 @@ "<P>Modulen <B>Hårdvaruinformation</B> visar hårdvarudetaljer\n" "om datorn. Klicka på något objekt för ytterligare information.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " -"and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Du kan spara hårdvaruinformation till en fil. Klicka på <B>Spara till " -"fil</B> och ange ett filnamn.</P>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Du kan spara hårdvaruinformation till en fil. Klicka på <B>Spara till fil</B> och ange ett filnamn.</P>" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "System- och maskinvaruinställningar" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&ystem" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Detaljer</B><BR><P>Detljer om den valda hårdvarukomponenten visas här." -"</P>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detaljer</B><BR><P>Detljer om den valda hårdvarukomponenten visas här.</P>" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "Komponent \"%1\"" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Okänd enhet" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "Okänd enhetsklass" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klass" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "&Kärninställningar..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "Spara till &fil..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Identifierad hårdvara</B><BR>Den här tabellen innehåller alla " -"hårdvarukomponenter identifierade i systemet.</P>" +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Identifierad hårdvara</B><BR>Den här tabellen innehåller alla hårdvarukomponenter identifierade i systemet.</P>" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Detaljer</B><BR>Välj någon komponent och klicka på <B>Detaljer</B> för " -"att se en mer detaljerad beskrivning om komponenten.</P>" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detaljer</B><BR>Välj någon komponent och klicka på <B>Detaljer</B> för att se en mer detaljerad beskrivning om komponenten.</P>" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -168,1002 +148,969 @@ "<P><B>Spara till fil</B><BR>Du kan spara\n" " maskinvaruinformation (<I>mvinfo</I>-utdata) till en fil.</P>" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "Identifierad hårdvara" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "Sparar systeminställningar ..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "Ställ in PCI-ID" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "&Drivrutin" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "Till&verkare" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "&Underleverantör" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klass" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "Sys&FS-katalog" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "En&het" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "&Underenhet" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "Klass&mask" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "Ange drivrutinen eller SysFS-katalognamnet." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "Minst ett PCI ID-värde krävs." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "PCI-en&het" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Drivrutin" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "Kortnamn" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Tillverkare" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "Enhet" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "Underleverantör" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "Underenhet" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "Klassmask" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "SysFS-kat." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "&Från lista" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuellt" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Inställning av PCI ID</B><BR></P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Det är möjligt att lägga till ett PCI-ID till en enhetsdrivrutin för att " -"utöka dess interna databas för kända, stödda enheter.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Det är möjligt att lägga till ett PCI-ID till en enhetsdrivrutin för att utöka dess interna databas för kända, stödda enheter.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI- ID-nummer anges och visas som hexadecimala nummer. <b>SysFS-kat.</b> " -"är katalognamnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-katalogen. Om det är tomt används " -"drivrutinsnamnet som katalognamn.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI- ID-nummer anges och visas som hexadecimala nummer. <b>SysFS-kat.</b> är katalognamnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-katalogen. Om det är tomt används drivrutinsnamnet som katalognamn.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Om drivrutinen är inkompilerad i kärnan, lämna drivrutinsnamnet tomt och " -"ange SysFS- katalognamnet istället.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Om drivrutinen är inkompilerad i kärnan, lämna drivrutinsnamnet tomt och ange SysFS- katalognamnet istället.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" -"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Använd knapparna nedanför tabellen om du vill ändra listan över PCI ID:n. " -"Klicka <b>%1</b> när du vill aktivera inställningarna.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Använd knapparna nedanför tabellen om du vill ändra listan över PCI ID:n. Klicka <b>%1</b> när du vill aktivera inställningarna.</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Varning:</B> Det här är expertinställningar. Fortsätt endast om du är " -"säker på vad du gör.</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Varning:</B> Det här är expertinställningar. Fortsätt endast om du är säker på vad du gör.</P>" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "Buss" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "Buss-ID" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "Cache" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "Korttyp" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "Cd-typ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "Enhetsnummer" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "Sysfs ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "Enhetsidentifierare" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "Drivrutiner" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "Stor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Liten" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "Intervall" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Gränssnitt" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Resurser" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "Kräver" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "Revision" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "Plats-ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "Längd" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "Bredd" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "Höjd" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "Aktiv" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "Enhetsnamn" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Färger" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "Logisk geometri" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "Antal" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Läge" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "IO-port" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "Minne" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "Hwcfg-buss" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "Överordnat unikt ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "Unikt ID" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Vertikal frekvens" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Maximal horisontell frekvens" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Maximal vertikal frekvens" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Minimal horisontell frekvens" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Minimal vertikal frekvens" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "Kärndrivrutin" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "HW-adress" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiverad" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Upplösning" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "Storlek" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "Gammal unik nyckel" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "Klass (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "Enhet (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "Enhets-ID (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "Underleverantörs-ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "Unik nyckel" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "Leverantörs-ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "Bios video" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "Startarkitektur" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "Startdisk" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "Blockenheter" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD-diskar" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "Cd-rom" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "Processor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "Skärm" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "Diskettenhet" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Rambuffert" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "Har APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "Har PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "Har SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "UML-system" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "Hårdvarudata" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tangentbord" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Skärm" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "Nätverksenheter" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "Nätverksgränssnitt" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Skrivare" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "modem" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Ljud" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "Lagringsmedia" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "Tv-kort" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "DVB-kort" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "USB-typ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "nätverkskort" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "Rambuffert-enhet" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "USB-styrenhet" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "USB-hubb" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "IEEE1394-styrenhet" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Bildläsare" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Mus" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Styrspak" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "Braille-display" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "Chipcard-läsare" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Kamera" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP över Ethernet" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "Falska miljoner av instruktioner per sekund" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Coma-fel" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f-fel" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "Processor-ID-nivå" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frekvens" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "Fel i flyttalsdivision" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Flaggor" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "Flyttalsenhet" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "Flyttalsenhetsundantag" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Stopp-fel" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Processor" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "Stegning" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "Familj" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "Trådlöst LAN" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Band" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "Ethernet-nätverksgränssnitt" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "Loopback-nätverksgränssnitt" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "Diskettstyrenhet" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "PNP-oklassificerad enhet" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "Oklassificerad enhet" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "Primärminne" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för UHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för EHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Styrenhet för OHCI" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Moduler" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "Spara hårdvaruinformation till fil" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "Sparar hårdvaruinformation..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "Misslyckades med att spara fil \"%1\"." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "Kärninställningar" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "Global &I/O-schemaläggare" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "Inte inställd" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "Helt rättvis kö [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "Tidsgräns [Tidsgräns]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O-schemaläggare</big></b><br>\n" "Välj den algoritm som styr och skickar kommandon till\n" -" diskenheter. Det här är ett globalt alternativ som används för alla " -"diskenheter i\n" +" diskenheter. Det här är ett globalt alternativ som används för alla diskenheter i\n" " systemet. Om alternativet inte är inställt används standardschemaläggaren\n" -" (vanligtvis cfq). Mer information finns i dokumentationen i katalogen /usr/" -"src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +" (vanligtvis cfq). Mer information finns i dokumentationen i katalogen /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" " (paketet kernel-source).</p>\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "Aktivera &SysRq-tangenter" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aktivera SysRq-tangenter</big></b><br>\n" -"Om du aktiverar SysRq-tangenter får du viss kontroll över systemet även om " -"det skulle\n" -" krascha (t ex under felsökning av kärnan). Om alternativet är aktiverat " -"startar kombinationen \n" +"Om du aktiverar SysRq-tangenter får du viss kontroll över systemet även om det skulle\n" +" krascha (t ex under felsökning av kärnan). Om alternativet är aktiverat startar kombinationen \n" " Alt-SysRq- respektive kommando (t ex starta om\n" " datorn, töm kärninformation). Mer information finns i\n" -" <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paketet kernel-source).\n" +" <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paketet kernel-source).</p>\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "Läsa konfigurationen" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "Läs PCI ID-inställningar" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "Läs systemets inställningar" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "Läser PCI ID-inställningarna ..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "Läser systemets inställningar ..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1171,31 +1118,31 @@ "<p><b><big>Läser konfigurationen</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...</p>" -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "Spara konfigurationen" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "Spara PCI ID-inställningarna" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "Spara systeminställningarna" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "Sparar PCI ID-inställningarna ..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "Sparar systeminställningarna ..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1203,67 +1150,67 @@ "<p><b><big>Sparar konfigurationen</big></b><br>\n" "Vänta...</p>" -#. PushButton label -#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 +#. PushButton label +#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 msgid "System Information" msgstr "Systeminformation" -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "Okänd processor" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr ", " -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "Hårdvaruidentifiering" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "Identifierad hårdvara" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "Identifierar hårdvara..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "Hårdvaruidentifiering pågår. Vänta." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "Filen \"%1\" finns inte. Kan inte ställa in nytt PCI ID." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "Drivrutin: %1, Nytt PCI ID: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,57 +14,57 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 msgid "Create Backup of Modified Files" msgstr "Skapa säkerhetskopia av ändrade filer" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create Backup of /etc/sysconfig Directory" msgstr "Skapa säkerhetskopia av katalogen /etc/sysconfig" -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Do Not Create Backups" msgstr "Skapa inte säkerhetskopior" -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Remove Backups from Previous Updates" msgstr "Ta bort säkerhetskopior från tidigare uppdateringar" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 msgid "Backup" msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 msgid "&Backup" msgstr "&Säkerhetskopiera" -#. screen title for software selection -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 +#. screen title for software selection +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 msgid "Backup System Before Update" msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera systemet före uppdatering" -#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 msgid "Create &Backup of Modified Files" msgstr "Skapa s&äkerhetskopia av ändrade filer" -#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 msgid "Create a &Complete Backup of /etc/sysconfig" msgstr "Skapa en &fullständig säkerhetskopia av /etc/sysconfig" -#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 +#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" msgstr "Ta b&ort gamla säkerhetskopior från säkerhetskopieringskatalogen" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" "create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ "<p>Om du vill undvika informationsförluster under uppdateringen\n" "skapar du en <b>säkerhetskopia</b> innan du uppdaterar.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n" "backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n" @@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ "<p><b>Varning:</b> Detta blir inte en fullständig\n" "säkerhetskopia. Endast ändrade filer sparas.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Välj önskade alternativ.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" @@ -95,20 +95,19 @@ "<p><b>Skapa en säkerhetskopia av ändrade filer:</b>\n" "Lagrar endast ändrade filer som ersätts under uppdateringen.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Skapa en fullständig säkerhetskopia av\n" "/etc/sysconfig:</b> Detta täcker alla inställningsfiler som är en del av\n" "sysconfig, även de filer som inte ersätts.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" "Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" @@ -117,40 +116,39 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Ta bort gamla säkerhetskopior från säkerhetskopieringskatalogen:\n" "</b> Om ditt aktuella system redan är uppdaterat sedan tidigare,\n" -"kan det finnas gamla säkerhetskopior av inställningsfiler. Välj detta " -"alternativ\n" +"kan det finnas gamla säkerhetskopior av inställningsfiler. Välj detta alternativ\n" "för att ta bort dem.</p>\n" -#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 +#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 msgid "<p>All backups are placed in %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alla säkerhetskopior placeras i %1.</p>" -#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 +#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 msgid "Invalid backup path." msgstr "Ogiltig sökväg för säkerhetskopia." -#. there is not enough space for the backup during update -#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) -#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 +#. there is not enough space for the backup during update +#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 msgid "Minimum disk space of %1 MB required." msgstr "Minst %1 MB diskutrymme krävs." -#. screen title for update options -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 +#. screen title for update options +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Uppdateringsalternativ" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 msgid "Select Patterns" msgstr "Välj mönster" -#. check if state changed -#. Display warning message -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 +#. check if state changed +#. Display warning message +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 msgid "" "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." @@ -158,39 +156,39 @@ "Du har redan valt i \"Detaljerat urval\".\n" "Det valet förloras om du ändrar ditt val här." -#. Build and show dialog -#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) -#. Table item (unknown architecture) -#. Table item (unknown file system) -#. label - name of sustem to update -#. starts with >`< -#. Get installed release name -#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006 +#. Build and show dialog +#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) +#. Table item (unknown architecture) +#. Table item (unknown file system) +#. label - name of sustem to update +#. starts with >`< +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. label showing to which version we are updating -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 +#. label showing to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Uppdatera till %1" -#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 +#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 msgid "Update from %1 to %2" msgstr "Uppdatera från %1 till %2" -#. frame title for update selection -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 +#. frame title for update selection +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 msgid "Update Mode" msgstr "Uppdateringsläge" -#. radio button label for update including new packages -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 +#. radio button label for update including new packages +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 msgid "" "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n" "Based on the Selection:\n" @@ -198,66 +196,59 @@ "&Uppdatera med installation av nya program och funktioner\n" "baserat på valet:\n" -#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 +#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 msgid "Only U&pdate Installed Packages" msgstr "U&ppdatera endast installerade paket" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Uppdateringsalternativet har två olika lägen. Oavsett\n" -"vilket som används rekommenderar vi att du skapar en säkerhetskopia av " -"privata data.</p>\n" +"vilket som används rekommenderar vi att du skapar en säkerhetskopia av privata data.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Med ny programvara:</b> Med den här standardinställningen\n" "uppdateras den befintliga programvaran och den nya\n" -" <tt>%1</tt> versionens funktioner och fördelar installeras. Valet baseras " -"på det tidigare fördefinierade\n" +" <tt>%1</tt> versionens funktioner och fördelar installeras. Valet baseras på det tidigare fördefinierade\n" " valet av programvara.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 msgid "" "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Endast installerade paket:</b> Det här valet\n" "uppdaterar endast paket som redan är installerade på systemet. <i>Obs!</i>\n" -"Nya program i det fördefinierade programvalet, som t.ex. nya YaST-moduler, " -"är\n" +"Nya program i det fördefinierade programvalet, som t.ex. nya YaST-moduler, är\n" "inte tillgängliga efter uppdateringen. Du kan missa nya funktioner.</p>\n" -#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 +#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" "packages during the update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Efter uppdateringen är det möjligt att vissa program\n" -"inte fungerar längre. Aktivera <b>Ta bort paket som inte utvecklas</b> för " -"att ta bort\n" +"inte fungerar längre. Aktivera <b>Ta bort paket som inte utvecklas</b> för att ta bort\n" "dessa paket under uppdateringen.</p>\n" -#. warning / question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 +#. warning / question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" "Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" "lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" @@ -271,8 +262,8 @@ "\n" "Vill du verkligen fortsätta?" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" @@ -280,161 +271,151 @@ "Vill du verkligen\n" "ångra dina manuella val?" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Paket att uppdatera: %1" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Nya paket att installera: %1" -#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Paket att ta bort: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 +#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Total storlek på paket att uppdatera: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Kan inte lösa alla konflikter. Manuellt ingripande krävs.</a>" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required.</a>" +msgstr "Kan inte lösa alla konflikter. Manuellt ingripande krävs.</a>" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paket" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Paket" -#. Proposal for system to update -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 msgid "No root partition found" msgstr "Hittade ingen rotpartition" -#. Proposal for system to update -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 på rotpartition %2" -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Kan inte montera målsystem" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" msgstr "Vald för uppdatering" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 msgid "&Selected for Update" msgstr "Vald för &uppdatering" -#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; -#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 +#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; +#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Uppdatering" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/update.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/update.rb:47 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finns inget användargränssnitt för den här modulen." -#. error message in proposal -#. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 +#. error message in proposal +#. part of error popup message +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Det går inte att läsa den aktuella RPM-databasen." -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Okänd produkt" -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 -msgid "" -"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on " -"the installation media (%{update_to})." -msgstr "" -"Den installerade produkten (%{update_from}) är inte kompatibel med produkten " -"på installationsmediet (%{update_to})." +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "Den installerade produkten (%{update_from}) är inte kompatibel med produkten på installationsmediet (%{update_to})." -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system -#. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system +#. %2 is the version being installed +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system.<br>\n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Uppdaterar systemet till en annan version (%1 -> %2) stöds inte med " -"systemet som körs.<br>\n" +"Uppdaterar systemet till en annan version (%1 -> %2) stöds inte med systemet som körs.<br>\n" "Starta från installationsmediet och använd en vanlig uppgradering\n" "eller inaktivera programarkiv för produkter med olika versioner.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Varning: Uppdaterar från %1 till %2, produkterna är inte exakt lika." -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Uppdatera endast installerade paket" -#. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 +#. proposal string +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Uppdatering baserad på mönster" -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Uppdateringsalternativ</big></b> Välj hur systemet ska " -"uppdateras.\n" +"<p><b><big>Uppdateringsalternativ</big></b> Välj hur systemet ska uppdateras.\n" "Välj om endast installerade paket ska uppdateras eller om även nya ska\n" "installeras (standard). Bestäm om ej underhållna paket ska \n" "tas bort.</p>\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Uppdateringsalternativ" -#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 +#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Ingen av följande filer finns:%1" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -446,28 +427,28 @@ "aktuellt installationsmedia, kanske inte systemet startar\n" "eller så kommer vissa program inte att fungera korrekt." -#. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Okänd Linux" -#. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Okänt eller icke-Linux" -#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 +#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 +#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Partition eller system att starta:" -#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 +#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -477,13 +458,13 @@ "Välj partitionen eller systemet som ska startas.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 +#. label for selection of root partition (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Partition eller system att uppdatera:" -#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 +#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -493,13 +474,13 @@ "Välj partitionen eller systemet som ska uppdateras.\n" "</p>\n" -#. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 +#. headline for dialog "Select for update" +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Välj för uppdatering" -#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 +#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" @@ -511,43 +492,43 @@ "att du får en allmän översikt av systemets partitioner.\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 +#. table header +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Filsystem" -#. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etikett" -#. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 +#. check box +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "Vi&sa alla partitioner" -#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 +#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Starta" -#. error popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -555,8 +536,8 @@ "Inget installerat system som kan uppdateras med den här produkten hittades\n" "på vald partition." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -564,48 +545,45 @@ "Arkitekturen för systemet som installeras i den valda partitionen\n" "skiljer sig från den för produkten.\n" -#. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 +#. pop-up question +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"En installation som eventuellt inte är fullständig har identifierats på den " -"valda partitionen.\n" +"En installation som eventuellt inte är fullständig har identifierats på den valda partitionen.\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?" -#. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 +#. button label +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ja, använd den" -#. Target load failed, #466803 -#. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Initieringen av systemet för uppgradering misslyckades av en okänd " -"anledning.\n" +"Initieringen av systemet för uppgradering misslyckades av en okänd anledning.\n" "Det rekommenderas starkt att du inte fortsätter med uppgraderingen.\n" "\n" "Vill du fortsätta?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Ja, fortsätt" -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "En installation som kan vara ofullständig har identifierats." -#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 +#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -613,18 +591,18 @@ "I SBD-artikeln på %1 finns detaljerad\n" "information om hur du kan lösa problemet." -#. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Okänt Linux-system" -#. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Icke Linux-system" -#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 +#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -638,33 +616,33 @@ "kan data förloras. Avmontera partitionen manuellt eller\n" "starta om datorn.\n" -#. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 +#. label, %1 is partition +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Kontrollerar partition %1" -#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") -#. @param [String] question -#. @param string button (true) -#. @param string button (false) -#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 +#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") +#. @param [String] question +#. @param string button (true) +#. @param string button (false) +#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Visa &detaljer" -#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 +#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Kontrollerar filsystem på %1..." -#. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 +#. popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Filsystemskontrollen misslyckades" -#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) -#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 +#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) +#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -674,44 +652,42 @@ "\n" "Vill du fortsätta att montera enheten?\n" -#. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 +#. button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Hoppa över montering" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Felaktigt lösenord. Försöka igen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varning" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, -#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size -#. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, +#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size +#. %2 with the recommended size +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Din /boot-partition är för liten (%1 MB).\n" -"Vi rekommenderar en storlek på minst %2 MB annars får den nya kärnan kanske " -"inte plats.\n" +"Vi rekommenderar en storlek på minst %2 MB annars får den nya kärnan kanske inte plats.\n" "Det är säkrare att antingen öka storleken på \n" "partitionen eller inte använda en /boot-partition alls.\n" "\n" "Vill du fortsätta att uppdatera det nuvarande systemet?\n" -#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 +#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -728,32 +704,31 @@ "\n" "Om du är säker på att partitionen inte är nödvändigt\n" "för uppdateringen (inte en systempartition) klickar du på Fortsätt.\n" -"Om du vill kontrollera eller åtgärda monteringsalternativen klickar du på " -"Ange monteringsalternativ.\n" +"Om du vill kontrollera eller åtgärda monteringsalternativen klickar du på Ange monteringsalternativ.\n" "Om du vill avbryta uppdateringen klickar du på Avbryt.\n" -#. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 +#. push button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Ange montering&salternativ" -#. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 +#. popup heading +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Monteringsalternativ" -#. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" -#. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 +#. tex entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "En&het" -#. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -761,13 +736,13 @@ "&Filsystem\n" "(tom för automatisk identifiering)" -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Partitionen /var %1 kunde inte monteras.\n" -#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 +#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -779,45 +754,43 @@ "<b>udev-ID:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udev-sökväg:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 +#. a popup caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta partitionen /var automatiskt" -#. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 +#. a popup message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" "En separat /var-partition som används på systemet krävs för att det ska gå\n" "att identifiera ändringarna av disknamn. Välj /var-partitionen manuellt\n" "så att uppgraderingsprocessen kan fortsätta." -#. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 +#. a combo-box label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Ange /var-partitionsenhet" -#. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 +#. an informational rich-text widget label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Enhetsinformation" -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kan inte montera partitionen /var med den här diskinställningen.\n" -#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 +#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -827,84 +800,81 @@ "\n" "Kontrollera loggfilen %1." -#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when -#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions -#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 +#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when +#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions +#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Vissa partitioner i systemet på %1 är monterade med kernel-enhetsnamn. Detta " -"är inte\n" +"Vissa partitioner i systemet på %1 är monterade med kernel-enhetsnamn. Detta är inte\n" "pålitligt för uppdateringen eftersom kernel-enhetsnamn tyvärr inte är \n" "beständiga. Du bör starta det gamla systemet och ändra monteringsmetoden \n" " till någon annan metod för alla partitioner." -#. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Hittade ingen fstab." -#. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 +#. message part 1 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Rotpartitionen i /etc/fstab har en ogiltig rotenhet.\n" -#. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 +#. message part 2 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Är för tillfället monterad som %1 men listad som %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810 msgid "before update" msgstr "innan uppdatering" -#. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131 +#. prepare progress-bar +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Utvärderar rotpartition. Vänta..." -#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214 +#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Monterar partitioner. Vänta..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Söker efter tillgängliga system" -#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. -#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. -#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. -#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. -#. -#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" -#. @return [String] product name -#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Versionsfil %{file} hittades inte" -#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" msgstr "Det går inte att läsa versionsfilen %{file}" -#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS -#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Okänd produkt" -#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case -#. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -912,7 +882,7 @@ "Det går inte att välja de här mönstren som krävs för installation:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" @@ -920,24 +890,24 @@ "Det går inte att välja de här paketen som krävs för installation:\n" "%{packages}" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Uppdateringsinställningar" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uppdatera" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Utför uppdatering" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Uppdatera systeminställningar" -#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Uppdateringsinställningar" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -15,266 +15,260 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 msgid "Group configuration module" msgstr "Inställningsmodul för grupp" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 msgid "List of available groups" msgstr "Lista över tillgängliga grupper" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 msgid "User parameters that should be listed" msgstr "Användarparametrar som ska visas" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 msgid "Show information of selected group" msgstr "Visa information om vald grupp" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 msgid "Delete an existing group" msgstr "Ta bort en befintlig grupp" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 msgid "Add new group" msgstr "Lägg till ny grupp" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" msgstr "Ytterligare parametrar för LDAP-grupper" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 msgid "Edit an existing group" msgstr "Redigera befintlig grupp" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 msgid "List of local groups" msgstr "Lista över lokala grupper" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 msgid "List of system groups" msgstr "Lista över systemgrupper" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 msgid "List of LDAP groups" msgstr "Lista över LDAP-grupper" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 msgid "List of NIS groups" msgstr "Lista över NIS-grupper" -#. translators: command line help text for show uid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 +#. translators: command line help text for show uid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 msgid "GID of the group" msgstr "Gruppens GID" -#. translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 +#. translators: command line help text for groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 msgid "Name of the group" msgstr "Gruppens namn" -#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 +#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 msgid "Password of the group" msgstr "Gruppens lösenord" -#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Lista över gruppmedlemmar, oftast användarnamn, separerade med komman. " -"Listan över LDAP-användares DN måste separeras med kolon." +#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Lista över gruppmedlemmar, oftast användarnamn, separerade med komman. Listan över LDAP-användares DN måste separeras med kolon." -#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 msgid "New group name" msgstr "Nytt gruppnamn" -#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 +#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 msgid "New GID of the group" msgstr "Gruppens nya GID" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "Grupptyp (lokal, system, NIS, LDAP)" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgstr "Lösenord för LDAP-server" -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "Fråga inte efter saknade data; returnera fel istället." -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/users.rb:102 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" msgstr "Inställningsmodul för användare" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/users.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/users.rb:115 msgid "List of available users" msgstr "Lista över tillgängliga användare" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/users.rb:127 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/users.rb:127 msgid "Show information of selected user" msgstr "Visa information om vald användare" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:137 msgid "Add new user" msgstr "Lägg till ny användare" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" msgstr "Ytterligare parametrar för LDAP-användare" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:152 msgid "Edit an existing user" msgstr "Redigera befintlig användare" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/users.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" msgstr "Ta bort en befintlig användare (hemkatalog tas inte bort)" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/users.rb:175 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/users.rb:175 msgid "List of local users" msgstr "Lista över lokala användare" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/users.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/users.rb:181 msgid "List of system users" msgstr "Lista över systemanvändare" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/users.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/users.rb:187 msgid "List of LDAP users" msgstr "Lista över LDAP-användare" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/users.rb:193 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/users.rb:193 msgid "List of NIS users" msgstr "Lista över NIS-användare" -#. translators: command line help text for uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:199 +#. translators: command line help text for uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:199 msgid "UID of the user" msgstr "Användarens UID" -#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:206 +#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:206 msgid "GID of user's default group" msgstr "GID för användarens standardgrupp" -#. translators: command line help text for username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:213 +#. translators: command line help text for username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:213 msgid "Login name of the user" msgstr "Användarens användarnamn" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:220 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:220 msgid "Full name of the user" msgstr "Användarens fullständiga namn" -#. translators: command line help text for shell option -#: src/clients/users.rb:227 +#. translators: command line help text for shell option +#: src/clients/users.rb:227 msgid "Login shell of the user" msgstr "Användarens inloggningsskal" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:234 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:234 msgid "Home directory of the user" msgstr "Användarens hemkatalog" -#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:241 +#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:241 msgid "Do not create home directory for new user" msgstr "Skapa inte hemkatalog för ny användare" -#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:247 msgid "Also delete user's home directory" msgstr "Ta också bort användarens hemkatalog" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:253 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:253 msgid "Password of the user" msgstr "Användarens lösenord" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista över grupper som användaren är medlem i (separerad med komman)" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/users.rb:267 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/users.rb:267 msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "Användartyp (local, system, NIS, LDAP)" -#. translators: command line help text for new_username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:281 +#. translators: command line help text for new_username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:281 msgid "New login name of the user" msgstr "Nytt användarnamn för användare" -#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:288 +#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:288 msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Användarens nya UID" -#. Checking double user entries -#. (double username or UID) -#. @param [Array] users to check -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." msgstr "Hittade användare i profilen med samma <username>." -#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." msgstr "Hittade användare i profilen med samma <uid>." -#. helptext 1/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 +#. helptext 1/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Här kan du se tabellen över alla tillåtna attribut för den aktuella LDAP-" -"posten som inte ställts in i föregående dialogrutor.</p>" +"Här kan du se tabellen över alla tillåtna attribut för den aktuella LDAP-posten som inte ställts in i föregående dialogrutor.</p>" -#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), -#. %1 is list of values -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 +#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), +#. %1 is list of values +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" @@ -288,367 +282,315 @@ "<br>%1).\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Redigera varje attribut med <b>Redigera</b>. Vissa attribut \n" -"kan krävas, som definierat i användarmallen i modulen <b>LDAP-klient</b>.\n" +"kan krävas, som definierat i användarmallen i modulen <b>LDAP-klient</b>.</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Attribut" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 msgid "Value" msgstr "Värde" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 msgid "Additional LDAP Settings" msgstr "Ytterligare LDAP-inställningar" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tilldela ett lösenordsprincipobjekt till den här användaren i " -"<b>Domännamn för lösenordsprincipobjekt</b>. Om du vill återställa den " -"modifierade användarens lösenord aktiverar du <b>Återställ lösenordet</b>." +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tilldela ett lösenordsprincipobjekt till den här användaren i <b>Domännamn för lösenordsprincipobjekt</b>. Om du vill återställa den modifierade användarens lösenord aktiverar du <b>Återställ lösenordet</b>.</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 msgid "Use &Default Password Policy" msgstr "Använd &standardpolicy för lösenord" -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 msgid "DN of &Password Policy object" msgstr "Domännamn för lösenords&principobjekt" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 msgid "&Reset Password" msgstr "Åte&rställ lösenordet" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för lösenordsprincip" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Okänd" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Never" msgstr "Aldrig" -#. label -#. label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 +#. label +#. label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "Last Password Change: %1" msgstr "Senaste lösenordsändring: %1" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "Dagar &innan lösenordet upphör att gälla som varning ska utfärdas" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" msgstr "Dagar efter det att lösenordet har gått ut är in&loggning möjlig" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "Ma&ximalt antal dagar för samma lösenord" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "&Minimalt antal dagar för samma lösenord" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Ex&piration Date" msgstr "&Utgångsdatum" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 msgid "Shadow Account Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för skuggkonto" -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD -#. The date must stay in this format -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD +#. The date must stay in this format +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "Utgångsdatumet måste vara i formatet ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD." -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ställ in kvotinställningar för användaren på valda filsystem.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Definiera en storleksbegränsning genom att ange antalet 1 KB-block som\n" -"användaren kan ha på sitt filsystem. Du kan dessutom definiera en inode-" -"gräns som anger antalet inoder som användaren kan ha på filsystemet.</p>\n" +"användaren kan ha på sitt filsystem. Du kan dessutom definiera en inode-gräns som anger antalet inoder som användaren kan ha på filsystemet.</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan ange både mjuka och hårda begränsningar för storlek och antal " -"inodes. De mjuka begränsningarna definierar en varningsnivå där användarna " -"informeras om att de närmar sig begränsningen. De hårda begränsningarna " -"definierar begränsningen där skrivbegäran nekas.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan ange både mjuka och hårda begränsningar för storlek och antal inodes. De mjuka begränsningarna definierar en varningsnivå där användarna informeras om att de närmar sig begränsningen. De hårda begränsningarna definierar begränsningen där skrivbegäran nekas.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När en användare har nått den mjuka begränsningen aktiveras indatafälten " -"för mellanperioden. Ange hur länge användaren får överskrida den mjuka " -"begränsningen som har angetts ovan. Nedräkningen för mellanperioden startar " -"omedelbart.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När en användare har nått den mjuka begränsningen aktiveras indatafälten för mellanperioden. Ange hur länge användaren får överskrida den mjuka begränsningen som har angetts ovan. Nedräkningen för mellanperioden startar omedelbart.</p>" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ställ in kvotinställningar för gruppen på valda filsystem.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Definiera en storleksbegränsning genom att ange antalet 1 KB-block som\n" -"gruppen kan ha på sitt filsystem. Du kan dessutom definiera en inode-gräns " -"som anger antalet inoder som gruppen kan ha på filsystemet.</p>\n" +"gruppen kan ha på sitt filsystem. Du kan dessutom definiera en inode-gräns som anger antalet inoder som gruppen kan ha på filsystemet.</p>\n" "\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan ange både mjuka och hårda begränsningar för storlek och antal " -"inodes. De mjuka begränsningarna definierar en varningsnivå där grupperna " -"informeras om att de närmar sig begränsningen. De hårda begränsningarna " -"definierar begränsningen där skrivbegäran nekas.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan ange både mjuka och hårda begränsningar för storlek och antal inodes. De mjuka begränsningarna definierar en varningsnivå där grupperna informeras om att de närmar sig begränsningen. De hårda begränsningarna definierar begränsningen där skrivbegäran nekas.</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När gruppen har nått den mjuka begränsningen aktiveras indatafälten för " -"mellanperioden. Ange hur länge gruppen får överskrida de mjuka " -"begränsningarna som har angetts ovan. Nedräkningen för mellanperioden " -"startar omedelbart.</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När gruppen har nått den mjuka begränsningen aktiveras indatafälten för mellanperioden. Ange hur länge gruppen får överskrida de mjuka begränsningarna som har angetts ovan. Nedräkningen för mellanperioden startar omedelbart.</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Filsystem" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 msgid "Size Limits" msgstr "Storleksbegränsningar" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 msgid "&Soft limit" msgstr "Mjuk begrän&sning" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 msgid "&Hard limit" msgstr "&Hård begränsning" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 msgid "I-nodes Limit" msgstr "I-nod-gräns" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 msgid "S&oft limit" msgstr "Mj&uk begränsning" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 msgid "Har&d limit" msgstr "Hår&d begränsning" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." -msgstr "" -"Den mjuka begränsningen kan inte vara högre än den hårda begränsningen." +msgstr "Den mjuka begränsningen kan inte vara högre än den hårda begränsningen." -#. helper for creating widget with time settings -#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's -#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +#. helper for creating widget with time settings +#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's +#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagar" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Timmar" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuter" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#. password entering label -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 +#. password entering label +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" msgstr "LDAP-serverlösenord:" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 msgid "There is no such user." msgstr "Det finns ingen sådan användare." -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "Fullständigt namn:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 msgid "Login Name:" msgstr "Användarnamn:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 msgid "Home Directory:" msgstr "Hemkatalog:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Login Shell:" msgstr "Inloggningsskal:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 msgid "UID:" msgstr "UID:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 msgid "Default Group:" msgstr "Standardgrupp:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 msgid "List of Groups:" msgstr "Lista över grupper:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 msgid "Enter a user name." msgstr "Ange ett användarnamn." -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 msgid "Password for New User:" msgstr "Lösenord för ny användare:" -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 msgid "Confirm the password:" msgstr "Bekräfta lösenordet:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens. Försök igen." -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens. Avslutar." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 msgid "" "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." @@ -656,46 +598,46 @@ "Du kan inte ta bort den här användaren eftersom den är aktiv.\n" "Logga av användaren först." -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 msgid "There is no such group." msgstr "Det finns ingen sådan grupp." -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 msgid "Group Name:" msgstr "Gruppnamn:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 msgid "GID:" msgstr "GID:" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 msgid "List of Members:" msgstr "Lista över medlemmar:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 msgid "Enter a group name." msgstr "Ange ett gruppnamn." -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Vill du verkligen avbryta spara-processen?" -#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 +#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" @@ -703,8 +645,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Du har använt stora bokstäver i användarnamnet.</p>" -#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 +#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" @@ -716,13 +658,13 @@ "inte stödjer skiftlägeskänsliga namn.<br>\n" "Du kan lösa det här problemet genom att redigera aliastabellen.</p>\n" -#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 +#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "<p>Really use the entered value?</p>" msgstr "<p>Verkligen använda angivet värde?</p>" -#. password entry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 +#. password entry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "To access the data required to modify\n" "the encryption settings for this user,\n" @@ -733,16 +675,16 @@ "användarens krypteringsinställningar\n" "anger du användarens aktuella lösenord." -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -750,25 +692,23 @@ "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens.\n" "Försök igen." -#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 +#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" "Crypted directory image and key files\n" "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "De krypterade katalogavbildningarna och nyckelfilerna \n" "%1 och %2\n" "hittades. Vill du använda dem för aktuell användare?\n" "\n" -"Det innebär att data från den här avbildningen kommer att användas i stället " -"för den nuvarande hemkatalogen." +"Det innebär att data från den här avbildningen kommer att användas i stället för den nuvarande hemkatalogen." -#. popup label, %1 is path to directory -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 +#. popup label, %1 is path to directory +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "" "The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -776,125 +716,125 @@ "Hemkatalogen (%1) finns redan.\n" "Vill du använda den ändå?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "&Ändra katalogägare" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Användarens &fullständiga namn" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "F&örnamn" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Last Name" msgstr "&Efternamn" -#. label text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 +#. label text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "Du kan bara ändra ytterligare gruppmedlemskap för fjärranvändare." -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Användarnamn" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Ta emot s&ystempost" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "A&utomatisk inloggning" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "A&nvänd det här lösenordet för systemadministratören" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" msgstr "&Inaktivera användarnamn" -#. push button -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 +#. push button +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "User &Management" msgstr "Anv&ändarhantering" -#. group name is not known (combobox item): -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 +#. group name is not known (combobox item): +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "(Unknown)" msgstr "(Okänd)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "De&fault Group" msgstr "Standard&grupp" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "Login &Shell" msgstr "Inloggnings&skal" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 msgid "Addi&tional User Information" msgstr "Y&tterligare användarinformation" -#. button label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 +#. button label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Hemkatalog" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 msgid "&Move to New Location" msgstr "&Flytta till ny plats" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode" msgstr "Beh&örighetsläge för hemkataloger" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "E&mpty Home" msgstr "Tom he&mkatalog" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory" msgstr "&Använd krypterad hemkatalog" -#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 +#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "&Directory Size in MB" msgstr "&Katalogstorlek i MB" -#. label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 +#. label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "For remote users, only additional \n" "group memberships can be changed." @@ -902,109 +842,109 @@ "Endast ytterligare gruppmedlemskap\n" "kan ändras för icke lokala användare." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "User &ID (uid)" msgstr "Användar-&ID (UID)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Additional Gr&oups" msgstr "Ytterligare gr&upper" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 msgid "&LDAP Groups" msgstr "&LDAP-grupper" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Force Password Change" msgstr "Tvinga lösenordsändring" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Beskrivning av insticksprogram" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Lägg till eller ta b&ort insticksprogram" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "S&tarta" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 msgid "New Local User" msgstr "Ny lokal användare" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New System User" msgstr "Ny systemanvändare" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "New LDAP User" msgstr "Ny LDAP-användare" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Existing Local User" msgstr "Befintlig lokal användare" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Existing System User" msgstr "Befintlig systemanvändare" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Existing LDAP User" msgstr "Befintlig LDAP-användare" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Existing NIS User" msgstr "Befintlig NIS-användare" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Us&er Data" msgstr "Anv&ändardata" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Pass&word Settings" msgstr "L&ösenordsinställningar" -#. tab label -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 +#. tab label +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Insti&cksprogram" -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Tomt användarnamn" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -1014,21 +954,21 @@ "i en nätverksmiljö med en autentiseringsserver.\n" "Lämna det tomt?" -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Vill du använda det här lösenordet?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 +#. popup question +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Ändra hemkatalog till %1?" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1038,13 +978,13 @@ "eftersom användaren är inloggad.\n" "Logga ut användaren först." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Ange storlek på hemkatalogen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1052,90 +992,89 @@ "\n" "Katalogen kan inte krypteras." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Det här insticksprogrammet kan inte tas bort." -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "Nu har du lagt till en ny användare." -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Ny lokal grupp" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Ny systemgrupp" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Ny LDAP-grupp" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Befintlig lokal grupp" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Befintlig systemgrupp" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Befintlig LDAP-grupp" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Grupp&namn" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Grupp-&ID (GID)" -#. selection box label -#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes -#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 +#. selection box label +#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes +#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Grupp&medlemmar" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Grupp&data" -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1144,23 +1083,21 @@ " åäöü eller accenter. \n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Med den aktuella lösenordskrypteringen (%1), ska lösenordslängden vara " -"mellan\n" +"Med den aktuella lösenordskrypteringen (%1), ska lösenordslängden vara mellan\n" " %2 och %3 tecken.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1172,20 +1109,19 @@ "upprepas exakt i ett andra fält. Glöm inte lösenordet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 0/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 +#. Help text 0/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Här anger du de standardvärden som ska användas när nya lokala användare " -"eller systemanvändare skapas.\n" +"Här anger du de standardvärden som ska användas när nya lokala användare eller systemanvändare skapas.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" @@ -1197,8 +1133,8 @@ " Gruppnamnet på en ny användares primära grupp.\n" " </p>\n" -#. Help text 1.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 +#. Help text 1.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" @@ -1210,44 +1146,37 @@ "Namn på ytterligare grupper för nya användare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Förvalt inloggningsskal</b><br>\n" -"Namnet på nya användares inloggningsskal. Välj ett från listan eller ange en " -"egen sökväg till skalet.</P>\n" +"Namnet på nya användares inloggningsskal. Välj ett från listan eller ange en egen sökväg till skalet.</P>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Förvald hemkatalog</b><br>\n" -"Det initiala sökvägsprefixet för nya användares hemkataloger. Användarnamnet " -"kommer att läggas till i slutet på det här värdet för att skapa det förvalda " -"namnet på användarens hemkatalog.</P>\n" +"Det initiala sökvägsprefixet för nya användares hemkataloger. Användarnamnet kommer att läggas till i slutet på det här värdet för att skapa det förvalda namnet på användarens hemkatalog.</P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mallkatalog</b><br>\n" -"Innehållet i den här katalogen kommer att kopieras till nya användares " -"hemkataloger. </p>\n" +"Innehållet i den här katalogen kommer att kopieras till nya användares hemkataloger. </p>\n" -#. Help text 4.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 +#. Help text 4.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" "Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" @@ -1255,37 +1184,32 @@ "<p><b>Umask för hemkatalog</b><br>\n" "Umask som ska användas för att skapa nya hemkataloger.</p>\n" -#. Help text 5/6: -#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 +#. Help text 5/6: +#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Utgångsdatum</B><BR>\n" -"Ange datumet när det här kontot utgår. Datumet måste vara i formatet ÅÅÅÅ-MM-" -"DD. Lämna tomt om det här kontot aldrig ska utgå.</p>\n" +"Ange datumet när det här kontot utgår. Datumet måste vara i formatet ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD. Lämna tomt om det här kontot aldrig ska utgå.</p>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 +#. Help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Dagar efter det att lösenordet har gått ut är inloggning möjlig<BR>\n" -"Användare kan logga in efter det att lösenordet har gått ut. Ange hur många " -"dagar \n" -" efter lösenordets utgång som inloggning är möjlig. Använd -1 för obegränsad " -"åtkomst.\n" +"<P><B>Dagar efter det att lösenordet har gått ut är inloggning möjlig</B><BR>\n" +"Användare kan logga in efter det att lösenordet har gått ut. Ange hur många dagar \n" +" efter lösenordets utgång som inloggning är möjlig. Använd -1 för obegränsad åtkomst.\n" " </P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1295,8 +1219,8 @@ "Vänta...\n" " <BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\n" "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -1307,8 +1231,8 @@ "Klicka på <B>Avbryt</B> för att avsluta inställningsverktyget.\n" "</P>" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1318,8 +1242,8 @@ "Vänta...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -1328,12 +1252,11 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Avbryta spara-processen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Avbryt sparandet genom att klicka på <B>Avbryt</B>.\n" -"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra " -"så eller inte.\n" +"En ytterligare dialogruta kommer att informera dig om det är säkert att göra så eller inte.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n" @@ -1347,9 +1270,8 @@ " <b>Lösenord</b> för den här användaren.\n" " </p>\n" -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1357,23 +1279,20 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ange <b>Användarens fullständiga namn</b>, <b>Användarnamn</b> och " -"<b>Lösenord</b> för\n" +"Ange <b>Användarens fullständiga namn</b>, <b>Användarnamn</b> och <b>Lösenord</b> för\n" " det här användarkontot.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1381,70 +1300,54 @@ "genom att klicka på <b>Förslag</b>. Förslaget kan ändras, men använd endast\n" "bokstäver (inte åäöü eller accenter), siffror och tecknet <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Använd inte stora bokstäver om du inte vet vad du gör.\n" -"Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera " -"restriktionerna\n" +"Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera restriktionerna\n" "i filen /etc/login.defs. Läs dess manualsida för information.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 +#. alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "För <b>Användarnamn</b>, använd bara\n" " bokstäver (inte åäöü eller accenter), siffror och <tt>._-</tt>.\n" " Använd inte stora bokstäver om du inte vet precis vad du gör.\n" -" Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera " -"restriktionerna i filen /etc/login.defs. På manualsidan finns mer " -"information.\n" +" Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera restriktionerna i filen /etc/login.defs. På manualsidan finns mer information.\n" " </p>\n" -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Det användarnamn och lösenord som skapas här behövs för att logga in och " -"arbeta med Linux-systemet. När <b>Automatisk inloggning</b> är aktiverat " -"hoppas inloggningen över. Den här användaren loggas in automatiskt.</p>\n" +"Det användarnamn och lösenord som skapas här behövs för att logga in och arbeta med Linux-systemet. När <b>Automatisk inloggning</b> är aktiverat hoppas inloggningen över. Den här användaren loggas in automatiskt.</p>\n" -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -"Mail</b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Vidarebefordra roots e-post till den här användaren genom att markera <b>Ta " -"emot systempost</b>.</p>\n" +"Vidarebefordra roots e-post till den här användaren genom att markera <b>Ta emot systempost</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "" -"<p>Klicka på <b>Användarhantering</b> för att lägga till fler användare " -"eller grupper till systemet.</p>" +#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klicka på <b>Användarhantering</b> för att lägga till fler användare eller grupper till systemet.</p>" -#. alternative help text 4/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 +#. alternative help text 4/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" @@ -1456,19 +1359,17 @@ "på <b>Detaljer</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 5/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 +#. alternative help text 5/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"För att ändra olika lösenordsinställningar för användaren (t ex " -"utgångsdatum), klicka på <b>Lösenordsinställningar</b>.</p>\n" +"För att ändra olika lösenordsinställningar för användaren (t ex utgångsdatum), klicka på <b>Lösenordsinställningar</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>To forbid this user to\n" "log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" @@ -1476,8 +1377,8 @@ "<p>Om du inte vill att den här användaren ska\n" "kunna logga in, markera <b>Inaktivera användarnamn</b>.</p>" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the group data here. \n" @@ -1487,8 +1388,8 @@ "Ange gruppdata här. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Name:</b>\n" @@ -1505,8 +1406,8 @@ "filen /etc/login.defs. Läs dess manualsida för information.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/6, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 +#. help text 3/6, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n" @@ -1524,13 +1425,12 @@ "kommer att få en varning om du försöker använda ett som redan finns.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1544,8 +1444,8 @@ "här. Du måste inte fylla i den här posten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" @@ -1557,8 +1457,8 @@ "Lösenordet måste anges två gånger för att undvika felskrivning.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Members:</b>\n" @@ -1570,8 +1470,8 @@ "Välj vilka användare som ska vara medlemmar i den här gruppen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 +#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." @@ -1579,8 +1479,8 @@ "I den andra listan visas användare som den här gruppen är standardgrupp\n" " för. Standardgruppen kan bara ändras genom att redigera användaren." -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Additional user data includes:\n" @@ -1590,8 +1490,8 @@ "Ytterligare användardata är:\n" " </p>" -#. help text 2/8, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 +#. help text 2/8, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>User ID (uid):</b>\n" @@ -1609,8 +1509,8 @@ "av systemet för särskilda ändamål och pseudoinloggningar.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" @@ -1624,8 +1524,8 @@ "automatiskt för filerna i användarens hemkatalog, men inte för filer \n" "som finns på andra platser.</p>\n" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Home Directory:</b>\n" @@ -1641,17 +1541,13 @@ "För att välja en befintlig katalog, klicka på <b>Bläddra</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for user's home directory mode -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill kan du ange <b>Behörighetsläge för hemkataloger</b> för den " -"här användarens hemkatalog på ett annat sätt än standard.</p>" +#. help text for user's home directory mode +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill kan du ange <b>Behörighetsläge för hemkataloger</b> för den här användarens hemkatalog på ett annat sätt än standard.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 +#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 msgid "" "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" "check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" @@ -1661,53 +1557,33 @@ "markera <b>Tom hemkatalog</b>. Annars skapas den nya hemkatalogen\n" "från den förvalda mallen (%1).</p>\n" -#. help text for Move to new location checkbox -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om du vill byta plats på en användares hemkatalog, flyttar du innehållet " -"i den aktuella katalogen med <b>Flytta till ny plats</b>, som är aktiverat " -"som standard. Annars skapas en ny hemkatalog utan någon av den befintliga " -"informationen.</p>" +#. help text for Move to new location checkbox +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om du vill byta plats på en användares hemkatalog, flyttar du innehållet i den aktuella katalogen med <b>Flytta till ny plats</b>, som är aktiverat som standard. Annars skapas en ny hemkatalog utan någon av den befintliga informationen.</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>För att kryptera användarens hemkatalog aktiverar du <b>Använd krypterad\n" -"hemkatalog</b> och ställer in katalogstorleken. Att kryptera en användares " -"hemkatalog\n" +"hemkatalog</b> och ställer in katalogstorleken. Att kryptera en användares hemkatalog\n" "ger inte en stark säkerhet mot andra användare. Om maskinen delas\n" "av flera användare kan en användare kringgå systemsäkerheten\n" -"genom att använda en annan användares nyckel och få tillgång till krypterade " -"data. Stark säkerhet kräver att systemet inte fysiskt delas.</p>" +"genom att använda en annan användares nyckel och få tillgång till krypterade data. Stark säkerhet kräver att systemet inte fysiskt delas.</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hemkataloger kan inte krypteras om en fingeravtrycksläsare används. Om du " -"vill kryptera användarens hemkatalog inaktiverar du först inställningarna " -"för fingeravtrycksläsare.</p>" +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hemkataloger kan inte krypteras om en fingeravtrycksläsare används. Om du vill kryptera användarens hemkatalog inaktiverar du först inställningarna för fingeravtrycksläsare.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" @@ -1717,8 +1593,8 @@ "Hemkatalogen för en LDAP-användare kan endast ändras på\n" "filservern.</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n" "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" @@ -1729,13 +1605,11 @@ "<p><b>Ytterligare användarinformation:</b>\n" "Här kan du ange ytterligare användardata. Dessa fält kan innehålla upp till\n" "tre delar, separerade med komman. Det normala är att skriva\n" -"<i>kontor</i>,<i>arbetstelefon</i>,<i>hemtelefon</i>. Den här information " -"kommer\n" -"att visas när du använder kommandot <i>finger</i> på den här användaren.\n" +"<i>kontor</i>,<i>arbetstelefon</i>,<i>hemtelefon</i>. Den här information kommer\n" +"att visas när du använder kommandot <i>finger</i> på den här användaren.</p>\n" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Login Shell:</b>\n" @@ -1751,8 +1625,8 @@ "i systemet.\n" "</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group:</b>\n" @@ -1766,8 +1640,8 @@ " över alla grupper som finns på systemet.\n" " </p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" @@ -1779,8 +1653,8 @@ "Välj ytterligare grupper där användaren ska vara medlem.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 +#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 msgid "" "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" "extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" @@ -1788,8 +1662,8 @@ "<p>Här kan du se listan över insticksprogram,\n" "utökningarna för användar- och gruppinställningar.</p>\n" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 +#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 msgid "" "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" "is currently in use." @@ -1797,17 +1671,13 @@ "Märket i den vänstra delen av tabellen indikerar att insticksprogrammet\n" "används." -#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Starta detaljerad inställning av ett insticksprogram genom att klicka på " -"<b>Starta</b>.</p>" +#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Starta detaljerad inställning av ett insticksprogram genom att klicka på <b>Starta</b>.</p>" -#. help texts 1/1 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 +#. help texts 1/1 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" @@ -1817,21 +1687,19 @@ "Spara användar- och gruppinställningarna till systemet.\n" "</p>" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 msgid "" "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" "<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivera <b>Tvinga lösenordsändring</b> för att tvinga användaren att " -"ändra\n" -"lösenord vid nästa inloggning. Om <b>Senaste lösenordsändring</b> är " -"inställt som\n" +"<p>Aktivera <b>Tvinga lösenordsändring</b> för att tvinga användaren att ändra\n" +"lösenord vid nästa inloggning. Om <b>Senaste lösenordsändring</b> är inställt som\n" "<i>Aldrig</i> tvingas användaren att ändra lösenordet.</p>" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n" @@ -1843,50 +1711,43 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Dagar innan lösenordet upphör att gälla som varning ska utfärdas</B><BR>\n" " Användare kan varnas innan lösenordet går ut. Ange \n" -" hur lång tid efter lösenordets utgång som varningen ska utfärdas. Ange -1 " -"om du vill inaktivera\n" +" hur lång tid efter lösenordets utgång som varningen ska utfärdas. Ange -1 om du vill inaktivera\n" " varningen. \n" " </p>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Dagar efter det att lösenordet har gått ut är inloggning möjlig<BR>\n" -"Användare kan logga in efter det att deras lösenord gått ut. Ange hur många " -"dagar\n" +"<P><B>Dagar efter det att lösenordet har gått ut är inloggning möjlig</B><BR>\n" +"Användare kan logga in efter det att deras lösenord gått ut. Ange hur många dagar\n" " inloggning ska tillåtas. Använd -1 för obegränsad åtkomst.\n" " </P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Maximalt antal dagar för samma lösenord</B><BR>Ange hur många dagar en " -"användare \n" +"<P><B>Maximalt antal dagar för samma lösenord</B><BR>Ange hur många dagar en användare \n" "kan använda samma lösenord innan det går ut.</P>\n" -#. Help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 +#. Help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Minimalt antal dagar för samma lösenord</B><BR>Ange minimal tidsgräns " -"för \n" +"<P><B>Minimalt antal dagar för samma lösenord</B><BR>Ange minimal tidsgräns för \n" "lösenordet innan en användare får ändra det.</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 +#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 msgid "" "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n" "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" @@ -1896,8 +1757,8 @@ "Datumet måste vara i formatet ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD. \n" "Lämna tomt om det här kontot aldrig ska utgå.</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n" @@ -1911,284 +1772,198 @@ "för användarkonton eller autentiseringstyp.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ändra värdena</b><br>\n" -"Du kan ställa in dessa inställningar genom att starta lämplig modul. Välj " -"modul med knappen <b>Ställ in</b>.\n" +"Du kan ställa in dessa inställningar genom att starta lämplig modul. Välj modul med knappen <b>Ställ in</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for Password Policy Dialog -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med flikarna <b>Principer för lösenordsändring</b>, <b>Principer för " -"lösenordsåldrande</b> och <b>Utestängningsprinciper</b> kan du välja vilka " -"attributgrupper med LDAP-lösenordsprinciper som ska ställas in.</p>" +#. help text for Password Policy Dialog +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med flikarna <b>Principer för lösenordsändring</b>, <b>Principer för lösenordsåldrande</b> och <b>Utestängningsprinciper</b> kan du välja vilka attributgrupper med LDAP-lösenordsprinciper som ska ställas in.</p>" -#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange <b>Maximalt antal lösenord som lagras i historiken</b> om du vill " -"ställa in hur många tidigare använda lösenord som ska sparas. Det går inte " -"att använda sparade lösenord.</p>" +#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Maximalt antal lösenord som lagras i historiken</b> om du vill ställa in hur många tidigare använda lösenord som ska sparas. Det går inte att använda sparade lösenord.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Användaren måste ändra lösenord efter återställning</b> om du " -"vill tvinga användarna att ändra lösenord när lösenordet har återställts " -"eller ändrats av administratören.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Användaren måste ändra lösenord efter återställning</b> om du vill tvinga användarna att ändra lösenord när lösenordet har återställts eller ändrats av administratören.</p>" -#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Användaren kan ändra lösenord</b> om du vill tillåta att " -"användarna själva ändrar sina lösenord.</p>" +#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Användaren kan ändra lösenord</b> om du vill tillåta att användarna själva ändrar sina lösenord.</p>" -#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Om det befintliga lösenordet måste anges tillsammans med det nya markerar " -"du <b>Tidigare lösenord krävs för lösenordsändring</b>.</p>" +#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Om det befintliga lösenordet måste anges tillsammans med det nya markerar du <b>Tidigare lösenord krävs för lösenordsändring</b>.</p>" -#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange om lösenordskvaliteten ska verifieras när lösenord ändras eller " -"läggs till. Välj <b>Ingen kontroll</b> om lösenord inte ska kontrolleras " -"alls. Om du väljer <b>Acceptera okontrollerbara lösenord</b> accepteras " -"lösenord även om det inte går att utföra kontrollen, till exempel om " -"användaren har angett ett krypterat lösenord. Om du väljer <b>Acceptera " -"endast kontrollerade lösenord</b> avvisas lösenord om kvalitetstestet " -"misslyckas eller om det inte går att kontrollera lösenordet.<p>" +#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange om lösenordskvaliteten ska verifieras när lösenord ändras eller läggs till. Välj <b>Ingen kontroll</b> om lösenord inte ska kontrolleras alls. Om du väljer <b>Acceptera okontrollerbara lösenord</b> accepteras lösenord även om det inte går att utföra kontrollen, till exempel om användaren har angett ett krypterat lösenord. Om du väljer <b>Acceptera endast kontrollerade lösenord</b> avvisas lösenord om kvalitetstestet misslyckas eller om det inte går att kontrollera lösenordet.<p>" -#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Ange antal tecken som minst måste ingå i lösenordet i <b>Minsta " -"lösenordslängd</b>.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Ange antal tecken som minst måste ingå i lösenordet i <b>Minsta lösenordslängd</b>.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Minsta lösenordsålder</b> anger hur lång tid som måste gå mellan " -"ändringar av lösenordet.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Minsta lösenordsålder</b> anger hur lång tid som måste gå mellan ändringar av lösenordet.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Maximal lösenordsålder</b> anger efter hur lång tid efter en ändring " -"som lösenordet upphör att gälla.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Maximal lösenordsålder</b> anger efter hur lång tid efter en ändring som lösenordet upphör att gälla.</p>" -#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>I <b>Tid innan lösenordet upphör att gälla som varning ska utfärdas</b> " -"anger du hur lång tid innan ett lösenord upphör att gälla som det ska visas " -"ett varningsmeddelande för den autentiserande användaren.</p>" +#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>I <b>Tid innan lösenordet upphör att gälla som varning ska utfärdas</b> anger du hur lång tid innan ett lösenord upphör att gälla som det ska visas ett varningsmeddelande för den autentiserande användaren.</p>" -#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange hur många gånger som ett lösenord som har upphört att gälla kan " -"användas för autentisering i <b>Tillåtna användningar av lösenord som har " -"upphört att gälla</b>.</p>" +#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange hur många gånger som ett lösenord som har upphört att gälla kan användas för autentisering i <b>Tillåtna användningar av lösenord som har upphört att gälla</b>.</p>" -#. help text for pwdLockout attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Aktivera lösenordslåsning</b> om du vill förbjuda användandet " -"av ett lösenord efter ett visst antal misslyckade bindningsförsök i följd." +#. help text for pwdLockout attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Aktivera lösenordslåsning</b> om du vill förbjuda användandet av ett lösenord efter ett visst antal misslyckade bindningsförsök i följd.</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange efter hur många misslyckade bindningsförsök i följd som lösenordet " -"inte längre kan användas för autentisering i <b>Lösenordslåsning efter " -"misslyckade bindningar</b>.</p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange efter hur många misslyckade bindningsförsök i följd som lösenordet inte längre kan användas för autentisering i <b>Lösenordslåsning efter misslyckade bindningar</b>.</p>" -#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ange hur länge som det inte går att använda lösenordet i <b>Varaktighet " -"för lösenordslåsning</b>.</p>" +#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ange hur länge som det inte går att använda lösenordet i <b>Varaktighet för lösenordslåsning</b>.</p>" -#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Cachevaraktighet för misslyckade bindningar</b> anger efter hur lång " -"tid som felaktiga lösenord tas bort från felräknaren även om inga lyckade " -"autentiseringar har utförts.</p>" +#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Cachevaraktighet för misslyckade bindningar</b> anger efter hur lång tid som felaktiga lösenord tas bort från felräknaren även om inga lyckade autentiseringar har utförts.</p>" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Password Change Policies" msgstr "&Principer för lösenordsändring" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" msgstr "Principer för lö&senordsåldrande" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Lockout Policies" msgstr "Ut&estängningsprinciper" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" msgstr "Ma&ximalt antal lösenord som lagras i historiken" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" msgstr "Användaren måste ändra lösenord efter åter&ställning" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 msgid "&User Can Change Password" msgstr "&Användaren kan ändra lösenord" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" msgstr "&Tidigare lösenord krävs för lösenordsändring" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Password Quality Checking" msgstr "Kontroll av lösenordskvalitet" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&No Checking" msgstr "I&ngen kontroll" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" msgstr "Acc&eptera okontrollerbara lösenord" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" msgstr "Acceptera &endast kontrollerade lösenord" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Minimum Password Length" msgstr "&Minsta lösenordslängd" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Minimum Password Age" msgstr "Minsta lösenordsålder" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 msgid "Maximum Password Age" msgstr "Maximal lösenordsålder" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "Tid innan lösenordet upphör att gälla som varning ska utfärdas" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" msgstr "Tillåtna användningar av lösenord som har upphört att gälla" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 msgid "Enable Password Locking" msgstr "Aktivera lösenordslåsning" -#. intField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 +#. intField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" msgstr "Lösenordslåsning efter misslyckade bindningar" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Password Lock Duration" msgstr "Varaktighet för lösenordslåsning" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" msgstr "Cachevaraktighet för misslyckade bindningar" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av lösenordsprincip" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -2196,13 +1971,13 @@ "Attributet \"%1\" är obligatoriskt.\n" "Ange ett värde." -#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 +#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Hemkataloger</b></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 msgid "" "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" @@ -2211,81 +1986,73 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Om hemkatalogerna för LDAP-användare ska förvaras på den här maskinen\n" "avmarkerar du lämpligt alternativ. Att ändra detta värde medför inte någon\n" -"omedelbar åtgärd. Det är endast information för YaST-användarmodulen som kan " -"hantera\n" +"omedelbar åtgärd. Det är endast information för YaST-användarmodulen som kan hantera\n" "användarnas hemkataloger.</p>\n" -#. help text caption -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 +#. help text caption +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Klicka på <b>Ställ in</b> för att göra inställningar lagrade på\n" -"LDAP-servern. Du kommer att få ange lösenord om du inte är ansluten eller om " -"du\n" +"LDAP-servern. Du kommer att få ange lösenord om du inte är ansluten eller om du\n" "har ändrat dina inställningar.</p>\n" -#. password policy help text caption -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 +#. password policy help text caption +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Lösenordsprincip</b></p>" -#. password policy help -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 +#. password policy help +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurera den valda lösenordsprincipen med <b>Redigera</b>. Använd " -"<b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till en ny lösenordsprincip. " -"Konfigurationen är bara möjlig \n" +"<p>Konfigurera den valda lösenordsprincipen med <b>Redigera</b>. Använd <b>Lägg till</b> om du vill lägga till en ny lösenordsprincip. Konfigurationen är bara möjlig \n" " om lösenordsprinciperna redan aktiverats på LDAP-servern.</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" msgstr "&Hemkataloger på den här datorn" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." msgstr "&Ställ in användarhantering..." -#. table header -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 msgid "Password Policy" msgstr "Lösenordsprincip" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "LDAP-administrationsinställningar" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" msgstr "Namn på lösenordsprincipobjekt" -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Suffix:" msgstr "Suffix:" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 msgid "Change Suffix" msgstr "Ändra suffix" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -2293,240 +2060,240 @@ "Principen %1 finns redan.\n" "Välj en annan princip." -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 msgid "&System Users" msgstr "&Systemanvändare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 msgid "&Local Users" msgstr "&Lokala användare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "&NIS Users" msgstr "&NIS-användare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 msgid "L&DAP Users" msgstr "L&DAP-användare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Sam&ba Users" msgstr "Sam&ba-användare" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 msgid "&Custom" msgstr "&Egen" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "System Users" msgstr "Systemanvändare" -#. the type of user set -#. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#. the type of user set +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokala användare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 msgid "NIS Users" msgstr "NIS-användare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 msgid "LDAP Users" msgstr "LDAP-användare" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "Samba-användare" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Egen" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 msgid "&System Groups" msgstr "&Systemgrupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 msgid "&Local Groups" msgstr "&Lokala grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 msgid "&NIS Groups" msgstr "&NIS-grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 msgid "L&DAP Groups" msgstr "L&DAP-grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 msgid "Sam&ba Groups" msgstr "Sam&ba-grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 msgid "System Groups" msgstr "Systemgrupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 msgid "Local Groups" msgstr "Lokala grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 msgid "NIS Groups" msgstr "NIS-grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 msgid "LDAP Groups" msgstr "LDAP-grupper" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 msgid "Samba Groups" msgstr "Samba-grupper" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Samba" msgstr "Samba" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 msgid "&NIS" msgstr "&NIS" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "&SSSD" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 msgid "&Samba" msgstr "&Samba" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" msgstr "&Användare" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 msgid "&Groups" msgstr "&Grupper" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 msgid "De&faults for New Users" msgstr "&Förval för nya användare" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Authentication Settings" msgstr "&Autentiseringsinställningar" -#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- -#. MenuButton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- +#. MenuButton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 msgid "&Set Filter" msgstr "Ange &filter" -#. Menu Buton label -#. Menu Buton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#. Menu Buton label +#. Menu Buton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 msgid "E&xpert Options" msgstr "E&xpertalternativ" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 msgid "D&efault Group" msgstr "Standard&grupp" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Default &Login Shell" msgstr "Förvalt in&loggningsskal" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Se&condary Groups" msgstr "Sek&undära grupper" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory" msgstr "Sökvägsprefix för &hemkatalog" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory" msgstr "&Mall för hemkatalog" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Bläddra..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 msgid "Default E&xpiration Date" msgstr "Förvalt &utgångsdatum" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 msgid "&Umask for Home Directory" msgstr "&Umask för hemkatalog" -#. intfield -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 +#. intfield +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" msgstr "D&agar efter det att lösenordet har gått ut är inloggning möjlig" -#. menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +#. menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "S&täll in..." -#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>This is for experts only.</b>\n" @@ -2536,25 +2303,23 @@ "<b>Det här är endast för experter.</b>\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Välj metod för lösenordskryptering för lokala och systemanvändare.\n" -"<b>DES</b> är den förvalda Linux-metoden, fungerar i alla nätverksmiljöer, " -"men du\n" +"<b>DES</b> är den förvalda Linux-metoden, fungerar i alla nätverksmiljöer, men du\n" "kan inte använda lösenord med fler än åtta tecken.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" @@ -2566,48 +2331,43 @@ "nätverksprotokoll stödjer inte detta, och du kan få problem med NIS.\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hash-metoden <b>SHA-512</b> används som standard. Vi avråder från att " -"använda andra algoritmer såvida det inte är nödvändigt i " -"kompatibilitetssyfte.</p>" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hash-metoden <b>SHA-512</b> används som standard. Vi avråder från att använda andra algoritmer såvida det inte är nödvändigt i kompatibilitetssyfte.</p>" -#. Label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 +#. Label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" msgstr "Lösenordskryptering" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "Krypteringstyp" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" @@ -2615,11 +2375,10 @@ "<p>\n" "Du har ändrat förvald kryptering för användarlösenord.</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2629,48 +2388,44 @@ "är krypterat med någon annan metod än DES.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 msgid "<p>Really use the selected method?</p>" msgstr "<p>Verkligen använda vald metod?</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 msgid "AND" msgstr "OCH" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 msgid "OR" msgstr "ELLER" -#. helptext 1/4 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 +#. helptext 1/4 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Ändringar för LDAP-sökfilter</b></p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här kan du utöka sökfiltren för användare och grupper.</p>" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Med <b>Standard</b> kan du ladda standardfiltret från användar- och\n" "gruppinställningsmodulerna sparade på LDAP-servern (värden för\n" -"\"susesearchfilter\"-attribut) . Om du inte är ansluten kommer du att få " -"ange ett lösenord.</p>\n" +"\"susesearchfilter\"-attribut) . Om du inte är ansluten kommer du att få ange ett lösenord.</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 +#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 msgid "" "<p><b>Example:</b>\n" "<br>With the user filter\n" @@ -2686,54 +2441,54 @@ "<br>\n" "hämta endast användare med användarnamn som börjar med \"u\".</p>\n" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 msgid "Search Filter for &Users" msgstr "S&ökfilter för användare" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 msgid "Search Filter for &Groups" msgstr "Sökfilter för &grupper" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 msgid "New Condition for Current Filter" msgstr "Nytt villkor för aktuellt filter" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 msgid "&Attribute" msgstr "&Attribut" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Värde" -#. pushbuttton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 +#. pushbuttton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 msgid "A&dd to Filter" msgstr "Lägg till i &filter" -#. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 msgid "De&fault" msgstr "Stan&dard" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 msgid "Enter the value for the attribute." msgstr "Ange värde för attributet." -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 msgid "Enter the value of the user filter." msgstr "Ange värde för användarfilter." -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 msgid "" "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2741,13 +2496,13 @@ "Det nya användarfiltret innehåller inte det förvalda användarfiltret.\n" "Verkligen använda det?\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 msgid "Enter the value of the group filter." msgstr "Ange värde för gruppfilter." -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 msgid "" "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2755,76 +2510,69 @@ "Det nya gruppfiltret innehåller inte det förvalda gruppfiltret.\n" "Verkligen använda det?\n" -#. helptext 0/3 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 +#. helptext 0/3 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Inloggningsinställningar</b></p>" -#. helptext 1/3 - general info -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 +#. helptext 1/3 - general info +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Funktionerna som beskrivs nedan är endast tillgängliga när KDM eller GDM " -"används som inloggningshanterare.\n" +"Funktionerna som beskrivs nedan är endast tillgängliga när KDM eller GDM används som inloggningshanterare.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 +#. helptext 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Automatisk inloggning</b><br>\n" -"Inloggningsproceduren kan hoppas över om <b>Automatisk inloggning</b> ställs " -"in. I sådant fall loggas användaren som välj i listan in automatiskt.</p>\n" +"Inloggningsproceduren kan hoppas över om <b>Automatisk inloggning</b> ställs in. I sådant fall loggas användaren som välj i listan in automatiskt.</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inloggning utan lösenord</b><br>\n" -"Om det här alternativet markeras kan alla användare logga in utan att ange " -"ett lösenord.\n" -"Annars tillfrågas du efter lösenordet även fast en användare välj för " -"automatisk inloggning.</p>\n" +"Om det här alternativet markeras kan alla användare logga in utan att ange ett lösenord.\n" +"Annars tillfrågas du efter lösenordet även fast en användare välj för automatisk inloggning.</p>\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Display Manager Login Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för inloggningshanterare" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 msgid "&Auto Login" msgstr "&Automatisk inloggning" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 msgid "&User to Log In" msgstr "Anv&ändare att logga in" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 msgid "Password&less Logins" msgstr "In&loggning utan lösenord" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." msgstr "Kan inte ta bort användaren %1. Det måste göras på NIS-servern." -#. Continue/Cancel popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 +#. Continue/Cancel popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "" "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" @@ -2832,23 +2580,23 @@ "Användaren verkar vara inloggad.\n" "Vill du fortsätta i alla fall?" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 msgid "Selected User Is System User" msgstr "Den valda användaren är en systemanvändare" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 msgid "Really delete this system user?" msgstr "Verkligen ta bort den här systemanvändaren?" -#. question popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 +#. question popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 msgid "Delete the user %1?" msgstr "Ta bort användaren %1?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 msgid "" "Delete &Home Directory\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,8 +2604,8 @@ "Ta bort &hemkatalog\n" "%1\n" -#. yes-no popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 +#. yes-no popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the user %1?\n" @@ -2865,18 +2613,18 @@ "\n" "Ta bort användaren %1?\n" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "System Group" msgstr "Systemgrupp" -#. / yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 +#. / yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 msgid "Really delete this system group?" msgstr "Verkligen ta bort den här systemgruppen?" -#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 +#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the group %1?\n" @@ -2884,8 +2632,8 @@ "\n" "Verkligen ta bort gruppen %1?\n" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -2895,81 +2643,80 @@ "det finns användare i den.\n" "Ta bort användarna från gruppen först.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 msgid "User List View" msgstr "Vy för användarlista" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Group List View" msgstr "Vy för grupper" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 msgid "Local" msgstr "Lokal" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 msgid "User Type" msgstr "Användartyp" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 msgid "Group Type" msgstr "Grupptyp" -#. menubutton item -#. menubutton item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +#. menubutton item +#. menubutton item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." msgstr "Anpassa fil&ter..." -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 msgid "&Login Settings" msgstr "In&loggningsinställningar" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Lös&enordskryptering" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Write Changes Now" msgstr "Skri&v ändringar nu" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "LDAP &Search Filter" msgstr "LDAP-&sökfilter" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för L&DAP-användare och -grupper" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2977,44 +2724,36 @@ "<p>\n" "Linux är ett fleranvändarsystem, flera användare kan logga in\n" "och arbeta i systemet samtidigt. För att undvika oreda måste varje\n" -"användare ha en unik identitet. Dessutom tillhör varje användare minst en " -"grupp.\n" +"användare ha en unik identitet. Dessutom tillhör varje användare minst en grupp.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Användare och grupper arrangeras i olika kategorier. Ändra kategorin som nu " -"visas i tabellen med <b>Ange filter</b>.\n" +"Användare och grupper arrangeras i olika kategorier. Ändra kategorin som nu visas i tabellen med <b>Ange filter</b>.\n" "Anpassa visningsfiltret med <b>Anpassa filter</b>.</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Klicka på <b>Expertalternativ</b> för att redigera olika " -"expertinställningar:\n" -"typ av kryptering för lösenord, autentiseringsmetod för användare, förvalda " -"värden för\n" -"nya användare eller inloggningsinställningar. Med <b>Skriv ändringar nu</b> " -"kan du spara alla ändringar du gjort hittills utan att avsluta " -"inställningsmodulen.</p>\n" +"Klicka på <b>Expertalternativ</b> för att redigera olika expertinställningar:\n" +"typ av kryptering för lösenord, autentiseringsmetod för användare, förvalda värden för\n" +"nya användare eller inloggningsinställningar. Med <b>Skriv ändringar nu</b> kan du spara alla ändringar du gjort hittills utan att avsluta inställningsmodulen.</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" @@ -3022,13 +2761,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"För att spara de ändrade användar- och gruppinställningarna till systemet, " -"klicka på\n" +"För att spara de ändrade användar- och gruppinställningarna till systemet, klicka på\n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3038,13 +2776,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -" Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill få information om befintliga " -"användare och lägga till eller ändra\n" +" Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill få information om befintliga användare och lägga till eller ändra\n" " användare. \n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n" @@ -3054,8 +2791,8 @@ "För att byta till gruppdialogrutan, välj <b>Grupper</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3067,8 +2804,8 @@ "Om du vill skapa en ny användare klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" @@ -3080,23 +2817,21 @@ "i listan och klickar på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -" Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill få information om befintliga grupper " -"och lägga till eller ändra grupper.\n" +" Använd den här dialogrutan om du vill få information om befintliga grupper och lägga till eller ändra grupper.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n" @@ -3106,8 +2841,8 @@ "För att byta till användardialogrutan, välj <b>Användare</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3119,8 +2854,8 @@ "Om du vill skapa en ny grupp klickar du på <b>Lägg till</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" @@ -3128,13 +2863,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om du vill redigera eller ta bort en befintlig grupp väljer du en grupp i " -"listan och\n" +"Om du vill redigera eller ta bort en befintlig grupp väljer du en grupp i listan och\n" " klickar på <b>Redigera</b> eller <b>Ta bort</b>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. popup error label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 +#. popup error label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 msgid "" "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3142,8 +2876,8 @@ "Den angivna mallen för hemkataloger är inte en katalog.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 msgid "" "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3151,8 +2885,8 @@ "Det angivna sökvägsprefixet är inte en katalog.\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 msgid "" "The selected directory does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -3160,8 +2894,8 @@ "Den valda katalogen finns inte.\n" "Skapa den nu?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 msgid "" "These groups do not exist in your system:\n" "%1\n" @@ -3171,8 +2905,8 @@ "%1\n" "Försök igen.\n" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" @@ -3180,48 +2914,48 @@ "Om du väljer ett icke-existerande skal kommer\n" "användaren kanske inte att kunna logga in. Fortsätta?\n" -#. directory location popup label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 +#. directory location popup label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Sökväg till katalog" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 msgid "Login" msgstr "Inloggning" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupper" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "Gruppnamn" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 msgid "Group ID" msgstr "Grupp-ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 msgid "Group Members" msgstr "Gruppmedlemmar" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 msgid "" "NIS groups can only be\n" "modified and deleted on the server.\n" @@ -3229,47 +2963,47 @@ "NIS-grupper kan endast\n" "ändras och tas bort på servern.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 msgid "Select an entry from the table." msgstr "Välj en post från tabellen." -#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 +#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 msgid "There are no changes to save." msgstr "Det finns inga ändringar att spara." -#. yes/no popup (data were changed) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 +#. yes/no popup (data were changed) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?" msgstr "Läsa om all data från LDAP-server?" -#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 +#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 msgid "Filter: %1" msgstr "Filter: %1" -#. wait popup -#. wait popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +#. wait popup +#. wait popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." msgstr "Läser användare och grupper. Vänta..." -#. helper function to get information about authentication from -#. appropriate module -#. @param [String] client -#. @return -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 +#. helper function to get information about authentication from +#. appropriate module +#. @param [String] client +#. @return +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "<b>yast2-auth-client module not installed</b>" msgstr "<b>yast2-auth-client-modulen ej installerad</b>" -#. error popup, %1 is package name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 +#. error popup, %1 is package name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "Paketet %1 finns inte tillgängligt för installation." -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 msgid "" "Package %1 is not installed.\n" "Install it now?\n" @@ -3277,31 +3011,31 @@ "Paketet %1 är inte installerat.\n" "Installera det?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" msgstr "Administration av användare och grupper" -#. init dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 +#. init dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för användare och grupper" -#. label (during init dialog) -#. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 +#. label (during init dialog) +#. label (during init dialog) +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initierar..." -#. List of errors found for a given password -#. -#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user -#. -#. @param passwd [String] password to check -#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or -#. validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -3309,10 +3043,10 @@ "Om du tänker skapa certifikat\n" "måste lösenordet bestå av minst %s tecken." -#. Localized help text about CA constraints -#. -#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" @@ -3320,53 +3054,47 @@ "<p>Om du tänker använda detta lösenord för att skapa certifikat\n" "måste det bestå av minst %s tecken.</p>" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Skriver användarkonfiguration..." -#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Välj en krypteringsmetod för lösenord för lokala användare och " -"systemanvändare.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Välj en krypteringsmetod för lösenord för lokala användare och systemanvändare.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>%s</b>används som standard-hash-metod. Vi avråder från att använda " -"andra algoritmer såvida det inte är nödvändigt i kompatibilitetssyfte.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>%s</b>används som standard-hash-metod. Vi avråder från att använda andra algoritmer såvida det inte är nödvändigt i kompatibilitetssyfte.</p>" -#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget -#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Krypteringstyp för lösenord" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Lösenord för systemadministratören (\"root\")" -#. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3374,16 +3102,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Använd ett av följande alternativ om du vill lägga till lokala användare i " -"systemet.\n" +"Använd ett av följande alternativ om du vill lägga till lokala användare i systemet.\n" "Lokala användare lagras i <i>/etc/passwd</i> och <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Skapa ny användare" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3396,8 +3123,8 @@ " åäöü eller accenter. \n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3409,86 +3136,70 @@ " och %{max} tecken.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "För <b>Användarnamn</b> använder du bara\n" " bokstäver (inte åäöü eller accenter), siffror och <tt>._-</tt>.\n" " Använd inte versaler om du inte vet precis vad du gör.\n" -" Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera " -"restriktionerna i filen /etc/login.defs. På manualsidan finns mer " -"information.\n" +" Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera restriktionerna i filen /etc/login.defs. På manualsidan finns mer information.\n" " </p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markera <b>Använd det här lösenordet för systemadministratören</b> om " -"samma lösenord har angetts för den första användaren ska användas för root." +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Använd det här lösenordet för systemadministratören</b> om samma lösenord har angetts för den första användaren ska användas för root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importera användardata från en tidigare installation" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "En tidigare Linux-installation med lokala användare har hittats.\n" -"Informationen där kan användas för att skapa användare i systemet som " -"installeras.\n" -"Använd knappen <b>Välj användare</b> om du vill välja några användare. " -"Allmän information om dem kommer att \n" +"Informationen där kan användas för att skapa användare i systemet som installeras.\n" +"Använd knappen <b>Välj användare</b> om du vill välja några användare. Allmän information om dem kommer att \n" "importeras.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Hoppa över att skapa användare" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ibland är rot den enda lokala användaren, till exempel i nätverksmiljöer\n" -"med en autentiseringsserver. Välj det här alternativet om du vill fortsätta " -"utan att skapa\n" +"med en autentiseringsserver. Välj det här alternativet om du vill fortsätta utan att skapa\n" "någon lokal användare.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Lokal användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3498,8 +3209,8 @@ "Om du inte vill skapa en användare nu väljer du\n" "'Hoppa över att skapa användare'." -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3509,143 +3220,143 @@ "Om du inte vill skapa någon användare nu väljer du\n" "'Hoppa över att skapa användare'." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Skapa ny användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importera användardata från en tidigare installation" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Välj användare" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Hoppa över att skapa användare" -#. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatisk inloggning" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Inga användare har valts" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "%d användare kommer att importeras" msgstr[1] "%d användare kommer att importeras" -#. selection box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "Välj användare &som ska läsas in" -#. check box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera &alla" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Krypteringsmetod: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 msgid "Password &Encryption Type" msgstr "Krypteringstyp för &lösenord" -#. rich text label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Användarinställningar" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 msgid "&User" msgstr "An&vändare" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Root Password" msgstr "&Root-lösenord" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" msgstr "<%1>Root-lösenord<%2> har ställts in" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" msgstr "<%1>Root-lösenord<%2> har inte ställts in" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" msgstr "Ingen <%1>användare<%2> har konfigurerats" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" msgstr[0] "<a href=%s>%d användare</a> kommer att importeras" msgstr[1] "<a href=%s>%d användare</a> kommer att importeras" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" msgstr "<%1>Användare<%2> %3 har konfigurerats" -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" msgstr "<%1>Användare<%2> %3 (%4) har konfigurerats" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Krypteringsmetod för lösenord: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 msgid "&Password for root User" msgstr "&Lösenord för root-användare" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Con&firm Password" msgstr "Bekräfta &lösenord" -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Glöm inte vad du anger här." -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -3653,8 +3364,8 @@ "Inget lösenord angivet.\n" "Försök igen." -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -3672,13 +3383,12 @@ "vill eller måste jobba som systemadministratör.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3690,14 +3400,13 @@ "upprepas exakt i ett andra fält.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -3707,8 +3416,8 @@ "åäöü och bokstäver med accent.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -3718,369 +3427,369 @@ "Glöm inte \"root\"-lösenordet.\n" "</p>" -#. User name for user: "root" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 +#. User name for user: "root" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" msgstr "root" -#. User name for user: "bin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 +#. User name for user: "bin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 msgid "bin" msgstr "bin" -#. User name for user: "daemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 +#. User name for user: "daemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 msgid "Daemon" msgstr "Demon" -#. User name for user: "lp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 +#. User name for user: "lp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 msgid "Printing Daemon" msgstr "Skrivardemon" -#. User name for user: "mail" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 +#. User name for user: "mail" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 msgid "Mailer Daemon" msgstr "E-postdemon" -#. User name for user: "news" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 +#. User name for user: "news" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 msgid "News System" msgstr "Diskussionsgruppssystem" -#. User name for user: "uucp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 +#. User name for user: "uucp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System" msgstr "Unix-till-Unix kopieringssystem" -#. User name for user: "games" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 +#. User name for user: "games" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 msgid "Games Account" msgstr "Spelkonto" -#. User name for user: "man" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 +#. User name for user: "man" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 msgid "Manual Page Viewer" msgstr "Manualsidvisare" -#. User name for user: "at" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 +#. User name for user: "at" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon" msgstr "Batch-jobbdemon" -#. User name for user: "wwwrun" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 +#. User name for user: "wwwrun" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 msgid "WWW Daemon Apache" msgstr "Apache WWW-demon" -#. User name for user: "ftp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 +#. User name for user: "ftp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 msgid "FTP Account" msgstr "FTP-konto" -#. User name for user: "named" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 +#. User name for user: "named" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 msgid "Name Server Daemon" msgstr "Namnserverdemon" -#. User name for user: "gdm" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 +#. User name for user: "gdm" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon" msgstr "Gnome Display Manager-demon" -#. User name for user: "postfix" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 +#. User name for user: "postfix" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgstr "Postfix-demon" -#. User name for user: "sshd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 +#. User name for user: "sshd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 msgid "SSH Daemon" msgstr "SSH-demon" -#. User name for user: "ntp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 +#. User name for user: "ntp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 msgid "NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP-demon" -#. User name for user: "ldap" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 +#. User name for user: "ldap" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 msgid "User for OpenLDAP" msgstr "Användare för OpenLDAP" -#. User name for user: "nobody" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 +#. User name for user: "nobody" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ingen" -#. User name for user: "amanda" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 +#. User name for user: "amanda" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 msgid "Amanda Admin" msgstr "Amanda admin" -#. User name for user: "vscan" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 +#. User name for user: "vscan" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 msgid "Vscan Account" msgstr "Vscan-konto" -#. User name for user: "bigsister" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 +#. User name for user: "bigsister" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 msgid "Big Sister" msgstr "Big Sister" -#. User name for user: "wnn" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 +#. User name for user: "wnn" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 msgid "Wnn System Account" msgstr "Wnn-systemkonto" -#. User name for user: "cyrus" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 +#. User name for user: "cyrus" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 msgid "User for cyrus-imapd" msgstr "Användare för cyrus-imapd" -#. User name for user: "dpbox" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 +#. User name for user: "dpbox" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 msgid "DpBox Account" msgstr "DpBox-konto" -#. User name for user: "gnats" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 +#. User name for user: "gnats" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System" msgstr "Gnats GNU-bakåtspårningssystem" -#. User name for user: "gnump3d" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 +#. User name for user: "gnump3d" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon" msgstr "GNUMP3-demon" -#. User name for user: "hacluster" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 +#. User name for user: "hacluster" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 msgid "Heartbeat Processes" msgstr "Heartbeat-processer" -#. User name for user: "irc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 +#. User name for user: "irc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 msgid "IRC Daemon" msgstr "IRC-demon" -#. User name for user: "mailman" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 +#. User name for user: "mailman" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager" msgstr "GNU-sändlisthanterare" -#. User name for user: "mdom" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 +#. User name for user: "mdom" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 msgid "Mailing List Agent" msgstr "Sändlistagent" -#. User name for user: "mysql" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 +#. User name for user: "mysql" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 msgid "MySQL Database Admin" msgstr "MySQL-databasadmin" -#. User name for user: "oracle" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 +#. User name for user: "oracle" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 msgid "Oracle User" msgstr "Oracle-användare" -#. User name for user: "postgres" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 +#. User name for user: "postgres" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 msgid "PostgreSQL Server" msgstr "PostgreSQL-server" -#. User name for user: "pop" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 +#. User name for user: "pop" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 msgid "POP Admin" msgstr "POP-admin" -#. User name for user: "sapdb" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 +#. User name for user: "sapdb" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 msgid "SAPDB Account" msgstr "SAPDB-konto" -#. User name for user: "snort" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 +#. User name for user: "snort" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 msgid "Snort Network Monitor" msgstr "Nätverksövervakaren Snort" -#. User name for user: "squid" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 +#. User name for user: "squid" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 msgid "WWW Proxy Squid" msgstr "WWW-proxyn Squid" -#. User name for user: "stunnel" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 +#. User name for user: "stunnel" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" msgstr "Demonanvändare för stunnel (universell SSL-tunnel)" -#. User name for user: "zope" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 +#. User name for user: "zope" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 msgid "Zope" msgstr "Zope" -#. User name for user: "radiusd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 +#. User name for user: "radiusd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 msgid "Radius Daemon" msgstr "Radius-demon" -#. User name for user: "otrs" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 +#. User name for user: "otrs" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 msgid "OTRS System User" msgstr "OTRS-systemanvändare" -#. User name for user: "privoxy" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 +#. User name for user: "privoxy" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 msgid "Daemon User for privoxy" msgstr "Demonanvändare för privoxy" -#. User name for user: "vdr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 +#. User name for user: "vdr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 msgid "Video Disk Recorder" msgstr "Videoinspelare" -#. User name for user: "icecream" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 +#. User name for user: "icecream" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 msgid "Icecream Daemon" msgstr "Icecream-demon" -#. User name for user: "bitlbee" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 +#. User name for user: "bitlbee" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User" msgstr "Bitlbee-demonanvändare" -#. User name for user: "dhcpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 +#. User name for user: "dhcpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 msgid "DHCP Server Daemon" msgstr "DHCP-serverdemon" -#. User name for user: "distcc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 +#. User name for user: "distcc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 msgid "Distcc Daemon" msgstr "Distcc-demon" -#. User name for user: "dovecot" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 +#. User name for user: "dovecot" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP-demon" -#. User name for user: "fax" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 +#. User name for user: "fax" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 msgid "Facsimile Agent" msgstr "Facsimile-agent" -#. User name for user: "partimag" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 +#. User name for user: "partimag" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 msgid "Partimage Daemon User" msgstr "Partimage-demonanvändare" -#. User name for user: "avahi" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 +#. User name for user: "avahi" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 msgid "User for Avahi" msgstr "Användare för Avahi" -#. User name for user: "beagleindex" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 +#. User name for user: "beagleindex" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 msgid "User for Beagle indexing" msgstr "Användare för Beagle-indexering" -#. User name for user: "casaauth" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 +#. User name for user: "casaauth" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 msgid "casa_atvd System User" msgstr "Systemanvändare för casa_atvd" -#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 +#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 msgid "User for DVB daemon" msgstr "Användare för DVB-demon" -#. User name for user: "festival" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 +#. User name for user: "festival" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 msgid "Festival daemon" msgstr "Festival-demon" -#. User name for user: "haldaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 +#. User name for user: "haldaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 msgid "User for haldaemon" msgstr "Användare för haldaemon" -#. User name for user: "icecast" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 +#. User name for user: "icecast" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 msgid "Icecast streaming server" msgstr "Icecast-direktuppspelningsserver" -#. User name for user: "lighttpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 +#. User name for user: "lighttpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 msgid "User for lighttpd" msgstr "Användare för lighttpd" -#. User name for user: "nagios" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 +#. User name for user: "nagios" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 msgid "User for Nagios" msgstr "Användare för Nagios" -#. User name for user: "pdns" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 +#. User name for user: "pdns" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 msgid "User for PowerDNS" msgstr "Användare för PowerDNS" -#. User name for user: "polkituser" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 +#. User name for user: "polkituser" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 msgid "PolicyKit" msgstr "PolicyKit" -#. User name for user: "pound" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 +#. User name for user: "pound" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 msgid "User for Pound" msgstr "Användare för Pound" -#. User name for user: "pulse" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 +#. User name for user: "pulse" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 msgid "PulseAudio daemon" msgstr "PulseAudio-demon" -#. User name for user: "quagga" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 +#. User name for user: "quagga" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 msgid "Quagga routing daemon" msgstr "Quagga-routerdemon" -#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 +#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 msgid "Sabayon user" msgstr "Sabayon-användare" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" msgstr "Tomcat – Apache Servlet/JSP-motor" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 msgid "Apache Tomcat" msgstr "Apache Tomcat" -#. User name for user: "pegasus" -#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 +#. User name for user: "pegasus" +#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" msgstr "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM-tjänster" -#. User name for user: "ulogd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 +#. User name for user: "ulogd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 msgid "ulog daemon" msgstr "ulog-demon" -#. User name for user: "uuidd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 +#. User name for user: "uuidd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 msgid "User for uuidd" msgstr "Användare för uuidd" -#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 +#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 msgid "Novell Customer Center User" msgstr "Användare för Novells kundcenter" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 msgid "" "You have installed a NIS master server.\n" "It is configured to use a different database\n" @@ -4094,40 +3803,39 @@ "databas i katalogen /etc.\n" "Välj vilken du vill ställa in.\n" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 msgid "&Local (/etc directory)" msgstr "&Lokal (/etc-katalog)" -#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 +#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)" msgstr "&NIS (%1-katalog)" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 msgid "User Templates" msgstr "Användarmallar" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 msgid "Group Templates" msgstr "Gruppmallar" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Det finns flera mallar definierade som standard. Välj den som ska läsas." +msgstr "Det finns flera mallar definierade som standard. Välj den som ska läsas." -#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 +#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "Korrigera dem manuellt innan du kör YaST-användarmodulen igen." -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 msgid "" "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4135,8 +3843,8 @@ "Det finns ra användare med samma namn (\"%2\") i filen %1.\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 msgid "" "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4144,9 +3852,9 @@ "Det finns flera grupper med samma namn (\"%2\") i filen %1.\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" "%2\n" @@ -4158,8 +3866,8 @@ "Kanske är antalet kolon fel eller så saknas en radpost.\n" "Korrigera filen manuellt innan du kör YaST-användarmodulen igen." -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" @@ -4169,14 +3877,14 @@ "Kanske är antalet kolon fel eller så saknas en radpost.\n" "Korrigera filen manuellt innan du kör YaST-användarmodulen igen." -#. default error message -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 +#. default error message +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read user or group data." msgstr "Kan inte läsa användar- eller gruppdata." -#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), -#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 +#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), +#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), +#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4194,186 +3902,186 @@ " Detta kan leda till att katalogerna inte kan öppnas\n" " efter en korrekt montering. Vill du fortsätta med användarkonfigurationen?" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Det finns flera användare som uppfyller inmatningsvillkoren." -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Initierar inställningar för användare och grupper" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Läs de förvalda inloggningsinställningarna" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Läs systemets standardinställningar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Läs inställningstypen" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Läs användarens egna inställningar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Läs användare och grupper" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Bygg cachestrukturen" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Läser de förvalda inloggningsinställningarna..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Läser systemets standardinställningar..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Läser inställningstypen..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Läser egna inställningar..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Läser användare och grupper..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Bygger cachestrukturen..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Användaren existerar inte." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Gruppen existerar inte." -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Sparar inställningar för användare och grupper" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "Spara LDAP-användare och -grupper" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Spara grupper" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Leta efter borttagna användare" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Spara användare" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Spara lösenord" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Spara egna inställningar" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Spara förvalda inloggningsinställningar" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "Sparar LDAP-användare och -grupper..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Sparar grupper..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Kontrollerar borttagna användare..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Sparar användare..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Sparar lösenord..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Sparar egna inställningar..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Sparar förvalda inloggningsinställningar..." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "Filen %s kunde inte läsas korrekt så den kommer inte att skrivas." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när användare togs bort." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "Filen %s kunde inte läsas korrekt så den kommer inte att skrivas." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." @@ -4381,19 +4089,18 @@ "\n" "Kryptering är inte installerat och hemkataloger kommer INTE att krypteras." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Det uppstod fel när vidarebefordringen för roots e-post skulle ställas in." +msgstr "Det uppstod fel när vidarebefordringen för roots e-post skulle ställas in." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "Det finns ingen ledig UID för den här typen av användare." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4402,8 +4109,8 @@ "Det valda användar-ID:et är inte tillåtet.\n" "Välj ett giltigt heltal mellan %i och %i." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4411,8 +4118,8 @@ "Det användar-ID som angetts används redan.\n" "Vill du använda det?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4423,8 +4130,8 @@ "definierad för LDAP-användare (%i-%i).\n" "Verkligen använda det?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4435,8 +4142,8 @@ "eftersom det är större än %i.\n" "Vill du verkligen ändra användartypen till \"lokal\"?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4447,7 +4154,7 @@ "eftersom det är mindre än %i.\n" "Vill du verkligen ändra användartypen till \"system\"?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4455,8 +4162,8 @@ "\n" "Det befintliga användarnamnet kan tillhöra en NIS- eller LDAP-användare.\n" -#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4466,8 +4173,8 @@ "finns redan i systemet. %1\n" "Ange ett annat användarnamn." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4475,8 +4182,8 @@ "Posten \"Ytterligare användarinformation\" kan inte\n" "innehålla kolon (:). Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4486,8 +4193,8 @@ "upp till tre sektioner separerade med komman.\n" "Ta bort överskottet." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4497,8 +4204,8 @@ "a-z, A-Z, 0-9 och _-/\n" " Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4507,8 +4214,8 @@ "Katalogen %s är inte skrivbar.\n" "Välj en annan sökväg för hemkatalogen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4516,8 +4223,8 @@ "Hemkatalogen används av en annan användare.\n" "Försök igen." -#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4527,8 +4234,8 @@ "men det är inte en katalog.\n" " Vill du använda den här sökvägen?" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4536,9 +4243,9 @@ "Den valda hemkatalogen finns redan.\n" "Använda den och ändra dess ägare?" -#. chown is not needed (#25200) -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#. chown is not needed (#25200) +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4549,8 +4256,8 @@ "finns redan och ägs av den nu redigerade användaren.\n" "Vill du använda katalogen?\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4563,23 +4270,22 @@ "en användare markerad för borttag.\n" "Använda den här katalogen?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Om du väljer ett icke-existerande skal kommer användaren kanske inte att " -"kunna logga in.\n" +"Om du väljer ett icke-existerande skal kommer användaren kanske inte att kunna logga in.\n" "Vill du använda skalet?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "Det finns ingen ledig GID för den här typen av grupp." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4588,8 +4294,8 @@ "Det valda grupp-ID:et är inte tillåtet.\n" "Välj ett giltigt heltal mellan %i och %i." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4597,8 +4303,8 @@ "Det grupp-ID som angetts används redan.\n" "Vill du använda det?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4609,8 +4315,8 @@ "definierat för LDAP-grupper (%i-%i).\n" "Verkligen använda det?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4621,8 +4327,8 @@ "eftersom det är större än %i.\n" "Vill du verkligen ändra grupptypen till \"lokal\"?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4633,8 +4339,8 @@ "eftersom det är mindre än %i.\n" "Vill du verkligen ändra grupptypen till \"system\"?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4642,8 +4348,8 @@ "Du har inte angett något gruppnamn.\n" "Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4652,8 +4358,8 @@ "Gruppnamnet måste vara mellan %i och %i tecken långt.\n" "Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4665,8 +4371,8 @@ "Det måste börja med en bokstav.\n" "Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4676,13 +4382,13 @@ "med en grupp som redan finns i systemet.\n" "Välj ett annat." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Användaren %s existerar inte." -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4692,8 +4398,8 @@ "det finns användare som använder den\n" "som sin standardgrupp." -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4703,33 +4409,33 @@ "det finns användare i den.\n" "Ta bort användarna från gruppen först." -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Användare</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Inloggningsinställningar</h3>" -#. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 +#. summary item, %1 is user name +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Användaren %1 har konfigurerats för automatisk inloggning" -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 msgid "No password for LDAP was entered." msgstr "Inget lösenord för LDAP angivet." -#. popup question, %s is string argument -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#. popup question, %s is string argument +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format msgid "" "No entry with DN '%s'\n" @@ -4738,39 +4444,38 @@ "Ingen post med DN \"%s\"\n" "finns på LDAP-servern. Skapa den nu?" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos-konfiguration" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "Ingen Kerberos-hantering för grupper" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "Hantera Kerberos-principer" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "Det går inte att exekvera kadmin.local." -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Attributes" msgstr "LDAP-attribut" -#. plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +#. plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" msgstr "Redigera återstående LDAP-attribut" -#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 +#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" @@ -4779,28 +4484,28 @@ "Attributet \"%s\" krävs för det här objektet enligt\n" "LDAP-inställningarna, men det är för tillfället tomt." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "Ett fel har inträffat." -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Password Policy" msgstr "Lösenordsprincip för LDAP" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 msgid "Edit Password Policy" msgstr "Redigera lösenordsprincip" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"." msgstr "Ogiltig DN-syntax för %s." -#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 +#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 #, perl-format msgid "" "Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" @@ -4809,8 +4514,8 @@ "Fel vid sökning efter %s:\n" "%s" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 #, perl-format msgid "" "The object \"%s\"\n" @@ -4819,9 +4524,9 @@ "Objektet %s\n" "är inget lösenordsprincipobjekt" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" @@ -4829,19 +4534,19 @@ "Det går inte att lägga till det här pluginprogrammet medan \n" "pluginprogrammet för skuggkontoattribut används.\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 msgid "Shadow Account Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av skuggkonto" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes" msgstr "Redigera skuggkontoattribut" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" @@ -4849,23 +4554,23 @@ "Det går inte att lägga till det här pluginprogrammet medan \n" "pluginprogrammet för lösenordsprincip används.\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 msgid "Quota Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in kvota" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 msgid "Manage Group Quota" msgstr "Hantera gruppkvota" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 msgid "Manage User Quota" msgstr "Hantera användarkvota" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 msgid "" "Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" "Enable quota in the partition settings module." @@ -4873,8 +4578,8 @@ "Kvota har inte aktiverats på systemet.\n" "Aktivera kvota i modulen för partitionsinställning." -#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 msgid "" "Error while calling\n" "\"%1\":\n" @@ -4884,9 +4589,9 @@ "%1:\n" "%2" -#. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 +#. the ']' is or-ed... +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4896,25 +4601,23 @@ "0-9, a-z, A-Z och tecknen \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" "Försök igen." -#. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 +#. help text (default part shown in more places) +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Använd endast tecken som kan hittas på ett engelskt tangentbord för " -"lösenordet.\n" +"Använd endast tecken som kan hittas på ett engelskt tangentbord för lösenordet.\n" "Om det uppstår ett systemfel kan det bli nödvändigt att logga in utan\n" "en lokaliserad tangentbordslayout.\n" "</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4924,38 +4627,38 @@ "\":\" eller \",\".\n" " Försök igen." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "Du har använt gruppnamnet som en del av lösenordet." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "Du har använt användarnamnet som en del av lösenordet." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "Du har bara använt små bokstäver i lösenordet." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "Du har bara använt stora bokstäver i lösenordet." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "Du har använt en palindrom som lösenord." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "Du har bara använt siffror i lösenordet." -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4964,8 +4667,8 @@ "Lösenordet är för långt för den aktuella krypteringsmetoden.\n" "Det kortas av till %s tecken." -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4974,14 +4677,14 @@ "Lösenordet är för enkelt:\n" "%s." -#. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 +#. popup error, %i is number +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "Lösenordet måste ha minst %i tecken." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4989,8 +4692,8 @@ "Inget användarnamn har angetts.\n" "Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4999,8 +4702,8 @@ "Användarnamnet måste vara mellan %i och %i tecken långt.\n" "Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -5012,8 +4715,8 @@ " och måste börja med en bokstav eller en siffra eller \"_\".\n" " Försök igen." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -5023,18 +4726,18 @@ "med en användare som redan finns i systemet.\n" "Välj ett annat användarnamn." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "Hämtar tillägget %1..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "Släpper tillägget %1..." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "user name and an existing user name.\n" @@ -5044,8 +4747,8 @@ "med en användare som redan finns i systemet.\n" "Välj ett annat användarnamn." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 msgid "" "The home directory is used from another user.\n" "Please try again." @@ -5053,45 +4756,45 @@ "Hemkatalogen används av en annan användare.\n" "Försök igen." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 msgid "No plug-in was defined" msgstr "Inget insticksprogram definierat" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." msgstr "Det är inte möjligt att redigera en NIS-användare." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgstr "Det är inte möjligt att ta bort en NIS-användare." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." msgstr "Det är inte möjligt att redigera en NIS-grupp." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 msgid "No user was specified." msgstr "Ingen användare specificerad." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 msgid "User was not correctly specified." msgstr "Användaren blev inte korrekt specificerad." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group." msgstr "Det är inte möjligt att ta bort en NIS-grupp." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "Det finns flera användare som uppfyller inmatningsvillkoren." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,28 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "Installera Hypervisor och verktyg" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Konfigurerar den virtuella maskinen ..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 är den enda arkitektur som stöds för värdar för virtuella datorer. " -"Din arkitektur är " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 är den enda arkitektur som stöds för värdar för virtuella datorer. Din arkitektur är " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -43,222 +39,189 @@ "Installation av virtuell maskin kan inte startas i UML-datorn.\n" "Starta installationen på värdsystemet.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verifiera installerade paket" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Inställningar för nätverksbrygga" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfigurera VM-servern (domän 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Konfigurera VM-servern</b></big></p><p>Konfigurationen av VM-" -"servern (domän 0) består av två delar.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfigurera VM-servern</b></big></p><p>Konfigurationen av VM-servern (domän 0) består av två delar.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Först installeras de paket som krävs i systemet. Därefter växlas " -"starthanteraren till GRUB (om den inte redan används) och Xen-sektionen " -"läggs till i starthanterarmenyn om den saknas.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Först installeras de paket som krävs i systemet. Därefter växlas starthanteraren till GRUB (om den inte redan används) och Xen-sektionen läggs till i starthanterarmenyn om den saknas.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>GRUB krävs eftersom den har stöd för den standard för flervalsstart som " -"krävs för att starta Xen och Linux-kärnan.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUB krävs eftersom den har stöd för den standard för flervalsstart som krävs för att starta Xen och Linux-kärnan.</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>När konfigurationen är klar kan VM-servern startas från " -"starthanterarmenyn.</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>När konfigurationen är klar kan VM-servern startas från starthanterarmenyn.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Installationen kommer att avbrytas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Välj hypervisor(er) för installation" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "Server: Minimalt system för att få en fungerande hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Verktyg: Konfigurera, hantera och övervaka virtuella maskiner" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 -msgid "" -"A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" -msgstr "" -"En inaktiv kryssruta innebär att Hypervisor-objektet redan har installerats" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 +msgid "A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" +msgstr "En inaktiv kryssruta innebär att Hypervisor-objektet redan har installerats" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM-server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM-verktyg" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC-behållare" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC-demon" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Programvara för anslutning till virtualiseringsserver" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Verktyg för klientvirtualisering" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen-server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen-verktyg" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet för lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet för sled-klientmönster\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet för sled-klientmönster\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Körs i textläge. Vill du installera grafiska komponenter i alla fall?" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Kontrollerar paket ..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installerar paket..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan inte installera paket som krävs." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Uppdaterar grub2-inställningsfiler..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Ställer in standardnätverksbrygga..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Nätverksbrygga." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>För normala nätverkskonfigurationer med virtuella maskiner rekommenderas " -"en nätverksbrygga.</p><p>Vill du konfigurera en standardnätverksbrygga?</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>För normala nätverkskonfigurationer med virtuella maskiner rekommenderas en nätverksbrygga.</p><p>Vill du konfigurera en standardnätverksbrygga?</p>" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM-komponenter har installerats. Värden är klar att installera KVM-gäster." +msgstr "KVM-komponenter har installerats. Värden är klar att installera KVM-gäster." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVM-komponenter har installerats. Starta om maskinen och välj den inbyggda " -"kärnan i startmenyn för att installera KVM-gäster." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "KVM-komponenter har installerats. Starta om maskinen och välj den inbyggda kärnan i startmenyn för att installera KVM-gäster." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"För installation av Xen-gäster startar du om maskinen och väljer Xen-" -"avsnittet på starthanterarmenyn." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "För installation av Xen-gäster startar du om maskinen och väljer Xen-avsnittet på starthanterarmenyn." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen Hypervisor och verktyg har installerats." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Virtualiseringsklientverktyg är installerade." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXC-komponenter är installerade." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "I förväg delad gateway-nyckel" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "Gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "I förväg delad nyckel" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Ange" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Visa nyckel" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Certifikat/nyckelpar för gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nyckel" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "Delade nycklar för följande gateway saknas ännu: \n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,120 +64,116 @@ "Certifikat för följande gateway saknas ännu: \n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(dold)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Markera den användare som ska tas bort." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." -msgstr "" -"Det är obligatoriskt att dela en nyckel i förväg. Ange en i förväg delad " -"nyckel." +msgstr "Det är obligatoriskt att dela en nyckel i förväg. Ange en i förväg delad nyckel." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "Ange sökvägar till både certifikat och nycklar" -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Välj en PEM-kodad certifikatfil" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Välj en PEM-kodad nyckelfil" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "I förväg delad gateway-nyckel" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Skapa certifikat." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Välj..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Användaruppgifter för Android-, iOS-, MacOS X-klienter" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Lösenord" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Visa lösenord" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Användaruppgifter för Windows 7- och Windows 8-klienter" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Gateway – PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Gateway – Certifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Gateway – Mobilklienter" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Gateway – Windows-klienter" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Klient – PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Klient&certifikat" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -187,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf och ipsec.secrets har manipulerats utanför modulen.\n" "Om du fortsätter använda modulen försvinner din anpassning." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Domännamnet används redan." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -201,8 +195,8 @@ "Du får endast ha en gateway-anslutning per scenario.\n" "Alla gateway-scenarion används redan." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -210,82 +204,76 @@ "Scenariot har redan konfigurerats för en annan gateway.\n" "Du får inte ha två olika gateway-anslutningar i samma scenario." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Namnet används redan" -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Det går inte att hitta någon matchande klientanslutning." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "VPN-gateway och klient" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Globala inställningar" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "Aktivera SSSD-daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "Minska TCP MSS" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Alla VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Nytt VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Ta bort &DN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Visa anslutningsstatus" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " -"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Om VPN-klienterna har svårt att komma åt vissa webbplatser kan det bero på " -"att värdarna har blockerat identifiering av automatisk MTU (maximal " -"överföringsenhet) på grund av felaktig brandväggskonfiguration.\n" -"Du kan korrigera problemet genom att minska TCP-MSS, men bandbredden minskar " -"med cirka 10 %." +"Om VPN-klienterna har svårt att komma åt vissa webbplatser kan det bero på att värdarna har blockerat identifiering av automatisk MTU (maximal överföringsenhet) på grund av felaktig brandväggskonfiguration.\n" +"Du kan korrigera problemet genom att minska TCP-MSS, men bandbredden minskar med cirka 10 %." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Ta bort anslutning" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Vill du ta bort containern %1?" -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Slutför konfigureringen av följande anslutningar:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -293,125 +281,125 @@ "Det finns VPN-anslutningar, men demonen har inte aktiverats.\n" "Vill du aktivera VPN-demonen?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Tjänsten %s har aktiverats." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Det gick inte att konfigurera IPSec-demonen." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "Vill du visa demonlogg och anslutningsstatus?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Ange IP-adress till gateway innan du redigerar inloggningsuppgifterna." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivning" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Klicka på Nytt VPN om du vill skapa en gateway eller en klient." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Alla IPv4-nätverk (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Alla IPv6-nätverk (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "Begränsad CIDR, kommasepararerat:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Anslutningsnamn:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Gateway (server)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "Client" msgstr "Klient" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Scenariot är" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Säker kommunikation med i förväg delad nyckel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Säker kommunikation med certifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Ge åtkomst till Android-, iOS- och MacOS X-klienter" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Ge åtkomst till Windows 7- och Windows 8-klienter" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "E&xterna inloggningsuppgifter" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Ge VPN-klienter tillgång till" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Klientens adresspool (t.ex. 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Gateway kräver autentisering" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Med en i förväg delad nyckel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Med ett certifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP-adress för VPN-gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Använd VPN-tunneln för att komma åt" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Ange både användarnamn och lösenord." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -419,17 +407,17 @@ "Du får inte använda specialtecken och blanksteg i användarnamnet.\n" "Följande tecken är godkända: A–Z, a–z, 0-9, minustecken, understreck" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Ange ett namn på den nya domänen." -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Ange ett namn på VPN-anslutningen." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -439,52 +427,52 @@ "Följande tecken är godkända: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, minustecken, understreck\n" "Namnet måste börja med en bokstav." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges." -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges." -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "Lagra inte nyckeln i själva certifikatfilen." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Ange både certifikat- och nyckelfil." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Ange ett lösenord" -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 msgid "VPN daemon status" msgstr "Status för VPN-daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 msgid "All connection status" msgstr "Status för samtliga anslutningar" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "Loggarna uppdateras automatiskt var tredje sekund." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Starta om NTP-demon" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Bekräfta omstart av nätverk" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -492,80 +480,76 @@ "De befintliga anslutingarna avbryts.\n" "Vill du ändå fortsätta?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om CUPS-demonen" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Status ej tillgänglig: körs demonen?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet" -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Det gick inte att starta CUPS-demonen" -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Det gick inte att tillämpa IP-vidarebefordring med sysctl:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" "SuSE-brandväggen har aktiverats men inte startats ännu.\n" -"SuSE-brandväggen kommer nu att startas, detta är en förutsättning för att " -"VPN ska fungera korrekt." +"SuSE-brandväggen kommer nu att startas, detta är en förutsättning för att VPN ska fungera korrekt." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om SuSE-brandväggen." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Både VPN-gateway och klienter kräver en särskild konfigurering av SuSE-" -"brandväggen.\n" -"SuSE-brandväggen har inte aktiverats och du måste därför köra ett manuellt " -"konfigurationsskript vid varje omstart. Skriptet kommer nu att köras.\n" +"Både VPN-gateway och klienter kräver en särskild konfigurering av SuSE-brandväggen.\n" +"SuSE-brandväggen har inte aktiverats och du måste därför köra ett manuellt konfigurationsskript vid varje omstart. Skriptet kommer nu att köras.\n" "Skriptet finns på %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Aktivera VPN-demon (IPSec): %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "Minska TCP MSS: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Gateway och anslutningar" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "En gateway som betjänar klienter i " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Internetanslutningsverktyg för SUSE " Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,55 +50,54 @@ "Paketet kunde inte installeras.\n" "Installera det saknade paketet och försök igen." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Mac-adress" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Värddatornamn" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "Vakna" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-Lan" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" "over the network.</p>" msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"<p>Med WOL kan du \"väcka\" din dator genom att skicka ett \"magiskt paket" -"\" \n" +"<p>Med WOL kan du \"väcka\" din dator genom att skicka ett \"magiskt paket\" \n" "över nätverket.</p>" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "Vill du ta bort det här objektet?" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "Väcker fjärrvärddator" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "Värddatornamn:" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " msgstr "Klientens Mac-adress: " -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" @@ -106,6 +105,5 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "Inga tidigare inställda klienter hittades.\n" -"Dock hittades en DHCP-inställningen på systemet. Importera " -"datorinställningsdata (Mac-adresser och datornamn) från \n" +"Dock hittades en DHCP-inställningen på systemet. Importera datorinställningsdata (Mac-adresser och datornamn) från \n" "\"/etc/dhcpd.conf\"?\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,136 +14,126 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" msgstr "Ställ in XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 msgid "Enable XPRAM" msgstr "Aktivera XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 msgid "Disable XPRAM" msgstr "Inaktivera XPRAM" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" msgstr "Ändra XPRAM-inställningar" -#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option -#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 msgid "Mount point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 msgid "XPRAM Configuration" msgstr "Ställ in XPRAM" -#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 msgid "<p>Here, configure the <b>XPRAM</b> for your computer.</p>" msgstr "<p>Här kan du ställa in <B>XPRAM</B> på datorn.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med det här verktyget måste du tilldela hela XPRAM samma partition. " -"Information om hur du använder flera partitioner finns i artikeln \"Device " -"Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" för Linux-kärnan 2.6 - " -"april 2004.</p><p>Inaktivera XPRAM i den här modulen.</p>" +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med det här verktyget måste du tilldela hela XPRAM samma partition. Information om hur du använder flera partitioner finns i artikeln \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" för Linux-kärnan 2.6 - april 2004.</p><p>Inaktivera XPRAM i den här modulen.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj korrekt monteringspunkt för <b>Monteringspunkt</b>.</p>" -#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>Välj vilket filsystem som ska användas på enheten.</p>" -#. radio button label for to not start xpram -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" msgstr "Starta in&te XPRAM" -#. radio button label for to start xpram -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 msgid "&Start XPRAM" msgstr "&Starta XPRAM" -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Installera filsystem eller växlingsutrymme trots att &XPRAM innehåller " -"giltiga data" +msgstr "Installera filsystem eller växlingsutrymme trots att &XPRAM innehåller giltiga data" -#. frame label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 msgid "File System Type" msgstr "Typ av filsystem" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 msgid "F&ile System to Use:" msgstr "F&ilsystem som ska användas:" -#. Xpram read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" msgstr "Sparar XPRAM-inställningar" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Spara inställningarna" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Starta om tjänsten" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "Startar om tjänsten..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klart" -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." msgstr "Fel vid stoppning av xpram. Försök med \"rcxpram stop\" manuellt." -#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); -#. y2milestone("got %1", out); -#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." msgstr "Fel vid start av xpram. Försök med \"rcxpram start\" manuellt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:10:40 UTC (rev 97318) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po 2017-04-25 13:15:19 UTC (rev 97319) @@ -14,80 +14,76 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Globalz -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 +#. Globalz +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 msgid "Select File to Generate a Profile for" msgstr "Välj fil att generera en profil för" -#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 +#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 msgid "Profile for " msgstr "Profil för" -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 msgid " already exists." msgstr " finns redan." -#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" msgstr "Vill du öppna profilen i redigeringsläge?" -#. Globalz -#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 +#. Globalz +#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 msgid "Delete profile confirmation" msgstr "Bekräftelse - Radera profil" -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgstr "Vill du ta bort profilen " -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 msgid "" " ?\n" "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Efter den här åtgärden kommer AppArmor-modulen att läsa in " -"profiluppsättningen igen." +"Efter den här åtgärden kommer AppArmor-modulen att läsa in profiluppsättningen igen." -#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Välj bland de visade profilerna och klicka på Nästa för att ta bort profilen." +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Välj bland de visade profilerna och klicka på Nästa för att ta bort profilen." -#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" msgstr "Radera profil - Välj en profil som ska raderas" -#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent -#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." msgstr "Välj en listad profil och tryck på Redigera för att redigera den." -#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" msgstr "Redigera profil - Välj en profil som ska redigeras" -#. no command line support #269891 -#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 +#. no command line support #269891 +#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" msgstr "Aktivera AppArmor-funktioner" -#. AppArmor dialog caption -#. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440 +#. AppArmor dialog caption +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440 msgid "AppArmor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av AppArmor" -#. AppArmor dialog help -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 +#. AppArmor dialog help +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" " the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n" @@ -95,185 +91,172 @@ "<p>Välj en av de tillgängliga AppArmor-modulerna för att ställa in\n" "motsvarande åtgärd och klicka på <b>Starta</b>.</p>\n" -#. Selection box label -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 msgid "&Available AppArmor Modules:" msgstr "&Tillgängliga AppArmor-moduler:" -#. Selection box items -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 +#. Selection box items +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 msgid "Manage Existing Profiles" msgstr "Hantera befintliga profiler" -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 msgid "Manually Add Profile" msgstr "Lägg till profiler manuellt" -#. Label::FinishButton() -#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 +#. Label::FinishButton() +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Starta" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Åtgärden genererade följande fel. Kontrollera installationen och AppArmor-" -"profilinställningarna." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Åtgärden genererade följande fel. Kontrollera installationen och AppArmor-profilinställningarna." -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116 msgid "1 minute" msgstr "1 minut" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117 msgid "5 minutes" msgstr "5 minuter" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10 minuter" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15 minuter" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30 minuter" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121 msgid "1 hour" msgstr "1 timme" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122 msgid "1 day" msgstr "1 dag" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123 msgid "1 week" msgstr "1 vecka" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233 msgid "Security Event Notification" msgstr "Avisering om säkerhetshändelse" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138 msgid "Terse Notification" msgstr "Kortfattad avisering" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frekvens" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-postadress" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208 msgid "Severity" msgstr "Allvarlighetsgrad" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217 msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events" msgstr "Inkludera händelser med okänd allvarlighet" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167 msgid "Summary Notification" msgstr "Sammanfattande avisering" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196 msgid "Verbose Notification" msgstr "Utförlig avisering" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." msgstr "En e-postadress krävs för varje markerad aviseringsmetod." -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " msgstr "Inställningen misslyckades för följande åtgärder:" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434 msgid "Notification is enabled" msgstr "Avisering är aktiverad" -#. Notification Status -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431 +#. Notification Status +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431 msgid "Notification is disabled" msgstr "Avisering är inaktiverad" -#. AppArmor Status -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422 +#. AppArmor Status +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422 msgid "AppArmor is disabled" msgstr "AppArmor är inaktiverat" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426 msgid "AppArmor is enabled" msgstr "AppArmor är aktiverat" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>Rapporterar huruvida AppArmor-policymodulen\n" "har lästs in och fungerar.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 msgid "" "<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>" @@ -281,305 +264,296 @@ "<p><b>Avisering om säkerhetshändelse</b><br>Konfigurera det här\n" "verktyget om du vill få en avisering via e-post i fall ett intrång görs.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 msgid "" "<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Profillägen</b><br>Med hjälp av det här verktyget kan du ändra hur " -"AppArmor\n" +"<p><b>Profillägen</b><br>Med hjälp av det här verktyget kan du ändra hur AppArmor\n" "använder individuella profiler.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 msgid "&Enable AppArmor" msgstr "Aktiv&era AppArmor" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469 msgid "Configure AppArmor" msgstr "Ställ in AppArmor" -#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor -#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"), -#. `HBox( -#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1), -#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )), -#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")), -#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20), -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485 +#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor +#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"), +#. `HBox( +#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1), +#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )), +#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")), +#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20), +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485 msgid "Configure Profile Modes" msgstr "Ställ in profillägen" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491 msgid "Set profile modes" msgstr "Ange profillägen" -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494 msgid "Co&nfigure" msgstr "S&täll in" -#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() -#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 +#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Klar" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 msgid "Errors found in AppArmor profiles" msgstr "Fel påträffade i AppArmor-profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used.</p> " -msgstr "" -"<p>De här problemen måste korrigeras om du vill kunna starta AppArmor eller " -"använda profilhanteringsverktygen.</p> " +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgstr "<p>De här problemen måste korrigeras om du vill kunna starta AppArmor eller använda profilhanteringsverktygen.</p> " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " msgstr "<p>Du hittar en beskrivning av AppArmor-profilsyntaxen om du kör " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"<p>Utförlig dokumentation om AppArmor finns i administrationsmanualen i " -"katalogen: " +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "<p>Utförlig dokumentation om AppArmor finns i administrationsmanualen i katalogen: " -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 msgid "&Allow" msgstr "&Tillåt" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 msgid "&Deny" msgstr "&Neka" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "Avb&ryt" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 msgid "Audi&t" msgstr "Gransknin&g" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 msgid "Audi&t off" msgstr "Gransknin&g av" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 msgid "Audit &All" msgstr "Granska &alla" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 msgid "&Opts" msgstr "&Alternativ" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 msgid "&Owner Permissions on" msgstr "&Ägarbehörigheter på" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 msgid "&Owner Permissions off" msgstr "&Ägarbehörigheter av" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 msgid "&Inherit" msgstr "Är&v" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 msgid "&Profile" msgstr "&Profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 msgid "&Profile Clean Exec" msgstr "&Profilstyrd sanerad körningsbehörighet" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 msgid "&Child" msgstr "&Underordnad" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 msgid "&Child Clean Exec" msgstr "&Underordnad sanerad körningsbehörighet" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 msgid "&Named Clean Exec" msgstr "&Namngiven sanerad körningsbehörighet" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 msgid "&Unconfined" msgstr "&Obegränsad" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 msgid "&Unconfined Clean Exec" msgstr "&Obegränsad körningsbehörighet" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 msgid "&Profile ix" msgstr "&Profil-ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 msgid "&Profile ix Clean Exec" msgstr "&Sanerad körningsbehörighet för profil-ix " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 msgid "&Child ix" msgstr "&Underordnad ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 msgid "&Child ix Cx Clean Exec" msgstr "&Sanerad köringsbehörighet för underordnad ix Cx" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 msgid "&Name ix" msgstr "&Namn-ix" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 msgid "i&x fallback on" msgstr "i&x-reservutväg på" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 msgid "i&x fallback off" msgstr "i&x-reservutväg av" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 msgid "&Continue Profiling" msgstr "&Fortsätt att skapa profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigera" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 msgid "&Glob" msgstr "&Glob" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 msgid "Glob w/E&xt" msgstr "Glob med e&xt" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 msgid "&Add Requested Hat" msgstr "&Lägg till begärt stopp" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 msgid "&Use Default Hat" msgstr "&Använd standardstoppet" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 msgid "&Scan system log for AppArmor events" msgstr "&Sök efter AppArmor-händelser i systemloggen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 msgid "&View Profile" msgstr "&Visa profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 msgid "&Use Profile" msgstr "&Använd profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 msgid "&Create New Profile" msgstr "&Skapa ny profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 msgid "&Update Profile" msgstr "&Uppdatera profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 msgid "&Ignore Update" msgstr "&Ignorera uppdatering" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 msgid "&Save Changes" msgstr "&Spara ändringar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 msgid "&Upload Changes" msgstr "&Överför ändringar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 msgid "&View Changes" msgstr "&Visa ändringar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 msgid "&Enable Repository" msgstr "&Aktivera lagringsplats" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 msgid "&Disable Repository" msgstr "&Inaktivera lagringsplats" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 msgid "&Never Ask Again" msgstr "&Fråga inte igen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 msgid "Ask Me &Later" msgstr "Fråga mig &senare" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 msgid "" "Email address format invalid.\n" "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" @@ -591,245 +565,239 @@ "och ha formatet \"namn@domän\". \n" "Ange en giltig adress.\n" -#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog -#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor -#. profile repository -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend -#. [ repo_url - string ] -#. @return answers - map that contains: -#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] -#. [ user => username ] -#. [ pass => password ] -#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] -#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] -#. [ the system ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 +#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog +#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor +#. profile repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ repo_url - string ] +#. @return answers - map that contains: +#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] +#. [ user => username ] +#. [ pass => password ] +#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] +#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] +#. [ the system ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 msgid "AppArmor Profile Repository Setup" msgstr "Inställning av lagringsplats för AppArmor-profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 msgid "Sign in to the repository" msgstr "Logga in på lagringsplatsen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 msgid "Username" msgstr "Användarnamn" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 msgid "S&ave configuration" msgstr "Sp&ara inställningar" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 msgid "&Sign in" msgstr "&Logga in" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 msgid "&Register new user..." msgstr "&Registrera ny användare..." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 msgid "Register New User" msgstr "Registrera ny användare" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 msgid "Enter Username" msgstr "Ange användarnamn" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 msgid "Enter Email Address" msgstr "Ange e-postadress" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 msgid "Enter Password" msgstr "Ange lösenord" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 msgid "Verify Password" msgstr "Verifiera lösenord" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 msgid "&Register" msgstr "&Registrera" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 msgid "&Sign in as existing user..." msgstr "&Logga in som befintlig användare..." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 msgid "Username is required" msgstr "Användarnamn krävs" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 msgid "Password is required" msgstr "Lösenord krävs" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 msgid "Username required for registration." msgstr "Ett användarnamn krävs för registrering." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 msgid "Email address required for registration." msgstr "En e-postadress krävs för registrering." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 msgid "Password is required for registration." msgstr "Ett lösenord krävs för registrering." -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 msgid "Passwords do not match. Please re-enter." msgstr "Lösenorden stämmer inte överens. Ange dem på nytt." -#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile -#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository -#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend -#. [ user => string ] -#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] -#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] -#. -#. @return [void] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 +#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile +#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository +#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend +#. [ user => string ] +#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] +#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] +#. +#. @return [void] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 msgid "Local inactive profile" msgstr "Lokal inaktiv profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 msgid "Profile created by user " msgstr "Användarskapad profil " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 msgid "Local profile" msgstr "Lokal profil" -#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog -#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries -#. and returns them -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend -#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] -#. -#. @return results - map -#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] -#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] -#. [ selects a single changelog ] -#. -#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] -#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] -#. ... -#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 +#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog +#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries +#. and returns them +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] +#. [ selects a single changelog ] +#. +#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] +#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] +#. ... +#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 msgid "Enter a changelog for the changes for " msgstr "Ange en ändringslogg för ändringarna för " -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 msgid " the selected profiles" msgstr " de angivna profilerna" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 msgid "Individual changelogs per profile" msgstr "Enskilda ändringsloggar per profil" -#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog -#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left -#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles -#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further -#. processing - for example uploading to the repository -#. -#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend -#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] -#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] -#. [ supply changelogs ] -#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] -#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] -#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] -#. [ repository ] -#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] -#. [ profile selection ] -#. [ profiles - map ] -#. -#. @return results - map -#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] -#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] -#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] -#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] -#. [ to upload ] -#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] -#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] -#. -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 +#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog +#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left +#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles +#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further +#. processing - for example uploading to the repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend +#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] +#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] +#. [ supply changelogs ] +#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] +#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] +#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] +#. [ repository ] +#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] +#. [ profile selection ] +#. [ profiles - map ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] +#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] +#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] +#. [ to upload ] +#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] +#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 msgid "&Do not ask again for unselected profiles" msgstr "&Fråga inte om ej valda profiler igen" -#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 msgid "Profiles" msgstr "Profiler" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 msgid "" "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>I ett system där alternativet [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] har " -"definierats\n" +"<ul><li>I ett system där alternativet [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] har definierats\n" "åsidosätter detta begränsningen för att ändra filägande\n" "och gruppägande.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Åsidosätt all DAC-åtkomst, inklusive körbar ACL-åtkomst om\n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] har definierats. Uteslutning av DAC-åtkomst omfattas av " -"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] har definierats. Uteslutning av DAC-åtkomst omfattas av CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Åsidosätter alla DAC-begränsningar avseende läsning och sökning\n" -"i filer och kataloger, inklusive ACL-begränsningar om [_POSIX_ACL] har " -"definierats. \n" +"i filer och kataloger, inklusive ACL-begränsningar om [_POSIX_ACL] har definierats. \n" "Uteslutning av DAC-åtkomst omfattas av CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -837,72 +805,49 @@ "filägar-ID måste vara lika med användar-ID, förutom när CAP_FSETID är\n" "tillämpligt. MAC- och DAC-begränsningar åsidosätts inte. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Åsidosätter följande begränsningar: användar-ID måste överensstämma " -"med ägar-ID vid inställning av S_ISUID och S_ISGID för filen; giltigt grupp-" -"ID (eller ett av de kompletterande grupp-ID:na) måste överensstämma med ägar-" -"ID vid inställning av S_ISGID för filen; S_ISUID och S_ISGID rensas vid " -"returnering från chown(2) (ej implementerad). </li></ul>" +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Åsidosätter följande begränsningar: användar-ID måste överensstämma med ägar-ID vid inställning av S_ISUID och S_ISGID för filen; giltigt grupp-ID (eller ett av de kompletterande grupp-ID:na) måste överensstämma med ägar-ID vid inställning av S_ISGID för filen; S_ISUID och S_ISGID rensas vid returnering från chown(2) (ej implementerad). </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Åsidosätter begränsningen att det riktiga eller faktiska användar-ID:" -"t\n" -"i en process som skickar en signal måste matcha det riktiga eller faktiska " -"användar-ID:t för processen\n" +"<ul><li>Åsidosätter begränsningen att det riktiga eller faktiska användar-ID:t\n" +"i en process som skickar en signal måste matcha det riktiga eller faktiska användar-ID:t för processen\n" "som mottar signalen.</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillåter manipulation av setgid(2) </li> <li> Möjliggör setgroups(2) " -"</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter förfalskade grupp-ID:n när autentiseringsuppgifter skickas för " -"ett uttag. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Tillåter manipulation av setgid(2) </li> <li> Möjliggör setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Tillåter förfalskade grupp-ID:n när autentiseringsuppgifter skickas för ett uttag. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tillåter manipulation av setgid(2) (inklusive fsuid) </li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter förfalskade process-ID:n när autentiseringsuppgifter skickas " -"för ett uttag. </li></ul>" +"<li> Tillåter förfalskade process-ID:n när autentiseringsuppgifter skickas för ett uttag. </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Överför valfri kapacitet i din tillåtna uppsättning till valfritt " -"process-ID, \n" -"ta bort valfri kapacitet i din tillåtna uppsättning från valfritt process-" -"ID</li></ul>" +"<ul><li> Överför valfri kapacitet i din tillåtna uppsättning till valfritt process-ID, \n" +"ta bort valfri kapacitet i din tillåtna uppsättning från valfritt process-ID</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillåter modifiering av filattributen S_IMMUTABLE och S_APPEND</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Tillåter modifiering av filattributen S_IMMUTABLE och S_APPEND</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" @@ -910,28 +855,25 @@ "<ul><li>Tillåter bindning till TCP/UDP-uttag under 1024 </li> \n" "<li> Tillåter bindning till ATM VCI:er under 32</li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter utsändning, lyssna på multicast </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Tillåter gränssnittsinställning</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter administration av IP-brandvägg, IP-maskering och IP-" -"redovisning</li> \n" +"<li> Tillåter administration av IP-brandvägg, IP-maskering och IP-redovisning</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter felsökningsalternativ på uttag</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter modifiering av ruttabeller</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" @@ -943,7 +885,7 @@ "<li> Tillåter inställning av promiskuöst läge</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter rensning av drivrutinsstatistik</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 msgid "" "<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n" "<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" @@ -955,7 +897,7 @@ "<li> Tillåter aktivering av ATM-kontrolluttag </li>\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" @@ -963,31 +905,27 @@ "<ul><li> Tillåter användning av RAW-uttag</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter användning av PACKET-uttag </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillåter låsning av delade minnessegment</li> <li> Tillåter mlock " -"och\n" +"<ul><li> Tillåter låsning av delade minnessegment</li> <li> Tillåter mlock och\n" "mlockall (som egentligen inte har något att göra med IPC) </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Åsidosätt IPC-ägarkontroller </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Infoga och ta bort kärnmoduler - obegränsad modifiering av kärnan \n" +"<ul><li> Infoga och ta bort kärnmoduler - obegränsad modifiering av kärnan</li> \n" "<li> Modifiera cap_bset </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" @@ -995,19 +933,19 @@ "<ul><li> Tillåter ioperm-/iopl-åtkomst</li> \n" "<li> Tillåt USB-meddelanden till valfri enhet via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter att chroot() används </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter ptrace() för valfri process </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter inställning av processredovisning </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n" "<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n" @@ -1019,7 +957,7 @@ "<li> Tillåter analys och konfiguration av diskkvoter</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter konfiguration av kärnans systemlogg (printk-beteendet)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n" @@ -1033,7 +971,7 @@ "<li> Tillåter mount() och umount(), att en ny smb-anslutning skapas</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter vissa autofs-ioctls som root</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 msgid "" "<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n" "<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" @@ -1047,39 +985,33 @@ "<li> Tillåter irix_prctl på mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter rensning av hela cachen på m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Tillåter borttagning av semaforer</li> \n" -"<li> Används i stället för CAP_CHOWN för att \"byta ägarskap\" på IPC-" -"meddelandeköer, semaforer och delat minne</li> \n" +"<li> Används i stället för CAP_CHOWN för att \"byta ägarskap\" på IPC-meddelandeköer, semaforer och delat minne</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter låsning/upplåsning av delade minnessegment</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter aktivering/inaktivering av swap-minnet</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter förfalskade process-ID:n när autentiseringsuppgifter skickas " -"för ett uttag</li>" +"<li> Tillåter förfalskade process-ID:n när autentiseringsuppgifter skickas för ett uttag</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 msgid "" "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillåter inställning av vidareläsning och buffertrensning på " -"blockenheter</li> \n" +"<li> Tillåter inställning av vidareläsning och buffertrensning på blockenheter</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter geometriinställningar i diskettenheten</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter aktivering och inaktivering av DMA i xd-drivrutinen</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter administration av md-enheter (till största del ovanstående, " -"men några extra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Tillåter administration av md-enheter (till största del ovanstående, men några extra ioctls)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" "<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n" @@ -1088,25 +1020,22 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Tillåter finjustering av ide-drivrutinen</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter tillgång till nvram-enheten</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter administration av apm_bios- och bttv-enhet (TV) samt seriell " -"enhet</li> \n" +"<li> Tillåter administration av apm_bios- och bttv-enhet (TV) samt seriell enhet</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter tillverkarkommandon i CAPI-stöddrivrutin för isdn</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillåter läsning av delar av pci-konfigurationsområdet som avviker från " -"standard</li> \n" +"<li> Tillåter läsning av delar av pci-konfigurationsområdet som avviker från standard</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter DDI-felsöknings-ioctl på sbpcd-drivrutinen</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter konfiguration av seriella portar</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter att obehandlade qic-117-kommandon skickas</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 msgid "" "<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n" " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" @@ -1114,61 +1043,51 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Tillåter aktivering/inaktivering av märkta köer i SCSI-styrkort\n" " och att godtyckliga SCSI-kommandon får skickas</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter inställning av krypteringsnycklar på loopback-filsystem </li>" +"<li> Tillåter inställning av krypteringsnycklar på loopback-filsystem </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter att reboot() används </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillåter prioritetshöjning och att prioritet anges på andra (olika " -"UID) processer</li> \n" -"<li> Tillåter användning av FIFO-schemaläggning och round-robin-" -"schemaläggning (realtid) av egna\n" -"processer och inställning av den schemaläggningsalgoritm som ska användas av " -"en annan process.</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Tillåter prioritetshöjning och att prioritet anges på andra (olika UID) processer</li> \n" +"<li> Tillåter användning av FIFO-schemaläggning och round-robin-schemaläggning (realtid) av egna\n" +"processer och inställning av den schemaläggningsalgoritm som ska användas av en annan process.</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter inställning av cpu-släktskap för andra processer </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Åsidosätt resursbegränsningar. Ange resursbegränsningar.</li> \n" "<li> Åsidosätt kvotbegränsningar.</li> \n" "<li> Åsidosätt reserverat utrymme på ext2-filsystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modifiera datajournalföringsläget på ext3-filsystem (använder " -"journalföringsresurser)</li>" +"<li> Modifiera datajournalföringsläget på ext3-filsystem (använder journalföringsresurser)</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> OBS! ext2 respekterar fsuid vid kontroller av resursåsidosättningar, så " -"du kan även åsidosätta med hjälp av fsuid</li> \n" +"<li> OBS! ext2 respekterar fsuid vid kontroller av resursåsidosättningar, så du kan även åsidosätta med hjälp av fsuid</li> \n" "<li> Åsidosätt begränsningar på IPC-meddelandeköer</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter mer än 64 Hz-avbrott från realtidsklockan</li> \n" "<li> Åsidosätt det maximala antalet konsoler vid konsolallokering</li> \n" "<li> Åsidosätt det maximala antalet tangentkartor </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" "<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" @@ -1178,7 +1097,7 @@ "<li> Tillåter irix_stime på mips</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter inställning av realtidsklockan </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" @@ -1186,46 +1105,45 @@ "<ul><li> Tillåter inställning av tty-enheter</li> \n" "<li> Tillåter vhangup() för tty </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter de privilegierade aspekterna av mknod() </li></ul>" -#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> Tillåter leasing av filer </li></ul>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n" "you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inställning av profillägen</b><br>Med hjälp av det här\n" -"verktyget kan du ställa in AppArmor-profiler i antingen varnings- eller " -"spärrläge.</p>" +"verktyget kan du ställa in AppArmor-profiler i antingen varnings- eller spärrläge.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b>Complain mode</b> is a profile training state that logs application \n" "activity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n" @@ -1237,7 +1155,7 @@ "(i filen <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>), men tillåts fortfarande så att\n" "programmets beteende inte begränsas.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 msgid "" "<p>With the profile in <b>enforce mode</b>, application is protected by \n" "AppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\n" @@ -1249,85 +1167,85 @@ "men de tillåts (ett program får t.ex. inte åtkomst till filer om det inte\n" "tillåts i profilen).</p>" -#. Button for showing active or all profiles -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 +#. Button for showing active or all profiles +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 msgid "Could not recognize profile name: " msgstr "Det gick inte att känna igen profilnamnet: " -#. Reverse modes for toggling -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 +#. Reverse modes for toggling +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Det gick inte att känna igen läget: " -#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 msgid "enforce" msgstr "tvinga" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 msgid "complain" msgstr "klagomål" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Visa alla profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Inställningsläge för aktiva profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Visa aktiva profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Inställningsläge för alla profiler" -#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), -#. TODO switch to variable in a module -#. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 +#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), +#. TODO switch to variable in a module +#. TODO plain reread does not work here +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Profilnamn" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Läge" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Växla läge" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Ange spärrläge för alla" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Ange varningsläge för alla" -#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 +#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Inställning av profilläge" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Ställ in profilläge" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "Välj en åtgärd som ska utföras." -#. START Help Section -#. ********************************************************** -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 +#. START Help Section +#. ********************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p>The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \n" "alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \n" @@ -1335,12 +1253,11 @@ "event must be to send an alert.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>I fönstret Avisering om säkerhetshändelse kan du ställa in e-post-\n" -"varningar för säkerhetshändelser. I följande steg kan du ange hur ofta " -"varningar\n" +"varningar för säkerhetshändelser. I följande steg kan du ange hur ofta varningar\n" "ska skickas, vem som ska ta emot varningen och hur allvarlig\n" "säkerhetshändelsen måste vara för att en varning ska skickas.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n" "Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n" @@ -1352,28 +1269,25 @@ "utan några detaljer. <br>T.ex.:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com har \n" "haft 10 säkerhetshändelser sedan tis 12 okt 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n" "the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n" "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" "<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sammanfattande avisering:</b> I den sammanfattande aviseringen \n" "visas loggade AppArmor-säkerhetshändelser och en lista över \n" -"antalet enskilda förekomster, inklusive datumet för den senaste " -"händelsen. \n" +"antalet enskilda förekomster, inklusive datumet för den senaste händelsen. \n" "<br>T.ex.:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING åtkomst till kapaciteten\n" "setgid (httpd2-prefork(6347)-profilen /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"aktiv /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 gånger, senast lör 9 okt 16:05:54 2004.\n" +"aktiv /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 gånger, senast lör 9 okt 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays \n" "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \n" @@ -1384,13 +1298,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Utförlig avisering:</b> I den utförliga aviseringen visas \n" "oförändrade, loggade AppArmor-säkerhetshändelser. Du får besked om varje \n" -"gång en händelse inträffar och en ny rad skrivs i loggen. " -"Säkerhetshändelserna \n" +"gång en händelse inträffar och en ny rad skrivs i loggen. Säkerhetshändelserna \n" "innehåller datum och tidpunkt för händelsen, när \n" "programprofilen tillåter eller nekar åtkomst, vilken typ av \n" "filåtkomstbehörighet som beviljats eller avvisats.</p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n" "the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n" @@ -1404,7 +1317,7 @@ "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068)-profilen \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<li> For each notification type that you would like \n" "enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \n" @@ -1418,7 +1331,7 @@ "får du aviseringar om säkerhetshändelser varje dag, om det inträffat \n" "några.</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \n" "the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \n" @@ -1434,7 +1347,7 @@ "och aktiverar <i><user></i> för att ta emot systempost, om det inte är en \n" "rotanvändare. </li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification \n" "should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \n" @@ -1450,7 +1363,7 @@ "är 1 dag skickas en avisering per dag, om någon säkerhetshändelse \n" "inträffar." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered 1 through 10, \n" "10 being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> \n" @@ -1460,53 +1373,48 @@ "or services denied.</li>" msgstr "" "<b>Allvarlighetsgrader:</b> De är numrerade från ett till tio, \n" -"där tio motsvarar den allvarligaste säkerhetshändelsen. Filen <b>severity." -"db</b> \n" +"där tio motsvarar den allvarligaste säkerhetshändelsen. Filen <b>severity.db</b> \n" "definierar allvarlighetsgraden för potentiella säkerhetshändelser. \n" "Allvarlighetsgraderna fastställs av hur \n" "betydande säkerhetshändelsen är, t.ex. om vissa resurser \n" "öppnats eller tjänster avvisats.</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number." +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Välj <b>Inkludera okända säkerhetshändelser</b> om \n" "du vill ta med händelser utan rangordnad allvarlighetsgrad.</li>" -#. ---------------------------- -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 +#. ---------------------------- +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 msgid "<b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>" msgstr "<b>AppArmor-profilguide</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"I den här guiden presenteras poster som genererats av åtkomstkontrollmodulen " -"i AppArmor. \n" +"I den här guiden presenteras poster som genererats av åtkomstkontrollmodulen i AppArmor. \n" "Med hjälp av förslagen från AppArmor kan du skapa \n" "robusta och väldigt optimerade säkerhetsprofiler." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \n" "or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n" "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. <br>" msgstr "" -"Du får förslag från AppArmor om att tillåta eller neka åtkomst till " -"specifika \n" +"Du får förslag från AppArmor om att tillåta eller neka åtkomst till specifika \n" "resurser eller att definiera körningsbehörigheter för poster. Frågorna \n" "som visas loggades under det normala programkörningstestet \n" "som utfördes tidigare. <br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n" "syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n" @@ -1522,55 +1430,51 @@ "instruktioner hittar du i \n" "Novell AppArmor-administrationsmanualen. <br><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 msgid "<b>Access Modes</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Åtkomstlägen</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Filbehörigheternas åtkomstlägen utgörs av kombinationer av följande sex " -"lägen:" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Filbehörigheternas åtkomstlägen utgörs av kombinationer av följande sex lägen:" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" msgstr "<li>r - läsa</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 msgid "<li>w - write</li>" msgstr "<li>w - skriva</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 msgid "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" msgstr "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 msgid "<li>px - discrete profile execute</li>" msgstr "<li>px - diskret profilkörning</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 msgid "<li>ux - unconfined execute</li>" msgstr "<li>ux - obegränsad körning</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 msgid "<li>ix - inherit execute</li>" msgstr "<li>ix - ärva körbehörighet</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 msgid "<li>l - link</li>" msgstr "<li>l - länka</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 msgid "<b>Details for Access Modes</b>" msgstr "<b>Information om åtkomstlägen</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 msgid "<b>Read mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Läsläge</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "Allows the program to have read access to the\n" "resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" @@ -1586,11 +1490,11 @@ "ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) används av verktyg som\n" "strace(1), ltrace(1) och gdb(1).)" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 msgid "<b>Write mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Skrivläge</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Allows the program to have write access to the\n" "resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" @@ -1600,11 +1504,11 @@ "Filer måste ha den här behörigheten för att \n" "deras länkar ska kunna tas bort (tas bort.)" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 msgid "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC-läge</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" "resource." @@ -1612,11 +1516,11 @@ "Ger programmet behörighet att anropa mmap med PROT_EXEC på\n" "resursen." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 msgid "<b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Obegränsat körningsläge</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" "AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" @@ -1630,7 +1534,7 @@ "Inkompatibelt med posterna Ärva och Diskret\n" "profilkörning." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" "be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" @@ -1643,19 +1547,18 @@ msgstr "" "Det här läget är användbart när du vill att ett begränsat\n" "program ska kunna utföra en privilegierad åtgärd, till\n" -"exempel att starta om datorn. Genom att placera den privilegierade " -"sektionen\n" +"exempel att starta om datorn. Genom att placera den privilegierade sektionen\n" "i en annan körbar fil och ge den\n" "obegränsade körningsrättigheter, kan du komma förbi \n" "de obligatoriska villkoren som tillämpas på begränsade processer.\n" "Mer information om vad som begränsas hittar du i\n" "manualsidan för apparmor(7)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 msgid "<b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Diskret profilkörningsläge</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" "defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" @@ -1669,11 +1572,11 @@ "åtkomst. Inkompatibelt med posterna\n" "Ärva och Obegränsad körning." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 msgid "<b>Link mode</b><br>" msgstr "<b>Länkningsläge</b><br>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" "link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" @@ -1691,11 +1594,11 @@ "länkåtkomst.) Länkåtkomst krävs för att\n" "länken till en fil ska kunna tas bort." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 msgid "<b>Globbing</b>" msgstr "<b>Globbing</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" "similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" @@ -1705,44 +1608,35 @@ "på samma vis som i populära skal som csh(1),\n" "bash(1) och zsh(1)." -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "<li><b>*</b> matchar obegränsat antal tecken, förutom '/'<li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "<li><b>**</b> matchar obegränsat antal tecken, inklusive '/'</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li><b>?</b> matchar valfritt tecken, förutom '/'</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> matchar tecknet a, b eller c</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> matchar tecknet a, b eller c</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> utökas till en regel som matchar ab, en regel som matchar " -"cd</li>" +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> utökas till en regel som matchar ab, en regel som matchar cd</li>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>" msgstr "<b>Sanerad körning - för sanerad körning</b>" -#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 msgid "" "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" "execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" @@ -1754,13 +1648,12 @@ "Alternativet Sanerad körning för körningsbehörigheterna Diskret\n" "profil och Obegränsad ger ytterligare säkerhet genom att rensa miljön\n" "som ärvs av det underordnade programmet \n" -"från specifika variabler. Väljer du p eller u under profileringsprocessen " -"får du ange\n" +"från specifika variabler. Väljer du p eller u under profileringsprocessen får du ange\n" "om du vill rensa miljön.\n" "Variablerna är:" -#. Globalz -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 +#. Globalz +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "" "<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n" "<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" @@ -1770,118 +1663,116 @@ "<br>Välj önskade kapaciteter för profilen. \n" "Välj ett namn på en kapacitet för att visa information om den." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Capabilities enabled for the profile" msgstr "Aktiverade kapaciteter för profilen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Capabilities" msgstr "Kapaciteter" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 msgid "All" msgstr "Alla" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Network Family" msgstr "Nätverksfamilj" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Socket Type" msgstr "Uttagstyp" -#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog -#. return a map containing PERM and FILE -#. for the updated permissions and filename -#. for the profile entry -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 +#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog +#. return a map containing PERM and FILE +#. for the updated permissions and filename +#. for the profile entry +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 msgid "Profile Entry for " msgstr "Profilpost för " -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Enter or Modify Filename" msgstr "Ange eller ändra filnamn" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bläddra" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Behörigheter" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Read" msgstr "Läs" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Write" msgstr "Skriv" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Link" msgstr "Länk" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Append" msgstr "Lägg till" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Lock" msgstr "Lås" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "MMap PROT_EXEC" msgstr "MMap PROT_EXEC" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Kör" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Inherit" msgstr "Ärva" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Profile" msgstr "Ny profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Profile Clean Exec" msgstr "Profilstyrd sanerad körningsbehörighet" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Unconstrained" msgstr "Obegränsad" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Unconstrained Clean Exec" msgstr "Obegränsad sanerad körningsbehörighet" -#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 +#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Välj katalog" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Välj fil" -#. Update table values -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 +#. Update table values +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"Posten kommer inte att läggas till. Namn eller behörighet för posten har " -"inte definierats." +msgstr "Posten kommer inte att läggas till. Namn eller behörighet för posten har inte definierats." -#. Prompts the user for a hatname -#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] -#. returns true (hat entered) -#. false (user aborted) -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 +#. Prompts the user for a hatname +#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] +#. returns true (hat entered) +#. false (user aborted) +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 msgid "" "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" "to add to the profile\n" @@ -1889,16 +1780,16 @@ "Ange namnet på den hatt du vill \n" "lägga till i profilen\n" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 msgid "&Hat name to add" msgstr "&Hattnamn som ska läggas till" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 msgid "&Create Hat" msgstr "&Skapa hatt" -#. Check for no application entry in the dialog -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 +#. Check for no application entry in the dialog +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 msgid "" "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n" "Please \n" @@ -1906,29 +1797,20 @@ msgstr "" "Du har inte angett ett namn för den hatt du försöker lägga till.\n" "Ange \n" -"ett hattnamn för att skapa en ny hatt, eller klicka på Avbryt för att " -"avsluta guiden." +"ett hattnamn för att skapa en ny hatt, eller klicka på Avbryt för att avsluta guiden." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Profilen innehåller redan det angivna hattnamnet. Ange ett annat namn eller " -"klicka på Avbryt för att avbryta guiden." +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Profilen innehåller redan det angivna hattnamnet. Ange ett annat namn eller klicka på Avbryt för att avbryta guiden." -#. FIXME: format these texts better -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Visa och ändra innehållet i en enskild profil. Dubbelklicka på " -"behörigheten för de befintliga posterna så öppnas en ändringsdialogruta.</p>" +#. FIXME: format these texts better +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Visa och ändra innehållet i en enskild profil. Dubbelklicka på behörigheten för de befintliga posterna så öppnas en ändringsdialogruta.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 msgid "" "<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n" "w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n" @@ -1942,190 +1824,164 @@ "P - diskret profil <br> (*sanerad körning)<br> u - obegränsad<br> \n" "U - obegränsad<br> (*sanerad körning)</code></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lägg till post:</b><br>Välj den typ av resurs som ska läggas till från " -"rullgardinslistan.<p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Lägg till post:</b><br>Välj den typ av resurs som ska läggas till från rullgardinslistan.<p>" -#. help text - part x1 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 +#. help text - part x1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Fil</b><br>Lägg till en filpost i profilen.</li>" -#. help text - part x2 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 +#. help text - part x2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" msgstr "<li><b>Katalog</b><br>Lägg till en katalogpost i profilen.</li>" -#. help text - part x3 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 +#. help text - part x3 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" msgstr "<li><b>Kapacitet</b><br>Lägg till en kapacitetspost i profilen.</li>" -#. help text - part x4 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 +#. help text - part x4 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Inkludera</b><br>Lägg till en inkludera-post i profilen. Med det här\n" -"alternativet inkluderas profilpostinnehållet för en annan fil i den här " -"profilen vid inläsningen.</li>" +"alternativet inkluderas profilpostinnehållet för en annan fil i den här profilen vid inläsningen.</li>" -#. help text - part x5 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 +#. help text - part x5 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Nätverkspost</b><br>Lägg till en nätverksregel-post i profilen. \n" -"Med det här alternativet kan du ange nätverksåtkomstbehörighet för " -"profilen. \n" +"Med det här alternativet kan du ange nätverksåtkomstbehörighet för profilen. \n" "Du kan ange nätverksadressfamilj och uttagstyp.</li>" -#. help text - part x6 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 +#. help text - part x6 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Hatt</b><br>Lägg till en underprofil för den här profilen – även " -"kallad en hatt. Alternativet\n" +"<li><b>Hatt</b><br>Lägg till en underprofil för den här profilen – även kallad en hatt. Alternativet\n" "kan jämföras med att manuellt skapa en ny profil, som \n" "bara kan väljas under körning när det efterfrågats av ett <b>changehat\n" "aware</b>-program. \n" -"Mer information om changehat finns i <b>man changehat</b> på systemet eller " -"i Novell AppArmor-administratörsmanualen.</li>" +"Mer information om changehat finns i <b>man changehat</b> på systemet eller i Novell AppArmor-administratörsmanualen.</li>" -#. help text - part x7 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 +#. help text - part x7 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>" msgstr "</ul><p><p><b>Redigera post:</b><br>Redigera den markerade posten.<p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Radera post:</b><br>Den markerade posten tas bort från profilen.<p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 +msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Radera post:</b><br>Den markerade posten tas bort från profilen.<p>" -#. help text - part y1 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 +#. help text - part y1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"<p><b>*Sanerad körning</b><br>Alternativet Sanerad körning för " -"körningsbehörigheterna Diskret profil \n" +"<p><b>*Sanerad körning</b><br>Alternativet Sanerad körning för körningsbehörigheterna Diskret profil \n" "och Obegränsad ger ytterligare säkerhet genom att rensa miljön\n" -"som ärvs av det underordnade programmet från specifika variabler. " -"Variablerna är:" +"som ärvs av det underordnade programmet från specifika variabler. Variablerna är:" -#. help text - part y2 -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 +#. help text - part y2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 msgid "&File" msgstr "Ar&kiv" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Network &Rule" msgstr "Nätverks®el" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Katalog" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Capability" msgstr "&Kapacitet" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "&Include File" msgstr "&Inkludera fil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "AppArmor profile " msgstr "AppArmor-profil" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "&Hat" msgstr "&Hatt" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021 msgid "AppArmor profile for " msgstr "AppArmor-profil för" -#. Define the widget contents -#. for the Wizard -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Define the widget contents +#. for the Wizard +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Filnamn" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039 msgid "Add Entry" msgstr "Lägg till post" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "&Edit Entry" msgstr "R&edigera post" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Delete Entry" msgstr "Ra&dera post" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "AppArmor Hat Dialog" msgstr "Dialogrutan för AppArmor-hatt" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105 msgid "AppArmor Profile Dialog" msgstr "Dialogrutan för AppArmor-profil" -#. Widget activated in the table -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Inkludera-poster kan inte redigeras. Välj Lägg till eller Ta bort för att " -"hantera inkludera-poster." +#. Widget activated in the table +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Inkludera-poster kan inte redigeras. Välj Lägg till eller Ta bort för att hantera inkludera-poster." -#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 +#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 msgid "Hats can not have embedded hats." msgstr "Hattar kan inte innehålla inbäddade hattar." -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306 msgid "Select File to Include" msgstr "Välj fil som ska inkluderas" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Ogiltig #include-fil. Include-filer måste finnas i någon av följande " -"kataloger: \n" +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Ogiltig #include-fil. Include-filer måste finnas i någon av följande kataloger: \n" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" msgstr "Spara ändringar i profilen" -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Save the changes to this profile? \n" "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" @@ -2133,12 +1989,12 @@ "Vill du spara ändringarna i profilen? \n" "(Obs! När du har sparat laddas AppArmor-profiler om.)\n" -#. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "You must select a profile to edit." msgstr "Du måste välja en profil för att redigera." -#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51 +#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51 #, perl-format msgid "Failed copying %s." msgstr "Det gick inte att kopiera %s."